 |
 |
| LABORATOIRE
- LAC - LANGAGE -
LAP - LE -
LECTURE - LES - LEWIN
- LI - LIP - LO
- LOFTUS - LOI - LORENZ
- LOVAAS - LU -
LURIA - LY |
 Laakso Marja-Leeana ( ) : Psychologue
finlandaise et spécialiste de l'étude de la dyslexie.
Collaboratrice de Lyytinen, Lyytinen
et Torppa.
 |
LAAKSO, M.-L., POIKKEUS, A.-M., KATAJAMÄKI, J. &
LYYTINEN, P. (1999). Early intentional communication as a
predictor of language development in young toddlers. First
Language, 19, 207-231. |
|
LAAKSO, M.-L., POIKKEUS, A.-M. EKLUND, K. & LYYTINEN,
P. (1999). Social interactional behaviors and symbolic
play competence as predictors of language development and
their associations with maternal attention-directing
strategies. Infant Behavior & Development, 22,
541-556. |
|
LAAKSO, M.-L., POIKKEUS, A.-M. & LYYTINEN, P. (1999).
Shared reading interaction in families with and without
genetic risk for dyslexia : Implications for toddlers'
language development. Infant & Child Development,
8, 179-195. |
|
LAAKSO, M.-L., POIKKEUS, A-M., EKLUND, K. & LYYTINEN,
P. (2004). Children's interest in early shared reading,
and it's relation to later language and letter knowledge
in children with and without a genetic risk for dyslexia.
First Language, 24 (3), 323-345. |
|
LAAKSO, M.-L., AHONEN, T., EKLUND, K., GUTTORM, T., KULJU,
P., LAAKSO, M-L., LEIWO, M., LEPPÄNEN, P., LYYTINEN, P.,
POIKKEUS, A-M., RICHARDSON, U., TORPPA, M. &
VIHOLAINEN, H. (2004). Early development of children at
familial risk for dyslexia : Follow-up from birth to
school age. Dyslexia, 10, 146-178. |
 |
 |
|
Labaree David F. ( ) : Psychopédagogue
américain et spécialiste de l'enseignement.
|
LABAREE, D.F. (1992). Power, knowledge, and the
rationalization of teaching : A genealogy of the movement
to professionalize teaching. Harvard Educational
Review, 62 (2), 123-154. |
|
LABAREE, D.F. (1997). Public goods, privates goods : The
American struggle over educational goals. American
Educational Research Journal, 34 (1), 39-81. [PDF] |
|
LABAREE, D.F. (2008). An uneasy relationship : The history
of teacher education in the university. In M.
Cochran-Smith, S. Feiman Nemser & D.J. McIntyre
(Eds.), Handbook of research on teacher education :
Enduring issues in changing contexts (pp. 290-306).
Washington, DC : Association of Teacher Educators. [PDF] |
|
LABAREE, D.F. (2010). What schools can't do.
Zeitschrift für Pädagogische Historiographie, 16
(1), 12-18. |
|
LABAREE, D.F. (2011). The lure of statistics for
educational researchers. Educational Theory, 61 (6),
621-631. |
|
|
|
|
|
Labbé Cyril (1973-) : Mathématicien
et informaticien français. Il s'intéresse notamment à la
publication
d'articles-bidons en science. Collaborateur de
Labbé.
|
LABBÉ, C. & LABBÉ, D. (2001). Inter-textual distance
and authorship attribution Corneille and Moliere.
Journal of Quantitative Linguistics, 8 (3),
213-231. |
|
LABBÉ, C., LABBÉ, D. & HUBERT, P. (2004). Automatic
segmentation of texts and corpora. Journal of
Quantitative Linguistics, 11 (3), 193-213. |
|
LABBÉ, C. & LABBÉ, D. (2005). How to measure the
meanings of words ? Amour in Corneille's Work. Language
Resources & Evaluation, 39 (4), 335-351. |
|
LABBÉ, C. et LABBÉ, D. (2012). L'ordinateur peut-il
écrire ? Communication au Séminaire mathématique
et société. Université de Neuchâtel. [PDF] |
|
LABBÉ, C. & LABBÉ, D. (2013). Duplicate and fake
publications in the scientific literature : how many
SCIgen papers in computer science ? Scientometrics,
94 (1), 379-396. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Labelle Micheline (Montréal 1940-2024 Montréal) : Anthropologue
québécoise et spécialiste de l'étude et de l'immigration
et du multiculturalisme.
Collaboratrice de Antonius,
Lévy et Rocher.
 |
LABELLE, M., LAROSE, S. et PICHÉ, V. (1983). Émigration et
immigration : les Haïtiens au Québec. Sociologie et
Sociétés, 15 (2), 73-87. |
|
LABELLE, M. (1991). Femmes et migration au Canada : bilan
et perspectives. Canadian Ethnic Studies, 22 (1),
67-82. |
|
LABELLE, M. et ICART, J.-C. (2007). Lecture du débat sur
les accommodements raisonnables. Globe : Revue
Internationale d'Études Québécoises, 10 (1),
121-136. |
|
LABELLE, M. (2008). Les intellectuels québécois face au
multiculturalisme : hétérogénéité des approches et des
projets politiques. Canadian Ethnic Studies, 40
(1), 33-56. [PDF] |
|
LABELLE, M. (2016). "Race" et racisme : réflexions sur le
pouvoir des mots. Revue Directions, 7, 58-70. |
|
|
|
Labelle Réal ( ) : Psychologue
québécois et spécialiste de l'étude et du traitement de la dépression
et du suicide.
Collaborateur de Cohen.
|
LABELLE, R., ALAIN, M., BASTIEN, É., BOUFFARD, L., DUBÉ,
M. et LAPIERRE, S. (2001). Bien-être et détresse
psychologique : vers un modèle hiérarchique
cognitivo-affectif en santé mentale. Revue Québécoise
de Psychologie, 22 (1), 71-87. |
|
LABELLE, R., GAGNON, A., SÉGUIN, M. et LACHANCE, L.
(2003). Caractéristiques cognitives de jeunes suicidants,
suicidaires et non suicidaires. Revue Québécoise de
Psychologie, 24 (1), 161-177. |
|
LABELLE, R. (2004). La prévention du suicide en milieu
scolaire : constats et avenues de recherche. In G. Parent
et D.L. Rhéaume (Éds.), La prévention du suicide à
l'école (pp. 173-193). Québec : Presses de
l'Université du Québec. |
|
GUILÉ, J.M., GREENFIELD, B., BRETON, J.J., COHEN, D. &
LABELLE, R. (2005). Is psychotherapy effective for
borderline adolescents ? Clinical Neuropsychiatry, 2
(5), 277-282. |
|
DAIGLE, M., LABELLE, R. & CÔTÉ, G. (2006). Further
evidence on the validity of the Suicide Risk Assessment
Scale for prisoners. International Journal of Law
& Psychiatry, 29, 343-354. |
|
|
|
LaBerge David L. (St-Louis 1929-) : Neuropsychologue
américain et spécialiste de l'étude de
l'attention et du temps
de réaction. Collaborateur de
Estes.
 |
LABERGE, D. (1959). Effect of preliminary trials on rate
of conditioning in a simple prediction situation. Journal
of Experimental Psychology, 57, 20–24. |
|
LABERGE, D. (1973). Attention and the measurement of
perceptual learning. Memory & Cognition, 1,
268-276. |
|
LABERGE, D. & BROWN, V. (1986). Variations in size of
the visual field in which targets are presented : An
attentional range effect. Perception &
Psychophysics, 40, 188-200. |
|
LABERGE, D. (1997). Attention, awareness, and the
triangular circuit. Consciousness & Cognition, 6,
140-181. |
|
LABERGE, D. & KASEVICH, R.S. (2007). The apical
dendrite theory of consciousness. Neural Networks,
20, 1004-1020. |
|
|
|
Laboratoire : Au sens large, désigne tout lieu aménagé dans le but de reproduire
les aspects de la réalité
que l'on souhaite étudier scientifiquement.
Le laboratoire est un lieu
artificiel dans lequel on tente de créer un phénomène
naturel afin de l'observer
et le mesurer avec précision,
tout en maintenant constants tous les autres aspects de la réalité
susceptibles de l'influencer (variables
parasites). Pour parvenir à ce résultat, on utilise la méthode
expérimentale et quasi-expérimentale.
Ces méthodes sont les seules qui permettent la mise en évidence
d'une relation de causalité
entre deux phénomènes ou plus (validité
interne). Pour qu'une recherche en laboratoire soit valide,
il faut également que les conditions créées par le chercheur pour
vérifier son hypothèse
soient équivalentes à celles qui existent en milieu
naturel; si tel est le cas, on dira que sa recherche a une validité
écologique élevée. En psychologie,
deux types de sujets se
prêtent à ce genre de recheche : les humains - que l'on nomme participants
- et les animaux
de laboratoire. Pour réaliser une recherche en laboratoire,
il faut parfois mettre au point un dispositif
qui permet de reproduire la réalité que l'on cherche à
expliquer. De nombreux historiens
de sciences considèrent que l'on doit à Wundt
la mise sur pied du premier laboratoire
de psychologie scientifique, à l'Université
de Leipzig, en Allemagne. Laboratoire, contrôle
et ethique. =
centre de recherche, milieu expérimental, milieu artificiel
contrôlé, captivité
contrôlée. /terrain ou conditions
naturelles, milieu
naturel.
Laboratory.
| |
|
|
BALDWIN, J.M. (1892). The psychological laboratory in the
University of Toronto. Science, 19 (475),
143-144. [LIRE] |
WINDHOLZ, G. (1990). Pavlov and the pavlovians in the
laboratory. Journal of the History of the Behavioral
Sciences, 26, 64-74. |
|
CATTELL, J.M. (1888). The psychological laboratory at
Leipsic. Mind, 13, 37-51. |
QIN, Y. & SIMON, H.A. (1990). Laboratory replication
of scientific discovery processes. Cognitive Science,
14, 281-312. [PDF] |
|
SANDFORD, E.C. (1893). Some practical suggestions on the
equipment of a psychological laboratory. American
Journal of Psychology, 5, 429-438. |
VAUGHN, B.E. & WATERS, E. (1990). Attachment behavior
at home and in the laboratory. Child Development, 61,
1965-1973. |
|
STRATTON, G.M. (1896). The new psychological laboratory at
Leipzig. Science, 4, 867-868. |
HOROWITZ, J.L. & LOUVIERE, J.J. (1990). The external
validity of choice models based on laboratory experiments.
In M. Fischer, P. Nijkamp, and Y. Papageorgiou (Eds.),
Spatial choices and process. Amsterdam :
North-Holland. |
|
TITCHENER, B.E. (1898). A psychological laboratory. Mind,
7, 311-331. |
BARON, A., PERONE, M. & GALIZIO, M. (1991). Analyzing
the reinforcement process at the human level : Can
application and behavioristic interpretation replace
laboratory research ? The Behavior Analyst, 14, 95-105.
[PDF] |
|
ABBOTT, A.H. (1900). Experimental psychology and the
laboratory in Toronto. University of Toronto Monthly,
1, 85-89, 106-112. [LIRE] |
LYNCH, M. (1991). Laboratory space and the technological
complex: An investigation of topical contextures.
Science in Context, 4, 51-78. |
|
SANDFORD, E.C. (1910). The teaching of elementary
psychology in colleges and universities with laboratories.
Psychological Monographs, 12, 54-71. |
CAPSHEW, J.H. (1992). A reconnaissance of the history of
the laboratory. American Psychologist, 42, 137-142. |
|
CALKINS, M.W. (1910). The teaching of elementary
psychology in colleges supposed to have no laboratory. Psychological
Monographs, 12, 41-53. |
BASSETT, R.L., BASINGER, D. & LIVERMORE, P. (1992).
Lying in the laboratory : Deception in human research from
psychological, philosophical, and theological
perspectives. Journal of the American Scientific
Affiliation, 34, 201-212. |
|
GARVEY, C.R. (1929). List of American psychological
laboratories. Psychological Bulletin, 21,
652-660. |
CAPSHEW, J.H. (1992). Psychologists on site : A
reconnaissance of the historiography of the laboratory.
American Psychologist, 47 (2), 132-142. |
|
GRIFFITH, C.R. (1930). A laboratory for research in
athletics. Research Quarterly, 1, 34–40. |
BARLEY, S.R. & ECHKY, B.A. (1994). In the backrooms of
science : The work of technicians In science labs.
Work & Occupations, 21 (1), 85-126. |
|
TRYON, R.C. (1940). Genetic differences in maze-learning
ability in rats. Yearbook of the National Society for
the Study of Education, 39, 111-119. |
WEISZ, J.R., DONENBERG, G.R., HAN, S.S. & WEISS, B.
(1995). Bridging the gap between laboratory and clinic in
child and adolescent psychotherapy. Journal of
Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 63, 688-701. |
|
NISSEN, H.W. (1951). Care and handling of laboratory
chimpanzees. Carworth Farms Quarterly Letter, 25, 26,
& 27. |
LOGUE, A.W. (1997). The alleged vices of popularization
and the potential vices of laboratory isolation. The
Behavior Analyst, 20, 39-42. |
|
DALLENBACH, K.M. (1953). The psychological laboratory of
the University of Texas. American Journal of
Psychology 61, 90-104. |
BARON, A. & PERONE, M. (1998). Experimental design and
analysis in the laboratory study of human operant
behavior. In K.A.Lattal & M. Perone (Eds.), Handbook
ofr esearch methods in human operant behavior (pp.
45-91). New York : Plenum. |
|
SHERIF, M. (1954). Integrating field work and laboratory
in small group research. American Sociological
Review, 19, 759-771. [LIRE] |
PEPPERBERG, I.M. & KAMIL, A.C. (Eds.) (1998).
Nature : The convergence of psychology and biology in
laboratory and field. San Diego : Academic Press. |
|
BLACK, V. (1955). Laboratory versus field research in
psychology and the social sciences. British Journal
for the Philosophy of Science, 5, 319-330. |
ALLEN, T.D. & RUSH, M.C. (1998). The effects of
organizational citizenship behavior on performance
judgments : A field study and a laboratory experiment. Journal
of Applied Psychology, 83 (2), 247-260. [PDF] |
|
ADAMS, J. (1957). Laboratory studies of behavior without
awareness. Psychological Bulletin, 54, 383-405. |
LOGUE, A.W. (1998). Laboratory research on self-control:
Applications to administration. Review of General
Psychology, 2, 221-238. |
|
BIJOU, S.W. (1958). A child study laboratory on
wheels. Child Development, 29, 425-427. |
|
|
HOLLAND, J.G. (1960). Teaching machines : an application
of principles from the laboratory. Journal of
Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 3 (4), 275-287.
[PDF] |
ZEICHNER, A., FREY, F., PARROTT, D. & BUTRYN, M.
(1999). Measurement of laboratory aggression : A new
response-choice paradigm. Psychological Reports, 85
(3), 1229-1237. |
|
MICHAEL, J. (1963). Laboratory studies in operant
behavior. New York : McGraw-Hill. |
CRABBE, J.C., WAHLSTEN, D. & DUDEK, B.C. (1999).
Genetics of mouse behavior : Interactions with laboratory
environment. Science, 284, 1670-1672. |
 |
|
SKINNER, B.F. (1968). The flight from laboratory. In M.H.
MARX (Ed.), Theories in contemporary psychology (pp.
323-338). London : The Macmillan Co. |
ANDERSON, C.A., LINDSAY, J.J. & BUSHMAN, B.J. (1999).
Research in the psychological laboratory : Truth or
triviality ? Current Directions in Psychological
Science, 8, 3-9. |
|
WOLFE, B. & BARON, R.A. (1971). Laboratory aggression
related to aggression in naturalistic social situations :
Effects of an aggressive model on the behavior of college
student and prisoner observers. Psychonomic Science,
24 (4), 193-194. [PDF] |
EIFERT, G.H., FORSYTH, J.P., LEJUEZ, C.W. & ZVOLENSKY,
M. (1999). Moving from the laboratory to the real world
and back again : Increasing the relevance of laboratory
examinations of anxiety. Behavior Therapy, 30, 273-283 |
|
HARLOW, H.F., HARLOW, M.K. & SUOMI, S.J. (1971). From
thought to therapy : Lessons from the primate laboratory.
American Scientist, 59 (5), 538-549. |
KANAZAWA, S. (1999). Using laboratory experiments to test
theories of corporate behavior. Rationality &
Society, 11 (4), 443-461. [PDF] |
|
FEIBLEMAN, J.K. (1972). Scientific method : The
hypothetico-experimental laboratory procedure of the
physical sciences. The Hague : Martinus Nijhoff. |
ANDERSON, C.A. & DILL, K.E. (2000). Video games and
aggressive thoughts, feelings, and behavior in the
laboratory and in life. Journal of Personality &
Social Psychology, 78 (4), 772-790. [LIRE] |
|
SPERRY, R.W. (1974). Messages from the laboratory. Engineering
and Science, 7, 29-32 / Academic Therapy, 11 (2),
149-155. |
STROMER, R., McCOMAS, J.J. & REHFELDT, R.A. (2000).
Designing interventions that include delayed
reinforcement: Implications of recent laboratory research.
Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 33 (3),
359-371. [PDF] |
|
FUREDY, J.J. (1975). An integrative progress report on
informational control in humans : Some laboratory findings
and methodological claims. Australian Journal of
Psychology, 27, 61-83. |
STEVENS, C.D. & ASH, R.A. (2001). The
conscientiousness of students in subject pools :
Implications for “laboratory“ research. Journal of
Research in Personality, 35, 91-97. |
|
WELLS, G.L. (1976). Reassessing the validity of
laboratory-produced attitude change. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 34, 1062-1067. |
MITCHELL, G. (2002). Revisiting truth or triviality : The
external validity of research in the psychological
laboratory. Perspectives on Psychological Science, 7
(2), 109-117. [PDF] |
| |
LOGUE, A.W. (2002). The living legacy of the pigeon
laboratory : Quantitative analysis in the wide world.
Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 77, 357-366.
[PDF] |
|
EBBESEN, E.B., PARKER, S. & KONECNI, V.J. (1977).
Laboratory and field analyses of decisions involving risk.
Journal of Experimental Psychology : Human Perception
& Performance, 3, 576-589. |
SHARP, J.L., ZAMMIT, T.G., AZAR, T.A. & LAWSON, D.M.
(2002). Stress-like responses to common procedures in male
rats housed alone or with other rats. Contemporary
Topics in Laboratory Animal Science, 41 (4), 8-14.
[PDF] |
|
ABRAMSON, L.Y. & SELIGMAN, M.E.P. (1977). Modeling
psychopathology in the laboratory : History and rationale.
In J. Maser and M.E.P. Seligman (Eds.), Psychopathology
: Experimental models. San Francisco : Freeman |
NERSESSIAN, N.J., KURZ-MILCKE, E., NEWSTETTER, W. &
DAVIES, J. (2003). Research laboratories as evolving
distributed cognitive systems. In D. Alterman & D.
Kirsch (Eds.), Proceedings of the cognitive science
society 25 (pp. 857-862). Hillsdale, NJ : Erlbaum. |
|
NOVAK, J.D. (1979). Applying psychology and philosophy to
the improvement of laboratory teaching. The American
Biology Teacher, 41 (8), 466-474. |
BALCOMBE, J.P., BARNARD, N. & SANDUSKY, C. (2004).
Laboratory routines cause animal stress. Contemporary
Topics in Laboratory Animal Science, 43 (6), 42-51.
[PDF] |
|
LUNETTA, V. & TAMIR, P. (1979). Matching lab
activities with teaching goals. The Science Teacher,
46, 22-24. |
SCHWEBEL, D.C. & TZANETOS, D.B. (2005). Premedical
psychology majors in the laboratory. Teaching of
Psychology, 32, 118-120. |
| LATOUR,
B. & WOOLGAR, L. (1979). Laboratory Life. London :
Sage. |
NICOLAS, S. (2005). Wundt et la fondation en 1879 de son
laboratoire. L'année Psychologie, 105 (1),
133-170. [PDF] |
|
CULLEN, C. (1981). The flight to the laboratory. Behavior
Analysis, 23, 3- 6. [PDF] |
BALCOMBE, J.P. (2006). Laboratory environments and
rodents' behavioral needs : A review. Laboratory
Animals, 40, 217-235. [PDF] |
|
WILDE, L. (1981). On the use of laboratory experiments in
economics. In Joseph Pitt, (Ed.), The philosophy of
economics (pp. 137-143). Dordrecht : Reidel. |
MARR, M.J. (2006). A major trio. Journal of the
Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 86 (3), 355-357.
[PDF] |
|
BARON, A. & PERONE, M. (1982). The place of the human
subject in the operant laboratory. The Behavior
Analyst, 5 (2), 143-158. [PDF] |
WEATHERLY, J.N. & PHELPS, B.J. (2006). The pitfalls of
studying gambling behaviour in a laboratory situation. In
P.M. Ghezzi, C.A. Lyons, M.R. Dixon & G.A. Wilson
(Eds.), Gambling : Behavior theory, research, and
application (pp. 105-125). Reno, NV : Context
Press. |
|
MELLGREN, R.L. (1982). Foraging in simulated natural
environment : There's a rat loose in the lab. Journal
of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 38 (1),
93-100. [PDF] |
NERSESSIAN, N.J. (2006).The cognitive-cultural systems of
the research laboratory. Organization Studies, 27, 125-145.
[PDF] |
|
HOFSTEIN, A. & LUNETTA, V. (1982). The role of the
laboratory in science teaching : Neglected aspects of
research. Review of Educational Research, 52, 201-217. |
PALFREY, T.R. (2006). Laboratory experiments. In B.
Weingast & D. WIttman (Eds), Handbook of
political economy (pp. 915-936). Oxford University
Press. |
|
GREENWOOD, J.D. (1982). On the relation between laboratory
experiments and social behaviour : Causal explanation and
generalization. Journal for the Theory of Social
Behaviour, 12 (3), 225-250. |
BRANCH, M.N. (2006). Reactions of a laboratory behavioral
scientist to a “Thinktank“ on metacontingencies and
cultural analysis. Behavior & Social Issues, 15,
6-10. [PDF] |
|
| |
LEVITT, S.D. & LIST, J.A. (2007). What do laboratory
experiments measuring social preferences reveal about the
real world ? Journal of Economic Perspectives, 21
(2), 153-174. [PDF]
+ [PDF] |
|
WILCOX, S. & KATZ, S. (1984). Can indirect realism be
demonstrated in the psychological laboratory ? Philosophy
of the Social Sciences, 14, 149-157. |
ANDERSON, C.A., BUCKLEY, K.E. & CARNAGEY, N.L. (2008).
Creating your own hostile environment : A laboratory
examination of trait aggressiveness and the violence
escalation cycle. Personality & Social Psychology
Bulletin, 34, 462-473. [PDF] |
|
LANDIS, D., HULGUS, J.F. & BRISLIN, R.W. (1985).
Attributional training versus contact in acculturative
learning : A laboratory study. Journal of Applied
Social Psychology, 15 (7), 466-482. |
RONDEAU, D. & LIST, J.A. (2007). Matching and
challenge gifts to charity : evidence from laboratory and
natural field experiments. Experimental Economics, 11
(3), 253-267. [PDF] |
|
LATOUR, B. & WOOLGAR, S. (1986). Laboratory life :
The construction of scientific fact. Princeton, NJ
: Princeton University Press. |
LIST, J.A. (2008). Field experiments : A bridge between
lab and naturally occurring data. Journal of Economic
Analysis & Policy, 6 (2), 1-45. [PDF] |
| |
VICEDO, M. (2009). Mothers, machines, and morals : Harry
Harlow's work on primate love from lab to legend. Journal
of the History of the Behavioral Sciences, 45, 193-218. |
|
SEARS, D.O. (1986). College sophomores in the Laboratory :
Influences of a narrow data base on social psychology's
view of hum an nature. Journal of Personality &
Social Psychology, 51 (3), 515-530. [PDF] |
HENRY, P.J. (2009). College sophomores in the laboratory
redux : Influences of a narrow data base on social
psychology's view of the nature of prejudice.
Psychological Inquiry, 19, 49-71. |
|
BRECHNER, K.C., POULOS, L., GUENTHER, E. & COULTER,
T.J. (1987). Laboratory ethology : A new approach in
animal research. Humane Innovations &
Alternatives in Animal Experimentation, 1, 23-24. |
KANGAS, B.D. & HACKENBERG, T.D. (2009). On reinforcing
human behavior in the laboratory : A brief review and some
recommendations. Experimental Analysis of Human
Behavior Bulletin, 27, 21-26. [PDF] |
| |
CALDWELL, C.A. & MILLEN, A.E. (2010). Human cumulative
culture in the laboratory : Effects of (micro) population
size. Learning & Behavior, 38, 310-318. |
|
HACKING, I. (1988). On the stability of the laboratory
sciences. The Journal of Philosophy, 85 (10),
507-514. |
WILSON, T.D., ARONSON, E. & CARLSMITH, K. (2010). The
art of laboratory experimentation. In S.T. Fiske, D.T.
Gilbert & G. Lindzey (Eds.), Handbook of social
psychology (Vol. 1, pp. 51-81). Hoboken, NJ :
Wiley. |
|
PERONE, M. (1988). Laboratory lore and research practices
in the experimental analysis of human behavior : Use and
abuse of subjects' verbal reports. The Behavior
Analyst, 11, 71-77.
[PDF] |
NICHOLSON, I. (2011). "Torture at Yale": Experimental
subjects, laboratory torment and the "rehabilitation" of
Milgram's "Obedience to authority". Theory &
Psychology, 21 (6), 737-761. |
|
OVERMIER, J.B. (1988). Enriching interplay between the
animal laboratory and the clinic. Minnesota
Psychologist, 37 (4), 3-4. |
NATIONAL RESEARCH COUNCIL (2011). Guide for the care
and use of laboratory animals. Washington : The
National Acadames Press. [PDF] |
|
HACKING, I. (1988). The participant irrealist at large in
the laboratory. British Journal for the Philosophy of
Science, 39, 277-294 |
RAZ, A. (2012). Translational attention : From experiments
in the lab to helping the symptoms of individuals with
Tourette's syndrome. Consciousness & Cognition,
21, 1591-1594. [PDF] |
|
SALZINGER, K. (1988). After the flight from the
laboratory. Behavior Analysis, 23, 3-6. |
CIRINO, S.D., MIRANDA, R.L. & DE SOUZA, E.J. (2012).
The laboratory of experimental psychology : Establishing a
psychological community at a Brazilian university. Revista
Interamericana de Psicología/Interamerican Journal of
Psychology, 46 (1), 135-142. [PDF] |
|
GALIZIO, M. & BUSKIST, W.F. (1988). Laboratory lore
and research practices in the experimental analysis of
human behavior: Selecting reinforcers and arranging
contingencies. The Behavior Analyst, 11, 65-69.
[PDF] |
MITCHELL, G. (2012). Revisiting truth or triviality : The
external validity of research in the psychological
laboratory. Perspectives on Psychological Science, 7
(2), 109-117. [PDF] |
|
BERNSTEIN, D.J. (1988). Laboratory lore and research
practices in the experimental analysis of human behavior :
Designing session logistics-how long, how often, how many
?The Behavior Analyst, 11 (1), 51-58. [PDF] |
FRANKLIN, J.C., PUZIA, M.E., LEE, K.M., LEE, G.E., HANNA,
E.K., SPRING, V.L. & PRINSTEIN, M.J. (2013). The
nature of pain offset relief in nonsuicidal self-injury :
A laboratory study. Clinical Psychological Science, 1
(2), 110-119. [PDF] |
|
HURSH, S.R., RASLEAR, T.G., BAUMAN, R. & BLACK, H.
(1989). The quantitative analysis of economic behavior
with laboratory animals. In K.G. Grunert & F. Ölander
(Eds.), Understanding economic behaviour (pp.
393–407). Boston : Kluwer Academic. |
|
|
WINDHOLZ, G. (1989). The discovery of the principles of
reinforcement, extinction, generalization, and
differentiation of conditional reflexes in Pavlov's
laboratories. Pavlovian Journal of Biological
Science, 23, 35-42. |
IGERSHEIM, H., BAUJARD, A. & LASLIER, J.-F. (2016). La
question du vote. Expérimentations en laboratoire et In
Situ. L'Actualité Économique, 92 (1-2), 151-189.
[PDF] |
|
|
Voir aussi
Validité/recherche, Instrument
de mesure, Reproductibilité,
Dispositif et Recherche
expérimentale |
|
|
|
|
|
Laboratoire d'Étude de la Cognition chez les Primates : Centre de recherche sur l'étude de la cognition
chez les primates, notamment
chez le macaque, mis sur
pied par Terrace. Primate
cognition lab.
|
Laboratoire de Conditionnement du Pigeon de Harvard : Centre de recherche sur l'étude du comportement
des pigeons mis sur
pied par Skinner en... Ce
centre utilise un dispositif
expérimental (la
Boîte de Skinner) inventé par Skinner quelques années plus tôt (au tout début des années 1930, à
l'époque où Skinner étudiait à Harvard).
Harvard pigeon lab.
| |
|
 |
|
|
STEVENS, S. & BORING, E.G. (1947). The new Harvard
Psychological Laboratories. American Psychologist, 2,
239-243. |
|
CATANIA, A.C. (2002). The watershed years of 1958-1962 in
the Harvard pigeon lab. Journal of the Experimental
Analysis of Behavior, 77 (3), 327-345. [PDF] |
|
BAUM, W.M. (2002). The Harvard pigeon lab under
Herrnstein. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of
Behavior, 77 (3), 347-355.
[PDF] |
|
GOLLUB, L.R. (2002). Between the waves : Harvard pigeon
lab 1955-1960. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of
Behavior, 77 (3), 319-326. [PDF] |
|
LINDSLEY, O.R. (2002). Our Harvard pigeon, rat, dog, and
human lab. Journal of Experimental Analysis of
Behavior, 77 (3), 385-387. |
|
LOGUE, A.W. (2002). the living legacy of the harvard
pigeon lab : quantitative analysis in the wide world.
Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 77 (3),
357-366. [PDF] |
|
HINELINE, P.N. (2002). The Harvard pigeon lab in context.
Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 77
(3), 383-385. [PDF] |
|
|
Voir aussi Boîte
de Skinner, Pigeon
et Skinner |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Laboratoire Haskins : Laboratoire de linguistique fondé par Haskins en 1935 pour étudier la production et la perception du
langage parlé (speech). Haskins Laboratories.
( ): Bentin, Cooper,
Delattre, Frost,
Joanisse, Katz, Katz,
Liberman, Liberman,
Mattingly, Pugh,
Repp,
Shankweiler, Studder-Kennedy.
|
|
|
Laboratory Animals : Revue scientifique qui consacre ses pages pages à la recherche
animale, notamment au
bien-être animal. Éditeur : Colin Dunn.
BALCOMBE, J.P. (2006). Laboratory environments and
rodents' behavioral needs : A review. Laboratory
Animals, 40, 217-235.
|
| |
|
|
|
|
Labov William (Rutherford 1927-) : Linguiste
américain et fondateur de la sociolinguistique.
On lui doit les premières observations du langage en
conditions naturelles.
|
LABOV, W. (1963). The social motivation of a sound change.
Word, 18, 1-42 |
|
LABOV, W. (1972). Language in the inner city. Philadelphia
: University of Pennsylvania Press. |
|
LABOV, W. (1972). Some principles of linguistic
methodology. Language in Society, 1, 97-120. |
|
LABOV, W. (1978). Crossing the gulf between sociology and
sociolinguistics. The American Sociologist, 13,
93-103. |
|
LABOV, W. (2001). Principles of linguistic change : Social
factors. Cambridge, UK : Blackwell |
|
|
GORDON, M. (2006). Interview with William Labov. Journal
of English Linguistics, 34,332-351. |
|
|
|
Labyrinthe : Dispositif expérimental utilisé dans les laboratoires de conditionnement
instrumental, fait de couloirs inextricables menant la
plupart du temps à un
récompense/ renforcement
sous forme de bouffe. On y place un animal, souvent un rat ou un hamster, afin d'observer combien d'erreurs il fera avant de trouver sa
nourriture (rarement un fromage). On mesure également le temps de
parcours. On peut également parcourir un
labyrinthe-papier avec un stylo. NDLR :
Aussi utilisé - à d'autres fins - avec les humains
dans le film
Shining de Stanley Kubrick (Mémorable !).
Maze, t-maze, eight-arm maze, radial maze, hierarchical maze, radial arm maze, Y-maze, choice-maze.
| |
|
 |
|
| |
|
SMALL, W.S. (1900). Experimental study of the mental
processes of the rat I. American Journal of
Psychology, 11, 133-165. |
CALDWELL, W.E. & JONES, H.B. (1954). Somes positive
results on the modified Tolman and Honzik insight maze. Journal
of Comparative & Psysiological Psychology, 47,
416-418 |
|
SMALL, W.S. (1901). Experimental study of the mental
processes of the rat II. American Journal of
Psychology, 12, 206-239. |
OLDS, J. (1956). Runway and maze behavior controlled by
basomedial forebrain stimulation in the rat. Journal
of Comparative & Physiological Psychology, 49, 507-512. |
|
STONE, C.P. & STURMAN-HULBE, M. (1927). Food vs. sex
as incentives for male rats on the maze-learning problem.
American Journal of Psychology, 38, 403-408. |
RESTLE, F. (1957). Discrimination of cues in mazes : a
resolution of the "place-vs-response" question. Psychological
Review, 65, 77-91 |
| BLODGETT, H.C. (1929). The effect of the introduction of reward upon the maze performance of rats. University
of California Publications in Psychology, 4, 113-134. |
BRADY, K. (1963). Maze Experiment. Journal of the
Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 6 (1), 28. [PDF] |
|
SKINNER, B.F. (1930). On the inheritance of maze behavior.
Journal of General Psychology, 4, 342-346. |
FANTINO, E., HOPKINS, D. & COLE, M. (1968). Proactive
interference for maze habits in the rat. Psychonomic
Science, 10, 365-366. |
|
BRENNAN, J.F. (1969). Effect of maze experience on
dominance hierarchies in rats. Psychonomics Science,
17, 288. |
|
|
THOMPSON, R. (1974). Localization on the «maze memory system» in the white rat. Physiological Psychology, 2, 1-17. |
|
HULL, C.L. (1932). The goal gradient hypothesis and maze
learning. Psychology Review, 39, 25-43. |
OLTON, D.S., COLLISON, C. & WERZ, M.A. (1977). Spatial
memory and radial arm maze performance of rats. Learning
& Motivation 8 (3), 289-314. |
|
HULL, C.L. (1934). The concept of the habit-family
hierarchy and maze learning : Part I. Psychological
Review, 41, 33-54. |
OLTON, D.S. (1979). Mazes, maps, and memory. American
Psychologist, 34, 583-596. |
|
SACKETT, R.S. (1934). The influences of symbolic rehearsal
upon the retention of a maze habit. Journal of
General Psychology, 10, 376-395. |
ROBERTS, W.A. (1979). Spatial memory in the rat on a
hierarchical maze. Learning & Motivation 10
(2), 117-140. |
|
SACKETT, R.S. (1935). The relationship between amount of
symbolic rehearsal and retention of a maze habit. Journal
of General Psychology, 13, 113 - 128. |
VAUCLAIR, J. (1980). Le rôle de la propriomotricité dans
l'apprentissage d'un labyrinthe chez le hamster doré. L'Année
Psychologique, 2, 331-351. |
|
HERON, W.T. (1935). The inheritance of maze-learning
ability in the rat. Journal of Comparative
Psychology, 19, 77-89. |
SUZUKI, S., AUGERINOS, G. & BLACK, A.H. (1980).
Stimulus control of spatial behavior on the eight-arm maze
in rats. Learning & Motivation, 11 (1),
1-18. |
|
|
HERON, W.T. & SKINNER, B.F. (1939). Rate of extinction
in maze-bright and maze-dull rats. Psychological
Bulletin, 36, 520. |
CHAMIZO, V.D. & MACKINTOSH, N.J. (1989). Latent
learning and latent inhibition in maze discriminations. Quarterly
Journal of Experimental Psychology, 41B, 21-31. |
|
HERON, W.T. & SKINNER, B.F. (1940). The rate of
extinction in maze-bright and maze-dull rats. The
Psychological Record, 4, 11-18. |
TROBALON, J.B., SANSA, J., CHAMIZO, V.D. & MACKINTOSH,
N.J. (1991). Perceptual learning in maze discriminations.
Quarterly Journal of Experimental Psychology, 43B,
389-402. |
| |
HODGES, H. (1996). Maze procedures : the radial-arm maze
and water maze compared. Cognitive Brain Research, 3,
167-181. |
|
SILVERMAN, W. SHAPIRO, F. & HERON, W.T. (1940). Brain
weight and maze learning in rats. Journal of
Comparative Psychology, 30 (2), 279-282. |
LENCK-SANTINI, P.P., SAVE, E. & POUCET, B. (2001).
Place-cell firing does not depend on the direction of turn
in a Y-maze alternation task. European Journal of
Neuroscience, 13 (5),1055-1058. |
|
TRYON, R.C. (1940). Genetic differences in maze learning
ability in rats. Yearbook of the National Society for
the Study of Education, 39 (1), 111-119. |
SHORE, D.I., STANFORD, L., MACINNES, J.W., KLEIN, R.M.,
BROWN, R.E. (2001). Of mice and men : virtual
Hebb-Williams mazes permit comparison of spatial learning
across species. Cognitive, Affective, &
Behavioral Neuroscience, 1, 83-89. |
|
BERNARD, J. & GILBERT, R.W. (1941). The specificity of
the effect of shock for error in maze learning with human
subjects. Journal of Experimental Psychology, 28, 178-186. |
TIMBERLAKE, W. (2002). Niche-related learning in
laboratory paradigms : The case of maze behavior in Norway
rats. Behavioural Brain Research, 134, 355-374. |
|
HERON, W.T. (1941). The inheritance of brightness and
dullness in maze learning ability in the rat. Journal
of Genetic Psychology, 59, 41-49. |
DE LA CASA, L.G. & TIMBERLAKE, W. (2006). Effects of
pre-exposure and retention interval on latent inhibition
and perceptual learning in a choice-maze discrimination
task. Learning & Behavior, 34, 193-201.
[PDF] |
|
MEEHL, P.E. & MacCORQUODALE, K.B. (1948). A further
study of latent learning in the T-maze. Journal of
Comparative & Physiological Psychology, 41,
372-396. |
YOUNG, M.E., CLARK, M.H., GOFFUS, A. & HOANE, M.R.
(2009). Mixed effects modeling of Morris water maze data :
Advantages and cautionary notes. Learning &
Motivation, 40 (2), 160-177. |
|
SEARLE, L.V. (1949). The organization of hereditary maze
brightness and maze dullness. Genetic Psychology
Monographs, 39, 279-325. |
|
|
THOMPSON, M.E. (1949). Reactive inhibition as a factor in maze learning : II. The role of reactive inhibition in studies of place learning vs response learning. Journal of Experimental Psychology, 39, (6), 883. |
|
|
THOMPSON, M.E. (1950). Reactive inhibition as a factor in maze learning : I. The work variable. Journal of Experimental Psychology, 40, (1), 131. |
|
|
THOMPSON, M.E. (1952). Reactive inhibition as a factor in maze learning : III. Effects in the human stylus maze. Journal of Experimental Psychology, 43 (2), 130-133. |
|
|
|
|
|
Voir aussi Rat,
Labyrinthe et Laboratoire |
|
|
Labyrinthe en T : Labyrinthe en forme de T.
T-maze.
| |
|
| BLODGETT, H.C. & McCUTCHAN, K. (1947). Place versus response learning in the simple T-maze. Journal of of Experimental Psychology, 37 (5), 412-422. |
SCHOENFELD, W.N. & COLE, B.K. (1972). Stimulus
schedules: The T-r systems. New York : Harper and
Row.
|
|
KENDLER, H.H. (1948). An investigation of latent learning in a T-maze. Journal of Comparative & Physiological Psychology, 40,
(4), 265-270. |
|
|
MEEHL, P.E. & MacCORQUODALE, K.B. (1948). A further
study of latent learning in the T-maze. Journal of
Comparative & Physiological Psychology, 41,
372-396. |
|
|
BLODGETT, H.C. & McCUTCHAN, K. (1948). Relative strength of place and response learning in the T maze. Journal of Comparative & Physiological Psychology, 41
(1), 17-24. |
|
|
DENNY, M.R. (1948). The effect of using differential end
boxes in a simple T-maze learning situation. Journal
of Experimental Psychology, 38 (3), 245-249. |
|
|
BLODGETT, H.C., McCUTCHAN, K. & MATHEWS, R. (1949). Spatial learning in the T maze : the influence of direction, turn, and food location. Journal of Experimental Psychology, 39 (6), 800-809. |
|
|
DENNY, M.R. & DUNH, M.D. (1951). The effect of
differential non-reinforcement of the incorrect response
on the learning of the correct response in the "simple
T-maze". ournal of Experimental Psychology, 41,
382-389. |
ZANGROSSI, H., VIANA, M.B., ZANOVELI, J., BUENO, C.,
NOGUEIRA, R.L. & GRAEFF, F.G. (2001). Serotonergic
regulation of inhibitory avoidance and one-way escape in
the rat elevated T-maze. Neuroscience &
Biobehavioral Reviews 25, 637-645. |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Rat,
Labyrinthe et Laboratoire |
|
|
Labyrinthe papier-crayon : Labyrinthe en
papier que l'on parcourt avec un crayon, plutôt que
physiquement (comme dans Shining/Kubrick).
Stylus-maze, tactual maze.
| |
|
|
WARDEN, C.J. (1924). The relative economy of various modes
of attack in the mastery of a stylus maze. Journal
of Experimental Psychology, 7 (4), 243-275. |
|
|
WARDEN, C.J. (1925). Judgments of certain space relations
based upon the learning of a stylus maze. Journal of
Experimental Psychology, 8 (6), 399-407. |
AXELROD, H.S., COWEN, E.L. & HEILIZER, F. (1956). The
correlates of manifest anxiety in stylus maze learning. Journal
of Experimental Psychology, 51 (2), 131-138. |
|
MILES, W. (1927). The two-story duplicate maze : Tracing
the stylus maze with a maximum of indirect visual
guidance. Journal of Experimental Psychology, 10
(5), 365-377. |
DASTON, P.G. (1958). Stylus maze performance of chronic
schizophrenics taking chlorpromazine. Journal of
Consulting Psychology, 22 (5), 384. |
|
MAYS, L.L. (1931). Continuity of movement and error
elimination in the stylus maze. Journal of
Comparative Psychology, 12 (3), 279-288. |
CORKIN, S. (1965). Tactually-guided maze learning in man :
Effects of unilateral cortical excisions and bilateral
hippocampal lesions. Neuropsychologia, 3,
339-351. |
|
WATERS, R.H. & POOLE, G.B. (1933). The relative
retention values of stylus and mental maze habits. Journal
of Experimental Psychology, 16 (3), 429-434. |
|
|
McGEOCH, J.A. & PETERS, H.N. (1933). An all-or-none
characteristic in the elimination of errors during the
learning of a stylus maze. Journal of Experimental
Psychology, 16 (4), 504-523. |
CANAVAN, A.G. (1983). Stylus-maze performance in patients
with frontal-lobe lesions : effects of signal valency and
relationship to verbal and spatial abilities. Neuropsychologia,
21 (4), 375-382. |
|
PETERS, H.N. & McGEOCH, J.A. (1935). The relationship
between time sp de Morrisent in the culs-de-sac of a
stylus maze and speed of elimination. Journal of
Experimental Psychology, 18 (4), 414-430. |
|
|
PETERS, H.N. & McLEAN, L. (1935). An experiment on
orientation in stylus maze learning. Journal of
Experimental Psychology, 18 (5), 633-637. |
|
|
BUNCH, M.E. (1935). Certain effects of electric shock in
learning a stylus maze. Journal of Comparative
Psychology, 20 (2), 211-242. |
|
|
JONES, H.E. & YOSHIOKA, J.G. (1938). Differential
errors in children's learning on a stylus maze. Journal
of Comparative Psychology, 25 (3), 463-480. |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Laboratoire |
|
|
Labyrinthe radial de Barnes : Labyrinthe circulaire créé par Barnes
pour évaluer
l'apprentissage spatial et la mémoire
spatiale des rats. Barnes
maze.
| |
|
|
BARNES, C.A. (1979). Memory deficits associated with
senescence: a neurophysiological and behavioral study in
the rat. Journal of Comparative & Physiological
Psychology, 93 (1), 74-104. |
HARRISON, F.E., HOSSEINI, A.H. & MACDONALD M.P.
(2009). Endogenous anxiety and stress responses in water
maze and Barnes maze spatial memory tasks. Behavioural
Brain Research, 198, 247-251. |
|
FOX, G.B., FAN, L., LEVASSEUR, R.A., FADEN, A.I. (1998).
Effect of traumatic brain injury on mouse spatial and
nonspatial learning in the Barnes circular maze.
Journal of Neurotrauma, 15, 1037-1046. |
POPOVIC, N, MADRID, J.A., ROL, M.A., CABALLERO-BLEDA, M.
& POPVIC, M. (2010). Barnes maze performance of
Octodon degus is gender dependent. Behavioural Brain
Research, 212 (2), 159-167. |
|
HARRISON F.E., REISERER, R.S., TOMARKEN, A.J. &
McDONALD, M.P. (2006). Spatial and nonspatial escape
strategies in the Barnes maze. Learning & Memory,
13, 809-819. |
PITTS, M.W. (2018). Barnes maze procedure for spatial
learning and memory in mice. Bio-protocol, 8
(5), 1-15. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Rat,
Labyrinthe, Mémoire
spatiale Barnes
et Laboratoire |
|
|
|
Labyrinthe radial de Olton : Labyrinthe
circulaire en forme de soleil inventé par Olton
pour étudier la mémoire spatiale des rongeurs. Chaque rayon du
soleil est un bras que l'animal peut chosir d'emprunter.
Radial maze, radial arm maze, Olton maze, eight-arm maze.
| |
|
|
OLTON, D.S. & SAMUELSON, R.J. (1976). Remembrance of
places passed : Spatial memory in rats. Journal of
Experimental Psychology : Animal Behavior Processes 2 (2),
97–116. |
ZILLES, K., WU, J., CRUSIO, W.E., AND SCHWEGLER, H.
(2000). Water maze and radial maze learning and the
density of binding sites of glutamate, GABA, and serotonin
receptors in the hippocampus of inbred mouse strains.
Hippocampus, 10, 213-225. |
|
OLTON, D.S., COLLISON, C. & WERZ, M.A. (1977). Spatial
memory and radial arm maze performance of rats. Learning
& Motivation 8 (3), 289-314. |
LIPP, H.P., PLESKACHEVA, M.G., GOSSWEILER, H., RICCERI,
L., SIRNOV, A.A. GARIN N.N., PEREPIOKINA, O.P., VORONKOV,
D.N., KUPTOV, P.A. & DELL'OMO, G. (2001). Review A
large outdoor radial maze for comparative studies in birds
and mammals. Neuroscience & Biobehavioral Reviews,
25, 83-99. [PDF] |
|
SUZUKI, S., AUGERINOS, G. & BLACK, A.H. (1980).
Stimulus control of spatial behavior on the eight-arm maze
in rats. Learning & Motivation, 11 (1),
1-18. |
ORMEROD, B.K. & BENINGER, R.J. (2002). Water maze
versus radial maze : differential performance of rats in a
spatial delayed match-to-position task and response to
scopolamine. Behavioural Brain Research, 128, 139-152.
[PDF] |
|
YOERG, S.I. & KAMIL, A.C. (1982). Response strategies
in the radial arm maze : Running around in circles.
Animal Learning & Behavior, 10 (4), 530-534. [PDF] |
BROWN, M.F. & GUIMETTI, G.W. (2006). Spatial pattern
learning in the radial arm maze. Learning &
Behavior 34 (1), 102-108. |
|
WIRSCHING, B.A., BENINGER, R.J., JHAMANDAS, K., BOEGMAN,
R.J. & EL-DEFRAWY, S.R. (1984). Differential Effects
of scopolamine on working and reference Memory of Rats in
the Radial Maze. Pharmacology Biochemistry &
Behavior, 20, 659-662. [PDF] |
MANDOLESI, L., ADDONA, F., FOTI, F., MENGHINI, F.,
PETROSINI, L. & VICARI, S. (2009). Spatial competences
in Williams syndrome : a radial arm maze study. International
Journal of Developmental Neuroscience, 27 (3),
205-213. |
|
BERNSTEIN, D., OLTON, D.S., INGRAM, D.K., WALLER, S.B.,
REYNOLDS, M.A. & LONDON, E.D. (1985). Radial maze
performance in young and aged mice : Neurochemical
correlates. Pharmacology Biochemistry & Behavior,
22 (2), 301-307. |
MacPHERSON, K. & ROBERTS, W.A. (2010). Spatial memory
in dogs (Canis familiaris) on a radial maze. Journal
of Comparative Psychology, 124 (1), 47-56. [PDF] |
|
HODGES, H. (1995). Maze procedures : the radial-arm and
water maze compared. Cognitive Brain Research, 3 (3-4),
167-181. |
TONNEAU, F., ORTIZ, R. & CABRERA, F. (2012). Hamsters'
(Mesocricetus auratus) memory in a radial maze analog :
the role of spatial versus olfactory cues. Journal of
Comparative Psychology, 126 (1), 82-86. |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Rat,
Labyrinthe, Olton
et Laboratoire |
|
|
Labyrinthe
sous-marin/aquatique : Tâche
développée par Morris
pour étudier l'apprentissage
et la mémoire spatiale
chez le rat. Elle consiste en
un labyrinthe submergé ou qui comporte
des sections sous l'eau. = tâche de
Morris. Watermaze, Morris swimming pool,
Morris water-maze, swimming pool navigation tasks.
| |
|
|
MORRIS, R.G.M. (1981). Spatial localisation does not
depend on the presence of local cues. Learning &
Motivation, 12, 239-260. [PDF]
|
ZILLES, K., WU, J., CRUSIO, W.E. & SCHWEGLER, H.
(2000). Water maze and radial maze learning and the
density of binding sites of glutamate, GABA, and serotonin
receptors in the hippocampus of inbred mouse strains.
Hippocampus, 10, 213-225. |
|
WHISHAW, I.Q. & MITTLEMAN, G. (1986). Visits to
starts, routes and places by rats (Rattus norvegicus) in
swimming pool navigation tasks. Journal of Comparative
Psychology, 100, 422-431. |
WHISHAW, I.Q. & PAZSTOR, T.J. (2000). Rats alternate
on a dry-land but not a swimming-pool (Morris task) place
task : implications for spatial processing. Behavioral
Neuroscience, 114, 442-446. |
|
LEE, R.K. & MAIER, S.F. (1988). Inescapable shock and
attention to internal versus external cues in a water
discrimination escape task.Journal of Experimental
Psychology : Animal Behavior Processes, 14 (3),
302-310. |
|
|
MORRIS, R.G.M. & SPOONER, R.I.W. (1990). Watermaze
[Computer software]. Edinburgh : WaterMaze
Software. |
|
|
WHISHAW, I.Q. (1991). Latent learning in a swimming pool
place task by rats : Evidence for the use of associative
and not cognitive mapping processes. Quarterly
Journal of Experimental Psychology : Comparative &
Physiological Psychology, 43 (B), 83-103. |
|
|
WHISHAW, I.Q. (1995). A comparison of rats and mice in a
swimming pool place task and matching to place task : some
surprising differences. Physiology & Behavior,
58, 687-693. |
REDHEAD, E.S., PRADOS, J. & PEARCE, J.M. (2001). The
effects of pre-exposure on escape from a Morris pool. Quarterly
Journal of Experimental Psychology, 54B, 353-367. |
|
REDHEAD, E.S., ROBERTS, A.D.L., GOOD, M. & PEARCE, J.
(1997). Interaction between piloting and beacon homing by
rats in a swimming pool. Journal of Experimental
Psychology : Animal Behavior Processes, 23, 340-350. |
D'HOOGE, R. & De DEYN, P.P. (2001). Applications of
the Morris water maze in the study of learning and memory.
Brain Research Reviews, 36, 60-90. |
|
REDISH, D.A. & TOURETZKY, D.S. (1998). The role of the
hippocampus in solving the Morris water maze. Neural
Computation, 10 (1), 73-111.
[PDF] |
ORMEROD, B.K. & BENINGER, R.J. (2002). Water maze
versus radial maze : differential performance of rats in a
spatial delayed match-to-position task and response to
scopolamine. Behavioural Brain Research, 128, 139-152. |
|
ASTUR, R.S., ORTIZ, M.L. & SUTHERLAND, R.J. (1998). A
characterization of performance by men and women in a
virtual Morris water task : a large and reliable sex
difference. Behavioural Brain Research, 93,
185-190. [PDF] |
MCGAURAN, A.M.T., HARVEY, D., CUNNINGHAM, L., CRAIG, S.
& COMMINS, S. (2004). Retention of cue-based
associations in the water maze is time-dependent and
sensitive to disruption by rotating the starting position.
Behavioural Brain Research, 151, 255-266. |
|
PRADOS, J. & TROBALON, J.B. (1998). Locating an
invisible goal in a water maze requires at least two
landmarks. Psychobiology, 26, 42-48. |
TIMBERLAKE, W., SINNING, S. & LEFFEL, J. (2007).
Beacon training in a water maze can facilitate as well as
interfere with subsequent room cue learning. Journal
of Experimental Psychology : Animal Behavior Processes,
33, 225-243. [PDF] |
|
ROBERTS, A.D.L. & PEARCE, J.M. (1999). Blocking in the
Morris swimming pool. Journal of Experimental
Psychology : Animal Behavior Processes, 25,
225-235. |
|
|
|
|
Voir aussi Labyrinthe, Tâche
de Morris et Laboratoire |
|
|
| LA
- LACOUTURE
- LADOUCEUR -
LAFORGUE - LAGACHE -
LAING - LAKATOS - LAMARCK
- LANGAGE - LANGER
- LANGONE - LANGUE -
LAP |
Lacan Jacques-Marie Émile (Paris 1901-1989 Paris) :
Psychanalyste
français. Il a poursuivit l'oeuvre de Freud
en développant une théorie de l'inconscient
basée sur le langage
naturelle. Analysé par Loewenstein.
Analyste de Laplanche, Mannoni,
Olivier et
Pontalis. Professeur
d'Anzieu et de Wilden. 
  |
LACAN, J. (1953/1966). Fonction et champs de la
parole et du langage en psychanalyse : dans Écrits. Paris
: Le Seuil. |
|
LACAN, J. (1955-1956/1981). Les psychoses. Paris
: Le Seuil. |
|
LACAN, J. (1957-1958/1998). Les formations de
l'inconscient. Paris : Le Seuil. |
|
LACAN, J. (1960-61/2001). Le transfert. Paris :
Le Seuil. |
|
LACAN, J. (1966). Les écrits. Paris : Seuil. |
|
|
EIGEN, M. (1981). The area of faith in Winnicott, Lacan
and Bion. International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
62, 413-433. |
|
GROSZ, E. (1990). Jacques Lacan : A feminist
introduction. New York : Routledge. |
|
VANIER, A. (1998/2000). Lacan. New York : Other
Press. |
|
VANIER, A. (2001). Some remarks on adolescence with
particular reference to Winnicott and Lacan. Psychoanalytic
Quarterly, 70, 579-597. [PDF] |
|
DEAN, T. (2006). Lacan et la théorie queer. Cliniques
méditerranéennes, 74, 61-78. |
|
|
|
Lacasse Jeffrey R. ( ) : Sociologue
américain et spécialiste des déterminants psychosociaux de la
maladie mentale. Il s'intéresse notamment au trouble
du déicit de l'attention avec/sans hyperactivité. Il
s'inéresse également aux
auteurs anonymes en science. Collaborateur de
Leo et Thyer
|
LACASSE, J.R. & LEO, J. (2005). Serotonin and
depression: A disconnect between the advertisements and
the scientific literature. PLoS Medicine, 2 (12),
101-106. |
|
LACASSE, J.R. & LEO, J. (2010). Ghostwriting at elite
academic medical centers in the United States. PLoS
Medicine, 7 (2), 1-4. [PDF] |
|
LACASSE, J.R. (2011). Reanalyzing a randomized controlled
trial of combination antidepressant treatment with
mirtazapine : Confidence intervals suggest substantial
uncertainty. Ethical Human Psychology &
Psychiatry, 13 (2), 149-154. |
|
LACASSE, J.R. & LEO, J. (2014). Challenging the
narrative of chemical imbalance : A look at the evidence.
In B. Probst (Ed.), Critical thinking in clinical
diagnosis and assessment. New York : Springer. |
|
LACASSE, J.R. & LEO, J. (2015). Antidepressants and
the chemical imbalance theory of depression : A reflection
and update on the discourse. The Behavior Therapist,
38 (7), 206-213. |
|
|
|
Lacey Hugh ( ) : Philosophe
et épistémologue
américain. Il s'intéresse notamment au béhaviorisme.
Collaborateur de Rachlin
et Schwartz.
 |
LACEY, H. (1980). Psychological conflict and human nature
: The case of behaviorism and cognition. Journal for
the Theory of Social Behavior, 10, 131-155. |
|
LACEY, H. & SCHWARTZ, B. (1986). Behaviorism,
intentionality, and sociohistorical structure. Behaviorism,
14, 193-210.
[PDF] |
|
LACEY, H. (1998). On the limits of radical behaviorism : a
reply to Leigland's reply. Behavior & Philosophy,
26, 63-71. |
|
LACEY, H. (2002). Teleological behaviorism and altruism.
The Behavioral & Brain Sciences, 25, 266-267. |
|
LACEY, H. (2003). The behavioral scientist qua scientist
makes value judgements. Behavior & Philosophy,
31, 209-223. [PDF] |
|
|
LECHOPIER, N. (2011). Sciences, valeurs et pluralisme chez
Hugh Lacey. Dans J.-P. Pierron et M.-H. Parizeau (Dirs.),
Nature, technologie, éthique. Dialogue Europe, Asie,
Amériques. Québec : Les Presses de l'Université
Laval. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Lachapelle Guy ( ) : Politologue
québécois et professeur à l'Université
Concordia.
 |
LACHAPELLE, G., BERNIER, L. et TREMBLAY, P.P. (1999). Le
processus budgétaire au Québec. Montréal : Presses
Universitaires du Québec. |
|
LACHAPELLE, G., TREMBLAY, P.P. et TRENT, J. (Dirs.)
(2005). L'impact référendaire. Montréal :
Presses Universitaires du Québec. |
|
LACHAPELLE, G. et PAQUIN, S. (Dir.) (2005). Mondialisation,
gouvernance et nouvelle stratégies subétatiques.
Québec : Presses de l'Université Laval. |
|
LACHAPELLE, G. (2005). Claude Ryan et la violence du
pouvoir : Le Devoir et la Crise d'octobre 1970 ou le
combat de jounalistes démocrates. Québec : Presses
de l'Université Laval. |
|
LACHAPELLE, G. (2005). Globalization and governance :
Aspiring to a fairer globalization. Development, 48
(1), 52-60. |
|
|
|
Lachenbruch Peter A. (1937-2021) : Statisticien
américain et spécialiste de l'analyse
discriminante.
|
LACHENBRUCH, P.A. (1966). Discriminant analysis when the
initial samples are misclasified. Technometrics, 8, 657-662. |
|
LACHENBRUCH, P.A. (1967). Frequency and timing of
intercourse : Its relation to the probability of
conception. Population Studies, 21, 23-31. |
|
LACHENBRUCH, P.A. (1968). On expected probabilities of
misclasification in discriminant analysis, necesary sample
size, and a relation with the multiple corelation
coeficient. Biometrics, 24, 823-834. |
|
LACHENBRUCH, P.A. (2001). Comparisons of two-part models
with competitors. Statistics in Medicine, 8, 1215-1234. |
|
LACHENBRUCH, P.A. (2010). Variable selection when missing
values are present : a case study. Statistical
Methods in Medical Research, 20 (4), 429-444. |
|
|
|
Lâcher-prise
: Décision consciente d'éviter
ou d'échapper à une
situation aversive ou à un problème
difficile que l'on a, en vain, tenté de résoudre. =
résignation. /confrontation.
| |
|
|
LACHAUX, J.-P. (2011). Le cerveau attentif :
Contrôle, maîtrise et lâcher-prise. Paris : Odile
Jacob. |
|
|
|
Lack David Lambert (1910-1973 Oxford) : Biologiste
anglais, écologiste
avant la lettre et spécialiste de l'étude des oiseaux
(ornithologie).
|
LACK, D. (1940). Evolution of the Galapagos finches. Nature,
146, 324-327. |
|
LACK, D. (1949). The significance of reproductive
isolation. In G. Jepsen, E. Mayr & G.G. Simpson (Eds),
Genetics, paleontology and evolution. Princeton. |
|
LACK, D. (1954). The evolution of reproductive rates. In
J. Huxley, A.C. Hardy & E.B. Ford (Eds), Evolution
as a process. London : Allen & Unwin. |
|
LACK, D. (1968). Ecological adaptations for breeding
in birds. London : Methuen. |
|
LACK, D. (1973). The numbers of species of hummingbirds in
the West Indies. Evolution, 27, 326-337. |
|
|
|
Lacoursière Jacques (Shawinigan 1932-2021) : Historien
et vulgarisateur
québécois, spécialiste de l'histoire du Québec.
Collaborateur de Vaugeois.
Gracieuseté de Suzanne
Marchand |
LACOURSIÈRE, J. et VAUGEOIS, D. (1969). Les
troubles de 1837-1838. Montréal : Fides. |
|
LACOURSIÈRE, J. (1972). Alarme citoyens ! L'affaire
Cross-Laporte, du connu à l'inconnu. Montréal :
Éditions La Presse. |
|
LACOURSIÈRE, J. (2001). Shawinigan, 100 ans
d'histoire. De l'effervescence au renouveau. Shawinigan
: Éditions des Glanures. |
|
LACOURSIÈRE, J. (2008). Québec et sa région.
Montréal : Éditions de l'Homme. |
|
LACOURSIÈRE, J., PROVENCHER, J. et VAUGEOIS, D. (2011).
Canada-Québec : Canada-Québec 1534-2010. Sillery
: Septentrion. |
|
|
|
Lacouture Yves (1960-) : Psychologue
connexioniste
québécois et professeur à l'Université
Laval. Il étudie les processus perceptifs dans le cadre de
la théorie du traitement
de l'information (modèles
connexionistes). Étudiant de
Marley. Collaborateur de Cousineau.
 |
LACOUTURE, Y. & LACERTE, D. (1997). Stimulus modality
and stimulus-resonse compatibility in absolute
identification. Canadian Journal of Experimental
Psychology/Revue Canadienne de Psychologie
Expérimentale, 51 (2), 165-170. |
|
LACOUTURE, Y., LI, S.-C. & MARLEY, A.A.J. (1998). The
roles of stimulus and response set size in the
identification and categorisation of unidimensional
stimuli. Australian Journal of Psychology, 50 (3),
165-174. |
|
LACOUTURE, Y., GRONDIN, S. & MORI, S. (2001). Absolute
identification of temporal intervals : Preliminary data.
In E. Sommerfeld, R. Kompass & T. Lachmann (Eds.), Fechner
day 2001. Proceedings of the Seventeenth Annual Meeting
of the International Society for Psychophysics (pp.
493-498). Leipzig : The International Society for
Psychophysics. |
|
LACOUTURE, Y. & MARLEY, A.A.J. (2004). Choice and
response time processes in the identification and
categorization of unidimensional stimuli. Perception
& Psychophysics, 66 (7), 1206-1226. [PDF]
|
|
LAFOND, D., LACOUTURE, Y. & COHEN, A.L. (2009).
Decision-tree models of categorization response tmes,
choice proportions, and typicality judgments. Psychological
Review, 116 (4), 833-855. |
|
|
|
Lacroix Guy L. ( ) : Psychologue
connexioniste
québécois et professeur à l'Université de Carlton. Collaborateur
de Cousineau et Hélie.
|
SHARPE, D. & LACROIX, G.L. (1999). Reasoning about
apparent contradictions : resolution strategies and
positive-negative asymmetries. Journal of Child
Language, 26, 477-490. |
|
COUSINEAU, D., LACROIX, G.L. & HÉLIE, S. (2003).
Redefining the rules : Providing race models with a
connectionist learning rule. Connection Science, 15,
27-43. |
|
LACROIX, G.L., CONSTANTINESCU, I., COUSINEAU, D., ALMEIDA,
R.G., SEGALOWITZ, N. & VON GRUNAÜ, M. (2004).
Attentional blink differences between adolescent dyslexic
and normal readers. Brain & Cognition, 57,
115-119. |
|
LACROIX, G.L., GIGUÈRE, G. & LAROCHELLE, S. (2005).
The origin of exemplar effects in rule-driven
categorization. Journal of Experimental Psychology :
Learning, Memory & Cognition, 31, 272-288. |
|
LACROIX, G.L. et GIGUÈRE, G. (2010). Concepts
fondamentaux de l'attention, 2e partie : Le contrôle
cognitif et la conscience. Revue Québécoise de
Psychologie, 31, 39-66. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ladd Gary W. (1950-) :
Psychologue américain, spécialisé dans l'étude de
l'amitié et des enfants
rejetés par les pairs.
|
LADD, G.W. & ODEN, S.L. (1979). The relationship
between peer acceptance and children's ideas about
helpfulness. Child Development, 50, 402-408. |
|
LADD, G.W. (1990). Having friends, Keeping friends, making
friends, and being liked by peers in the classroom :
Predictors of children's early school adjustment ? Child
Development, 61, 1081-1100. |
|
LADD, G.W., KOCHENDERFER, B.J. & COLEMAN, C.C. (1996).
Friendship quality as a predictor of young children's
early school adjustment. Child Development, 67, 1103-1118. |
|
LADD, G.W. (1999). Peer relationships and social
competence during early and middle childhood. Annual
Review of Psychology (Vol. 50, pp. 333-359). Palo
Alto, CA : Annual Reviews Inc. [PDF]
|
|
LADD, G.W., HERALD-BROWN, S.L. & REISER, M. (2008).
Does chronic classroom peer rejection predict the
development of children's classroom participation during
the grade school years ? Child Development, 79, 1001-1015. |
|
|
|
Ladd Trumbull George (Painesville 1842-1921) :
Psychologue et philosophe
américain. Membre fondateur et deuxième président de l'APA
en 1893. Il est également le fondateur du laboratoire de
psychologie expérimentale de l'Université
Yale. Il a aussi publié le premier manuel (text book)
consacré à la psychologie. Collaborateur de Woodworth.
|
LADD, G.T. (1887). Elements of physiological
psychology. |
|
LADD, G.T. (1891). Philosophy of the mind. |
|
LADD, G.T. (1894). Primer of psychology. |
|
LADD, G.T. (1894). Psychology, descriptive and
explanatory. |
|
LADD, G.T. & WOODWORTH, R.S. (1911). Elements of
physiological psychology. NY : Charles Scribner's
Sons. |
|
|
HALL, G.S. (1887). Review of G.T. Ladd, Elements of
physiological psychology. American Journal of
Psychology, 1, 149. |
|
HALL, G.S. (1895). Review of G.T. Ladd, Psychology,
descriptive and explanatory. American Journal of
Psychology, 6, 477. |
|
|
|
Lader Malcom H. (1936-2020) : Biochimiste
et psychiatre anglais.
Il s'intéresse notamment à la dépendance
et aux effets
secondaires des psychotropes,
notamment des
benzodiazépines. Collaborateur de Marks,
Öhman et Wing.
|
LADER, M.H. & WING, L. (1964). Habituation of the
psycho-galvanic reflex in patients with anxiety states and
in normal subjects. Journal of Neurology, Neurosurgery
& Psychiatry, 27, 210-218. |
|
LADER, M.H. (1978). Benzodiazpines : The opium of the
masses ? The Neuroscience, 3, 159-165. |
|
LADER, M.H. (1982). Psychological effects of buspirone.
Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, 43, 62–67. |
|
LADER, M.H. & PETURSSON, H. (1983). Long term effects of
benzodiazepines. Neuropharmacology, 22 (4),
527-533. |
|
LADER, M.H. (1991). History of benzodiazepine dependence.
Journal of Substance Abuse Treatment, 8, 53-59. [PDF]
|
|
|
STOLERMAN, I., BOND, A., JARVIS, M. & CURRAN, H.V.
(2020). Obituary : professor Malcon Lader. Psychopharmacology,
237, 3509-3510. |
|
|
|
Ladouceur Richard ( ) : Psychologue
cognitivo-béhavioriste
québécois et professeur à l'Université
Laval, spécialisé dans l'étude du
jeu complusif.
Collaborateur de Blaszczynski,
Cottraux, Dugas,
Freeston, Granger, Petry,
Potenza, Toneatto,
Tremblay, Vitaro,
Volberg et Walker.
|
LADOUCEUR, R., BLAIS, F., FREESTON, M.H. & DUGAS, M.J.
(1998). Problem solving and problem orientation in
generalized anxiety disorder. Journal of Anxiety
Disorders, 12, 139–152. |
|
LADOUCEUR, R., SYLVAIN, C., LETARTE, H., GIROUX, I. &
JACQUES, C. (1998). Cognitive treatment of pathological
gamblers. Behavior Research Therapy, 36,
1111-1120. |
|
LADOUCEUR, R. & SÉVIGNY, S. (2002). Symbols
presentation modality as a determinant of gambling
behavior. Journal of Psychology, 136 (4),
443-448. |
|
LADOUCEUR, R. (2004). Gambling : The hidden addiction.
Canadian Journal of Psychiatry, 49, 501-503. |
|
LADOUCEUR, R. (2005). Controlled gambling for pathological
gamblers. Journal of Gambling Studies, 21,
49-59. |
|
|
|
|
|
Laffer Arthur Betz (Youngstown 1940-) :
Économiste américain. On
lui doit le modèle qui
porte son nom.
 |
LAFFER, A.B. (1969). Vertical integration by corporations, 1929-1965. Review of Economics & Statistics, 51 (1), 91-93. |
| LAFFER, A.B. & RANSON, D.R. (1971). A formal model of the economy. Journal of Business, 44 (3), 247-270. |
|
LAFFER, A.B. & FAMA, E.F. (1972). The number of firms and competition. American Economic Review, 62 (4), 670-674. |
| LAFFER, A.B. & SEYMOUR, J.P. (1979). The Economics of the tax revolt : A reader. New York : Harcourt Brace Javanovich. |
|
LAFFER, A.B. (1986). The ellipse : An explication of the
Laffer curve in a two-factor model. In The financial
analyst's guide to fiscal policy (pp. 1-35). New
York : Greenwood Press. |
 |
|
|
|
Laforest Guy (1955-) : Politologue québécois et professeur à l'Université Laval. Collaborateur de Balthazar et Gagnon.
 |
|
LAFOREST, G. (1992). Guy Laforest, Trudeau et la fin d'un rêve canadien. Sillery : Septentrion. |
|
LAFOREST, G. (2001). The true nature of sovereignty. In R. Beiner et W. Norman (Dirs.), Canadian political philosophy. Oxford : Oxford University Press. |
|
LAFOREST, G. (2004). Pour la liberté d'une société distincte : Parcours d'un intellectuel engagé. Québec : Les Presses de
l'Université Laval. |
|
LAFOREST, G. et MONTIGNY, E. (2005). Le fédéralisme
exécutif : origines, évolution, problèmes et typologie.
Dans M. Tremblay et R. Pelletier (Dirs.), Le
parlementarisme canadien. Québec : Les Presses de
l'Université Laval. |
|
LAFOREST, G. (2014). Un Québec exilé dans la fédération : essai d'histoire intellectuelle et de pensée politique. Montréal : Québec Amérique. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Lafortune Louise ( ) : Mathématicienne, féministe
et spécialiste de
l'enseignement des mathématiques. Elle enseigne à l'Université du Québec à Trois-Rivières. Collaboratrice de
Fennema, Gaudet et Potvin.
|
LAFORTUNE, L. (1986). Mathématiciennes de l'histoire : Qui sont-elles ? Bulletin AMQ, 25 (2), 21-24. |
|
LAFORTUNE, L. (1989). Attitudes, différences et
enseignement des mathématiques. Dans L. Lafortune (Dir.), Quelles différences ? Les femmes et l'enseignement des mathématiques (p. 151-158). Montréal :
Remue-Ménage. |
|
LAFORTUNE, L. et GAUDET, É. (2000). Une pédagogie
interculturelle pour une éducation à la citoyenneté. Montréal
: ERPI. |
|
LAFORTUNE, L. et FENNEMA, E. (2002). Situation des filles à l'égard des mathématiques : anxiété et stratégies
utilisées. Recherches féministes : Sciences,
Ingénierie et Technologie, 15 (1), 7-24. |
|
LAFORTUNE, L., DEAUDELIN, C., DOUDIN, P.-A. et D. MARTIN, D.
(Dirs.) (2003). Conceptions, croyances et
représentations en maths, sciences et technos. Sainte-Foy
: Presses de l'Université du Québec. |
|
|
|
|
|
Lafrance Marianne ( ) : Psychologue
et spécialisée dans l'étude du sourire.
Collaboratrice de
Banaji, et
Dovidio.
|
|
|
LAFRANCE, M. (1974). Nonverbal cues to conversational turn taking between Black speakers. Personality & Social Psychology Bulletin, 1, 240-243. |
|
LAFRANCE, M. & BROADBENT, M. (1976). Group rapport : Posture sharing as a nonverbal indicator. Group & Organization Studies, 1 (3), 328–333. |
|
LAFRANCE, M. (1985). Does your smile reveal your status ? SocialScience News Letter, 70, 15–18 |
|
LAFRANCE, M. (1998). Pressure to be pleasant. Effects of sex and power on reactions to not smiling. International Review of Social Psychology, 2, 95–108. |
|
LAFRANCE, M., PALUCK, E.L. & HECHT, M.A. (2003). The
contingent smile : A meta-analysis of sex differences in
smiling. Psychological Bulletin, 129 (2),
305-334. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
|
Lagerspetz Kirsti M.J. (1932-2001) : Psychologue
finlandais et spécialiste de l'étude de
l'agressivité et de
l'agression, notamment chez la souris.
Collaborateur de Salmivalli
et Björnqvist.
|
LAGERSPETZ, K.M.J. (1961). Genetic and social causes of
aggressive behavior in mice. Scandinavian Journal of
Psychology, 2, 167-173. |
|
LAGERSPETZ, K.M.J. & LAGERSPETZ, K.Y.H. (1975). The
expression of the genes of aggressiveness in mice : The
effect of androgen on aggression and sexual behavior in
females. Agressive Behavior, 1 (4), 291-296. |
| LAGERSPETZ,
K.M.J., BJORKQVIST, K. BERTS, M. & KING, E. (1982).
Group aggression among school children in three schools. Scandinavian Journal of Psychology, 23, 45-52. |
|
LAGERSPETZ, K.M.J., BJORKQVIST, K. & PELTONEN, T.
(1988). Is indirect aggression typical of females ? Gender
differences in aggressiveness in 11- to 12-year-old
children. Aggressive Behavior, 14, 403-414. |
|
LAGERSPETZ, K.M.J. & BJORKQVIST, K. (1993). Indirect
aggression in girls and boys. In L.R. - Huesmann (Ed.), Aggressive
behavior : current perspectives. New York : Plenum
Press. |
|
|
|
Lahey Benjamin B. ( ) : Psychologue
américain. Collaborateur de Pelham,
Rhee, Waldman
et Willcutt.
|
LAHEY, B.B., WALDMAN, I.D. & McBURNETT, K. (1999).
Annotation : The development of antisocial behavior : An
integrative causal model. Journal of Child Psychology
& Psychiatry, 40, 669-682. |
|
LAHEY, B.B., SCHWAB-STONE, M., GOODMAN, S.H., WALDMAN,
I.D., CANINO, G., RATHOUZ, P.J., MILLER, T.L., DENNIS,
K.D., BIRD, H. & JENSEN, P.S. (2000). Age and gender
differences in oppositional behavior and conduct problems
: A cross-sectional household study of middle childhood
and adolescence. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 109,
488-503. |
|
LAHEY, B.B., LOEBER, R., BURKE, J.D., RATHOUZ, P. &
MCBURNETT, K. (2002). Waxing and waning in concert:
Dynamic comorbidity of conduct disorder with other
disruptive and emotional problems over seven years among
clinic-referred boys. Journal of Abnormal Psychology,
111, 556-567. |
|
LAHEY, B.B., PELHAM, W.E., LONEY, J., LEE, S.S. &
WILLCUTT, E.G. (2005). Instability of the DSM-IV subtypes
of ADHD from preschool through elementary school. Archives
of General Psychiatry, 62, 896-902. |
|
LAHEY, B.B. (2009). Public health significance of
neuroticism. American Psychologist, 64, 241-256. |
|
|
|
Laïcité : Laïc : Laïque
: Tout systéme ou service (gouvernement, école,
hôpital, etc) dans lequel il existe une séparation légale et de
fait entre l'état et
la religion. Dans un tel
cas, la religion et ses représentants n'exercent aucun pouvoir;
elle n'a alors, en ces matières, qu'une autorité morale. *sécularisation.
| |
|
|
ROY, O. (2005). La laïcité face à l'Islam. Paris
: Stock. |
|
|
HAYAT, P. (2006). Laïcité et sécularisation. Les
temps modernes, 635/636, 317-329. |
LABELLE, M. (2012). L'enjeu de la laïcité à la lumière du
débat sur l'identité et le pluralisme culturel. Vivre
Ensemble, 19 (65), 10-15. |
|
BAUDÉROT, J. (2007). Les laïcités dans le monde.
Paris : Que sais-je ?/Presses Universitaires de France. |
BARIL, D. et LAMONDE, Y. (Dir.) (2013). Pour une
reconnaissance de la laïcité au Québe : Enjeux
philosophiques, politiques et juridiques. Québec :
Les Presses de l'Université Laval. |
|
MODOD, J.C. (2007). Sécularisation et laïcié.
Paris : Presses Universitaires de France. |
|
|
BAUDÉROT, J. (2008). Une laïcité
interculturelle. Le Québec, avenir de la France.
Paris : Éditions de l'Aube. |
BOCK-CÔTÉ, M. (2015). Nation, laïcité, identité : à propos
du débat entourant le projet de loi 60 du gouvernement
québécois. Dans C. Leblanc (Dir.), Laïcité et
humanisme. Ottawa : Presses de l'Université
d'Ottawa.
|
|
BOCK-CÔTÉ, M. (2008). Derrière la laïcité, la nation :
retour sur la controverse des accommodements raisonnables
et sur la crise du multiculturalisme québécois. Globe,
Revue Internationale d’Études Québécoises, 11 (1),
95-113. [PDF] |
|
|
MASSIGNON, B. (2008). Jean-Claude Monod : Sécularisation
et laïcié. Archives de Sciences Sociales des
Religions, 144, 144-149. [PDF] |
|
|
BAUBÉROT, J. (2009). Les Laïcités dans le monde.
Paris : PUF. |
|
Voir aussi Sécularisation
eti
Sécularisation
|
|
|
|
Laing Ronald David (Glasgow 1927-1989 Saint-Tropez) :
Psychiatre et
chef de file de l'antipsychiatrie.
Il a fondé en 1965 la Philadelphia Association, qui se
donne pour objectif de modifier notre conception des troubles
mentaux. (avec Laing, Sigal, Cooper et Briskin).
Collaborateur de Cooper et
Esterson.
 |
LAING, R.D. (1960/65). The divided self : An
existential study in sanity and madness.
Tavistock/Penguin. |
|
LAING, R.D. & COOPER, D.G. (1964). Reason and
violence : A decade of Sartre's philosophy 1950-1960.
Tavistock. |
|
LAING, R.D. & ESTERSON, A. (1964/1975). Sanity,
madness, and the family : Families of schizophrenics. Penguin
Books / L'équilibre mental, la folie, la famille.
Paris : Maspero. |
|
LAING, R.D. (1969). The politics of the family and
other essays. London : Tavistock Publications. |
|
LAING, R.D. (1985). Wisdom, madness and folly.
Macmillan : London. |
|
|
MULLAN, B. (1995).Mad to be Normal: Conversations with R.D. Laing. London : Free Association Books. |
|
|
|
Lait maternel : Première
nourriture du nouveau-né,
quelle soit ou non donnée par allaitement.
Lait maternel, maternité
et allaitement.
Mother's milk.
| |
|
|
YOSHIDA, K., SMITH, B. & KUMAR, R.C. (1999).
Psychotropic drugs in mother's milk : a comprehensive
review of assay methods, pharmacokinetics and of safety in
breast-feeding. Journal of Psychopharmacology, 13,
64-80. |
|
|
|
Laitner John P. ( ) : Économiste et statisticien américain, spécialisé dans la mesure des intentions
de comportement. Collaborateur de Juster.
|
LAITNER, J.P. (1980). Rational' duopoly equilibria.
Quarterly Journal of Economics, 95 (4), 641-662. |
|
LAITNER, J.P. (1993). Long run growth and human capital.
Canadian Journal of Economics, 26 (4), 796-814. |
|
LAITNER, J.P. (2000). Structural change and economic
growth. Review of Economic Studies, 67 (232),
545-561. |
|
LAITNER, J.P. (2002). Wealth inequality and altruistic
bequests. American Economic Review, 92 (2),
270-273. |
|
LAITNER, J.P. & STOLYANOV. D. (2003). Technological
change and the stock market.The American Economic
Review, 93 (4), 1240-1267. |
|
|
|
Lajoie Jacques ( ) : Psychologue
québécois et professeur à l'Université
du Québec à Montréal. Il s'intéresse plus particulièrement à
l'utilisation de l'ordinateur
et d'Internet en
psychologie et en éducation.
Collaborateur de Bindra.
 |
LAJOIE, J. & BINDRA, D. (1976). An interpretation of
autoshaping and related phenomena in terms of
stimulus-incentive contingencies alone. Canadian
Journal of Psychology/Revue Canadienne de Psychologie,
30 (3), 157-173. |
|
LAJOIE, J. (1998). Les moteurs de recherche du réseau
Internet comme indicateurs des besoins intimes. Revue
Québecoise de Psychologie, 19 (2), 207-229. |
|
LAJOIE, J. (2001). Richesse et diversité des requêtes.
Dans É. Guichard (Dir.), Comprendre les usages
d'Internet. Paris : Éditions Rue d'Ulm / Presses de
l'École normale supérieure. |
|
LAJOIE, J. (2003). Les nouvelles pratiques d'échanges
gratuits. Dans S. Proulx (Dir.), Gouvernance et usages
d'Internet : L'émergence des normes. Montréal :
Presses de l'Université de Montréal. |
|
LAJOIE, J. et LÉGARÉ, C. (2005). Pratiques innovatrices de
collaboration par Internet : le cybermentorat. Dans S.
Proulx (Dir.), Internet, une utopie limitée. Québec
: Presses de l'Université Laval. |
|
|
|
Lakatos Imre (Hongrie 1922-1974 Londres) :
Physicien et épistémologue
hongrois. Il a proposé une solution - la théorie des programmes
de recherche scientifique - au
problème de la démarcation. =
Imre Lipsitz. Lakatos et Fayerabend.
Étudiant de Lukacs. Professeur de Chalmers.
Collaborateur de Musgrave.
 |
LAKATOS, I. (1970). Falsification and the methodology of
scientific research programmes. In I. Lakatos & A.
Musgrave (Eds.), Criticism and the growth of
knowledge (pp. 132-133). London & New York :
Cambridge University Press. |
|
LAKATOS, I. (1976/84). Proofs and refutations /
Preuves et réfutations. Essai sur la logique de la
découverte mathématique. Cambridge : Cambridge
University Press/Paris : Édition Hermann. |
|
LAKATOS, I. (1978). The methodology of scientific
research programmes : Philosophical Papers (Vol.
1). Cambridge : Cambridge University Press. |
|
LAKATOS, I. (1978). Mathematics, science and
epistemology : Philosophical Papers (Vol.2).
Cambridge : Cambridge University Press. |
|
LAKATOS, I. (1981). History of science and its rational
reconstructions. In I.Hacking (Ed.), Scientific
revolutions (pp. 107-127). Oxford : Oxford
University Press. |
|
|
WORRALL, J. (1976). Imre Lakatos (1922–1974): Philosopher
of mathematics and philosopher of science In R.S. Cohen,
P.K. Feyerabend & M.W. Wartofsky (Eds.), Essays in
Memory of Imre Lakatos (pp. 1-8). Springer Nature. |
|
AGASSI, J. (1976). The Lakatosian revolution. In R.S.
Cohen, P.K. Feyerabend & M.W. Wartofsky (Eds.),
Essays in Memory of Imre Lakatos (pp. 9-21).
Springer Nature. |
|
FEYERABEND, P.K. (1976). On the critique of scientific
reason, In R.S. Cohen, P.K. Feyerabend & M.W.
Wartofsky (Eds.), Essays in Memory of Imre
Lakatos (pp. 109-143). Springer Nature. |
|
HACKING, I. (1980). Imre Lakatos's Philosophy of Science.
British Journal for the Philosophy of Science, 30, 381-410. |
|
OVERTON, W. (1984). World views and their influence on
psychological theory and research : Kuhn-Lakatos-Laudan.
In H. Reese (Ed.), Advances in child development and
behavior (Vol. 18, pp. 191-226). New York :
Academic Press. |
|
MEEHL, P.E. (1990). Appraising and amending theories : The
strategy of Lakatosian defense and two principles that
warrant it. Psychological Inquiry, 1, 108-141. |
|
MEEHL, P.E. (1990). Corroboration and verisimilitude :
Against Lakatos' "sheer leap of faith". Minneapolis :
Center for Philosophy of Science : University of
Minnesota. |
|
LARVOR, B. (1998). Lakatos : An introduction. New
York : Routledge. |
|
|
|
Lakoff George (Bayonne 1941-) : Linguiste
et mathématicien
américain. Il s'intéresse notamment au rôle des métaphores
dans le dévelopement de la connaissance. Collaborateur de Chomsky,
Gallese et
Turner. 
 |
LAKOFF, G. (1976). Linguistique et logique naturelle.
Klincksieck. |
|
LAKOFF, G. & JOHNSON, M. (1980). Conceptual metaphor
in everyday language. Journal of Philosophy, 77
(8), 453-486. |
|
LAKOFF, G. (1987). Women, fire and dangerous things :
what categories reveal about the mind. Chicago :
University of Chicago Press. |
|
LAKOFF, G. & JOHNSON, M. (1999). Philosophy in
the flesh : The embodied mind and its challenge to
western thought. New York : Basic Books. |
|
LAKOFF, G. & NUNEZ, R. (2000). Where mathematics
comes from : How the embodied mind brings mathematics
into being. New York : Basic Books. |
|
|
|
Laland Kevin Naville (1962-) : Biologiste
et éthologiste britannique, spécialisé dans l'étude de l'évolution
et de la transmission
culturelle chez les animaux. Collaborateur de Aoki,
Boyd, Feldman
et Richerson.
|
LALAND, K.N. (1993). The mathematical modelling of human
culture and its implications for psychology and the human
sciences. British Journal of Psychlogy, 84,
145-169. |
|
LALAND, K.N. (1994). Sexual selection with a culturally
transmltted mating preference.Theoretical Population
Biology, 45 (1), 1-15. |
|
LALAND, K.N., KUMM, J. & FELDMAN, M.W. (1995).
Gene-culture coevolutlonary theory : A test case. Current
Anthropology, 36,131-156. |
|
LALAND, K.N, KUMM, J., VANHORN, J.D. & FELDMAN, M.W.
(1995). A gene-culture model of human handedness. Behavior
Genetics, 25 (5), 433-445. |
|
LALAND, K.N. & HOPPITT W. (2003). Do animals have
culture ? Evolutionary Anthropology, 12,
150-159. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Lallation : Vocalisation élémentaire et sans signification
produite par le nourrisson
dès 3 ou 4 mois et que l'on observe jusqu'à l'apparition du
langage. EX: Ta, ta, ta, ma, ma, ma...
|
Lalli Joseph Sebastian (1952-2001) : Psychologue
béhavioriste américain
et spécialiste de l'étude de l'automutilation.
Collaborateur de
Borrero, Mace et Vollmer.
 |
LALLI, J.S. & MAURO, B.C. (1995). The paradox of
preference for unreliable reinforcement : The role of
context and conditioned reinforcement. Journal of
Applied Behavior Analysis, 28 (3), 389-394. [PDF] |
|
LALLI, J.S., MACE, F.C., WOHN, T. & LIVEZEY, K.
(1995). Identification and modification of a
response-class hierarchy. Journal of Applied Behavior
Analysis, 28, (4), 551-559. [PDF] |
|
LALLI, J.S. & CASEY, S.D. (1996). Treatment of
multiply controlled problem behavior. Journal of
Applied Behavior Analysis, 29 (3), 391-395.
[PDF] |
|
LALLI, J.S., LIVEZEY, K. & KATES, K. (1996).
Functional analysis and treatment of eye poking with
response blocking. Journal of Applied Behavior
Analysis, 29 (1), 129-132. [PDF] |
|
LALLI, J.S. & KATES, K. (1998). The effect of
reinforcer preference on functional analysis outcomes. Journal
of Applied Behavior Analysis, 31 (1), 79-90. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Lalumière Martin L. ( ) : Psychologue
québécois spécialisé dans l'étude de l'identité
sexuelle, des troubles
de l'identité sexuelle, notamment de la dysphorie
de genre. Collaborateur de Bailey,
Blanchard, Bradley
Seto et Vasey.
|
LALUMIÈRE, M.L. & QUINSEY, V.L. (1994). The
discriminability of rapists from non-sex offenders using
phallometric measures : A meta-anaylsis. Criminal
Justice & Behavior, 21, 150-175. |
|
LALUMIÈRE, M.L., CHALMERS, L., QUINSEY, V.L. & SETO,
M.C. (1996). A test of the mate deprivation hypothesis of
sexual coercion. Ethology & Sociobiology, 17,
299-318. |
|
LALUMIÈRE, M.L., HARRIS G.T., QUINSEY, V.L. & RICE,
M.E. (1998). Sexual deviance and number of older brothers
among sexual offenders. Sexual Abuse, 10, 5-15. |
|
LALUMIÈRE, M.L., BLANCHARD, R. & ZUCKER, K.J. (2000).
Sexual orientation and handedness in men and women : A
meta-analysis. Psychological Bulletin, 126,
575-592. |
|
LALUMIÈRE, M.L., HARRIS G.T. & RICE, M.E. (2001).
Psychopathy and developmental instability. Evolution
&Human Behavior, 22, 75-92. |
|
|
|
Lam Dominic H. ( ) : Psychologue
cognitivo-béhavioriste
anglais et spécialiste de l'étude du trouble
bipolaire. Collaborateur de
Jones.
|
LAM, D.H., BRIGHT J., JONES, S.H., HAYWARD, P., SCHUCK,
N., CHISHOLM, D. & SHAM, P. (2000). Cognitive therapy
for bipolar illness : a pilot study of relapse prevention.
Cognitive Therapy & Research, 24, 503-520. |
|
LAM, D.H., WRIGHT, K. & SMITH, N. (2004).
Dysfunctional assumptions in bipolar affective disorder.
Journal of Affective Disorders, 79, 193-199. |
|
LAM, D.H., HAYWARD, P., WATKINS, E.R. & SHAM, P.
(2005). Relapse prevention in patients with bipolar
disorder : cognitive therapy outcome after 2 years. American
Journal of Psychiatry, 162 (2), 324-329. [PDF] |
|
LAM, D.H. (2006). What can we conclude from studies on
psychotherapy in bipolar disorder ? The British
Journal of Psychiatry, 188, 321-322. [PDF] |
|
LAM, D.H., WRIGHT, K., BURBECK, R. & PILLING, S.
(2009). Psychological therapies in bipolar disorder : the
effect of illness history on relapse prevention -
systematic review. Bipolar Disorders, 11,
474-482. |
|
|
|
Lamal Peter A. ( ) : Psychologue
béhavioriste américain
et spécialiste de l'étude des métacontingences.
Collaborateur de Chase, Greenspoon
et Windholz.
|
LAMAL P.A. (1983). A cogent critique of epistemology
leaves radical behaviorism unscathed. Behaviorism,
11, 103-109.
[PDF] |
|
LAMAL, P.A. (1991). Three metacontingencies in the
pre-Perestroika Soviet Union. Behavior & Social
Issues, 1 (1), 75-90.
[PDF] |
|
LAMAL, P.A. (1998). Advancing backwards. Journal of
Applied Behavior Analysis, 31 (4), 705-706. [PDF] |
|
LAMAL P.A., RAKOS, R.F. & GREENSPOON, J. (2000).
Collegiate contingencies. The Behavior Analyst, 23, 219-238.
[PDF] |
|
LAMAL, P.A. (2001). Higher education : Social institution
or business ? Behavior & Social Issues, 11
(1), 65-70. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Lamarckisme (Néo-) : Voir aussi Lamarck.
( ): Grassé,
Piaget.
| |
|
|
RITVO, L.B. (1965). Darwin as the source of Freud's
neo-Lamarckism. Journal of the American Psychoanalytic
Association, 13, (3), 499-517. |
|
CONRY, Y. (1993). Comment a-t-on pu être néo-lamarckien en
France (1843-1930) ? Nuncius, 8 (2), 487-520. |
|
LA VERGATA, A. (1996). Néo-lamarckisme. Dans P. Tort
(Dir.), Dictionnaire du darwinisme et de l'évolution.
Paris : Presses Universitaires de France. |
|
LOISON, L. (2010). Qu'est-ce que le néo-Lamarckiste.
Les biologistes français et la question de l'évolution
des espèces. Paris : Vuibert. |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Lamarck |
|
|
Lamb Michael E. ( ) : Psychologue
anglais, spécialisé dans l'étude du développement
des enfants.
|
LAMB, M.E. (2005). Attachments, social networks, and
developmental contexts. Human Development, 48,
108-112. |
|
LAMB, M.E. & LARSSON, A.S. (2006). Developmentally
appropriate interview techniques. In B. Brooks-Gordon
& M. Freeman (Eds.), Law and psychology (pp.
143-153). Oxford : Oxford University Press. |
|
HERSHKOWITZ, I., LAMB, M.E. & HOROWITZ, D. (2007).
Victimization of children with disabilities. American
Journal of Orthopsychiatry, 77, 629-635. |
|
CYR, M. & LAMB, M.E. (2009). Assessing the
effectiveness of the NICHD investigative interview
Protocol when interviewing French-speaking alleged victims
of child sexual abuse in Quebec. Child Abuse &
Neglect, 33, 257-268. |
|
LAMB, M.E. (Ed.) (2010). The role of the father in
child development. Hoboken NJ : Wiley. |
|
|
|
Lambercier Marc (1890-1972) : Psychologue
cognitiviste européen. Il a
étudié le développement
cognitif chez l'enfant.
Collaborateur de Piaget.
|
PIAGET, J., LAMBERCIER, M., BOESCH, E. et ALVERTINI, G.
(1942). Introduction à l'étude des perceptions chez
l'enfant et analyse d'une illusion relative à la
perception visuelle de cercles concentriques (Delboef). Archive
de Psychologie, 29 (113), 1-107. |
|
PIAGET, J. et LAMBERCIER, M. (1946). Transpositions
perceptives et transitivité opératoire dans les
comparaisons en profondeur. Archives de Psychologie,
31 (124), 325-368. |
|
PIAGET, J. et LAMBERCIER, M. (1951). La comparaison des
grandeurs projectives chez l'enfant et chez l'adulte. Archives
de Psychologie, 33 (130), 81-130. |
|
PIAGET, J. et LAMBERCIER, M. (1953). La comparaison des
différences de hauteur dans le plan fronto-parallèle. Archives
de Psychologie, 34 (134), 73-107. |
|
PIAGET, J. et LAMBERCIER, M. (1956). Les comparaisons
verticales à intervalles croissants. Archives de
Psychologie, 35 (140), 321-367. |
|
|
|
Lambert Michael J. (1944-) : Psychologue
américain et spécialiste de l'évaluation
des thérapies et de leur efficacité.
Collaborateur de Bergin, Castonguay,
Garfield, Norcross, Shapiro
et Stiles.
|
LAMBERT, M.J., DEJULIO, S.S. & STEIN, D.M. (1978).
Therapist interpersonal skills and recommendations for
future research. Psychological Bulletin, 85,
467-489. |
|
LAMBERT, M.J., SHAPIRO, D.A. & BERGIN, A.E. (1986).
The effectiveness of psychotherapy. In S.L. Garfield &
A.E. Bergin (Eds.), Handbook of psychotherapy and
behavior change (pp. 157-211). Toronto : John Wiley
and Sons. |
|
LAMBERT, M.J. & BARLEY, D.E. (2001). Research summary
on the therapeutic relationship and psychotherapy outcome.
Psychotherapy : Theory, Research, Practice, Training,
38 (4), 357-361. |
|
LAMBERT, M.J. & OGLES, B.M. (2004). The efficacy and
effectiveness of psychotherapy. In M.J. Lambert (Ed.), Bergin
and Garfield's handbook of psychotherapy and behavior
change (pp. 139-193). New York : John Wiley &
Sons, Inc. |
|
LAMBERT, M.J., HARMON, C., SLADE, K., WHIPPLE, J.L. &
HAWKINS, E.J. (2005). Providing feedback to
psychotherapists on their patients' progress : Clinical
results and practice suggestions. Journal of Clinical
Psychology, 61, 165-174. |
|
|
|
Lambon
Ralph Matthew A. ( ) : Neurocognitivste
anglais et spécialiste de la dyslexie.
Collaborateur Hodges, Jefferies,
McClelland,
Patterson et Rogers.
|
LAMBON RALPH, M.A., SAGE, K. & ELLIS, A.W. (1996).
Word meaning blindness : A new form of acquired dyslexia.
Cognitive Neuropsychology, 13 (5), 617-639. |
|
LAMBON RALPH, M.A. & GRAHAM, N.L. (2000). Acquired
phonological and deep dyslexia. Neurocase : The
Neural Basis of Cognition, 6 (2), 141-178. [PDF] |
|
LAMBON RALPH, M.A., SAGE, K. & ROBERTS, J. (2000).
Classical anomia : A neuropsychological perspective on
speech production. Neuropsychologia, 38,
186-202. [PDF] |
|
LAMBON RALPH, M.A., McCLELLAND,. L., PATTERSON, K.,
GALTON, C.J. & HODGES, J.R. (2001). No right to speak
? The relationship between object naming and semantic
impairment : Neuropsychological evidence and a
computational model. Journal of Cognitive
Neuroscience, 13 (3), 341-356. [PDF] |
|
LAMBON RALPH, M.A. & PATTERSON, K. (2008).
Generalization and differentiation in semantic memory
insights from semantic dementia. Annals of the New
York Academy of Sciences, 1124, 61-76. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
|
Laming Donald Richard John ( ) : Psychologue
cognitiviste
américain d'origine anglaise, spécialisé dans l'étude de la
mémoire, et plus
particulièrement du rappel.
|
LAMING, D. (1999). Testing the idea of different storage
mecanism in memory. International Journal of
Psychology, 34 (5), 419-426. |
|
LAMING, D. (2006). Predicting free recalls. Journal of
Experimental Psychology : Learning, Memory &
Cognition, 32 (5), 1146-1163. |
|
LAMING, D. (2009). Failure to recall. Psychological
Review, 116 (1), 157-186. |
|
LAMING, D. (2010). Serial position curves in free recall.
Psychological Review, 117 (1), 93-133. |
|
LAMING, D. (2012). Recalling the list-before-last : a
cautionary tale. Mathematics & Social Sciences,
199 (3), 61-69. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Lamont Peter ( ) : Psychologue
et historien anglais, spécialisé dans l'étude de la magie
et des phénomènes
paranormaux. Collaborateur de
Wiseman.
|
LAMONT, P. & WISEMAN, R. (1999). Magic in theory
: an introduction to the theoretical and psychological
elements of conjuring. Hatfield : University of
Hertfordshire Press. |
|
LAMONT, P. (2004). The rise of the Indian rope trick
: biography of a legend. London : Little, Brown. |
|
LAMONT, P. (2006). Critically thinking about paranormal
belief. In S. Della Sala (Ed.), Tall tales about the
mind and brain (pp. 23-35). Oxford : Oxford
University Press. |
|
LAMONT, P. (2007). Paranormal belief and the avowal of
prior scepticism. Theory & Psychology, 17 (5),
681-696. |
|
LAMONT, P., HENDERSON, J.M. & SMITH, T. (2010). Where
science and magic meet : the illusion of a "science of
magic". Review of General Psychology, 14 (1),
16-21. |
|
|
|
Lampl-de
Groot Jeanne (Schiedam 1895-1987 Amsterdam) :
Psychiatre et psychanalyste
néerlandaise.
|
LAMPL-DE-GROOT, J. (1946). The pre-oedipal phase in the
development of the male child. Psychoanalytic Study
of the Child, 2, 75-83. |
|
LAMPL-DE-GROOT, J. (1950). On masturbation and its
influence on general development. Psychoanalytic
Study of the Child, 5, 153-174. |
|
LAMPL-DE-GROOT, J. (1960). On adolescence. Psychoanalytic
Study of the Child, 15, 95-103. |
|
LAMPL-DE-GROOT, J. (1962). Ego ideal and superego. Psycoanalytic
Study of the Child, 17, 94-106. |
|
LAMPL-DE-GROOT, J. (1985). Man and mind : Collected
papers of Jeanne Lampl-de Groot, M.D. New York :
International Universities Press. |
|
|
|
|
|
Lanceur
d'alerte : Lancer l'alerte : Tout individu qui
prévient la population d'un
danger, de l'existence d'un
complot, souvent au risque de subir des
représailles. = sonneur
d'alerte. ( ): Assange, Edmonds, Ellsberg,
Manning, Snowden, Ryan.
Whistleblower,
Whistle-blowing.
| |
|
|
MICELI, M.P. & NEAR, J.P. (1984). The relationships
among beliefs, organizational position, and
whistle-blowing status : A discriminant analysis. Academy
of Management Journal, 27 (4), 687-705. |
FIRTKO, A. & JACKSON, D. (2005). Do the ends justify
the means ? Nursing and the dilemma of whistleblowing. Australian
Journal of Advanced Nursing, 23 (1), 51-56. |
|
DOZIER, J.B. & MICELI, M.P. (1985). Articles
Potential Predictors of Whistle-Blowing: A Prosocial
Behavior Perspective. Academy of Management Review,
10 (4), 823-836. |
MESMER-MAGNUS, J.R. & VISWESVARAN, C. (2005).
Whistleblowing in organizations : An examination of
correlates of whistleblowing intentions, actions, and
retaliation. Journal of Business Ethics, 62
(3), 277-297. |
|
NEAR, J.P. & MICELI, M.P. (1985). Organizational
dissidence : The case of whistle-blowing. Journal of
Business Ethics, 4 (1), 1-16. |
|
|
MICELI, M.P. & NEAR, J.P. (1988). Individual and
situational correlates of whistle-blowing. Personal
Psychology, 41 (2), 267-281. |
|
|
MICELI, M.P. & NEAR, J.P. (1989). The incidence of
wrongdoing, whistleblowing and retaliation : Results of
a naturally occurring eld experiment. Employee
Responsibilities & Rights Journal, 2 (2),
91-108. |
DWORKIN, T.M. (2007). SOX and whistleblowing. Michigan
Law Review, 105 (8), 1757-1780. |
|
MICELI, M.P., NEAR, J.P. & SCHWENK, C.R. (1991). Who
blows the whistle and why. Industrial & Labour
Relations Review, 45 (1), 113-130. |
COOPER, C. (2008). Extraordinary circumstances :
The journey of a corporate whistleblower.
Hoboken, NJ : John Wiley & Sons. |
|
EGLER, T. & EDWARDS, E.L. (1992). Retaliating
against the whistleblower. Risk Management, 39
(8), 24-32. |
MICELI, M.P., NEAR, J.P. & DWORKIN, T.M. (2008). Whistle-blowing
in organizations. New York, NY : Routledge/Taylor
and Francis. |
|
MICELI, M.P. & NEAR, J.P. (1992). Blowing the
whistle. Lexington Books. |
|
|
PARKER, N. (1992). Out of sympathy with the
whistleblower. British Medical Journal, 304,
1253-1254. |
REHG, M.T., MICELI, M.P., NEAR, J.P. & VAN SCOTTER,
J.R. (2008). Antecedents and outcomes of retaliation
against whistle-blowers : Gender differences and power
relationships. Organization Science, 19 (2),
221-240. |
|
MICELI, M.P. & NEAR, J.P. (1994). Relationships
among value congruence, perceived victimization, and
retaliation against whistle-blowers : The case of
internal auditors. Journal of Management, 20
(4), 773-794. |
NEAR, J.P. & MICELI, M.P. (2008). Wrongdoing,
whistle-blowing and retaliation in the U.S. government :
what have researchers learned from the Merit Systems
Protection Board (MSPB) Survey results ? Review of
Public Personnel Administratio 28, 263-281. |
|
NEAR, J.P., DWORKIN, T.M. & MICELI, M.P. (1995).
Explaining the whistle-blowing process : Suggestions
from power theory and Jjustice theory. Organization
Science, 4 (3), 345-512. |
MICELI, M.P., NEAR, J.P., REHG, M.T. & VAN SCOTTER,
J.R. (2012). Predicting employee reactions to perceived
organizational wrongdoing : demoralization, justice,
proactive personality, and whistle- blowing. Human
Relations, 65 (8), 923-954. |
|
MICELI, M.P. & NEAR, J.P. (1994). Relationships
among value congruence, perceived victimization, and
retaliation against whistle-blowers : The case of
internal auditors. Journal of Management, 20
(4), 773-794. |
LENNANE, J. (2012). What happens to whistleblowers and
why. Classics in Social Medicine, 16 (4),
249-258. [PDF] |
|
|
NEAR, J.P. & MICELI, M.P. (1995). Effective
whistle-blowing. The Academy of Management Review,
20 (3), 679-708. [PDF] |
MICELI, M.P. & NEAR, J.P. (2013). An international
comparison of the incidence of public sector
whistle-blowing and the prediction of retaliation :
Australia, Norway, and the US. Australian Journal of
Public Administration, 72 (4), 1-14. |
|
NEAR, J.P. & MICELI, M.P. (1996). Whistle-blowing :
Myth and reality. Journal of Management, 22,
(3), 507-526. |
MICELI, M.P. & NEAR, J.P. (2013). Some implications
of the voice literature for research on whistle-blowing.
In R. Burke & C. Cooper (Eds.), Voice and
whistleblowing in organizations : Overcoming fear,
fostering courage, and unleashing candour (pp.
182-202). London : Edward Elgar. |
|
KING, G. (1997). The effects of interpersonal closeness
and issue seriousness on blowing the whistle.
Journal of Business Communication, 34 (4),
419-436. |
WAYTZ, A., DUNGAN, J. & YOUNG, L. (2015). The
whistleblower's dilemma and the fairness-loyalty
tradeoff. Journal of Experimental Social
Psychology, 49 (6), 1027-1033. |
|
BRODY, R.G., COULTER, J.M. & LIN, S. 1999, The
effect of national culture on whistle-blowing
perceptions. Teaching Business Ethics, 3,
385-400. |
|
|
HUNT, G. (2000). Whistleblowing, accountability and
ethical accounting. Clinical Risk, 6 (3),
115-116. |
ROSE, A. (2014). Better bounty hunting : How the SEC's
new whistleblower program changes the securities fraud
class action debate. Northwestern University Law
Review, 108 (4), 1235-1302. |
|
ALFORD, C.F. (2001). Whistleblowers and the Narrative of
Ethics. Journal of Social Philosophy, 32 (4),
402-418. |
MICELI, M.P., DREYFUS, S. & NEAR, J.P. (2014).
Outsider "whistle-blowers" : Conceptualising and
distinguishing bell-ringing behaviour. In A.J. Brown,
D. Lewis, R. Moberly & W. Vandekerckhove (Eds.),
International handbook on whistle- blowing research (pp.
71-94). London : Edward Elgar. |
|
FRAIS, A. (2001). Whistleblowing heroes & boon or
burden ? Bulletin of Medical Ethics, 170, 13-19. |
DUNGAN, J., WAYTZ, A. & YOUNG, L. (2015). The
psychology of whistleblowing. Current Opinion in
Psychology, 6, 129-133. [PDF] |
|
ELLSBERG, D. (2002). Secrets : A memoir of Vietnam
and the Pentagon papers. New York : Viking
Press. |
SHEINKIN, S. (2015). Most dangerous : Daniel Ellsberg
and the secret history of the Vietnam War. Roaring
Brook Press. |
|
CHIU, R.K. (2003). Ethical judgment and whistleblowing
intention : examining the moderating role of locus of
control. Journal of Business Ethics, 43, 65-74. |
|
|
NEAR, J.P., VAN SCOTTER, J.R., REHG, M.T. & MICELI,
M.P. (2004). Does type of wrong doing affect the
whistle-blowing process ? Business Ethics
Quarterly, 14 (2), 219-242. |
NEAR, J.P. & MICELI, M.P. (2016). After the
wrongdoing : What managers should know about
whistleblowing. Business Horizons, 59, 105-114.
|
|
|
|
Voir aussi Bavardage,
Rumeur et
Complot |
|
|
Lanciano
Tizianana ( ) : Psychologue
cognitiviste américaine,
d'origine italienne, et spécialiste de l'étude de la mémoire
événementielle. Collboratrice de Curci,
Luminet et Rimé.
|
LANCIANO, T., CURCI, A. & SEMIN, G.R. (2010). The
emotional and reconstructive determinants of emotional
memories : An experimental approach to flashbulb memory
investigation. Memory, 18, 473-485. |
|
LANCIANO, T. & CURCI, A. (2012). Type or dimension ? A
taxometric investigation of flashbulb memories. Memory,
20, 177-188. |
|
LANCIANO, T., CURCI, A., KAFESTIOS, K., ELIA, L.E. &
ZAMMUNER, V.L. (2012). Attachment and dysfunctional
rumination : The mediating role of emotional intelligence
abilities. Personality & Individual Differences,
53, 753-758. |
|
LANCIANO, T., CURCI, A., MASTANDREA, S. & SARTORI, G.
(2013). Do automatic mental associations detect a
flashbulb memory ? Memory, 21, 482-493. |
|
LANCIANO, T. & CURCI, A. (2021). Psychopathic traits
and self-conscious emotions : What is the role of
perspective taking ability ? Current Psychology, 40
(3), 2309-2317. |
|
|
|
Lancioni
Giulio E. ( ) : Psychologue
béhavioriste et spécialiste de l'étude des comportements
inadaptés et de
l'autisme. Collaborateur de
Lang, O'Reilly,
Sigafoos et Singh.
|
LANCIONI, G.E., O'REILLY, M.F., SINGH, N.N., OLIVA,
D., ALBERTI, G. & LANG, R. (2011). Two adults with
multiple disabilities use a computer-aided telephone
system to make phone calls independently. Research in
Developmental Disabilities, 32, 2330-2335. |
|
LANCIONI, G.E., SINGH, N.N., O'REILLY, M.F., SIGAFOOS, J.,
OLIVA, D., CAMPODONICO, F. & LANG, R. (2012). Persons
with multiple disabilities exercise adaptive response
schemes with the help of technology-based programs : Three
single-case studies. Research in Developmental
Disabilities, 33, 849-857. |
|
LANCIONI, G.E., O'REILLY, M.F., SINGH, N.N., SIGAFOOS, J.
OLIVA, D., ALBERTI, G., CARRELLA, L., DIDDEN, R. &
Lang, R. (2013). Technology-based programs to support
adaptive responding and reduce hand mouthing in two
persons with multiple disabilities. Journal of
Developmental & Physical Disabilities, 25, 65-77. |
|
LANCIONI, G.E., O'REILLY, M.F., SINGH, N.N., SIGAFOOS, J.
ALBERTI, G., BOCCASINI A., OLIVA, D. & LANG, R.
(2014). Technology-aided programs to enable persons with
multiple disabilities to move through sequences of
occupational activities independently. Journal of
Developmental & Physical Disabilities, 26, 703-715. |
|
LANCIONI, G.E., SINGH, N.N., O'REILLY, M.F. SIGAFOOS, J.,
PERILLI, V., CAMPODONICO, F., MARCHIANI, P. & LANG, R.
(2015). Persons with multiple disabilities engage in
stimulus choice and postural control with the support of a
technology-aided program. Behavior Modification, 39,
454-471. |
|
|
|
|
|
Landa
Lev Nakhmanovich (U.R.S.S. 1927-1999 New York)
: Spécialiste de l'étude des algorithmes
mentaux.
|
LANDA, L.N. (1974). Algorithmization in learning and
instruction. Englewood Cliffs, NJ : Educational
Technology Publications. |
|
LANDA, L. (1975). Some problems in algorithmization and
heuristics in instruction. Instructional Science, 4,
99-112. |
|
LANDA, L.N. (1976). Instructional regulation and
control : Cybernetics, algorithmization, and heuristics
in education. Englewood Cliffs, NJ : Educational
Technology Publications. |
|
LANDA, L.N. (1993). Landamatics ten years later.
Educational Technology, 33 (6), 7-18. |
|
LANDA, L.N. (1999). Landamatics instructional design
theory and methodology for teaching general methods of
thinking. In C.M. Reigeluth (Ed.), Instructional-design
theories and models : A new paradigm of instructional
theory. Mahwah, NJ : Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. |
|
|
|
Landau
Hyman Gershin (Chmlelnik 1909-1966 Chicago ) :
Mathématicien
et éthologiste
brittanique, d'origine polonaise, spécialisé dans la formalisation
et la modélisation de
la dominance et des hiérarchies.
Collaborateur de Birren.
|
LANDAU, H.G. (1951). On dominance relations and the
structure of animal societies : I. Effects of inherent
characteristics. Bulletin of Mathematical Biophysics,
13, 1-19. |
|
LANDAU, H.G. (1951). On dominance relations and the
structure of animal societies : II. Some effects of
possible social factors. Bulletin of Mathematical
Biophysics, 13, 245-262. |
|
LANDAU, H.G. (1953). On dominance relations and the
structure of animal societies. III. The condition for a
score structure. Bulletin of Mathematical Biophysics,
15 (2), 143-148. |
|
LANDAU, H.G. (1965). Development of structure in a society
with a dominance relation when new members are added
successively. Bulletin of Mathematical Biophysics,
27, 151-160. |
|
LANDAU, H.G. (1968). Models of social structure. Bulletin
of Mathematical Biophysics, 30, 215-224. |
|
|
BRAUER, A., GENTRY, I.C. & SHAW, K. (1968). New proof
of a theorem by H.G. Landau on tournament matrices.
Journal of Combinatorial Theory, 5 (3), 289-292. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Lando
Harry O. ( ) : Psychologue
américain et spécialiste de l'étude du comportement
de fumer. Collaborateur de Bobo.
|
LANDO, H.A. (1975). A comparison of excessive and rapid
smoking in the modification of chronic smoking behavior. Journal
of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 43, 350-355. |
|
LANDO, H.A. (1976). Self-pacing in eliminating chronic
smoking : Serendipity revisited ? Behavior Therapy,
7, 634-640. |
|
LANDO, H.A. (1978). Stimulus control, rapid smoking, and
contractual management in the maintenance of nonsmoking.
Behavior Therapy, 9, 962-963. |
|
LANDO, H.A., THAI, D.T., MURRAY, D.M., ROBINSON, L.A.,
JEFFREY, R.W., SHERWOOD, N.E. & HENNRIKUS, D.J.
(1999). Age of initiation, smoking patterns, and risk in a
population of working adults. Preventive Medicine, 6
(1), 590-598. |
|
LANDO, H.A., HIPPLE, B., MURAMOTO, M., KLEIN, J.,
PROKHOROV, A., OSSIP, D. & WINICKOFF, J. (2010).
Tobacco control and children : An international
perspective. Pediatric Asthma, Allergy, &
Immunology, 23 (2), 99-103. |
|
|
|
Landis
Dan ( ) : Psychosociologue
américain, spécialisé dans l'étude des différences
raciales/ethniques. Collaborateur de Triandis
et Tzeng.
|
LANDIS, D., DAY, H.R., McGREW, P.L., THOMAS, J.A. &
MILLER, A.B. (1976). Can a Black "culture assimilator"
increase racial understanding ? Journal of Social
Issues, 32 (2), 169-183. |
|
LANDIS, D. TRIANDIS, H. & ADAMOPOULOS, J. (1978).
Habit and behavioral intentions as predictors of social
behavior. The Journal of Social Psychology, 106
(2), 227-237. |
|
LANDIS, D., HULGUS, J.F. & BRISLIN, R.W. (1985).
Attributional training versus contact in acculturative
learning : A laboratory study. Journal of Applied
Social Psychology, 15 (7), 466-482. |
|
LANDIS, D., DANSBY, M.R. & HOYLE, M. (1998). The
effects of race on procedural justice : The case of the
uniform code of military justice. Armed Forces &
Society, 24 (2), 183-219. |
|
LANDIS, D. (2011). Migration, immigration, and community :
A commentary. Psychosocial Intervention, 20 (3),
333-338. |
|
|
APA (2012), Daniel Landis : Award for distinguished
contributions to the international advancement of
psychology (2012). American Psychologist, 67 (8),
731-733. |
|
|
|
Landrum
R. Eric ( ) : Psychologue
cognitiviste
américain et spécialiste de l'enseignement
de la psychologie.
|
LANDRUM, R.E. & MUENCH, D.M. (1994). Assessing
students' library skills and knowledge : The Library
Research Strategies Questionnaire. Psychological
Reports, 75, 1619-1628. |
|
LANDRUM, R.E. & HORMEL, L. (2002). Textbook selection
: Balance between the pedagogy, the publisher, and the
student. Teaching of Psychology, 29, 245-248. [PDF] |
|
LANDRUM, R.E. (2008). Introductory psychology student
performance : weekly quizzes followed by a cumulative
final exam. Teaching of Psychology, 34 (3), 177.
[PDF] |
|
LANDRUM, R.E., CARLSON, H. & MANWARING, W. (2009). The
relationship between time to complete a test and test
performance. Psychology Learning & Teaching, 8,
53-56. |
|
LANDRUM, R.E. (2015). Teacher-Ready Research Review :
Clickers. Scholarship of Teaching & Learning in
Psychology, 1 (3), 250-254. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Lanfranchi
Silvia ( ) : Psychologue
cognitiviste
américaine, d'origine italienne, spécialisée dans l'étude
de mémoire de travail
en lien avec la déficience
intellectuelle, notamment le
syndrome de Down. Collaboratrice de
Baddeley, Gathercole
et Swanson.
|
LANFRANCHI, S., CORNOLDI, C. & VIANELLO, R. (2004).
Verbal and visuospatial working memory deficits in
children with Down Syndrome. American Journal on
Mental Retardation, 109, 456-466. |
|
LANFRANCHI, S. & SWANSON, H.L. (2005). Development of
short-term memory and working memory in children as a
function of language specific knowledge in english and
spanish. Learning & Individual Differences, 15, 299-319. |
|
LANFRANCHI, S., JERMAN, O. & VIANELLO, R. (2009).
Working memory and cognitive skills in individuals with
Down syndrome. Child Neuropsychology, 15,
397-416. |
|
LANFRANCHI, S., JERMAN, O., PONT, E.D., ALBERTI, A. &
VIANELLO, R. (2010). Executive function in adolescents
with Down Syndrome. Journal of Intellectual
Disability Research, 54, 308-319. |
|
LANFRANCHI, S., BADDELEY, A., GATHERCOLE, S. &
VIANELLO, R. (2012). Working memory in Down syndrome : is
there a dual task deficit ? Journal of Intellectual
Disability Research, 56, 157-166. |
|
|
|
|
|
Lang
Peter ( ) :
Psychologue cognitiviste
américain et spécialiste de l'étude de l'anxiété,
de l'attention et
des émotions. Collaborateur
de Bradley.
|
LANG, P., BRADLEY, M.M. & CUTHBERT, B.N. (1990).
Emotion, attention, and the startle reflex. Psychological
Review, 97, 377-398. |
|
LANG, P.J. (2014). Emotion's response patterns : The brain
and the autonomic nervous system. Emotion Review, 6,
93-99. |
|
LANG, P.J. McTEAGUE L.M. & BRADLEY, M.M. (2016). RDoC,
DSM, and the reflex physiology of fear: A bio-dimensional
analysis of the anxiety disorders spectrum. Psychophysiology,
53, 336-347. |
|
LANG, P., McTeague, L.M. & BRADLEY, M.M. (2017). The
psychophysiology of anxiety and mood disorders : The RDoC
challenge. Zeitschrift für Psychologie, 225,
175-188. |
|
LANG, P., HERRING, D.R., DUNCAN, C., RICHTER, J., SEGE,
C.T., WEYMAR, M. & BRADLEY, M.M. (2018). The
startle-evoked potential : Negative affect and severity of
pathology in anxiety/mood disorders. Biological
Psychiatry : Cognitive Neuroscience & Neuroimaging,
3, 626-634. |
|
|
|
Lang
Russell ( ) : Psychologue
cognitivo-béhavioriste
américain,spécialisé dans l'étude des comportements
inadaptés et de
l'autisme. Collaborateur de Koegel,
Koegel,
O'Reilly, Lacioni,
Sigafoos et Singh.
|
LANG, R., O'REILLY, M., MACHALICEK, W., LANCIONI, G.,
RISPOLI, M. & CHAN, J.M. (2008). A preliminary
comparison of functional analysis results when conducted
in contrived versus naturalistic settings. Journal of
Applied Behavior Analysis, 41 (3), 441-445. [PDF] |
|
LANG, R., O'REILLY, M., SIGAFOOS, J., MACHALICEK, W.,
RISPOLI, M., LANCIONI, G.E., AGUILAR, J. & FRAGALE, C.
(2010). The effects of an abolishing operation
intervention component on play skills, challenging
behavior, and stereotypy. Behavior Modification, 34 (4),
267-289. |
|
LANG, R., REGESTER, A., LAUDERDALE, S., ASHBAUGH, K. &
HARING, A. (2010). Treatment of anxiety in autism spectrum
disorders using cognitive behaviour therapy : A systematic
review. Developmental Neurorehabilitation, 13 (1),
53-63. [PDF] |
|
LANG, R., SIGAFOOS, J., VAN DER MEER, L., O'REILLY, M.,
LANCIONI, G.E. & DIDDEN, R. (2013). Early signs and
early behavioral intervention of challenging behavior.
International Review of Research in Developmental
Disabilities, 44, 1-35. |
|
LANG, R., MUHARIB, R., LESSNER, P., DAVENPORT, K.,
LEDBETTER-CHO, K. & RISPOLI, M. (2020). Increasing
play and decreasing stereotypy for children with autism on
a playground. Advances in Neurodevelopmental
Disorders, 4, 146-154. |
|
|
|
Langage : Ensemble de signes
organisés selon un ensemble fini de règles, qui servent à désigner
les objets, réels et
imaginaires, et à communiquer une idée, une émotion
ou une intention de
comportement. Pour Skinner,
le langage désigne les comportements
verbaux et les contingences
sociales qui les façonnent. Pour Jakobson,
le langage remplit six fonctions : 1) la
fonction dénotative (qui décrit le monde qui nous entoure);
2) la fonction d'appel (qui dévoile un doute ou une
certitude du locuteur grâce aux interrogations ou au mode
impératif); 3) la fonction expressive (qui
révèle une émotion chez le locuteur
grâce aux exclamations); 4) la fonction
phatique (qui permet de s'assurer que la communication entre
émetteur et récepteur est clairement établie grâce à des phrases
comme : «Tu m'écoutes? Allo?» ); 5) la fonction
poétique (qui décrit une vision personnelle du monde, le monde
intérieur); 6) la fonction métalinguistique
(qui permet au locuteur de faire référence au langage ou au
contexte de la communication). Langage, parole
et comportement
verbal. Language.
| |
|
|
TRACY, F. (1893). The language of childhood. American
Journal of Psychology, 6, 107-138. |
TOMASELLO, M. (1995). Book review : Language is not an
instinct. Cognitive Development, 10, 131-156.
[PDF] |
|
DEWEY, J. (1886). The psychology of infant language. Psychological
Review, 1, 3-66. [LIRE] |
DOLTO, F. (1995). Tout est langage. Paris :
Gallimard. |
|
BRYAN, W.L. & HARTER, N. (1899). Studies on the
telegraphic language : The acquisition of a hierarchy of
habits. Psychological Review, 6, 345-375. |
HARLEY, T.A. (1995). The psychology of language from
data to theory. Erlbaum : Taylor & Francis. |
|
WATSON, J.B. (1920). Is thinking merely the action of
language mechanisms ? British Journal of Psychology,
11, 87-104. |
CHOMSKY, N. (1995). Language and nature. Mind, 104,
1-61. |
|
KANTOR, J.R. (1922). An analysis of psychological language
data. Psychological Review, 29, 267-309. |
BICKERTON, D. (1995). Language and human behavior. Seattle
: University of Washington Press. |
|
JESPERSEN, O. (1922/2007). Language, its nature,
development and origin. London/New York :
Routledge. |
EISELE, J. & ARAM, D. (1995). Lexical and grammatical
development in children with early hemisphere damage : A
cross-sectional view from birth to adolescence. In P.
Fletcher & B. MacWhinney (Eds.), The handbook of
child language (pp. 664-689). Oxford : Basil
Blackwell. |
|
KANTOR, J.R. (1929). Language as behavior and as
symbolism. Journal of Philosophy, 26, 150-159. |
MARKHAM, M.R. & GALLOGLY, R.H. (1997). Does language
make humans more than clever apes ? Review of Language and
Human Behavior by Derek Bickerton. Journal of Applied
Behavior Analysis, 30 (1), 185-186. [LIRE]
+ [PDF] |
|
CARMICHAEL, L., HOGAN, H.P. & WALTER, A.A. (1930). An
experimental sudy of the effect of language on the
reproduction of visually perceived form. Journal of
Experimental Psychology, 15 (1), 73-86. [PDF] |
|
|
BLOOMFIELD, L. (1933). Language. New York : Henry
Holt and Company. |
SEIDENBERG, M.S. (1997). Language acquisition and use :
Learning and applying probabilistic constraints. Science,
275, 1599-1604. |
|
DELACROIX, H. (1934). L'enfant et le langage.
Paris : Librairie Félix Alcan. |
PATEL, A.D. & PERETZ, I. (1997). Is music autonomous
from language ? A neuropsychological appraisal. In I.
Deliège & J. Sloboda (Eds.), Perception and
cognition of music (pp. 191-216). East Sussex,
England : Psychology Press. |
|
KANTOR, J.R. (1938). The role of language in logic and
science. Journal of Philosophy, 35, 449-463. |
KIRBY, S. (1998). Fitness and the selective adaptation of
language. In J.R. Hurford, M. Studdert-Kennedy & C.
Knight (Eds.), Approaches to the evolution of
language : Social and cognitive bases (pp. 1-19).
New York : Cambridge University Press. |
|
THORNDIKE, E.L. (1943). The origin of language. Science,
New Series, 98 (2531), 1-6. [PDF] |
JOANISSE, M.F. & SEIDENBERG, M.S. (1998). Specific
language impairment in children : An impairment in grammar
or processing ? Trends in Cognitive Sciences, 2 (7),
240-246.
[PDF] |
|
KUENNE, M.R. (1946). Experimental investigation of the
relation of language to transposition behavior in young
children. Journal of Experimental Psychology, 36,
471-490. |
CHENEY, D.L. & SEYFARTH, R.M. (1997). Why animals
don't have language. The Tanner Lectures on Human
Values 19, 173-210. [PDF] |
|
PRONKO, N.H. (1946). Language and psycholinguistics : a
review. Psychological Bulletin, 43, 189-239. |
GABRIELI, J.D., POLDRACK, R.A. & DESMOND, J.E. (1998).
The role of left prefrontal cortex in language and memory.
Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, 95
(3), 906-913. [PDF] |
|
SAPIR, E. (1949). Language. New York : Harcourt
Brace. |
DEACON, T. (1998). The symbolic species : The
co-evolution of language and the brain. New York :
W.W. Norton. |
|
POS, H.J. (1950). Quelques réflexions sur le problème de
l'origine du langage. Acta Psychologica, 7,
352-364. |
GANGER, J. & STROMWOLD, K. (1998). The innateness,
evolution and genetics of language. Human Biology, 70,
199-213. [PDF] |
|
DUYER, H.C.J. (1950). Language and psychology. Acta
Psychologica, 7, 150-163. |
MARKHAM, M.R. & GALLOGLY, R.H. (1998). Does language
make humans more than clever apes ? Journal of
Applied Behavior Analysis, 30, 185-186. [PDF] |
|
PUMPHREY, R.J. (1951/52). The origin of language. Acta
Psychologica, 8, 219-239. |
WHITNEY, P. (1998). The psychology of language.
Boston : Houghton Mifflin Co. |
|
HALDANE, J.B.S. (1952). The origin of language. Rationalist
Annual, 38-45. |
VALIAN, V. (1999). Input and language acquisition. In
W.C.R.T.K. Bhatia (Ed.), Handbook of child language
acquisition (pp. 497-530). New York : Academic
Press. |
|
|
BROWN, R.W. & LENNEBERG, E.H. (1954). A study of
language and cognition. Journal of Abnormal &
Social Psychology, 49, 454-462. |
BLOOM P. (1999). Language capacities : Is grammar special
? Current Biology, 9, 127-128. [PDF] |
|
MOWRER, O.H. (1954). The psychologist looks at language.
American Psychology, 9, 660-694. |
|
|
PIAGET, J. (1954). Le langage et la pensée du point de vue
génétique. Acta Psychologica, 10, 51-60. [PDF] |
DE VILLIERS, J.G. & DE VILLIERS, P.A. (1999). Language
development. In M. Bornstein & M. Lamb (Eds.), Developmental
psychology : an advanced textbook. Erlbaum. |
|
CHOMSKY, N. (1956). Three models for the description of
language. Transactions on Information Theory, 2
(3), 113-124. |
PINKER, S. (1999). Worlds and rules. The ingredients
of language. Perrenial. Harper Collins Pub. |
|
SKINNER, B.F. (1957). Verbal behavior. New York
: Appleton-Century-Crofts. |
NOWAK, M.A. & KRKAUER, D.C. (1999). Proceedings
of the National Academy of Sciences, USA, 96,
7164-7168. [PDF]
(14), 8028-8033. |
|
BROWN, R. (1958). Words and things: An introduction
to language. Glencoe, IL: The Free Press. |
BATES, E. (1999). Language and the infant brain. Journal
of Communication Disorders, 32, 195-205. [PDF] |
|
CHOMSKY, N. (1959). The general properties of language. In
C. Millikan & F. Farley (Eds.), Brain mechanisms
underlying speech and language. New York : Grune
and Stratton. |
NOWAK, M.A. (2000). Evolutionary biology of language. Philosophical
Transactions of the Royal Society of London, 355, (1403),
1615-1622. [PDF] |
|
PENFIELD, W. et ROBERTS, L. (1963). Language et
mécanismes cérébraux. Paris : Presses
Universitaires de France. |
BRAUN, C. & COHEN, H. (2000). Développement et
pathologies du langage. In C. Braun (Ed.), Neuropsychologie
du développement. Paris : Flammarion. |
|
FODOR, J.A. & KATZ, J.J. (1964). The structure of
language : Readings in the philosophy of language.
Englewood Cliffs, NJ : Prentice Hall. |
KUHL, P.K. (2000). A new view of language acquisition.
Proceedings of the National Academy of Science, 97,
11850-11857. [PDF] |
|
LENNEBERG, E. (1964). The capacity for language
acquisition. in J.A. Fodor (Ed.), The structure of
language. Prentice-Hall, Inc. |
|
|
LENNEBERG, E.H., NICHOLS, I.A. & ROSENBERGER, E.F.
(1964). Primitive stages of language development in
mongolism. In Disorders of communication (Vol,
62). Baltimore : Williams & Wilkins. |
DRONKERS, N.F., PINKER, S. & DAMASIO A. (2000).
Language and the aphasias. In E.R. Kandel, J. Schwart
& T. Jessell (Eds.), Principles in Neural Science
(pp. 1169-1187). New York : McGraw-Hill. |
|
GOLDIAMOND, I. (1966). Perception, language, and
conceptualization rules. In B. Kleinmuntz (Ed.), Problem
solving : Research, method, and theory (pp.
183-224). New York : Wiley. |
KUHL, P.K. (2000). Language, mind, and brain : Experience
alters perception. In M.S. Gazzaniga (Ed.), The new
cognitive neurosciences (pp. 99-115). Cambridge, MA
: MIT Press. |
|
SMITH, F. & MILLER, G.A. (Eds.) (1966). The genesis of
language; a psycholinguistic approach. In proceedings
of a conference on language development in children.
The MIT Press. |
KLEIN, D., ZATORRE, R.J., MILNER, B. & ZHAO, V.
(2001). A cross-linguistic PET study of tone perception in
Mandarin Chinese and English speakers. NeuroImage,
13, 646-653. |
|
LENNEBERG, E.H. (1967). Biological foundations of
language. New York : Wiley. |
KOMAROVA, N.L. & NOWAK, M.A. (2001). Natural selection
of the critical period for language acquisition.
Proceedings of the Royal Society London (Biological
Sciences), 268, 1189-1196. |
|
CHOMSKY, N. (1968/70). Language and mind : Linguistic
contribution to the study of mind (future) / Le langage
et la pensée. New York : Harcourt, Brace and
Jovanovich/ Paris : Payot. |
BLOOM P. & KEIL, F. (2001). Thinking through language.
Mind & Language, 16, 351-367. [PDF] |
|
SMITH, F. & MILLER, G.A. (1968). The genesis of
language : A psycholinguistic approach. The MIT
Press. |
NAZZI, T. & GOPNICK, A. (2001). Linguistic and
cognitive abilities in infancy : when does language become
a tool for categorization ? Cognition, 80, 11-20.
[PDF] |
|
GARDNER, R.A. & GARDNER, B.T. (1969). Teaching sign
language to a chimpanzee. Science, 165, 664-672. |
SAFFRAN, J.R., SENGHAS, A. & TRUEWLL, J.C. (2001). The
acquisition of language by children. Proceedings of
the National Academy of Sciences of the USA, 98
(23), 12874-12875. |
|
DEESE, J. (1969). The structure of associations in
language and thought. Oxford, England : John
Hopkins Press. |
SAVAGE-RUMBAUGH, E.S., FIELDS, W.M. & TAGLILATELA, J.
(2001). Language, speech, tTools and writing : a cultural
imperative. Journal of Consciousness Studies, 8 (5-7),
273-292. |
|
BRAINE, M.D.S. (1971). The acquisition of language in
infant and child. In C. Reed (Ed.), The learningof
language (pp. 7-95). New York : Appleton. |
STROMSWOLD, K. (2001). The heritability of language : A
review and meta-analysis of twin, adoption, and linkage
studies. Language, 77, 647-723. |
|
STEMMER, N. (1971). Someaspectsoflanguageacqui- sition. In
Y. Bar-Hillel (Ed.), Pragmatics ofnatural languages (pp.
194-231). Dordrecht: Reidel. |
|
|
BELLUGI, U. & BROWN, R. (1971). The acquisition
of language. University of Chicago Press. |
STEINBERG, D.D., NAGATA, H. & ALINE, D.P. (2001). Psycholinguistics
: Language, mind and world. Harlow, England :
Longman. |
|
NORMAN, D.A. (1972). The role of memory in the
understanding of language. In J.F. Kavanagh & I.G.
Mattingly (Eds.), Language by ear and by eye : The
relationships between speech and reading.
Cambridge, MA : MIT Press. |
CHRISTENSEN, K.R. (2001). The co-evolution of language and
the brain : A review of two contrastive views (Pinker
& Deacon). Grazer Linguistische Studien, 55, 1-20.
[PDF] |
|
GESCHWIND, N. (1972). Language and the brain. Scientific
American, 226 (4), 76-83. |
CRAIN, S. & PIETOSKI, P. (2002). Why language
acquisition is a snap. The Linguistic Review, 19 (1),
163-183. |
|
|
LENNEBERG, E.H. (1972). On explaining language. In M.E.P.
Seligman & J.L. Hager (Eds.), Biological
boundaries of learning (pp. 379-396). New York :
Appleton-Century-Crofts. |
LANA, R.E. (2002). The cognitive approach to language and
thought. Journal of Mind & Behavior, 23
(1-2), 51-67. |
|
HALLIDAY, M.A.K. (1973). Exploration in the function
of language. London : Edward Arnold. |
CARRUTHERS, P. (2002). Modularity, language, and the
flexibility of thought. Behavioral & Brain
Sciences, 25 (6), 705-719. [PDF] |
|
BROWN, R. (1973). A first language : the early
stages. London : George Allen and Unwin. |
HAUSER, M.D., CHOMSKY, N. & FITCH, W.T. (2002). The
language faculty : What is it, who has it, and how did it
evolve ? Science, 298, 1569-1579. [PDF] |
|
STEMMER, N. (1973). An empiricist theory of language
acquisition. Mouton : The Hague. |
CORBALLIS, M.C. (2002). From hand to mouth : The
origins of language. Princeton : Princeton
University Press. |
|
BOURHIS, R.Y., GILES, H. & TAJFEL, H. (1973). Language
as a determinant of Welsh identity. European Journal
of Social Psychology, 3, 447-460. |
FITCH, W.T. (2002). The evolution of language comes of
age. Trends in Cognitive Sciences, 6 (7),
278-279. |
|
CHOMSKY, N. (1975). Reflections on language : The
whidden Lectures. New York : Pantheon Books. |
GAMBRELL, L.B., MORROW, L.M. & PENNINGTON, C. (2002).
Early childhood and elementary literature-based
instruction : Current perspectives and special issues. Reading
Online, 5 (6), 26-39. |
|
QUINE, W.V.O. (1975). Mind and verbal dispositions. In S.
Guttenplan (Ed.), Mind and language (pp. 83-95).
Oxford : Clarendon Press. |
STORKEL, H.L. & MORRISETTE, M.L. (2002). The lexicon
and phonology : Interactions in language acquisition.
Language, Speech & Hearing Services in Schools, 33,
24-37. [PDF] |
|
WHITEHURST, G.J. & VASTA, R. (1975). Is language
acquired through imitation ? Journal of Psycholinguistic
Research, 4, 37-59. |
BATES, E. & DICK, F. (2002). Language, gesture, and
the developing brain. Developmental Psychobiology,
40, 293-310. |
|
FODOR, J.A., BEVER, T.G. & GARRETT, M.F. (1975).
The psychology of language : An introduction to
psycholinguistics and generative grammar. New York
: McGraw-Hill. |
DÖRNYEI, Z. & MURPHEY, T. (2003). Group dynamics
in the language classroom. Cambridge : Cambridge
University Press. |
|
HALLIDAY, M.A.K. (1975). Learning how to mean -
Explorations in the development of language. London
: Edward Arnold. |
SLOBIN, D.I. (2003). Language and thought online :
Cognitive consequences of linguistic relativity. In D.
Gentner & S. Goldin-Meadow (Eds.), Language in
mind : Advances in the investigation of language and
thought (pp. 157-191). Cambridge, MA : MIT Press. [PDF] |
|
MILLER, G.A. & JOHNSON-LAIRD, P.N. (1976).
Language and perception. Harvard University Press. |
TOMASELLO, M. (2003). Constructing a language.
Harvard University Press. |
|
|
FOX, B.C. (1976). How children analyze language :
Implications for beginning reading instruction. Reading
Improvement, 13 (4), 229-234. |
HAUSER, M.D. & FITCH, W.T. (2003). What are the
uniquely human components of the language faculty ? In
M.H. Christiansen & S. Kirby (Eds.), Language
evolution : The states of the art. Oxford : Oxford
University Press. |
|
BATES, E. (1976). Language and context : The
acquisition of pragmatics. New York : Academic
Press. |
McKOON, G. & RATCLIFF, R. (2003). Meaning through
syntax : Language comprehension and the reduced relative
clause construction. Psychological Review, 110, 490-525. |
|
ANDERSON, J.R. (1976). Language, memory, and thought.
Hillsdale, NJ : Erlbaum. |
JOANISSE, M.F. & SEIDENBERG, M.S. (2003). Phonology
and syntax in specific language impairments : Evidence
from a connectionist model. Brain & Language, 86,
40-56. [PDF] |
|
GOLDSTEIN, I. & PAPERT, S. (1977). Artificial
intelligence, language, and the study of knowledge. Cognitive
Science, 1, 84–123. [PDF] |
|
|
SEGAL, E. (1977). Towards a coherent psychology of
language. In W.K. Honig & J.E.R. Staddon (Eds.), Handbook
of operant behavior (pp. 628-654). Englewood
Cliffs, NJ : Prentice Hall. |
CHRISTIANSEN, M.H. & KIRBY, S. (2003). Language
evolution. New York : Oxford University Press. |
|
HALLE, J.W, MARSHALL, A.M. & SPRADLIN, J.E. (1979).
Time delay : A technique to increase language use and
facilitate generalization in retarded children. Journal
of Applied Behavior Analysis, 12 (3), 431-439. [PDF] |
CARRUTHERS, P. (2004). The cognitive functions of
language. Behavioral & Brain Sciences, 25
(6), 657-674. [PDF] |
|
TWENWY, R.D. (1979). Reflections on the history of
behavioral theories of language. Behaviorism, 7
(1), 91-103. |
CLARK, E.V. (2004). How language acquisition builds on
cognitive development. Trends in Cognitive Sciences,
8, 472-478. |
|
BROWN, J.W. (1979). Language representation in the brain.
In H. Steklis & M. Raleigh (Eds.), Neurobiology
of social communication in primates. New York-San
Francisco-London : Academic Press. |
|
|
WINOGRAD, T. (1980). What does it mean to understand
language ? Cognitive Science, 4 (3), 209-242. |
DALE, E. (2004). Cognitive and behavioral approaches to
language acquisition : Conceptual and empirical
intersections. The Behavior Analyst Today, 5 (4),
336-358. [PDF] |
|
LEE, V.L. (1981). Terminological and conceptual revision
in the experimental analysis of language development :
Why. Behaviorism, 9, 25-53. |
|
|
PAIVIO, A. & BEGG, I. (1981). The psychology of
language. New York : Prentice-Hall. |
HESPOS, S.J. & SPELKE, E. (2004). Conceptual
precursors to spatial language. Nature 430,
453-456. |
|
LURIA, A.R. (1982). Language and cognition. New
York : John Wiley & Sons. |
CLARK, H.H. (2004). Pragmatics of language performance. In
L.R. Horn & G. Ward (Eds.), Handbook of
pragmatics (pp. 365-382). Oxford : Blackwell. |
|
SLOBIN, D.I. (1982). Universal and particular in the
acquisition of language. In E. Wanner & L. Gleitman
(Eds.), Language acquisition : The state of the art
(pp. 128-170). Cambridge, England : Cambridge University
Press. |
MANDLER, J.M. (2004). Thought before language. Trends
in Cognitive Science, 8, 508-513. [PDF] |
|
BROWN, R. & FISH, D. (1983). The psychological
causality implicit in language. Cognition, 14,
237-273. |
|
|
WINOGRAD, T. (1983). Language as a cognitive process
: Syntax. Addison-Wesley. |
PREMACK, D. (2004). Psychology. Is language the key to
human intelligence ? Science, 303 (5656),
318-320. [PDF] |
|
GERNSBACHER, M.A. (1984). Cross-disciplinary approaches to
language processing. Proceedings of the Cognitive
Science Society, 6, 82-88. |
KUHL, P.K. (2004). Early language acquisition : Cracking
the speech code. Nature Reviews Neuroscience, 5,
831-843. [PDF] |
|
VALIN, R. (1984). Pour une phénomènologie vraie du
langage. Modèles linguistiques, 6 (2), 11-26. |
|
|
WHITEHURST, G.J. (1985). The role of imitation in language
learning by children with language delay. SRCD
Abstracts, 5, 573. |
|
|
|
WHITEHURST, G.J. (1985). What is the role of reinforcement
in early language acquisition ? Child Development, 59
(2), 430-440. |
|
|
GERGELY, G. (1985). Piaget and language acquisition. In
Mérei, F. (Ed.), In memory of Piaget (pp.
73-94), Budapest : MTA Academic Press. |
STROMSWOLD, K. (2005). Genetic specificity of linguistic
heritability. A. Cutler (Ed.), Twenty-first century
psycholinguistics : Four cornerstones (pp.
121-140). Mahwah, NJ : Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. [PDF] |
|
CHOMSKY, N. (1986). Knowledge of language : Its
nature, origin, and use. New York : Praeger. |
EHRI L.C. (2005). Learning to read words : Theory,
findings and issues. Scientific Studies of Reading, 9,
167-189. |
|
PREMACK, D. (1986). Gavagai or the future of the
animal language controversy. MIT Press. |
FITCH, W.T. (2005). The evolution of language : A
comparative review. Biology & Philosophy, 20,
193-230. [PDF] |
|
WHITEHURST, G.J. & VALDEZ-MENCHACA, M.C. (1988). What
is the role of reinforcement in early language acquisition
? Child Development, 59, 430-440. |
PINKER, S. & JACKDENOFF, R. (2005). The faculty of
language : what's special about it? Cognition, 95 (2),
201-236. [PDF] |
|
PINKER, S. & PRINCE, A. (1988). On language and
connectionism : Analysis of a Parallel Distributed
Processing model of language acquisition. Cognition,
28, 73-193. |
SEYFARTH, R.M., CHENEY, D.L. & BERGMAN, T.J. (2005).
Primate social cognition and the origins of language. Trends
in Cognitive Sciences, 9 (6), 264-266. [PDF] |
|
BRAINE, M.D.S. (1988). Modeling the acquisition of
linguistic structure. In Y. Levy. I.M. Schlesinger. &
M.D.S. Braine (Eds.). Categories and processes in
language acquisition. Hillsdale. NJ : Erlbaum. |
|
|
ROBERTS, P. (1988). West Indians and their language.
Cambridge : Cambridge University Press. |
FITCH, W.T., HAUSER, M.D. & CHOMSKY, N. (2005). The
evolution of the language faculty : Clarifications and
implications. Cognition, 97 (2), 179-210. [PDF] |
|
PINKER, S. & BLOOM, P. (1990). Natural language and
natural selection. Behavioral & Brain Sciences,
13, 707-784. |
JACKENDOFF, R. & PINKER, S. (2005). The nature of the
language faculty and its implications for evolution of
language (Reply to Fitch, Hauser, and Chomsky). Cognition,
97 (2), 211-225. [PDF] |
BLOOM, P. (1990). Subjectless sentences in child language.
Linguistic Inquiry, 21 (4), 491–504.
|
|
|
HANSON, P.P. (1990). Information, language, and
cognition. University of British Columbia Press. |
|
|
JAKOBSON, R. (1990). On language. Cambridge, MA : Harvard
University Press. |
CATTS, H. & KAHMI, A. (2005) (Eds.). The
connections between language and reading disabilities.
Mahway, NJ : Erlbaum. |
|
HURFORD, J.R. (1991). The evolution of the critical period
for language acquisition. Cognifion, 40,
159-201. [PDF] |
|
|
CRAIN, S. (1991). Charting the course of language
development. Behavioral & Brain Sciences, 14 (4),
639-650. |
|
|
SLOBIN, D.I. (1991). Learning to think for speaking :
Native language, cognition, and rhetorical style. Pragmatics,
1, 7-26. |
GELMAN, R. & BUTTERWORTH, B. (2005). Number and
language : how are they related ? Trends in Cognitive
Sciences, 9 (1), 6-10. [PDF]
+ [PDF] |
|
GERNSBACHER, M.A. (1991). Cognitive processes and
mechanisms in language comprehension : The structure
building framework. In G.H. Bower (Ed.), The
psychology of learning and motivation (pp.
217-263). New York : Academic Press. |
MÉGUERDITCHIAN, A. & VAUCLAIR, J. (2006). Aux origines
du langage. Cerveau & Psycho, 17, 84-87. [PDF]
|
|
DAMASIO, A.R. & DAMASIO, H. (1992). Brain and language. Scientific
American, 267, 9-95.
|
ELMAN, J.L. (2005). Computational approaches to language
acquisition. In K. Brown (Ed.), Encyclopedia of
language and linguistics (pp. 726-732). Oxford :
Elsevier. |
|
HOLLAND, J.G. (1992). Language and the continuity of
species. In S.C. Hayes & L.J. Hayes (Eds.),
Understanding verbal relations (pp. 197-209).
Reno, NV : Context Press. |
CLARK, A. (2006), Language, embodiment and the cognitive
niche. Trends in Cognitive Science, 10 (8),
370-374. [PDF] |
|
MALOTT, R.W. (1992). Language, rule-governed behavior, and
cognitivism. Behavior & Social Issues, 2, 33-41. |
LUPYAN, G., RAKISON, D.H. & McCLELLAND J.L. (2007).
Language is not just for talking : Labels facilitate
learning of novel categories. Psychological Science,
18 (12), 1077-1082. [PDF]
|
|
CHOMSKY, N. (1992). Explaining language use. Philosophical
Topics, 20, 1. |
PERLOVSKY, L.I. (2007). Evolution of languages,
consciousness, and cultures. IEEE Computational
Intelligence Magazine, 2 (3), 25-39. |
|
ANDRESEN, J.T. (1992). The behaviorist turn in recent
theories of language. Behavior & Philosophy, 20 (1),
1-19. |
KIRBY, S. (2007). The evolution of language. In R. Dunbar
& L. Barrett, (Eds.), Oxford handbook of
evolutionary psychology (pp. 669-681). OUP
[PDF] |
|
|
DAMASIO, A.R.& DAMASIO, H. (1992). Brain and language.
Scientific American, 267, 89-95. |
DEHAENE, S. (2007). A few steps toward a science of mental
life. Journal Compilation, 1 (1), 28-47. [PDF] |
| |
ZIMMERMAN, F.J. (2007). Associations between media viewing
and language development in children under age 2 years. The
Journal of Pediatrics, 151 (4), 364-368. |
|
RICE, M.L. & BODE, J. (1993). GAPS in the verb
lexicons of children with specific language impairment. First
Language, 13, 113–131. |
BICKERTON, D. (2007). Language evolution : A brief guide
for linguists. Lingua, 117, 510-526. [PDF] |
|
SLOBIN, D.I. (1993). Adult language acquisition : A view
from child language study. In C. Perdue (Ed.), Adult
language acquisition : cross-linguistic perspectives (pp.
239-252). Cambridge : Cambridge University Press. |
SCHÖN, D., BOYER, M., MORENO, S., BESSON, M., PERETZ, I.
& KOLINSKY, R. (2008). Songs as an aid for language
acquisition. Cognition 106, 975-983. |
|
MARCUS, G.F. (1993). Negative evidence in language
acquisition. Cognition, 46, 53-85. |
CHRISTIANSEN, M.H. & CHATER, N. (2008). Language as
shaped by the brain. Behavioral & Brain Sciences,
31 (5), 489-509. |
|
CHOMSKY, N. (1993). Language and thought.
Wakefield, RI : Moyer Bell. |
FAUCONNIER, G. & TURNER, M. (2008). The origin of
language as a product of the evolution of double-scope
blending. Brain & Behavioral Sciences, 31,
520-521. [PDF] |
|
AIELLO. C. & DUNBAR, R.I.M. (1993). Neocortex size,
group size and the evolution of language. Current
Anthropology, 34, 184-193. |
ZIMMERMAN, F.J., GILKERSON, J., RICHARDS, J.A.,
CHRISTAKIS, D.A., XU, D., GRAY, S. & YAPANEL, U.
(2009). Teaching by listening : The importance of
adult-child conversations to language development. Pediatrics,
124 (1), 342-349. |
|
BATES, E. & CARNEVALE, G.F. (1993). New directions in
research on language development. Developmental
Review, 13, 436-470. |
KINSELLA, A. & MARCUS, G.F. (2009). Evolution,
perfection, and theories of language. Biolinguistics,
3 (2), 186-212. |
|
HARDIN, C. & BANAJI, M.R. (1993). The influence of
language on thought. Social Cognition, 11 (3),
277-308. [PDF]
|
PERLOVSKY, L.I. (2009). Language and emotions : Emotional
Sapir-Whorf hypothesis. Neural Networks, 22, 518-526.
[PDF] |
|
BERNSTEIN, D.K. & LEVEY, S. (2009). Language
development : A review. In D.K. Bernstein & E.
Tiegerman-Farber (Eds.), Language and communication
disorders in children (pp. 28-100). Boston, MA :
Allyn & Bacon. |
| |
PERLOVSKY, L.I. (2009). Language and cognition. Neural
Networks, 22 (3), 247-257.
[PDF] |
|
RUHLEN, M. (1994). The origin of language : Tracing
the evolution of the mother tongue. New York : John
Wiley & Sons. |
KAISER, A, HALLER, S., SCHMITZ, S. & NITSCH, C.
(2009). On sex/gender related similarities and differences
in fMRI language research. Brain Research Reviews, 61
(2), 49-59. [PDF] |
|
BLOOM, P. (Ed.) (1994). Language acquisition : Core
readings. Cambridge, MA : MIT Press. |
KUHL, P.K. (2010). Brain mechanisms in early language
acquisition. Neuron, 67, 713-727. [PDF] |
MILLS, S. & MULLANY, L. (2011). Language, gender and feminism. Theory, methodology and practice. London, UK : Routledge.
|
CRAIN, S. (1994). Language acquisition in the absence of
experience. Behavioral & Brain Sciences, 14
(4), 597-612. |
BORODITSKY, L. (2011). How language shapes thought. Scientif
American, 304 (2), 62-65. [PDF] |
|
CRAIN, S. (1994). Language acquisition in the absence of
experience. In P. Bloom (Ed.), Language acquisition :
Core readings (pp. 364-409). Cambridge, MA : MIT
Press. |
MILLS, S. & MULLANY, L. (2011). Language, gender and feminism. Theory, methodology and practice. London, UK : Routledge. |
| |
PERLOVSKY, L.I. & ILLIN, R. (2012). Brain. Conscious
and unconscious mechanisms of cognition, emotions, and
language. Brain Sciences, 2 (4), 790-834. [PDF] |
| |
HANZEL, I. (2012). Sue Savage-Rumbaugh's research into ape
language. Science and methodology. Organon F , 19 (2),
201-226. [PDF] |
|
CHOMSKY, N. (1994). Language and the problem of
knowledge : The Managua lectures. Cambridge. MA :
MIT Press. |
KUHL, P.K. & DAMASIO, A. (2012). Language. in E.R.
Kandel, J.H. Schwartz, T.M. Jessell, S. Siegelbaum &
J. Hudspeth (Eds.), Principles of neural science
(pp. 1353-1372). New York : McGraw Hill. |
|
KUHL, P.K. (1994). Learning and representation in speech
and language. Current Opinion in Neurobiology, 4,
812-822. |
YANG, C. (2013). Ontogeny and phylogeny of language. Proceedings
of the National Academy of Sciences U.S.A., 110,
6324-6327. [PDF] |
|
PINKER, S. (1994). The language instinct : The new
science of language and mind. Harmondsworth, UK :
Penguin. |
BERWICK, R.C., FRIEDERICI, A.D., CHOMSKY, N. &
BOLHUIS, J.J. (2013). Evolution, brain, and the nature of
language. Trends in Cognitive Sciences, 17 (2),
89-98. |
|
MILES, T.R. (1994). Ordinary language : The contributions
of Gilbert Ryle and John Austin to the experimental
analysis of behavior. Behavior Analyst, 7 (1),
25-33. [PDF] |
MODY, M., MANOACH, D.S., GUENTHER, F.H., KENET, T., BRUNO,
K.A., McDOUGLAS, C.J. & STIGLER, K.A. (2013). Speech
and language in autism spectrum disorder: a view through
the lens of behavior and brain imaging. Neuropsychiatry,
3 (2), 223–232. [PDF] |
|
SEIDENBERG, M.S. (1994). Language and connectionism : The
developing interface. Cognition, 50, 385-401. [PDF] |
LONGA, V.M. (2013). The evolution of the faculty of
language from a Chomskyan perspective : bridging
linguistics and biology. Journal of Anthropological
Sciences, 91, 1-48. [PDF] |
| |
BERWICK, R.C., FRIEDERICI, A.D., CHOMSKY, N. &
BOLHUIS, J.J. (2013). Evolution, brain, and the nature of
language. Trends in Cognitive Sciences, 17 (2),
89-98. [PDF] |
| |
PEMPEK, T.A., KIRKORIAN, H.L. & ANDERSON, D.R. (2014).
The impact of background television on the quality and
quantity of parents' child-directed language. Journal
of Children & Media, 8, 211-222 |
| |
PERLOVSKY, L. & SAKAI, K.L. (2014). Language and
cognition. Frontiers in Behavioral Neuroscience, 8
(1), 436. |
| |
DESCARRIES, F. (2014). Language is not neutral : The
construction of knowledge in the social sciences and
humanities. Signs : Journal of Women in Culture &
Society, 7 (3), 564-569. |
| |
LUPYAN, G. & BERGEN, M.B. (2015). How language
programs the mind. Topics in Cognitive Science, 8
(2), 1-17. [PDF]
|
|
WHITEHURST, G.J. & FISCHEL, J.E. (1994). Early
developmental language delay : What, if anything, should
the clinician do about it ? Journal of Child
Psychology & Psychiatry, 35, 613- 648. |
GERNSBACHER, M.A., MORSON, E.M. & GRACE, E.J. (2015).
Language development in autism. In G. Hichkok & S.
Small (Eds.), Neurobiology of language (pp.
879-886). Elsevier. [PDF]
|
| |
DÖRNYEI, Z., HENRY, A. & MUIR, C. (2016). Motivational
currents in language learning : Frameworks for focused
intervention. New York, NY : Routledge. |
| |
GERNSBACHER, M.A., MORSON, E.M. & GRACE, E.J. (2016).
Language and speech in autism. Annual Review of
Linguistics, 2, 413-425. |
| |
CRAIN, S., KORING, L. & THORTHON, R. (2017). Language
acquisition from a biolinguistic perspective. Neuroscience
& Biobehavioral Reviews, 81 (B), 120-149. |
|
|
|
|
Voir aussi Parler,
Autisme et Comportement
verbal |
|
|
Langage
(Apprentissage/Acquisition précoce) :
Accelerating language development.
| |
|
|
WHITEHURST, G.J. (1985). What is the role of reinforcement
in early language acquisition ? Child Development, 59
(2), 430-440. |
|
ARNOLD, D.S. & WHITEBURST, G.J. (1994). Accelerating
language development through picture book reading. In D.
Dickinson (Ed.), Bridges to literacy : Approaches to
supporting child and family literacy (pp. 103-128).
Cambridge, MA : Basil Blackwell. |
|
WHITEHURST, G.J., FALCO, F.L., LONIGAN, C., FISCHEL, J.E.,
DEBARYSHE, B.D., VALDEZ-MENCHACA, M.C. & CAUFIELD, M.
(1988). Accelerating language development through picture
book reading. Developmental Psychology, 24,
552-559. |
|
|
|
|
Langage : (Apprentissage/Acquisition tardive) :
= parler sur le tard.
Early developmental language delay, language delay.
| |
|
|
STEMMER, N. (1973). Language acquisition and classical
conditioning. Language & Speech, 16, 279-282. |
ROULSTONE, S., PETERS, T.J., GLOGOWSKA, M. & ENDERBY, P.A. (2003). 12-month follow-up of preschool children
investigating the natural history of speech and language
delay. Child : Care, Health & Development, 29
(4), 245-255. |
|
STEVENSON, J. & RICHMANM N. (1976). The prevalence of
language delay in a population of three-year-old children
and its association with general retardation.
Developmental Medicine & Child Neurology, 8
(4), 431-441. |
LAW, J., GARRERR, Z. & NYE, C. (2003). Speech and
language therapy interventions for children with primary
speech and language delay or disorder. Cochrane
Database of Systematic Reviews, 3. [PDF] |
|
COPLAN, J. (1985). Evaluation of the child with delayed
speech or language. Pediatric Annals, 14 (3),
203-208. |
AGIN, M.C. (2004). The "late talker" : When silence isn't
golden. Contemporary Pediatrics, 21, 22-32. |
|
WHITMAN, R.L. & SCHWARTZ, E.R. (1985). The
pediatrician's approach to the preschool child with
language delay. Clinical Pediatric, 24 (1),
26-31. |
KUHL, P.K. (2004). Early language acquisition : Cracking
the speech code. Nature Reviews Neuroscience, 5,
831-843. [PDF] |
|
FISCHEL, J.E., WHITEHURST, G.J., DEBARYSHE, B.D. &
CAUFIELD, M. (1987). Specific expressive language delay :
A longitudinal study. Pediatric Research, 21,
181A. |
PERRUCHET, P. (2005). Statistical approaches to language
acquisition and the self-organizing consciousness : A
reversal of perspective. Psychological Research, 69,
316-329. [PDF] |
|
SILVA, P.A., WILLIAMS, S. & McGEE, R. (1987). A
longitudinal study of children with developmental language
delay at age three : later intelligence, reading and
behaviour problems. Developmental Medicine &
Child Neurology, 29 (5), 630-640. |
PERRUCHET, P. & PEEREMAN, R. (2005). Apprendre sa
langue maternelle : Une question de statistique ? Pour
la Science, 327, 82-87. [PDF] |
|
STEMMER, N. (1989). Empiricist versus prototype theories
of language acquisition. Mind & Language, 4,
201-221. |
PERRUCHET, P. (2006). Discordes autour de l'acquisition du
langage. Les Dossiers de la Recherche, 22,
18-22. [PDF] |
|
WHITEHURST, G.J., FISCHEL, J.E. LONIGAN, C.J.,
VALDEZ-MEMCHACA, M.C., ARNOLD, D.S. & SMITH, M.
(1991). Treatment of expressive language delay : If, when
and how. Topics in Language Disorders, 11,
55-68. |
KUHL, P.K. (2010). Brain mechanisms in early language
acquisition. Neuron, 67, 713-727. [PDF] |
|
McRAE, K.M. & VICKAER, E. (1991). Simple developmental
speech delay : a follow-up study. Developmental
Medicine & Child Neurology, 33 (10), 868-874. |
|
|
RESCORLA, L., HADICKLE-WILEY, L. & ESCARCE, E. (1993).
Epidemiological investigation of expressive language delay
at age two. First Language, 13, 5-22. |
McLAUGHLIN, M.W. (2011). Speech and language delay in
children. American Family Physician, 83 (10),
1183-1188.
[PDF] |
|
WHITEHURST, G.J. & FISCHEL, J.E. (1994). Early
developmental language delay : What, if anything, should
the clinician do about it ? Journal of Child
Psychology & Psychiatry, 35, 613- 648. |
KUHL, P.K. (2011). Early language learning and literacy :
Neuroscience implications for education. Mind, Brain
& Education, 5 (3), 128-142. [PDF] |
|
SCARBOROUGH, H.S. & DOBRICH, W. (1990). Development of
children with early language delay. Journal of Speech
Language & Hearing Research, 3 (1), 70-83. |
DÖRNYEI, Z. & RYAN, S. (2015). The psychology of
the language learner revisited. New York :
Routledge. |
|
LEUNG, A.K. & KAO, CP. (1999). Evaluation and
management of the child with speech delay. American
Family Physician, 59 (11), 3121-3128. |
|
|
|
|
|
Voir aussi Apprentissage,
Langage,
Autisme,
Mutisme et FOXP2 |
| |
|
|
Langage
(Compéhension) : Capacité de comprendre
un langage, ses phrases,
ses mots. Language comprehension.
| |
|
|
LE NY, J.-F. et DENIS, M. (1980). Identification et
compréhension du langage naturel : Perspectives
cognitives. In J.-P. Haton, J.-M. Pierrel & P. Quinton
(Dirs.), Syntaxe et sémantique en compréhension de la
parole (p. 3-16). Actes du Séminaire organisé
par le GALF et l'AFCET. Paimpont. |
|
|
JUST, M.A. & CARPENTER, P.A. (1987). The
psychology of reading and language comprehension.
Boston : Allyn and Bacon. |
ZWAAN, R.A. & TAYLOR, L.J. (2006). Seeing, acting,
understanding : Motor resonance in language comprehension.
Journal of Experimental Psychology : General, 135 (1),
1-11. [PDF] |
|
GERNSBACHER, M.A. (1991). Cognitive processes and
mechanisms in language comprehension: The structure
building framework. In G.H. Bower (Ed.), The
psychology of learning and motivation (pp.
217-263). New York : Academic Press. |
YAXLEY, R.H. & ZWAAN, R.A. (2006). Simulating
visibility during language comprehension. Cognition,
105 (1), 229-236. |
|
ZWAAN, R.A. & RADVANSKY, G.A. (1998). Situation models
in language comprehension and memory. Psychological
Bulletin, 123, 16-185. |
|
|
LE NY, J.-F. (1989). Science cognitive et
compréhension du langage. Paris : Presses
Universitaires de France. |
|
|
ZWAAN, R.A. STANFIELD, R A. & YAXLEY, R.H. (2002).
Language comprehenders mentally represent the shape of
objects. Psychological Science, 13, 168-171 |
|
|
McKOON, G. & RATCLIFF, R. (2003). Meaning through
syntax : Language comprehension and the reduced relative
clause construction. Psychological Review, 110, 490-525. |
CONNELL, L. (2007). Representing object colour in language
comprehension. Cognition, 102, 476-485. |
|
ZWAAN, R.A., MADDEN, C.J., YAXLEY, R.H. & AVEYARD,
M.E. (2004). Moving words : Dynamic representations in
language comprehension. Cognitive Science, 28 (4),
611-619. [PDF] |
THOTHATHIRI, M. & SNEDEKER, J. (2008). Give and take :
Syntactic priming during spoken language comprehension. Cognition,
108 (1), 51-68. |
|
ZWAAN, R.A. (2004). The immersed experiencer: Toward an
embodied theory of language comprehension. In B.H. Ross
(Ed.), The psychology of learning and motivation
(Vol. 43, pp. 35-62). New York : Academic Press. |
PECHER, D., VAN DANTZIG, S., ZWAAN, R.A. & ZEELENBERG,
R. (2009). Language comprehenders retain implied shape and
orientation of objects. The Quarterly Journal of
Experimental Psychology, 62 (6), 1108-1114. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
Voir aussi Compréhension
de la parole, Compréhension
de la lecture et
Langage |
|
|
|
|
|
Langage
(Méta) : Élément du langage
qui a pour objet le langage lui-même, ses propriétés ou sa
signification, et non le réel. =
langage du langage.
| |
|
|
GOMBERT, J.-L. (1990). Le développement
métalinguistique. Paris : Presses Universitaires de
France. |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Langage |
|
|
Langage
(Para) :
|
Langage
artificiel : Logique (logique des ensembles, logique
floue, etc.) ou langage de programmation (C++, Pascal, Fortran,
Basic, Java, Html, etc.). /langage
naturel. Artificial language.
| |
|
|
KNOWLTON, B.J. & SQUIRE, L.R. (1994). The information
acquired during artificial grammar learning. JEP :
Learning, Memory & Cognition, 20, 79-91. |
|
STEELS, L. (2006). How to do experiments in artificial
language evolution and why. Proceedings of the 6th
International Conference EVOLANG6. World Scientific
Publishing Co. 323-332. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Langage |
|
|
Langage chez les animaux : Au sens strict, il n'y a pas de
langage chez les animaux,
car il n'y a pas de code lingusitique formel (alphabet, règes
grammaticales, etc) comme chez les humains. Il est préférable
d'utiliser le mot communication
pour désigner l'échange d'information entre
congénères.
| |
|
|
SAVAGE-RUMBAUGH, E.S., SEVCIK, R.A., RUMBAUGH, D.M. &
RUBERT, E. (1985). The capacity of animals to acquire
language Philosophical Transactions of the Royal
Society B, 368, 177-185. |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Animaux,
Communication
et Langage |
|
|
Langage
des signes : Langage des signes et Washoe.
American Sign
Language, ASL.
| |
|
|
GARDNER, R.A. & GARDNER, B.T. (1969). Teaching sign
language to a chimpanzee. Science, 165 (3894),
664-672. [PDF] |
|
BENAROYA, S., WESLEY, S., OGILVIE, H., KLEIN, L.S. &
MEANEY, M. (1977). Sign language and mutliisensory input
training of children with communication and related
developmental disorders. Journal of Autism &
Childhood Schizophrenia, 7, 23-31. |
|
FULWILLER, R.L. & FOUTS, R.S. (1976). Acquisition of
American Sign Language by a noncommunicating autistic
child. Journal of Autism & Childhood
Schizophrenia, 6, 43-51. |
|
BONVILLIAN, J.D. & NELSON, K.E. (1976). Sign language
acquisition in a mute autistic boy. Journal of Speech
& Hearing Disorders, 41, 339-347. |
|
CARR, E.G., BINKOFF, J.A., KOLOGINSKY, E. & EDDY, M.
(1978). Acquisition of sign language by autistic children.
I : Expressive labelling. Journal of Applied Behavior
Analysis, 11 (4), 489-501. [PDF] |
|
WILSON, M. & EMMOREY, K. (1997). A visuo-spatial
"phonological loop" in working memory : Evidence from
American Sign Language. Memory & Cognition, 25, 313-320.
[PDF] |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Langage |
|
|
Langage
égocentrique : Chez le jeune enfant,
tendance à ne parler que de soi, sans se soucier de la présence
des autres ou de leur point de vue (répétition, monologue,
fabulation).
|
|
|
Langage figuré: Niveau de langage qui consiste à utiliser des mots et des expressions hors de leur signification première ou littéral pour exprimer autre chose. EX: Il a un chat dans la gorge; Il a fait une erreur grave, son chien est mort.
Figurative language.
|
|
|
GLUCKSBERG, S. & McGLONE, M.S. (2001). Understanding figurative language : from metaphors to idioms. New York : Oxford University Press.
|
|
Voir aussi Langage |
|
|
Langage
formel : Niveau de langage qui
désigne des concepts ou des structures hypothétiques
non-observable. EX: Le chat est un mammifère,
la chaise a une forme postmoderne, cet homme souffre de
maniaco-dépression. /langage
empirique.
|
Langage
intentionnel : Intentional
language.
| |
|
|
HEYES, C.M. (1987). Contrasting approaches to the
legitimation of intentional language within comparative
psychology. Behaviorism, 15 (1), 41-50. [PDF]
|
|
Voir aussi Langage |
|
|
Langage
intérieur : Ce qu'un individu se dit ,
sans parler, de manière plus ou moins consciente. =
dialogue intérieur. Inner speech.
| |
|
| |
MIYAKE, A., EMERSON, M.J., PADILLA, F. & AHN, J.C.
(2004). Inner speech as a retrieval aid for task goals :
The effects of cue type and articulatory suppression in
the random task cuing paradigm. Acta Psychologica,
115 (2-3), 123-142. |
|
MORIN, A. & EVERETT, J. (1990). Inner speech as a
mediator of self-awareness, self-consciousness, and
self-knowledge : An hypothesis. New Ideas in
Psychology, 8 (3), 337-356. |
MORIN, A. (2005). Possible links between self-awareness
and inner speech : Theoretical background, underlying
mechanisms, and empirical evidence. Journal of
Consciousness Studies, 12 (4-5), 115-134. |
|
HITCH, G.J., HALLIDAY, M.S., SCHAAFSTAL, A.M. &
HEFFERNAN, T.E. (1991). Speech, "inner speech" and the
development of short-term memory : Effects of
picture-labelling on recall. Journal of Experimental
Child Psychology, 51, 220-234. |
EHRICH, J.F. (2006). Vygotskian inner speech and the
reading process. Australian Journal of Educational
& Developmental Psychology, 6, 12-25. |
|
MORIN, A. & EVERRET, J. (1991). Self-awareness and
"introspective" private speech in 6-year-old children. Psychological
Reports, 68, 1299-1306. [PDF] |
MORIN, A. (2009). Inner speech and conscious experience.
In. W. Banks (Ed.), Encyclopedia of consciousness
(pp.389-402). Oxford : Elsevier. |
| |
MARTINEZ-MANRIQUE, F. & VICENTE, A. (2010). «What
the...! » The role of inner speech in conscious thought.
Journal of Consciousness Studies, 17, 141-167. |
|
MORIN, A., EVERETT, J., TURCOTTE, I. & TARTIF, G.
(1993). Le dialogue intérieur comme médiateur cognitif de
la conscience de soi privée : Une mesure de l'activité de
se parler à soi- même à propos de soi et une étude. La
Revue Québécoise de Psychologie, 14 (2), 3-19. |
MORIN, A. (2012). Inner speech. In. W. Hirstein (Ed.), Encyclopedia
of human behavior (pp. 436-443). Elsevier. |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Parole
et Langage |
|
|
Langage logico-mathématique : Langage qui repose sur l'usage des symboles et la logique (raisonnement
hypothtico-déductif).
| |
| Langage
naturel |
Langage
logico-mathématique |
| Pierre
est plus grand que Jean, et Jean et plus grand que Serge,
donc Pierre est plus grand Serge |
P >
J > S |
|
|
|
Langage
naturel : Langage de tous les
jours, celui que l'on parle. EX: Le français et
l'anglais sont des langages naturels. C-EX: Le
c++ ou la logique des ensembles sont des langages artificiels.
/langage artificiel.
|
|
|
|
|
Lange
Carl Georg (1834-1900) : Physiologiste
danois. Il a développé une théorie
des émotions en collaboration avec James.
Selon lui, nos émotions
sont une réponse aux changements
physiologiques subies par notre corps. L'émotion est donc la
perception/interprétation de nos changements corporels. EX:
On est triste (émotion) parce que l'on pleure (réponse
physiologique); on a peur (émotion)
parce que l'on tremble (réponse physiologique), et non l'inverse.
|
LANGE, C.G. (1887). Eine psycho-physiologische Studie. In
J. Rand (Ed.) (1912). The classical psychologists (pp.
672-684). Boston : Houghton Mifflin. |
| |
| |
| |
| |
|
|
|
Langer
Ellen J. (1947-) : Psychologue
cognitiviste
américaine spécialisée dans l'étude du contrôle
et de l'illusion de
contrôle. On lui doit le concept
d'esprit passif. Étudiante d'Abelson
et collaboratrice de Dweck,
Rodin et Schank.
 |
LANGER, E. & DWECK, C. (1973). Personal politics.
New Jersey : Prentice-Hall. |
|
LANGER, E.J. & ABELSON, R.P. (1974). A patient by any
other name... : Clinician group differences in labeling
bias. Journal of Consulting & Clinical
Psychology, 42, 4-9. |
|
LANGER, E. & RODIN, J. (1976). The effects of choice
and enhanced personal reponsibility for the aged : A field
experiment in an institutional setting. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 34
(2),191-198. |
|
LANGER, E. (1989). Mindfulness. Reading, MA :
Addison-Wesley. |
|
LANGER, E. (1997). The power of mindful learning.
Reading, MA : Addison-Wesley. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Langevin
Hélène M. ( ) : Neuroanatomiste
québécoise et spécialiste de l'étude de
l'acupuncture.
|
LANGEVIN, H.M. & VAILLANCOURT, P.D. (1999).
Acupuncture : does it work and, if so, how ? Seminars
in Clinical Neuropsychiatry, 4, 167-175. |
|
LANGEVIN, H.M., CHURCHILL, D.L., FOX, J.R., BADGER, G.J.,
GARRA, B.S. & KRAG, M.H. (2001). Biomechanical
response to acupuncture needling in humans. Journal of
Applied Physiology, 91, 2471-2478. [PDF] |
|
LANGEVIN, H.M. & YANDOW, J.A. (2002). Relationship of
acupuncture points and meridians to connective tissue
planes. The Anatomical Record, 269, 257-265. [PDF] |
|
LANGEVIN, H.M. (2006). Connective tissue : A body-wide
signaling network ? Medical Hypotheses, 66 (6),
1074-1077. |
|
LANGEVIN, H.M. & SHERMAN, K.J. (2007).
Pathophysiological model for chronic low back pain
integrating connective tissue and nervous system
mechanisms. Medical Hypotheses, 68, 74-80. |
|
|
|
Langfeld Herbert Sidney (Philadelphie 1879-1959 Princeton) :
Psychologue américain, spécialisé dans l'étude de la conscience
et des émotions. Président
de l'APA en 1930. Étudiant de Stumpf.
Professeur et collaborateur d'Allport.
 |
LANGFELD, H.S. & ALLPORT, F.H. (1916). An
elementary laboratory course in psychology. Boston
: Houghton Mifflin Company. |
|
LANGFELD, H.S. (1918). Judgments of facial expression and
suggestion. Psychological Review, 25, 488-494. |
|
LANGFELD, H.S. (1918-1919). The judgment of emotions from
facial expressions. Journal of Abnormal Psychology,
13, 172-184. |
|
LANGFELD, H.S. (1945). Introduction to symposium on
operationism. Psychological Review, 52, 241-248. |
|
|
|
Langley
John D. ( ) : Psychologue
néo-zélandais et sécialiste de la prévention des accidents et des
blessures. Il
est l'un des principaux auteur de la
recheche longitudinale de Dunedin. Collaborateur de Moffitt
et Poulton.
|
LANGLEY, J.D., DAVIE, G.S. & SIMPSON, J.C. (2007).
Quality of hospital discharge data for injury prevention.
Injury Prevention, 13, 42-44. |
|
LANGLEY, J.D., CRYER, C. & DAVIE, G. (2008). NZ
Government's trend analysis of hospitalised self-harm is
misleading. Australian & New Zealand Journal of
Public Health, 32 (2), 162-166. |
|
LANGLEY, J.D., BEGG, D., SAMARANAYAKA, A., BROOKLAND, R.
& WEISS, H.P. (2013). Unsupervised driving by learner
licence holders : Associated characteristics and crash
risk. Accident Analysis & Prevention, 60,
24-30. |
|
LANGLEY, J.D., LILLEY, R., WILSON, S., DERRETT, S.,
SAMARANAYAKA, A., DAVIE, G., WYETH, E.H., HANSEN, B.
(2014). Factors associated with non-participation in one
or two follow-up phases in a cohort study of injured
adults. Injury Prevention, 19, 428-433. |
|
LANGLEY, J., LILLEY, R., SAMARANAYAKA, A. & DERRETT,
S. (2014). Work status and disability trajectories over 12
months after injury among workers in New Zealand. New
Zealand Medical Journal, 127 (1390), 53-60. |
|
|
|
Langlois
Judith ( ) : Psychologue
cognitiviste
américaine et spécialiste de l'étude du développement
des enfants, notamment de
la catégorisation et
de l'attirance à l'égard des visages.
Collaboratrice de Vaughn
et Zebrowitz.
|
LANGLOIS, J.H. & STYCZYSKI, L.E. (1979). The effects
of physical attractiveness on the behavioral attributions
and peer preferences of acquainted children. International
Journal of Behavioral Development, 2, 325-341. |
|
LANGLOIS, J.H., ROGGMAN, L.A. & RIESER-DANNER, L.A.
(1990). Infants' differential social responses to
attractive and unattractive faces, Developmental
Psychology, 26 (1), 153-159. [PDF] |
|
LANGLOIS, J.H., RITTER, J.M., ROGGMAN, L.A. & VAUGHN,
L.S. (1991). Facial diversity and infant preferences for
attractive faces. Developmental Psychology, 27 (1),
79-84. [PDF]
|
|
LANGLOIS, J.H., ROGGMAN, L.A. & MUSSELMAN, L. (1994).
What is average and what is not average about attractive
faces ? Psychological Science, 5, 214-220. [PDF]
|
|
LANGLOIS, J.H., KALAKANIS, L., RUBENSTEIN, A.J., LARSON,
A., HALLAM, M. & SMOOT, M. (2000). Maxims or myths of
beauty ? A meta-analytic and theoretical review. Psychological
Bulletin, 127, 390-423.
[PDF] |
|
|
|
Langone
Michael D. ( ) : Psychosociologue
américain spécialisé dans l'étude des
sectes, de la manipulation
des individus et de leur déprogrammation.
|
LANGONE, M. (1993). Recovery from cults : help for
victims of psychological and spiritual abuse. New
York : W.W. Norton. |
|
LANGONE, M. (1989). Beware of "new age" solutions to age
old Problems. Business & Society Review, 69,
39-42. |
|
CLARK, J.G., LANGONE, M.D., SCHECTER, R.E. & DALY,
R.C.B. (1981). Destructive cult conversion : Theory,
research, and treatment. Bonita Springs, FL :
American Family Foundation. |
|
LANGONE, M. (1983). Treatment of individuals and families
troubled by cult involvement. Update, 7, 27-38. |
|
LANGONE, M. (1984). Deprogramming : An analysis of
parental questionnaires. Cultic Studies Journal, 1,
63-78. |
|
|
|
Langthorne
Paul ( ) : Psychologue
cognitivo-béhavioriste
anglais et spécialiste de l'étude de la relation
motivation- comportement.
Collaborateur de McGill et
O'Reilly.
|
LANGTHORNE, P., McGILL, P. & O'REILLY, M.F. (2007).
Incorporating motivation into the functional analysis of
challenging behavior : On the interactive and integrative
potential of the motivating operation. Behavior
Modification, 31 (4), 466-487. |
|
LANGTHORNE, P. & McGILL, P. (2009). A tutorial on the
concept of the motivating operation and its importance to
application. Behavior Analysis in Practice, 2,
22-31. [PDF] |
|
LANGTHORNE, P., McGILL, P., O'REILLY, M.F., LANG, R.,
MACHALICEK, W., CHAN, J.M. & RISPOLI. M. (2011).
Examining the Function of Problem Behavior in Fragile X
Syndrome : Preliminary Experimental Analysis. American
Journal on Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities,
116 (1), 65-80 |
|
LANGTHORNE, P. & McGILL, P. (2012). An indirect
examination of the function of problem behavior associated
with fragile X syndrome and Smith-Magenis syndrome. Journal
of Autism & Developmental Disorders, 42, 201-209. |
|
LANGTHORNE, P., McGILL, P. & OLIVER, C. (2013). The
motivating operation and negatively reinforced problem
behavior : A systematic review. Behavior Modification,
38 (1), 107-159. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Language
& Cognitive Processes : Revue
scientifique de psychologie
qui consacre ses pages à l'étude du langage
et aux processus cognitifs
sous-jacents.
KIDD, E., BRANDT, S., LIEVEN, E. & TOMASELLO, M.
(2007). Object relatives made easy: A cross-linguistic
comparison of the constraints influencing young
children's processing of relative clauses. Language
& Cognitive Processes, 22 (6), 860 897. [PDF]
|
| |
|
|
|
|
Language,
Speech & Hearing Services in Schools : Revue
scientifique multidisciplinaire. Éditeur : American
Speech-Language-Hearing Association.
KOEGEL, L.K., KOEGEL, R.L., FREA, W.D. &
GRENN-HOPKINS, I. (2003). Priming as a method of
coordinating educational services for students with
autism. Language, Speech & Hearing Services in
Schools, 34, 228-235. [PDF]
|
| |
|
|
Langue
: Le mot a deux acceptions complémentaires : a)
Il désigne au sens premier un organe
situé dans la cavité buccale de plusieurs animaux, notamment les
oiseaux et les mammifères,
qui permet notamment de goûter, d'avaler
et de produire des sons. b) Variation du
langage humain. Pour Skinner,
le langage est un ensemble de comportements
verbaux, tandis que la langue est l'ensemble des contingences
(de la communauté
verbale) qui façonnent
et maintiennent ces comportements.
| |
|
| a |
|
ANISFLED, M. (1996). Only tongue protruding modeling is
matched by neonates. Developmental Review, 16,
149-161. |
|
|
Voir aussi Organe |
| b |
|
SKINNER, B.F. (1957). Verbal behavior. New York
: Appleton-Century-Crofts. |
|
CHIAPPE, P. & SIEGEL, L.S. (2006). A longitudinal
study of reading development of Canadian children from
diverse linguistic backgrounds. The Elementary School
Journal, 107 (2), 136-152. [PDF] |
|
LOUIS, W.R. &
TAYLOR, D.M. (2001). When the survival of a language is at
stake. Journal of Language & Social Psychology,
20, 111-143. |
|
|
Voir aussi Langage
et Comportement
verbal |
|
|
|
Langue
autochtone : Ensemble des
langues parlées (mais rarement écrites) par les Autochtones,
notamment au Québec. Aboriginal
language.
| |
|
|
WRIGHT, S.C., TAYLOR, D.M. & MACARTHUR J. (2000).
Subtractive bilingualism and the survival of the Inuit
language : Heritage-versus second-language education. Journal
of Educational Psychology, 92, 63-84. |
|
|
TAYLOR, D.M., CAOUETTE, J., USBORNE, E. & WRIGHT, S.C.
(2008). Aboriginal languages in Québec : Fighting
linguicide with bilingual education. Diversité
Urbaine, 8, 69-90. |
USBORNE, E., CAOUETTE, J., QUMAALUK, Q. & TAYLOR, D.M.
(2009). Bilingual education in an Aboriginal context :
Examining the transfer of language skills from Inuktitut
to English or French. International Journal of
Bilingual Education & Bilingualism, 12,
667-684. |
|
TAYLOR, D.M., USBORNE, E. & De la SABLONNIÈRE, R.
(2008). Bilingual education in Aboriginal communities
: Towards a vibrant Aboriginal identity. In Encyclopedia
of language and literacy development. Canadian
Language and Literacy Research Network. |
|
|
|
|
Voir aussi Langue et Autochtone |
|
|
Langue
de bois : Façon de parler
et d'écrire qui consiste à
choisir ses mots pour éviter
de choquer ou de prêter flanc à la critique, et ainsi convaincre
autrui en cachant ses véritables intentions ou idées
(rhétorique). EX: On utilise le mot "défi" à la
place de "problème" pour masquer ou travestir une réalité
inquiétante ou désagréable, que l'on refuse d'admettre. =
xyloglossie, parler pour rien dire, bla, bla, bla. Langue de bois,
populisme et rectitude
politique. Wooden language.
|
Langue
maternelle : Première langue
acquise par un enfant,
habituellement dès sa naissance
(d'où le mot maternel). Mother tongue, first
language.
| |
|
|
BROWN, R. (1973). A first language. Boston, MA :
Harvard University Press. |
RENSMAN, T. (1995). French in Paris - Dutch in Gouda.
Comparison of two practices of mother tongue education.
Nijmegen : IMEN. |
|
CORDER, S.P. (1983). A role for the mother tongue. In S.M.
Gass & L. Selinker (Eds.), Language transfer in
language learning (pp. 18-31). Philadelphia, PA :
John Benjamins North America. |
HAUEIS, E., KROON, S. & VAN DE VEN, P.-H. (Eds.)
(1999). Research in mother tongue education in a
comparative perspective. Nijmegen : IMEN. |
|
HERRLITZ, W., KAMER, A., KROON, S., PETERSE, H. &
STURM, J. (Eds.) (1984). Mother tongue education in
Europe. A survey of standard language teaching in nine
european countries. Studies in mother tongue education
1. Enschede : SLO. |
FITCH, W.T. (2004). Kin selection and "mother tongues" : A
neglected component in language evolution. In D. Kimbrough
Oller and Ulrike Griebel (Eds.), Evolution of
communication systems : A comparative approach (pp.
275-296). Cambridge, MA : MIT Press. |
|
GAGNÉ, G., DAEMS, F., KROON, S., STURM, J. & TARRAB,
E. (Eds.) (1987). Selected papers in mother tongue
education. Dordrecht : Foris. / Études en
pédagogie de la langue maternelle. Montréal :
Centre de Diffusion. |
|
|
WRIGHT, R. (1991). Quest for the mother tongue. Atlantic
Monthly, 267, 39-68. |
|
|
GAGNÉ, G. & PURVES, A.C. (Eds.) (1993). Papers in
mother tongue education 1 : Mother Tongue Education
Research Series, vol. 1. New York : Waxman. /
Études en pédagogie de la langue maternelle 1.
Münster. |
CHIAPPE, P. & SIEGEL, L.S. (2006). A longitudinal
study of reading development of Canadian children from
diverse linguistic backgrounds. The Elementary School
Journal, 107 (2), 136-152. [PDF] |
|
RUHLEN, M. (1994). The origin of language : Tracing
the evolution of the mother tongue. New York : John
Wiley & Sons. |
|
|
|
|
Voir aussi Langue seconde et
Langue |
|
|
Langue
seconde : Qui parle deux langues
- sa langue
maternelle et une seconde langue - sans nécessairement les
maîtriser (fluidité). =
bilinguisme, polyglotte, langue étrangère.
bilingualism,
second language,
foreign language.
| |
|
|
DUNKEL H. (1948). Second language learning.
Boston : Ginn & Company. |
PIATTELLI-PALMARINI, M. (2000). Speaking in too many
tongues. Nature, 408, 403-404. |
|
GARDNER, R.C. & LAMBERT, W.E. (1959). Motivational
variables in second language acquisition. Canadian
Journal of Psychology, 13, 266-272. |
HAMERS, J. & MICHEL H. & BLANC, A. (2000).
Bilinguality and bilingualism. Cambridge :
Cambridge University Press |
|
LAMBERT, W.E., HAVELKA, J. & GARDNER, R.C. (1960).
Linguistic manifestations of bilingualism. The
American Journal of Psychology, 72, 77-82. |
GARCIA G.E. (2000). Bilingual children’s reading, in M.L.
Kamil, P.B. Mosenthal, P.D. Pearson, P.D. et R. Barr
(Dirs.), Handbook of reading research (Vol. 3,
pp. 813-834). Mahwah : Lawrence Erlbaum Associate |
|
LAMBERT, W.E., GARDNER, R.C., BARIK, H.C. & TUNSTALL,
K. (1963). Attitudinal and cognitive aspects of intensive
study of a second language. Journal of Abnormal &
Social Psychology, 66, 358-368. |
|
|
LAMBERT, W.E., HAVELKA, J. GARDNER, R.C., BARIK, H.C.
& TUNSTALL, K. (1963). Attitudinal and cognitive
aspects of intensive study of a second language. Journal
of Abnormal & Social Psychology, 66, 358-368. |
|
|
GARDNER, R.C. & LAMBERT, W.E. (1965). Language
aptitude, intelligence, and second-language achievement. Journal
of Educational Psychology, 56, 191-199. |
|
|
ROCHA, E., SILVA, M.L. & FERSTER, C.B. (1966). An
experiment in teaching a second language. International
Review of Applied Linguistics, 4, 85-113. |
NOELS, K.A., PELLETIER L.G., CLÉMENT, R. & VALLERAND,
R.J. (2000). Why are you learning a second language ?
Motivational orientations and self-determination theory. Language
Learning, 50, 57-85. [PDF] |
|
GARDNER, R.C. (1966). Motivational variables in
second-language learning. International Journal of
American Linguistics, 32, 24-44. |
HERNANDEZ, A.E., SIERRA, I. & BATES, E. (2000).
Sentence interpretation in bilingual and monolingual
Spanish speakers : Grammatical processing in a monolingual
mode. Spanish Applied Linguistics, 4 (2),
179-213. |
|
ASHER, J. & GARCIA, R. (1969). The optimal age to
learn a foreign language. Modern Language Journal,
53, 334-341. |
HAGÈGE, C. (2001). Halte à la mort des langues.
Éditions Odile Jacob. |
|
SWAIN, M. (1977). Bilingualism, monolingualism, and code
acquisition. In W. Mackey & T. Andersson (Eds.), Bilingualism
in early childhood (pp. 28-35). Rowley, MA :
Newbury House. |
TSE, L. (2001). Resisting and reversing language shift :
Heritage-language resilience among U.S. native bilinguals.
Harvard Educational Review, 71 (4), 676-705. |
|
BIALYSTOK, E. (1978). A theoretical model of second
language learning. Language Learning, 28, 69-84. |
RAYNER, K., FOORMAN, B.R., PERFETTI, E., PESETSKY, D.
& SEIDENBERG, M.S. (2001). How psychological science
informs the teaching of reading. Psychological Science
in the Public Interest, 2, 31-74. [PDF] |
|
CANALE, M., MOUGEON, R. & BENIAK, É. (1978).
Acquisition of some grammatical elements in English and
French by monolingual and bilingual Canadian students.
La Revue Canadienne des Langues Vivantes, 34 (3),
505-524. |
GREEN, D.W. & PRICE, C.J. (2001). Functional imaging
in the study of recovery patterns in bilingual aphasics. Biilingualism
: Language & Cognition, 4, 191-201. |
|
CUMMINS, J. (1979). Linguistic interdependence and the
educational development of bilingual children. Review
of Educational Research, 49, 222-251. |
KLEIN, D., MILNER, B., ZATORRE, R.J., VISCA, R. &
OLIVIER, A. (2002). Cerebral organization in a
right-handed trilingual patient with right-hemisphere
speech : A PET study. Neurocase : Special Edition. |
|
REDINGER, W. & PARK, T. (1980). Language mixing in
young bilinguals. Journal of Child Language, 7,
337-352. |
BATTLE, D. (2002). Language development and disorders in
culturally and linguistically diverse children. In D.
Bernstein & E. Tiegerman-Farber (Eds.), Language
and communication in children (pp.354-386). Boston:
Allyn & Bacon. |
|
GARDNER, R.C. & DESROCHERS, A.M. (1981).
Second-language acquisition and bilingualism : Research in
Canada (1970-1980). Canadian Psychology, 22, 146-162. |
SCHEFFNER-HAMMER, C.S., MICCIO, A.W. & WAGSTAFF,
D.A. (2003). Home literacy experiences and their
relationship to bilingual preschoolers' developing
English literacy abilities: an initial investigation. Language,
Speech, & Hearing in Schools, 34, 20-30. |
|
BIALYSTOK, E. (1981). The role of linguistic knowledge in
second language use. Studies in Second Language
Acquisition, 4, 31-45. |
PETITTO, L.-A. & DUNBAR, K. (2004). New findings from
educational neuroscience on bilingual brains, scientific
brains, and the educated mind. In K. Fischer & T.
Katzir (Eds.), Building usable knowledge in mind,
brain and education. Cambridge University Press. [PDF] |
|
|
HAGÈGE, C. (1982). La structure des langues.
Paris : Que sais-je/Presses Universitaires de France. |
BIALYSTOK, E. & MARTIN, M.M. (2004). Attention and
inhibition in bilingual children : Evidence from the
dimensional change card sort task. Developmental
Science, 7 (3), 325-339. [PDF] |
|
GENESEE, F. (1985). Second-language learning through
immersion : A review of U.S. programs. Review of
Educational Research, 55, 541-561. |
RANSDELL, S. (2004), The care and feeding of monolingual
and bilingual university students in South Florida :
implications for assessment and training. Psychology
Learning & Teaching, 3 (2), 126-130. |
|
GREEN, D.W. (1986). Control, activation and resource: a
framework and a model for the control of speech in
bilinguals. Brain & Language, 27, 210-223. |
BALAGUER, R.D.D., COSTA, A., SEBASTIAN-GALLES, N.,
JUNCADELLA, M. & CARAMAZZA, A. (2004). Regular and
irregular morphology and its relation with agrammatism :
Evidence from two Spanish-Catalan bilinguals. Brain
& Language, 91, 212-222. |
|
DURGUNOGLU, A. & ROEDIGER, H.L. (1987). Test
differences in accessing bilingual memory. Journal of
Memory & Language, 26, 377-391. [PDF] |
SWANSON, H.L., SAEZ, L., GERBER, M. & LEFSTEAD, J.
(2004). Literacy and cognitive functioning in bilingual
and nonbilingual children at or not at risk for reading
disabilities. Journal of Educational Psychology, 96 (1),
3-18. |
|
GAONAC'H, D. (1987). Théories d'apprentissage et
acquisition d'une langue étrangère. Paris :
Crédif-Hatier. |
MARIAN, V. & KAUSHANSKAYA, M. (2004). Self-construal
and emotion in bicultural bilinguals. Journal of
Memory & Language 51, 190-201. [PDF] |
|
GROSJEAN, F. (1989). Neurolinguists, beware! The bilingual
is not two monolinguals in one person. Brain &
Language, 36, 3-15. |
HERNANDEZ, A.E., LI, P. & MacWHINNEY, B. (2005). The
emergence of competing modules in bilingualism. Trends
in Cognitive Sciences, 9, 220-225. [PDF] |
|
GARDNER, R.C. & LYSYNCHUK, L.M. (1990). The role of
aptitude, attitudes, motivation and language use on
second-language acquisition and retention. Canadian
Journal of Behavioural Science, 22, 254-270. |
BIALYSTOK, E., LUK, G. & KWAN, E. (2005).
Bilingualism, biliteracy, and learning to read :
Interactions among languages and writing systems. Scientific
Studies of Reading, 9 (1), 43-61. [PDF] |
|
DÖRNYEI, Z. (1990). Conceptualizing motivation in
foreign-language learning. Language Learning, 40, 45-78.
|
DÖRNYEI, Z. (2005). The psychology of the language
learner: Individual differences in second language
acquisition. Mahwah, NJ : Lawrence Erlbaum. |
|
YOUNG, M.Y. & GARDNER, R.C. (1990). Modes of
acculturation and second language proficiency.
Canadian Journal of Behavioural Science, 22, 59-71. |
MASOURA, E.V. & GATHERCOLE, S.E. (2005). Contrasting
contributions of phonological short-term memory and
long-term knowledge to vocabulary learning in a foreign
language. Memory, 13 (3/4), 422-429. [PDF] |
|
SCHMIDT, R.W. (1990). The role of consciousness in second
language learning. Applied Linguistics, 11 (2),
129-158.
[PDF] |
AUGUST, D. & SHANAHAN, T. (2006). Developing
literacy in second-language learners : Report of the
National Literacy Panel on language-minority children
and youth. Mahwah, NJ : Erlbaum. |
|
O'MALLEY, J.M. & CHAMOT, A. U. (1990). Learning
strategies in second language acquisition. New York
: Cambridge University Press. |
HAGÈGE, C. (2006). Combat pour le français : au nom
de la diversité des langues et des cultures.
Éditions Odile Jacob. |
|
CUMMINS, J. (1991). Interdependence of first and second
language proficiency in bilingual children, in E.
Bialystock (Dir.), Language processing in bilingual
children : 70-89. Cambridge : Cambridge University
Press. |
FINKBEINER, M., GOLLAN, T. & CARAMAZZA, A. (2006).
Bilingual lexical access : What's the (hard) problem ? Bilingualism
: Language & Cognition, 9 (2), 153-166. |
|
WONG-FILLMORE, L. (1991). When learning a second language
means losing the first. Early Childhood Research
Quarterly, 6, 323-346. |
WALQUI, A. (2006). Scaffolding instruction for english
language learners : A conceptual framework. The
International Journal of Bilingual Education &
Bilingualism, 9 (2), 159-179. [PDF] |
|
GARDNER, R.C. (1991). Second-language learning in adults :
Correlates of proficiency. Applied Language Learning,
2, 1-26. |
FRANCIS, D.J., LESAUX, N. & AUGUST, D. (2006).
Language of instruction. In D. August & T. Shanahan
(Eds.), Developing literacy in second-language
learners : Report of the National Literacy Panel on
language-minority children and youth (pp. 365-413).
Mahwah, NJ : Erlbaum. |
|
ELLEY, W.B. (1991). Acquiring literacy in a second
language : The effect of book-based programs. Language
Learning, 41 (3), 375-411. |
FINKBEINER, M., ALMEIDA, J., JANSSEN, N. & CARAMAZZA,
A. (2006). Lexical selection in bilingual speech
production does not involve language suppression.
Journal of Experimental Psychology : Learning, Memory
& Cognition, 32 (5), 1075-1089. |
|
DIAZ, R. & KLINGLER, C. (1991). Towards an explanatory
model of the interaction between bilingualism and
cognitive development. In E. Bialystok (Ed.), Language
processing in bilingual children (pp. 167-192).
Cambridge : Cambridge University Press. |
MASON, B. (2006). Free voluntary reading and autonomy in
second language acquisition : Improving TOEFL scores from
reading alone. International Journal of Foreign
Language Teaching, 2 (1), 2-5. |
|
GROSJEAN, F. & PY, B. (1991). La restructuration d'une
première langue : l'intégration de variantes de contact
dans la compétence de migrants bilingues. La
Linguistique, 27, 35-60. |
SWANSON, H.L., SAEZ, L. & GERBER, M. (2006). Growth in
literacy and cognition in bilingual children at risk for
reading disabilities. Journal of Educational
Psychology, 98, 247-264. [PDF] |
|
GARDNER, R.C., DAY, B. & MACINTYRE, P.D. (1992).
Integrative motivation, induced anxiety, and language
learning in a controlled environment. Studies in
Second Language Acquisition, 14, 197-214. |
GOLDSTEIN, B.A. & FABIANO, L. (2007). Assessment and
intervention for bilingual children with phonological
disorders. The ASHA Leader, 12 (2), 6-31. [LIRE] |
|
BIRDSONG, D. (1992). Ultimate attainment in second
language acquisition. Language, 68, 706-755. |
BIALYSTOK, E. (2007). Language acquisition and
bilingualism : Consequences for a multilingual society.
Applied Psycholinguistics, 28, 393-397. |
|
LIU, H., BATES, E. & LI, P. (1992). Sentence
interpretation in bilingual speakers of English and
Chinese. Applied Psycholinguistics, 13, 451-484. |
BOURHIS, R.Y., MONTARULI, E. & AMIOT, C.E. (2007).
Language planning and French-English bilingual
communication : Montreal field studies from 1977 to 1997.
International Journal of the Sociology of Language,
185, 187-224. |
|
GARDNER, R.C. & MACINTYRE, P.D. (1993). On the
measurement of affective variables in second language
learning. Language Learning, 43, 157-194. |
CHIANG, P-Y. & RVACHEW, S. (2007). English-French
bilingual children's phonological awareness and vocabulary
skills. Canadian Journal of Applied Linguistics, 10
(30), 293-308. [PDF] |
BAHRICK, H.P., BAHRICK, L.E., BAHRICK, A.S. & BAHRICK,
P.E. (1993). Maintenance of foreign language vocabulary
and the spacing effect. Psychological Science, 4,
316- 321.
|
GODSTEIN, B.A. & FABIANO, L. (2007). Assessment and
intervention for bilingual children with phonological
disorders. The ASHA Leader, 12 (2), 6-31. [LIRE]
|
|
DÖRNYEI, Z. (1994). Motivation and motivating in the
foreign language classroom. Modern Language Journal,
78, 273-284. |
BIALYSTOK, E., CRAIK, F.I.M. & FREEDMAN, M. (2007).
Bilingualism as a protection against the onset of symptoms
of dementia. Neuropsychologia, 45, 459-464. [PDF] |
|
|
|
MACINTYRE, P.D. & GARDNER, R.C. (1994). The subtle
effects of language anxiety on cognitive processing in the
second language. Language Learning, 44, 283-305. |
IONIN, T., ZUBIZARETTA, M.L. & MALDANOS, S.B. (2008).
Sources of linguistic knowledge in the second language
acquisition of english articles. Lingua 118,
554-576. [PDF] |
|
BAHRICK, H.P., HALL, L.K., GOGGIN, J.P., BAHRICK, L.E.
& BERGER, S.A. (1994). Fifty years of language
maintenance and language dominance in bilingual Hispanic
immigrants. Journal of Experimental Psychology :
General, 123, 264-283. |
GREEN, D.W. (2008). Bilingual aphasia : Adapted language
networks and their control. Annual Review of Applied
Linguistics, 28, 25-48. [PDF] |
|
GARDNER, R.C., MACINTYRE, P.D. & LALONDE, R.N. (1995).
The effects of multiple social categories on stereotyping.
Canadian Journal of Behavioural Science, 27,
466-483. |
TAYLOR, D.M., USBORNE, E. & DE LA SABLONIÈRE, R.
(2008). Bilingual education in Aboriginal communities :
Towards a vibrant Aboriginal identity /L'enseignement
bilingue dans les collectivités autochtones. Encyclopedia
of language and literacy development. Canadian Language
and Literacy Research Network. [PDF] |
|
FLEGE, J. (1995). Second-language speech learning :
Theory, findings, and problems. In W. Strange (Ed.), Speech
perception and linguistic experience : Issues in
cross-language research (pp. 229-273). Timonium,
MD : York Press. |
BIALYSTOK, E., CRAIK, F.I.M. & LUK, G. (2008).
Cognitive control and lexical access in younger and older
bilinguals. Journal of Experimental Psychology
Learning Memory & Cognition, 34, 859-873. |
|
|
HERNANDEZ, A.E., BATES, E. & AVILA, L.X. (1996).
Processing across the language boundary : A cross-modal
priming study of Spanish-English bilinguals. Journal
of Experimental Psychology : Learning, Memory &
Cognition, 22 (4), 846-864. [PDF] |
KROLL J.F., BOBB, S.C., MISRA, M.M. & GUO, T. (2008).
Language selection in bilingual speech : Evidence for
inhibitory processes. Acta Psychologica, 128,
416-430. [PDF] |
|
KRAUSE, M.A. (1997). Evolutionary psychology, adaptation,
and the evoltion of language : Is there a need for
comparsion. International Journal of Comparative
Psychology, 10 (4), 180-195.
[PDF] |
KROLL, J.F. (2009). The consequences of bilingualism for
the mind and the brain. Psychological Science in the
Public Interest, 10 (3), 1-2. [PDF] |
|
BAKER, C. & PRYS JONES, S.P. (1998). Encyclopedia
of bilingualism and bilingual education. Clevedon :
Multilingual Matters. |
KOVACS, A.M. & MEHLER, J. (2009). Flexible learning of
multiple speech structures in bilingual infants. Science,
325, 611-612. [PDF] |
|
GROSJEAN, F. (1998). Studying bilinguals : Methodological
and conceptual issues. Bilingualism, Language &
Cognition, 1, 131-149. |
HERNANDEZ, A.E. (2009). Language switching in the
bilingual brain : What's next ? Brain & Language,
109, 133-140. [PDF] |
|
DROOP, M. & VERHOEVEN, L. (1998). Background
knowledge, linguistic complexity, and second-language
reading comprehension. Journal of Literacy Research,
30, 253-271. [PDF] |
BIALYSTOK, E. (2009). L'acquisition d'une deuxième langue,
le bilinguisme pendant la petite enfance et leur impact
sur le développement cognitif précoce. Dans R.E. Tremblay,
R.G Barr et RDeV, Peter (Dirs.), Encyclopédie sur le
développement des jeunes enfants (p. 1.-5).
Montréal, Québec : Centre d'excellence pour le
développement des jeunes enfant. [PDF] |
|
DÖRNYEI, Z. (1998). Motivation in second and foreign
language learning. Language Teaching, 31, 117-135. |
BIALYSTOK, E. (2011). Global-local and trail-making tasks
by monolingual and bilingual children : Beyond inhibition.
Developmental Psychology, 46 (1), 93-105.[PDF] |
| |
WILLMS, J., SHAPIRO, K., PEELEN, M., PAJTAS, P., COSTA,
A., MOO, L. & CARAMAZZA, A. (2011). Language invariant
verb processing in Spanish-English bilinguals. Neuroimage
57, 251-261. |
|
KLEIN, D., MILNER, B., ZATORRE, R.J., ZHAO, V. &
NIKELSKI, J. (1999). Cerebral organization in bilinguals :
a PET study of Chinese-English verb generation.
NeuroReport, 10, 2841-2846. |
BIALYSTOK, E. (2011). Reshaping the mind : The benefits of
bilingualism. Canadian Journal of Experimental
Psychology, 65 (4), 229 -235. [PDF] |
|
KLEIN, D., MILNER, B., ZATORRE, R.J., ZHAO, V. &
NIKLESKI, J. (1999). Cerebral organization in bilinguals :
A PET study of Chinese-English verb generation. NeuroReport,
10, 2841-2846. |
SCHWEIZER, T.A., WARE, J., FISCHER, C.E., CRAIK, F.I.
& BIALYSTOK, E. (2012). Bilingualism as a contributor
to cognitive reserve : Evidence from brain atrophy in
Alzheimer's disease. Cortex, 48 (8), 991-996. [PDF] |
|
HERNANDEZ, A. & KOHNERT, K. (1999). Aging and language switching in bilinguals. Aging, Neuropsychology
& Cognition, 6(2), 69-83. |
BIALYSTOK, E., CRAIK, F.I.M. & LUK, G. (2012).
Bilingualism : Consequences for mind and brain. Trends
in Cognitive Sciences, 16, 240-250. |
|
FLEGE, J., YENI-KOMSHIAN, G.H. & LIU, S. (1999). Age
constraints on second language acquisition. Journal of
Memory & Language, 41, 78-104. |
GOLD, B.T., KIM, C., JOHNSON, N.F., KRYSCIO, R.J. &
SMITH, C.D. (2013). Lifelong bilingualism maintains neural
efficiency for cognitive control in aging. The Journal
of Neuroscience, 33 (2), 387-396. [PDF] |
| |
DÖRNYEI, Z. & KUBANYIOVA, M. (2014). Motivating
students, motivating teachers : Building vision in the
language classroom. Cambridge : Cambridge
University Press. |
| |
STRAUSS, S. (2015). Does bilingualism delay dementia ?
Does bilingualism delay dementia ? Canadian Medical
Association Journal, 187 (7), 209-210. [PDF] |
|
HERNANDEZ, A.E. & BATES, E. (1999). Bilingualism and
the brain. In MIT Encyclopedia of Cognitive Sciences (pp.
80-81). Cambridge, MA : MIT Press. |
ATKINSON, A.L. (2016). Does bilingualism delay the
development of dementia ? Journal of European
Psychology Students, 7 (1), 43-50. |
| |
DÖRNYEI, Z., HENRY, A. & MUIR, C. (2016). Motivational
currents in language learning : Frameworks for focused
interventions. New York : Routledge. |
|
COMEAU, L., CORMIER, P., GRANDMAISON, E. & LACROIX, D.
(1999). A longitudinal study of phonological processing
skills in children learning to read in a second language.
Journal of Educational Psychology, 91, 29-43. |
BAUMEISTER, J.C., FORONI, F., CONRAD, M., RUMUATI, R.I.
& WINKIELMAN, P. (2017). Embodiment and emotional
memory in first vs. second language. Frontiers in
Psychology, 8 [394], 1-11. [PDF] |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Multilinguisme,
Langue, Langage
et Parler |
|
|
Langue
(Multi) :
=
Multilinguisme, Trilingue.
Trilingual, Multiple
language.
| |
|
|
ANNAMALAI, E. (2001). Managing multilingualism in
India. New Delhi : Sage. |
|
MAKONI, S. (2002). From misinvention to disinvention :
An approach to multilingualism. In G. Smitherman, A.
Spear & A. Ball (Eds.), Black linguistics :
Language, society and politics in Africa and the
Americas (pp. 132-153). London : Routledge. |
|
KLEIN, D., MILNER, B., ZATORRE, R.J., VISCA, R. &
OLIVIER, A. (2002). Cerebral organization in a
right-handed trilingual patient with right-hemisphere
speech : A PET study. Neurocase : Special Edition. |
|
HOUSE, J. (2003). English as a lingua franca : A threat
to multilingualism ? Journal of Sociolinguistics, 7
(4), 556-578. |
|
MOHANTY, A. (2006). Multilingualism of the unequals and
the predicaments of education in India : Mother tongue
or other tongue ? In O. Garcia, T. Skuttnab-Kangas &
M. Torres-Guzman (Eds.), Imagining multilingual
schools (pp. 262-283). Clevedon : Multilingual
Matters. |
|
CANAGARAJAH, A.S. & WURR, A.J. (2011). Multilingual
communication and language acquisition : New research
directions. The Reading Matrix, 11 (1), 1-15. |
|
KOMOROSWSKA, H. (2011). Issues in promoting
multilingualism. Teaching and learning and assessment.
Warsaw : Foundation for the development of the education
system. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Langue seconde |
|
|
|
|
Languirand
Jacques (Montréal 1931-2018 Montréal) : Tripatif
et docte animateur de radio québécois et communicateur
scientifique. Il a animé une émission de réflexion et de
vulgarisation scientifique pendant plus de quarante ans Par
quatre chemins (mise en ondes : 13 septembre 1971).
|
Lanovaz
Marc J. ( ) : Psychologue
béhavioriste québécois
et spécialiste de la stéréotypie,
notamment chez les autistes.
Il enseigne à l'Université de
Montréal. Étudiant de Rapp.
 |
LANOVAZ, M.J. & ARGUMEDES, M. (2009). Using the
three-component multiple-schedule to examine the effects
of treatments on stereotypy. Journal on Developmental
Disabilities, 15 (3), 64-68. |
|
LANOVAZ, M.J., RAPP, J.T. & FLETCHER, S.E. (2010).
Expanding functional analysis of automatically reinforced
behavior using a three-component multiple-schedule. European
Journal of Behavior Analysis, 11 (1), 17-27. [PDF] |
|
LANOVAZ, M.J. & SLADECZEK, I.E. (2011). Effects of
music on vocal stereotypy in children with autism. Journal
of Applied Behavior Analysis, 44 (3), 647-651. [PDF] |
|
LANOVAZ, M.J., RAPP, J.T. & FERGUSON, S. (2012). The
utility of assessing musical preference before
implementation of noncontingent music to reduce vocal
stereotypy. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 45 (4),
845-851. [PDF] |
|
LANOVAZ, M.J., RAPP, J.T., MACIA, I., PRÉGENT-PELLETIER,
É., DORION, C., FERGUSON, S. & SAADE, S. (2014).
Effects of multiple interventions for reducing vocal
stereotypy : Developing a sequential intervention model. Research
in Autism Spectrum Disorders, 8, 529-545. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
|
Lanza
Robert Paul (Boston 1956-) : Médecin
béhavioriste et
spécialiste du clonage cellulaire. Collaborateur de Epstein
et Skinner.
 |
EPSTEIN, R., LANZA, R.P. & SKINNER, B.F. (1980).
Symbolic communication between two pigeons (Columba livia
domestica). Science, 207, 543-545. [PDF] |
|
EPSTEIN, R., LANZA, R.P. & SKINNER, B.F. (1981).
"Self-awareness" in the pigeon. Science, 212,
695-696. [PDF] |
|
LANZA, R.P., STARR, J. & SKINNER, B.F. (1982). Lying"
in the pigeon. Journal of the Experimental Analysis
of Behavior, 38 (2), 201-203. [PDF] |
|
EPSTEIN, R., KIRSHNIT, C.E., LANZA, R.P. & RUBIN, L.C.
(1984). "Insight" in the pigeon : Antecedents and
determinants of an intelligent performance. Nature,
308 (5954), 61-62. |
|
LANZA, R.P & BERMAN, B. (2009). Biocentrism : How
life and consciousness are the keys to understanding the
universe. Benbella Books. |
|
|
|
Lanzetta
John T. (1926-1989 Hanover) : Psychologue
américain et spécialiste de l'étude des émotions
et des expression
faciales. Collaborateur de
Hesset
Orr.
|
LANZETTA, J.T. & KLECK, R.E. (1970). Encoding and
decoding of nonverbal affect in humans. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 16, 12-19. |
|
LANZETTA, J.T., CARTWRIGT-SMITH, J. & KLECK, R.E.
(1976). Effects of nonverbal dissimulation on emotional
experience and autonomic arousal. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 33, 354-370. |
|
LANZETTA, J.T. & ORR, S.P. (1980). Influence of facial
expressions on the classical conditioning of fear. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 39,
1081-1087. |
|
LANZETTA, J.T. & ORR, S.P. (1981). Stimulus properties
of facial expressions and their influence on the classical
conditioning of fear. Motivation & Emotion, 5,
225-234. |
|
LANZETTA, J.T. & ORR, S.P. (1986). Excitatory strength
of expressive faces : Effects of happy and fear
expressions and context on the extinction of a conditioned
fear response. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 50, 190-194. |
|
|
NUTTIN, J.M. (1990). In memoriam : John T. Lanzetta,
European Journal of Social Psychology, 20 (4), 363-367. [LIRE]
|
|
|
|
| LAC
- LAPLANCHE
- LAPSUS -
LASHLEY - LASSONDE -
LATANÉ - LATENT - LATÉRALISATION
- LATINOS - LAUDAN - LAURIN
- LAZARUS - LE |
Lapierre-Adamcyk
Évelyne ( ) : Sociologue
et démographe
québécoise, spécialisée dans l'étude de la famille.
Étudiante de Henripin.
Collaboratrice de Le
Bourdais.
 |
LAPIERRE-ADAMCYK, É., LE BOURDAIS, C. et MARCIL-GRATTON,
N. (1999). Vivre en couple pour la première fois. La
signification du choix de l'union libre au Québec et en
Ontario. Cahiers Québécois de Démographie, 28
(1-2), 199-227. |
|
LAPIERRE-ADAMCYK, É. & CHARVET, C. (2000).
Cohabitation and marriage : An assessment of research in
demography. Canadian Studies in Population, 27
(1), 239-254. |
|
LAPIERRE-ADAMCYK, É. (2003). Modalités de garde des
enfants et rôle du tribunal. Policy Options - Options
politiques, 24 (7), 58-62. |
|
LE BOURDAIS, C. & LAPIERRE-ADAMCYK, É. (2004). Changes
in conjugallife in Canada : Is cohabitation progressively
replacing marriage ? Journal of Marriage &
Family, 66 (4), 929-942. |
|
LAPIERRE-ADAMCYK, É., MARCIL-GRATTON, N. & LE
BOURDAIS, C. (2006). A balancing act : Parents' work
arrangements and family time. In K. McQuillan & Z.R.
Ravanera (Eds.), Canada's changing families :
Implications for individuals and society (pp.
49-75). Toronto : University of Toronto Press. |
|
|
|
Lapin (Oryctolagus cuniculus) : Animal
de la famille des rongeurs
utilisé notamment dans les recherches en conditionnement
répondant (réflexe
de la membrane nictinante) et
sur la neurogénèse
postnatal. NDLR : Contrairement à ce que
l'on pourrait croire le petit lapin (Oryctolagus martinus), n'est
pas une sous-espèce de lapin, mais de
jeune adulte.
= Bunny. .
Rabbit.
| |
|
|
STONE, C.P. (1925). The effects of cerebral destruction on
the sexual behavior of rabbits. II. The frontal and
parietal regions. American Journal of Physiology, 72,
372- 385. |
KEHOE, E.J. (1986). Summation and configuration in
conditioning of the rabbit's nictitating membrane response
to compound stimuli. Journal of Experimental
Psychology : Animal Behavior Processes, 12,
186-195. |
|
STONE, C.P. (1925). The effects of cerebral destruction on
the sexual behavior of rabbits. III. The frontal,
parietal, and occipital regions. Journal of
Comparative Psychology, 6, 435-448. |
WOODRUFF-PAK, D.S. (1988). Aging and classical
conditioning : Parallel studies in rabbits and humans. Neurobiology
of Aging, 9, 511-522. |
|
PFAFFMANN, C. (1955). Gustatory nerve impulses in rat, cat
and rabbit. Journal of Neurophysiology, 18,
429-440. |
POWELL, D.A. & LEVINE-BRYCE, D. (1988). A comparison
of two model systems of associative learning : Heart rate
and eyeblink conditioning in the rabbit. Psychophysiology,
25, 672-682. |
|
GORMEZANO, I.N., SCHEIDERMAN, E. DEAUX, E. & FUENTES,
I. (1962). Nictitating membrane : Classical conditioning
and extinction in the albino rabbit. Science 138,
33-34. |
KEHOE, E.J., GRAHAM-CLARKE, P. & SCHREURS, B.G.
(1989). Temporal patterns of the rabbit's nictitating
membrane response to compound and component stimuli under
mixed CS-US intervals. Behavioral Neuroscience, 103, 283-295. |
|
FLAKUS, W.J. & STEINBRECHER, D.C. (1964). Avoidance
conditioning in the rabbit. Psychological Reports, 14
(1), 140-140. |
|
|
SMITH, M.C. (1968). CS-US interval and US intensity in
classical conditioning of the rabbit's nictitating
membrane response. Journal of Comparative &
Physiological Psychology, 66, 679-687. |
BUCHANAN, S.L. (1991). Differential and reversal Pavlovian
conditioning in rabbits with mediodorsal thalamic lesions
: assessment of heart rate and eyeblink responses. Experimental
Brain Research, 86, 174-181. |
|
SMITH, M.C., COLEMAN, S.R. & GORMEZANO, I. (1969).
Classical conditioning of the rabbit's nictitating
membrane response at backward, simultaneous, and forward
CS-US intervals. Journal of Comparative &
Physiological Psychology, 69, 226-231. |
NOWAK, A.J., KEHOE, E.J., MaCRAE, M. & GORMEZANO, I.N.
(1997). Elicitation, modification, and conditioning of the
rabbit nictitating membrane response by electrical
stimulation in the spinal trigeminal nucleus, inferior
olive, interpositus nucleus, and red nucleus. Behavioral
Neuroscience, 111, (5), 1041-1055. |
|
BLISS, T. & GARDNER-MEDWIN, A. (1973). Long lasting
potentiation of synaptic transmission in the dentate area
of unanesthetized rabbit following stimulation of the
perforant path. Journal of Physiology, 232 (2),
357-374. [PDF] |
NOWAK, A.J., KEHOE, E.J., MaCRAE, M. & GORMEZANO, I.N.
(1999). Conditioning and reflex modification of the rabbit
nictitating membrane response using electrical stimulation
in auditory nuclei. Behavioural Brain Research, 105,
189-198. |
|
SAAVEDRA, M.A. (1975). Pavlovian compound conditioning in
the rabbit. Learning & Motivation, 6,
314-326. |
KEHOE, E.J. & WHITE, N.E. (2004). Overexpectation :
Response loss during sustained stimulus compounding in the
rabbit nictitating membrane preparation. Learning
& Memory, 11, 476-483. [PDF] |
|
CEGAVSKE, C.F., THOMPSON, R.F., PATTERSON, M.M. &
GORMEZANO, I. (1976). Mechanisms of efferent neuronal
control of the reflex nictitating membrane response in the
rabbit (Oryctolagus cuniculus). Journal of
Comparative & Physiological Psychology, 90,
411-423. |
KEHOE, E.J. & JOSCELYNE, A. (2005). Temporally
specific extinction of conditioned responses in the rabbit
(Oryctolagus cuniculus) nictitating membrane preparation.
Behavioral Neuroscience, 119 (4), 1011-1022. [PDF] |
|
|
MILLENSON J.R., KEHOE, E.J. & GORMEZANO, I. (1977).
Classical conditioning of the rabbit's nictitating
membrane response under fixed and mixed CS-US intervals. Learning
& Motivation, 8, 351-366. [PDF] |
POWELL, D.A., CHURCHWELL, J. & BURRISS, L. (2005).
Medial prefrontal lesions and pavlovian eyeblink and heart
rate conditioning : Effects of partial reinforcement on
delay and trace conditioning in rabbits (Oryctolagus
cuniculus). Behavioral Neuroscience In the Public
Domain, 19 (1), 180-189. [PDF] |
|
BERGER, T.W. & THOMPSON, R.F. (1978). Neuronal
plasticity in the limbic system during classical
conditioning of the rabbit nictitating membrane response.
I. The hippocampus. Brain Research, 145 (2),
323-346. |
PONTI, G., PERETTO, B. & BONFANTI, L. (2008). Genesis
of neuronal and glial progenitors in the cerebellar cortex
of peripuberal and adult rabbits. PLOS One, 3
(6). |
|
BERGER, T.W. & THOMPSON, R.F. (1978). Neuronal
plasticity in the limbic system during classical
conditioning of the rabbit nictitating membrane response.
II : Septum and mammilary bodies. Brain Research,
156, (2), 293-314. |
KEHOE, E.J. (2006). Repeated acquisitions and extinctions
in classical conditioning of the rabbit nictitating
membrane responses. Learning & Memory, 13, 366-375.
[PDF] |
| |
PONTI, G., PERETTO, B. & BONFANTI, L. (2008). Genesis
of neuronal and glial progenitors in the cerebellar cortex
of peripuberal and adult rabbits. PLOS One, 3
(6), 1-19. [PDF] |
|
KEHOE, E.J., SCHREURS, B.G. & AMODEI, N. (1981).
Blocking acquisition of the rabbit's nictitating membrane
response to serial conditioned stimuli. Learning &
Motivation, 12, 92-108. [PDF] |
PONTI, G., CROCIARA, P. & ARMENTANO, M. &
BONFANTI, L. (2010). Adult neurogenesis without germinal
layers : the "atypical" cerebellum of rabbits. Archives
Italiennes de Biologie, 148, 147-158. [PDF] |
| |
CARNEIRO, M., AFONSO, S., GERALDES, A., GARREAU, H.,
BOLET, G., BOUCHER, S., TIRCAZES, A., QUENEY, G., NACHMAN,
M.W. & FERRAND, N. (2011). The genetic structure of
domestic rabbits. Molecular Biology & Evolution,
28, 1801-1816. [PDF] |
|
APPLEGATE, C.D., FRYSINGER, R.C., KAPP, B.S. &
GALLAGHER, M. (1982). Multiple unit activity recorded from
amygdala central nucleus during Pavlovian heart rate
conditioning in rabbit. Brain Research, 238,
457-462. |
KEHOE, E.J., LUDVIG, E.A. & SUTTON, R.S. (2113).
Timing and cue competition in conditioning of the
nictitating membrane response of the rabbit (Oryctolagus
cuniculus). Learning & Memory, 20, 97-102. [PDF] |
|
|
|
| BURNIE,
D. (Dir.) (2001). Animal. Londres : Dorling
Kindersley. / Le règne animal. Saint-Laurent :
Erpi. |
Voir aussi Réflexe/Membrane
nictinante et Animal |
|
|
|
|
Laplanche
Jean (1924-2012) :
Philosophe et psychanalyste
français et exégète de l'oeuvre de Freud.
En collaboration avec Pontalis,
il a publié le célèbre dictionnaire de la psychanalyse. Il a été
analysé par Lacan. Étudiant
de Bachelard et Merleau-Ponty.
Collaborateur de Pontalis.
 |
LAPLANCHE, J. et PONTALIS J.-B. (1964/85). Fantasme
originaire - Fantasmes des origines - Origines du
fantasme. Paris : Hachette. |
|
LAPLANCHE, J. et PONTALIS, J.-B. (1967/2004). Vocabulaire
de la psychanalyse. Paris : Presses Universitaires
de France. |
|
LAPLANCHE, J. (1986). De la théorie de la séduction
restreinte à la théorie de la séduction généralisée. Études
Freudiennes, 27, 7-25. |
| LAPLANCHE,
J. (1987). Nouveaux fondements pour la psychanalyse.
Paris : Presses Universitaires de France. |
|
LAPLANCHE, J. (1992). Notes sur l'après-coup. In J.
Laplache (Dir.), Entre séduction et inspiration :
l'homme (p. 57-66). Paris : Presses Universitaires
de France. |
|
|
|
|
|
Lapsus
: Fait d'employer par erreur - généralement et sans
s'en rendre compte - un mot/expression à la place d'un-e autre. EX:
« Je suis enculé au pied du mur » ou «Faites éjaculer
la salle» ou encore « Il faut bien circoncire le problème ». Pour
Freud, le lapsus n'est pas
gratuit ou aléatoire; la plupart du temps, il révèle l'existence
d'une pulsion déplacée ou
refoulée. Le lapsus est donc un symptôme
de la structure
psychique. Lapsus et acte
manqué.
Freudian slip, lapsus linguae,
slip of tongue, linguistic slip.
| |
|
|
FREUD, S. (1904). Psychopatholgie de la vie
quotidienne. Paris : Payot. |
MOTLEY, M.T. (1985). Slips of the tongue. Scientific
American, 253, 116-127. |
|
FREUD, S. (1915). Introductory lectures on
psychoanalysis. |
|
|
MacKAY, D.G. & SODERBERG, G.A. (1971). Homologous
intrusions : An analogue of linguistic slips. Perceptual
& Motor Skills, 32, 645-646. |
MOTLEY, M.T. (1986). The production of verbal slips and
double entendres as clues to the efficiency of normal
speech production. Journal of Language and Social
Psychology 4, 275-293. |
|
RUCH, R.S. (1972). An analysis of the Freudian slip and
errors in speech communication. Journal of Technical
Writing & Communication, 2 (4), 343-352. |
MOTLEY, M.T. (1988). Slips of the tongue. In E. Barnow,
(Ed.), International encyclopedia of communications.
Oxford University Press. |
|
FROMKIN, V. (Ed.) (1973). Speech errors as linguistic
evidence. The Hague : Mouton. |
BEAR, G. (1992). A Freudian slip ? Teaching
Psychology, 19 (3), 174-175. |
|
BAARS, B.J., MOTLEY, M.T. & MacKay, D.G. (1974).
Output editing of artificially elicited slips of the
tongue. Midwestern Psychological Association, Chicago;
May. |
JACOBY, L.L. & KELLEY, C.M. (1992). A
process-dissociation framework for investigating
unconscious influences : Freudian slips, projective tests,
subliminal perception and signal detection theory.
Current Directions in Psychological Science, 1,
174–179. |
|
BAARS, B.J., MOTLEY, M.T. & MacKAY, D.G. (1975).
Output editing for lexical status in artificially induced
slips of the tongue. Journal of Verbal Learning &
Verbal Behavior, 14, 382-391. |
|
MOTLEY, M.T. & BAARS, B.J. (1978). Laboratory
verification of 'Freudian' slips of the tongue as evidence
of prearticulatory semantic editing. In Brent Rubin (Ed.),
Communication Yearbook II (pp. 141-152. ). New
Brunswick, NJ : Transaction.
|
|
|
BAARS, B.J. & MacKAY, D.G. (1978). Experimentally
eliciting phonetic and sentential speech errors: Methods,
im- plications and work in progress. Language in
society : Experimental Lnguistics, 7, 105-109. |
DIMEN, M. (2011). Lapsus linguae, or a slip of the tongue
? A sexual violation in an analytic treatment and its
personal and theoretical aftermath. Contemporary
Psychoanalysis, 47 (1), 35-79. [PDF] |
|
MacKAY, D.G. (1980). Speech errors : Retrospect and
prospect. In V. Fromkin (Ed.), Errors of linguistic
perfor- mance: Slips of the tongue, ear, pen, and hands.
New York : Academic Press. |
|
|
BAARS, B.J. (1980). On eliciting predictable speech errors
in the laboratory : Methods and results. In V. Fromkin
(Ed.), Errors of linguistic performance : Slips of
the tongue, ear, pen, and hands. New York :
Academic Press. |
LAWSON-McCONNEL, R.A. (2013). Freudian slips: Live loved:
the psychology and theology of love. Stimulus, 22 (2),
51-53. |
MOTLEY, M.T., CAMDEN, C.T. & BAARS, B.J. (1981. Toward
verifying the assumptions of laboratory-induced slips of
the tongue : The output-error and editing issues. Human
Communication Research, 8, 3-15.
|
|
|
NORMAN, D.A. (1981). Categorization of action slips. Psychological
Review, 88 (1), 1-15. [PDF] |
|
MOTLEY, M.T., CAMDEN, C.T. & BAARS, B.J. (1982).
Covert formulation and editing of anomalies in speech
production : Evidence from experimentally elicited slips
of the tongue. Journal of Verbal Learning & Verbal
Behavior, 21, 578-594.
|
|
|
|
|
Voir aussi Freud, Acte
manqué et Symptôme |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Larimer
Mary E. ( ) : Psychosociologue
américaine, spécialisé dans de l'étude de la dépendance
à l'alcool. Collaboratrice de e
Marlatt et Neigbhors
|
LARIMER, M.E., LYDUM, A.R., ANDERSON, B.K. & TURNER,
A.P. (1999). Male and female recipients of unwanted sexual
contact in a college student sample : Prevalence rates,
alcohol use, and depression symptoms. Sex Roles, 40 (3),
295-308. |
LARIMER, M.E., LYDUM, A.R., ANDERSON, B.K. & TURNER,
A.P., KILMER, J.R. & PALMER, R.S. (2001). Evaluating a
brief alcohol intervention with fraternities. Journal
of Studies on Alcohol 62 (3), 370-380.
|
|
|
LARIMER, M.E. & CRONCE, J.M. (2002). Identification,
prevention and treatment :
a review of individual-focused strategies to reduce
problematic alcohol consumption by college students. Journal
of Studies on Alcohol, (S), 148-163. |
|
LARIMER, M.E., TURNER, A.P., MALLETT, K.A. & GEISNER,
I.M. (2004). Predicting drinking behavior and
alcohol-related problems among fraternity and sorority
members : Examining the role of descriptive and injunctive
norms. Psychology of Addictive Behaviors, 18
(3), 203–212. |
|
LARIMER, M.E., MALONE, D.K., GARNER, M.D., ATKINS, D.C.
& BURLINGHAM, B. (2009). Health care and public
service use and costs before and after provision of
housing for chronically homeless persons with severe
alcohol problems. Journal of American Medical
Association, 301 (13), 1349-1357. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Larivée
Serge ( ) : Psychologue
québécois et spécialiste de l'étude de l'intelligence
et des fraudes scientifiques.
Il s'intéresse également aux pseudo-sciences
et à l'effet Flynt.
Il enseigne à l'Université de
Montréal. Collaborateur de Baruffaldi,
Bouffard, Longeot
et Tremblay.
 |
LARIVÉE, S. et MICHAUD, N. (1980). L'ordinateur au secours
de l'inadaptation. Revue des Sciences de l'Éducation,
6 (3), 451-472. |
|
LARIVÉE, S. (1996). Le marché de l'intervention
psychosociale : une fraude collective politiquement
correcte. Revue Canadienne de Psycho-Éducation, 25 (1),
1-24. |
|
LARIVÉE, S. (1998). Le modèle de Gardner : l'intelligence
au pluriel, une approche singulière. Revue Canadienne
de Psycho-Éducation, 27 (1), 1-29. |
|
LARIVÉE, S. (2001). Science contre pseudo-sciences : un
combat inégal. Revue Canadienne de Psycho-Éducation,
30 (1), 1-25. |
|
LARIVÉE, S., SÉNÉCHAL, C. et AUDY, P. (2012). L'effet
Flynn et ses paradoxes. L'Année psychologique, 112 (3),
465-497. |
|
|
|
Larivée
Serge J. ( ) : Spécialiste de
l'éducation. Il enseigne à
l'Université de Montréal. Collaborateur de Longeot
et Terrisse.
|
LARIVÉE, S.J. et TERRISSE, B. (2006). Les compétences
professionnelles des éducatrices : perspective des
intervenantes et des parents. Interactions, 9
(2), 63-93. |
|
LARIVÉE, S.J., TERRISSE, B. et KALUBI, J.-C. (2006). La
collaboration école-famille en contexte d'inclusion :
entre obstacles, risques et facteurs de réussite. Revue
des Sciences de l'Éducation, 32 (3), 525-543. |
|
LARIVÉE, S.J. (2011). Le rapport au savoir au préscolaire.
Dans P. Maubant & Y. Lenoir (Dir.), La place des
savoirs dans les pratiques des enseignants au primaire
(pp. 59-89). Québec : Les Presses de l'Université du
Québec. |
|
LARIVÉE, S.J. (2012). L'implication des parents dans le
cheminement scolaire de leur enfant. Comment la favoriser
? Éducation & Formation, 297, 33-48. |
|
LARIVÉE, S.J. (2011). Regards croisés sur l'implication
parentale et les performances scolaires. Service
Social, 57 (2), 5-19. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Larivière
Vincent ( ) : Historien
et spécialiste de la scientométrie.
Il enseigne à l'Université de
Montréal. Collaborateur de
Gingras.
|
LARIVIÈRE, V., VIGNOLA-GAGNÉ, É., VILLENEUVE, C, GÉLINAS,
P. & GINGRAS, Y. (2011). Sex differences in research
funding, productivity, and impact : an analysis of Quebec
university professors. Scientometrics, 87 (3),
483-498. [PDF] |
|
LARIVIÈRE, V. (2011). On the shoulders of students ? The
contribution of PhD students to the advancement of
knowledge. Scientometrics, 9 (2), 463-481. [PDF] |
|
LARIVIÈRE, V. (2013). Ph.D. students' excellence
scholarships and their relationship with research
productivity, scientific impact and degree completion. Canadian
Journal of Higher Education, 43 (2), 27-41. |
|
LARIVIÈRE, V., HAUSTEIN, S. & BÖRNER, K. (2015).
Long-distance interdisciplinarity leads to higher
scientific impact. PLOS One, 10 (3), 1-15. [PDF] |
|
LARIVIÈRE, V., GONG, K. & SUGIMOTO, C.R. (2018).
Citations strength begins at home. Nature, 564
(7735), 70-71. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Larsen
Knud S. ( ) : Psychosociologue
américain d'origine danois.
|
LARSEN, K.S. (1974). Conformity in the Asch experiment.
The Journal of Social Psychology, 94, 303-304. |
|
LARSEN, K.S., TRIPLET, J.S., BRANT, W.D. & LANGENBERG,
D. (1979). Collaborator status, subject characteristics,
and conformity in the Asch paradigm. The Journal of
Social Psychology, 108 (2), 259-263. |
|
LARSEN, K.S., REED, M. & HOFFMAN, S. (1980). Attitudes
of heterosexuals toward homosexuality : A Likert-type
scale and construct validity. Journal of Sex Research,
16, 245-257. |
|
LARSEN, K.S. (2002). Studying genocide in the laboratory :
the most influential experiment in American social
psychology. Psychology, 2, 55-59. |
|
LARSEN, K.S. (2011). White Attitudes in Townsville :
Authoritarianism, religiosity and contact. Australian
Psychologist, 16 (1), 111 - 122 |
|
|
|
Larson
Greger ( ) : Paléantologue
anglais et spécialiste de la
domestication, notamment du chien
et du cochon.
|
LARSON, G., DOBNEY, K., ALBARELLA, U., FANG, M. Y.,
MATISOO-SMITH, E., ROBINS, J., LOWDEN, S., FINLAYSON, H.,
BRAND, T., WILLERSLEV, E., ROWLEY-CONWY, P., ANDERSSON, L.
& COOPER, A. (2005). Worldwide phylogeography of wild
boar reveals multiple centers of pig domestication. Science,
307, 1618-1621. |
|
LARSON, G., ALBARELLA, U., DOBNEY, K., ROWLEY-CONWY, P.,
SCHIBLER, J., TRESSET, A., VIGNE, J.D., EDWARDS, C.J.,
SCHLUMBAUM, A., DINU, A., BALACSESCU, A., DOLMAN, G.,
TAGLIACOZZO, A., MANSERYAN, N., MIRACLE, P., VAN
WIJNGAARDEN-BAKKER, L., MASSETI, M., BRADLEY, D.G. &
COOPER, A. (2007). Ancient DNA, pig domestication, and the
spread of the Neolithic into Europe. Proceedings of
the National Academy of Sciences of the USA, 104, 15276-15281. |
|
LARSON, G., LIU, R.R., ZHAO, X.B., YUAN, J., FULLER, D.,
BARTON, L., DOBNEY, K., FAN, Q.P., GU, Z.L., LIU, X.H.,
LUO, Y.B., SU, P., ANDERSSON, L., LI, N., (2010). Patterns
of East Asian pig domestication, migration, and turnover
revealed by modern and ancient DNA. Proceedings of
the National Academy of Sciences of the USA, 107, 7686-7691. |
|
LARSON, G. & BURGER, J. (2013). A population genetic
theory of animal domestication. Trends in Genetics,
29, 197-205. |
|
LARSON, G. & FULLER, D.Q. (2014). The evolution of
animal domestication. Annual Review of Ecology,
Evolution, & Systematics, 45, 115-136. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Larson
Reed W. (1950-) : Psychologue
américain et spécialiste du développement,
notamment chez les adolescent-e-s.
Collaborateur de Eccles
et Kubey.
|
LARSON, R.W. & KUBEY, R. (1983). Television and music
: Contrasting media in adolescent life. Youth &
Society, 15, 13-31. |
|
LARSON, R.W. & RICHARDS, M.H. (1991). Boredom in the
middle school years : Blaming schools versus blaming
students. American Journal of Education, 99,
418-443. |
|
LARSON, R.W. & KLEIBER, D.A. (1993). Structured
leisure as a context for the development of attention
during adolescence. Loisir et Société/Society &
Leisure, 16, 77-98. |
|
LARSON, R.W. & VERMA, S. (1999). How children and
adolescents spend time across the world : Work, play and
developmental opportunities. Psychological Bulletin,
125, 701-736. |
|
LARSON, R.W. (2000). Toward a psychology of positive youth
development. American Psychologist, 55, 170-183.
[PDF] |
|
|
|
Larynx
: Organe de
l'appareil respiratoire situé dans la gorge et dont l'une des
principales fonsction consiste à produire des sons au moyen des
cordes vocales. Larynx.
|
|
|
Lashley
Karl Spence (Davis États-Unis 1890-1958 Poitiers
France) : Neuropsychologue
américain. Il a étudié la relation entre l'apprentissage
et le système nerveux
central, plus précisément le cortex.
On lui doit également le concept d'engramme.
Président de l'APA en 1929.
Étudiant de Watson. Professeur
de Stone. Collaborateur de Franz
et Krech.
|
|
LASHLEY, K.S. (1923). The behavioristic
interpretation of consciousness. Psychological
Bulletin, 30, 237-272, 329-353. |
|
LASHLEY, K.S. (1924). The theory that synaptic resistance
is reduced by the passage of the nerve impulse. Psychological
Review, 31, 369-375. |
|
LASHLEY, K.S. (1929). Brain mechanisms and
intelligence : A quantitative study of injuries to the
brain. Chicago : University of Chicago Press. |
|
LASHLEY, K.S. (1930). Basic neural mechanisms in behavior.
Psychological Review, 37, 1-24. [PDF] |
|
LASHLEY, K.S. (1950). In search of the engram. Symposia
of the Society for Experimental Biology, 4, 454-482.
[PDF] |
|
|
BEACH, F.A., HEBB, D.O., MORGAN, C.T. & NISSEN, H.W.
(Eds.) (1960). The neuropsychology of Lashley :
Selected papers of K.S. Lashley. New York Toronto
London : McGraw-Hill Book Company. |
|
BRUCE, D. (1986). Lashley's shift from bacteriology to
neuropsychology, 1910-1917, and the influence of Jennings,
Watson, and Franz. Journal of the History of the
Behavioral Sciences, 22, 27-44. |
|
BRUCE, D. (1991). Integrations of Lashley. In G.A. Kimble,
M. Wertheimer & C.L. White (Eds.), Portraits of
pioneers in psychology (pp. 307-323). Washington,
DC : American Psychological Association. |
|
DEWSBURY, D.A. (2002). The role of evidence in
interpretations of the scientific work of Karl Lashley. Journal
of the History of the Behavioral Sciences, 38,
255-257. |
|
|
|
Laslier
Jean-François ( ) : Politologue
français et spécialiste de l'étude du vote
et des elections.
Collaborateur de Blais.
|
LASLIER, J.F. (2004). L'homo economicus et l'analyse
politique. Cités, 3 (19), 133-138. |
|
LASLIER, J.F. (2006). Spatial approval voting. Political
Analysis, 14, 160-185. |
|
LASLIER, J.F. & VAN DER STAETEN, K. (2008). Approval
voting in the French 2002 Presidential election : A live
experiment. Experimental Economics, 11, 97-195. |
|
LASLIER, J.F. (2009). The leader rule : a model of
strategic approval voting in a large electorate. Journal
of Theoretical Politics, 21, 113-136. |
|
LASLIER, J.F. (2016). Heuristic voting under the
alternative vote : the efficiency of "sour grapes"
Behavior. Homo Oeconomicus, 33 (1), 57-76. |
|
|
|
Lassonde
Maryse (1954-) :
Neuropsychologue québécoise, spécialiste de l'épilepsie
et de la communication
interhémisphérique. Collaboratrice de Gosselin,
Jolicoeur, Laurencelle,
Lepore, Ptito
et Segalowitz.
 |
LASSONDE, M., PERENIN, M.T., TASSINARI, G., CORBETTA, M.
& CAVANAGH, P. (1988). Central mechanisms of
stereopsis in man. Advances in the Biosciences, 70,
95-98.
[PDF] |
|
LASSONDE, M. & JEEVES, M. (Eds.) (1994). Callosal
agenesis : A natural split brain ? New York :
Plenum Press. |
|
LASSONDE, M. & JAMBAQUÉ, I. (2001). Évaluation
neuropsychologique chez l'enfant épileptique. Epilepsies,
19-22. |
|
LASSONDE, M. (2002). Split brain research. In The
encyclopedia of cognitive science (pp. 206-211). |
|
LASSONDE, M. et SAUERWEIN, H.C. (2007). Neuropsychologie,
plasticité et épilepsie infantile. Medecine/Science,
23, 923-928. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Lasswell Harold Dwight (1902-1978) : Politologue
et psychiatre
américain spécialisé dans l'étude de la communication,
du pouvor, de la propagande
et de la personnalité.
Il est l'un des chefs de file de l'École
de Chicago.Collaborateur de Almond.
 |
LASSWELL, H.D. (1927/1971). Propaganda in the World
War. London : Kegan, Paul, Trench, Trubner/Boston
: MIT Press. |
|
LASSWELL, H.D. (1936). Politics : Who gets what,
when, how. Peter Smith Publisher |
|
LASSWELL, H.D. (1948). Power and personality. New
York : Norton. |
|
LASSWELL, H.D. & KAPLAN, A. (1950). Power and
society : a framework for political inquiry. New
Haven : Yale University Press. |
|
LASSWELL, H.D. (1973). The structure and function of
communication in society/Structure et fonction de la
communication dans la société. Dans F. Balle et J.G.
Padioleau (Dirs.), Sociologie de l'information. Paris
: Hachette. |
|
|
|
Latané
Bibb (New York 1937-) :
Psychosociologue américain, spécialisé dans l'étude de l'altruisme
et du comportement
d'aide. En collaboration avec Darley, il a développé une
théorie de la diffusion de
la responsabilité pour expliquer l'effet
du passant, et plus particulièrement le cas de Kitty
Genovese. On lui doit également la
théorie de l'influence sociale (Theory of social impact).
Finalement, avec Williams et Harkins, il a proposé le concept de flânerie
sociale (social loafing). Étudiant de Schachter.
Professeur de Lynn et Schaller.
Collaborateur de Dabbs,
Darley, Harkins, Petty,
Rodin et Williams.
 |
LATANÉ, B. & DARLEY, J. (1968). Group inhibition of
bystander intervention in emergencies. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 10 (3),
215-221. [PDF] |
|
LATANÉ, B., WILLIAMS, K. & HARKINS, S. (1979). Many
hands make light the work : The causes and consequences of
social loafing. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 37 (6), 822-832. [PDF]
|
|
LATANÉ, B. (1981). The psychology of social impact. American
Psychologist, 36, 343-356. [PDF] |
|
LATANÉ, B. & NIDA, S. (1981). Ten years of research on
group size and helping. Psychological Bulletin, 89
(2), 308-324. [PDF] |
|
LATANÉ, B. (1996). Dynamic social impact : The creation of
culture by communication. Journal of Communication, 46
(4), 13-25. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Latent : Qualifie ce qui est caché, qui ne saute pas aux
yeux, mais qui peut se révéler, à tout moment ou dans certaines
circonstances. Les phénomèmes latent ont néanmoins une influence
visible sur les phénomène Y (effet). Latent, apprentissage
latent et inhibition.
Latency.
| |
|
|
X1 |
 |
Y1 |
Cause
invisible ou latente
|
|
Effet
visible |
| |
|
|
SKINNER, B.F. (1936). The verbal summator and a method for
the study of latent speech. Journal of Psychology, 2,
71-107. |
GREVE, K.W., STICKLE, T.R., LOVE, J., BIANCHINI, K.J.
& STANFORD, M.S. (2005). Latent structure of the
Wisconsin Card Sorting Test : a confirmatory factor
analytic study. Archives of Clinical Neuropsychology,
20, 355-364. [PDF] |
|
SOLORZ, A. (1960). Latency of instrumental responses as a
function of compatibility with the meaning of eliciting
verbal signs. Journal of Experimental Psychology, 59,
239-245. |
VISSER, P.S., BIZER, G.Y. & KOSNICKK, J.A. (2006).
Exploring the latent structure of strenght-related
attitude attributes. In M.P. Zanna (Ed.), Advances in
experimental social psychology (Vol. 38, pp.
1-67). San Diego : Academic Press. [PDF] |
|
McGILL, W.J. (1963). Stochastic latency mechanism. In R.D.
Luce, R.R. Bush & E. Galanter (Eds.). Handbook of
mathematical psychology (Vol. 1, pp. 309-360). New
York : Wiley. |
DISTEFANO, C. & KAMPHAUS, R.W. (2008). Latent growth
curve modeling of child behavior in elementary school. Research
in the Schools, 15 (1), 27-37. |
|
KENNY, D.A. & JUDD, C.M. (1984). Estimating the
nonlinear and interactive effects of latent variables. Psychological
Bulletin, 96, 201-210. |
RUDOLPH, K.D., TROOP-GORDON, W., HESSEL, E.T. &
SCHMIDT, J.D. (2011). Wendy Troop-Gordon, Elenda T.
Hessel, and Jennifer D. Schmidt (2011). A latent growth
curve analysis of early and increasing peer victimization
as predictors of mental health across elementary school. Journal
of Clinical Child & Adolescent Psychology, 40
(1), 111-122. [PDF] |
|
LOEHLIN, J.C. (1987). Latent variable models : An
introduction to factor, path, and structural analysis.
Hillsdale, NJ : Erlbaum. |
KÄRGEL, C., SARTORY, G., KARIOFILLIS D., WILTFANG, J.
& MÜLLER, B.W. (2014). Mismatch negativity latency and
cognitive function in schizophrenia. PLOS One, 9 (4),
1-10. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Apprentissage
latent et Inhibition |
|
|
Latence
: Paramètre
ou caractéristique d'une réponse
que l'on observe
en condition
naturelle ou lors d'une expérience
ou d'une quasi-expérience.
Se mesure en calculant le temps qui s'écoule entre le début de la
période d'observation et l'occurence d'un premier comportement
(d'une deuxième, d'une troisième, selon le cas) ou, dans le cadre
d'une expérience, en mesurant le temps séparant la présentation
d'un stimulus du comportement qui le suit. =
délai. Response latency.
| |
|
|
SPENCE, K.W. (1954). The relation of response latency and
speed to the intervening variables and N in S-R theory. Psychological
Review, 61 (4), 209-216. |
BASSILLI, J.N. (1996). The "how" and "why" of response
latency measurement in telephone surveys. In N. Schwarz
& S. Sudman (Eds.), Answering questions :
Methodology for determining cognitive and communicative
processes in survey research (pp. 319-346). San
Francisco : Josey-Bass. |
|
CHURCH, R.M. & BLACK, A.H. (1958). Latency of the
conditioned heart rate as a function of the CS-US
interval. Journal of Comparative & Physiological Psychology,
51, 478-482. |
|
|
SCHUSTER, C. (1959). Response latencies as a measure of
the interaction of components on a multiple fixed-ratio
schedule. Journal of Experimental Analysis of
Behavior, 2, 259. |
LEE, V.L. (1996). Variability of human latencies with and
without a criterion for reinforcement. Psychological
Record, 46 (3), 519-538. |
|
STEBBINS, W.C. (1962). Response latency as a function of
amount of reinforcement. Journal of the Experimental
Analysis of Behavior, 5 (3), 305-307. [PDF] |
BUDAEV, S. V. (1997). The statistical analysis of
behavioural latency measures. ISCP Newsletter, 14, (1),
1-4. [PDF] |
|
CHURCH, R.M. & CARNATHAN, J. (1963). Differential
reinforcement of short latency responses in the white rat.
Journal of Comparative & Physiological Psychology,
56, 120-123. |
LEE, V.L. (1999). Human Latencies Under Differential
Reinforcement, yoked ratio reinforcement, and continuous
reinforcement. Psychological Record, 49 (4),
645-662. |
|
WOLLEN, K.A. & ALLISON, T.S. (1968). Latency and
frequency of S-R and R-S associations as a function of
recall time. Journal of Verbal Learning & Verbal
Behavior, 7, 895-899. |
WALTON, G. & SPENCER, S.J. (2009). Latent ability :
Grades and test scores systematically underestimate the
intellectual ability of negatively stereotyped students. Psychological
Science, 20 (9), 1132-1139.
[PDF] |
|
OLDS, J., DISTERHOFT, J.F., SEGAL, M., KORNBLITH, L. &
HIRSH, R. (1972). Learning centres of rat brain mapped by
measuring latencies of conditioned unit responses. Journal
of Neurophysiology, 35, 202-219. |
THOMASON-SASSI, J.L., IWATA, B., NEIDERT, P.L. &
ROSCOE, E.M. (2011). Response latency as an index of
response strength during functional analyses of problem
behavior. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 44,
51-67. |
|
MacLEOD, C.M. & NELSON, T.O. (1984). Response latency
and response accuracy as measures of memory. Acta
Psychologica, 57, 215-235. [PDF] |
HASBROUK, J. & SAAR,G. (2014). Low-latency trading. Journal
of Financial Markets, 16, 646-679.
[PDF] |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Latence, Paramètre
et Réponse |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Latham
Gary P. ( ) : Psychologie
organisationnel canadien, spécialisé dans l'étude de la
motivation au travail. II a contribué au développement de la théorie
de la motivation fondée sur la
fixation des objectifs/buts (Goal setting theory).
Collaborateur de Locke et Yukl.
|
LATHAM, G.P. & KINNE, S.B. (1974). Improving job
performance through training in goal setting. Journal
of Applied Psychology, 59, 187-191. |
|
LATHAM, G.P., MITCHELL, T.R. & DOSSETT, D. L. (1978).
The importance of participative goal setting and
anticipated rewards on goal difficulty and job
performance. Journal of Applied Psychology, 63, 163-171. |
|
LATHAM, G.P., MARSHALL, H.A. (1982). The effects of
self-set, partici- patively set, and assigned goals on the
performance of government employees. Personnel
Psychology, 35, 399-404. |
|
LATHAM, G.P. (2001). The importance of understanding and
changing employee outcome expectancies for gaining
commitment to an organizational goal. Personnel
Psychology, 54, 707-716. |
|
LATHAM, G.P. (2003). Goal setting : A five-step approach
to behavior change. Organizational Dynamics, 32 (3),
309-318. |
|
|
|
Laties
Victor G. (1926-2020) : Psychologue
béhavioriste
américain. Étudiant de Pfaffman
et Schlosberg. =
Vic. Collaborateur de
Catania, Gentry et Weiss
|
LATIES, V.G. (1959). Effects of meprobamate on fear and
palmar sweating. Journal of Abnormal & Social
Psychology, 59 (2), 156-161. |
|
LATIES, V.G., WEISS, B. (1964). Effects of a concurrent
task on fixed-interval responding in humans. Journal
of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 6 (3),
431-436. [PDF] |
|
LATIES, V.G., WEISS, B., CLARK, R.L. & REYNOLDS, M.D.
(1965). Overt "mediating" behavior during temporally
spaced responding. Journal of the Experimental
Analysis of Behavior, 8 (2), 107-116. [PDF] |
|
LATIES, V.G., WEISS, B. & WEISS, A.B. (1969). Further
observations on overt "mediating" behavior and the
discrimination of time. Journal of the Experimental
Analysis of Behavior, 12 (1), 43-57. [PDF] |
|
LATIES, V.G. (2003). Behavior Analysis and the growth of
behavioral pharmacology. The Behavior Analyst, 26
(2), 235-252. [PDF] |
|
|
CATANIA, C.A. (2021). Remembering Vic Laties (February 2,
1926 - February 3, 2020). Journal of the Experimental
Analysis of Behavior, 115 (2), 439-440. |
|
|
|
|
|
Latouche
Daniel (1945-) : Politologue
québécois et professeur à l'Université
du Québec à Montréal. Collaborateur de
Falardeauet Gagnon.
 |
GAGNON, A.G. et LATOUCHE, D. (1991). Allaire,
Bélanger, Campeau et les autres. Montréal :
Québec/Amérique. |
|
LATOUCHE, D. (1995). Démocratie et nationalisme à l'heure
de la mondialisation. Cahiers de Recherche
Sociologique, 25, 59-78. |
|
LATOUCHE, D. (1995). Limites à la compétitivité :
Vers un nouveau contrat mondial. Montréal :
Boréal. |
|
LATOUCHE, D. (1997). Les territoires de la ville : la
mondialisation comme aventure urbaine. Cahiers de
Géographie du Québec, 41, (114), 413-419. |
|
LATOUCHE, D. (1997). Mondialisation et cosmopolitisme à
Montréal. Dans J.-M. Lacroix (Dir.), Villes et
politiques urbaines au Canada et aux États-Unis.
Paris : Presses de la Sorbonne Nouvelle. |
|
|
|
Latour
Bruno (Beaune 1947-2022 Paris) : Anthropologue
français, sociologue
des sciences et chef de file du postmodernisme.
Collaborateur de Callon et
Woolgar.
 |
LATOUR, B. & WOOLGAR, S. (1979/88). Laboratory
life : the construction of scientific facts / La Vie de
laboratoire : la Production des faits scientifiques.
Beverly Hills : Sage Publications/Paris : La Découverte. |
|
LATOUR, B. (1991). Nous n'avons jamais été modernes :
Essai d'anthropologie symétrique. Paris : La
Découverte. |
|
LATOUR, B. (1996). Petites leçons de sociologie des
sciences. Paris : Le Seuil. |
|
LATOUR, B. (1999). Do you believe in reality : News
from the trenches of the science wars. In Pandora's
Hope. Cambridge : Harvard University Press. |
|
LATOUR, B. (1999). Politiques de la nature : Comment
faire entrer les sciences en démocratie. Paris : La
Découverte. |
|
|
AMSTERDAMSKA, O. (1990). Surely you are joking Monsieur
Latour ! Science, Technology & Human Values 15
(4), 495-504. |
|
HACKING, I. (1992). Bruno Latour, science in action and
the pasteurization of France. Philosophy of Science,
59, 510-512. |
|
BLOOR, D. (1999). Anti-Latour. Studies in History
& Philosophy of Science, 3 (1), 81-112, [PDF] |
|
MOLéNAT, X. (2013). Bruno Latour et la nouvelle sociologie
des sciences. Dans T. Lepeltier (Dir), Histoire et
philosophie des sciences (pp. 194-201). Auxerre,
France : Editions Sciences Humaines. |
|
|
|
|
|
Lattal
Kennon Andy ( ) : Psychologue
béhavioriste
américain, spécialisé dans l'étude de l'apprentissage
chez les animaux. Il s'intéresse notamment au concept de contingence.
Professeur de Cançado. Collaborateur
de Chase, Clément,
Critchfield, Escobar, Fantino, Hackenberg,
Harzam, Hineline, Iversen,
Neef, Okouchi, Perone
et Shahan.
 |
LATTAL, K.A. (1974). Combinations of response-reinforcer
dependence and independence. Journal of the
Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 22 (2), 357-362.
[PDF] |
|
LATTAL, K.A. (1995). Contingency and behavior analysis. The Behavior Analyst, 18 (2), 209-224. [PDF] |
|
LATTAL, K.A. & SHAHAN, T.J. (1997). Differing views on
contingency : How contiguous ? The Behavior Analyst,
20, 149-154. [PDF] |
|
LATTAL, K.A. (2010). Delayed reinforcement of operant
behavior. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of
Behavior, 93 (1), 129-139. .
[PDF] |
|
LATTAL, K.A. & WACKER. D. (2015). Some dimensions of
recurrent operant behavior. Mexican Journal of
Behavior Analysis, 41 (2), 1-13. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Laudan Larry (Austin 1941-2022) : Philosophe
et épistémologue
américain. Il s'est notamment intéressé au problème
de la démarcation. Il a dit : "The displacement of the idea
that facts and evidence matter by the idea that everything boils
down to subjective interests and perspectives is -- second only to
American political campaigns -- the most prominent and pernicious
manifestation of anti-intellectualism in our time." Laudan et
Ruse.
 |
LAUDAN, L. (1977). Progress and its problems : Toward
a theory of scientific growth. Berkeley :
University of California Press. |
|
LAUDAN, L. (1981). A confutation of convergent realism. Philosophy
of Science, 48 (1), 19-49. [PDF] |
|
LAUDAN, L. (1982). Commentary : Science at the bar –
causes for concern. Science, Technology & Human,
41, 16-19. |
|
LAUDAN, L. (1990). Science and relativism : Some key
controversies in the philosophy of science. Science
and Its Conceptual Foundations series. |
|
LAUDAN, L. (1990). Normative naturalism. Philosophy
of Science, 57, 44-59. |
|
|
OVERTON, W. (1984). World views and their influence on
psychological theory and research : Kuhn-Lakatos-Laudan.
In H. Reese (Ed.), Advances in child development and
behavior (Vol. 18, pp. 191-226). New York :
Academic Press. |
|
OKASHA, S. (1997). Laudan and Leplin on empirical
equivalence. British Journal for the Philosophy of
Science, 48, 251-256. |
|
BOUDRY, M. (2013). Loki's wager and Laudan's error. On
genuine and territorial demarcation. In M. Pigliucci &
M. Boudry (Eds.), Philosophy of pseudoscience :
Reconsidering the demarcation problem (pp. 79-98).
Chicago : The University of Chica. |
|
|
|
Laurence Stephen ( ) : Philosophe
britannique, épistémologue et cognitif
européen. Collaborateur de Margolis et Stich.
|
LAURENCE, E. & MARGOLIS, E. (2001). The poverty of the stimulus argument. British Journal for the Philosophy of Science, 52, 217-276.[PDF] |
|
LAURENCE, E. & MARGOLIS, E. (2003). Concepts and conceptual analysis. Philosophy & Phenomenological Research, 67, (2), 253-282. [PDF] |
|
LAURENCE, E. & MARGOLIS, E. (2002). Radical concept nativism. Cognition, 86, (1), 22-55. [PDF] |
|
LAURENCE, E. & MARGOLIS, E. (2012). Abstraction and the origin of general ideas. Philosophers' Imprint, 12, (19), 1-22. [PDF]
|
|
LAURENCE, E. & MARGOLIS, E. (2024). The building blocks of thought : A rationalist account of the oigins of concepts. Oxford : Oxford University Press. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Laurencelle Louis (Montréal 1946-) : Psychologue,
méthodologiste
et statisticien
québécois. ll enseigne à l'Université
de Trois-Rivières. Collaborateur de Lassonde.
 |
LAURENCELLE, L. (1993). Deux tests de variation monotone
pour l'analyse de variance. Lettres statistiques, 9,
69-91. |
|
LAURENCELLE, L. (2005). Abrégé sur les méthodes de
recherche et la recherche expérimentale. Sainte-Foy
: Presses de l'Université du Québec. |
|
LAURENCELLE, L. (2005). La distribution nulle de la somme
de rangs de Wilcoxon et ses moments. Lettres
Statistiques, 12, 99-108. |
|
LAURENCELLE, L. (2007). Inventer ou estimer la puissance
statistique ? Quelques considérations utiles pour le
chercheur. Tutorials in Quantitative Methods for
Psychology 3 (2), 35-42. [PDF] |
|
LAURENCELLE, L. (2009). Le tau et le tau-b de Kendall pour
la corrélation de variables ordinales simples ou
catégorielles. Tutorials in Quantitative Methods for
Psychology, 5 (2), 51-58. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Laurendeau Bendavid Monique (1930-2013 Bouche) :
Psychologue cognitiviste
européenne d'origine québécoise. Elle est la co-auteure avec
Barbeau et Pinard d'un test
d'intelligence, le Tests différentiels d'intelligence.
Étudiante de Mailloux.
Collaboratrice de Barbeau et
Pinard.
 |
PINARD, A., BARBEAU, G.L. & LAURENDEAU, M. (1954).
Tests différentiels d'intelligence P.B.L.P. Montréal
: Éditions de l'Institut de Psychologie de l'Université. |
|
LAURENDEAU, M. & PINARD, A. (1962). La pensée
causale. Paris ; Presses universitaires de France. |
|
LAURENDEAU, M. & PINARD, A. (1963). Causal
thinking in the child : A genetic and Experimental
Approach. New York : International Universities
Press. |
|
LAURENDEAU, M. (1968). Les premières notions spatiales
de l'enfant : examen des hypothèses de Jean Piaget.
Genève : Delachaux et Niestlé. |
|
LAURENDEAU, M. (1970). The development of the
concept of space in the child. New York :
International Universities Press. |
|
|
|
Laurin Camille (Charlemagne 1922-1999 Vaudreuil-Dorion)
: Psychiatre
et homme politique québécois. En 1958, il est nommé directeur du
Département de psychiatrie de la Faculté de médecine de l'Université de Montréal. Il a contribué à moderniser la
psychiatrie québécoise. Il est également connu comme le
père de la loi 101.
 |
LAURIN, C. et LEMIEUX, R. (1954). L'enseignement
psychiatrique. Revue Médicale de l'Université de
Montréal, 6 (3), 124-132. |
|
LAURIN, C. (1960). L'approche psychosomatique. L'Union
Médicale du Canada, 89 (5), 593-599. |
|
LAURIN, C. (1964). Phallus et sexualité féminine. La
Psychanalyse, 7, 15-54. |
|
LAURIN, C. (1964). L' évolution du concept de maladie
mentale. L'Infirmière Canadienne, 60 (2), 98-105. |
|
LAURIN, C. (1975). L'utilisation du lithium en
psychiatrie. L'Union Médicale du Canada, 104
(11), 1694-1697. |
|
|
|
Lautry Jacques ( ) : Psychologue
d'origine française et spécialiste de l'éducation.
Il s'intéresse notamment à l'influence des classes
sociales sur le développement
cognitif. Collaborateur de Tiberghien.
|
LAUTREY, J. (1974). Niveau socio-économique et
structuration de l'environnement familial. Psychologie
Française, 19, 41-63. |
|
LAUTREY, J. (1976). Classe sociale et développement
cognitif. La Pensée, 5 (190), 31-53. |
|
LAUTREY, J. (1984). Diversité comportementale et
développement cognitif. Psychologie Française, 29, 16-22. |
|
LAUTREY, J., de RIBAUPIERRE, A. & RIEBEN, L. (1986).
Les différences dans la forme du développement cognitif
évalué avec des épreuves piagétiennes : une application de
l'analyse des correspondances. Cahiers de Psychologie
Cognitive, 6, 575-613. [PDF] |
|
LAUTREY, J. (2005). Le Q.I. : concept mal compris ou
concept dépassé ? ANAE, 17, 146-149. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Lave
Jean ( ) : Anthropologue
socioconstructiviste
américaine, spécialisée en apprentissage.
Collaborateur de Rogoff et
Wenger.
|
LAVE, J. (1988). Cognition in practice : Mind,
mathematics, and culture in everyday life.
Cambridge : Cambridge University Press. |
|
LAVE, J. & WENGER, E. (1991). Situated learning :
Legitimate peripheral participation. New York :
Cambridge University Press. |
|
LAVE, J. (1993). Situating learning in communities of
practice. In L.B. Resnick, J.M. Levine & S.D. Teasley
(Eds.), Perspectives on socially shared cognition
(pp. 17-36). Washington, DC : American Psychological
Association. |
|
LAVE, J. (1996). Teaching, as learning, in practice.
Mind, Culture & Activity, 3, 149-164. |
|
LAVE, J. (1997). The culture of acquisition and the
practice of understanding. In D. Kirshner & J.A.
Whitson (Eds.), Situated cognition : Social,
semiotic, and psychological perspectives (pp.
63-82). Mahwah, NJ : Erlbaum. |
|
|
|
Lavoie Kim ( ) : Psychologue
québécoise spécialisée dans l'étude des influences du stress
et de l'anxiété sur la
santé physique et les maladies
biologiques, notamment l'asthme.
Elle enseigne à l'Université
du Québec à Montréal. Collaboratrice de
Koestner et Senécal.
|
LAVOIE, K.L., FLEET, R., LAURIN C., ARSENAULT, A.,
LESPERANCE F., FRASURE-SMITH N. & BURELLE, D. (2001).
Relationship between psychological factors and history of
myocardial infarction in patients with exercise-induced
ischemia. Psychosomatic Medicine, 63, 91-190. |
|
LAVOIE, K.L., LAURIN, C., FLEET, R., ARSENAULT, A. &
MILLER, S.B. (2008). Is anxiety bad for your heart ? The
relationship between anxiety sensitivity and reduced heart
rate variability in coronary artery disease patients. Journal
of Psychosomatic Research, 55, 136. |
|
LAVOIE, K.L. & BACON, S.L. BARONE, S, CARTIER, A,
DITTO, B. & LABRECQUE, M. (2006). What is worse for
asthma control and quality of life : depressive disorders,
anxiety disorders, or both ? Chest, 130 (4),
1039-1047. |
|
LAVOIE, K.L. & BACON, S.L. (2014). Motivating people
to engage and maintain an active lifestyle : Using
motivational communication to improve physical activity
and health outcomes. Canadian Psychology, 55,
97. |
|
LAVOIE, K.L., SEDENO, M., HAMILTON, A., PEI-ZHI, L.,DE
SOUSA, D., TROOSTERS, T., MALTAIS, F. & BOURBEAU, J.
(2019). Behavioural interventions targeting physical
activity improve psychocognitive outcomes in COPD. ERJ
: Open Research, 5 [13], 1-12. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Law
John (1946-) : Sociologue
britannique et chef de file du postmodernisme.
Avec Latour et Callon, il
a contribué à l'élaboration d'une sociologie de la traduction
(théorie actant/réseau). Collaborateur de
Callon.
|
LAW, J. & CALLON, M. (1988). Engineering and sociology
in a military aircraft project : a network analysis of
technological change. Social Problems, 35,
284-297. |
|
LAW, J. (2004). And if the global were small and
non-coherent ? Method, complexity and the Baroque. Society
& Space, 22 (1), 13-26. |
|
LAW, J. & URRY, J. (2004). Enacting the social.
Economy & Society, 33 (3), 390-410. |
|
LAW, J. (2004). After method : Mess in social science
research. London : Routledge. |
|
LAW, J. & SINGLETON, V. (2005). Object lessons.
Organization, 12 (3), 331- 355. |
|
|
|
|
|
Law
& Psychology Review : Revue
scientifique de psychologie
qui consacre ses pages à l'étude de la criminalité.
Éditeur : Springer
CLEMENS, C.B. (1985). Towards an objective approach to
offender classification. Law & Psychology
Review, 9, 45-55.
|
| |
|
|
Law
& Society Review : Revue
scientifique de psychologie
qui consacre ses pages à l'étude de la criminalité.
Éditeur : Wiley.
KUTCHINSKY, B. (1992). The politics of pornography
research. Law & Society Review, 26,447-455.
|
| |
|
|
Lawrence
Anne A. ( ) : Psychologue
et anesthésiste américaine, spécialisée dans l'étude de la
dysphorie de genre et la chirurgie
de éattribution sexuelle. Collaboratrice de Bailey.
|
LAWRENCE, A.A. (2003). Factors associated with
satisfaction or regret following male-to female sex
reassignment surgery. Archives of Sexual Behavior,
32, 299-315. |
|
LAWRENCE, A.A. (2004). Autogynephilia : A paraphilic model
of gender identity disorder. Journal of Gay &
Lesbian Psychotherapy, 8 (1-2), 69-87. |
|
LAWRENCE, A.A. (2005). Sexuality before and after
male-to-female sex reassignment surgery. Archives of
Sexual Behavior, 34, 147-166. |
|
LAWRENCE, A.A. (2007). Becoming what we love :
autogynephilic transsexualism conceptualized as an
expression of romantic love. Perspectives in Biology
& Medicine, 50 (4), 506-520. [PDF] |
|
LAWRENCE, A.A. (2009). Erotic target location errors : An
underappreciated paraphilic dimension. Journal of Sex
Research, 46 (2-3-), 194-215. |
|
|
|
Laxisme
: Absence de vigilance ou autorité déficiente dans un
domaine ou un contexte qui en requiert. Laxism,
|
Lay
Clarry H. ( ) :
Psychosociologue canadien et spécialiste de la
procrastination. Collaborateur de Ferrari,
Flett, Pychyl et Schouwenburg.
|
LAY, C.H. (1986). At last, my research on procrastination.
Journal of Research in Personality, 28, 474-495. |
|
LAY, C.H. & BURNS P. (1991). Intentions and behavior
in studying for an examination : The role of trait
procrastination and its interaction with optimism. Journal
of Social Behavior & Personality, 6, 605-617. |
|
LAY, C.H. KNISH, S. & ZANATTA, R. (1992).
Self-handicappers and procrastinators : A comparison of
their practice behavior prior to an evaluation.
Journal of Research in Personality, 26, 242-257. |
|
LAY, C.H. & SCHOUWENBURG, H.C. (1993). Trait
procrastination, time mangement, and academic behavior. Journal
of Social Behavior & Personality, 8 (4), 647-662.
[PDF] |
|
LAY, C. & SILVERMAN, S. (1996). Trait procrastination,
anxiety, and dilatory behavior. Personality &
Individual Differences, 21, 61-67. |
|
|
|
Layng
T.V. Joe ( ) : Psychologue
béhavioriste américain
et spécialiste de l'analyse
fonctionnelle du comportement. Étudiant de Goldiamond.
Collaborateur de Andronis.
 |
LAYNG, T.V.J. & ANDRONIS, P.T. (1984). Toward a
functional analysis of delusional speech and hallucinatory
behavior. The Behavior Analyst, 7 (2), 139-156. [PDF] |
|
JOHNSON, K.R. & LAYNG, T.V.J. (1992). Breaking
the structuralist barrier : Literacy and numeracy with
fluency. American Psychologist, 47, 1475-1490. |
|
LAYNG, T.V.J. (1995). Causation and complexity : Old
lessons new crusades. Journal of Behavior Therapy
& Experimental Psychiatry, 26, 249-258. |
|
LAYNG, T.V.J., TWYMAN, J.S. & STIKELEATHER, G. (2003).
Headsprout early reading : Reliably teaching children to
read. Behavioral Technology Today, 3, 7-20. [PDF] |
|
LAYNG, T.V.J. (2006). Emotions and emotional behavior : a
constructional approach to understanding some social
benefits of aggression. Brazilian Journal of Behavior
Analysis, 2 (2), 155-170. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Lazarsfeld
Paul Felix (Vienne 1901-1976 New York) : Sociologue
et mathématicien
américain d'origine autrichienne. Membre du Cercle
de Vienne et de
l'École de Francfort. Il fut l'un des pionniers de la
sociologie quantitative et de l'étude des
médias et de leur influence sur les électeurs
(sociologie électorale). Il a contribué au développement de la théorie
de la réponse (parallèlement avec
Rasch et Lord). Professeur
de Boudon, Cantril
et Glaser. Collaborateur
de Jahoda et
Lipset.
 |
LAZARSFELD, P.F., BERELSON, B. & GAUDET, H. (1944). The
people's choice. New York : Duell, Sloan &
Pearce. |
|
LAZARSFELD, P.F. (1949). The American soldier : An
expository review. The Public Opinion Quarterly, 13 (3),
377-404. |
|
LAZARSFELD, P.F. & HENRY, N.H. (1968). Latent
structure analysis. Boston : Houghton Mifflin. |
|
LAZARSFELD, P.F. (1970). Quelques fonctions de l'analyse
qualitative en sociologie. Dans P. Lazarsfeld, Philosophie
des sciences sociales. Paris : Gallimard. |
|
LAZARSFELD, P.F. (1972). Qualitative analysis.
Historical and critical essays. Boston : Allyn and
Bacon. |
|
|
STOETZEL, J. (1976). Paul F. Lazarsfeld 1901-1976 : An
obituary. Internatonal Social Sicence Journal, 28 (4),
833-834. |
|
SILLS, D.L. (1976). Paul F. Lazarsfeld 1901-1976.
Washington : National Academy of science. [PDF] |
|
BLONDIAUX, L. (1990). Paul F. Lazarsfeld (1901-1976), Jean
Stoetzel (1910-1987) et les sondages d'opinion : genèse
d'un discours scientifique. Mots, 23, 5-22. |
|
STAMM, M. (2010). Paul Lazarsfeld's radio and the printed
page : A critical reappraisal. American Journalism, 27
(4), 37-58. |
|
POOLEY, J.D. & SOCOLOW, M.J. (2013). Checking up on
the invasion from Mars : Hadley Cantril, Paul F.
Lazarsfeld, and the making of a misremembered classic. International
Journal of Communication 7, 1920-1948. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
|
Lazarus
Arnold Allan (1932-2013) : Psychologue
cognitivo-béhavioriste
américain, d'origine sud-africaine, spécialisé dans le traitement
des phobies et de la
dépression. Collaborateur de Wolpe.
 |
LAZARUS, A.A. (1963). The treatment of chronic frigidity
by systematic desensitization. Journal of Nervous
& Mental Disorders, 136, 272-278. [PDF] |
|
LAZARUS, A.A. (1969). Behavioral counseling : Some
pros and cons. The Counseling Psychologist, 1, 60-62. |
|
LAZARUS, A.A. (1971). Behavior therapy and beyond.
New York : McGraw-Hill. |
|
LAZARUS, A.A. (1989). The practice of multimodal
therapy. Baltimore, MD : Johns Hopkins University
Press. |
|
LAZARUS, A.A. (1992). The multimodal approach to the
treatment of minor depression. American Journal of
Psychotherapy, 46, 50-57. |
|
|
DAVISON, G.C. & WILSON, T.G. (2014). Arnold A. Lazarus
(1932-2013): Obituary. American Psychologist, 69 (6),
620-621. |
|
|
|
Lazarus
Richard S. (New York 1922-2002) : Psychosociologue
américain. Il étudie notamment la relation entre le stress
et les émotions.
Collaborateur de Deese et Koriat.
|
|
LAZARUS. R.S. (1966). Psychological stress and the
coping process. New York : McGraw-Hill. |
|
LAZARUS, R.S. (1984). Thoughts on the relation between
emotion and cognition. In K.R. Scherer and P. Ekman
(Eds.), Approaches to emotion. Hillsdale, NJ :
Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. |
|
FOLKMAN, S, LAZARUS, R.S., DUNKEISCHETTER, C., DELONGIS,
A. & GRUEN, R.J. (1986). Dynamics of a stressful
encounter : Cognitive apprasal, coping, and encounter
outcomes. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 50, 992-1003. |
|
LAZARUS, R.S. (1990). Theory-based stress measurement. Psychological
Inquiry, 1, 3-13. |
|
LAZARUS, R.S. (1993). From psychological stress to the
emotions : A history of changing outlooks. Annual
Review of Psychology, 44, 1-21. [PDF] |
|
|
EKMAN, P. & CAMPOS, J. (2003). Richard Stanley Lazarus
(1922-2002) : Obituary. American Psychologist, 58
(9), 756-757. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| LAP
- LEAKEY
- LEARY -
LEBLANC - LEBOVICI
- LECTURE - LEDOUX
- LEE - LEIBNITZ -
LEPORE - LEPPER - LERMAN
- LEROY-GHOURAN - LES |
Leader : Leadership : Ensemble de caractéristiques physiques
et d'habiletés
sociales/ cognitives
qui permettent à un individu d'influencer
ses pairs, ainsi que les décisions
du groupe afin de permettre
à ce groupe d'atteindre ses objectifs.
Le récipidendaire de ces caractéristiques/habiletés n'est pas
toujours conscient de les posséder ou d'en profiter pour
influencer autrui (En revanche, certains leaders, par
stratégie, minimise leur influence). On utilise le terme leader
négatif pour qualifier un individu qui se sert de son
influence pour faire échouer le groupe - à son seul bénéfice - ou
pour convaincre d'autres membres d'agir contre les
intérêts du groupe. Leader, organisation
et pouvoir.
Leadership.
| |
|
|
STOGDILL, R.M. (1948). Personal factors associated with
leadership. A survey of the literature. Journal of
Psychology, 25, 35-71. |
JUDGE, T.A. & BONO, J. (2000). Five-factor model of
personality and transformational leadership. Journal
of Applied Psychology, 85, 751-765. |
|
STOGDILL, R.M. & SHATTLE, C.L. (1948). Methods for
determining patterns of leadership behavior in relation to
organisation structure and objectives. Journal of
Applied Psychology, 32, 286-291. |
CONGER, J.A. (2000). The field of leadership development.
In D. Giber, L. Carter & M. Goldsmith (Eds.), Best
practices in organization & human resource
development (pp. 213-219). Lexington, MA : Linkage
Press. |
|
STOGDILL, R.M. (1950). Leadership, membership and
organization. Psychological Bulletin, 47, 1-14. |
CARLESS, S.A., WEARING, A.J. & MANN, L. (2000). A
short measure of transformational leadership. Journal
of Business & Psychology, 14, 389-405. |
| |
LOWE, K.B. & GARDNER, W.L. (2000). Ten years of The
Leadership Quarterly : contributions and challenges for
the future. Leadership Quarterly, 11 (4),
459-514. |
|
STOGDILL, R.M. & COONS, A.E. (Eds.) (1951). Leader
behaviour : its description and measurement. Research
Monograph, 88, Ohio State University, Bureau of
Business Research, Columbus. |
MUMFORD, M.D., ACARRO, S.J., HARDING, F.D., JACOBS, T.O.
& FLEISHMAN, E.A. (2000). Leadership skills for a
changing world : Solving complex social problems. Leadership
Quarterly, 11 (1), 11-35. |
|
ARGYRIS, C. (1955). Organizational leadership and
participative management. Journal of Business, 28 (1),
1-7. |
BROOKS, D.D., ZIATZ, D., JOHNSON, B. & HOLLANDER, D.
(2000). Leadership behavior and job responsibilities of
NCAA division 1A strength and conditioning coaches. Journal
of Strength & Conditioning Research, 14 (4),
483-492. |
|
PEARCE, C.L. & SIMS, H.P. (2000). Shared leadership :
Toward a multi-level theory of leadership. Advances in
the Interdisciplinary Studies of Work Teams, 7,
115-139. |
| |
BROWER, H., SCHOORMAN, F. & TAN, H. (2000). A model of
relational leadership: The integration of trust and
leader-member exchange. Leadership Quarterly 11
(2), 227-250. |
|
HEMPHILL, J.K. & COONS, A.E. (1957). Development of
the Leader Behavior Description Questionnaire. In R.M.
Stogdill & A.E. Coons (Eds.), Leader behavior :
Its description and measurement (pp. 6-38).
Columbus: Bureau of Business Research, Ohio State
University. |
NAHAVANDI, A. (2000). The art and science of
leadership. Upper Saddle River, NJ : Prentice
Hall, Inc. |
| |
ZACCARO, S.J. (2001). The nature of executive
leadership. Washington, DC : American
Psychological Association. |
| |
ZACCARO, S.J., RITTMAN, A. & MARKS, M.A. (2001). Team
leadership. Leadership Quarterly, 12, 451-484. |
|
FLEISHMAN, E.A. (1957). A leader behavior description for
industry. In R.M. Stogdill & A.E. Coons (Eds.), Leader
behavior : Its description and measurement (pp.
103-119). Columbus : Ohio State University. |
CONGER, J.A., KANUNGO, R.N. & MENON, S.T. (2001).
Charismatic leadership and follower effects. Journal
of Organizational Behavior, 21 (7), 747-767. |
|
FEIDLER, F.E. (1958). Leader attitudes and group
effectiveness. Urbana, IL : University of Illinois
Press. |
PLATOW, M. & VAN KNIPPENBERG, D. (2001). A social
identity analysis of leadership endorsement : the effects
of leader ingroup prototypicality and distributive
intergroup fairness. Personality & Social
Psychology Bulletin, 27 (11), 1508-1519. |
|
BENNIS, W. (1959). Leadership theory and administrative
behavior : the problem of authority. Administrative
Science Quarterly, 4, 259-301. |
HOGAN, R. & HOGAN, J. (2001). Assessing leadership : A
view from the dark side. International Journal of
Selection & Assessment, 9, 40-51. |
|
| |
LORD, R.G. & EMRICH, C.G. (2001). Thinking outside the
box by looking inside the box : extending the cognitive
revolution in leadership research. The Leadership
Quarterly, 11, 551-579. |
| |
ZACCARO, S.J. & KLIMOSKI, R.J. (2001). The nature of
organizational leadership. In S.J. Zaccaro & R.J.
Klimoski (Eds.), The nature of organizational
leadership (pp. 3-41). San Francisco :
Jossey-Bass. |
|
DENIS, J.-L., LAMOTHE, L. & LANGLEY, A. (2001). The
dynamics of collective leadership and organizational
change in pluralist organizations. Academy of
Management Journal, 44, 809-837. |
| |
LORD, R.G., BROWN, D.J., HARVEY, J.L. & HALL, R.J.
(2001). Contextual constraints on prototype generation and
their multilevel consequences for leadership perceptions.
The Leadership Quarterly, 12, 311-338. |
|
SOMMER, R. (1961). Leadership and group geography. Sociometry,
24 (1), 99-110. |
MARTINSONS, M.G. (2001). Comparing the decision styles of
American, Chinese and Japanese business leaders. Best
Paper Proceedings of Academy of Management Meetings, Washington,
DC. [PDF] |
|
BENNIS, W. (1961). Revisionist theory of leadership. Harvard
Business Review, 39, 26-36/146-150. |
HASLAM, S.A. PLATOW, M., TURNER, J., REYNOLDS, K.,
MCGARTY, C., OAKES, P., JOHNSON, S., RYAN, M. &
VEENSTRA, K. (2001). Social identity and the romance of
leadership : The importance of being seen to be ? Doing it
for us ? Group Processes & Intergroup Relations,
4, 191-205. |
|
FLEISHMAN, E. & HARRIS, E.F. (1962). Patterns of
leadership behavior related to employee grievances and
turnover. Personnel Psychology, 15, 43-56. |
DAY, D.V. (2001). Leadership development : A review in
context. Leadership Quarterly, 11 (4), 581-613.
[PDF] |
| HOLLANDER, E.P. (1964). Leaders, groups and influence. New
York & London : Oxford University Press. |
HOGG, M.A. (2001). A social identity theory of keadership.
Personality & Social Psychology Review, 5
(3), 184-200. |
|
COHEN, D.J. & LINDSLEY, O.R. (1964). Catalysis of
controlled leadership in cooperation by human stimulation.
Journal of Child Psychology & Psychiatry, 5,
119-137. |
COLLINS, J. (2001). Level 5 leadership : The triumph of
humility and fierce resolve. Harvard Business Review,
79, 66-76. [PDF] |
|
BLAKE, R.R. & MOUTON J.S. (1964). The managerial
grid. Houston : Gulf. |
CONGER, J.A., KANUNGO, R.N. & MENON, S.T. (2001).
Charismatic leadership and follower effects. Journal
of Organizational Behavior, 21, 747-767. |
|
McGREGOR, D. (1966). Leadership and motivation.
Reading, MA : Addison-Wessley. |
YODER, J.D. (2001). Making leadership work more
effectively for women. Journal of Social Issues, 57, 815-828. |
|
|
FEIDLER, F.E. (1967). A theory of leadership
effectiveness. New York : McGraw-Hill. |
RIDGEWAY, C.L. (2001). Gender, status, and leadership. Journal
of Social Issues, 57, 637-655. |
|
RAPOPORT, A. (1967). Exploiter, leader, hero, and martyr :
the four archetypes of the 2 X 2 game. Behavioral
Science, 12, 81-84. |
RIEMER, H.A. & TOON, K. (2001). Leadership and
satisfaction in tennis : Examination of congruence,
gender, and ability. Research Quarterly for Exercise
& Sport, 72, 243-256. |
|
HERSEY P. & BLANCHARD, K.H. (1969). Life cycle theory
of leadership. Training & Development Journal, 23,
26-34. |
MANZ, C.C. & SIMS, P.H. (2001). The new
SuperLeadership : Leading others to lead themselves.
San Francisco : Berrett-Koehler. |
|
MERTON, R.K. (1969). Nature of leadership. International
Nursing Review, 16 (4), 310-319. |
CHARBONNEAU, D., BARLING, J. & KELLOWAY, E.K. (2001).
Transformational leadership and sports performance : The
mediating role of intrinsic motivation. Journal of
Applied Social Psychology, 31, 1521-1534. |
|
EVANS, M.G. (1970). The effects of supervisory behavior on
the path-goal relationship. Organizational Behavior
& Human Performance, 5, 277-298. |
JUDGE, T.A., BONO, J., ILIES, R. & GEHARDT, M. (2002).
Personality and leadership : A qualitative and
quantitative review. Journal of Applied Psychology, 87
(4), 765-780. [PDF] |
|
FEIDLER, F.E. (1971). Leadership. New York :
General Learning Press. |
PAUL, J., COSTLEY, D., HOWELL, J. & DORFMAN, P.
(2002). The mutability of charisma in leadership research.
Management Decision, 40 (1/2), 192. |
|
HOUSE, R.J. (1971). A path-goal theory of leader
effectiveness. Administrative Science Quarterly, 16
(3), 321-338. |
MARKHAM, S.E. & MARKHAM, I.S. (2002). Self-management
and self-leadership reexamined : A levels-of-analysis
perspective. The Leadership Quarterly, 6 (3),
343-359. |
| |
VECCHIO, R.P. (2002). Leadership and gender advantage. The
Leadership Quarterly, 13 (6), 643-671. |
|
GREENE, D.L. & WINTER, D.G. Motives, involvements, and
leadership among black college students. Journal of
Personality, 39, 319-332. |
WINTER, D.G. (2002). Motivation and political leadership.
In O. Feldman & L.O. Valenty (Eds.), Political
leadership for the new century : Personality and
behavior among American leaders (pp. 25-47).
Westport, CT : Greenwood. |
|
VROOM, V.H. (1972). Toward a normative model of
leadership style. Pittsburgh : Carnegie-Mellon
University. |
EAGLY, A.H. & KARAU, S.J. (2002). Role congruity
theory of prejudice toward female leaders.
Psychological Review, 109 (3), 573-598. [PDF] |
|
STOGDILL, R.M. (1972). Group productivity, drive, and
cohesiveness. Organizational Behavior & Human
Performance, 8, 26-43. |
PEARCE, C.L. & SIMS, H.P. (2002). Vertical versus
shared leadership as predictors of the effectiveness of
change management teams : An examination of aversive,
directive, transactional, transformational, and empowering
leader behaviors. Group Dynamics : Theory, Research,
& Practice, 6 (2), 172-197. [PDF] |
|
ADAIR, J. (1973). Action-centred leadership.
London : McGraw-Hill. |
AVOLIO, B.J. & YAMMARINO, F.J. (2002).
Transformational and charismatic leadership : The road
ahead. Oxford, UK : Elsevier Science. |
|
VROOM, V.H. & YETTON, P.W. (1973). Leadership and
decision-making. Pittsburgh : University of
Pittsburgh Press. |
ELENKOV, D.S. (2002). Effects of leadership on
organizational performance in Russian companies. Journal
of Business Research, 55 (6), 467-480. |
|
BURKE, P.J. (1974). Participation and leadership in small
groups. American Sociological Review, 39,
822-843. |
|
|
FEIDLER, F.E. & CHEMERS, M.M. (1974). Leadership
and effective management. Glenview, IL : Scott,
Foresman and Co. |
DIRKS, K.T. & ERRIN, D.L. (2002). Trust in leadership
: Meta-analytic findings and implications for research and
practice. Journal of Applied Psychology, 87,
611-628. [PDF] |
|
STOGDILL, R.M. (1974). Handbook of leadership; a
survey of theory and research. New York : Free
Press. |
YUKL, G. (2002). Leadership in organizations.
Upper Saddle River, NJ : Prentice-Hall. |
|
VROOM, V.H. & JAGO, A.G. (1974). Decision making as a
social process/Leadership and decision making. Decision
Sciences, 5, 743-755. [PDF] |
WINTER, D.G. (2002). The motivational determinants of
leadership : Power, achievement, and affiliation. In R.E.
Riggio, S.E. Murphy & F.J. Pirozzolo (Eds.),
Multiple intelligences and leadership (pp.
119-138). Mahwah, NJ : Erlbaum. |
|
VAN FLEET, D.D. (1974). Toward identifying critical
elements in a behavioral description of leadership.
Poblic Personnel Management, 3 (1), 70-82. |
HARRIS, A. (2003). Teacher leadership as distributed
leadership : Heresy, fantasy or possibility ? School
Leadership & Management, 23 (3), 313–324. |
|
HOUSE, R.J. & MITCHELL, T.R. (1974). Path goal theory
of leadership. In F. Luthans (Ed.), Contemporary
readings in organizational behavior. New York :
McGraw Hill. |
SHIN, S.J. & ZHOU, J. (2003). Transformational
leadership, conservation, and creativity : Evidence from
Korea. Academy of Management Journal, 46,
703-714. |
|
GALLAGHER, J. & HURKEE, P. (1974). Scapegoating and
leader behavior. Social Forces, 52 (4),
481-488. |
EAGLY, A.H., JOHANNESEN-SCHMIDT, M.C. & VAN ENGEN,
M.L. (2003). Transformational, transactional, and
laissez-faire leadership styles : A meta-analysis
comparing women and men. Psychological Bulletin, 129
(4), 569-591. [PDF] |
|
GRAEN, G. & CASHMAN, J.F. (1975). A role making model
of leadership in formal organizations : A developmental
approach. In J.G. Hunt & L.L. Larson (Eds), Leadership
frontiers. Kent, OH : Kent State University Press. |
CONGER, J.A. & FULMER, R. (2003). Developing your
leadership pipeline. Harvard Business Review, 81 (12),
76-84. |
|
ARGYRIS, C. (1976). Increasing leadership
effectiveness. New York : Wiley. |
AVOLIO, B.J., SOSIK, J.J., JUNG, D.I. & BERSON, Y.
(2003). Leadership models, methods, and applications. In
W.C. Borman, D.R. Ilgen & R.J. Klimoski (Eds.), Handbook
of psychology (Vol. 12, pp. 277-307). Hoboken, NJ :
Wiley. |
|
ILGEN, D.R. & FUGI, D.S. (1976). An investigation of
the validity of leader behavior descriptions obtained from
subordinates. Journal of Applied Psychology, 61
(5), 642-665. |
HOGG, M.A. & VAN KNIPPENBERG, D. (2003). Social
identity and leadership processes in groups. Advances
in Experimental Social Psychology, 35, 1-52 |
|
VROOM, V.H. (1976). Can leaders learn to lead ? Organizational
Dynamics, 4, 17-28. |
BURNS, J.M. (2003). Transforming leadership : A new
pursuit of happiness. Atlantic Monthly Press. |
|
ARGYRIS, C. (1976). Leadership, learning and changing the
status quo. Organizational Dynamics, 4 (3),
29-43. |
EMANS, B.J.M., MUNDUATE, L. KLAVER, E. & VAN DE
VLIERT, E. (2003). Constructive consequences of leaders'
forcing influence styles. Applied Psychology, 52
(1), 36-54. [PDF] |
|
BENNIS, W. (1976). Leadership : a beleaguered species ? Organizational
Dynamics, 5 (1), 3-16. |
EAGLY, A.H. (2003). More women at the top : The impact of
gender roles and leadership style. In U. Pasero (Ed.), Gender
: From costs to benefits (pp. 151-169). Opladen,
Wiesbaden, Germany : Westdeutscher Verlag. |
|
MAWHINNEY, T.C. & FORD, J.D. (1977). The path goal
theory of leader effectiveness : an operant
interpretation. Academy of Management Review, 2,
398-411. |
CHOI, J., PRICE, R.H. & VINOKUR, A.D. (2003). Self
efficacy changes in groups : Effects of diversity,
leadership, and group climate. Journal of
Organizational Behavior, 24 (4), 357-372. |
|
KERR, S. & JERMIER, J.M. (1978). Substitutes for
leadership : Their meaning and measurement.
Organizational Behavior & Human Performance, 22, 1-14. |
BURKE, C.S., FIORE, S.M. & SALAS, E. (2003). The role
of shared cognition in enabling shared leadership and team
adaptability. In C.L. Pearce & J.A. Conger (Eds.), Shared
Leadership : Reframing the hows and whys of leadership
(pp. 103-122). Thousand Oaks, CA : Sage. |
|
|
CHELLADURAI, P. & SALEH, S.D. (1978). Preferred
leadership in sports. Canadian Journal of Applied
Sport Sciences, 3, 85-92. |
EAGLY, A.H. & CARLI, L.L. (2003). The female
leadership advantage : An evaluation of the evidence. The
Leadership Quarterly, 14, 807-834. [PDF] |
|
BURNS, J.M. (1978). Leadership. New York : Harper
& Row. |
VAN KNIPPENBERG, D. & HOGG, M.A. (2003). A social
identity model of leadership in organizations. In R.
Kramer & B.M. Staw (Eds.), Research in
organizational behavior (Vol. 25, pp. 243-295).
Greenwich, CT : JAI. |
|
HOLLANDER, E.P. (1979). The impact of Ralph M. Stogdill
and the Ohio State Leadership Studies on a transactional
approach to leadership. Journal of Management, 5
(2), 157-165. [PDF] |
AZZAM, T. & RIGGIO, R.E. (2003). Community based civic
leadership programs: A descriptive investigation. Journal
of Leadership and Organizational Studies, 10, 55-67. |
|
INSKO, C.A. (1980). Social evolution and the emergence of
leadership. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 39 (3), 431-448. |
ANTONAKIS, J., CIANCILO, A.T. & STERNBERG, R.J.,
(Eds.) (2004). The nature of leadership. Sage,
Thousand Oaks, CA. |
|
GRIFFIN, R.W. (1980). Relationships among individual, task
design, and leader behavior variables. Academy of
Management Journal, 23, 665-683. |
ZIGURS, I. (2003). Leadership in virtual teams: Oxymoron
or opportunity? Organizational Dynamics, 31,
339-351. |
|
LEARY, M.R. & SCHLENKER B.R. (1980). Self-presentation
in a task-oriented leadership situation. Representative
Research in Social Psychology, 11, 152-159. |
RIGGIO, R.E., RIGGIO, H.R., SALINAS, C. & COLE, E.J.
(2003). The role of social and emotional communication
skills in leader emergence and effectiveness. Group
Dynamics: Theory, Research Practice, 7, 83-103. |
|
CHELLADURAI, P. & SALEH, S.D. (1980). Dimensions of
leader behavior in sports : development of a leadership
scale. Journal of Sport Psychology, 2, 34-45. [PDF] |
FROST, D. & DURRANT, J. (2003). Teacher leadership :
Rationale, strategy and impact. School Leadership
& Management, 23 (2), 143-161. [PDF] |
|
TYLER, T.R. & CAINE, A. (1981). The role of
distributional and procedural fairness in the endorsement
of formal leaders. Journal of Personality &
Social Psychology, 41, 642-655. |
PEARCE, C.L. & CONGER, J.A. (2003). All those years
ago : The historical underpinnings of shared leadership. In
C.L. Pearce & J.A. Conger (Eds.), Shared
leadership : Reframing the hows and whys of leadership
(pp. 1-18). Thousand Oaks, CA : Sage. |
|
RUSH, M.C., PHILLIPS, J.S. & LORD, R.G. (1981). The
effects of a temporal delay in rating on leader behavior
descriptions : A laboratory investigation. Journal of
Applied Psychology, 66, 442-450. |
EAGLY, A.H. (2003). The rise of female leaders. Zeitschrift
für Social Psychologie, 34, 123-132. [PDF] |
|
WEISS, H.M. & ADLER, S. (1981). Cognitive complexity
and the structure of implicit leadership theories. Journal
of Applied Psychology, 66, 69-78. |
POUNDER, J.S. (2003). Employing transformational
leadership to enhance the quality of management
development instruction. Journal of Management
Development, 22, 6-13. |
|
TYLER, T.R. & CAINE, A. (1981). The role of
distributional and procedural fairness in the endorsement
of formal leaders. Journal of Personality &
Social Psychology, 41, 642-655. |
|
|
CHELLADURAI, P. & CARRON, A.V. (1983). Athletic
maturity and preferred leadership. Journal of Sport
Psychology, 5, 371-380. |
HOUGHTON, J., NECK, C.P. & MANZ, C.C. (2003).
Self-leadership and superLeadership : The heart and the
art of creating shared leadership in teams. In C.L. Pearce
& J.A. Conger (Eds.), Shared leadership :
Reframing the hows and whys of leadership (pp.
123-140). Thousand Oaks, CA : Sage. |
|
KENNY, D.A. & ZACCARO, S.J. (1983). An estimate of
variance due to traits in leadership. Journal of
Applied Psychology, 68, 678-685. |
HALVERSON, S.K., MURPHY, S.E. & RIGGIO, R.E. (2004).
Charismatic leadership in crisis situations : A laboratory
investigation of stress and crisis. Small Group
Research, 35, 495-514. |
|
COOK, F.L., TYLER, T.R., GOETZ, E.G., GORDON, M.T.,
PROTESS, D., LEFF, D. & MOLOTCH, H. (1983). Media and
agenda-setting: Effects on the public, interest group
leaders, policy makers, and policy. Public Opinion
Quarterly, 47, 16-45 |
|
|
SINGH, R. (1983). Leadership style and reward allocation :
Does least preferred co-worker scale measure task and
relation orientation ? Organizational Behavior &
Human Performance, 32 (2), 178-197. |
|
|
ADAIR, J. (1984). The skills of leadership.
Aldershot : Gower. |
MINTZ, A. (2004). How do leaders make decisions ? A
poliheuristic perspective. Journal of Conflict
Resolution, 48 (1), 3-13. [PDF] |
|
SMITH, J.E., CARSON, K.P. & ALEXANDER, R.A. (1984).
Leadership : It can make a difference. Academy of
Management Journal, 27, 765-776. |
SALAS, E., BURKE, C.S., FOWLKES, J.E. & WILSON, K.A.
(2004). Promoting effective leadership within
multi-cultural teams : An even-based approach. In D. Day,
S.J. Zaccaro & S.M. Halpin (Eds), Leader
development for transforming organizations (pp.
293-324). Mahwah, NJ : LEA, Inc. |
|
SIMONTON, D.K. (1984/1999). Genius, creativity and
leadership : Historiometric inquiries. Cambridge :
Harvard University Press. |
AYMAN, R. (2004). Situational and contingency approaches
to leadership. In J. Antonakis, A.T. Cianciolo & R.J.
Sternberg (Eds.), The nature of leadership. (pp.
148-170). Thousand Oaks, CA : Sage. |
|
LORD, R.G., FOTI, R.J. & DEVADER, L. (1984). A test of
leadership categorization theory. Organizational
Behavior & Human Performance, 34, 343-378. |
WILLIAMS, S.D. (2004). Personality, attitude and leader
influences on divergent thinking and creativity in
organizations. European Journal of Innovation
Management, 7, 187-201. |
|
CHELLADURAI, P. (1984). Discrepancy between preferences
and perceptions of leadership behavior and satisfaction of
athletes in varying sports. Journal of Sport
Psychology, 6, 27-41. |
VAN VUGT, M., JEPSON, S., HART, C. & CREMER, D.
(2004). Autocratic leadership in social dilemmas : A
threat to group stability. Journal of Experimental
Social Psychology, 40, 1-13. [PDF] |
|
TICHY, N. & ULRICH, D. (1984). The leadership
challenge : a call for the transformational leader.
Sloan Management Review, 26 (1), 59-68. |
BLIGH, M.C., KOHLES, J.C. & MEINDL, J.R. (2004).
Charting the language of leadership : A methodological
investigation of President Bush and the crisis of 9/11. Journal
of Applied Psychology, 83, 562-574. |
|
BENNIS, W.G. & NANUS, B. (1985). Leaders : The
strategies for taking charge. New York : Harper
& Row. |
LOUGHEAD, T.M. & CARRON, A.V. (2004). The mediating
role of cohesion in the leader behavior-satisfaction
relationship. Psychology of Sport & Exercises, 5
(3), 355-371. [PDF] |
|
MEINDL, J.R., EHRLICH, S.B. & DUKERICH, J.M. (1985).
The romance of leadership and the evaluation of
organizational performance. Academy of Management
Journal, 30, 90-109. |
JUDGE, T.A., COLBERT, A.E. & ILIES, R. (2004).
Intelligence and leadership : A quantitative review and
test of theoretical propositions. Journal of Applied
Psychology, 89, 542-552. |
|
BASS, B.M. (1985). Leadership and performance beyond
expectations. New York : Free Press. |
MACCOBY, M., GITTEL, J. & LEDEEN, N. (2004).
Leadership and the fear factor. MIT Sloan Management
Review, 45 (2), 14-18. |
|
TYLER, T.R. RASINSKI, K. & SPODICK, N. (1985). The
influence of voice on satisfaction with leaders :
Exploring the meaning of process control. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 48, 72-81. |
PEARCE, C.L. (2004). The future of leadership : Combining
vertical and shared leadership to transform knowledge
work. Academy of Management Executive, 18 (1),
47-57. |
|
RASINSKI, K., TYLER, T.R. & FRIDKIN, K. (1985).
Legitimacy and leadership endorsement. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 49, 386-394. |
CHARBONNEAU, D. (2004). Influence tactics and perceptions
of transformational leadership. The Leadership &
Organizational Development Journal, 25 (7),
565-576. |
|
WEISS, M.R. & FRIEDRICHS, W.D. (1986). The influence
of leader behaviors, coach attributes, and institutional
variables on performance and satisfaction of collegiate
basketball teams. Journal of Sport Psychology, 8,
332-346. |
KELLERMAN, B. (2004). Bad leadership : What it is,
how it happens, why it matters. Boston : Harvard
Business School Press. |
|
MANZ, C.C. (1986), Self leadership : Toward An expanded
theory of self influence processes in organizations. Academy
of Management Review, 11, 585-600. |
BLIGH, M.C. & MEINDL, J.R. (2004). The cultural
ecology of leadership : An analysis of popular leadership
books. In D.M. Messick & R.M. Kramer (Eds.), The
psychology of leadership : New perspectives and research
(pp. 11-52). LEA Press. |
|
RY, L.W., KERR, S. & LEE, C. (1986). Effects of
different leader behaviors under different levels of task
interdependence. Human Relations, 39, 1067-1082. |
PEARCE, C.L., YOO, Y. & ALAVI, M. (2004). Leadership,
social work, and virtual teams : The relative influence of
vertical versus shared leadership in the nonprofit sector.
In R. Riggio & S.S. Orr (Eds.), Improving
leadership in nonprofit organizations (pp.
180-203). San Francisco, CA : Jossey-Bass. |
|
TICHY, N. & DEVANNA, M.A. (1986). The
transformational leader. New York : Wiley. |
WALUMBA, F.O., WU, C. & OJODE, L.A. (2004). Gender and
instructional outcomes : The mediating role of leadership
style. Journal of Management Development, 23,
124-140. |
|
HOLLANDER, E.P. (1986). On the central role of leadership
processes. International Review of Applied Psychology,
35, 39-52. |
HOUSE, R., HANGES, P.J., JAVIDAN, M., DORFMAN, P.W. &
GUPTA, V. (2004). Culture, leadership and
organizations. The Globe study of 62 Societies.
Thousand Oaks : Sage. |
|
MEIBAUM, A.J. (1986). The antecedents and consequences of
transformational leadership. Dissertation Abstracts
International : Section B : the Sciences &
Engineering, 53, 215. |
BONO, J.E. & JUDGE, T.A. (2004). Personality and
transformational and transactional leadership : A
meta-analysis. Journal of Applied Psychology, 89 (5),
901-910. [PDF] |
|
|
MEINDL, J.R. & EHRLICH, S.B. (1987). The romance of
leadership and the evaluation of organizational
perfonnance. Academy of Management Journal, 30,
91-109. |
MAWHINNEY, T.C. (2005). Effective leadership in
superior-subordinate dyads : theory and data. Journal
of Organizational Behavior Management, 25 (4),
37-77. |
|
BASS, B.M., WALDMAN, D.A., AVOLIO, B.J. & BEBB, M.
(1987). Transformational leadership and the falling
dominoes effect. Group and Organization Studies, 12,
73-87. |
BEAUCHAMP, M.R., BRAY. S.R., EYS, M.A. & CARRON, A.V.
(2005). Leadership behaviors and multidimensional role
ambiguity perceptions in team sports. Small Group
Research, 36 (1), 5-20 [PDF] |
|
CONGER, J.A. & KANUNGO, R.N. (1987). Toward a
behavioral theory of charismatic leadership in
organizational setting. Academy of Management Revirw,
12, 637-647. |
HOGG, M.A., MARTIN, R., EPITROPAKI, O., MANKAD, A.,
SVENSSON, A. & WEEDEN, K. (2005). Effective leadership
in salient groups : Revisiting leader-member exchange
theory from the perspective of the social identity theory
of leadership. Personality & Social Psychology
Bulletin, 31, 991-1004.
[PDF] |
|
SERGIOVANNI, T. (1987). Leadership and organizational
culture. University of Chicago, Chicago, IL. |
WINTER, D.G. (2005). Things i've learned about personality
from studying political leaders at a distance. Journal
of Personality, 73, 557-584. [PDF] |
|
FEIDLER, F.E. & GARCIA, J.E. (1987). New
approaches to effective leadership. New York :
Wiley. |
HOGAN, R., CURPHY, G.J. & HOGAN, J. (2005). What we
know about leadership : Effectivness and personality. American
Psychologist, 49 (6), 493-504. [PDF] |
|
MANZ, C.C. & SIMS, P.H. (1987). Leading workers to
lead themselves : the external leadership of self- managed
work team. Administrative Science Quarterly, 32,
106-128. |
DE HOOGH, A., DEN HARTOG, D. & KOOPMAN, P. (2005).
Linking the big five-factors of personality to charismatic
and transactional leadership; perceived dynamic work
environment as a moderator. Journal of Organizational
Behavior, 26 (7), 839-865.
[PDF] |
|
KOUZES, J.M. & POSNER, B.Z. (1987). The leadership
challenge : How to get extraordinary things done in
organizations. San Francisco : Jossey-Bass. |
HOWELL, J.M. & SHAMIR, B. (2005). The role of
followers in the charismatic leadership process :
Relationships and their consequences. Academy of
Management Review, 30 (1), 96-112. |
|
VECCHIO, R.P. (1987). Effective followership : leadership
turned upside down. Journal of Business Strategies,
4, 39-47. |
BALDONI, J. (2005). Great motivation secrets of great
leaders. McGraw Hill Professional. |
|
ADAIR, J. (1988). The action-centred leader. London
: Industrial Society. |
AVOLIO, B.J. & GARDNER, W.L. (2005). Authentic
leadership development: Getting to the root of positive
forms of leadership. The Leadership Quarterly, 16
(3), 315- 338. |
|
BROWN, S.D., LAMBERT, R.D., KAY, B.J. & CURTIS, J.E.
(1988). In the eye of the beholder : Leader images in
Canada. Canadian Journal of Political Science 21,
729-755. |
TAKALA, T. (2005). Charismatic leadership and power. Business
Source Complete, 3, 45-57. |
| |
SPILLANE, J.P. (2005). Distributed leadership. The
Educational Forum, 69 (2), 143-150. |
|
ADAIR, J. (1988). The action-centred leader. London
: Industrial Society. |
CHEN, Y.N. & TJOSVOLD, D.W. (2005). Working with
foreign managers : conflict management for effective
leader relationships in China. International Journal
of Conflict Management, 16 (3), 265-286. |
|
AVOLIO, B.J., WALDMAN, D.A. & EINSTEIN, W.O. (1988).
Transformational leadership in a managementgame
simulation. Group & Organizational Studies, 13,
59-80. |
YUKL, G. & LEPSINGER, R. (2005). Why integrating the
leading and managing roles is essential for organizational
effectiveness. Organizational Dynamics, 34 (4),
361-375. |
|
DAY, D.V. & LORD, R.G. (1988). Executive leadership
and organizational performance. Journal of
Management, 14, 453-464. |
BERDAHL, J.L. & ANDERSON, C. (2005). Men, women, and
leadership centralization in groups over time. Group
Dynamics : Theory, Research, & Practice, 9 (1),
45-57. [PDF] |
|
THOMAS, A. (1988). Does leadership make a difference to
organizational performance ? Administrative Science
Quarterly, 33, 388-400. |
HOGAN, R. & KAISER, R.B. (2005). What we know about
leadership. Review of General Psychology, 9 (2),
169-180. [PDF] |
|
POSNER, B.Z. & KOUZES, J.M. (1988). Development and
validation of the Leadership Practices Inventory. Educational
& Psychological Measurement, 48, 483-496. |
SHAMIR, B. & EILAM, G. (2005). What's your story ? A
life-stories approach to authentic leadership development.
The Leadership Quarterly, 16 (2), 395-417. [PDF] |
| |
CHEN, Y.N., TJOSVOLD, D.W. & FANG, S.S. (2005).
Working with foreign managers : conflict management for
effective leader relationships in China. International
Journal of Conflict Management, 16 (3), 265-286. |
| |
HALLINGER, P. (2005). Instructional leadership and the
school principal : A passing fancy that refuses to fade
away. Leadership & Policy in Schools, 4,
1–20. |
| |
BROWN, M.E., TREVINO, L.K. & HARRISON, D.A. (2005).
Ethical leadership : A social learning perspective for
construct development and testing. Organizational
Behavior & Human Decision Processes, 97 (2),
117-134 |
|
CHELLADURAI, P., IMAMURA, H., YAMAGUCHI, J., OINUMA, Y.
& MIYAUCHI, T. (1988). Sport leadership in a
cross-national setting : The case of Japanese and Canadian
University athletes. Journal of Sport & Exercise
Psychology, 10, 374-389. |
WANG, H., LAW, K.S., HACKETT, R.D., WANG, D. & CHEN,
Z.X. (2005). Leader-member exchange as a mediator of e
relationship between transformational leadership and
followers' performance and organizational citizenship. Academy
of Management Journal, 48, 420-432. |
|
VROOM, V.H. & JAGO A.G. (1988). The new
leadership. Englewood Cliffs, NJ : Prentice Hall. |
HOROWITZ, M., McDERMOTT, R. & STAM, A. (2005). Leader
age, regime type, and violent international relations. Journal
of Conflict Resolution, 49 (5), 661-685. |
|
TRINIDAD, C. & NORMORE, A. (2005). Leadership and
gender : A dangerous liason ? Leadership &
Organization Development Journal, 26 (7), 574-590. |
|
PEARCE, C.L. & MANZ, C.C. (2005). The new silver
bullets of leadership : The importance of self and shared
leadership in knowledge work. Organizational
Dynamics, 34 (2), 130-140. |
|
MULLEN, B., SALAS, E. & DRISKELL, J.E. (1989).
Salience, motivation and artifact as contributions to the
relation between participation rates and leadership. Journal
of Experimental Social Psychology, 25, 545-559. |
HOGG, M.A., MARTIN, R., EPITROPAKI, O., MANKAD, A.,
SVENSSON, A. & WEEDEN, K. (2005). Effective leadership
in salient groups : Revisiting leader-member exchange
theory from the perspective of the social identity theory
of leadership. Personality & Social Psychology
Bulletin, 31, 991-1004.
[PDF] |
| |
AVOLIO, B.J. & GARDNER, W.L. (2005). uthentic
leadership development : Getting to the root of positive
forms of leadership. The Leadership Quarterly, 16
(3), 315- 338. |
|
ALIG-MILECAREK, J.M. & HOY, W.K. (2005).
Instructional leadership: its nature, meaning, and
influence. In W.K. Hoy et C.G. Miskel, (Eds.), Educational
leadership and reform (pp. 29-51). É.-U. :
Information Age Publishing. |
|
YUKL, G.A. (1989). Leadership in organizations. Englewood
: Prentice-Hall. |
SHAMIR, B., DAYAN-HORESH, H. & ADLER, D. (2005).
Leading by biography : Toward a life-story approach to the
study of leadership. Leadership, 1, 13-29. |
|
VAN KNIPPENBERG, B. & VAN KNIPPENBERG, D. (2005).
Leader self sacrifice and leadership effectiveness : The
moderating role of leader prototypicality. Journal of
Applied Psychology, 90, 25-37. |
|
PAUL, R.J. & EBADI, Y.M. (1989). Leadership decision
making in a service organization : A field test of the
Vroom-Yetton model. Journal of Occupational
Psychology, 62, 201-211. [PDF] |
DAWSON, B. (2005). Motivation leaders to better results. Journal
of Rubber & Plastics, 37, 11-15. |
| |
SHAMIR, B. & EILAM, G. (2005). «What's your story ?» A
life-stories approach to authentic leadership development.
The Leadership Quarterly, 16 (3), 395-417. |
| |
TYLER, T.R. & DeCREMER, D. (2005). Process based
leadership: Fair procedures, identification, and the
acceptance of change. Leadership Quarterly, 16,
529-545. |
|
TETRICK, L.E. (1989). The motivating potential of leader
behavior : A comparison of two models. Journal of
Applied Social Psychology, 19, 947-958. |
CHEN, Y.N. & TJOSVOLD, D. (2005). Cross-cultural
leadership : goal interdependence and leader-member
relations in foreign ventures in China. Journal of
International Management, 11 (3), 417-439. |
|
SMITH, P.B., MISUMI, J., TAYEB, M., PETERSON, M. &
BOND, M.H. (1989). On the generality of leadership style
measures across cultures. Journal of Occupational
Psychology, 62, 97-109.
[PDF] |
VAN VUGT, M. (2006). The evolutionary origins of
leadership and followership. Personality & Social
Psychology Review, 10, 354-372. [PDF] |
|
O'LEARY, V.E. (1989). Ambition and leadership. In A.
Campbell (Ed.), The opposite sex. London : Ebury
Press. |
GARDINER, J.J. (2006). Transactional, transformational,
and transcendent leadership : metaphors mapping the
evolution of the theory and practice of governance. Leadership
Review, 6, 62-76. [PDF] |
|
KOZLOWSKI, S.W.J. & DOHERTY, M.L. (1989). Integration
of climate and leadership: Examination of a neglected
issue. Journal of Applied Psychology, 74, 546-553. |
NOVICEVIC, M.M., HARVEY, M., RONALD, M. &
BROWN-RADFORD, J.A. (2006). Authentic Leadership : A
Historical Perspective. Journal of Leadership &
Organizational Studies, 13 (1), 64-76. |
|
CONGER, J. (1989). The charismatic leader : Behind
the mystique of exceptional leadership. San
Francisco, CA : Jossey-Bass. |
CONGER, J.A. & RIGGIO, R.E. (2006). Best
Practices in Leadership. San Francisco :
Jossey-Bass Publishers. |
|
ADAIR, J. (1989). Great leaders. Guildford : Talbot Adair
Press, 1989. |
LIPMAN-BLUMEN, J. (2006). The allure of toxic
leaders: Why we follow destructive bosses and corrupt
politicians-and how we can survive them. New York :
Oxford University Press. |
|
|
DeCHRUCH, L.A. & MARKS, M. (2006). Leadership in
multiteam systems. Journal of Applied Psychology, 91
(2), 311-329. |
|
FERRANTE, C.J., GREEN, S.G. & FORSTER, W.R. (2006).
Getting more out of team projects : Incentivizing
leadership to enhance performance. Journal of
Management Education, 30 (6), 788-797 |
|
BENNIS, W. (1989). On becoming a leader.
Reading, MA : Addison-Wesley Publishing Company. |
CHOI, J.A. (2006). A motivational theory of charismatic
leadership : envisioning, empathy, and empowerment. Journal
of Leadership & Organizational Studies, 13 (1),
24-43. [PDF] |
|
BUTLER, D. & GEIS, F.L. (1990). Nonverbal affect
responses to male and female leaders : Implications for
leadership evaluations. Journal of Personality &
Social Psychology, 58, 48-59. |
JUDGE, T.A., LEPINE, J.A. & RICH, B.L. (2006). Loving
yourself abundantly : Relationship of the narcissistic
personality to self and other perceptions of workplace
deviance, leadership, and task and contextual performance.
Journal of Applied Psychology, 91, 762-776. [PDF] |
|
SMOLL, F.L. & SMITH, R.E. (1989). Leadership behaviors
in sport : A conceptual model and research paradigm. Journal
of Applied Social Psychology 19, 1522-1551 |
CHEN, G., TJOSVOLD, D. & LIU, C. (2006). Cooperative
goals, leader people and productivity values : Their
contribution to top management teams in China. Journal
of Management Studies, 43 (5), 1177-1200. |
| |
BALKUNDI, P. & HARRISSON, D.A. (2006).Ties, leaders,
and time in teams : Strong inference about network
structure's effects on team viability and performance. Academy
of Management Journal, 49 (1), 49-68. |
|
PLANTE, P.R. (1990). Leadership and the making of new
words. Liberal Education, 76 (1), 31. |
ILIES, R., JUDGE, T.A. & WAGNER, D.T. (2006). Making
sense of motivational leadership : The trail from
transformational leaders to motivated followers.
Journal of Leadership & Organizational Research, 13,
1-22. |
|
SELTZER, J. & BASS, B.M. (1990). Transformational
leadership : Beyond initiation and consideration.
Journal of Management, 16, 693-703. |
HOLLANDER, E.P. (2006). Influence processes in
leadership-followership : Inclusion and the idiosyncrasy
credit model. In D.A. Hantula (Ed.), Theoretical &
methodological advances in social & organizational
psychology : A tribute to Ralph Rosnow. Mahwah, NJ
: Erlbaum. |
|
MANZ, C.C. & SIMS, H., (1990). Super leadership :
Leading others to lead themselves. New York :
Berkely. |
POUNDER, J.S. (2006). Transformational classroom
leadership : The fourth wave of teacher leadership ? Educational
Management Administration & Leadership, 34, 533-545. |
|
RAFFERTY, A.E. & GRIFFIN, M.A. (2006). Refining
individual consideration: Distinguishing developmental
leadership and supportive leadership. Journal of
Occupational & Organizational Psychology, 79,
37-61 |
|
ROBERTS, W. (1990). Leadership secrets of Attila the
Hun. New York : Warner Books. |
WINSTON, B.E. & PATTERSON, K. (2006). An integrative
definition of leadership. International Journal of
Leadership Studies, 1 (2), 6-66. |
|
EAGLY, A.H. & JOHNSON, B.T. (1990). Gender and
leadership style : A meta-analysis. Psychological
Bulletin, 108 (2), 233-256. [PDF] |
KALAR, T. & WRIGHT, D.L. (2006). Leadership theory and
motivation of medical imaging employees. Radiology
Management, 20-27.
[PDF] |
|
WINTER, D.G. (1990). Leadership, presidential elections,
and pessimistic rumination Psychological Inquiry, 1
(1), 77-79. |
PORTER, L.W. & McLAUGHLIN, G.B. (2006). Leadership and
the organizational context : Like the weather ? Leadership
Quarterly, 17, 559-576. |
|
CHELLADURAI, P. (1990). Leadership in sports : a review. International
Journal of Sport Psychology, 21, 328-354. |
ADLER, N. (2006). The art of leadership : Now that we can
do anything, what will we do ? Academy of Management
Learning & Education Journal, 5 (4), 486-499. |
|
HUNT, J.G., BOAL, K.B. & SORENSEN, R.L. (1990). Top
management leadership : Inside the black box. Leadership
Quarterly, 1, 41-65. |
AVOLIO, B.J. (2007). Promoting more integrative strategies
for leadership theory building. American Psychologist,
62, 25-33.
[PDF] |
|
CONGER, J. (1990). The dark side of leadership. Organizational
Dynamics, 19 (2), 44-55. [PDF] |
KOTLYAR, I. & KARKOWSKY, L. (2007). Falling Over
Ourselves to Follow the Leader. Journal of Leadership
& Organizational Studies, 14 (1), 38-49. |
| |
ZACCARO, S.J. (2007). Trait-based perspectives in
leadership. American Psychologist, 62, 6-16. |
|
LOUGHLIN, C. & ARNOLD, K.A. (2007). Seeking the best :
Leadership lessons from the military. Human Resource
Management, 46, 147-167. |
| |
ZACCARO, S.J. (2007). Leadership : A critical historical
analysis of the influence of trait theories. In L.L.
Koppes (Ed.), The history of industrial and
organizational psychology : The first 100 years.
Mahwah, NJ : Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. |
| |
STERNBERG, R.J. (2007). WICS : A model of positive
educational leadership comprising wisdom, intelligence,
and creativity synthesized. Educational Psychology
Review, 17, 191-262 |
|
PODSAKOFF, P.M., MacKENZIE, S.B., MOORMAN, R.H. &
FETTER, R. (1990). Transformational leadership behaviors
and their effects on followers' trust in leaders,
satisfaction, and organizational citizenship behaviors. Leadership
Quarterly, 1, 107-142. |
PEARCE, C.L., CONGER, J.A. & LOCKE, E.A. (2007).
Shared leadership theory. The Leadership Quarterly, 18
(3), 281-288. [PDF] |
| |
ADAIR, J. (2007). Develop your leadership skills. London :
Kogan Page. |
|
MANZ, C.C. & SIMS, H.P. (1991). Superleading : Beyond
the myth of heroic leadership. Organizational
Dynamics, 22 (2), 18-35. [PDF] |
MAXWELL, J.C. (2007). The 21 irrefutable laws of
leadership : Follow them and people will follow you.
Nashville : Thomas Nelson. |
|
MUMFORD, M.D. & CONNELLY, M.S. (1991). Leaders as
creators : Leader performance and problem solving in
ill-defined domains. Leadership Quarterly, 11 (1),
65-86. |
VROOM, V.H. & JAGO, A.G. (2007). The role of the
situation in leadership. American Psychologist, 62 (1),
17-24. [PDF] |
| |
STERNBERG, R.J. (2007). A systems model of leadership :
WICS. American Psychologist, 62 (1), 34-42. |
|
EAGLY, A.H. & KARAU, S.J. (1991). Gender and the
emergence of leaders : A meta-analysis. Psychological
Bulletin, 60 (5), 685-710. |
BENNIS, W. (2007). The challenges of leadership in the
modern world. American Psychologist, 62 (1),
2-5.
[PDF] + [PDF] |
|
BARRICK, M.R., DAY, D.V., LORD, R.G. & ALEXANDER, R.A.
(1991). Assessing the utility of executive leadership. Leadership
Quarterly, 2, 9-22. |
KAMINSKI, M. & YAKURA, E.K. (2008). Women's union
leadership : closing the gender gap. The Journal of
Labor & Society, 11, 459-475. [PDF] |
|
WINTER, D.G. (1991). A motivational model of leadership :
Predicting long-term management success from TAT measures
of power motivation and responsibility. The
Leadership Quarterly, 2, 67-80 |
STASSER, G. & AUGUSTINOVA, M. (2008). Social
engineering in distributed decision-making teams: Some
implications for leadership at a distance. In S. Weisband
(Ed.), Leadership at a distance (pp. 151-167).
New York, NY : Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. |
|
KIRKPATRICK, S.A. & LOCKE, E.A. (1991). Leadership :
Do traits matter ? Academy of Management Executive,
5, (2), 48-60. |
ASMAN, I. & LAWLER, J. (2008). Existential
communication and leadership. Leadership, 4 (3),
253-269. |
| |
SAVAGE, A. & SALES, M. (2008). The anticipatory leader
: futurist, strategist and integrator. Strategy &
Leadership, 36 (6), 28-35. |
|
KOH, W.L., TERBORG, J.R. & STEERS, R.M. (1991). The
effects of transformational leadership on teacher
attitudes and student performance in Singapore. Journal
of Organizational Behavior, 16, 319-333. |
POUNDER, J.S. (2008). Full-range classroom leadership :
Implications for the cross-organizational and
cross-cultural applicability of the
transformational-transactional paradigm. Leadership,
4, 115-135. |
|
HOLLANDER, E.P. (1992). The essential interdependence of
leadership and followership. Current Directions in
Psychological Science, 1, (2), 71-75. |
TATE, B. (2008). A longitudinal study of the relationships
among self-monitoring, authentic leadership, and
perceptions of leadership. Journal of Leadership
& Organizational Studies, 15, 16-29. |
|
ATWATER, L.E. & YAMMARINO, F.J. (1992). Does
self-other agreement on leadership perceptions moderate
the validity of leadership and performance predictions ? Personnel
Psychology, 45, 141-164. |
VAN VUGT, M., HOGAN, R. & KAISER, R. (2008).
Leadership, followership, and evolution : Some lessons
from the past. American Psychologist, 63,
182-196. [PDF] |
|
EAGLY, A.H., MAKHIJANI, M.G. & KLONSKY, B.G. (1992).
Gender and the evaluation of leaders : A meta-analysis. Psychological
Bulletin, 111, 3-22. |
YUKL, G. (2008). How leaders influence organizational
effectiveness. The Leadership Quarterly, 19 (6),
708-722. |
|
YUKL, G.A. & VAN FLEET, D.D. (1992). Theory and
research on leadership in organizations. In M.D. Dunnette
& L.M. Hough (Eds.), Handbook of industrial and
organizational sychology (pp. 147-197). Palo Alto,
CA : Consulting Psychologists Press. |
AMABILE, T.M. & KHAIRE, M. (2008). Creativity and the
role of leader. Harvard Business Review, 86
(10), 1-11. [PDF] |
| |
RIGGIO, R.E. & REICHARD, R.J. (2008). The emotional
and social intelligences of effective leadership : An
emotional and social skill approach. Journal of
Managerial Psychology, 23 (2), 169-185. |
|
RIGGIO, R.E. (2008). Leadership development : The current
state and future expectations. Consulting Psychology
Journal, 60, 383-392. |
| |
ZHU, W., PENG, Z., NORMAN, S. & RIGGIO, R.E. (2008).
The impact of ethical executive leadership on the American
public : The mediating role of confidence in executive
leadership. China Public Administration Review, 7,
24-41. |
|
HOLLANDER, E.P. (1992). Leadership, followership, self,
and others. Leadership Quarterly, 3 (2), 43-54. |
CLAPP-SMITH, R., VOGELGESANG, G.R. & AVEY, J.B. (2008).
Authentic leadership and positive psychological capital :
the mediating role of trust at the group level of
analysis. Journal of Leadership & Organizational
Studies, 15 (3), 227- 240. |
|
HOLLANDER, E.P. (1992). The essential interdependence of
leadership and followership. Current Directions in
Psychological Science, 1 (2), 71-75. |
RIGGIO, R.E. (2008). Leadership development : The current
state and future expectations. Consulting Psychology
Journal, 60, 383-392. |
|
| |
GILLEY, A., DIXON, P. & GILLEY, J.W. (2008).
Characteristics of leadership effectiveness : Implementing
change and driving innovation in organizations. Human
Resource Development Quarterly, 19 (2), 153-169. |
|
DENMARK, F.L. (1993). Women, leadership, and empowerment.
Psychology of Women Quarterly, 17, 343-356. |
VAN VUGT, M. & SPISAK, B.R. (2008). Sex differences in
leadership emergence during competitions within and
between groups. Psychological Science, 19,
854-858.
[PDF] |
|
KETS DE VRIES, M.F.R. (1993). Leaders, fools, and
imposters : Essays on the psychology of leadership.
San Francisco, CA : Jossey Bass. |
YAMMARINO, F.J., DIONNE, D.S., SCHRIESHEIM, C.A. &
DANSEREAU, F. (2008). Authentic leadership and positive
organizational behavior : A meso, multi-level perspective.
The Leadership Quarterly, 19 (6), 693-707. |
|
SCHEIN, E.H. (1993). Organizational culture and
leadership. San Francisco : Jossey-Bass. |
PULLEN, A. & RHODES, C. (2008)."It's all about me !" :
Gendered narcissism and leaders' identity work.
Leadership, 4, 5-25. [PDF] |
| HOLLANDER, E.P. (1993). Legitimacy, power and influence :
A perspective on relational features of leadership. In M.
M. Chemers & R. Ayman (Eds.), Leadership theory
and research : Perspectives and directions (pp.
29-46). Academic Press. |
MAZUTIS, D. & SLAWINSKI, N. (2008). Leading
organizational learning through authentic dialogue. Management
Learning, 39 (4), 437-456. |
|
SHAMIR, B., HOUSE, R.J. & ARTHUR, M.B. (1993). The
motivational effects of charismatic leadership : A
self-concept based theory. Organization Science, 4 (4),
577-594. [PDF] |
TURNER, J.C. & REYNOLDS, K.J. & SUBASIC, E.
(2008). Identity confers power : The new wiew of
leadership in social psychology. In P. Hart & J. Uhr
(Eds.), Public leadership : Perspectives and
practices. Australia : E Press. [PDF] |
|
BASS, B.M. & STOGDILL, R.M. (1994). Bass &
Stogdill's Handbook of Leadership ; Theory, research,
and managerial applications. New York : The Free
Press. |
STRANG, S.E. & KUHNERT, K.W. (2009). Personality and
Leadership Developmental Levels as predictors of leader
performance. The Leadership Quarterly, 20 (3),
421-433. |
|
BASS, B.M. & AVOLIO, B.J. (Eds.) (1994). Improving
organizational effectiveness through transformational
leadership. Thousand Oaks, CA : Sage Publications |
AVOLIO, B.J., REICHARD, R.J., HANNAH, S.T., WALUMBA, F.O.
& CHAN, A. (2009). A meta-analytic review of
leadership impact research : Experimental and
quasi-experimental studies. The Leadership Quarterly,
20, 764-784. [PDF] |
|
KENNEY, R.A., BLASOVICH, J. & SHAVER, P.R. (1994).
Implicit leadership theories : Prototypes for new leaders.
Basic & Applied Social Psychology, 15, 409-437. |
VAN VUGT, M. (2009). Despotism, democracy and the
evolutionary dynamics of leadership and followership. American
Psychologist, 64, 54-56.
[PDF] |
|
WILLS, G. (1994). Certain trumpets : the nature of
leadership. New York : Simon & Schuster. |
AVOLIO, B.J., WALUMBWA, F.O. & WEBER, T.J. (2009).
Leadership : Current theories, research, and futur
directions. Annual Review of Psychology, 60,
421-449. [PDF] |
|
VROOM, V.H. & JAGO, A.G. (1995). Situation effects and
levels of analysis in the study of leader participation. Leadership
Quarterly, 6, 169-181. |
YUKL, G. (2009). Leadership and organizational learning :
An evaluative essay. Leadership Quarterly, 20
(1), 49-53. |
|
HOLLANDER, E.P. (1995). Ethical challenges in the
leader-follower relationship. Business Ethics
Quarterly, 5 (1), 55-65. |
MARTI, M., GIL, F. & BARASSA, A. (2009).
Organizational leadership. Motives and behaviours of
leaders in current organizations. The Spanish Journal
of Psychology, 12, 267-274. |
|
STEWART, G.L. & MANZ, C.C. (1995). Leadership of
self-managed work teams : A typology and integrative
model. Human Relations, 48 (7), 747-769. |
VAN KLEEF, G.A., HOMAN, A.C., BEERSMA, B., VAN
KNIPPENBERG, D., VAN KNIPPENBERG, B. & DAMEN, F.
(2009). Searing sentiment or cold calculation : The
effects of leader emotional displays on team performance
depend on follower epistemic motivation. Academy of
Management Journal, 52, 562-580. |
|
HANNAH, S.T., UHL-BIEN, M.,AVOLIO, B.J. & CAVARETTA,
F.L. (2009). A framework for examining leadership in
extreme contexts. The Leadership Quarterly, 20,
897-919. |
| |
MORGESON, F.P., DERUE, D.S. & KARAM, E.P. (2009).
Leadership in teams : A functional approach to
understanding leadership structures and processes. Journal
of Management, 36 (1), 5-39. |
|
EAGLY, A.H., KARAU, S.J. & MAKHIJANI, M. (1995).
Gender and the effectiveness of leaders : A meta-analysis.
Psychological Bulletin, 117, 125-145. |
LINDSAY, D.R., FOSTER, C.A., JACKSON, R.J. & HASSAN,
A.M. (2009). Leadership education and assessment : A
developmental approach. Journal of Leadership
Education, 8 (1), 163-176. [PDF] |
|
GOLEMAN, D. (1995). Emotional intelligence. New
York : Bantam. |
KING, A.J., JOHNSON, D.D.P. & VAN VUGT, M. (2009). The
origins and evolution of leadership. Current Biology,
19, 911-916. [PDF] |
| |
BARAN, B.E. & SCOTT, C.W. (2010). Organizing ambiguity
: A grounded theory of leadership and sensemaking within
dangerous contexts. Military Psychology, 22 (1),
42-69. |
| |
SEIFTER, H. & BUSWICK, T. (2010). Special issue on
creatively intelligent companies and leaders : arts- based
learning for business. Journal of Business Strategy,
31 (4), 7-99. |
|
RIEMER, H.A. & CHELLADURAI, P. (1995). Leadership and
satisfaction in athletics. Journal of Sport &
Exercise Psychology, 17, 276-293. |
DEBS, A. & GOEMANS, H.E. (2010). Regime type, the fate
of leaders, and war. American Political Science
Review 104 (3), 430-445. |
| |
GAYA WICKS, P. & RIPPIN, A. (2010). Art as experience
: An inquiry into art and leadership using dolls and
doll-making. Leadership, 6 (3), 259-278. |
| |
RIGGIO, H.R. & RIGGIO, R.E. (2010). Appearance-based
trait inferences and voting: Evolutionary roots and
implications for leadership. Journal of Nonverbal
Behavior, 34 (2), 119-125. |
| |
ADAIR, J. (2010). Strategic leadership : how to think
and plan strategically and provide direction.
London : Kogan Page. |
|
HOLLANDER, E.P. (1995). Organizational leadership and
followership : In P. Collett & A. Furnham (Eds.),
Social psychology at work, Essays in honour of Michael
Argyle. London : Routledge. |
RIPOLL, M.M., RODRIGUEZ, F.G., BARRASA, A. & ANTINO,
M. (2010). Leadership in entrepreneurial organizations :
Context and motives. Psicothema, 22 (4),
880-886. [PDF] |
|
BLANCHARD, K. (1995). Points of power can help
self-leadership. Manage, 46 (3), 12. |
YUKL, G. & MAHSUD, R. (2010). Why flexible and
adaptive leadership is essential. Consulting
Psychology Journal : Practice & Research, 62 (2),
81-93 |
|
BASS, B.M., AVOLIO, B.J. & ATWATER, L. (1996).
The transformational and transactional leadership of men
and women. Applied Psychology : An International
Review, 45, 5-34. |
CHEUNG, F.M. & HALPERN, D.F. (2010). Women at the top
: Powerful leaders define success as work + family in a
culture of gender. American Psychologist, 65,
182-193. |
|
KOZLOWSKI, S.W.J., GULLY, S.M., SALAS, E. &
CANNON-BOWERS, J.A. (1996). Team leadership and
development : Theory principles, and guidelines for
training leaders and teams. In M. Beyerlein, D. Johnson
& S. Beyerlein (Eds.), Advances in
interdisciplinary studies of work teams : Team
leadership (Vol. 3, pp. 251-289). Greenwich, CT :
JAI Press. |
THOMPSON, D. & RIGGIO, R.E. (2010). Introduction to
special issue on defining and measuring character in
leadership. Consulting Psychology Journal, 62
(4), 211-215. |
|
HOUSE, R.J. (1996). Path-goal theory of leadership :
Lessons, legacy, and a reformulated theory. Leadership
Quarterly, 7 (3), 323-325. [PDF] |
HASLAM, S.A., REICHER, S.D. & PLATOW, M.J. (2010). The
new psychology of leadership : Identity, influence and
power. New York : Psychology Press. |
|
NECK, C.P. & MANZ, C.C. (1996). Though self-leadership
: The impact of mental strategies training on employee
behavior, cognition, and emotion. Journal of
Organizational Behavior, 17, 445-467. |
VAN VUGT, M. & AHUJA, A. (2010). Selected : Why
some people lead, why others follow and why it matters;
What evolutionary psychology tells us about leadership
and what makes an outstanding leader. Profile :
London. |
|
KIRKPATRICK, S.A. & LOCKE, E.A. (1996). Direct and
indirect effects of three core charismatic leadership
components on performance and attitudes. Journal of
Applied Psychology, 81, 36-51. |
NORTHOUSE, P.G. (2010). Leadership : Theory and
practice. Los Angeles, CA : Sage. |
|
|
HUI, C. & GRAEN, G. (1997). Guanxi and professional
leadership in contemporary Sino-American joint ventures in
mainland China. Leadership Quarterly, 8,
451-465. |
VAN KLEEF, G.A., HOMAN, A.C., BEERSMA, B. & VAN
KNIPPENBERG, D. (2010). On angry leaders and agreeable
followers : How leaders' emotions and followers'
personalities shape motivation and team performance. Psychological
Science, 21, 1827-1834. |
|
PAWAR, B.S. & EASTMAN, K.K. (1997). The nature and
implications of contextual influences on transformational
leadership : A conceptual examination. Academy of
Management Review, 22, 80-109. |
DECHURCH, L.A., BURKE, C.S., SHUFFLER, M.L., LYONS, R.,
DOTY, D. & SALAS, E. (2011). A historimetric analysis
of leadership in mission critical multi-team environments.
The Leadership Quarterly, 22, 152-169. |
|
MONROE, M.J. (1997). Leadership of organizational change :
Antecedents and implications. Dissertation Abstracts
International, Humanities & Social Sciences, 58, 1364. |
HERNANDEZ, M., EBERLY, M.B., AVOLIO, B.J. & JOHNSON,
M.D. (2011). The loci and mechanisms of leadership :
Exploring a more comprehensive view of leadership theory.
The Leadership Quarterly, 22, 1165-1185. [PDF] |
|
GERSTNER, C.R. & DAY, D.V. (1997). Meta-Analytic review of
leader–member exchange theory : Correlates and construct
issues. Journal of Applied Psychology, 82 (6),
827–844. |
GRANT, A.M., GINO, F. & HOFMANN, D.A. (2011).
Reversing the extraverted leadership advantage : The role
of employee proactivity. Academy of Management
Journal, 54, 528-550. |
| |
ZHU, W., RIGGIO, R.E., AVOLIO, B.J. & SOSIK, J.J.
(2011). The effect of leadership on follower moral
identity : Does transformational/transactional style make
a difference ? Journal of Leadership &
Organizational Studies, 18 (2), 150-163. |
| |
GOTTFRIED, A.E., GOTTFRIED, A.W., REICHARD, R.J., GUERIN,
D.W., OLIVER, P.H. & RIGGIO, R.E. (2011). Motivational
roots of leadership : A longitudinal study from childhood
through adulthood. The Leadership Quarterly, 22 (3),
510-519. |
| |
ZHU, W., AVOLIO, B.J., RIGGIO, R.E. & SOSIK, J.J.
(2011). The effect of authentic transformational
leadership on follower and group ethics. The
Leadership Quarterly, 22 (5), 801-817. |
|
ROSS, S.M. & OFFERMANN, L.R. (1997). Transformational
leaders : Measurement of personality attributes and work
group performance. Personality & Social
Psychology Bulletin, 23, 1078-1086. |
VAN VUGT, M. & AHUJA, A. (2011). Naturally
selected : The evolutionary science of leadership.
New York : HarperCollins. |
|
GOTTFRIED, A.E., GOTTFRIED, A.W., REICHARD, R.J., GUERIN,
D.W., OLIVER, P.H. & RIGGIO, R.E. (2011). Motivational
roots of leadership : A longitudinal study from childhood
through adulthood. The Leadership Quarterly, 22
(3), 510-519. |
| |
WALUMBA, F.O., LUTHANS, F., AVERY, J.B. & OKE, A.
(2011). Authentically leading groups : The mediating role
of collective psychological capital and trust. Journal
ofOrganizational Behavior, 32, 4-24. |
| |
GRANT, A.M. & HOFMANN, D.A. (2011). Outsourcing
inspiration : The performance effects of ideological
messages from leaders and beneficiaries. Organizational
Behavior & Human Decision Processes, 116, 173-187. |
| |
OLIVER, P.H., GUERIN, D.W., GOTTFRIED, A.W., GOTTFRIED,
A.E., REICHARD, R.J. & RIGGIO, R.E. (2011). Adolescent
family environmental antecedents to leadership potential :
A longitudinal mediational analysis. The Leadership
Quarterly, 22 (3), 535- 544. |
| |
REICHARD, R.J. RIGGIO, R.E., GERIN, D.W., OLIVER, P.H.,
GOTTFRIED, A.W. & GOTTFRIED, A.E. (2011). A
prospective, longitudinal study of the relationship
between adolescent personality and intelligence and adult
leader emergence and transformational leadership. The
Leadership Quarterly, 22 (3), 471-481. |
| |
ENSARI, N., RIGGIO, R.E., R.E., CHRISTIAN, J. &
CARSLAW, G. (2011). Who emerges as a leader ?
Meta-analyses of individual differences as predictors of
leadership emergence. Personality & Individual
Differences, 51, 532-536. |
|
CONGER, J.A. (1998). Qualitative research as the
cornerstone methodology for understanding leadership. Leadership
Quarterly, 9 (1), 107-121. |
AVOLIO, B.J. & HANNAH, S.T. (2011). The locus of
leadership. The Leadership Quarterly, 22, 979-983. |
| |
NONAKA, I. & TAKEUCHI, H. (2011). The wise leader. Harvard
Business Review, 89 (5), 58-67. |
| |
LISK, T.C. KAPLANCALI, U.T. & RIGGIO, R.E. (2012).
Leadership in multiplayer online gaming environments. Simulation
& Gaming, 43 (1), 133-149. |
|
MEARSHEIMER, J.J. (2011). Why leaders lie : The truth
about lying in international politics. New York :
Oxford University Press. |
| |
GUERIN, D.W., OLIVER, P.H., GOTTFRIED, A.W., GOTTFRIED,
A.E., REICHARD, R.J. & RIGGIO, R.E. (2011). Childhood
and adolescent antecedents of social skills and leadership
potential in adulthood : Temperamental approach/withdrawal
and extraversion. The Leadership Quarterly, 22
(3), 482-494. |
|
GIACALONE, R.A., KNOUSE, S.B. & PEARCE, G.L. (1998).
The education of leaders : Impression management as a
functional competence. Journal of Management Systems,
10 (2), 67-80. |
YUKL, G. (2011). Contingency theories of effective
leadership. In A. Bryman, D. Collinson, K. Grint, B.
Jackson & M. Uhl-Bien (Eds.), The SAGE handbook of
leadership (pp. 286- 298). Thousand Oaks, CA :
Sage. |
|
CHELLADURAI, P. & RIEMER, H.A. (1998). Measurement of
leadership in sport. In J.L. Duda (Ed.), Advances in
sport and exercise psychology measurement (pp.
227-253). Morgantown, WV : Fitness Information Technology. |
SABIR, M.S., SOHAIL, A. & KHAN, M.A.S. (2012). Impact
of leadership style on organization commitment : In a
mediating role of employee values. Journal of
Economics & Behavioral Studies, 3 (2), 145-152.
[PDF] |
| |
AL-TOUBY, S.S. (2012). Functiona results oriented
healthcare leadership : A novel leadership model. Oman
Medical Journal, 27 (2), 104-107. [PDF] |
|
CHUANG, A., JUDGE, T.A. LIAW, Y.J. (2012).
Transformational leadership and customer service: A
moderated mediation model of negativity affectivity and
emotion regulation. European Journal of
Work & Organizational Psychology, 21, 28-56. |
| |
YOUSSEF, C.M. & LUTHANS, F. (2012). Positive global
leadership. Journal of World Business, 47,
539-547. |
|
CONGER, J.A. (1998). Qualitative research as the
cornerstone methodology for understanding leadership. Leadership
Quarterly, 9, 107–121. |
WARNER, N. & RIGGIO, R.E. (2012). Italian-American
leadership in Hollywood films : Images and realities. Leadership,
8 (3), 211-227. |
|
LEVINE, E.L. (1998). Reflections of a reluctant
chairperson : A model of leadership applied to academic
administration. The Psychologist-Manager Journal, 2,
13-24. |
HOGG, M.A., VAN KNIPPENBERG, D. & RAST, D.E. (2012).
Intergroup leadership in organizations : Leading across
group and intergroup boundaries. Academy of Management
Review, 37, 232-255. [PDF] |
|
CONGER, J.A. (1998). Education for leaders : Current
practices, new directions. The Journal of Management
Systems, 10 (2), 81-90. |
HAMEDOGLU, M.A., KANTOR, J. & GÜLAY, E. (2012). The
effect of locus of control and culture on leader
preferences. International Online Journal of
Educational Sciences, 4 (2), 319-324. [PDF] |
| |
YOUSSEF, C.M. & LUTHANS, F. (2012). Positive global
leadership. Journal of World Business, 47,
539-547. |
|
COHEN, B.D., FIDLER, J.W. & ETTIN, M.F. (1998).
Conceptions of leadership : The "analytic stance" of the
group psychotherapist. Group Dynamics : Theory,
Research & Practice, 2 (2), 118-131. |
BAXTER, J. (2012). Women of the corporation : a
sociolinguistic perspective of senior women's leadership
language in the UK. Journal of Sociolinguistics, 16
(1), 81-107. |
|
GOLEMAN, D. (1998). Working with emotional
intelligence. New York : Bantam. |
HOLLANDER, E.P. (2012). Inclusive leadership : The
essential leader-follower relationship. Routledge. |
| |
HOOGERVOST, N., DE CREMER, D., VAN DIJKE, M. & MAYER,
D.M. (2012). When do leaders sacrifice? The effects of
sense of power and belongingness on leader self-sacrifice.
The Leadership Quarterly, 23, 883-896. [PDF] |
| |
ALGERA, P.M. & LIPS-WIERSMA, M. (2012). Radical
authentic leadership : Cocreating the conditions under
which ali members of the organization can be authentic.
The Leadership Quarter/y, 23 (1), 118-131. |
|
CARLESS, S.A. (1998). Gender differences in
transformational leadership : An examination of superior,
leader, and subordinate perspectives. Sex Roles, 39,
887-902. |
RAST, D.E., GAFFNEY, A.M., HOGG, M.A. & CRISP, R.J.
(2012). Leadership under uncertainty : When leaders who
are non-prototypical group members can gain support. Journal
of Experimental Social Psychology, 48, 646-653. |
|
YUKL, G.A. (Ed.) (1998/2002). Leadership in
organizations. Upper Saddle River, NJ : Prentice
Hall. |
SPISAK, B.R., HOMAN, A.C., GRABO, A. & VAN VUGT, M.
(2012). Facing the situation : Testing a biosocial
contingency model of leadership in intergroup relations
using masculine and feminine faces. The Leadership
Quarterly, 23 (2), 273-280. [PDF] |
|
PRUSSIA, G.E., ANDERSON, J.S. & MANZ, C.C. (1998).
Self-leadership and performance outcomes : The mediating
influence of self-efficacy. Journal of Organizational
Behavior, 19, 523-538. |
RE, D.E., HUNTER, D.W., COETZEE, V., TIDDEMAN, B.P., XIAO,
D., DEBRUINE, L.M., JONES, B.C. & PERRETT, D.E.
(2013). Looking like a leader-facial shape predicts
perceived height and leadership ability. PLOS One, 8
(12), 1-10. [PDF] |
| |
MSILA, V. (2013). Instructional leadership : Empowering
teachers through critical reflection and journal writing.
Journal of Social Sciences, 35 (2), 81-88. |
| |
YOUSSEF-MORGAN, C.M. & LUTHANS, F. (2013). Positive
leadership : Meaning and application across cultures. Organizational
Dynamics, 42 (3), 198-208. [PDF] |
| |
THOMAS, G., MARTIN R. & RIGGIO, R.E. (2013). Leading
groups : Leadership as a group process. Group
|
| |
SHEARD, A.G., KAKABADSE, N. & KAKABADSE, A.P. (2013).
Destructive behaviors and leadership : the source of the
shift from a functional to dysfunctional workplace ? International
Journal of Social Science Studies, 1 (1), 73-89. [PDF] |
| |
TAKEUCHI, H. (2013). Wise leadership and wise capitalism.
Kindai Management Review, 1, 15-26. |
| |
SHEARD, A.G., KAKABADSE, N. & KAKABADSE, A.P. (2013).
Visceral behaviours and leadership: a dark side of
boardroom life ? Journal of Management Development,
32, 18-35. |
| |
SCHYNS, B. & SCHILLING, J. (2013). How bad are the
effects of bad leaders ? A meta-analysis of destructive
leadership and its outcomes. Leadership Quarterly, 24
(1), 138-158. |
|
STOEBERL, P.A., KWON, I.G., HAN, D. & BAE, M. (1998).
Leadership and power relationships based on culture and
gender. Women in Management Review, 13 (6),
208-216. |
JACKSON, T.A., MEYER, J.P. & WANG, X.-H. (2013).
Leadership, commitment, and culture : A meta-analysis. Journal
of Leadership & Organizational Studies, 20,
84-106. |
|
SCHMITT, D.P. & WINTER, D.G. (1998). Measuring the
motives of Soviet leadership and Soviet society :
Congruence reflected or congruence created ? Leadership
Quarterly, 9, 293-307. |
OLIVOLA, C.Y., EUBANK, D.L. & LOVELACE, J.B. (2014).
The many (distinctive) faces of leadership : inferring
leadership domain from facial appearance. Leadership
Quaterly, 25, 817-834. |
| |
BAXTER, J. (2014). "If you had only listened
carefully...": the discursive construction of emerging
leadership in a UK all-women management team.
Discourse & Communication, 8 (1), 23-39. |
| |
ZACCARO, S.J. (2014). Leadership memes : From ancient
history and literature to twenty-first century theory and
research. In D. Day, (Ed.), The Oxford handbook of
leadership and organizations. Oxford, England :
Oxford University Press. |
| |
LITTLE, A.C. (2014). Facial appearance and leader choice
in different contexts : Evidence for task contingent
selection based on implicit and learned face-behaviour or
face-ability associations. The Leadership Quarterly,
25 (5), 865-874. |
| |
IONESCU, V. (2014). Leadership, culture and organizational
change. Manager, 20 (1), 65-71. |
|
CONGER, J.A. & BENJAMIN, B. (1999). Building
leaders : How successful companies develop the next
generation. San Francisco : Jossey-Bass |
VAN VUGT, M. & GRABO, A.E. (2015). The many faces of
leadership : An evolutionary-psychology approach.
Current Directions in Psychological Science, 1-6.
[PDF]
|
|
LOK, P. & CRAWFORD, J. (1999). The relationship
between commitment and organizational culture, subculture,
leadership style and job satisfaction in organizational
change and development. Leadership & Organization
Development Journal, 20 (7), 365-373. [PDF] |
HOGG, M.A. (2015). Constructive leadership across groups :
How leaders can combat prejudice and conflict between
subgroups. Advances in Group Processes, 32, 177-207.
[PDF] |
| |
WUESTMAN, D., C.M.A. & CASEY J. (2015). Lean
leadership : Sustaining long-term process change.
Strategic Finance, 96 (8), 15-16, 61. |
|
AVOLIO, B.J., BASS, B.M. & JUNG, D.I. (1999).
Re-examining the components of transform ational and
transactional leadership using the Multifactor Leadership
Questionnaire. Joumal of Occupational &
Organisational Psychology, 72, 441-462. [PDF] |
KESTING, P., ULHOI, J.P., SONG, L.J. & NIU, H. (2015).
The impact of leadership styles on innovation management -
a review and a synthesis. Journal of Innovation
Management, 3, (4), 22-41. [PDF] |
|
CARLI, L.L. & EAGLY, A.H. (1999). Gender effects on
influence and emergent leadership. In G.N. Powell (Ed.), Handbook
of gender & work (pp. 203-222). Thousand Oaks,
CA : Sage. |
HURDUZE, R-E. (2015). The impact of leadership on
organisational performance. Practical Application of
Science, 3 (1), 289-293. [PDF] |
| |
HAO, M.J. & YAZDANIFARD, R. (2015). How effective
leadership can facilitate change in organizations through
improvement and innovation. Global Journal of
Management & Business Research : A Administration
& Management, 15 (9), 1-5. [PDF] |
|
VAN VUGT, M. & DE CREMER, D. (1999). Leadership in
social dilemmas : Social identification effects on
collective actions in public goods. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 76, 587-599. |
JOHNSON, D.D.P. (2015). Leadership in war : Evolution,
cognition, and the military intelligence hypothesis. In
D.M. Buss (Eds.), Handbook of evolutionary
psychology. Wiley. |
| |
ATKINSON, P. & MacKENZIE, R. (2015). Without
leadership there is no change. Management Services, 59
(2), 42-47. |
| |
RIGGIO, R.E. SAGGI, K. (2015). Belief in generational
stereotypes : Why there is a there there. Industrial
& Organizational Psychology : Perspectives on
Science & Practice, 8 (3), 340-342. |
| |
RIGGIO, R.E. (2015). Teaching leadership: Most any
psychologist can do it. Teaching of Psychology, 42
(4), 361-367. |
|
BASS, B.M. (1999). Two decades of research and development
in transformational leadership. European Journal of
Work & Organizational Psychology, 8 (1), 9-32.
[PDF] |
KRAPL, J.E. & KRUJA, B. (2015). Leadership and
culture. Journal of Organizational Behavior
Management, 35, 28-43. |
|
SOSIK, J.J. & MEGERIAN, L.E. (1999). Understanding
leader emotional intelligence and performance : The role
of self-other agreement on transformational leadership
perceptions. Group & Organization Management, 24,
367-390. |
HOUMANFAR, M.A. & MATTAINI, M.A. (2016). Leadership
and cultural change : Implications for behavior analysis.
The Behavior Analyst, 39 (1), 41-46. [PDF] |
|
YUKL, G.A. (1999). An evaluation of conceptual weaknesses
in transformational and charismatic leadership theories. The
Leadership Quarterly, 10 (2), 285-305. |
MATTAINI, M.A. & ASPHOLM, R. (2016). Contributions of
behavioral systems science to leadership for a new
progressive movement. The Behavior Analyst, 39 (1),
109-121. [PDF] |
| |
KOZLOWSKI, S.W.J., MAK, S. & CHAO, G.T. (2016).
Team-Centric Leadership : An Integrative Review.
Annual Review of Organizational Psychology &
Organizational Behavior, 3 (1), 21-54. |
|
CHRIESHEIM, C.A., CASTRO, S.L. & COGLISER, C.C.
(1999). Leader-member exchange (LMX) research : A
comprehensive review of theory, measurement, and
data-analytic practices. Leadership Quarterly, 10, 63-113. |
MALOTT, M.E. (2016). What studying leadership can teach us
about the science of behavior. Behavior Analyst, 39 (1),
47-74. [PDF] |
| |
PETROU, P., VAN DEN HEUVEL, M. & SCHAUFELI, W.B.
(2017). The joint effects of promotion and prevention
focus on performance and sickness of leaders versus
managers. Personnel Review, 46 (8), 1493-1507. [PDF] |
| |
PNANEUF, J.É., BOUDRIAS, J.-S., ROUSSEAU, V. et BRUNELLE,
É. (2018). Personnalité et leadership : est-ce que le
modèle des "great eight" permet de prédire le leadership
des gestionnaires. Revue Québécoise de Psychologie,
39 (1), 181-204. [PDF] |
| |
SY, T., HORTON, C. & RIGGIO, R.E. (2018). Charismatic
leadership : Eliciting and channeling follower emotions. The
Leadership Quarterly, 29 (1), 58-69. |
|
LOHRE, E. & TEIGEN, H.K. (2023). When leaders disclose
uncertainty : Effects of expressing internal and external
uncertainty about a decision. Quarterly Journal of
Experimental Psychology, |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Pouvoir,
Décision, Gestion,
Différences
sexuelles/de genre, PDG,
Groupe,
Équipe et Leader
charismatique |
| |
|
|
|
Leader/Leadership
(Mesures/Évaluations) : Ensemble des tests
et des outils de collecte de
données qui permettent
d'évaluer et de mesurer
le leadership. Leadership
scale.
| |
|
|
HEMPHILL, J.K. & COONS, A.E. (1957). Development of
the Leader Behavior Description Questionnaire. In R.M.
Stogdill & A.E. Coons (Eds.), Leader behavior :
Its description and measurement (pp. 6-38).
Columbus : Bureau of Business Research, Ohio State
University. |
ARNOLD, J.A., ARAD, S., RHOADES, J.A. & DRASGOW, F.
(2000). The empowering leadership questionnaire : the
construction and validation of a new scale for measuring
leader behaviors. Journal of Organizational Behavior,
21, 249-269. [PDF] |
|
BLAKE, R.R. & MOUTON J.S. (1964). The managerial
grid. Houston : Gulf. |
ALIMO-METCALFE, B. & ALBAN-METCALFE, R.J. (2001). The
development of a new Transformational Leadership
Questionnaire. Journal of Occupational &
Organizational Psychology, 74, 1-27. |
|
CHELLADURAI, P. & SALEH, S.D. (1980). Dimensions of
leader behavior in sports : development of a leadership
scale. Journal of Sport Psychology, 2, 34-45. [PDF] |
|
|
BASS, B.M. & AVOLIO, B.J. (1989). The multifactor
leadership Questionnaire. Palo Alto : Consulting
Psychologist Press. |
|
|
POSNER, B.Z. & KOUZES, J.M. (1988). Development and
validation of the Leadership Practices Inventory. Educational
& Psychological Measurement, 48, 483-496. |
AVOLIO, B.J., BASS, B.M. (2002). Manual for the
Multifactor Leadership Questionnaire (Form 5X).
Rewood City, CA : Mindgarden. |
|
SMITH, P.B., MISUMI, J., TAYEB, M., PETERSON, M. &
BOND, M.H. (1989). On the generality of leadership style
measures across cultures. Journal of Occupational
Psychology, 62, 97-109. [PDF] |
|
|
SALMINEN, S. & LUIKKONENEN, J. (1994). The convergent
and discriminant validity of the coach's version of the
leadership scale for sports. International Journal of
Sport Psychology, 25, 119-127. |
ANTONAKIS, J., AVOLIO, B.J. & SIVASUBRAMANIAM, N.
(2003). Context and leadership : An examination of the
nine-factor full-range leadership theory using the
Multifactor Leadership Questionnaire. Leadership
Quarterly, 14, 261-295. [PDF] |
|
ZHANG, J., JENSEN, B.E. & MANN, L. (1997).
Modification and revision of the leadership scale for
sport. Journal of Sport Behavior, 20 (1),
105-122. |
DANIELS, A.C. & DANIELS, J.E. (2007). Measure of
a leader : The legendary leadership formula for
producing exceptional performers and outstanding
results. McGraw-Hill Education. |
|
ROSS, S.M. & OFFERMANN, L.R. (1997). Transformational
leaders : Measurement of personality attributes and work
group performance. Personality & Social
Psychology Bulletin, 23, 1078-1086. |
WALUMBWA, F.O., AVOLIO, B.J., GARDNER, W.L., WERNSING,
T.S. & PETERSON, S.J. (2008). Authentic Leadership :
Development and Validation of a Theory-Based Measure. Journal
of Management, 34 (1), 89-126. |
| |
THOMPSON, D. & RIGGIO, R.E. (2010). Introduction to
special issue on defining and measuring character in
leadership. Consulting Psychology Journal, 62 (4),
211-215. |
|
AVOLIO, B.J., BASS, B.M. & JUNG, D.I. (1999).
Re-examining the components of transform ational and
transactional leadership using the Multifactor Leadership
Questionnaire. Joumal of Occupational &
Organisational Psychology, 72, 441-462. [PDF] |
LEVINE, K.J., MUENCHEN, R.A. & BROOKS, A.M. (2010).
Measuring transformational and charismatic leadership :
Why isn't charisma measured ? Communication
Monographs, 77 (4), 576-591. |
|
|
|
|
Voir aussi Leadership |
|
|
Leader/Leadership
(Styles) :
Leadership style.
| |
|
| |
FOX, L.D., REJESKI, W.J. & GAUVIN, L. (2000). Effects
of leadership style and group dynamics on enjoyment of
physical activity. American Journal of Health
Promotion, 14, (5), 277-283. |
| |
VAN ENGEN, M.L., VAN DER LEEDEN, R. & WILLEMSEN, T.M.
(2001). Gender, context and leadership styles : a field
study. Journal of Occupational & Organizational
Psychology, 74, 581-598. |
|
ZACCARO, S.J. (2001). The nature of executive
leadership. Washington, DC : American
Psychological Association. |
|
STOGDILL, R.M. (1963). Manual for the Leader Behavior
Description Questionnaire - Form XII. Columbus, OH
: Bureau of Business Research, Ohio State University. |
MARTINSONS, M.G. (2001). Comparing the decision styles of
American, Chinese and Japanese business leaders. Best
Paper Proceedings of Academy of Management Meetings, Washington,
DC. [PDF] |
|
VROOM, V.H. (1972). Toward a normative model of
leadership style. Pittsburgh : Carnegie-Mellon
University. |
PEARCE, C.L. & SIMS, H.P. (2002). Vertical versus
shared leadership as predictors of the effectiveness of
change management teams : An examination of aversive,
directive, transactional, transformational, and empowering
leader behaviors. Group Dynamics : Theory, Research,
& Practice, 6 (2), 172-197. [PDF] |
|
SMITH, P.B., MISUMI, J., TAYEB, M., PETERSON, M. &
BOND, M.H. (1989). On the generality of leadership style
measures across cultures. Journal of Occupational
Psychology, 62, 97-109. [PDF] |
EMANS, B.J.M., MUNDUATE, L., KLAVER, E. & VAN DE
VLIERT, E. (2003). Constructive consequences of leaders'
forcing influence styles. Applied Psychology, 52
(1), 36-54. [PDF] |
|
EAGLY, A.H. & JOHNSON, B.T. (1990). Gender and
leadership style : A meta-analysis. Psychological
Bulletin, 108 (2), 233-256. [PDF] |
EAGLY, A.H. (2003). More women at the top : The impact of
gender roles and leadership style. In U. Pasero (Ed.), Gender
: From costs to benefits (pp. 151-169). Opladen,
Wiesbaden, Germany : Westdeutscher Verlag. |
|
ROSS, S.M. & OFFERMANN, L.R. (1997). Transformational
leaders : Measurement of personality attributes and work
group performance. Personality & Social
Psychology Bulletin, 23, 1078-1086. |
EAGLY, A.H., JOHANNESEN-SCHMIDT, M.C. & VAN ENGEN,
M.L. (2003). Transformational, transactional, and
laissez-faire leadership styles : A meta-analysis
comparing women and men. Psychological Bulletin, 129
(4), 569-591. [PDF] |
| |
WALUMBWA, F.O., WU, C. & OJODE, L.A. (2004). Gender
and instructional outcomes : The mediating role of
leadership style. Journal of Management Development,
23, (2), 124-140. |
|
| |
MOORE, E.M. (2007). The impact of leadership style on
organizational effectiveness : Leadership in action within
United Way of America. (Doctoral Dissertation). Capella
University. NJ : Transaction. |
| |
KIEU, H. (2010). Leadership styles and organizational
performance. UMI Dissertation Publishing, ProQuest
LLC, East Eisenhower Parkway. |
|
BENNETT, G. & MANEVAL, M. (1998). Leadership styles of
elite Dixie youth baseball coaches. Perceptual &
Motor Skills, 87, 754. |
MAJEED, K., BHATTI, A.M., NEMATI, A., REHMAN, I.U. &
RIZWAN, A. (2010). Can cultural change with different
leadership styles enhance The organizational performance ?
Research Journal of International Studies, 17, 102-132.
[LIRE] |
| |
OJUKUKUK, R.M., ODETAYO, T.A. & SAJAYIGBE, A.S.
(2012). Impact of leadership style on organizational
performance : A case study of Nigerian banks. American
Journal of Business & Management, 1 (4),
202-207. [PDF] |
|
AVOLIO, B.J., BASS, B.M. & JUNG, D.I. (1999).
Re-examining the components of transform ational and
transactional leadership using the Multifactor Leadership
Questionnaire. Joumal of Occupational &
Organisational Psychology, 72, 441-462. [PDF] |
SABIR, M.S., SOHAIL, A. & KHAN, M.A.S. (2012). Impact
of leadership style on organization commitment : In a
mediating role of employee values. Journal of
Economics & Behavioral Studies, 3 (2), 145-152.
[PDF] |
| |
KHAN, A.Z. & ADNAN, N. (2014). Impact of leadership
styles on organizational performance. International
Journal of Management Sciences, 2 (11), 501-515.
[PDF] |
|
ARNOLD, K.A., (2015). Leadership styles, emotion
regulation, and burnout. Journal of Occupational
Health Psychology 20 (4), 481-490. |
|
CHURCH, A.H. & WACLAWSKI, J. (1999). The impact of
leadership style on global management practices. Journal
of Applied Social Psychology, 29 (7), 1416-1443. |
KESTING, P., ULHOI, J.P., SONG, L.J. & NIU,H. (2015).
The impact of leadership styles on innovation management -
a review and a synthesis. Journal of Innovation
Management, 3 (4), 22-41. [PDF] |
| |
AL KHAJEH, E.H. (2018). Impact of leadership styles on
organizational performance. Journal of Human
Resources Management Research, [PDF] |
|
|
|
Voir aussi PDG et Leadership |
|
|
Leader
charismatique : Ensemble de caractéristiques physiques
(apparence, taile,
etc) et d'habiletés
sociales/ cognitives
d'un leader qui suscite chez autrui un
intérêt marqué, emporte
l'adhésion des masses, toute chose qui augmente la propension des
indivdus à collaborer,
à participer aux projets et aux entrprises de ce leader. Le
récipidendaire de ces caractéristiques/habiletés n'est pas
toujours conscient de les posséder ou d'en profiter pour
influencer autrui. En revanche, certains leaders, par stratégie,
minimise leur influence ou leur pouvoir. Parmi ces
caractéristiques, on trouve l'apparence,
la taille, le ton de voix,
le regard, une façon
particulière de rire, de
s'exprimer, l'humour, la
spontanéité, la créativité,
l'intelligence, la
compréhension des enjeux, la capacité de décider,
d'évaluer et de prendre des
risques, etc. Leader charismatique,
leader et charisme.
Charismatic leadership.
| |
|
|
HOUSE, R.J. (1977). A 1976 theory of charismatic
leadership. In J.G. Hunt & L.L. Larson (Eds.), Leadership
: The cutting edge (pp. 189-207). Carbondale :
Southern Illinois University Press. [PDF] |
CONGER, J.A., KANUNGO, R.N. & MENON, S.T. (2001).
Charismatic leadership and follower effects. Journal
of Organizational Behavior, 21 (7), 747-767. |
|
MUSSER, S.J. (1987). The determination of positive and
negative charismatic leadership. Grantham : PA :
Messiah Col |
AVOLIO, B.J. & YAMMARINO, F.J. (2002).
Transformational and charismatic leadership : The road
ahead. Oxford, UK : Elsevier Science. |
|
CONGER, J.A. & KANUNGO, R.N. (1988). Charismatic
leadership : The elusive factor in organizational
effectiveness. San Francisco : Jossey- Bass. |
De CREMER, D. (2002). Charismatic leadership and
cooperation in social dilemmas : A matter of transforming
motives ? Journal of Applied Social Psychology, 32, 997-1016. |
|
CONGER, J.A. (1989). The charismatic leader: Behind
the mystique of exceptional leadership. San
Francisco, CA : Jossey-Bass. |
DE CREMER, D. (2002). How do leaders promote cooperation ?
The effects of charisma and procedural fairness. Journal
of Applied Psychology, 87 (5), 858-866. |
| |
TOURIGNY, L. DOUGAN, W.L., WASHBUSH, J. & CLEMENTS, C.
(2003). Explaining executive integrity : governance,
charisma, personality and agency. Management
Decision, 41, 1035-1049. |
|
HOWELL, J.M. & FROST, P. (1989). A laboratory study of
charismatic leadelship. Organizational Behavior &
Human Decision Processes, 43 (2), 243-269. |
TOSI, H.L., MISANGYI, V.F., FANELLI, A., WALDMAN, D.A.
& YAMMARINO, F.J. (2004). CEO charisma, compensation,
and firm performance. Leadership Quarterly, 15, 405-420. |
|
HOGAN, R., RASKIN, R. & FAZZINNI, D. (1990). The dark
side of charisma. In K.E. Oark & M.B. Clark (Eds.), Measures
of leadership (pp. 343-354). West Orange, NJ :
Leadership Library of America. |
KHURANA, R. (2004). Searching for a corporate savior
: The irrational quest for charismatic CEOs.
Princeton University Press. |
|
HOUSE, R.J., SPANGLER, W.D. & WOYKE, J. (1991).
Personality and charisma in the U S. presidency : A
psychological theory of leadership effectiveness. Administrative
Science Quarterly, 36, 364-396. [PDF] |
DeCELLES, K.A. & PFARRER, M.D. (2004). Heroes or
villains ? Corruption and the charismatic leader.
Journal of Leadership & Organisational Studies, 11 (1),
67. |
|
HOWELL J.M. & AVOLIO, B.J. (1992). The ethics of
charismatic leadership : submission or liberation ? Academy
of Management Executive, 6 (2), 43-54. |
BLIGH, M.C., KOHLES, J.C. & MEINDL, J.R. (2004).
Charisma under crisis : Presidential leadership, rhetoric,
and media responses before and after 9/11. Leadership
Quarterly, 15, 211-239. |
|
MAYER, J.D. (1993). The emotional madness of the dangerous
leader. Journal of Psychohistory, 20, 331-348. |
CHOI, J.A. (2006). A motivational theory of charismatic
leadership : envisioning, empathy, and empowerment. Journal
of Leadership & Organizational Studies, 13 (1),
24-43. [PDF] |
|
SHAMIR, B., HOUSE, R.J. & ARTHUR, M.B. (1993). The
motivational effects of charismatic leadership : A
self-concept based theory. Organization Science, 4 (4),
577-594. [PDF] |
AGLE, B.R., NAGARAJAN, N.J., SONNENFELD, J.A. &
SRINIVASAN, D. (2006). Does CEO charisma matter ? An
empirical analysis of the relationships among
organizational performance, environmental uncertainty, and
top management team perceptions of CEO charisma. Academy
of Management Journal, 49, 161-174. [PDF] |
|
|
SHAMIR, B., HOUSE, R.J. & ARTHUR, M.B.J. (1994). The
rhetoric of charismatic leadership : A theoretical
extension, a case study, and implications for research. The
Leadership Quarterly, 5, 25-42. |
|
|
KLEIN, K.J. & HOUSE, R.J. (1996). On fire :
Charismatic leadership and level of analysis. Leadership
Quarterly, 10 (2), 285-305. [PDF] |
SEYRANIAN, V. & BLIGH, M.C. (2008). Presidential
charismatic leadership : Exploring the rhetoric of social
change. The Leadership Quarterly, 19, 54-76. [PDF] |
|
KIRKPATRICK, S.A. & LOCKE, E.A. (1996). Direct and
indirect effects of three core charismatic leadership
components on performance and attitudes. Journal of
Applied Psychology, 81, 36-51. |
LEVINE, K.J., MUENCHEN, R.A. & BROOKS, A.M. (2010).
Measuring transformational and charismatic leadership :
Why isn't charisma measured ? Communication
Monographs 77 (4), 576-591. |
|
CONGER, J.A. & KANUNGO, R.N. (1998). Charismatic
leadership in organizations. Thousand Oaks : Sage. |
BOLKAN, S., GOODBOY, A.K. & GRIFFIN, D.J. (2011).
Teacher leadership and intellectual stimulation :
Improving students' approaches to studying through
intrinsic motivation. Communication Research Reports,
28 (4), 337-346. [PDF] |
HUNT, J.G. BOAL K. & DODGE, G. (1999). The
effects of visionary and crisis-responsive charisma on
followers : an experimental examination of two kinds of
charismatic
leadership.The Leadership Quarterly, 10, 423-448 |
JENNINGS, P.L. & HANNAH, S.T. (2011). The moralities
of obligation and aspiration : Towards a concept of
exemplary military ethics and leadership. Military
Psychology, 23, 550-571. |
|
SHAMIR, B. (1999). Taming charisma for better
understanding and greater usefulness : A response to
Beyer. The Leadership Quarterly, 10, 555-562. |
BOLKAN, S. & GOODBOY, A.K. (2011). Leadership in the
classroom : The use of charismatic leadership as a
deterrent to student resistance behaviors. Journal of
Classroom Interaction, 46, 4-10. |
|
CONGER, J.A. (1999). Charismatic and transformational
leadership in organizations : An insider's perspective on
these developing streams of research. Leadership
Quarterly, 10, 145-179. |
WILDEROM, C.P.M., WIERSMA, U.J. & VAN DEN BERG, P.T.
(2012). A longitudinal study of the effects of charismatic
leadership and organizational culture on objective and
perceived corporate performance. The Leadership
Quarterly, 23, 835-848. |
|
YUKL, G.A. (1999). An evaluation of conceptual weaknesses
in transformational and charismatic leadership theories. Leadership
Quarterly, 10 (2), 285-305. |
AL KAHTANI, A. (2013). Leader charisma, employee
organizational commitment, and organizational change : A
proposed theoretical framework. International Journal
of Academic Research in Business & Social Sciences,
3 (5), 377-399. [PDF] |
|
SHAMIR, B. & HOWELL, J.M. (1999). Organizational and
contextual influences on the emergence and effectiveness
of charismatic leadership. The Leadership Quarterly,
10 (2), 257-283. |
SONEMI, M. & MOREEN, M. (2015). Charismatic leadership
and the socio-economic transformation of the church. International
Journal of Humanities & Social Science, 5 (6),
169-174. [PDF] |
|
HUNT, J.G. & CONGER, J.A. (1999). Charismatic and
transformational leadership : Taking stock of the present
and future (Part II). Leadership Quarterly, 10
(3), 331-334. |
SY, T., HORTON, C. & RIGGIO, R.E. (2018). Charismatic
leadership : Eliciting and channeling follower emotions.
The Leadership Quarterly, 29 (1), 58-69. |
|
|
|
|
Voir aussi Charisme,
PDG et Leadership |
|
|
Leader exemplaire : Type de leadership.
Transformational leadership.
| |
|
|
TICHY, N. & DEVANNA, M.A. (1986). The
transformational leader. New York : Wiley. |
ARNOLD, K.A., BARLING, J. & KELLOWAY, E.K. (2001).
Transformational leadership or the iron cage : which
predicts trust, commitment and team efficacy ?
Leadership & Organization Development Journal 22 (7),
315-320. |
|
MEIBAUM, A.J. (1986). The antecedents and consequences of
transformational leadership. Dissertation Abstracts
International : Section B : the Sciences &
Engineering, 53, 215. |
CHARBONNEAU, D., BARLING, J. & KELLOWAY, E.K. (2001).
Transformational leadership and sports performance : The
mediating role of intrinsic motivation. Journal of
Applied Social Psychology, 31, 1521-1534. |
|
BASS, B.M., WALDMAN, D.A., AVOLIO, B.J. & BEBB, M.
(1987). Transformational leadership and the falling
dominoes effect. Group & Organization Studies,
12, 73-87. |
PEARCE, C.L. & SIMS, H.P. (2002). Vertical versus
shared leadership as predictors of the effectiveness of
change management teams : An examination of aversive,
directive, transactional, transformational, and empowering
leader behaviors. Group Dynamics : Theory, Research,
& Practice, 6 (2), 172-197. [PDF] |
|
AVOLIO, B.J., WALDMAN, D.A. & EINSTEIN, W.O. (1988).
Transformational leadership in a managementgame
simulation. Group & Organizational Studies, 13,
59-80. |
AVOLIO, B.J. & YAMMARINO, F.J. (2002).
Transformational and charismatic leadership : The road
ahead. Oxford, UK : Elsevier Science. |
|
SELTZER, J. & BASS, B.M. (1990). Transformational
leadership : Beyond initiation and consideration.
Journal of Management, 16, 693-703. |
SHIN, S.J. & ZHOU, J. (2003). Transformational
leadership, conservation, and creativity : Evidence from
Korea. Academy of Management Journal, 46,
703-714. |
|
PODSAKOFF, P.M., MacKENZIE, S.B., MOORMAN, R.H. &
FETTER, R. (1990). Transformational leadership behaviors
and their effects on followers' trust in leaders,
satisfaction, and organizational citizenship behaviors. Leadership
Quarterly, 1 (2), 107-142. |
EAGLY, A.H., JOHANNESEN-SCHMIDT, M.C. & VAN ENGEN,
M.L. (2003). Transformational, transactional, and
laissez-faire leadership styles : A meta-analysis
comparing women and men. Psychological Bulletin, 129
(4), 569-591. [PDF] |
|
KOH, W.L., TERBORG, J.R. & STEERS, R.M. (1991). The
effects of transformational leadership on teacher
attitudes and student performance in Singapore. Journal
of Organizational Behavior, 16, 319-333. |
BURNS, J.M. (2003). Transforming leadership : A new
pursuit of happiness. Atlantic Monthly Press. |
|
HACKMAN, M.Z., FURNISS, A.H., HILLS, M.J. & PATERSON,
T.J. (1992). Perceptions of gender-role characteristics
and transformational and transactional leadership
behaviours. Perceptual & Motor Skills, 75 (1),
311-319. |
|
|
HOUSE, R. & SHAMIR, B. (1993). Toward the integration
of transformational, charismatic and visionary theories.
In M.M. Chemers & R. Ayman (Eds.), Leadership
theory and research : Perspectives and directions (pp.
81-107). San Diego : Academic Press. |
POUNDER, J.S. (2003). Employing transformational
leadership to enhance the quality of management
development instruction. Journal of Management
Development, 22, 6-13. |
|
BASS, B.M. & AVOLIO, B.J. (Eds.) (1994). Improving
organizational effectiveness through transformational
leadership. Thousand Oaks, CA : Sage Publications |
CHARBONNEAU, D. (2004). Influence tactics and perceptions
of transformational leadership. The Leadership &
Organizational Development Journal, 25 (7),
565-576. |
|
YAMMARINO, F.J., SPANGLER, W.D. & BASS, B.M. (1993).
Transformational leadership and performance: a
longitudinal investigation. The Leadership Quarterly,
4 (1), 81-108. |
BONO, J.E. & JUDGE, T.A. (2004). Personality and
transformational and transactional leadership : A
meta-analysis. Journal of Applied Psychology, 89 (5),
901-910. [PDF] |
|
BASS, B.M., AVOLIO, B.J. & ATWATER, L. (1996). The
transformational and transactional leadership of men and
women. Applied Psychology : An International Review,
45, 5-34. |
ZHU, W., CHEW, I.K.H. & SPANGLER, W.D. (2005). CEO
transformational leadership andorganizational outcomes :
The mediating role of human-capital-enhancing
humanresource management. Leadership Quarterly, 16,
39-52. |
|
|
PAWAR, B.S. & EASTMAN, K.K. (1997). The nature and
implications of contextual influences on transformational
leadership : A conceptual examination. Academy of
Management Review, 22, 80-109. |
WALUMBSWA, F.O., LAWLER, J., AVOLIO, B.J., WANG, P. &
SHI, K. (2005). Transformational leadership and
work-related attitudes: The moderating effects of
collective and self- efficacy across cultures. Journal
of Leadership & Organizational Studies, 11 (3),
2-16. |
|
ROSS, S.M. & OFFERMANN, L.R. (1997). Transformational
leaders : Measurement of personality attributes and work
group performance. Personality & Social
Psychology Bulletin, 23, 1078-1086. |
WANG, H., LAW, K.S., HACKETT, R.D., WANG, D. & CHEN,
Z.X. (2005). Leader-member exchange as a mediator of e
relationship between transformational leadership and
followers' performance and organizational citizenship. Academy
of Management Journal, 48, 420- 432. |
| |
PICCOLO, R.F. & COLQUITT, J.A. (2006).
Transformational leadership and job behaviors : The
mediating role of core job characteristics. Academy
of Management Journal, 49, 327–340. |
| |
COLE, M.S. & BEDEIN, A.G. (2006). The measurement
equivalence of web-based and paper-and-pencil measures of
transformational leadership : A multinational test. Organizational
Research Methods, 9, 339-368. [PDF] |
|
CARLESS, S.A. (1998). Gender differences in
transformational leadership : An examination of superior,
leader, and subordinate perspectives. Sex Roles, 39,
887-902. |
GARDINER, J.J. (2006). Transactional, transformational,
and transcendent Leadership : metaphors mapping the
evolution of the theory and practice of governance. Leadership
Review, 6, 62-76. [PDF] |
|
BASS, B.M. (1998). Transformational leadership:
Industrial, military, and educational impact. Lawrence
Erlbaum Associates, Mahwah, N |
ILIES, R., JUDGE, T.A. & WAGNER, D.T. (2006). Making
sense of motivational leadership : The trail from
transformational leaders to motivated followers.
Journal of Leadership & Organizational Research, 13,
1-22. |
| |
BASS, B.M. & RIGGIO, R.E. (2006). Transformational
leadership. Mahwah, NJ : Lawrence Erlbaum
Associates. |
| |
POUNDER, J.S. (2006). Transformational classroom
leadership : The fourth wave of teacher leadership ? Educational
Management Administration & Leadership, 34, 533-545. |
| |
POUNDER, J.S. (2006). Transformational classroom
leadership : The fourth wave of teacher leadership ? Educational
Management Administration & Leadership, 34,
533-545. |
|
ARNOLD, K.A., TURNER, N., BARLING, J., KELLOWAY, E.K.
& McKEE, M.C. (2007). Transformational leadership and
psychological well-being : the mediating role of
meaningful work. Journal of occupational health
psychology 12 (3), 193-203. |
| |
SCOTT, M.H. & PETER, W. (2009). Empirical
investigation of the effects of transformational and
transactional leadership on organizational climate. Journal
of Applied Psychology, 4, 16-18. |
|
BASS, B.M. (1999). Two decades of research and development
in transformational leadership. European Journal of
Work & Organizational Psychology, 8 (1), 9-32.
[PDF] |
BOLKAN, S. & GOODBOY, A.K., (2009). Transformational
leadership in the classroom : Fostering student learning,
student participation, and teacher credibility. Journal
of Instructional Psychology, 36, 296-306. |
| |
LEVINE, K.J., MUENCHEN, R.A. & BROOKS, A.M. (2010).
Measuring transformational and charismatic leadership :
Why isn't charisma measured ? Communication
Monographs 77 (4), 576-591. |
|
ARNOLD, K.A. & LOUGHLIN, C. (2010). Individually
considerate transformational leadership behaviour and self
sacrifice. Leadership and Organization
Development
Journal, 31, 670–686 |
|
SOSIK, J.J. & MEGERIAN, L.E. (1999). Understanding
leader emotional intelligence and performance: The role of
self-other agreement on transformational leadership
perceptions. Group & Organization Management, 24,
367-390. |
BOLKAN, S. & GOODBOY, A.K. (2010). Transformational
leadership in the classroom : The development and
validation of the student intellectual stimulation scale.
Communication Reports, 23, 91-105. |
| |
ZHU, W., RIGGIO, R.E., AVOLIO, J. & SOSIK, J.J.
(2011). The effect of authentic transformational
leadership on follower and group ethics. The
Leadership Quarterly, 22 (5), 801-817. |
|
ARCHAMBAULT, J. & GARON, R. (2011). Transformative
leadership : How do Montréal school principals ensure
social justice in their disadvantaged school ? Dans C.M.
Shields (Dir.), Transformative leadership : A reader
(p. 291-306). Peter Lang. |
| |
ZHU, W., RIGGIO, R.E., AVOLIO, J. & SOSIK, J.J.
(2011). The effect of leadership on follower moral
identity : Does transformational/transactional style make
a difference ? Journal of Leadership &
Organizational Studies, 18 (2), 150-163. |
| |
AZKA, .G, TAHIR, M, ASLAM, M. & SYED, T. (2011).
Transformational leadership, employee engagement and
performance : mediating effect of psychological ownership.
African Journal of Business Management, 5 (17),
7391-7403. |
|
YUKL, G.A. (1999). An evaluation of conceptual weaknesses
in transformational and charismatic leadership theories. The
Leadership Quarterly, 10 (2), 285-305. |
BOLKAN, S. & GOODBOY, A.K. (2011). Behavioral
indicators of transformational leadership in the college
classroom. Qualitative Research Reports in
Communication, 12, 10-18. |
| |
GRANT, A.M. (2012). Leading with meaning : Beneficiary
contact, prosocial impact, and the performance effects of
transformational leadership. Academy of Management
Journal, 55 (2), 458-476. [PDF] |
|
LOUGHLIN, C., ARNOLD, K.A. & BELL-CRAWFORD, J. (2012).
Lost opportunity : Is transformational leadership
accurately recognized and rewarded in all managers? Equality,
Diversity & Inclusion : An International Journal, 31
(1), 43-64. |
|
CHUANG, A., JUDGE, T.A. LIAW, Y. J. (2012).
Transformational leadership and customer service: A
moderated mediation model of negativity affectivity and
emotion regulation. European Journal of
Work & Organizational Psychology, 21, 28-56. |
| |
ZHU, W., NORMAN, S.M., PENG, Z., RIGGIO, R.E. & SOSIK,
J.J. (2012). The impact of ethical political leadership on
the public : The mediating role of confidence in political
leadership. Leadership, 8 (2), 109-124. |
|
ARCHAMBAULT, J. & GARON, R. (2013). How principals
exercise transformative leadership in urban schools in
disadvantaged areas in Montréal, Canada. International
Studies in Educational Administration, 41 (2),
49-66. |
|
ARNOLD, K.A. & CONNELLY, C.E. (2013). Transformational
leadership and psychological well-being: Effects on
followers and leaders. In R. Lewis, S. Leonard, & A.
Freedman & J. Passmore (Eds.), The Wiley-Blackwell
Handbook of the Psychology of Leadership, Change, and
Organizational Development (pp. 175-194). Wiley
Blackwell. |
|
ARNOLD, K.A. & WALSH, M.M. (2015). Customer incivility
and employee well-being : Testing the moderating effects
of meaning, perspective taking and transformational
leadership. Work & Stress : An International
Journal of Work, Health & Organisations, 29 (4),
362-378. |
|
JUDGE, T.A. & BONO, J. (2000). Five-factor model of
personality and transformational leadership. Journal
of Applied Psychology, 85, 751-765. |
ARNOLD, K.A., LOUGHLIN, C. & WALSH, M.M. (2016).
Transformational leadership in an extreme context :
Examining gender, individual consideration and
self-sacrifice. Leadership & Organization
Development Journal, 37 (6), 774-788. [PDF] |
|
CARLESS, S.A., WEARING, A.J. & MANN, L. (2000). A
short measure of transformational leadership. Journal
of Business & Psychology, 14, 389-405. |
ARNOLD, K.A. (2017). Transformational leadership and
employee psychological well-being : A review and
directions for future research. Journal of
Occupational Health Psychology, 22 (3), 381–393. |
|
|
|
|
Voir aussi Pouvoir,
Décision, Gestion,
Différences
sexuelles/de genre, PDG
et Leader
charismatique |
| |
|
|
|
|
Leahey
Thomas Hardy ( ) :
Historien américain spécialisé dans l'étude de la psychologie.
 |
LEAHEY, T.H. (1980). The myth of operationism. Journal
of Mind & Behavior, 1, 127-143. |
|
LEAHEY, T.H. (1991/2001). A history of modern
psychology. Englewood Cliffs : Prentice-Hall. |
|
LEAHEY, T.H. (1992). The mythical revolutions of American
psychology. American Psychologist, 47, 308-318. |
|
LEAHEY, T.H. & EVANS, G. (1993). Psychology's
occult doubles : Psychology and the problem of
pseudoscience. Nelson-Hall. |
|
LEAHEY, T.H. (1997/2000). A history of psychology :
Main currents in psychological thought. Upper
Saddle River, NJ : Prentice-Hall. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Leaper
Campbell ( ) : Psychosociologue
américain, spécialisé dans l'étude des stéréotypes
et du genre.
 |
LEAPER, C. (1987). Agency, communion, and gender as
predictors of communication style and being liked in adult
male-female dyads. Sex Roles, 16, 137-149. |
|
LEAPER, C. (1995). The use of "masculine" and "feminine"
to describe women's and men's behavior. Journal of
Social Psychology, 135, 359-369. |
|
LEAPER, C. & AYRES, M. (2007). A meta-analytic review
of moderators of gender differences in adults'
talkativeness, affiliative, and assertive speech. Personality
& Social Psychology Review, 11, 328-363. |
|
LEAPER, C. & VAN, S. (2008). Masculinity ideology,
covert sexism, and perceived gender typicality in relation
to young men's academic motivation and choices in college.
Psychology of Men & Masculinity, 9, 139-153. |
|
LEAPER, C. & ARIAS, D.M. (2011). College women's
feminist identity : A multidimensional analysis with
implications for coping with sexism. Sex Roles, 64
(7-8), 475-490. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Learning
& Behavior : Revue
scientifique de psychologie
qui consacre
ses pages à l'étude des interactions entre
l'apprentissage et le comportement.
Anciennement Animal
Learning & Behavior. Éditeur : Psychonomic Society.
LYCETT, S.J. (2010). The importance of history in
definitions of culture : Implications from phylogenetic
approaches to the study of social learning in
chimpanzees. Learning & Behavior, 38 (3),
252-264.
|
| |
DENNEY, J. & NEURINGER, A. (1998). Behavioral
variability is controlled by discriminative stimuli. Animal
Learning & Behavior, 26, 154-162.
|
| |
|
|
Learning
& Memory : Revue
scientifique de psychologie
qui consacre ses pages à l'étude des interactions entre
l'apprentissage et la
mémoire. Éditeur : Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press.
ASHBY, F.G. & CROSSLEY, M.J. (2010). Interactions
between declarative and procedural-learning
categorization systems. Neurobiology of Learning
& Memory, 94, 1-12. [PDF]
|
| |
|
|
Learning
& Motivation : Revue
scientifique de psychologie
qui consacre ses pages à l'étude des interactions entre
l'apprentissage et la
motivation. Éditeur : Elsevier.
GALIZIO, M. & BARON, A. (1976). Verbal labels and
auditory frequency generalization. Learning &
Motivation, 26, 165-189.
|
| |
|
|
Learning
Disability Quarterly : Revue
scientifique de psychologie
qui consacre ses pages à l'étude des troubles
d'apprentissage. Éditeur : The Council for Learning
Disabilities.
FUCHS, L.S., FUCHS, D., POWELL. R., SEETHALER, P.M.,
CIRINO, P.T. & FLETCHER, J.M. (2008). Intensive
intervention for students with mathematics disabilities
: Seven principles of effective practice. Learning
Disability Quarterly, 31 (2), 79-92.
|
| |
|
|
|
|
Learning
Disabilities Research & Practice : Revue
scientifique de psychologie
qui consacre ses pages à l'étude des
troubles d'apprentissage. Éditeur : Wiley.
WEINER, J. (1987). Peer status of children and
adolescents : A review of the literature. Learning
Disabilities Research, 2, 62-79.
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Leary
Mark R. ( ) : Psychologue
sociale
américain et spécialiste de l'étude de la timidité
et de l'estime de
soi. Collaborateur de Baumeister,
Shepperd et
Twenge.
|
LEARY, M.R. & BARNES, B.D. & GRIEBEL, C. (1986).
Cognitive, affective, and attributional effects of
potential threats to self-esteem. Journal of Social
& Clinical Psychology, 4, 461-474. |
|
LEARY, M.R., TAMBOR, E.S., TERDAL, S.J. & DOWNS, D.L.
(1995). Self-esteem as an interpersonal monitor. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 68, 518-530.
[PDF] |
|
LEARY, M.R. (1999). Making sense of self-esteem.
Current Directions in Psychological Science, 8, 32-35.
[PDF] |
|
LEARY, M.R. (2002). The self as a source of relational
difficulties. Self & Identity, 1, 137-142. |
|
LEARY, R.M. (2007). Motivational and emotional aspects of
the self. Annual Review of Psychology, 58,
317-344. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Leary
Timothy (Sprinfield 1920-1996) :
Psychologue américain, devenu célèbre grâce à ses travaux
sur les effets psychologiques des drogues
(notamment le LSD).
 |
LEARY, T., METZNER, R. & ALPERT, R. (1964). The
psychedelic experience : A manual based on the Tibetan
book of the dead. New York, N.Y. : Citadel. |
|
LEARY, T. (1966). Psychedelic prayers & other
meditations. Timothy. |
|
LEARY, T. (1977). Exo-psychology : A manual on the
use of the nervous system according to the instructions
of the manufacturers. Starseed/Peace Press. |
|
LEARY, T. (1983). Flashbacks. Tarcher. |
|
LEARY, T., HOROWITZ, M. & MARSHALL, V. (1994). Chaos
and cyber culture. Ronin Publishing. |
|
|
|
Leavens
David A. ( ) : Psychologue
et primatologue
anglais, spécialisé dans l'étude de la communication
chez le chimpanzé.
Collaborateur de Hopkins
et Thomas.
|
LEAVENS, D.A., HOPKINS, W.D. & BARD, K.A. (1996).
Indexical and referential pointing in chimpanzees (Pan
troglodytes). Journal of Comparative Psychology, 110,
346-353. |
|
LEAVENS, D.A. & HOPKINS, W.D. (1998). Intentional
communication by chimpanzees: A cross-sectional study of
the use of referential gestures. Developmental
Psychology, 34, 813-822. |
|
LEAVENS, D.A., (2003). Integration of visual and vocal
communication : Evidence for Miocene origins (Comment on
Corballis). Behavioral & Brain Sciences, 26, 232-233. |
|
LEAVENS, D.A., HOSTETTER, A.B., WESLEY, M.J. &
HOPKINS, W.D. (2004). Tactical use of unimodal and bimodal
communication by chimpanzees, Pan troglodytes. Animal
Behaviour, 67, 467-476. |
|
LEAVENS, D.A., HOPKINS, W.D. & THOMAS, R.K. (2004).
Referential communication by chimpanzees (Pan
troglodytes). Journal of Comparative Psychology, 118,
48-57. [PDF] |
|
|
|
LeBel
Etienne P. ( ) : Psychosociologue
belge, d'origine canadienne, et spécialiste de la
méthodologie. Il s'intéresse notamment aux vertus
scientifiques. Étudiant de Gawronski.
|
LEBEL, E.P. & PETERS, K.R. (2011). Fearing the future
of empirical psychology : Bem's (2011) evidence of psi as
a case study of deficiencies in modal research practice. Review
of General Psychology, 15, 371-379. [PDF] |
|
LEBEL, E.P. & CAMPELL, L. (2013). Heightened
sensitivity to temperature cues in highly anxiously
attached individuals : Real or elusive phenomenon ?
Psychological Science, 24, 2128-2120. [PDF] |
|
LEBEL, E.P., CAMPELL, L. & LOVING, T.J. (2016).
Benefits of open and high-powered research outweigh costs.
Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 113,
230-243. [PDF] |
|
LEBEL, E.P., CAMPELL, L., BERER, D. & LOVING, T.J.
(2017). Falsifiability is not optional.Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 113 (2),
254-261. [PDF] |
|
LEBEL, E.P., McCARTHY, R.J., EARP, B.D., ELSON, M. &
VANPAEMEL, W. (2018). A Unified Framework to Quantify the
Credibility of Scientific Findings. Advances in
Methods & Practices in Psychological Science,
1-14. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
|
Le
blanc Marc (1943-) : Criminologue
québécois. Collaborateur de
Janosz, Tremblay et
Vitaro.
|
LE BLANC, M. (1972). Théorie, recherche et pratique, une
interaction à développer. Revue Canadienne de
Criminologie, 15 (1), 50-90. |
|
LE BLANC, M. (1995). Le développement de la conduite
délictueuse chez les adolescents : de la recherche
fondamentale à une science appliquée. Présentations à
la Société Royale du Canada, 48, 147-179. |
|
LE BLANC, M. & LOEBER, R. (1998). Developmental
criminology. Crime & Justice 23, 115-198 |
|
LE BLANC, M. & BOUTHILLIER, C. (2003). A developmental
test of the general deviance syndrome with adjudicated
girls and boys using hierarchical confirmatory factor
analysis. Criminal Behavior & Mental Health, 13, 81-105. |
|
LE BLANC, M. (2004). Qu'est-ce que la psychoéducation ?
Que devrait-elle devenir ? Revue de
Psychoéducatioion, 33, (2), 289-304. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Leblanc
Linda A. ( ) : Psychologue
béhavioriste américaine et spécialiste de
l'autisme. Collaboratrice de Baer,
Carr, Charlop, Etzel,
Hagopian, Patel,
Piazza, Poling et Vollmer.
|
LEBLANC, L.A., HAGOPIAN, L.P. & MAGLIERI, K. (2000).
Useof a token economy to eliminate excessive inappropriate
social behavior in an adult with developmental
disabilities. Behavioral Interventions, 15 (1),
35-143. [PDF] |
|
LEBLANC, L.A., HAGOPIAN, L., MAGLIERI, K. & POLING, A.
(2002). Decreasing the intensity of reinforcement-based
interventions for reducing behavior : Conceptual issues
and a proposed model for clinical practice. The
Behavior Analyst Today, 3, 289-300.
[PDF] |
|
LEBLANC, L.A., CARR, J.E., CROSSETT, S.E., BENNETT, C.M.
& DETWELILER, D.D. (2005). Intensive outpatient
behavioral treatment of primary urinary incontinence of
children with autism. Focus on Autism & other
Developmental Disabilities, 20 (2), 98-105.
[PDF] |
|
LEBLANC, L.A., ESCH, J. SIDENER, T.M. & FIRTH, A.M.
(2006). Behavioral language interventions for children
with autism : Comparing applied verbal behavior and
naturalistic teaching approaches. The Analysis of
Verbal Behavior, 22 (1), 49-60. [PDF] |
|
LEBLANC, L.A. & GILLIS, J. (2012). Behavioral
interventions for children with autism spectrum disorders.
Pediatric Clinics of North America, 59, 147-164. |
|
|
|
|
|
Leborgne Louis Victor (1809-1860) : Célèbre patient
de Broca qui a perdu la
capacité de parler. =
Tan, Monsieur Leborgne.
|
|
|
|
|
|
BROCA, P. (1861). Perte de la parole,
ramollissement chronique et destruction partielle du lobe
antérieur gauche du cerveau. Bulletin de la Société
Anthropologique, 2, 235-238. [HTM]
|
LORCH, M. (2011). Re-examining Paul Broca’s initial
presentation of M. Leborgne : Understanding the impetus
for brain and language research. Cortex, 47 (10),
1228-1235. |
|
DOMANSKI, C.W. (2013). Mysterious "Monsieur Leborgne" :
The mystery of the famous patient in the history of
neuropsychology is explained. Journal of the History
of the Neurosciences, 22 (1), 47-52. |
CASTAIGNE, P. LEHRMITTE, F., SIGNORET, J.L. &
ABELANET, R. (1980). Description et e?tude scannographique
du cerveau de Leborgne. Revue de Neurologie, 136,
563–583.
|
THIEBAUT DE SCHOTTEN, M., DELL'ACQUA, F., RATIU, P.,
LESLIE, A., HOWELLS, H., CABANIS, E., IBA-ZIZEN, M.T.,
PLAISANT, O., SIMMONS, A., DRONKERS, N.F., CORKIN, S.
& CATANI, M.O. (2015). From Phineas Gage and Monsieur
Leborgne to H.M. : Revisiting disconnection syndromes. Cerebral
Cortex, 25 (12), 1–16. [PDF] |
|
SIGNORET, J., CASTAIGNE, P., LEHRMITTE, F., ABELANET, R.
& LAVOREL, P. (1984). Rediscovery of Leborgne’s brain
: Anatomical description with CT scan. Brain &
Language, 22, 303–319. |
MOHAMMED, N., NARAYAN, V., PATRA, D.P. & NANDA, A.
(2018). Louis Victor Leborgne. Wordl Neurosurgery,
114, 121-125.
|
|
|
|
|
Le bourdais Céline ( ) : Sociologue
québécoise et spécialiste de l'étude de la famille.
Collaboratrice de Lapierre-Adamcyk.
 |
LE BOURDAIS, C., DESROSIERS, H. & LAPLANTE, B. (1995).
Factors related to union formation among single mothers in
Canada. Journal of Marriage & the Family, 57
(2), 410-420. |
|
LAPIERRE-ADAMCYK, É, LE BOURDAIS, C. et MARCIL-GRATTON, N.
(1999). Vivre en couple pour la premère fois. La
signification du choix de l'union libre au Québec et en
Ontario. Cahiers Quécois de Démographie, 28
(1-2), 199-227. |
|
LE BOURDAIS, C., NEILL, G. et MARCIL-GRATTON, N. (2000).
L'effet du type d'union sur la stabilité des familles
dites "intactes". Recherches Sociographiques, 61
(1), 53-74. |
|
LE BOURDAIS, C., NEILL, G. & VACHON, N. (2000). Family
disruption in Canada : Impact of the changing patterns of
family formation and of female employment. Canadian
Studies in Population, 27 (1), 85-105. |
|
LE BOURDAIS, C. & LAPIERRE-ADAMCYK, É. (2004). Changes
in conjugal life in Canada : Is cohabitation progressively
replacing marriage ? Journal of Marriage &
Family, 66 (4), 929-942. |
|
|
|
Lebovici
Serge (1915-2000) : Psychanalyste
français, spécialisé dans l'étude des enfants.
Collaborateur de Eisenberg,
Nacht et Rutter.
 |
NACHT, S. et LEBOVICI, S. (1958). Indications et
contre-indications de la psychanalyse chez l'adulte.
Paris : Presses Universitaires de France. |
|
LEBOVICI, S. (1960). La relation objectale chez l'enfant.
La Psychiatrie de l'Enfant, 111 (1), 143-227. |
|
LEBOVICI, S. et WEIL-HALPERN, F. (1989).
Psychopathologie du bébé. Paris : Presses
Universitaires de France. |
|
LEBOVICI, S. et MAZET, P. (1998). Psychiatrie
périnatale. Paris : Presses Universitaires de
France. |
|
LEBOVICI, S. et SOULÉ, M. (2003). La connaissance de
l'enfant par la psychanalyse. Paris : Presses
Universitaires de France. |
|
|
|
|
|
Leca
Jean-Baptiste ( ) : Éthologiste
et primatologue
français, spécialisé dans l'étude de la culture
animale et de la fabrication
des outils, notamment chez les macaques.
Étudiant de Huffman.
Collaborateur de Gunst,
Nahallage et Vasey.
 |
LECA, J.B., FORNASIERI, I. & PETIT, O. (2002).
Aggression and reconciliation in Cebus capucinus. International
Journal of Primatology, 23, 979-998. [PDF] |
|
LECA, J.B., GUNST, N. & HUFFMAN, M.A. (2007). Japanese
macaque cultures : Inter- and intra-troop behavioural
variability of stone handling patterns across 10 troops. Behaviour,
144, 251-281. [PDF] |
|
LECA, J-B., GUNST, N. & HUFFMAN, M.A. (2008). Of stones
and monkeys : Testing ecological constraints on stone
handling, a behavioral tradition in Japanese macaques. American
Journal of Physical Anthropology, 135, 213-244. [PDF] |
|
LECA, J.B., GUNST, N. & HUFFMAN, M.A. (2010). Indirect
social influence in the maintenance of the stone handling
tradition in Japanese macaques (Macaca fuscata).
Animal Behaviour, 79, 117-126.[PDF] |
|
LECA, J.B., GUNST, N. & HUFFMAN, M.A. (2011).
Complexity in object manipulation by Japanese macaques
(Macaca fuscata) : a cross-sectional analysis of manual
coordination in stone handling patterns. Journal of
Comparative Psychology, 125, 61-71. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Lécher
: Licking.
| |
|
|
HULSE, S.H. (1960). A precision liquid feeding system
controlled by licking behavior. Journal of the
Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 20 (3), 1-3. [PDF] |
|
SCHAEFFER, R. & PREMACK, D. (1961). Licking rates in
infant allbino rats. Science, 134 (394),
1980-1981. |
|
BOND, N.W., BLACKMAN, D.E. & SCRUTON, P. (1973).
Suppression of operant behavior and schedule-induced
licking in rats. Journal of the Experimental Analysis
of Behavior, 20 (3), 375-383. [PDF] |
|
NAGHEISHI, Y. & IMADA, H. (1974). Suppression of
licking behavior in rats as a function of predictability
of shock and probability of conditioned stimulus-shock
pairings. Journal of Comparative & Physiological
Psychology, 87, 1165-1173. |
|
PELLON, R. & PÉREZ-PADILLA, A. (2012). Response-food
delay gradients for lever pressing and schedule-induced
licking in rats. Learning Behavior, DOI
10.3758/s13420-012-0099-x [PDF] |
|
|
|
Leclair
Éric ( ) : Géographe
québécois et professeur au Collège
Ahuntsic.Il s'intéresse notamment à l'exploration des
rivières et des milieux polaires.
 |
LECLAIR, É. (1996). Les mille et une nuits de
l'Ashuapmushuan. Géo Plein-air, 8 (5), 46-49. |
|
LECLAIR, É. (1998). Les beautés lumineuses de la
Nahanni-Sud. Géo Plein-air, 10 (3), 14-21. |
|
LECLAIR, É. (1998). Rivière Moisie. Géo Plein-air, 10
(3), 22. |
|
LECLAIR, É. (2012). Descendre-la-rivière-puvirnituq. Espaces,
18 (1), 52-55. [LIRE] |
|
LECLAIR, E. (2017). Rivière Saint-Jean. Espaces, 22
(6), 30-32. [LIRE] |
| |
|
|
|
|
|
Lecompte
Conrad ( ) : Psychologue
québécois et spécialiste de l'étude des
thérapies, notamment de leur
efficacité. Il s'intéresse également à la formation
des thérapeutes. Collaborateur de Castonguay.
|
LECOMTE, C. CASTONGUAY, L.-G., CYR, M. & SABOURIN, S.
(1993). Supervision and instruction in doctoral
psychotherapy integration. In S. Stricker et J.R. Gold
(Éds), Comprehensive handbook of psychotherapy
integration. New York : Plenum Press. |
|
LECOMTE, C. et LECOMTE, T. (1999). Au-delà et en deçà des
thérapies cognitives pour les personnes souffrant de
troubles mentaux graves : Les facteurs communs. La
Revue de Santé Mentale au Québec, 24 (1), 5-12. |
|
LECOMTE, C. (1999). Face à la complexité et à
l'incertitude : L'impossibilité de se défaire de soi.
Revue Québécoise de Psychologie, 20 (2), 37-63. |
|
LECOMTE, C. & RICHARD, A. (2003). De la subjectivité à
l'intersubjectivité : Pour une psychothérapie pleinement
relationnelle. Revue de Psychologie de la Motivation,
35, 64-73. |
|
LECOMTE, C., SAVARD, R., DROUIN, M.-S. & GUILLON, V.
(2004). Qui sont les psychothérapeutes efficaces ?
Implications pour la formation en psychologie. Revue
Québécoise de Psychologie, 25 (3), 73-102.
[PDF] |
|
|
|
Lecompte
Margaret D. ( ) : Spécialiste de l'éducation
et des méthodes
qualitatives.
|
LECOMPTE, M.D. & GOETZ, J.P. (1982). Problems of
reliability and validity in educational research.
Review of Educational Research, 52 (2), 31-60. [PDF] |
|
LECOMPTE, M.D. & DWORKIN, A.G. (1991). Giving up
on school : Teacher burnout and student dropout. Newbury
Park, CA : Corwin Press/Sage Publications. |
|
LECOMPTE, M.D., MILLROY, W. & PREISSLE, J. (Eds.)
(1992). The handbook of qualitative research in
education. San Diego, CA : Academic Press. |
|
LECOMPTE, M.D. (1994). Sensible matchmaking : Qualitative
research design and the program evaluation standards. Journal
of Experimental Education, 63 (1), 29-45. |
|
LECOMPTE, M.D. (1999). Using ethnographic data :
Reporting, dissemination, and utilization. Book
Seven. |
|
|
|
Leçon
: En science, cours donné sous forme de conférence,
et qui jouait jadis un rôle important dans la communication
des connaissances au sein des universités.
Les grandes leçons sont souvent publiées sous forme de livre.
= cours magistaux.
| |
|
|
ARON, R. (1962). Dix-huit leçons sur la société
industrielle. Paris : Gallimard. |
|
|
|
|
|
Lecours
André Roch (1936-2005) : Médecin et
neurolinguiste québécois.
|
LECOURS, A.R. & LHERMITTE, F. (1969). Phonemic
paraphasias : linguistic structures and tentative
hypothèses. Cortex, 5, (3), 193-228. |
|
LECOURS, A.R & JOANETTE, Y. (1980). Linguistic and
other psychological aspects of paroxysmal aphasia. Brain
& Language, 10 (1), 1-23. |
|
LECOURS, A.R. et LHERMITTE, F.F. (Dir.). L'aphasie.
Flammarion Médecine-Sciences / Les Presses de l'Université
de Montréal, Paris / Montréal. |
|
LECOURS, A.R., MEHLER, J., PARENTE, M.A., CALDEIRA, A.,
CARY, L., CASTRO, M.J., DEHAUT, F., DELGADO, R., GURD, J.
& DE FRAGA KARMANN, D., JAKUBOVITZ, R., OSORIO. Z.,
SCLIAR CABRAL, L. & JUNQUEIRA, A.M.S. (1987).
Illiteracy and brain damage. I. Aphasia testing
inculturally contrasted populations (subjects). Neuropsychologia,
25, 231-245. |
|
LECOURS, A.R. MEHLER, J., PARENTE, M.A., BELTRAMI, M.C.,
CANOSSA DE TOLIPAN, L., CARY, L., CASTRO, M.J., CARRONO,
V., CHAGASTELLES, L., DEHAUT, F., D., GURD, J., TORNE, C.
H., JAKUBOVICZ, R., KAC, R., LEFEVRE, B. LIMA, C., MACIEL,
J., MANSUR, L., MARTINEZ, R., NOBREGA, M.-C., OSORIO, Z.,
PACIORNIK, J., PAPATERRA, F., PENEDO, J., SABOYA, M.-A,
SCHEUER, B., DA SILVA, C., SPINARDI, A. & TEIXEIRA, M.
(1988). Illiteracy and brain damage : A contribution to
the study of speech and language disorders in
illiterateswith unilateral brain damage (initial testing).
Neuropsychologia, 26, 575-589. |
|
|
WHITAKER, H. & JOANETTE, Y. (20005). Brain and
language as a passion André Roch Lecours (1936-2005).
Brain & Language 9, 361-364 |
|
|
|
Le
Couteur Ann ( ) :
Psychiatre anglaise et spécialiste de l'étude de
l'autisme. Collaboratrice de
Bolton, Bailey, Gillberg,
Gottesman, Lord
et Rutter.
|
LE COUTEUR, A., RUTTER, M., SUMMERS, D. & BUTLER, L.
(1988). Fragile X in female autistic twins. Journal
of Autism & Developmental Disorders, 18,
458-460. |
|
LE COUTEUR, A., RUTTER, M., LORD, C., RIOS, P., ROBERTSON,
S., HOLDGRAFER, M. & MCLENNAN, J. (1989). Autism
Diagnostic Interview : a standardized investigator based
instrument. Journal of Autism & Development
Disorders, 19, 363-387. |
|
LE COUTEUR, A. (1993). Autism : changing perspectives. British
Journal of Hospital Medicine, 50, 159. |
|
LE COUTEUR, A., BAILEY, A., GOODE, S., PICKLES, A.,
ROBERTSON, S., GOTTESMAN, I. & RUTTER, M. (1996). A
broader phenotype of autism : the clinical spectrum in
twins. Journal of Child Psychology & Psychiatry,
37, 785-801. |
|
LE COUTEUR, A. HADEN, G., HAMMAL, D. & McCONACHIE, H.
(2008). Diagnosing autism spectrum disorders in pre-school
children using two standardised assessment instruments :
The ADI-R and the ADOS. Journal of Autism &
Developmental Disorders, 38 (2), 362-372. |
|
|
|
Lecoutre
Bruno ( ) : Psychologue
et statisticien
français. Il s'intéresse à la statistique
bayésienne et au débat concernant l'usage des tests
d'hypothèse et de l'hypothèse
nulle. Professeur de Poitevineau.
Collaborateur de Lecoutre.
|
LECOUTRE, M-P., DERZKO, G. GROUIN, J.-M. (1995). Bayesian
predictive approach for inference about proportions. Statistics
in Medicine, 14, 1057-1063. |
|
LECOUTRE, B. & POITEVINEAU, J. (2000). Aller au delà
des tests de signification traditionnels : vers de
nouvelles normes de publication. L'Année
Psychologique, 100 (4), 683-713. [PDF] |
|
LECOUTRE B., LECOUTRE M.-P. & POITEVINEAU J. (2001).
Uses, abuses and misuses of significance tests in the
scientific community : Won't the Bayesian choice be
unavoidable? International Statistical Review, 69,
399-417. |
|
LECOUTRE, B. (2005). Et si vous étiez un bayésien qui
s'ignore ? Revue MODULAD, 32, 92-105. [PDF] |
|
LECOUTRE, B. (2006). Training students and researchers in
Bayesian methods for experimental data analysis. Journal
of Data Science, 4 (2), 207-232. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Lecoutre
Marie-Paule ( ) : Psychologue
et statisticienne
française. Elle s'intéresse à la statistique
bayésienne et au débat concernant l'usage des tests
d'hypothèse et de l'hypothèse
nulle. Collaboratrice de Lecoutre
et Poitevineau.
|
LECOUTRE M.-P. (1982). Comportements des chercheurs dans
des situations conflictuelles d'analyse de données
expérimentales. Psychologie Française, 27, 1-8.
[PDF] |
|
LECOUTRE, M-P. (1992). Cognitive models and problem spaces
in "purely random" situations. Educational Studies in
Mathematics, 23, 557-568. |
|
LECOUTRE, M-P., POITEVINEAU, J. & LECOUTRE, B. (2003).
Even statisticians are not immune to misinterpretations of
null hypothesis significance tests. International
Journal of Psychology, 38 (1), 37-45. |
|
LECOUTRE, M-P., CLÉMENT, E. & LECOUTRE, B. (2004).
Failure to construct and transfer correct representations
across probability problems. Psychological Reports,
94, 151-162. |
|
LECOUTRE, M-P., POITEVINEAU, J. & LECOUTRE, B. (2005).
A reason why not to ban null hypothesis significance
tests. Revue MODULAD, 32, 92-105. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
|
Lecture : Lire : Reconnaître/ discriminer
les lettres d'une langue
et les associer/ organiser
en mots afin d'en comprendre
la signification.
Les troubles de lecture se nomme dyslexie.
Lecture, fluidité
verbale et littéracie.
= habileté de lecture, comportement de
lecture. Reading, reading skill, reading
responses, reading behavior.
| |
|
|
HUEY, E.B. (1898). Preliminary experiments in the
physiology and psychology of reading. American
Journal of Psychology, 9 (4), 575-586. |
ECKERT, T.L., ARDOIN, S.P., DAISEY, D.M. & SCAROLA,
M.D. (2000). Empirically evaluating the effectiveness of
reading interventions : The use of brief experimental
analysis and single-case designs. Psychology in the
School, 37, 463-474. |
|
HUEY, E.B. (1900). On the psychology and physiology of
reading, I. The American Journal of Psychology, 11
(3), 283-302. |
CRANE, L.R., GUSTAFSON, J. & POZIEMSKI, C. (2000).
Motivational aspects of reading and its measurement in
community college students. Journal of Applied
Research in the Community College, 7 (2), 87. |
|
HUEY, E.B. (1901). On the psychology and physiology of
reading, II. The American Journal of Psychology, 12 (3),
292-312. |
GUTHRIE, J.T., WIGFIELD, A. & VONSECKER, C. (2000).
Effects of integrated instruction on motivation and
strategy use in reading. Journal of Educational
Psychology, 92 (2), 331-341. [PDF] |
|
HUEY, E.B. (1908). The psychology and pedagogy of
reading. Cambridge, MA : MIT Press. |
BURCHFIELD, C.M. & SAPPINGTON, J. (2000). Compliance
with required reading assignments. Teaching of
Psychology, 27, 58-60. |
|
MERRILL, M.A. (1919). A scale for the individual
measurement of reading ability. Journal of Educational
Psychology, 10, 389-400. |
GUTHRIE, J.T. & WIGFIELD, A. (2000). Engagement and
motivation in reading. In M.L. Kamil, P.B. Mosenthal, P.D.
Pearson & R. Barr (Eds.), Reading research
handbook (Vol. III, pp. 403-424). Mahwah, NJ :
Erlbaum. |
|
BUSWELL, G.T. (1922). Fundamental reading habits : A
study of their development. Chicago, IL :
University of Chicago Press. |
STRINGER, R. & STANOVICH, K.E. (2000). The connection
between reaction time and variation in reading ability :
Unravelling covariance relationships with cognitive
ability and phonological sensitivity. Scientific
Studies of Reading, 4, 41-53. [PDF] |
|
JUDD, C.H. & BUSWELL, G.T. (1922). Silent reading
: A study of the various types. Chicago, IL :
University of Chicago Press. |
RASINSKI, T.V. (2000). Speed does matter in reading. The
Reading Teacher, 54, 146-151. [PDF] |
|
LIGON, E.M. (1932). A genetic study of color naming and
word reading. American Journal of Psychology, 4
(1), 103-122. [PDF] |
GUTHRIE, J.T., SCHAFER, W.D., VON SECKER, C. & ALBAN,
T. (2000). Contributions of instructional practices to
reading achievement in a statewide improvement program.
Journal of Educational Research, 93 (4), 211-225. |
|
BUSWELL, G.T. (1937). How adults read. Chicago,
IL : University of Chicago Press. |
WAMBACH, C. & BROTHEN, T. (2000). Content area reading
tests are not a solution to reading test validity
problems. Journal of Developmental Education, 24
(2), 42-43. |
|
DOLCH, E.W. (1941). Teaching primary reading.
Champagne : The Garrad Press. |
NATIONAL READING PANEL (2000). Teaching children to
read : An evidence-based assessment of the scientific
research literature on reading and its implications for
reading instruction. Rockville, MD : National
Institute of Child Health and Human Development.
[PDF] |
|
|
DOLCH, E.W. (1945/53). Remedial reading.
Champaign, IL : Garrard Publishing Company. |
MORRIS, D. PERNEY, J. & TYNER, B. (2000). Early steps
: Replicating the effects of a first-grade reading
intervention program. Journal of Educational
Psychology, 92 (4), 681-693. [PDF] |
|
DOLCH, E.W. (1948). Problems in reading. Garrard
Press. |
MCCLOSKEY, M. & RAPP, B. (2010). A visually-based
developmental reading deficit. Journal of Memory &
Language, 43, 157-181. |
|
MITCHELL, A.P. (1949). The effects of radio programs on
silent reading achievement of ninety-one sixth grade
students. Journal of Educational Research, 42
(6), 460-470. |
COLES, G. (2000). Misreading reading : The bad
science that hurts children. Portsmouth, NH :
Heinemann. |
|
FITCH, M.L., DRUCKER, A.J. & NORTON, J.A. (1951).
Frequent testing as a motivating factor in large lecture
classes. Journal of Educational Psychology, 42,
1-20. |
LOVETT, M.W., LACRENZA, L. & BORDEN, S.L. (2000).
Putting struggling readers on the PHAST track : A program
to integrate phonological and strategy-based remedial
reading instruction and maximizing outcomes. Journal
of Learning Disabilities, 33, 458-476. |
|
DOLCH, E.W. (1951). Psychology and teaching of reading.
Champaign, IL : Garrard Publishing Company. |
TAYLOR, B.M., ANDERSON, R.C., AU, K.H. & RAPHAEL, T.E.
(2000). Discretion in the translation of research to
polic: A case from beginning reading. Educational
Researcher, 29 (6), 16-26. |
|
ZIRBES, L. (1951). The experience approach in reading. The
Reading Teacher, 5 (1-2), 15-16. |
VELLUTINO, F.R., SCANLON, D.N. & LYON, G.R. (2000).
Differentiating between difficult- to- remediate and
readily remediated poor readers : More evidence against
the IQ-achievement discrepancy definition of reading
disability. Journal of Learning Disabilities, 33,
223-238. |
|
HALL, J. (1952). The effect of background music on the
reading comprehension of 278 eighth and ninth grade
students. Journal of Educational Research, 45,
451-458 |
SERENO, S.C. & RAYNER, K. (2000). The when and where
of reading in the brain. Brain & Cognition, 42,
78-81. [PDF] |
|
MUEHL, S. (1962). The effects of letter-name knowledge on
learning to read a word list in kindergarten children. Journal
of Educational Psychology, 53, 181-186. |
PRIMEAUX, J. (2000). Focus on research: Shifting
perspectives on struggling readers. Language Arts,
77, 537-542. |
|
BISHOP, C.H. (1964). Transfer effects of word and letter
training in reading. Journal of Verbal Learning &
Verbal Behavior, 3 (3), 215-222. |
WOLF, M. & KATZIR-COHEN, T. (2001). Reading fluency
and its intervention. Scientific Studies of Reading,
5 (3), 211-239. [PDF] |
|
GOODMAN, K. (1967). Reading : A psycholinguistic guess
game. Journal of the Reading Specialist, 6 (4),
126-135. |
DE JONG, P.F. & LESEMAN, P.P.M. (2001). Lasting
effects of home literacy on reading achievement in school.
Journal of School Psychology, 39 (5), 389-414. |
|
SAMUELS, S.J. (1967). Attentional process in reading : The
effect of pictures on the acquisition of reading
responses. Journal of Educational Psychology, 58,
337-342. |
CHIAPPE, P., CHIAPPE, D.L. & SIEGEL, L.S. (2001).
Speech perception, lexicality and reading skill. Journal
of Experimental Child Psychology, 80, 58-74. |
|
WHITLOCK, C. & BUSHELL, D. (1967), Some effects of
"back- up" reinforcers on reading behavior. Journal of
Experimental Child Psychology, 5, 50-57. |
ENGELHARD, G. (2001). Historical views of the influences
of measurement and reading theories on the assessment of
reading. Journal of Applied Measurement, 2 (1),
1-28. |
|
RUSSEL, D.H. & FEA, H.R. (1967). Research on teaching
reading. Dans N.L.Gage (Dir.), Handbook of research on
teaching (pp. 865-928). Chicago : Rand McNally
& Company. |
IVEY G. & BROADDUS, K. (2001). "Just plain reading" :
A survey of what makes students want to read in middle
school classrooms. Reading Research Quarterly, 36, 350-377. |
|
COHEN, A. (1970). Cause vs. treatment in reading
achievement. Journal of Learning Disabilities, 3,
163-166. |
BROEK VAN DEN, P., LORCH, R.F., LINDERHOLM, T. &
GUSTAFSON, M. (2001). The effects of readers' goals on
inference generation and memory for texts. Memory
& Cognition, 29 (8), 1081-1087. [PDF] |
|
SMITH, F. (1971). Understanding reading. A
psycholinguistic analysis of reading and learning to
read. New York, NY : Holt, Rinehart and Winston. |
GUTHRIE, J.T., SCHAFER, W.D. & HUANG, C. (2001).
Benefits of opportu- nity to read and balanced instruction
on the NAEP. The Journal of Educational Research, 96,
145–162. |
|
BLIGH, D.A. (1972). What's the use of lectures ?
Harmondsworth : Penguin Education. |
FUCHS, L.S., FUCHS, D., HOSP, M.K. & JENKINS, J.R.
(2001). Oral reading fluency as an indicator of reading
competence : A theoretical, empirical, and historical
analysis. Scientific Studies Reading, 5 (3),
239-256. [PDF] |
|
SMITH, F. (1972). Phonology and orthography : Reading and
writing. Elementary English, 49 (7), 1075-1088.
|
PENNINGTON, B.F. & LEFLY, D.L. (2001). Early reading
development in children at family risk for dyslexia. Child
Development, 72 (3), 816-833. |
|
FOGELSON, S. (1973). Music as a distracter on reading-test
performance of eighth grade students. Perceptual
& Motor Skills, 36, 1265-1266. |
ALVERMANN, D.E. (2001). Reading adolescents' reading
identities : Looking back to see ahead. Journal of
Adolescent & Adult Literacy, 44, 676-690. |
|
WILLOWS, D.M. & MacKINNON, G.E. (1973). Selective
reading : Attention to the "unattendted" lines. Canadian
Journal of Psychology, 27, 292-304. (1974). |
OLSON, R.K. & GAYAN, J. (2001). Brains, genes, and
environment in reading development. In S. Newman & D.
Dickinson (Eds.), Handbook of early literacy
development (pp. 81-96). New York : Guilford
Publications, Inc. |
|
SMITH, F. (1973). Psycholinguistics and reading. New
York : Holt, Rinehart and Winston. |
ARMBRUSTER, B. & OSBORN J. (2001). Put reading
first : The research building blocks for teaching
children to read. Jessup, MD : National Institute
for Literacy. |
|
BAKWIN, H. (1973). Reading disability in twins. Developmental
Medicine & Child Neurology, 15, 184-187. |
LANGER, J.A. (2001). Beating the odds : Teaching middle
and high school students to read and write well.
American Educational Research Journal, 38 (4),
837-880. |
|
SMITH, F. (1973). Psychology and reading. New
York : Holt. |
PERFETTI, C.A. (2001). Reading ability. In N.J. Smelser
& P.B. Baltes (Eds.), International encyclopedia
of the social and behavioral sciences (pp.
12800-12805). Oxford : Pergamon. [PDF] |
|
WILLOWS, D.M. (1974). Reading between the lines :
Selective attention in good and poor readers. Child
Development, 45, 408-415. |
EHRI L.C., NUNES, S.R., STAHL, S.A. & WILLOWS, D.M.
(2001). Systematic phonics instruction helps students
learn to read : evidence from the National Reading Panel's
meta-analysis. Review of Educational Research, 71
(3), 393-447. [PDF] |
|
YULE, W., RUTTER, M., BERGER, M. & THOMPSON, J.
(1974). Over- and under-achievement in reading :
Distribution in the general population. British
Journal of Educational Psychology, 44, 1-12. |
CUNNINGHAM, A.E. & STANOVICH, K.E. (2001). What
reading does for the mind. Journal of Direct
Instruction, 1 (2), 137-149. [PDF] |
|
LABERGE, D. & SAMUELS, S.J. (1974). Toward a theory of
automatic information processing in reading. Cognitive
Psychology, 6, 293-323. |
EIGER, M. (2001). Issues in reading instruction. Reading
Improvement, 38 (1), 22-26. |
|
GROFF, P. (1975). The mythology of reading: I--Sight
words. Reading Horizons, 15 (4), 208-211. [PDF] |
RASHOTTE, C.A., MacPHEE, K. & TORGENSEN, J.K. (2001).
The effectiveness of a group reading instruction program
with poor readers in multiple grades. Learning
Disability Quarterly, 24, 119-134. [PDF] |
|
|
AIKEN, E.G., THOMAS, G.S. & SHENNUM, W.A. (1975).
Memory for a lecture : Effects of notes, lecture rate, and
informational density. Journal of Educational
Psychology, 67, 439-444. |
EHRI L.C., NUNES, S.R., WILLOWS, D.M., SCHUSTER, B.V.,
YAGHOUB-ZADEH, Z. & SHANAHAN, T. (2001). Phonemic
awareness instruction helps children learn to read :
evidence from the National reading Panel's meta-analysis.
Reading Research Quarterly, 36 (3), 250-287. |
|
McCONKIE, G.W. & RAYNER, K. (1975). The span of the
effective stimulus during a fixation in reading.
Perception & Psychophysics, 17, 578–586. |
IVEY G. & BROADDUS, K. (2001). "Just plain reading" :
A sur- vey of what makes students want to read in middle
school classrooms. Reading Research Quarterly, 36,
350-377. |
|
GIBSON, E.J. & LEVIN, H. (1975). The psychology
of reading. Cambridge, MA : MIT Press. |
GOLDIN-MEADOW, S. & MAYBERRY, R.I. (2001). How do
profoundly deaf children learn to read ? Learning
Disabilities Research & Practice, 16, 222-229.
[PDF] |
|
RUTTER, M. & YULE, W. (1975). The concept of specific
reading retardation. Journal of Child Psychology
& Psychiatry, 16, 181-197. |
RAYNER, K., FOORMAN, B.R., PERFETTI, E., PESETSKY, D.
& SEIDENBERG, M.S. (2001). How psychological science
informs the teaching of reading. Psychological Science
in the Public Interest, 2, 31-74. [PDF] |
|
GROFF, P. (1975). Long versus short words in beginning
reading. Reading World, 14, 277-289. |
WORTHY, J. & BROAUS, K. (2001/2002). Fluency beyond
the primary grades : From group performance to silent,
independant reading. The Reading Teacher, 55
(45), 334-343. [PDF] |
|
JACKSON, M.D. & McCLELLAND, J.L. (1975). Sensory and
cognitive determinants of reading speed. Journal of
Verbal Learning & Verbal Behavior, 14, 565-574. |
DEENEY, T., WOLF, M. & GOLDBERG, A. (2001). "I like to
take my own sweet time" : Case Study of a child with
naming-speed deficits and reading disabilities. Journal
of Special Education, 35, 145-155 |
|
FOX, B.C. (1976). How children analyze language :
Implications for beginning reading instruction. Reading
Improvement, 13 (4), 229-234. |
MARCHANT, G. (2002). Student reading of assigned articles
: Will this be on the test ? Teaching of Psychology,
29 (1), 49-51. |
|
BERNINGER, V.W., ABBOTT, R.D., ABBOTT, S.P. & GRAHAM,
S. & RICHARDS, T. (2002). Writing and reading :
Connections between language by hand and
language by eye. Journal of Learning Disabilities,
35, 39-56. |
|
GOODMAN, K. (1976). Manifesto for a reading revolution. In
F.V. Gollasch (Ed., 1986), Language and literacy :
The selected writings of Kenneth S. Goodman (pp.
231-241). London : Routledge & Kegan Paul. |
SAPPINGTON, J., KINSEY, K. & MUNSAYAC, K. (2002). Two
studies of reading compliance among college students. Teaching
of Psychology, 29 (4), 272-274. |
|
COPPER, C.R. & PETROSKY, A.R. (1976). A
psycholinguistic view of the fluent reading process.
Journal of Reading, 20 (3), 184-207. |
ECALLE, J. et MAGNAN A. (2002). Apprentissage de la
lecture. Paris : Armand Colin. |
|
PEARSON, P.D. (1976). A psycholinguistic model of reading.
Language Arts, 53, 309-314. |
RAYNER, K., FOORMAN, B.R., PERFETTI., E., PESETSKY, D.
& SEIDENBERG, M.S. (2002). How should reading be
taught ? Scientific American, 286, 85-91. [PDF] |
|
GROFF, P. (1976). Limitations of context cues for
beginning readers. Reading World, 16, 97-103. |
TORGESEN, J.K. (2002). The prevention of reading
difficulties. Journal of School Psychology, 40,
7-26. [PDF]
|
|
SMITH F. (1976). Learning to read by reading. Language
Arts, 53, 297-299. |
BAKER, L. & SCHER, D. (2002). Beginning readers'
motivation for reading in relation to parental beliefs and
home reading experiences. Reading Psychology, 23 (4),
239-269. |
|
ALEXANDER, J.E. & FILLER, R.C. (1976). Attitudes
and reading. Newark, DE : International Reading
Association. |
SÉNÉCHAL, M. & LEFEVRE, J.-A. (2002). Parental
involvement in the development of children's reading skill
: a five-year longitudinal study. Child development,
73 (2), 445-460. [PDF] |
|
LYON, G.R. (1977). Neuropsychological functional systems
and reading disability. Learning Disabilities
Research, 16-24. |
PAVONETTI, L.M., BRIMMER, K.M. & CIPIELEWSKI, J.F.
(2002). Accelerated reader : What are the lasting effects
on the reading habits of middle school students exposed to
accelerated reader in elementary grades ? Journal of
Adolescent & Adult Literacy, 46 (4), 300-311. [PDF] |
|
SCHWARTZ, G.J. (1977). College students as contingency
managers for adolescents in a program to develop reading
skills. Journal of Applied Behavioral Analysis, 10
(4), 645-655. [PDF] |
ECKERT, T.L, ARDOIN, S.P., DALY, E.J. & MARTENS, B.K.
(2002). Improving oral reading fluency : An examination of
the efficacy of combining skill-based and
performance-based interventions. Journal of Applied
Behavior Analysis, 35 (3), 271-281. [PDF] |
|
WALMSLEY, S.A. (1978). The criterion referenced
measurement of an early reading behavior. Reading
Research Quarterly, 14 (4), 574-604. |
VELLUTINO, F.R., SCANLON, D.N. (2002). The interactive
strategies approach to reading intervention. Contemporary
Educational Psychology, 27 (4), 573-635 |
|
LUNDBERG, I. (1978). Linguistic awareness as related to
reading. In A. Sinclair, R.J. Jarvella & W.J.M. Levelt
(Eds.), The child´s conception of language (pp.
83-96). New York : Springer. |
CHARDON, ST-C. & BAILLÉ, J. (2002). Soutien en lecture
: prise en compte des méthodes d'apprentissage. Revue
Française de Pédagogie, 139, 81-95. [PDF] |
|
BERGER, N. (1978). Why can't John read ? Perhaps he's not
a good listener. Journal of Learning Disabilities, 11,
31-36. |
SHAYWITZ, B.A. SHAYWITZ, S.E., PUGH, K.R., MENCL, W.E.,
FULBRIGHT, R.K., SKUDLARSKI, P., CONSTABLE, R.T.,
MARCHIONE, K.E., FLETCHER, J.M., LYON, G.R. & GORE,
J.C. (2002). Disruption of posterior brain systems for
reading in children with developmental dyslexia.
Biological Psychiatry, 52 (2), 101-110.
[PDF] |
|
PERFETTI, C.A., FINGER, E. & HOGABAUM, T. (1978).
Sources of vocalization latency differences between
skilled and less skilled young readers. Journal of
Educational Psychology, 70, 730-739. |
NEEDLMAN, R., KLASS, P. & ZUCKERMAN, B. (2002). Reach
out and get your patients to read. Contemprory
Pediatrics, 19 (1), 51-69. [PDF] |
|
DEFRIES, J.C., SINGER, S.M., FOCH, T.T. & LEWITTER,
F.I. (1978). Familial nature of reading disability. British
Journal of Psychiatry, 132, 361-367. |
HORNER, S.L. & SHWERY, C.S. (2002). Becoming an
engaged, self-regulated reader. Theory into Practice,
41, 102-109. |
|
HENDERSON, E.H. (1978). Reading is not decoding. Reading
World, 17, 244-249. |
ZEVIN, J.D. & SEIDENBERG, M.S. (2002).
Age-of-acquisition effects in reading and other tasks. Journal
of Memory & Language, 47, 1-29. |
|
BRADLEY, L. & BRYANT, P. (1978). Difficulties in
auditory organization as a possible cause of reading
backwardness. Nature, 271,746-747. |
LYNCH, J. (2002). Parents' self-efficacy beliefs, parents'
gender, children's reader self-perceptions, reading
achievement and gender. Journal of Research in
Reading, 25, 54-67. |
|
ANDERSON, L.M., EVERTSON, C.M. & BROPHY, J.E. (1979).
An experimental study of effective teaching in first-grade
reading groups. The Elementary School journal, 79,
193-223. |
STEUBING, K., FLETCHER, J.M., LEDOUX J., LYON, G.R,
SHAYWITZ, S.E. & SHAYWITZ, B.A. (2002). Validity of
IQ-discrepancy classifications of reading disabilities.
American Educational Research Journal, 39, 469-518. |
|
GOODMAN, Y. & GOODMAN, K.S. (1976). learning to read
in natural. In L.B. Resnick and P.A. Weave (Eds.),
Theory and practice of early reading (Vol. 1, pp.
137-154). Hillsdale, NJ : Pergamon Press. |
CHIAPPE, P., SIEGEL, L.S. & WADE-WOOLLEY, L. (2002).
Linguistic diversity and the development of basic reading
skills : A longitudinal study. Scientific Studies of
Reading, 6 (4), 369-400. |
|
BECHKER, W.C. (1977). Teaching reading and language to
the disadvantaged-What we have learned from field
research. Harvard Educational Review, 47, 518-543 |
|
|
GROFF, P. (1977). Oral language and reading. Reading
World, 17, 71-78. |
CUNNINGHAM, A.E., PERRY, K., STANOVICH, K.E. & SHARE,
D.L. (2002). Orthographic learning during reading :
Examining the role of self-teaching. Journal of
Experimental Child Psychology, 82, 185-199. [PDF] |
|
GROFF, P. (1978). Should children learn to read words ? Reading
World, 17, 256-264. |
ALLINGTON, R.L. (2002). What I've learned about effective
reading instruction from a decade of studying exemplary
elementary classroom teachers. Phi Delta Kappan, 83
(10), 740-747. |
|
CARBO, M. (1978). Teaching reading with talking books.
The Reading Teacher, 32, 267-273. |
|
|
MORRIS, D. (1979). Some aspects of the instructional
environment and learning to read. Language Arts, 56
(5), 497-502. |
SEGERS, L. & VERHOEVEN, L. (2002). Multimedia support
of early literacy learning. Computers &
Education, 39, 207-221. [PDF] |
|
SAMUELS, S.J. (1979). The method of repeated readings. The
Reading Teacher, 50 (5), 376-381. |
VELLUTINO, F.R. & SCANLON, D.N. (2002). The
interactive strategies approach to reading intervention. Contemporary
Educational Psychology, 27 (4), 573-635. |
|
CASHIN, W.E. (1979). Motivating students. Idea Paper, no.
1. Manhattan : Center for Faculty Evaluation and
Development in Higher Education, Kansas State University. |
|
|
EHRI, L.C. & WILCE, L. (1979). The mnemonic value of
orthography among beginning readers. Journal of
Educational Psychology, 71, 26-40. |
CATTS, H.W., FEY, M.E., ZHANG, X. & TOMBLIN, J.B.
(2002). A longitudinal investigation of reading outcomes
in children with language impairments. Journal of
Speech, Language, & Hearing Research, 45,
1142-1157. |
|
PEARSON, P.D. & SPIRO, R. (1980). Toward a theory of
reading comprehension instruction. Topics in Language
Disorders, 1, 71-88. |
PARTIN, K. & HENDRICKS, C.G. (2002). The relationship
between positive adolescent attitudes toward reading and
home literary environment. Reading Horizons, 43,
61-75. |
|
ALLINGTON, R.L. (1980). Poor readers don't get to read
much in reading groups. Language Arts, 57,
872-876. |
|
|
DANEMAN, M. & CARPENTER, P.A. (1980). Individual
differences in working memory and reading. Journal of
Verbal Learning & Verbal Behavior, 19, 450-466. |
MORI, S. (2002). Redefining motivation to read in a
foreign language. Reading in a Foreign Language, 14
(2), 95-106. |
|
GROFF, P. (1980). Research versus the psycholinguistic
approach to beginning reading. The Elementary School
Journal, 81 (1), 53-58. |
|
|
SCHREIBER, P.A. (1980). On the acquisition of reading
fluency. Journal of Reading Behavior, 12,
177-186. |
|
|
NURSS, J.R. (1980). Linguistic awareness and learning to
read. Young Children, 35 (3), 57-66. |
|
|
MORGAN, M. (1980). Television viewing and reading : Does
more equal better ? Journal of Communication, 30,
159-165. |
|
|
DECKER, S.N. & DEFRIES, J.C. (1980). Cognitive
abilities in families with reading disabled children. Journal
of Learning Disabilities, 13, 517-522. |
|
|
GROFF, P. (1981). Direct instruction versus incidental
learning of reading vocabulary. Reading Horizons, 21
(4), 262-265. [PDF] |
|
|
BESNER, D., DAVIES, J. et DANIELS, S. (1981). Phonological
processes inreading: the effects of concurrent
articulation. Quaterly Journal of Experimental Psychology,
33, 415-438. |
|
|
KAVALE, K. (1981). The relationship between auditory
perceptual skills and reading ability : A meta-analysis. Journal
of Learning Disabilities, 14 (9), 539-546. |
|
|
LEE, V.L. & PEGLER, A.M. (1982). Effects of spelling
of training children to read. Journal of the
Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 37 (2), 311-322. |
|
|
McGEE, L., CHARLESWORTH, R., CHEEK, M.C. & CHEEK, E.H.
(1982). Meta-linguistic knowledge : another look at
beginning reading. Childhood Education, 59 (2),
123-127. |
|
|
ATHEY, I. (1982). Reading : The affective domain
reconceptualized. In B.A. Hutson (Ed.), Advances in
reading/language research (Vol. 1., pp. 203-218).
Greenwich, CT : JAI Press. |
|
|
NEELY, M. (1982). Seven ways of describing reading :
McGuffey's and six more : Parts III and IV. Journal of
Precision Teaching, 3 (1), 1-9. |
TULLY, L.A., MOFFITT, T.E., CASPI, A., TAYLOR, A.,
KIERNAN, H. & ANDREOU, P. (2003). What effect does
classroom separation have on twins’ behavior, progress at
school, and reading abilities. Twin Research, 7,
115-124. |
|
ALGERIA, J., PIGNOT, E. & MORAIS, J. (1982). Phonetic
analysis of speech and memory codes in beginning readers.
Memory & Cognition, 10, 451-556. |
RAYNER, K., LIVERSEDGE, S.P., WHITE, S.J. &
VERGILINO-PEREZ, D. (2003). Reading disappearing text :
Cognitive control of eye movements. Psychological
Science, 14, 385–388. |
|
GREGORY, R.P., HACKNEY, C. & GREGORY, N.M. (1982).
Corrective reading programme : An evaluation. British
Journal of Educational Psychology, 52, 33-50. |
REHFELDT, R.A., LATIMER, D. & STOMER, R.J. (2003).
Observational learning and the formation of classes of
reading skills by individuals with autism and other
developmental disabilities. Research in Developmental
Disabilities, 24, 333-358. |
BESNER, D. & DAVELAAR, E. (1982). Basic processes in
reading : two phonological codes. Canadian Journal of
Psychology 36, 701-711.
|
|
|
SCHANK, R.C. (1982). Reading and understanding.
Hillsdale, NJ : Erlbaum. |
MORRIS, D., BLOODGOOD, J., LOMAX, R. & PERNEY, J.
(2003). Developmental steps in learning to read: A
longitudinal study in kindergarten and first grade.
Reading Research Quarterly, 38 (3), 2-24. |
|
POTTER, F. (1982). The use of the linguistic context : Do
good and poor readers use different strategies? Journal
of Educational Psychology, 52, 16-23. |
MORRIS, D., BLOODGOOD, J. & PERNEY, J. (2003).
Kindergarten predictors of first-and-second grade reading
achievement. The Elementary School Journal, 104
(2), 93-109. |
|
WATSON, E.S. & ENGLE, R.W. (1982). Is it
lateralization, processing strategies or both that
distinguishes good and poor readers ? Journal of
Experimental Child Psychology, 34, 1-19. |
MORAIS, J. (2003). Levels of phonological representation
in learning to read and in skilled reading. Reading
& Writing, special issue, 16, 123-151. |
|
|
CARR, T.H. (1982). What's in a model ? Reading theory and
reading instruction. In M.H. Singer (Ed.), Competent
reader, disabled reader : Research and application.
Hillsdale, NJ : Lawrence Erlbaum. |
HEMBROOKE, H. & GAY, G. (2003). The laptop and the
lecture : The effects of multitasking in learning
environments. Journal of Computing in Higher
Education, 15 (1), 1-19. [PDF] |
|
GREGORY, R.P., HACKNEY, C. & GREGORY, N.M. (1982).
Corrective Reading programme : An evaluation. British
Journal of Educational Psychology, 52, 33-50. |
|
|
GREGORY, R.P. & WARBURTON, B.G. (1983). DISTAR Reading
and remedial children in an infant school. School
Psychology International, 4, 169-172. |
|
|
BRADLEY, L. & BRYANT, P.E. (1983). Categorising sounds
and learning to read : A causal connection. Nature,
301, 419-421. |
CARLISLE, J.F. (2003). Morphology matters in learning to
read : A commentary. Reading Psychology, 24, 291-322. |
|
PATCHING, W., KAMEENUI, E., CARNINE, D., GERSTEN, R. &
COLVIN, G. (1983). Direct instruction in critical reading.
Reading Research Quarterly, 18 (4), 406-418. |
LABOV, L. (2003). When ordinary children fail to read. Reading
Research Quarterly, 38, 128-131. |
|
CUNNINGHAM, P.M., MOORE, S.A., CUNNINGHAM, J.S. &
MOORE, D.W. (1983). Reading in elementary classrooms.
New York : Longman. |
BAKER, L. (2003). The role of parents in motivating
struggling readers. Reading & Writing Quarterly,
19 (1), 87-106. |
|
BRANWHITE, A.B. (1983). Boosting reading skills by direct
instruction. British Journal of Educational
Psychology, 53 (3), 291-298. |
HARM, M.W., McCANDLISS, B.D. & SEIDENBERG, M.S.
(2003). Modelling the successes and failures of
interventions for disabled readers. Scientific
Studies of Reading, 7, 155-182. |
|
JACOBY, L.L. (1983). Remembering the data : Analyzing
interactive processes in reading. Journal of Verbal
Learning & Verbal Behavior, 22, 485-508. [PDF] |
STANOVICH, K.E. (2003). Understanding the styles of
science in the study of reading. Scientific Studies
of Reading, 7, 105-126. [PDF] |
|
BRADLEY, L. & BRYANT, P.E. (1983). Categorizing sounds
and learning to read : A causal connection. Nature,
301, 419-421. |
JIMERSON, S.R. & KAUFMAN, A.M. (2003). Reading,
writing, and retention : A primer on grade retention
research. The Reading Teacher, 56, 622-635. |
|
WILLIAMS, J. (1984). Phonemic analysis and how it relates
to reading. Journal of Learning Disabilities, 17, 240-245. |
MALANGA, P.R. (2003). Using repeated readings and error
correction to build reading fluency with at-risk
elementary students. Journal of Precision Teaching
& Celeration, 19 (2), 19-27. |
|
PEARSON, P.D., BARR, R., KAMIL, M. & MOSENTHAL, P.
(Eds.). (1984). Handbook of research in reading.
New York : Longman. |
|
|
MANN, V.A. (1984). Longitudinal prediction and Prevention
of early reading difficulty. Annals of Dyslexia, 34, 115-136. |
|
|
JENKINS, J.R., STEIN, M.L. & WYSOCKI, K. (1984).
Learning vocabulary through reading. American
Educational Research Journal, 21, 767-787. |
PIERRE, R. (2003). Introduction : L'enseignement de la
lecture au Québec de 1980 à 2000 : fondements historiques,
épistémologiques et scientifiques. Revue des Sciences
de l'Éducation, 29 (1), 3-35. |
|
BLACHMAN, B. (1984). Relationship of rapid naming ability
and language analysis skills to kindergarten and
first-grade reading achievement. Journal of
Educational Psychology, 76, 610-622. |
SPRENGER-CHAROLLES, L., SIEGEL, L.S., BECHENNEC, D. &
SERNICLAES, W. (2003). Development of phonological and
orthoraphic processing in reading aloud, in silent
reading, and in spelling : A four-year longitudinal study.
Journal of Experimental Child Psychology, 84, 194-217.
[PDF] |
|
MORRIS, D. & PERNEY, J. (1984). Developmental spelling
as a predictor of first-grade reading achievement.
Elementary School Journal, 84, 441-457. |
TAYLOR, B.M., PEARSON, P.D., PETERSON, D.S. &
RODRIGUEZ, M.C. (2003). Reading growth in high-poverty
classrooms : The influences of teacher practices that
encourage cognitive engagement in literacy learning. The
Elementary School Journal, 104 (1), 3-28. |
|
SIEGEL, L.S. & LINDER, B.A. (1984). Short-term memory
processes in children with reading and arithmetic learning
disabilities. Developmental Psychology, 20 (2),
200-207. |
RASINSKI, T.V. (2003). The fluent reader : Oral
reading strategies for building word recognition,
fluency, and comprehension. New York : Scholastic
Professional Books. |
|
SHARE, D., JORM, A., MACLEAN, R. & MATTHEWS, R.
(1984). Sources of individual diferences in reading
achievement. Journal of Educational Psychology, 76,
1309-1324. |
MORRIS, D., BLOODGOOD, J.W., LOMAX, R.G. & PERNEY, J.
(2003). Developmental steps in learning to read : A
longitudinal study in kindergarten and first grade. Reading
Research Quarterly, 38, 302-328. |
|
ANDERSON, R.C., HIEBERT, E.H., SCOTT, J.A. &
WILKINSON, A.G. (1985). Becoming a nation of readers :
The Report of the Commission on Reading.
Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Education. [PDF] |
KUBINA, R.M. & STARLIN, C. (2003). Reading with
precision. European Journal of Behavior Analysis, 4
(1-2), 13-22. [PDF] |
| |
GENTAZ, E., COLé, P. et BARA, F. (2003). Evaluation
d'entraînements multisensoriels de préparation à la
lecture pour les enfants de grande section maternelle :
étude sur la contribution du système haptique manuel. L'Année
Psychologique, 104, 561-584. [PDF] |
|
BRYANT, P.E. & BRADLEY, L.L. (1985). Children's
reading problems. London : Basil Blackwell. |
LAYNG, T.V.J., TWYMAN, J.S. & STIKELEATHER, G. (2003).
Headsprout Early Reading TM : Reliably teaching children
to read. Behavioral Technology Today, 3, 7-20. [PDF] |
|
PERFETTI, C.A. (1985). Reading ability. New
York, NY : Oxford university. |
LINDSEY, K.A., MANIS, F.R. & BAILEY, C.E. (2003).
Prediction of first-grade reading in Spanish-speaking
English-language learners. Journal of Educational
Psychology, 3, 482-494. |
|
EHRI, L.C. & WILCE, L. (1985). Movement into reading :
Is the first stage of printed word learning visual or
phonetic ? Reading Research Quarterly, 20,
163-179. |
RASINSKI, T.V. & HOFFMAN, J.V. (2003). Oral reading in
the school reading curriculum. Reading Research
Quarterly, 38, 510-522. |
|
TUNMER, W.E. & NESDALE, A.R. (1985). Phonemic
segmentation skill and beginning reading. Journal of
Educational Psychology, 4, 417-427. |
|
|
SMITH, F. (1985). Reading without nonsense : Making
sense of reading. New York : Teachers College
Press. |
VERHOEVEN, L. & PERFETTI, C.A. (2003). Introduction to
this special issue : The role of morphology in learning to
read. Scientific Studies of Reading, 7 (3),
209-217. [PDF] |
|
REDER, L.M. (1985). Techniques available to author,
teacher and reader to improve retention of main ideas of a
chapter. In S. Chipman, J. Segal & R. Glazer (Eds.), Thinking
and learning skills : Current research and open
questions (Vol. 2. pp 37-64). Hillsdale, NJ :
Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. [PDF] |
CHOUINARD, R., THÉORÊT, M., VAN GRUNDERBEECK, N., CARTIER,
S. et GARON, R. (2003). Les perceptions de soi comme
lecteur et la valeur attribuée à la lecture d'élèves du
début du secondaire issus de milieux populaires.
Caractères - Revue de l'Association Belge de
Littéracie, 10 (1), 22-28. |
|
ELSTER, C. & SIMONS, H.D. (1985). How important are
illustrations in chil dren's readers? The Reading
Teacher, 39, 148-152. |
PIERRE, R. (2003). Introduction : L'enseignement de la
lecture au Québec de 1980 à 2000 : fondements historiques,
épistémologiques et scientifiques. Revue des Sciences
de l'Éducation, 29 (1), 3-35. [PDF] |
|
MEEK, D. (1985). Learning to read. Portsmouth :
Heinemann. |
SHARE, D.L. & SILVA, P.A. (2003). Gender bias in
IQ-discrepancy and post-discrepancy definitions of reading
disability. Journal of Learning Disabilities, 36,
4-14. |
|
STANOVICH, K.E. (1985). Explaining the variance in reading
ability in terms of psychological processes : What have we
learned ? Annals of Dyslexia, 35, 67-96. |
BREZNITZ, Z. & LAUREN BERMAN, L. (2003). The
underlying factors of word reading rate. Educational
Psychology Review, 15, 247-265. |
|
EVANS, M. & CARR, T. (1985). Cognitive abilities,
conditions of learning, and the early development of
reading skill. Reading Research Quarterly, 20
(3), 327-350. |
BOTSAS, G. & PADELIADU, S. (2003). Goal orientation
and reading comprehension strategy use among students with
and without reading difficulties. International
Journal of Educational Research, 39, 477-495. |
|
GERSTEN, R. & CARNINE, D. (1986). Direct instruction
in reading comprehension. Educational Leadership, 43
(7), 70-78. [PDF] |
SWANSON, H.L. (2003). Age-related differences in learning
disabled and skilled reader's working memory. Journal
of Experimental Child Psychology, 85, 1-31. |
|
FOORMAN, B.R. & SIEGEL, A. (Eds.) (1986).
Acquisition of reading skills : Cultural constraints and
cognitive universals. Mahwah, NJ : Lawrence
Erlbaum. |
HUNT, R.A. (2004). Reading and writing for real : Why it
matters for learning. Atlantic Universities' Teaching
Showcase, 55, 137-146. [PDF] |
|
DILLARD, J. & DAHL, K.L. (1986). Learning through
teaching in a reading/writing classroom. Language
Arts, 63 (7), 692-697. |
PEARSON, P.D. (2004). The reading wars. Educational
Policy, 18, 216-252. |
|
|
GERSTEN, R., WOODWARD, J. & DARCH, C. (1986). Direct
instruction : A research-based approach to curriculum
design and teaching. Exceptional Children, 53,
17-31. |
SANDAK, R. & POLDRACK, R.A. (Eds.) (2004). The
cognitive neuroscience of reading : A special issue of
scientific studies of reading. Mahwah, NJ:
Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Inc. |
|
STANOVICH, K.E. (1986). Matthew effects in reading :
Some consequences of individual differences in the
acquisition of literacy. Reading Research Quarterly,
21 (4), 360-407.
[PDF] |
LÉTÉ, B., SPRENGER-CHAROLLES, L. & COLÉ, P. (2004).
MANULEX : A grade-level lexical database from French
elementary-school readers. Behavior Research Methods,
Instruments & Computers, 36, 156-166. |
|
LORCH, R.F. & CHEN, A.H. (1986). Effects of number
signals on reading and recall. Journal of Educational
Psychology, 78, 263-270. |
NAZIR, T.A., BEN-BOUTAYAB, N., DECOPPET, N., DEUTSCH, A.
& FROST, R. (2004). Reading habits, perceptual
learning, and recognition of printed words. Brain
& Language, 88 (3), 294-311. |
|
WOLF, M. & GOW, D. (1986). A longitudinal study of
gender differences in language and reading development. First
Language, 6, 81-110. |
|
|
RAYNER, K. (1986). Eye movements and the perceptual span
in beginning and skilled readers. Journal of
Experimental Child Psychology, 41, 211-236. |
SHAYWITZ, S.E. & SHAYWITZ, B.A. (2004). Reading
disability and the brain. Educational Leadership, 61 (6),
6-11. [PDF] |
|
LORCH, R.F. & LORCH, E.P. (1986). On-line processing
of summary and importance signals in reading. Discourse
Processes, 9, 489-496. |
BOWMAN, M. & TREIMAN, R. (2004). Stepping stones to
reading. Theory into Practice, 43 (4), 295-303. [PDF] |
|
EHRI, L.C. & WILCE, L. (1987). Cipher versus cue
reading : An experiment in decoding acquisition.
Journal of Educational Psychology, 79, 3-13. |
HULME, C., SURPRENANT, A.M., BIRETA, T.J., STUART, G.
& NEATH, I. (2004). Abolishing the word length effect.
Journal of Experimental Psychology : Learning Memory
& Cognition, 30, 98-106. |
|
SNOWLING, M.J., GOUALNDRIS, N., BOWLBY, M. & HOWLL, P.
(1986). Segmentation and speech perception in relation to
reading skill : A developmental analysis. Journal of
Experimental Child Psychology, 41, 489-507. |
KLIEGL, R., GRABNER, E., ROLFS, M. & ENGBERT, R.
(2004). Length, frequency, and predictability effects of
words on eye movements in reading. European Journal
of Cognitive Psychology, 16 (1/2), 262-284. [PDF] |
|
BASTIEN, G. (1987). Incoherence et cohérence dans les
méthodes de lecture au CP (de 1930 à nos jours). Revue
Française de Pédagogie, 79, 51-63.
[PDF] |
RASINKI, T.V. (2004). Creating fluent readers.
Educational Leadership, 61 (6), 46-51. |
|
STEDMAN, L.C. & KAESTLE, C.E. (1987). Uteracy and
reading performance in the United States from 1880 to the
present. Reading Research Quarterly, 22, 8-46. |
DION, E., MORGAN, P.L., FUCHS, D. & FUCHS, L.S.
(2004). The promise and limitations of reading instruction
in the mainstream : The need for a multi-level approach. Exceptionality,
12, 163-173. |
|
WAGNER, R.K. & TORGESEN, J.K. (1987). The nature of
phonological processing and its causai role in the
acquisition of reading skills. Psychological
Bulletin, 101, 192-212. |
ZEVIN, J.D. & SEIDENBERG, M.S. (2004).
Age-of-acquisition effects in reading aloud : Tests of
cumulative frequency and frequency trajectory. Memory
& Cognition, 32 (1), 31-38.
[PDF] |
|
TOPPING, K.J. (1987). Paired reading: A powerful technique
for parent use. The Reading Teacher, 40,
604-614. |
|
|
TOPPING, K.J. (1987). Peer tutored paired reading :
Outcome data from ten projects. Educational
Psychology, 7, 133-145. |
|
|
VALENCIA, S.W. & PEARSON, P.D. (1987). Reading
assessment : Time for a change. The Reading Teacher,
40 (8), 726-732. [PDF] |
WANG J.H.-Y. & GUTHRIE, J.T. (2004). Modeling the
effects of intrinsic motivation, extrinsic motivation,
amount of reading, and past reading achievement on text
comprehension between U.S. and Chinese students. Reading
Research Quarterly, 39, 162-186. |
|
|
VAN ORDEN, G.C. (1987). A rows is a rose : Spelling,
sound, and reading. Memory & Cognition, 15, 181-198. |
|
|
NAGY, W.E., ANDERSON, R.C. & HERMAN, P.A. (1987).
Learning word meanings from context during normal reading.
American Educational Research Journal, 24, 237-270. |
SCHWANANENFLUGER, P.J., HAMILTON, A.M., KUHN, M.R.,
WISENBAKER, J.M. & STAHL, S.A. (2004). Becoming a
fluent reader : reading skill and prosodic features in the
oral reading of young readers. Journal of Educational
Psychology, 96, 119-129. [PDF] |
| |
ELDREDGE, J.L. & QUINN, W. (1988). Increasing reading
performance of low-achieving second graders by using dyad
reading groups. Journal of Educational Research, 82,
40-46. |
|
JUST, M.A. & CARPENTER, P.A. (1987). The
psychology of reading and language comprehension.
Boston : Allyn and Bacon. |
STROMMEN, L. & MATES, B. (2004). Learning to love
reading : Interviews with older children and teens. Journal
of Adolescent & Adult Literacy, 48 (3),
188-200. |
|
CATTS, H. & KAMHI, A. (1987). Relationship between
reading and language disorders : Implications for the
speech-language pathologist. Seminars in Speech &
Language, 8, 377-390. |
THERRIEN, W.J. (2004). Fluency and comprehension gains as
a result of repeated reading : A meta-analysis. Remedial
& Special Education, 25 (4), 252-261. |
|
STUART M. & COLHEART, M. (1988). Does reading develop
in a sequence of stages ? Cognition, 30, 139-181. |
SHANKWEILER, D. & FOWLER, A.E. (2004). Questions
people ask about the role of phonological processes in
learning to read. Reading & Writing : An
Interdisciplinary Journal, 17, 483-515. |
|
GERSTEN, R. (1988). Explicit instruction in reading
comprehension strategies. European Journal of
Psychology of Education, 239-240. |
KUO, A.A., FANKE, T.M., REGALDO, M. & HALFON, N.
(2004). Parent report of reading to young children. Pediatrics,
113 (6), 1944-1951. [PDF]
|
|
FEITELSON, D. (1988). Facts and fads in beginning
reading. Norwood, NJ : Ablex. |
HOWARD, J.R. (2004). Just-in-time teaching in sociology or
how I convinced my students to actually read the
assignment. Teaching Sociology, 32, 385-390. |
|
PHILLIPS, L.M. (1988). Young readers' inference strategies
in reading comprehension. Cognition &
Instruction, 5 (3), 193-222. |
LYON, G.R. & CHHABRA, V. (2004). The science of
reading research. Educational Leadership, 61, 12-17. |
|
BRADLEY, L. (1988). Making connections in learning to read
and to spell. Applied Cognitive Psychology, 2,
3-18. |
CLUMP, M., BAUER, H. & BRADLEY, C. (2004). The extent
to which psychology students read textbooks : A multiple
class analysis of reading across the psychology
curriculum. Journal of Instructional Psychology, 1 (3),
227-232. |
|
JUEL, C. (1988). Learning to read and write : A
longitudinal study of 54 children from first through
fourth grades. Journal of Educational Psychology, 80
(4), 437-447.
[PDF] |
VELLUTINO, F.R., FLETCHER, J.M., SNOWLING, M.J. &
SCANLON, D.N. (2004). Specific reading disability
(dyslexia) : what have we learned in the past four decades
? Journal of Child Psychology & Psychiatry, 45
(1), 2-40. [PDF] |
|
WHITEHURST, G.J., FALCO, F.L., LONIGAN, C J., FISCHEL,
J.E., DEBARYSHE, B.D., VALDEZ-MENCHACA, M.C. &
CAULFIELD, M. (1988). Accelerating language development
through picture book reading. Developmental
Psychology, 24 (4), 552-559. |
CARNINE, D., SILBERT, J., KAME'ENUI, E. & TARVER, S.
(2004). Direct instruction reading. Upper Saddle
River, NJ : Pearson. |
|
TUNMER, W.E., HERRIMAN, M. & NESDALE, A.R. (1988).
Metalinguistic abilities and beginning reading.
Reading Research Quarterly, 23, 134-158. |
MUTER, V., HULME, C., SNOWLING, M. & STEVENSON, J.
(2004). Phonemes, rimes, vocabulary, and grammatical
skills as foundations of early reading development :
Evidence from a longitudinal study. Developmental
Psychology, 40 (5), 665-681. |
|
WEAEVER, C. (1988). Reading process & practic :
From socio-psycholinguistics to whole language. Portsmouth,
NH : Heinemann. |
QUIRK, M.P. (2004). Do supplemental remedial reading
programs address the motivational issues of struggling
readers? An analysis of five popular programs. Reading
Research & Instruction, 43, 1-19. |
|
VELLUTINO, F.R., SCANLON, D.N. & TANZMAN, M.S. (1988).
Lexical memory in poor and normal readers : Developmental
differences in the use of category cues. Canadian
Journal of Psychology, 42, 216-241. |
SAINSBURY, M. & SCHAGEN, I. (2004). Attitudes towards
reading at ages nine and eleven. Journal of Research
in Reading, 27, 4, 373-386. |
|
ELDREDGE, J.L. & QUINN, W. (1988). Increasing reading
performance of low-achieving second graders by using dyad
reading groups. Journal of Educational Research, 82,
40-46. |
|
|
SMITH, F. (1988). Understanding reading. New
York : Holt, Rinehart and Winston. |
WIGFIELD, A., GUTHRIE, J.T., TONKS, S. & PERENCEVICH,
K.C. (2004). Children's motivation for reading : Domain
specificity and instructional influences. The Journal
of Educational Research, 97 (6), 299-309. [PDF] |
|
CARR, T.H., BROWN, J.S. & CHARALAMBOUS, A. (1989).
Repetition and reading : Perceptual encoding mechanisms
are very abstract but not very interactive. Journal
of Experimental Psychology : Learning, Memory, &
Cognition, 15, 763-778. |
STROMMEN, L. & MATES, B. (2004). Learning to love
reading : Interviews with older children and teens. Journal
of Adolescent & Adult Literacy, 48 (3),
188-200. |
|
RAPHAEL, T.E., KIRSCHNER, B.W. & ENGLERT, C.S. (1989).
Expository writing program : Making connections between
reading and writing. The Reading Teacher, 41 (8),
790-795. |
HUNT, R.A. (2004). Reading and writing for real : Why it
matters for learning. Atlantic Universities' Teaching
Showcase, 55, 137-146. |
LORCH, R.F. (1989). Text signaling devices and their
effects on reading and memory processes.
Educational Psychology Review, 1, 209-234. |
|
|
YADEN, D.B., SMOLKIN, L.B. & COLON, A. (1989).
Preschoolers' questions about pictures, print conventions,
and story text during reading aloud at home. Reading
Research Quarterly, 24 (2), 188-214. |
RASINSKI, T.V. (2004). Creating fluent readers. Educational
Leadership, 61 (6), 46-51. [PDF] |
|
ALLINGTON, R.L. & McGILL-FRANZEN, M. (1989). School
response to reading failure : Chapter 1 and special
education students in grades 2, 4, & 8. The
Elementary School Journal, 89 (5), 529-542. |
AGNEW, J.A., DORN, C. & EDEN, G.F. (2004). Effect of
intensive training on auditory processing and reading
skills. Brain & Language, 88 (1), 21-25. |
|
KIRTLEY, C., BRYANT, P.E., MACLEAN, M.J. & BRADLEY,
L.L. (1989). Rhyme, rime and the onset of reading. Journal
of Experimental Child Psychology, 48, 224-245. |
TOPPING, K.J. & BRYCE, A. (2004). Cross-age peer
tutoring of reading and thinking : Influence on thinking
skills. Educational Psychology, 24, 595-621. |
|
RAYNER, R.K. & POLLATSEK, A. (1989). The
psychology of reading. Hillsdale, NJ : Erlbaum. |
|
|
RENDL, K.A. & WILLIAMS, R.B. (1990). The importance of
being rigorous : Research on writing to read. Journal
of Computer-Based Instruction, 1 (17), 81-86. |
VERREAULT, M., POMERLEAU, A. et MALCUIT, G. (2005). Impact
de programmes d'activités de lecture sur le développement
cognitif et langagier d'enfants âgés de 0 à 5 ans : les
programmes ALI. Éducation et Francophonie, 33
(2), 182-206. |
|
|
MORRIS, D., SHAW, B. & PERNEY, J. (1990). Helping low
readers in grades two and three : An after-school,
volunteer tutoring program. Elementary School
Journal, 91, 133-150. |
HUEBNER, C.E. & MELTZOFF, A.N. (2005). Intervention to
change parent-child reading style : A comparison of
instructional methods. Journal of Applied
Developmental Psychology, 26, 296-313. |
|
WIMMER, H. & HUMMER, P. (1990). How German-speaking
first graders read and spell : Doubts on the importance of
the logographic stage. Applied Psycholinguistics, 11,
349-368. |
SEIDENBERG, M.S. (2005). Connectionist models of reading.
Current Directions in Psychological Science, 14,
238-242. [PDF] |
|
SPRENGER-CHAROLLES, L. (1990). Difficulties in learning to
read : Several hypotheses / Les difficultes
d'apprentissage de la lecture : quelques hypotheses. Perspectives
Psychiatriques, 24 (4), 232-235. |
BRODEUR, M., GOSSELIN, V. LEGAULT, F., DEAUDELIN, C.,
MERCIER, J. et VANIER, N. (2005). Prévention des
difficultés d'apprentissage en lecture chez les
enseignants de maternelle. Le Développement
Professionnel des Enseignants, 31 (1), 33-54. |
|
SCOTT, J., WOLKING, B., STOUTIMORE, J. & HARRIS, C.
(1990). Challenging reading for students with mild
handicaps. Teaching Exceptional Children, 22
(3), 32-35. |
BYRNE, B. (2005). Theories of learning to read. In M.J.
Snowling & C. Hulme (Eds), The science of reading
: A handbook (pp. 104-119.). Oxford : Blackwell. |
|
UNDERWOOD, G., CLEWS, S. & EVERATT, J. (1990). How do
readers know where to look next ? Local information
distributions influence eye fixations. Quarterly
Journal of Experimental Psychology, 42A (1),
39-65. |
MATHES, P.G., DENTON, C.A., FLETCHER, J.M., ANTHONY, J.L.,
FRANCIS, D.J. & SCHATSCHNEIDER, C. (2005). An
evaluation of two reading interventions derived from
diverse models. Reading Research Quarterly, 40, 148-183. |
|
BRYANT, P., MaCLEAN, M. & BRADLEY, L. (1990). Rhyme,
language, and children's reading. Applied
Psycholinguistics, 11, 237-252. |
KUBINA, R.M. (2005). Developing reading fluency through a
systematic practice procedure. Reading & Writing
Quarterly, 21, 185-192. [PDF] |
|
HOOVER, W.A. & GOUGH, P.B. (1990). The simple view of
reading. Reading & Writing, 2 (2), 127-160. |
BENNER, G.J., KINDER, D., BEAUDOIN, K.M., STEIN, M. &
HIRSCHMANN, K. (2005). The effects of corrective reading
decoding program on basic reading skills and social
adjustment of students with high-incidence disabilities. Journal
of Direct Instruction, 5 (1), 67-80. [PDF] |
|
DEFRIES, J.C., WADWORTH, S.J. & GILLIS, J.J. (1990).
Gender differences in cognitive abilities of
reading-disabled twins. Annals of Dyslexia, 40,
216-228. |
FAVER, S. (2005). Repeated reading of poetry can enhance
reading fluency. The Reading Teacher, 62 (4),
350-352. [PDF] |
|
GOSWAMI, U. (1990). A special link between rhyming skill
and the use of orthographic analogies by beginning
readers. Journal of Experimental Child Psychology, 31
(2), 301-311. |
PRICE, C. & MECHELLI, A. (2005). Reading and reading
disturbance. Current Opinion in Neurobiology, 15, 231-238. |
|
CUNNINGHAM, A.E. & STANOVICH, K.E. (1990). Assessing
print exposure and orthographic processing skill in
children : A quick measure of reading experience. Journal
of Educational Psychology, 82, (4), 733-740. [PDF] |
EHRI, L.C. (2005). Learning to read words : Theory,
findings, and issues. Scientific Studies of Reading, 9
(2), 167-188. |
|
WOLKING, B., HARRIS, C., ERRO, J. & SCOTT, J. (1990).
Effects of text grade level on oral reading with mildly
handicapped students. Journal of Precision Teaching,
7 (2), 59-68. |
RASINSKI, T.V. & PADAK, N.D. (2005). Fluency beyond
the primary grades : Helping adolescent readers. Voices
from the Middle, 13, 34-41. |
|
AFFLERBACH, P.P. (1990). The influence of prior knowledge
and text genre on readers' prediction strategies. Journal
of Reading Behavior, 22 (2), 131-148. |
PERFETTI, C.A. & TAN, L.H. (2005). The lexical
constituency model : Some implications of research on
chinese for general theories of reading. Psychological
Review, 112 (1), 43-59. [PDF] |
|
WAMBACH, C. (1990). Reading and writing expectations at a
research university. Journal of Developmental
Education, 22 (2), 22-24, 26. |
SPEECE, D.L. & RITCHEY, K.D. (2005). Longitudinal
study of the development of oral reading flluency in young
children at risk for reading failure. Learning
Disabilities, 38, (5), 387-399. [PDF] |
|
ADAMS, M.J. (1990). Beginning to read : Thinking and
learning about print. Cambridge, MA : MIT Press. |
|
|
ADAMS, M. (1990). Beginning to read. Cambridge,
MA : MIT Press. |
HUDSON, R.F., LANE H.B. & PULLEN, P.C. (2005). Reading
fluency assessment and instruction : What, why, and how ?
The Reading Teacher, 58 (8), 702-714. [PDF] |
|
GOSWAMI, U. (1990). Phonological priming and orthographic
analogies in reading. Journal of Experimental Child
Psychology, 49 (2), 323-340. |
NICHD : Early Child Care Research Network (2005). Pathways
to reading : the role of oral language in the transition
to reading. Developmental Psychology, 41 (2),
428-442. [PDF] |
|
ADAMS, M.J. (1990). Beginning to read : thinking and
learning about print. cambridge, MA : MIt Press. |
KAMPS, D. & GREENWOOD, C. (2005). Formulating
secondary level reading interventions. Journal of
Learning Disabilities, 38 (6), 500-509. |
|
STANOVICH, K.E. (1991). Discrepancy definitions of reading
disability : Has intelligence led us astray ? Reading
Research Quarterly, 26 (1), 7-29. |
|
|
VAN DER VOORT, T.H.A. (1991). Television and the decline
of reading. Poetics : Journal of Empirical Research on
Literature, the Media & the Arts 20, (1),
73-89. |
BENNER, G.J., KINDER, D., BEAUDOIN, K.M. & STEIN, M.
(2005). The effects of the Corrective Reading decoding
program on the basic reading skills and social adjustment
of students with high-incidence disabilities. Journal
of Direct Instruction, 5 (1), 67. |
|
LIPSON, M.Y. & WIXSON, K.K. (1991). Assessment and
instruction of reading disability : An interactive
approach. New York : Harper Collins. |
MORRIS, D. (2005). Preventing reading failure in the
primary grades. In Z. Fang (Ed.), Literacy teaching
and learning : Current issues and trends (pp.
1184-196). Upper Saddle River Prentice Hall. [PDF] |
|
FREPPON, P. (1991). Children's concepts of the nature and
purpose of reading in different instructional settings. Journal
of Reading Behavior, 23 (2), 139-163. |
HUDSON, R.F., LANE, H.B. & PULLEN, P.C. (2005).
Reading fluency assessment and instruction : What, why,
and how ? The Reading Teacher, 58 (8), 702-714.
[PDF] |
|
ZUTELL, J. & RASINSKI, T.V. (1991). Training teachers
to attend to their students' oral reading fluency. Theory
Into Practice, 30, 211-217. |
|
|
KNULST, W. (1991). Is television substituting reading ?
Changes in media usage 1975-1985. Poetics : Journal
of Empirical Research on Literature, the Media & the
Arts 20 (1), 53-72. |
LEE, Y. (2005). Sustained silent reading using assigned
reading : Is comprehensible input enough ? International
Journal of Foreign Language Teaching, 1 (4), 10-12 |
|
WOLF, M. (1991). Letter-naming, reading, and the
contribution of the cognitive neurosciences. Reading
Research Quarterly, 123-141. |
PARIS, S.E. (2005). Reinterpreting the development of
reading skills. Reading Research Quarterly, 40
(2), 184-202. [PDF] |
|
BENEKE, W.M. (1991). Precision teaching to enhance reading
skills of introductory psychology students. Journal of
Precision Teaching, 8 (2), 37-43. |
EHRI, L.C. (2005). Learning to read words : Theory,
findings, and issues. Scientific Studies of Reading,
9 (2), 167-188. |
|
CARROLL, C.L., McCORMICK, S. & COOPER, J.O. (1991).
Effects of a modified repeated reading procedure on
reading fluency of severely disabled readers. Journal
of Precision Teaching, 8 (1), 16-26. |
CATTS, H. & KAHMI, A. (2005) (Eds.). The
connections between language and reading disabilities.
Mahway, NJ : Erlbaum. |
|
ALVERMANN, D.E. & MOORE, D.W. (1991). Secondary school
reading. In R. Barr, M.L. Kamil, P.B. Mosenthal & P.D.
Pearson (Eds.), Handbook of reading research (Vol.
2, pp. 951-983). New York : Longman. |
CHARDON, ST-C. (2005). Évaluation d'un entraînement à la
lecture au cours préparatoire sollicitant les modalités
visuelle auditive et haptique. Revue Française de
Pédagogie, 153, 93-107. [PDF] |
|
EHRI, L.C. (1991). Sight word learning in normal readers
and dyslexics. In B.E. Blachman (Ed.), Foundations of
Reading Acquisition and dyslexia : Implications for
early intervention (pp. 163-190). Mahwah, NJ :
Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Publishers. |
PARIS, A.H. & STAHL, S. (2005). Children's
reading comprehension and assessment. Mahwah, NJ :
Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. |
|
WOLF, M. (1991). Naming speed and reading: The
contribution of the cognitive neurosciences. Reading
Research Quarterly, 26, 123-141. |
|
|
LUNDBERG, I. (1991). Cognitive aspects of reading. International
Journal of Applied Linguistics, 1, 151-163. |
|
|
VELLUTINO, F.R., SCANLON, D.N., SMALL, S.G. & TANZMAN,
M.S. (1991). The linguistic basis of reading ability :
Converting written to oral language. Text, 11,
99-133. |
|
|
EHRI, L.C. (1991). Development of the ability to read
words. In R. Barr, M.L. Kamil, P. Mosenthal & P.D.
Pearson (Eds.), Handbook of Reading Research
(Vol. II). New York : Longman. |
|
|
EHRI, L.C. (1991). Grapheme-phoneme knowledge is essential
for learning to read words in English. In L.J. Metsala
(Eds.), Word recognition in beginning literacy
(pp. 3-40). Hillsdale NJ : Erlbaum. |
|
|
McDADE, C.E., CUNNINGHAM, D.B., BROWN, J.M., BOYD, B.B.
& OLANDER, C.P. (1991). A minute a day to enhanced
reading skills. Journal of Precision Teaching, 8 (1),
27-33. |
|
|
CUNNINGHAM, A.E. & STANOVICH, K.E. (1991). Tracking
the unique effects of print exposure in children :
Associations with vocabulary, general knowledge, and
spelling. Journal of Educational Psychology, 83,
264-274. |
|
|
LEFLY, D.L. & PENNINGTON B.F. (1991). Spelling errors
and reading fluency in compensated adult dyslexics. Annals
of Dyslexia, 41, 143-162. |
|
|
AARON, P.G. (1991). Can reading disabilities be diagnosed
without using intelligence tests ? Journal of
Learning Disabilities, 24, 178-186. |
|
|
|
SMITH, F. (1992). Learning to read : the never-ending
debate. Phi Delta Kappan, 73 (6), 432-441. |
SÉNÉCHAL, M., OUELLETTE, G. & RODNEY, D. (2006). The
misunderstood giant : On the predictive role of early
vocabulary to future reading. In D.K. Dickinson & S.B.
Neuman (Eds.), Handbook of early literacy (pp.
173-182). New York, NY : Guilford. |
|
GRIFFITH, P. & OLSON, N.W. (1992). Phonemic awareness
helps beginning readers break the code. The Reading
Teacher, 45 (7), 516–523 |
WEBER, C.L. & CAVANAUGH, T.W. (2006). Promoting
reading : Using ebooks with gifted and advanced readers.
Gifted Child Today, 29 (4), 56-63. |
|
SPRENGER-CHAROLLES L. (1992). Les premiers apprentissages
de la lecture et de l'écriture. Langue Française, 80,
63-80. |
BLAUNSTEIN, P. & LYON, G.R. (2006). Why kids
can't read : Challenging the status quo in education.
Boston : Rowan & Littlefield. |
|
VALDEZ-MENCHACA, M.C. & WHITEHURST, G.J. (1992).
Accelerating language development through picture book
reading : A systematic extension to Mexican day care. Developmental
Psychology, 28 (6), 1106-1114. |
SMITH, K. (2006). A comparison of "pure" extensive reading
with intensive reading and extensive reading with
supplementary activities. International Journal of
Foreign Language Teaching, 2 (2), 12-15. |
|
McKOON, G. & RATCLIFF, R. (1992). Inference during
reading. Psychological Review, 99 (3), 440-466.
[PDF] |
PIOLAT, A. (Dir.) (2006). Lire, écrire, communiquer
et apprendre avec Internet. Marseille : Solal
Éditions. |
|
PATTERSON, K. & HODGES, J.R. (1992). Deterioration of
word meaning : implications for reading. Neuropsychologia,
30 (12), 1025-1040 |
SAVILLE, B.K., ZINN, T.E., NEEF, N.A. VAN NORMAN, R. &
FERRERI, S.J. (2006). A comparison of interteaching and
lecture in the college classroom. Journal of Applied
Behavior Analysis, 39 (1), 49-61. [PDF] |
|
PERFETTI, C.A. (1992). The representation problem in
reading acquisition. In P.B Gough, L.C. Ehri & R.
Treiman (Eds.), Reading acquisition (pp.
145-174). Hillsdale, NJ : Erlbaum. |
CHIAPPE, P. & SIEGEL, L.S. (2006). A longitudinal
study of reading development of Canadian children from
diverse linguistic backgrounds. The Elementary School
Journal, 107 (2), 136-152. [PDF] |
|
WOLF, M. & SEGAL, D. (1992). Word-finding and reading.
(Special issue on word-finding). Topics in Language
Disorders, 13, 51-65. |
RYAN, T.E. (2006). Motivating novice students to read
their textbooks. Journal of Instructional Psychology,
33 (2), 135-140. |
|
FAYOL, M., GOMBERT, J.-E.P., LECOCQ, P.,
SPRENGER-CHAROLLES, L. et ZAGAR, D. (1992). Psychologie
cognitive de la lecture. Paris : Presses
Universitaires de France. |
PUGH, K. (2006). A neurocognitive overview of reading
acquisition and dyslexia across languages. Developmental
Science, 9 (5), 448-450. [PDF] |
|
GOSWAMI, U. (1993). Phonological skills and learning to
read. Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences,
682, 296-311. |
STEWART, R.M.B., MATELLA, G.J., MARCHAND-MATELLA,
N.E. & BENNER, G. (2007). Three-tier models of reading
and behavior. Journal of Early & Intensive
Behavior Intervention, 2, 115-124. |
|
CATTS, H. (1993). The relationship between speech-language
impairments and reading disabilities. Journal of
Speech and Hearing Research, 36, 948-958. |
VEERKAMP, M.B., KAMPS, D. & COOPER, L. (2007). The
effects of classwide peer tutorng on the reading
achievement of urban middle school students. Education
& Treatment of Children, 30, 21-51. |
|
SIEGEL, L.S. (1993). The development of reading. In H.W.
Reese (Ed.), Advances in child development and
behavior (Vol. 24, pp. 63-97). San Diego :
Academic Press. |
UNRAU, N. & SCHLACKMAN, J. (2006). Motivation and its
relationship with reading achievement in an urban middle
school. Journal of Educational Research, 100,
81-101. |
|
GERNSBACHER, M.A. (1993). Less skilled readers have less
efficient suppression mechanisms. Psychological
Science, 4, 294-298. |
BROST, B.D. & BRADLEY, K.A. (2006). Student compliance
with assigned reading : A case study. Journal of
Scholarship of Teaching & Learning, 6 (2),
101-111. |
|
LORCH, R.F., LORCH, E.P. & KLUSEWITZ, M.A. (1993).
College students' conditional knowledge about reading. Journal
of Educational Psychology, 85, 239-252 |
|
|
KRASHEN, S. (1993). The power of reading.
Englewood, CO : Libraries Unlimited, Inc. |
NEEF, N.A., McCORD, B.E. & FERRERI, S.J. (2006).
Effects of using guided notes versus completed notes
during lectures on college students; quiz performance. Journal
of Applied Behavior Analysis, 39 (1), 123-130. [PDF] |
|
WEST, R.K., STANOVICH, K.E. & MITCHELL, H. (1993).
Reading in the real world and its correlates. Reading
Research Quarterly, 28, 35-50. |
THERRIEN, W.J. & KUBINA, R.M. (2006). Developing
reading fluency with repeated reading. Intervention in
School & Clinic, 41, 156-160. [PDF] |
|
GOSWAMI, U. (1993). Toward an interactive analogy model of
reading development - decoding vowel graphemes in
beginning reading.Journal of Experimental Child
Psychology, 56 (3), 443-475. |
MARTENS, V.E.G. & DE JONG, P.F. (2006). The effect of
word length on lexical decision in dyslexic and normal
reading children. Brain & Language, 98,
140-149. |
|
FLYNN, J. & RAHBAR, M. (1994). Prevalence of reading
failure in boys compared with girls. Psychology in
the Schools, 31, 66-71. |
PAULSON, E.J. (2006). Self-selected reading for enjoyment
as a college developmental reading approach. Journal
of College Reading & Learning, 36 (2), 51-58. |
|
GRAHAM, K.S., HODGES, J.R. & PATTERSON, K. (1994). The
relationship between comprehension and oral reading in
progressive fluent aphasia. Neuropsychologia, 32,
299–316. |
FRY, E. & KRESS, J.E. (2006). The reading
teacher's book of lists. San Francisco, CA :
Jossey-Bass. |
|
DOWHOWER, S.L. (1994). Repeated reading revisited :
Research into practice. Reading & Writing
Quarterly, 10, 343-358. |
|
|
RASINSKI, T.V., PADAK, N.D., LINEK, W.L. & STURTEVANT,
E. (1994). Effects of fluency development on urban
second-grade readers. Journal of Educational Research,
87, 158-165. |
HEMPENSTALL, K. (2006). The use of a direct instruction
reading program to tutor an adult with a moderate
intellectual. Direct Instruction News, 6 (2),
6-11. [PDF] |
|
MORAIS, J. (1994/98). L'art de lire. Paris :
Odile Jacob. |
TORGESEN, J.K. & HUDSON, R. (2006). Reading fluency :
critical issues for struggling readers. In S.J. Samuels
and A. Farstrup (Eds.), Reading fluency : The
forgotten dimension of reading success. Newark, DE
: International Reading Association. [PDF] |
|
ADAMS, M.J. (1994). Beginning to read : Thinking and
learning about print. Cambridge, MA : MIT Press. |
BROST, B.D. & BRADLEY, K.A. (2006). Student compliance
with assigned reading : A case study. Journal of
Scholarship of Teaching & Learning, 6 (2),
101-111. [PDF] |
|
FLETCHER, J.M., SHAYWITZ, S.E, SHANKWEILER, D.P., KATZ,
L., LIBERMAN, I.Y. & STUEBING, K.K. (1994). Cognitive
profiles of reading disability : Comparisons of
discrepancy and low achievement definitions. Journal
of Educational Psychology, 86 (1), 6-23. |
GUTHRIE, J.T., HOA, L.W., WIGFIELD, A., TONKS, S.M. &
APERENCEVICH, K.C. (2006). From spark to fire : Can
situational reading interest lead to long-term reading
motivation ? Reading Research & Instruction, 45 (2),
91-117. |
|
WHITEHURST, G.J., ARNOLD, D.S., EPSTEIN, J.N., ANGELL,
A.L., SMITH, M. & FISCHEL, J.E. (1994). A picture book
reading intervention in daycare and home for children from
low-income families. Developmental Psychology, 30, 679-689. |
CHIAPPE, P. & SIEGEL, L.S. (2006). The development of
reading for Canadian children from diverse linguistic
backgrounds : A longitudinal study. Elementary School
Journal, 107, 135-152. |
|
KAMPS, D.M., BARBETTA, P.M., LEONARD, B.R. &
DELQUADRI, J. (1994). Classwide peer tutoring : an
integration strategy to improve reading skills and promote
peer interactions among students with autism and general
education peers. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis
27 (1), 49-61. [PDF] |
COBURN, C.E. (2006). Framing the problem of reading
instruction : Using frame analysis to uncover the
microprocesses of policy implementation. American
Educational Research Journal, 43 (3), 343-349. |
|
OLDFATHER, P. & DAHL, K. (1994). Toward a social
constructivist reconceptualization of intrinsic motivation
for liiteracy learning. Journal of Reading Behavior,
26, (2), 139-158. [PDF] |
KEENAN, J.M., BETJEMANN, R., WADSWORTH, S.J., DEFRIES,
J.C. & OLSON, R.K. (2006). Genetic and environmental
influences on reading and listening comprehension. Journal
of Research in Reading, 29, 75-91. |
|
STANOVICH, K.E. (1994). Constructivism in reading
education. The Journal of Special Education, 23 (3),
259-274. |
GUTHRIE, J.T., WIGFIELD, A., HUMENICK, N.M., PERENCEVICH,
K.C., TABOADA, A. & BARBOSA, P. (2006). Influences of
stimulating tasks on reading motivation and comprehension.
Journal of Educational Research, 99 (4), 232-246.
[PDF] |
|
EHRI, L.C. (1994). Development of the ability to read
words : Update. In R. Ruddell, M. Ruddell & H. Singer
(Eds.), Theoretical models and processes of reading
(pp. 323-358). Newark, DE : International Reading
Association. |
SAVILLE, B.K., ZINN, T.E., NEEF, N.A., VAN NORMAN, R.
& FERRERI, S.J. (2006). A comparison of interteaching
and lecture in the college classroom. Journal of
Applied Behavior Analysis, 39 (1), 49-61. [PDF] |
|
STANOVICH, K.E. & SIEGEL, L.S. (1994). Phenotypic
performance profile of children with reading disabilities
: A regression-based test of the phonological-core
variable-difference model. Journal of Educational
Psychology, 86, 24-53. [PDF] |
SWANSON, H.L. (2007). The influence of working memory on
reading growth in subgroups of children with reading
disabilities. Journal of Experimental Child
Psychology 96, 249-283. [PDF] |
|
RUMELHART, D.E. (1994). Toward an interactive model of
reading. In R.B. Ruddell, M. Rapp-Ruddell & H. Singer
(Eds.), Theoretical models and processes of reading
(pp. 864-894). Newark, DE : International Reading
Association. |
RUSSELL-MINDA, E., JUTAI, J.W., STRONG, J.G., CAMPBELL,
K.A., GOLD, D., PRETTY, L. & WILMOT, L. (2007). Type
face legibility for readers with low vision : A synthesis
of the research evidence. Journal of Visual
Impairment & Blindness, 101, 402-415. [PDF] |
|
ARNOLD, D.H., LONIGAN, C.J., WHITEHURST, G.J. &
EPSTEIN, J.N. (1994). Accelerating language development
through picture book reading : Replication and extension
to a videotape training format. Journal of
Educational Psychology, 86 (2), 235-243. |
HUGHES, J. & KWOK, O.M. (2007). Influence of
student-teacher and parent-teacher relationships on lower
achieving readers' engagement and achievement in the
primary grades. Journal of Educational Psychology, 99
(1), 39-51.
[PDF] |
|
|
RASINSKI, T.V. (1995). Fast Start: A parental involvement
reading program for primary grade students. In W. Linek
& E. Sturtevant (Eds.), Generations of literacy :
17th Yearbook of the College Reading Association (pp.
301-312). Harrisonburg, VA : College Reading Association. |
WAYMAN, M.M., WALLACE, T., WILEY, H.I., TICHÀ, R. &
ESPIN, C.A. (2007). Literature synthesis on curriculum
based measurement in reading. Journal of Special
Education, 41, 85-120. |
|
ELSTER, C. (1995). Patterns within preschoolers' emergent
readings. Reading Research Quarterly, 29, 403-418. |
PARENT, V., LORANGER, M. et SIROIS, K. (2007), Rendement
en lecture et vitesse du traitement de l'information chez
les enfants de 6 à 8 ans. Canadian Journal of
Behavioural Science, 39 (1), 60-72. |
|
BECK, I.L. & JUEL, C. (1995). The role of decoding in
learning to read. American Educator, 19, 8-42. |
SENCIBAUGH, J.M. (2007). Meta-analysis of reading
comprehension interventions for students with learning
disabilities : strategies and implications. Reading
Improvement, 44 (1), 6-22. [PDF] |
|
FOWLER, A.E., DOHERTY, B.J. & BOYNTON, L. (1995). The
basis of reading skill in young adults with Down syndrome.
In L. Nadel & D. Rosenthal (Eds.), Down syndrome :
Living and learniing in the community (pp.
182-196). New York : Wiley & Sons. |
GUTHRIE, J.T., McRAE, A. & KLAUDA, S.L. (2007).
Contributions of Concept-Oriented Reading Instruction to
knowledge about interventions for motivations in reading.
Educational Psychologist, 42 (4), 237–250. |
|
WEST, R.F., STANOVICH, K.E. & CUNNINGHAM A.E. (1995).
Compensatory processes in reading. In R.A. Dixon, & L.
Backman (Eds.), Compensating for psychological
deficits and declines : Managing Losses and Promoting
Gain. Hillsdale, N.J. : Erlbaum. [PDF] |
|
|
SÉNÉCHAL, M., CORNELL, E.H. & BRODA, L.S. (1995).
Age-related changes in the organization of parent-infant
interactions during picture-book reading. Early
Childhood Research Quarterly, 10, 317-337. |
STEWART, R.M.B., MATELLA, G.J. & MARCHAND-MATELLA,
N.E. (2007). Three-tier models of reading and behavior : A
research review. Journal of Positive Behavior
Interventions, 9, 239-253. [PDF] |
|
CARVER, R.P. & LEIBERT, R.E. (1995). The effect of
reading library books at different levels of difficulty
upon gain in reading ability. Reading Research
Quarterly, 30, 26-48. |
PITCHER, S.M., ALBRIGHT, C.J., WALKER, N.T.,
SEUNARINESINGH, K., MOGGE, S., HEADLEY, K.N., RIDGEWAY,
V.G., PECK, S., HUNT, R. & DUNSTON, P.J. (2007).
Assessing adolescents' motivation to read. Journal of
Adolescent & Adult Literacy, 50 (5), 378-396. [PDF] |
|
CHAPMAN, J.W. & TUNMER, W.E. (1995). Development of
young children's reading self-concepts : An examination of
emerging subcomponents and their relation with reading
achievement. Journal of Educational Psychology, 87,
154-167. |
FOORMAN, B.R. (2007). Primary prevention in classroom
reading instruction. Teaching Exceptional Children,
39 (5), 24-31. [PDF] |
|
SHAYWITZ, B.A., HOLFORD, T.R., HOLAHAN, J.M., FLETCHER,
J.M., STUEBING, K.K., FRANCIS. D.J., SHAYWITZ, S.E. &
MATTHEW, A. (1995). effect for IQ but not for reading :
Results from a longitudinal study. Reading Research
Quarterly, 30 (4), 894-906. |
PLAZA, M. & COHEN, H. (2007). The contribution of
phonological awareness and visual attention in early
reading and spelling. Dyslexia, 13, 67-73. [PDF] |
|
HANSON, R.A. & FARRELL, D. (1995). The long-term
effects on high school seniors of learning to read in
kindergarten. Reading research quarterly, 30
(4), 908-933. |
LEVINE, L.E., WAITE, B.M. & BOWMAN, L. (2007).
Electronic media use, reading, and academic
distractibility in college youth. Cyber Psychology
& Behavior, 11 (4), 560-566. [PDF]
|
|
RANE-SZOSTAK, D. & HERTH, K. (1995). Pleasure reading,
other activities, and loneliness in later life. Journal
of Adolescent & Adult Literacy, 39, 100-108. |
KIM, J.S. (2008). Research and the reading wars. In F.M.
Hess (Ed.), When research matters : How scholarship
Influences education policy (pp. 89-111).
Cambridge, MA : Harvard Education Press. [PDF] |
|
DAHL, K.L. & FREPPON, P.A. (1995). A comparison of
innercity children's interpretations of reading and
writing instruction in the early grades in skills-based
and whole language classrooms. Reading Research
Quarterly, 30 (1), 50-74. |
BRODEUR M., DION E., MERCIER J., LAPLANTE L. et
BOURNOT-TRITES M. (2008). Amélioration du français :
mobiliser les connaissances pour prévenir les difficultés
d'apprentissage en lecture. Éducation Canada, 48 (5),
10-13. |
|
GASKINS, R.W., GASKINS, I.W., ANDERSON, R.C. &
SCHOMMER, M. (1995). The reciprocal relationship between
research and development : an example involving a decoding
strand for poor readers. Journal of Reading Behavior,
27 (3), 337-377. [PDF] |
KAMPS, M., GREENWOOD, C., WILLS, H., VEERKAMP, M. &
KAUFMAN, J. (2008). Effects of small group reading
instruction for atudents most at risk in kindergarten :
Two year results for secondary and tertiary level
intervention. Journal of Learning Disabilities, 41, 101-114. |
|
DOWNS, J. & MORIN, S. (1995). Improving reading
fluency with precision teaching. Journal of Precision
Teaching, 12 (2), 46-49. |
DE JONG, P.F. (2008). Differences in the correlates of
reading accuracy and speed in young Dutch readers. Educational
& Child Psychology, 25 (3), 37-48. |
|
EHRI, L.C. (1995). Phases of development in learning to
read words by sight. Journal of Research in Reading,
18, 116-125. |
FAGARD, J., MONZALVO-LOPEZ, K. & MAMASSIAN, P. (2008).
Relationship between eye preference and binocular rivalry,
and between eye-hand preference and reading ability in
children. Developmental Psychobiology, 50 (8),
789-798.
[PDF] |
|
ADAMS, B.C., BELL, L.C. & PERFETTI, C.A. (1995). A
trading relationship between reading skill and domain
knowledge in children's text comprehension. Discourse
Processes, 20, 307-323. |
DUURSMA, E., AUGUSTYN, M. & ZUCKERMAN, B. (2008).
Reading aloud to children : the evidence. Archives of
Disease in Childhood, 93 (7), 554-557. [PDF] |
|
STANOVICH, K.E. & STANOVICH, P.J. (1995). How research
might inform the debate about early reading acquisition. Journal
of Research in Reading, 18 (2), 87-105. |
MARTENS, V.E.G. & DE JONG, P.F. (2008). Effects of
repeated reading on the length effect in word and
pseudoword reading. Journal of Research in Reading,
31 (1), 40-54. |
LORCH, R.F., KLUTSEWITZ, M.A. & LORCH, E.P. (1995).
Distinctions among reading situations. In
R.F. Lorch & E.J. O'Brien (Eds.), Sources
of coherence in reading, (pp. 375-398). Hillsdale,
N.J.: Erlbaum |
AFFLERBACH, P., PEARSON, P.D. & PARIS, S.G. (2008).
Clarifying differences between reading skills and reading
strategies. The Reading Teacher, 61 (5),
364-373. [PDF] |
|
BARBETTA, P.M. & SKARUPPA, C.L. (1995). Looking for a
way to improve your behavior analysis lectures ? Try
guided notes. Behavior Analyst, 18 (1),
155-160. [PDF] |
MARINUS, E. & DE JONG, P.F. (2008). the use of
sublexical clusters in normal and dyslexic readers.
Scientific Studies of Reading, 12, 253-280. |
|
RANEY, G.E. & RAYNER, K. (1995). word frequency
effects and eye movements during two readings of a text.
Canadian Journal of Experimental Psychology, 49,
151-173. |
KIM, J.S. (2008). Research and the reading wars. The
Phi Delta Kappa, 89 (5), 372-375. [PDF] |
|
|
KIRBY, J.R., DESROCHERS, A., ROTH, L. & LAI, S.S.V.
(2008). Longitudinal predictors of word reading
development. Canadian Psychology/Psychologie Canadienne, 49 (2), 103-110. |
| |
BESNER, D., WARTAK, S. & ROBIDOUX, S. (2008).
Constraints on implemented models of basic processes in
reading. Journal of Experimental Psychology : Human
Perception & Performance, 34, 242-250. |
|
DAFOUNTOURA, H.A. & SIEGEL, L.S. (1995). Reading,
syntactic, and working memory skills of bilingual
Portuguese-English Canadian children. Reading &
Writing : An Interdisciplinary Journal, 7, 139-153.
[PDF] |
EHRI, L.C. (2008). Development of sight word reading :
Phases and findings. In M.J. Snowling & C. Hulme
(Eds.), The science of reading : A handbook (pp.
135-154). Blackwell Publishing. [PDF] |
|
VELLUTINO, F.R., SCANLON, D.N. & SPEARING, D. (1995).
Semantic and phonological coding in poor and normal
readers. Journal of Experimental Child Psychology,
59, 76-123. |
KIM, J.S. (2008). Research and the reading wars. The
Phi Delta Kappa, 89 (5), 372-375. [PDF] |
|
GERNSBACHER, M.A. & ROBERTSON, R.R.W. (1995). Reading
skill and suppression revisited. Psychological
Science, 6, 165-169. |
DE JONG, P.F. (2008). Differences in the correlates of
reading accuracy and speed in young Dutch readers. Educational
& Child Psychology, 25 (3), 37-48. |
|
SHARE, D.L. (1995). Phonological recoding and
self-teaching : sine qua non of reading acquisition.
Cognition, 55, 151-218. |
KIM J.S. & WHITE, T.G. (2008). Scaffolding voluntary
summer reading for children in grades 3 to 5 : An
experimental study. Scientific Studies of Reading, 12
(1), 1-23. [PDF] |
|
HEMPENSTALL, K. (1996). A model for reading assessment and intervention in the RMIT psychology clinic.>Australian
Journal of Learning Disabilities, 1 (2), 18-27. |
AFFLERBACH, P., PEARSON, P.D. & PARIS, S.G. (2008).
Clarifying differences between reading skills and reading
strategies. The Reading Teacher, 61 (5),
364-373. [PDF] |
|
SAINT-LAURENT, L., GIASSON, J., COUTURE, C. &
TRÉPANIER, M. (1996). Evolution of emergent reading
behaviours in preschool children with developmental
disabilities : a within-individual examination. European
Journal of Special Education, 11 (2), 203-212. |
APPLEGATE, M., APPLEGATE, A.J. & MODLA, V.B. (2009).
"She's my best reader; She just can't comprehend" :
Studying the relationship between fluency and
comprehension. The Reading Teacher, 62 (6),
512-521. [PDF] |
|
GAMBRELL, L.B., PALMER, B.M., CODING, R.M. & MAZZONI,
S.A. (1996). Assessing motivation to read. The
Reading Teacher, 49 (7), 518-533. |
EDMONDS, M.S., VAUGHN, S. & WEXLER, J. (2009). A
synthesis of reading interventions and effects on reading
comprehension outcomes for older struggling readers. Review
of Educational Research, 9 (1), 262-300. [PDF] |
|
WILLIAMS, W.M. (1996). The reluctant reader : Why
children don't choose to read and how to help them. New
York : Warner Books |
SPRENGER-CHAROLLES, L. BOGLIOTTI, C., PIQUARD-KIPFFER, A.
et LELOUP, G. (2009). Stabilité dans le temps des déficits
en et hors lecture chez des adolescents dyslexiques
(données longitudinales). A.N.A.E. Approche
Neuropsychologique des Apprentissages chez L'Enfant, 21
(103), 243-255. |
|
KRASHEN, S. (1996). Every person a reader.
Culver City. |
SWANSON, H.L., KEHLER, P., JERMAN, O. & ZHENG, X.
(2009). Math disabilities and reading disabilities. Journal
of Psychoeducational Assessment, 27 (3), 175-196. [PDF]
|
|
VELLUTINO, F.R., SCANLON, D.M., SIPAY, E.R., SMALL, S.G.,
PRATT, A., CHEN, R. & DENCKLA, M.B. (1996). Cognitive
profiles of difficult- to-remediate and readily remediated
poor readers : Early intervention as a vehicle for
distinguishing between cognitive and experiential deficits
as basic causes of specific reading disability. Journal
of Educational Psychology, 88 (4), 601-638. |
ALLINGTON, R.L. (2009). If they don't read much... 30
years later. In E.H. Hiebert (Ed.), Reading more,
reading better (pp. 30-54). New York : Guilford. |
|
GREGORI, A. & McLAUGLIN, T.F. (1996). The effects of
praise, error drill and assisted reading on oral reading.
Journal of Precision Teaching & Celeration, 13
(2), 23-27. |
RAYNER, K. (2009). Eye movements and attention in reading,
scene perception, and visual search. Quarterly
Journal of Experimental Psychology, 62, 1457-1506 |
|
KOOLSTRA, C.M. & VAN DER VOORT, T.H.A. (1996).
Longitudinal effects of television on Children's
leisure-time reading. A test of three explanatory models.
Human Communication Research 23 (1), 4-35. |
HAWKE, J.L., OLSON, R.K., WILCUTT, E.G., WADSWORTH, S.J.
& DeFRIES, J.C. (2009). Gender ratios for reading
difficulties. Dyslexia, 15, 239-242. [PDF] |
| |
SPÖRER, N., BRUNSTEIN, J.C. & KIESCHKE, U. (2009).
Improving students' reading and comprehension skills :
Effects of strategy instruction and reciprocal teaching.
Learning & Instruction, 19, 272-286. |
|
CHALL, J.S. (1996). Learning to read : The great
debate (1967). Forth Worth, TX : Harcourt Brace. |
FOX, A., ROSEN, J. & CRAWFORD, M. (2009).
Distractions, distractions : Does instant messaging affect
college students' performance on a concurrent reading
comprehension task ? Cyber Psychology & Behavior,
12 (1), 51-53. |
| |
VON KONSKY, B.R., IVINS, J. & GRIBBLE, S.J. (2009).
Lecture attendance and web based lecture technologies : A
comparison of student perceptions and usage patterns. Australasian
Journal of Educational Technology, 25 (4), 581-595. |
| |
HERMIDA, J. (2009). The importance of teaching academic
reading skills in first-year university course. The
International Journal of Research & Review, 3,
20-30. [PDF] |
|
EDMONDSON, A., PECK, S.M. & McAUGHLIN, T.F. (1996).
The effects of direct instruction on early reading skills
of a kindergarten student. Journal of Precision
Teaching & Celeration, 14 (1), 72-76. |
TAYLOR, M.Z. (2009). Podcast lectures as a primary
teaching technology : Results of a one-year trial. Journal
of Political Science Education, 5, 135-153. |
| |
PENNINGTON, B.F. & BISHOP, D. (2009). Relations among
speech, language, and reading disorders. Annual Review
of Psychology, 60 (1), 283-306. |
|
PLAUT, D.C., MCLELLAND, J.L. PATTERSON, K. &
SEIDENBERG, M.S. (1996). Understanding normal and impaired
word reading : Computational principles in quasi-regular
domains. Psychological Review, 103 (1), 56-115.
[PDF] |
BOSSE, M.L. & VALDOIS, S. (2009). Influence of the
visual attention span on child reading performance : a
cross-sectional study. Journal of Research in Reading,
32 (2), 230-253. [PDF] |
|
ECHOLS, L.D., WEST, R.F., STANOVICH, K.E. & ZEHR, K.S.
(1996). Using children's literacy activities to predict
growth in verbal cognitive skills : A longitudinal
investigation. Journal of Educational Psychology, 88,
296-304.
[PDF] |
CARNINE, D., SILBERT, J., KAME'ENUI, E.J. & TARVER,
S.G. (2009). Direct instruction reading. Pearson. |
|
BRAIBANT, J.M. et GERARD, F.M. (1996). Savoir lire : une
question de méthodes ? Bulletin de Psychologie
Scolaire et d'Orientation, 1, 7-45. |
VON KLONSKY, B.R., IVINS, J. & RIBBLE, S.J. (2009).
Lecture attendance and web based lecture technologies : A
comparison of student perceptions and usage patterns. Australasian
Journal of Educational Technology, 25 (4),
581-595. |
| |
CHARDON, ST-C. (2009). Soutien en lecture en troisième
année de cycle 2 : évaluation de deux dispositifs
contrastés. Revue Française de la pédagogie, 168,
19-37. [PDF] |
|
RAYNER, K., SERENO, S.C. & RANEY, G.E. (1996). Eye
movement control in reading : a comparison of two types of
models. Journal of Experimental Psychology : Human
Perception & Performance, 22, 1188-1200. |
THALER, V., URTON, K., HEINE, A., HAWELKA, S., ENGL, V.
& JACOBS, A. (2009). different behavioral and eye
movement patterns of dyslexic readers with and without
attentional deficits during single word reading. Neuropsychologia,
47, 2436-2445. |
|
YUIIL, N. (1996). A funny thing happened on the way to the
classroom : Jokes, riddles, and metalinguistic awareness
in understanding and improving poor comprehension in
children. In C. Cornoldi & J. Oakhill (Eds), Reading
comprehension difficulties (pp. 193-220). Mahwah,
NJ : Erlbaum. |
DE JONG, P.F., BITTER, D.J.L., VAN SETTEN, M. &
MARINUS, E. (2009). Does phonological recoding occur
during silent reading and is it necessary for orthographic
learning ? Journal of Experimental Child Psychology,
104 (3), 267-282. |
|
RAYNER, K. & RANEY, G.E. (1996). Eye movement control
in reading and visual search : Effects of word frequency.
Psychonomic Bulletin & Review, 3, 238-244. |
FLUSS, J. ZIEGLER, J.C., WARSZWSKI, J., DUCOT, B.,
RICHARD, G. & BILLARD, C. (2009). Poor reading in
french elementary school : the interplay of cognitive,
behavioral, and socioeconomic factors. Journal of
Developmental & Behavioral Pediatrics, 30 (3),
206-216. [PDF] |
| |
WOLF, M. & BARZILLAI, M. (2009). The importance of
"deep reading" in a digital culture. Educational
Leadership, 66 (6), 32-35. [PDF] |
| |
PENNINGTON, B.F. & BISHOP, D. (2009). Relations among
speech, language, and reading disorders. Annual Review
of Psychology, 60 (1), 283-306. |
| |
BESNER, D. & O'MALLEY, S. (2009). Additivity of factor
effects in reading tasks is still a challenge for
computational models : Reply to Ziegler, Perry and Zorzi
(2009). Journal of Experimental Psychology :
Learning, Memory & Cognition, 35, 312-316. |
|
REIWEIN, J. (1996). Le temps est-il un indicateur fiable
de la difficulté de lecture du texte / de son traitement
cognitif par le lecteur ? Revue Québécoise de
Linguistique, 25 (1), 145-162. |
JONES, M.W., BRANIGAN, H.P. & KELLY, M.L. (2009).
Dyslexic and nondyslexic reading fluency : Rapid
automatized naming and the importance of continuous lists.
Psychonomic Bulletin & Review, 16 (3),
567-572. [PDF] |
|
BAKER, L., SCHER, D. & MACKLER, K. (1997). Home and
family influences on motivation for reading. Educational
Psychology Review, 32, 69-82. |
BAKER, L. & BEALL, L. (2009). Metacognitive processes
and reading comprehension. In S. Israel & G. Duffy
(Eds.), Handbook of research on reading comprehension
(pp. 373-388). New York : Routledge. |
|
|
WIGFIELD, A. (1997). Reading motivation : A
domain-specific approach to motivation. Educational
Psychologist, 32 (2), 59-68. |
BLYTHE, H.I., LIVERSEDGE, S.P., JOSEPH, H.S.S.L., WHITE,
S.J. & RAYNER, K. (2009). Visual information capture
during fixations in reading for children and adults. Vision
Research, 49, 1583-1591. [PDF] |
|
CUNNINGHAM, A.E. & STANOVICH, K.E. (1997). Early
reading acquisition and its relation to reading experience
and ability 10 years later. Developmental Psychology,
33 (6), 934-945. |
RABAHRI, N. & SÉNÉCHAL, M. (2010). Learning to read
and spell in Persian : A cross-sectional study from grades
1 to 4. Developmental Psychology, 46, 1514-1527. |
|
LOGAN, G.D. (1997). Automaticity and reading :
Perspectives from the instance theory of automatization. Reading
& Writing Quarterly : Overcoming Learning
Difficulties, 13 (2), 123-146. |
PIERCE, M., KATZIR, T., WOLF, M.M. & NOAM, G. (2010).
Examining the construct of reading among dysfluent urban
children : A factor analysis approach. Journal of
Literacy Research, 42, 124-158. |
|
FOORMAN, B.R., FRANCIS, D.J., BEELER, T., WINIKATES, D.
& FLETCHER, J.M. (1997). Early intervention for
children with reading problems : Study designs and
preliminary findings. Learning Disabilities, 8,
63-71. |
HAND, C.J., MIELLET, S. & O'DONNELL, P.J. (2010). The
frequency-predictability interaction in reading : It
depends where you're coming from. Journal of
Experimental Psychology, 36 (5), 1294-1313.
[PDF] |
|
NATION, K. & SNOWLING, M.J. ( (1998). Semantic
processing skills and the development of word recognition
: evidence from children with reading comprehension
difficulties. Journal of Memory & Language, 39,
85-101. |
|
|
TAN, A. & NICHOLSON, T. (1997). Flashcards revisited :
Training poor readers to read words faster improves their
comprehension of text. Journal of Educational
Psychology, 89 (2), 276-288.
[PDF] |
KIM, J.S. & GURYAN, J. (2010). The efficacy of a
voluntary summer book reading intervention for low-income
Latino children from language minority families. Journal
of Educational Psychology, 102, 20-31. [PDF] |
|
LOGAN, G.D. (1997). Automaticity and reading : Perspectives from the instance theory of automatization. Reading
& Writing Quarterly, 13, 123-146.
[PDF] |
RAYNER, K., SLATTERY, T.J. & BÉLANGER, N.N. (2010).
Eye movements, the perceptual span, and reading speed. Psychonomic
Bulletin & Review, 17, 834-839. [PDF] |
|
ZIMMERMAN, J. (1997). Foundations in reading.
Oakvale, IA : Breakthrough, Inc. |
BILLARD, C., BRICOUT, L., DUCOT, B., RICHARD, G., ZIEGLER,
J. et FLUSS, J. (2010). Évolution des compétences en
lecture, compréhension et orthographe en environnement
socioéconomique défavorisé et impact des facteurs
cognitifs et comportementaux sur le devenir à deux ans. Revue
d'Épidémiologie et de Santé Publique, 58, 101-110.
[PDF] |
|
ROE, M.F. (1997). Combining enablement and engagement to
assist students who do not read and write well. Middle
School Journal, 28 (3), 35-41. |
|
WIGFIELD, A. & GUTHRIE, J.T. (1997). Relations of
children's motivation for reading to the amount and
breadth of their reading. Journal of Educational
Psychology, 89, 420-432. |
LEI, S.A., RHINEHART, P.J., HOWARD, H.A. & CHO, J.K.
(2010). Strategies for improving reading comprehension
among college students. Reading Improvement, 47 (1),
30-42. |
|
MUTER, V., HULME, C., SNOWLING, M. & TAYLOR. S.
(1997). Segmentation, not rhyming, predicts early progress
in learning to read. Journal of Experimental Child
Psychology, 65, 370-396. |
CHEN, P.H. & WU, J.R. (2010). Rewards for reading :
their effects on reading motivation. Journal of
Instructional Pedagogies, 3, 1-8. [PDF] |
|
McQUILLAN, J. (1997). The effects of incentives on
reading. Reading Research & Instruction, 36,
111-125. |
ECALLE, J. & MAGNAN, A. (2010). L'apprentissage de
la lecture et ses difficultés. Dunod |
|
SWEET, A., GUTHRIE, J.T. & NG, M. (1998). Teacher
Perceptions and Student Reading Motivation. Journal of
Educational Psychology, 90 (2), 210-223. |
HARLAAR, N., CUTTING, L., DEATER-DECKARD, K., DETHORNE,
L.S., USTICE, L.M., SCHATSCHNEIDER, C., LEE, A. THOMPSON,
L.A. & PETRILL, S.A. (2010). Predicting individual
differences in reading comprehension : a twin study. Annal
of Dyslexia, 60 (2), 265-288. [PDF]
+ [PDF] |
|
SNOW, C.E., BURNS, S. & GRIFFIN, P. (1998).
Preventing reading difficulties in young children.
Washington, DC : National Academy Press. |
DION, E., BRODEUR, M., GOSSELIN, C., CAMPEAU, M.-È. &
FUCHS, D. (2010). Implementing research-based instruction
to prevent reading problems among low SES students : Is
earlier better ? Learning Disabilities Research &
Practice, 25, 87-96. |
|
METSALA, J.L., STANOVICH, K.E. & BROWN, G.D.A. (1998).
Regularity effects and the phonological deficit model of
reading disabilities : A meta-analytic review. Journal
of Educational Psychology, 90, 279-293. [PDF] |
SLATTERY, T.J. & RAYNER, K. (2010). The influence of
text legibility on eye movements during reading.
Applied Cognitive Psychology, 24, 1129-1148. |
|
PERFETTI, C.A. & MARRON, M.A. (1998). Learning to read
: Literacy acquisition by children and adults. In D.A.
Wagner (Ed.), Advances in adult literacy research and
development. Hampton Press. [PDF] |
WILLS, H.P., KAMPS, D., ABBOTT, M., BANNISTER, H. &
HANSEN, B. (2010). Classroom observations and effects of
reading interventions for students at risk for emotional
and behavioral disorders. Behavioral Disorders, 35 (2),
103-119. |
|
|
SCHRAW, G., FLOWERDAY, T. & REISETTER, M.F. (1998).
The role of choice in reader engagement. Journal of
Educational Psychology, 90, 705-714. |
BARTON, J.J.S., SEKUNOVA A., SHELDON, C., JOHNSTON, S.,
IAIA, G. & SCHEEL, M. (2010). Reading words, seeing
style : The neuropsychology of word, font and handwriting
perception. Neuropsychologia, 48, 3868-3877. |
|
CHANEY, C. (1998). Preschool language and metalinguistic
skills are links to reading success. Applied
Psycholinguistics, 19, 433-446. |
BECKER, M., MCELVANY, N. & KORTENBRUCK, M. (2010).
Intrinsic and extrinsic reading motivation as predictors
of reading literacy : A longitudinal study. Journal
of Educational Psychology, 102 (4), 773-785. |
|
CUNNINGHAM, A.E. & STANOVICH, K.E. (1998). What
reading does for the mind. American Educator, 22
(1-2), 8-15. [PDF] |
PUTNAM, M. & WALKER, C. (2010). Motivating children to
read and write : Using informal learning environments as
contexts for literacy instruction. Journal Of
Research In Childhood Education, 24 (2), 140-151. [PDF] |
|
CASSADY, J.C. (1998). Student and instructor perceptions
of the efficacy of computer-aided lectures in
undergraduate university courses. Journal of
Educational Computing Research, 19, 175-189. |
LARKIN, H.E. (2010). "But they won't come to lectures ..."
The impact of audio recorded lectures on student
experience and attendance. Australasian Journal of
Educational Technology, 26 (2), 238-249. [PDF] |
|
IVEY, G. (1998). Discovering readers in the middle level
school: A few helpful clues. NASSP Bulletin, 82,
48-56. |
LEI, S., BARTLETT, K., GORNEY, S. & HERSCHBACH, T.
(2010). Resistance to reading compliance among college
students : instructors perspectives. College Student
Journal, 44 (2), 219-230. |
|
RAYNER, K. (1998). Eye movements in reading and
information processing. Psychological Bulletin, 124,
372-422. |
CHARDON, ST-C. (2011). Évaluation d'un programme
d'entraînement à la lecture au cours élémentaire deuxième
année en France : réviser les correspondances
graphophonologiques. Revue des Sciences de
l'Éducation, 37 (1), 39-66. [PDF] |
|
PRESSLEY, M. (1998). Reading instruction that works.
New York : Guilford Press. |
BESNER, D., O'MALLEY, S. & ROBIDOUX, S. (2010). On the
joint effects of stimulus quality, regularity and
lexicality : New challenges. Journal of Experimental
Psychology : Learning, Memory & Cognition, 36 (3),
750-764. [PDF] |
|
SNOW, C.E., BURNS, S.M. & GRIFFIN, P. (1998). Preventing
reading difficulties in young children. Committee
on the Prevention of Reading Difficulties in Young
Children Washington DC : National Academy Press. |
HAUTALA, J., HYÖNÄ, J., ARO, M. & LYYTINEN, H. (2011).
Sublexical effects on eye movements during repeated
reading of words and pseudowords in Finnish. Psychology
of Language & Communication, 15 (2), 129-149. [PDF] |
| |
SAVILLE, B.K., COX, T., O'BRIEN, S. & VANDERVELDT, A.
(2011). Interteaching : The impact of lectures on student
performance. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 44
(4), 937-941. [PDF] |
|
WAMBACH, C. (1998). Reading and writing expectations at a
research university. Journal of Developmental
Education, 22 (2), 22-25. |
DEHAENE, S. (2011). The unique role of the visual word
form area in reading. Trends in Cognitive Sciences,
15 (6), 254-262. [PDF] |
|
SCHRAW, G., FLOWERDAY, T. & REISETTER, M.F. (1998).
The role of choice in reader engagement. Journal of
Educational Psychology, 90, 705-714. |
BAIER, K., HENDRICKS, C., WARREN GORDEN, K., HENDRICKS,
J.E. & COCHRAN, L. (2011). College students' textbook
reading, or not ! American Reading Forum Annual Yearbook,
31. [PDF] |
|
SHAYWITZ, S.E., SHAYWITZ, B.A., PUGH, K., FULBRIGHT, R.K.,
CONSTABLE, T., MENCL, E.W., SHANKWEILER, D.P., LIBERMAN,
A.M., SKUDLARSKI, P., FLETCHER, J.M., KATZ, L., MARCHIONE,
K. & LACADIE, C. (1998). Functional disruption in the
organization of the brain for reading in dyslexia. Proceedings
of the National Academy of Sciences, 95 (5),
2636-2641. [PDF] |
MELEKOGLU, M.A. (2011). Impact of motivation to read on
reading gains for struggling readers with and without
learning disabilities. Learning Disability Quarterly,
34 (4), 248-261. |
|
GERVAIS, F. (1998). École et habitudes de lecture :
étude sur les perceptions d'élèves québécois de 9 à 12
ans. Montréal : Lachenelière. |
BLYTHE, H.I., HÄIKIÖ, T., BERTAM, R. LIVERSEDGE, S.P.
& HYÖNÄ, J. (2011). Reading disappearing text : Why do
children refixate words ? Vision Research, 51
(1), 84-92. [PDF] |
|
BEHRMANN, M., PLAUT, D.C. & NELSON, J. (1998). A lit-
erature review and new data supporting an interactive
account of letter-by-letter reading. Cognitive
Neuropsychology, 15, 7-51. |
BAKER, L., DREHER, M.J., SHIPLET, A.K., BEALL, L.C.,
VOELKER, A., GARRETT, A.J., SCHUGAR, H.R. &
FINGER-ELAM, M. (2011). Children's comprehension of
informational text : Reading, engaging, and learning. International
Electronic Journal of Elementary Education, 4 (1),
197-228. [PDF] |
|
RAYNER, K. (1998). Eye movements in reading and
information processing : 20 years of research. Psychological
Bulletin, 124, 372-422. |
STOCKARD, J. (2011). Increasing reading skills in rural
areas : An analysis of three school districts. Journal
of Research in Rural Education, 26 (8), 1-19. [PDF] |
|
SCARBOROUGH, H.S. (1998). Early identification of children
at risk for reading disabilities. In B.K. Shapiro, P.J.
Accardo & A.J. Capute (Eds.), Specific reading
disability : A view of the spectrum (pp. 75-119).
Timonium, MD : York Press, Inc. |
CHARDON, ST-C. (2011). Évaluation d'un programme
d'entraÎnement à la lecture au cours élémentaire deuxième
année en France : réviser les correspondances
graphophonologiques. Revue des Sciences de
l'Éducation, 37 (1), 3966. [PDF] |
|
IVEY, G. (1998). Discovering readers in the middle level
school : A few helpful clues. NASSP Bulletin, 82,
48-56. |
VERHOEVEN, L. & PERFETTI, C.A. (2011). Morphological
processing in reading acquisition : A cross-linguistic
perspective. Applied Psycholinguistics, 32,
457-466. [PDF] |
|
LYON, G.R. (1998). Overview of reading and literacy
initiatives. Washington, DC : National Institute
of Child Health and Human Development. |
ZENTALL, S.S. & LEE, J. (2012). A reading motivation
intervention with differential outcomes for students at
risk for reading disabilities, ADHD, and typical
comparisons : "Clever is and clever does". Learning
Disability Quarterly, 35 (4), 248-259. |
|
ALLINGTON, R.L. & WOODSIDE-GIRNO, H. (1998). Decodable
texts in beginning reading : Are mandates based on
research ? ERS Spectrum, 16 (2), 3-11. |
JIANG, X. (2011). The role of first language literacy and
second language proficiency in second language reading
comprehension. The Reading Matrix, 11 (2),
177-190.
[PDF] |
| |
VERHOEVEN, L. & PERFETTI, C.A. (2011). Vocabulary
growth and reading skill. Scientific Study of Reading,
15 (1), 1-7. [PDF] |
| |
BERRY, T., COOK, L., HILL, N. & STEVENS, K. (2011). An
exploratory analysis of textbook usage and study habits :
misperceptions and barriers to success. College
Teaching, 59 (1), 31-39. |
| |
DAS, T., PADAKANNAYA, P., PUGH, K.R. & SINGH, N.C.
(2011). Neuroimaging reveals dual routes to reading in
simultaneous proficient readers of two orthographies. NeuroImage,
54, 1476-1487. [PDF] |
| |
SILVA, C., MONTANT, M., PONZ, A. & ZIEGLER, J.C.
(2012). Emotions in reading : disgust, empathy and the
contextual learning hypothesis. Cognition, 125,
333-338. [PDF] |
|
FRY, E. (1999). How to teach reading for teachers,
parents, and tutors. Westminster, CA : Teacher Created
Resources, Inc. |
SCHIEFELE, U., SCHAFFNER, E., MÜLLER, J. & WIGFIELD,
A. (2012). Dimensions of reading motivation and their
relation to reading behavior and competence. Reading
Research Quarterly, 47, 427-463. |
|
MEYER, M.S. & FELTON, R.H. (1999). Repeated reading to
enhance fluency : Old approaches and new directions. Annals
of Dyslexia, 49, 283-306. |
HOEFT, M.E. (2012). Why university students don't read :
what professors can do to increase compliance. International
Journal for the Scholarship of Teaching & Learning,
6 (2), 1-19.
[PDF] |
|
TORGESEN, J.K., WAGNER, R.K., RASHOTTE, C.A., ROSE, E.,
LINDAMOOD, P., CONWAY, T. & GARVIN, C. (1999).
Preventing reading failure in young children with
phonological processing disabilities : Group and
individual responses to instruction. Journal of
Educational Psychology, 91, 579-593. |
DEROSCHERS, A., CARSON, R. & DAIGLE, D. (2012). Une
analyse des facteurs de risque dans l'apprentissage de la
lecture chez l'enfant. Enfance en difficulté, 1,
47-83. [PDF] |
|
TREIMAN, R. & RODRIGUEZ, K. (1999). Young children use
letter names in learning to read words. Psychological
Science, 10, 334-338. |
SPRENGER-CHAROLLES, L. & SIEGEL, L.S. (2013). Reading
acquisition and dyslexia in languages varying in
orthographic depth : From behavior to brain.
Perspectives on Language & Literacy, 39, 23-32.
[PDF] |
|
KNOPIK, V.S. & DEFRIES, J.C. (1999). Etiology of
covariation between reading and mathematics performance :
a twin study. Twin Research, 2, 226-234. |
KROLL, L., McLAUGHLIN, T.F. & NEYMAN, J. (2013). The
effects of direct instruction on reading first grade high
frequency sight words with a student with severe behavior
disorders. Educational Research International, 2
(1), 13-21. [PDF] |
|
SWANSON, H.L. (1999). Reading research for students with
LD : A meta-analysis of intervention outcomes. Journal
of Learning Disabilities, 32 (6), 504-532. |
SCHAFFNER, E., SCHIEFELE, U. & ULFERTS, H. (2013).
Reading amount as a mediator of the effects of intrinsic
and extrinsic reading motivation on reading comprehension.
Reading Research Quarterly, 48 (4), 369-385. |
|
GOSWANI, U. (1999). Causal connections in beginning
reading : The importance of rhyme. Journal of Reading
Research, 22 (3), 217-240. |
KIM, J.S. & QUINN, (2013). The effects of summer
reading on low-income children's literacy achievement from
kindergarten to grade 8 : A meta-analysis of classroom and
home interventions. Review of Educational Research,
83 (3), 386-431. [PDF] |
|
REESE, E. & COX, A. (1999). Quality of adult book
reading affects children's emergent literacy. Developemtal
Psychology, 35 (1), 20-28. [PDF] |
BEAVERS, B. (2013). The effects of of rewards in reading
incentive programs on reading motivation, attitude and
participation in middle school students. Instructional
Technology Education Specialist Research Papers, 6,
1-20. [PDF] |
|
| |
COLOGON, K. (2013). Debunking myths : Reading development
in children with Down Syndrome. Australian Journal of
Teacher Education, 38 (3), 130-151. [PDF] |
| |
SUGGATE, S.P., SCHAUGNENCY, E.A. & REESE, E. (2013).
Children learning to read later catch up to children
reading earlier. Early Childhood Research Quarterly,
28, 33-48. [PDF] |
|
HALL, S. & MOATS, L. (Eds) (1999). Straight talk
about reading : How parents can make a difference during
the early years. Chicago : Contemporary Books. |
BRANCH, S. & DURAN, D., VALDEBINITO, V. & FLORES,
M. (2013). The effects and characteristics of family
involvement on a peer tutoring programme to improve the
reading comprehension competence. European Journal of
Psychology of Education, 28 (1), 101-119 [PDF] |
| |
PFOST, M., HATTIE, J.A.C., DORFLER, T. & ARTELT, C.
(2014). Individual differences in reading development : A
review of 25 Years of empirical research on Matthew
effects in reading. Review of Educational Research, 84
(2), 203-244. |
|
RASTLE K. & COLHEART, M. (1999). Serial and strategic
effects in reading aloud. Journal of Experimental
Psychology : Human Perception & Performance, 25,
482-503. |
KONZA, D. (2014). Teaching reading : Why the "Fab five"
should be the "Big six". Australian Journal of
Teacher Education, 39 (12), 153-169. [PDF] |
| |
PAGAN, S. & SÉNÉCHAL, M. (2014). Involving parents in
a summer book reading program to promote reading
comprehension, fluency, and vocabulary in Grade 3 and
Grade 5 children. Canadian Journal of Education, 37
(2), 1-31. |
|
EHRI, L.C. (1999). Phases of development in learning to
read words. In J. Oakhill & R. Beard (Eds.), Reading
development and the teaching of reading : A
psychological perspective (pp. 79-108). Malden, MA
: Blackwell. |
PUGH, K.R., FROST, S.J., ROTHMAN, D.L., HOEFT, F., DEL
TUFO, S.N., MASON G.F., MOLFESE, P.J., MENCL, W.E.,
GRIGORENKO, E.L., LANDI, N., PRESTON J.L., JACOBSEN, L.,
SEIDENBERG, M.S. & FULBRIGHT, R.K. (2014). Glutamate
and choline levels predict individual differences in
reading ability in emergent readers. The Journal of
Neuroscience, 34 (11), 4082-4089. [PDF] |
| |
TOVLI, E. (2014). "The joy of reading" - An intervention
program to increase Reading motivation for pupils with
learning disabilities. Journal of Education &
Training Studies, 2 (4), 69-84. [PDF] |
|
SWANBORN, M.S. & De GLOPPER, K. (1999). Incidental
word learning while reading : A meta-analysis. Review
of Educational Research, 69, 261-285. |
BARTON, J.J.S., HANIF, H.M., BJÖRNSTRÖM, L.E. & HILLS,
C. (2014). The word length effect in reading : A review. Cognitive
Neuropsychology, 31, 378-412. |
|
COMPTON, D.L., MILLER, A.C., ELLEMAN, A.M. & STEACY,
L.M. (2014). Have we forsaken reading theory in the name
of “quick fix” interventions for children with reading
disability ? Scientific Studies of Reading, 18
(1),55-73 |
|
FLORA, S.R. & FLORA D.B. (1999). Effects of extrinsic
reinforcement for reading during childhood on reported
reading habits of college of students. The
Psychological Report, 49, 3-14. [PDF] |
OLSON, R., KEENAN, J.M., BYRNE, B. & SAMUELSSON, S.
(2014). Why do children differ in their development of
reading and related skills ? Scientific Studies of
Reading, 18, (1), 38-54. [PDF] |
|
FAWSON, P.C. & MOORE, S.A. (1999). Reading incentive
programs : Beliefs and practices. Reading Psychology,
20 (4), 325-340. |
WILLINGHAM, D. (2015). For the love of reading : Engaging
students in a lifelong pursuit. American Educator, 39
(1), 4-13. [PDF] |
|
SHARE, D. & GUR, T. (1999). How reading begins : A
study of preschoolers' print identification strategies. Cognition
& Instruction, 17, 177-213. |
WEINGARTEN, R. (2015). Reading : A lifelong love. American
Educator, 39 (1), 1-4. [PDF] |
|
MORRIS, D. (1999). Preventing reading failure in the
primary grades : Annual review of research. National
Reading Conference Yearbook, 48, 17-38. [PDF] |
SCHAFFNER, E., SCHIEFELE, U. & ULFERTS, H. (2016). The
contributions of intrinsic and extrinsic reading
motivation to the development of reading competence over
summer vacation. Reading Psychology, 37, 917-941.
[PDF] |
|
PRESTON, J.L., MOLFESE, P.J., FROST, S.J., MENCL,
W.E., FULBRIGHT, R.K., HOEFT, F., LANDI, N., SHANKWEILER,
D. & PUGH, K.R. (2016). Print-speech convergence
predicts future reading outcomes in early readers. Psychological
Science, 27 (1), 75-84. [PDF] |
| |
SCHAUGHENCY, E., SUGGATE, S. & REESE, E. (2017). Links
between early oral narrative and decoding skills and later
reading in a New Zealand sample. Australian Journal
of Learning Difficulties, 22, 109-132. |
|
BAKER, L. & WIGFIELD, A. (1999). Dimensions of
children's motivation for reading and their relations to
reading activity and reading achievement. Reading
Research Quarterly, 34, 452-477. [PDF] |
TAKALOO, N.M. & AHMADI, M.R. (2017). The effect of
learners' motivation on their reading comprehension skill
: A literature review. International Journal of
Research in English Education, 2 (3), 10-21. [PDF] |
|
HEMPENSTALL, K. (2020). Behavioral optometry and irlen
lenses to resolve reading problems. Perspectives on
Language & Literacy, 46 (1), 17-20. |
|
HEMPENSTALL, K. (2020). Teaching reading through direct
instruction : A role for educational psychologists ? The
Educational & Developmental Psychologist, 37
(2), 133–139. |
|
HEMPENSTALL, K. (1999). Reading problems : The causal
role of the education system. Effective School
practives, 18 (1), 9-10. |
LI, L. (2021). Reading fluency and the role of its
dimensions : Conceptualizations and mechanisms. Canadian
Journal for New Scholars in Education, 12 (1),
78-84. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Méthode
d'enseignement de la lecture,
Fluidité,
Littéracie et
Dyslexie |
|
|
|
Lecture à haute voix : Lire à haute voix : Lire
de manière à être entendu et, dans certains cas, corriger par les
autres locuteurs.
Oral
reading, read-aloud.
| |
|
|
ALLINGTON, R.L. (1980). Teacher interruption behaviors
during primary grade oral reading. Journal of
Educational Psychology, 72 (3), 371-377. |
BECK, I.L. & McKEOWN, M.G. (2001). Text talk :
Capturing the benefits of read-aloud experiences for young
children. The Reading Teacher, 55 (1), 10-29. |
|
DICKINSON, D.K. & SNOW, C.E. (1987). Interrelations
among pre-reading and oral language skills in
kindergarteners from two social classes. Early
Childhood Research Quarterly, 2 (1), 1-25. |
ECKERT, T.L., ARDOIN, S.P., DALY, E.J. & MARTENS, B.K.
(2002). Improving oral reading fluency : An examination of
the efficacy of combining skill-based and
performance-based interventions. Journal of Applied
Behavior Analysis, 35 (3), 271-281. [PDF] |
| |
BRABHAM, E.G. & LYNCH-BROWN, C. (2002). Effects of
teacher's read-aloud styles on vocabulary acquisition and
comprehension of students in the early elementary grades.
Journal of Educational Psychology, 94 (3),
465-473. |
|
WOLKING, B., HARRIS, C., ERRO, J. & SCOTT, J. (1990).
Effects of text grade level on oral reading with mildly
handicapped students. Journal of Precision Teaching,
7 (2), 59-68. |
STORCH, S.A. & WHITEHURST, G.J. (2002). Oral language
and code-related precursors to reading : Evidence from a
longitudinal model. Developmental Psychology, 38, 934-947. |
| |
RASINSKI, T.V. & HOFFMAN, J.V. (2003). Oral reading in
the school literacy curriculum. Reading Research
Quarterly, 38 (4), 510-522. |
|
VELLUTINO, F.R., SCANLON, D.N., SMALL, S.G. & TANZMAN,
M.S. (1991). The linguistic basis of reading ability :
Converting written to oral language. Text, 11,
99-133. |
SCHWANANENFLUGER, P.J., HAMILTON, A.M., KUHN, M.R.,
WISENBAKER, J.M. & STAHL, S.A. (2004). Becoming a
fluent reader : reading skill and prosodic features in the
oral reading of young readers. Journal of Educational
Psychology, 96, 119-129. [PDF] |
| |
NICHD : Early Child Care Research Network (2005). Pathways
to reading : the role of oral language in the transition
to reading. Developmental Psychology, 41 (2),
428-442. [PDF] |
|
PINNELL, G.S., PIKULSKI, J.J., WIXSON, K.K., CAMPBELL,
J.R., GOUGH, P.B. & BEATTY, A.S. (1995). Listening
to children read aloud. Washington, DC : U.S.
Department of Education, Office of Educational Research
and Improvement. |
SPEECE, D.L. & RITCHEY, K.D. (2005). Longitudinal
study of the development of oral reading flluency in young
children at risk for reading failure. Learning
Disabilities, 38 (5), 387-399. [PDF] |
| |
SANTORO, L.E., CHARD, D.J., HOWARD, L. & BAKER, S.K.
(2008). Making the very Most of classroom read- alouds to
promote comprehension and vocabulary. The Reading
Teacher, 61 (5), 396-408. [PDF] |
| |
KINDLE, K. (2010). Vocabulary Development During
Read-alouds : Examining the instructional sequence. Literacy
Teaching & Learning, 14 (1 & 2), 65-68. |
|
GREGORI, A. & McLAUGLIN, T.F. (1996). The effects of
praise, error drill and assisted reading on oral reading.
Journal of Precision Teaching & Celeration, 13
(2), 23-27. |
SWANSON, E., VAUGHN, S., WANZEC, J., PETSCHER, Y.,
HECKERT, J., CAVANAUGHT, C., KRAFT, G. & TACKETT, K.
(2011). A synthesis of read-aloud interventions on early
reading outcomes among preschool through third graders at
risk for reading difficulties. Journal of Learning
Disabilities 44 (3) 258-275. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
Voir aussi Lecture |
|
|
Lecture
(Compréhension) : Capacité
de comprendre la
signification des mots, le
sens d'un texte. Compréhension de la lecture, compréhension
du langage = compréhension
de texte. Reading comprehension, reading
comprehensions skills, comprehension of text, comprehension
text, text reading.
| |
|
|
SMITH, F. (1975). Comprehension and learning. Katonah,
NY : Owen. |
ALEXANDER, P. & JETTON, T. (2000). Learning from text
: A multidimensional and developmental perspective. In M.
Kamil, P. Mosenthal, P. Pearson & R. Barr (Eds.),
Handbook of reading research (Vol. 3, pp.
285-310). Mahwah, NJ : Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. |
|
DURKIN, D. (1978-1979). What classroom observations reveal
about reading comprehension. Reading Research
Quarterly, 14, 481-533. |
VAN DEN BRANDEN, K. (2000). Does negotiation of meaning
promote reading comprehension ? A study of multilingual
primary school classes. Reading Research Quarterly, 35
(3), 426–443. |
|
KINTSCH, W. & VAN DIJK, T.A. (1978). Toward a model of
text comprehension and production. Psychological
Review, 85 (5), 363-394. |
DUKE, N.K. & PEARSON, P.D. (2002). Effective practices
for developing reading comprehension. In A.E. Farstrup and
S.J. Samuels (Eds.), What research has to say about
reading instruction (pp. 205-242). Newark, DE :
International Reading Association. |
|
PEARSON, P.D. & SPIRO, R. (1980). Toward a theory of
reading comprehension instruction. Topics in Language
Disorders, 1, 71-88. |
GUTHRIE, J.T., WIGFIELD, A. & PRENCEVICH, K.C. (Eds.).
(2004). Motivating reading comprehension :
Concept-oriented reading instruction. Mahwah, NJ :
Erlbaum. |
|
SCHALLERT, D.L. (1980). The role of illustrations in
reading comprehension. In R.J. Spiro, B.C. BRUCE &
W.F. Brewer (Eds.), Theoretical issues in reading.
Hillsdale, NJ : Erlbaum. |
BOTSAS, G. & PADELIADU, S. (2003). Goal orientation
and reading comprehension strategy use among students with
and without reading difficulties. International
Journal of Educational Research, 39, 477-495. |
|
PEARSON, P.D. & GALLAGHER, M.C. (1983). The
instruction of reading comprehension. Contemporary Educational
Psychology, 8 (3), 317-344. |
RASINSKI, T.V. (2003). The fluent reader : Oral
reading strategies for building word recognition,
fluency, and comprehension. New York : Scholastic
Professional Books. |
|
BAKER, L. (1984). Spontaneous versus instructed use of
multiple standards for evaluating comprehension : Effects
of age, reading proficiency and type of standard. Journal
of Experimental Child Psychology, 38, 289-311. |
CAIN, K., BRYANT, P. & OAKHILL, J. (2004). Children's
reading comprehension ability : Concurrent prediction by
working memory, verbal ability, and component skills. Journal
of Educational Psychology, 96 (1), 31-42. [PDF] |
| |
GUTHRIE, J.T., WIGFIELD, A. & PERENCEVICH, K.C. (Eds.)
(2004). Motivating reading comprehension :
Concept-oriented reading instruction. Mahwah, NJ :
Erlbaum. |
| |
CLUMP, M.A., BAUER, H. & BRADLEY, C. (2004). The
extent to which psychology students read textbooks: A
multiple class analysis of reading across the psychology
curriculum. Journal of Instructional Psychology, 31,
227-229. |
|
ANDERSON, R.C. & PEARSON, P. (1984). A
schema-theoretic view of basic processes in reading
comprehension. In P. Pearson (Ed.), Handbook of
reading research (pp. 255-291). White Plains, NY :
Longman. [PDF] |
KINTSCH, W. (2004). The construction : Integration model
of text comprehension and its implications for
instruction. In R.B. Ruddell & N.J. Unrau (Eds.), Theoretical
models and processes of reading (pp. 1270-1328).
Newark, DE : International Reading Association. |
|
EHRI, L.C. & WILCE, L.S. (1985). Movement into reading
: Is the first stage of printed word reading visual or
phonetic ? Reading Research Quarterly, 20,
163–179. |
FISHER, D., FLOOD, J., LAPP, D. & FREY, N. (2004).
Interactive read- alouds : Is there a common set of
implementation practices. The Reading Teacher, 58,
8-17. |
| |
HICKMAN, P., POLLARD-DURODOLA, S. & VAUGHN, S. (2004).
Storybook reading : Improving vocabulary and comprehension
for English-language learners. The Reading Teacher,
57, 720-730. |
|
GOUGH, P.B. & TUMMER, W.E. (1986). Decoding, reading,
and reading disability. Remedial & Special
Education, 7 (1), 6-1 |
GUTHRIE, J.T., WIGFIELD, A., BARBOSA, P., PERENCEVICH,
K.C., TABOADA, A., DAVIS, M.H., SCAFIDDI, N.T. &
TONKS, S.L. (2004). Increasing reading comprehension and
engagement through concept-oriented reading instruction.
Journal of Educational Psychology, 96 (3),
403-423. [PDF] |
|
GERSTEN, R. & CARNINE, D. (1986). Direct instruction
in reading comprehension. Educational Leadership, 43
(7), 70-78. [PDF] |
THERRIEN, W.J. (2004). Fluency and comprehension gains as
a result of repeated reading : A meta-analysis. Remedial
& Special Education, 25 (4), 252-261. |
| |
REUTZEL, D.R., SMITH, J.A. & FAWSON, P.C. (2005). An
evaluation of two approaches for teaching reading
comprehension strategies in the primary years using
science information texts. Early Childhood Research
Quarterly, 20 (3), 276-305. |
|
|
EHRI, L.C. & WILCE, L.S. (1987). Does learning to
spell help beginners learn to read words ? Reading
Research Quarterly, 22, 47–65. |
WILLIAMS, J.P., HALL, K.M., LAUER, K.D., STAFFORD, K.B.,
DESISTO, L.A. & DECANI, J.S. (2005). Expository text
comprehension in the primary grade classroom. Journal
of Educational Psychology, 97, 538-550. |
| |
CARREKER, S. (2005). Teaching reading : Accurate decoding
and fluency. In J.R. Birsh (Ed.), Multisensory
teaching of basic language skills (pp. 213-255).
Brookes. |
|
GARNER, R. (1987). Metacognition and reading
comprehension. Norwood : N.J. : Ablex. |
RAPP, D. & VAN DEN BROEK, P. (2005). Dynamic text
comprehension : An integrative view of reading.
Current Directions in Psychological Science, 14 (5),
276-279. |
|
GUTHRIE, J.T. & KIRSCH, I.S. (1987). Distinctions
between reading comprehension and locating information in
text. Journal of Educational Psychology, 79,
220-227. |
WILLIAMS, J.P. (2005). Instruction in reading
comprehension for primary-grade students : "A focus on
text structure". Journal of Special Education, 39,
6-18. |
|
JUST, M.A. & CARPENTER, P.A. (1987). The
psychology of reading and language comprehension.
Boston : Allyn and Bacon. |
KEENAN, J.M., BETJEMANN, R., WADSWORTH, S.J., DEFRIES,
J.C. & OLSON, R.K. (2006). Genetic and environmental
influences on reading and listening comprehension. Journal
of Research in Reading, 29, 75-91. |
|
STEDMAN, L.C. & KAESTLE, C.E. (1987). Literacy and
reading performance in the United States from 1880 to the
present. Reading Research Quarterly, 22, 8-46. [PDF] |
GUTHRIE, J.T., WIGFIELD, A., HUMENICK, N.M., PERENCEVICH,
K.C., TABOADA, A. & BARBOSA, P. (2006). Influences of
stimulating tasks on reading motivation and comprehension.
Journal of Educational Research, 99 (4), 232-246.
[PDF] |
|
WAGNER, R.K. & STERNBERG, R.J. (1987). Executive
control in reading comprehension. In B.K. Britton &
S.M. Glyn (Eds.), Executive control processes in
reading (pp. 1-21). Hillsdale, NJ : Erlbaum. |
RYAN, T.E. (2006). Motivating novice students to read
their textbooks. Journal of Instructional Psychology,
33, 135-140. |
| |
APPLLEGATE, M.D., QUINN, K.B. & APPLLEGATE, A.J.
(2006). Profiles in comprehension. The Reading
Teacher, 60 (1), 48-57. |
|
LANGEVIN, J. & FLEURY, M. (1988). Intention de lecture
et naissance d'un schéma de récit. Revue des sciences
de l'éducation, 14 (2), 245-265. [PDF] |
PRESSLEY, M. & GASKINS, I. (2006). Metacognitively
competent reading comprehension is constructively
responsive reading : How can such reading be developed in
students ? Metacognition Learning, 1 (1), 99-113.
|
| |
BRAZE, D., TABOR, W., SHANKWEILER, D.P. & MENCL, W.E.
(2007). Speaking up for vocabulary : Reading skill
differences in young adults. Journal of Learning
Disabilities, 40 (3), 226-243. |
| |
MORGAN, P.L. & FUCHS, D. (2007). Is there a
bidirectional relationship between children's reading
skills and reading motivation ? Exceptional Children,
73 (2), 165-183. |
|
GERSTEN, R. (1988). Explicit instruction in reading
comprehension strategies. European Journal of
Psychology of Education, 239-240. |
SENCIBAUGH, J.M. (2007). Meta-analysis of reading
comprehension interventions for students with learning
disabilities : strategies and implications. Reading
Improvement, 44 (1), 6-22. [PDF] |
|
ZWAAN, R.A. & RADVANSKY, G.A. (1988). Situation models
in language and reading comprehension. Psychological
Bulletin, 123 (2), 162-185. [PDF] |
O'CONNOR, R.E., WHITE, A. & SWANSON, H.L. (2007).
Repeated reading versus continuous reading : Influences on
reading fluency and comprehension. Exceptional
Children, 74 (1), 31-46. |
|
PHILLIPS, L.M. (1988). Young readers' inference strategies
in reading comprehension. Cognition &
Instruction, 5 (3), 193-222. |
RAY, R.D. & BELDEN, N. (2007). Teaching college level
content and reading comprehensions skills simultaneously
via an artificially intelligent adaptive computerized
instructional system. The Psychological Record, 57, 201-218.
[PDF] |
|
WADE, S.E. (1990). Using think alouds to assess
comprehension. The Reading Teacher, 43 (7),
442–451. |
BAKER, L. & BEALL, L.C. (2008). Metacognitive
processes in reading comprehension. In S.E. Israel &
G.G. Duffy (Eds.), Handbook of research on reading
comprehension (pp. 373-388). New York : Routledge. |
| |
DURWIN, C.C. & SHERMAN, W.M. (2008). Does choice of
college textbook make a difference in students'
comprehension ? College Teaching, 56 (1), 28-34. |
|
PEARSON, P.D., ROEHLER, L.R., DOLE, J.A. & DUFFY, G.G.
(1992). Developing expertise in reading comprehension. In
S.J. Samuels & A.E. Farstrup (Eds.), What
research has to say about reading instruction (pp.
145-199). Newark, DE : International Reading Association. |
WILLIAMS, J.P., STAFFORD, K.B., LAUER, K.D., HALL, K.M.
& POLLINI, S. (2009). Embedding reading comprehension
training in content-area instruction. Journal of
Educational Psychology, 10, 1-20. |
|
PATTERSON & HODGES, J.R. (1992). Deterioration of word
meaning : implications for reading. Neuropsychologia
30 (12), 1025-1040 |
KENDEOU, P., VAN DEN BROEK, P., WHITE, M.J. & LYNCH,
J.S. (2009). Predicting reading comprehension in early
elementary school : The independent contribution of oral
language and decoding skills. Journal of Educational
Psychology 101 (4), 765-778. |
|
BOWERS, P.G. (1993). Text reading and rereading :
Determinants of fluency beyond word recognition. Journal
of Reading Behavior, 25 (2), 133-153. |
EDMONDS, M.S., VAUGHN, S. & WEXLER, J. (2009). A
synthesis of reading interventions and effects on reading
comprehension outcomes for older struggling readers. Review
of Educational Research, 9 (1), 262-300. [PDF] |
|
EHRI, L.C. (1994). Development of the ability to read
words : Update. In R. Ruddell, M. Ruddell & H. Singer
(Eds.), Theoretical models and processes of reading
(pp. 323–358). Newark : International Reading Association. |
ANMARKRUD, O. & BRATEN, I. (2009). Motivation for
reading comprehension. Learning & Individual
Differences, 19 (2), 252-256. |
|
ZWAAN, R.A. (1994). Effect of genre expectations on text
comprehension. Journal of Experimental Psychology -
Learning Memory & Cognition, 20, 920-933. |
APPLEGATE, M., APPLEGATE, A.J. & MODLA, V.B. (2009).
"She's my best reader; She just can't comprehend" :
Studying the relationship between fluency and
comprehension. The Reading Teacher, 62 (6),
512-521. [PDF] |
| |
DOOLEY, M.C. & MATTHEWS, M.W. (2009). Emergent
comprehension : Understanding comprehension development
among young literacy learners. Journal of Early
Childhood Literacy, 9, 269-294. |
|
ADAMS, B.C., BELL, L.C. & PERFETTI, C.A. (1995). A
trading relationship between reading skill and domain
knowledge in children's text comprehension. Discourse
Processes, 20, 307-323. |
FOX, A., ROSEN, J. & CRAWFORD, M. (2009).
Distractions, distractions : Does instant messaging affect
college students' performance on a concurrent reading
comprehension task ? Cyber Psychology & Behavior,
12 (1), 51-53. |
| |
DEWITZ, P., JONES, J. & LEAHY, S. (2009).
Comprehension strategy instruction in core reading
programs. Reading Research Quarterly, 44 (2),
102-126. |
|
EHRI, L.C. (1995). Phases of development in learning to
read by sight. Journal of Research in Reading, 18, 116-125. |
ZIPKE, M., EHRI, L.C. & CAIRNS, H.S. (2009). Using
semantic ambiguity instruction to improve third graders'
metalinguistic awareness and reading comprehension : An
experimental study. Reading Research Quarterly, 44 (3),
300-321. [PDF] |
| |
QUIRK, M., SCHWANENFLUFEL, P.J. & WEBB, M.Y. (2009). A
short-term longitudinal study of the relationship between
motivation to read and reading fluency skill in second
grade. Journal of Literacy Research, 41 (2),
196-227. |
| |
ALMASI, J. & GARAS-YORK, K. (2009). Comprehension and
discussion of text. In S. Israel & G. Duffy (Eds.), Handbook
of research on reading comprehension (pp. 470–493).
New York : Routledge. |
| |
SWANSON, H.L., KEHLER, P. & JERMAN, O. (2009). Working
memory, strategy knowledge, and strategy instruction in
children with reading disabilities. Journal of
Learning Disabilities, 43 (1), 24-47. [PDF]
|
|
YUIIL, N. (1996). A funny thing happened on the way to the
classroom : Jokes, riddles, and metalinguistic awareness
in understanding and improving poor comprehension in
children. In C. Cornoldi & J. Oakhill (Eds), Reading
comprehension difficulties (pp. 193-220). Mahwah,
NJ : Erlbaum. |
LEI, S.A., RHINEHART, P.J., HOWARD, H.A. & CHO, J.K.
(2010). Strategies for improving reading comprehension
among college students. Reading Improvement, 47 (1),
30-42. |
| |
WOOD, C., PILLINGER, C. & JACKSON, E. (2010).
Understanding the nature and impact of young readers'
literacy interactions with talking books and during adult
reading support. Computers & Education, 54
(1), 190-198. |
| |
BILLARD, C., BRICOUT, L., DUCOT, B., RICHARD, G., ZIEGLER,
J. & FLUSS, J. (2010). Évolution des compétences en
lecture, compréhension et orthographe en environnement
socioéconomique défavorisé et impact des facteurs
cognitifs et comportementaux sur le devenir à deux ans. Revue
d'Épidémiologie et de Santé Publique, 58, 101-110.
[PDF] |
|
LORCH, R.F. & van DE BROEK, P. (1997). Understanding
reading comprehension: Current and future contributions of
cognitive science. Contemporary Educational
Psychology, 22, 213-246. |
VALENCIA, S.W., SMITH, A., REECE, A.M., LI, M., WIXON,
K.K. & NEWMAN, H. (2010). Oral reading fluency
assessment : Issues of content, construct, criterion, and
consequent validity. Reading Research Quarterly, 45 (3),
270-291. |
| |
BECKER, M., MCELVANY, N. & KORTENBRUCK, M. (2010).
Intrinsic and extrinsic reading motivation as predictors
of reading literacy : A longitudinal study. Journal of
Educational Psychology, 102 (4), 773-785. |
| |
HARLAAR N., CUTTING, L., DEATER-DECKARD, K., DETHORNE,
L.S., USTICE, L.M., SCHATSCHNEIDER, C., LEE, A., THOMPSON
& PETRILL, S.A. (2010). Predicting individual
differences in reading comprehension : a twin study. Annal
of Dyslexia, 60, 265-288. [PDF] |
|
FIEZ, J.A. & PETERSEN, S.E. (1998). Neuroimaging
studies of word reading. Proceedings of the National
Academy of Sciences, USA, 95, 914-921. |
BAKER, L., DREHER, M.J., SHIPLET, A.K., BEALL, L.C.,
VOELKER, A., GARRETT, A.J., SCHUGAR, H.R. &
FINGER-ELAM, M. (2011). Children's comprehension of
informational text : Reading, engaging, and learning. International
Electronic Journal of Elementary Education, 4 (1),
197-228. [PDF] |
|
STRECKER, S.K., ROSER, N.L. & MARTINEZ, M.G. (1998).
Toward understanding oral reading fluency. In T. Shanahan
& F. Rodriguez-Brown (Eds.), 47th yearbook of the
National Reading Conference (pp. 295-310). Chicago
: National Reading Conference. |
DUKE, N.K., PEARSON, P.D., STRACHAN, S.L. & BILLMAN,
A.K. (2011). Essential elements of fostering and teaching
reading comprehension. In S.J. Samuels & A.E. Farstrup
(Eds.), What research has to say about reading
instruction. The International Reading Association. |
|
GUTHRIE, J.T., WIGFIELD, A., METSALA, J.L. & COX, K.
E. (1999). Motivational and cognitive predictors of text
comprehension and reading amount. Scientific Studies
of Reading, 3, 231-256. |
JIANG, X. (2011). The role of first language literacy and
second language proficiency in second language reading
comprehension. The Reading Matrix, 11 (2),
177-190.
[PDF] |
|
| |
WATSON, S.M.R., GABLE, R.A., GEAR, S.B. & HUGHES, K.C.
(2012). Evidence-based strategies for improving the
reading comprehension of secondary students : Implications
for students with learning disabilities. Learning
Disabilities Research & Practice, 27 (2),
79-89. [PDF] |
| |
TABOADA A. & BUEHL, M.M. (2012). Teachers' conceptions
of reading comprehension and motivation to read. Teachers
& Teaching : Theory & Practice, 18 (1),
101-122. |
| |
FURBERG, K. & ANDERBERG, E. (2012). Reading
Comprehension - Teachers' conceptions and reported
teaching activites. English Quaterly Journal of the
Canadian Council of Teachers of English Languge Arts, 43
(3-4), 63-77. [PDF] |
| |
JACKSON, J.D. & BALOTA, D.A. (2012). Aging and mind
wandering during text comprehension. Psychology &
Aging, 27 (1), 106-119. [PDF] |
|
GUTHRIE, J.T. & WIGFIELD, A. (1999). How motivation
fits into a science of reading. Scientific Studies of
Reading, 3 (3), 199-207. |
GERNSBACHER, M.A. & KASCHAK, M. (2012). Comprehension
of text. Oxford Handbook of Cognitive Psychology.
New York : Oxford University Press. |
| |
MALLOY, J.A., MARINAK, B.A., GAMBRELL, L.B. & MAZZONI,
S.A. (2013). Assessing motivation to read. The Reading
Teacher, 49 (7), 273-282. [PDF] |
| |
SPRENGER-CHAROLLES, L. & SIEGEL, L.S. (2013). Reading
acquisition and dyslexia in languages varying in
orthographic depth : From behavior to brain. Perspectives
on Language & Literacy, 23-33. [PDF] |
| |
PAGAN, S. & SÉNÉCHAL, M. (2014). Involving parents in
a summer book reading program to promote reading
comprehension, fluency, and vocabulary in Grade 3 and
Grade 5 children. Canadian Journal of Education, 37
(2), 1-31. |
| |
DEHAENE, S., COHEN, L., MORAIS, J. & KOLINSKY, R.
(2015). Illiterate to literate : behavioural and cerebral
changes induced by reading acquisition. Natural
Reviews/Neurocience, 16, 235-244. [PDF] |
|
GUTHRIE, J.T., ANDERSON, E., ALAO, S. & RINEHART, J.
(1999). Influences of concept-oriented reading instruction
on strategy use and conceptual learning from text. The
Elementary School Journal, 99 (4), 343-366. |
BRANCH, S., DURAN, D., VALDEBINITO, V. & FLORES, M.
(2013). The effects and characteristics of family
involvement on a peer tutoring programme to improve the
reading comprehension competence. European Journal of
Psychology of Education, 28 (1), 101-119. [PDF] |
| |
SHAHNAZARI, M.T. & DABAGHI, A. (2014). A critical
overview of models of reading comprehension with a focus
on cognitive aspects. Iranian Journal of Research in
English Language Teaching, 1 (3), 7-19. [PDF] |
| |
VEENENDAAL, N.J., GROEN, M.A. & VERHOEVEN, L. (2015).
What oral reading fluency can reveal about reading
comprehension. Journal of Research in Reading, 38
(3), 213-225. |
|
SHANKWEILER, D. (1999). Words to meanings. Scientific
Studies of Reading, 3 (2), 113-127. [PDF] |
TAKALOO, N.M. & AHMADI, M.R. (2017). The effect of
learners' motivation on their reading comprehension skill
: A literature review. International Journal of
Research in English Education, 2 (3), 10-21. [PDF] |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Compréhension
du langage, Lecture, Vocabulaire
et Compréhension |
|
|
|
Lecture
(Faire) : Consiste à lire
un texte à haute voix pour le bénéfice d'autrui, souvent un
enfant qui ne sait encore lire. Cette activité permet à l'enfant
de se familiariser avec un niveau de langage plus formel,
d'enrichir son vocabulaire,
de s'interroger sur sa propre compréhension, de stimuler son
imagination, etc. Book reading.
| |
|
|
NINIO, A. (1980). Picture-book reading in mother-infant
dyads belonging to two subgroups in Israel. Child
Development, 51, 587-590. |
|
|
HEATH, S.B. (1982). What no bedtime story means :
Narrative skills at home and school. Language in
Society, 11, 49-76. |
HADEN, C.A., REESE, E. & FIVUSH, R. (1996). Mothers'
extratextual comments during storybook reading : Stylistic
differences over time and across texts. Discourse
Processes, 21, 135-169. |
|
JENKINS, J.R., STEIN, M.L. & WYSOCKI, K. (1984).
Learning vocabulary through reading. American
Educational Research Journal, 21, 767-787. |
GIASSON, J. et BOISCLAIR, A. (1996). Faire la lecture aux
enfants d'âge préscolaire. De l'importance des
interactions adulte-enfant. Revue Canadienne de
l'Étude en Petite Enfance, 5 (1), 95-107. |
|
PELLIGRINI, A.D., BRODY, G.H. & SIGEL, I. (1985).
Parents' book-reading habits with their children.
Journal of Educational Psychology, 77, 332- 340. |
SÉNÉCHAL, M. (1997). The differential effect of storybook
reading on preschoolers' acquisition of expressive and
receptive vocabulary. Journal of Child Language, 24, 123-138.
[PDF]
|
|
WHITEHURST, G.J., FALCO, F.L., LONIGAN, C, FISCHEL, J.E.,
DEBARYSHE, B.D., VALDEZ-MENCHACA, M.C. & CAULFIELD, M.
(1988). Accelerating language development through picture
book reading. Developmental Psychology, 24,
552-558. |
REESE, E. & COX. A. (1999). Quality of adult book
reading affects children's emergent literacy. Developmental
Psychology, 35 (1), 20-28. [PDF]
+ [PDF]
|
|
DICKINSON, D.K. & SMITH, M.W. (1994). Long-term
effects of preschool teachers' book readings on low-income
children's vocabulary and story comprehension. Reading
Research Quarterly, 29, 105-122. |
|
|
SCARBOROUGH, H. & DOBRICH, W. (1994). On the efficacy
of reading to preschoolers. Developmental Review, 14,
245-302. |
JUSTICE, L.M., MEIER, J. & WALPOLE, S. (2005).
Learning new words from storybooks : An efficacy study
with at-risk kindergartners. Language, Speech, &
Hearing Services in Schools, 36, 17-32. [PDF]
|
|
ROBBINS, C. & EHRI, L.C. (1994). Reading storybooks to
kindergartners helps them learn new vocabulary words. Journal
of Educational Psychology, 86, 56-64. |
|
|
|
|
Voir aussi Implication
des parents |
|
|
Lecture(s)
(Faire sa...) : Pour un étudiant/élève
comportement qui consiste à planifier
et à faire ses lectures chaque
jour/semaine ou suivant le
plan de cours. Reading compliance.
| |
|
|
ZACHRY, W.H. (1985). How i kicked the lecture habit :
Inquiry teaching in psychology. Teaching of
Psychology, 12 (3), 129-131. |
RYAN, T.E. (2006). Motivating novice students to read
their textbooks. Journal of Instructional Psychology,
33 (2), 135-140. |
|
SMITH, B.D. & ELIFSON, J.M. (1986). Do pictures make a
difference in college textbooks ? Reading Horizons,
26 (4), 270-277. [PDF] |
PAULSON, E.J. (2006). Self-selected reading for enjoyment
as a college developmental reading approach. Journal of
College Reading & Learning, 36 (2), 51-58. |
|
CARKENORD, D.M. (1994). Motivating students to read
journal articles. Teaching of Psychology, 21,
162-164. |
BROST, B.D. & BRADLEY, K.A. (2006). Student compliance
with assigned reading : A case study. Journal of
Scholarship of Teaching & Learning, 6 (2),
101-111. [PDF] |
|
GREEN, A. & ROSE, W. (1996). The professor's dream :
Getting students to talk and read intelligently. PS :
Political Science & Politics, 29, 687-690. |
NATIONAL ENDOWMENT FOR THE ARTS (2007). Endowment for
the Arts (2007). To read or not to read : A question of
national consequence. Research Report, National
Endowment for the Arts, Office of Research and Analysis. |
|
WAMBACH, C. (1999). Reading and writing expectations at a
research university. Journal of Developmental
Education, 22 (2), 22-26. |
ARTIS, A.B. (2008). Improving marketing students' reading
comprehension with the sq3r method. Journal of
Marketing Education, 30 (2), 130-137. |
|
BURCHFIELD, C. & SAPPINGTON, J. (2000). Compliance
with required reading assignments. Teaching of
Psychology, 27 (1), 58-60. |
HOVE, M. & CORCORAN, K. (2008). If you post it, will
they come ? Lecture availability in introductory
psychology. Teaching of Psychology, 35 (2),
91-95. |
| |
PREZLER, R.W. (2009). Replacing lecture with peer-led
workshops improves student learning. CBE-Life
Sciences Education, 8 (3), 182–192. |
|
RUSCIO, J. (2001). Administering quizzes at random to
increase students' reading. Teaching of Psychology,
28, 204-206. |
WEINSTEIN, S. & WU, S. (2009). Readiness assessment
tests versus frequent quizzes : student preferences. International
Journal of Teaching & Learning in Higher Education,
21 (2), 181-186. |
|
SIKORSKI, J., RICH, K., SAVILLE, B. & BUSKITS, W.
(2002). Student use of introductory texts : Comparative
survey findings from two universities. Teaching of
Psychology, 29 (4), 312-313. |
CONSIDINE, D., HORTON, J. & MOORMAN, G. (2009).
Teaching and reading the millennial generation through
media literacy. Journal of Adolescent & Adult
Literacy, 52, 471-481. |
|
| |
HILTON, J., WILCOX, B., MORRISON, T. & WILEY, D.
(2010). Effects of various methods of assigning and
evaluating required reading in one general education
course. Journal of College Reading & Learning, 41,
7-28. |
|
MARCHANT, G. (2002). Student reading of assigned articles
: Will this be on the test ? Teaching of Psychology,
29 (1), 49-51. |
LEI, S., BARTLETT, K., GORNEY, S. & HERSCHBACH, T.
(2010). Resistance to reading compliance among college
students : Instructors perspectives. College Student
Journal, 44 (2), 219-230. |
|
SAPPINGTON, J., KINSEY, K. & MUNSAYAC, K. (2002). Two
studies of reading compliance among college students. Teaching
of Psychology, 29 (4), 272-274. |
BERRY, T., COOK, L., HILL, N. & STEVENS, K. (2011). An
exploratory analysis of textbook usage and study habits :
Misperceptions and barriers to success. College
Teaching, 59 (1), 31-39. |
| |
CULVER, T. (2011). Using the reader's guide to increase
reading compliance and metacognitive awareness. Faculty
Focus, 1-2. |
|
FERNALD, P. (2004). The Monte Carlo quiz : Encouraging
punctual completion and deep processing of assigned
readings. College Teaching, 52, 95-99. [PDF] |
STARCHER, K. & PROFFITT, D. (2011). Encouraging
students to read : What professors are (and aren't) doing
about it. International Journal of Teaching and
Learning in Higher Education, 23 (3), 396-407. [PDF] |
| |
LEWIS, M. & HANC, J. (2012). Encouraging students to
be readers : Survey results of successful practices. Teaching
Journalism & Mass Communication, 2 (1), 12-20.
[PDF] |
|
CLUMP, M., BAUER, H. & BRADLEY, C. (2004). The extent
to which psychology students read textbooks : A multiple
class analysis of reading across the psychology
curriculum. Journal of Instructional Psychology, 1
(3), 227-232. |
HOEFT, M.E. (2012). Why university students don't read :
What professors can do to increase compliance. International
Journal for the Scholarship of Teaching & Learning,
6 (2), [PDF] |
|
USKUL, A.K. & EATON, J. (2005). Using graded questions
to increase timely reading of assigned material. Teaching
of Psychology, 38 (4), 116-118. |
SHARMA, A., Van HOOF, B. & PURSEL, B. (2013). An
assessment of reading compliance decisions among
undergraduate students. Journal of the Scholarship of
Teaching & Learning, 13 (4), 103-123. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
Voir aussi Annotation, Test
de lecture, Étudier,
Suivre des
consignes, Guide
de lecture et Jeu-questionnaire |
|
|
|
Lecture
(Mesures/Évaluations) :
Ensemble des critères
de diagnostic, des
tests et des outils
de collecte de données qui permettent
d'évaluer et de mesurer
les habiletés de lecture.
Reading assessment.
| |
|
|
|
MERRILL, M.A. (1919). A scale for the individual
measurement of reading ability. Journal of Educational
Psychology, 10, 389-400. |
Hempenstall, K. (2001). School-based
reading assessment: Looking for vital signs.Australian
Journal of Learning Disabilities, 6, 26-35 |
|
ACLAND, H. (1976). If reading scores are irrelevant, do we
have anything better ? Educational Technology, 16,
(7), 25-29. |
ENGELHARD, G. (2001). Historical views of the influences
of measurement and reading theories on the assessment of
reading. Journal of Applied Measurement, 2 (1),
1-28. |
|
VALENCIA, S.W. & PEARSON, P.O. (1987). Reading
assessment : Time for a change. The Reading Teacher,
40 (8), 726-732. [PDF] |
CORMIER, P., DESROCHERS, A. et SÉNÉCHAL, M. (2006).
Validation et consistence interne d'une batterie de tests
pour l'évaluation multidimensionnelle de la lecture en
français. Revue des Sciences de l'Éducation, 31, 205-225. |
|
LIPSON, M.Y. & WIXSON, K.K. (1991). Assessment and
instruction of reading disability : An interactive
approach. New York : Harper Collins. |
PITCHER, S.M., ALBRIGHT, C.J., WALKER, N.T.,
SEUNARINESINGH, K., MOGGE, S., HEADLEY, K.N., RIDGEWAY,
V.G., PECK, S., HUNT, R. & DUNSTON, P.J. (2007).
Assessing adolescents' motivation to read. Journal of
Adolescent & Adult Literacy, 378-396. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Lecture |
|
|
Lecture
(Méthodes d'enseigenement) :
|
Lecture
(Pré-) : Activités réalisées avant
la lecture qui favorisent la durée et la
fréquence de cette activité. EX: Deux étudiants
s'interrogent avant de trouver des réponses en lisant. Prélecture
et enseignement
de la lecture efficace par les pairs. Pre-lecture
resources.
| |
|
| SEERY. M.K. (2011). Using pre-lecture resources in your
teaching : A short guide. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Lecture |
|
|
Lecture
(Re-) : Lire un
texte une seconde fois (ou plus) dans le but de le retenir,
de mieux le comprendre ou de
corriger ses erreurs. Relecture
et répétition.
Rereading.
| |
|
|
|
DYER, J.W., RILEY, J. & YEKOVITCH, F.R. (1979). An
analysis of three study skills : Notetaking, summarizing,
and rereading. Journal of Educational Research 73,
3- 7. |
KRUG, D., DAVIS, B. & GLOVER, J.A. (1990). Massed
versus distributed repeated reading : A case of forgetting
helping recall ? Journal of Educational Psychology,
82, 366-371. |
|
AMLUND, J.T., KARDASH, C.A.M. & KULHAVY, R.W. (1986).
Repetitive reading and recall of expository text. Reading
Research Quarterly, 21, 49 -58. |
RAWSON, K.A., DUNLOSKY, J. & THIEDE, K.W. (2000). The
rereading effect : Metacomprehension accuracy improves
across reading trials. Memory & Cognition, 28, 1004-1010. |
|
BROMAGE, B.K. & MAYER, R.E. (1986). Quantitative and
qualitative effects of repetition on learning from
technical text. Journal of Educational Psychology,
78, 271-278. |
STINE-MORROW, E.A.L., GAGNE, D.D., MORROW, D.G. &
DEWALL, B.H. (2004). Age differences in rereading.
Memory & Cognition, 32, 696-710. |
|
BARNETT, J.E. & SEEFELDT, R.W. (1989). Read something
once, why read it again ? Repetitive reading and recall. Journal
of Reading Behavior, 21, 351-360. |
RAWSON, K.A. & KINTSCH, W. (2005). Rereading effects
depend on time of test. Journal of Educational
Psychology, 97, 70-80. [PDF] |
| |
VERKOEIJEN, P.P.J.L., RIKERS, R.M.J. P. & ÖZSOY, B.
(2008). Distributed rereading can hurt the spacing effect
in text memory. Applied Cognitive Psychology, 22,
685-695. |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Lecture |
|
|
Lecture
(Trouble) : Voir Dyslexie.
Dyslexia, reading disorders, dyslexic
children, reading disabilities.
|
Lecture
à chaud : Croyance
en un pouvoir paranormal
qui consisterait à lire dans les esprits afin de connaître les
secrets et les mystères cachés d'autrui grâce aux techniques
divinatoires et autres boules de crystal. Hot
reading.
|
|
|
Lecture
à haute voix : Reading aloud.
| |
|
|
YADEN, D.B., SMOLKIN, L.B. & COLON, A. (1989).
Preschoolers' questions about pictures, print conventions,
and story text during reading aloud at home. Reading
Research Quarterly, 24 (2), 188-214. |
|
SEIDENBERG, M.S. & WATERS, G.S. (1989). Reading words
aloud : A mega study. Bulletin of the Psychonomic
Society, 27, 489. |
|
SPRENGER-CHAROLLES, L., SIEGEL, L.S., BECHENNEC, D. &
SERNICLAES, W. (2003). Development of phonological and
orthoraphic processing in reading aloud, in silent
reading, and in spelling : A four-year longitudinal study.
Journal of Experimental Child Psychology, 84, 194-217.
[PDF] |
|
NEEDLMAN, R. & SILVERSTEIN, M. (2004). Pediatric
interventions to support reading aloud : how good is the
evidence ? Journal of Developmental & Behavioral
Pediatrics, 25 (5), 352-363. |
|
ZEVIN, J.D. & SEIDENBERG, M.S. (2004).
Age-of-acquisition effects in reading aloud : Tests of
cumulative frequency and frequency trajectory. Memory
& Cognition, 32 (1), 31-38.
[PDF] |
|
NEEDLMAN, R., TOKER, K.H., DREYER, B.P., KLASS, P. &
MENDELSOHN, A.L. (2005). Effectiveness of a primary care
intervention to support reading aloud : a multicenter
evaluation. Ambululatory Pediatrics, 5 (4),
209-215. [PDF] |
|
DUURSMA, E., AUGUSTYN, M. & ZUCKERMAN, B. (2008).
Reading aloud to children : the evidence. Archives of
Disease, 93 (7), 554-557.
[PDF] |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Lecture |
|
|
Lecuyer
Roger ( ) : Psychologue
cognitiviste européen
d'origine française, spécialisé dans l'étude du développement,
notamment chez le nourrisson.
Collaborateur de
Bornstein.
|
LÉCUYER, R., STRERI, A. et PÉCHEUX, M.-G. (1996). Le
développement cognitif du nourrisson. Paris :
Nathan. |
|
LÉCUYER, R. & DURAND, K. (1998). Bi-dimensional
representations of the third dimension and their
perception by infants. Perception, 27, 465-472. |
|
LÉCUYER, R. et ROVIRA, K. (1999). Organisation perceptive,
délai inter-essais et catégorisation chez les bébés de
quatre mois. L'Année Psychologique, 99, 209-237. |
|
LÉCUYER, R. (2003). L'inné est-il vraiment acquis ? Dans
J.F. Dortier (Dir.), Le cerveau et la pensée.
Auxerre : Éditions Sciences Humaines. |
|
LÉCUYER, R. (Dir.) (2004). Le développement du
nourrisson. Paris : Dunod. |
|
|
|
|
|
LeDoux Joseph E. (Eunice États-Unis 1947-) : Neuropsychologue
américain, spécialisé dans l'étude de
l'amygdale et des déterminants
biogénétiques
des émotions, plus
paticulièrement de la peur. Étudiant de Thompson.
Collaborateur de Aston-Jones,
Gazzaniga, Phelps et
Quirk.
 |
LEDOUX, J.E., WILSON, D.H. & GAZZANIGA, M.S. (1977). A
divided mind : observation conscious properties of the
separated hemispheres. Annals of Neurology, 2,
417-421. [PDF] |
|
LEDOUX, J.E., FARB, C. & RUGGIERO, D.A. (1990).
Topographic organization of neurons in the acoustic
thalamus that project to the amygdala. Journal of
Neuroscience, 10 (4), 1043-1054. [PDF] |
|
LEDOUX, J.E. (1994). Emotion, memory and the brain. Scientific
American, 270, 50-57.
[PDF] |
|
LEDOUX, J.E. (1995). Emotion : Clues from the brain. Annual
Review of Psychology, 46, 209-235. [PDF] |
|
LEDOUX, J.E. (2007). The amygdala. Current Biology,
17 (20), 868-874. |
|
|
|
LeDoux
Stephen F. ( ) : Psychologue
béhavioriste américain
et chef de file de la behaviorologie.
Collaborateur de Fraley.
|
FRALEY, L.E. & LEDOUX, S.F. (1997). Origins, status,
and mission of behaviorology. In S.F. Ledoux (Ed.), Origins
and components of behaviorology (pp. 33-169).
Canton : ABCs. |
|
LEDOUX, S.F. (1997). Supporting both our science and the
other components of our discipline. Behaviorology
Today, 5 (1), 21-22. [PDF] |
|
LEDOUX, S.F. (1997). Origins and components of
behaviorology. Canton : ABCs. |
|
LEDOUX, S.F. (2004). An introduction to the philosophy
called radical behaviorism. Behaviorology Today, 7
(2), 37-41. [PDF] |
|
LEDOUX, S.F. (2010). Increasing tact control and student
comprehension through such new postcedent terms as added
and subtracted reinforcers and punishers.
Behaviorology Today, 13 (1), 3-6. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
|
Lee
Barrett A. ( ) :
Sociologue américain et spécialiste de l'étude de
l'itinérance. Collaborateur de Wright.
|
LEE, B.A. & FARRELL, C.R. (2003). Buddy, can you spare
a dime ? Homelessness, panhandling, and the public. Urban
Affairs Review, 38, 299-324. |
|
LEE, B.A. & FARRELL, C.R. (2003). Link BG. Revisiting
the contact hypothesis: the case of public exposure to
homelessness. American Sociological Review, 69, 40-63. |
|
LEE, B.A. & PRICE-SPRATLEN, T. (2004). The geography
of homelessness in American communities : concentration or
dispersion ? City & Community, 3, 3-27. |
|
LEE, B.A. & GREIF, M.J. (2008). Homelessness and
hunger. Journal of Health & Social Behavior, 49,
3-19. |
|
LEE, B.A., TYLER, K.A. & WRIGHT, J.D. (2010). The new
homelessness revisited. Annual Review of Sociology,
36, 501-521. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Lee
Catherine M. ( ) :
Psychologue canadienne et spécialiste de l'étude de l'efficacité
des thérapies. Elle enseigne à
l'Université d'Ottawa. Collaboratrice de Hunsley.
|
LEE, C.M. & HUNSLEY, J. (2003). Evidence-based
assessment of childhood mood disorders. Professional
Psychology Research & Practice, 34, 112-113. |
|
LEE, C.M., BEAUREGARD, C. & BAX, K.A. (2005).
Child-related disagreement, verbal aggression, cooperation
and child adjustment among families with toddler and
preschool age children. Journal of Family Psychology,
19 (2), 237-245. |
|
LEE, C.M. (2010). Families matter : Psychology of the
family and the family of psychology. Canadian
Psychology, 51, 1-8. |
|
LEE, C.M., SCHNEIDER, B., BELLEFONTAINE, S., DAVIDSON, S.
& ROBERTSON, C. (2012). Interprofessional
collaboration : A survey of psychologists and
psychiatrists. Canadian Psychology, 53, 159-164. |
|
LEE, C.M., HORVATH, C. & HUNSLEY, J. (2013). Does it
work in the real world ? Effectiveness studies of
treatments for psychosical problems in children and
adolescents.Professional Psychology : Research &
Practice, 44, 81-88. |
|
|
|
Lee
John D. ( ) : Ingénieur américain,
spécialisé dans l'étude de l'automatisation
et des interactions
humain-machine. Collaborateur de
Moray et Nass.
|
LEE J.D. & MORAY, N. (1992). Trust, control strategies
and allocation of function in human machine systems. Ergonomics,
22 (6), 671-69. |
|
LEE J.D. & MORAY, N. (1994). Trust, self-confidence,
and operators' adaptation to automation. International
Journal of Human-Computer Studies, 40 (1), 153-184. |
|
LEE J.D., GORE, B.F. & CAMPBELL, J.L. (1999). Display
alternatives for in-vehicle warning and sign information :
Message style, location, and modality. Transportation
Human Factors, 1, 347-377. [PDF] |
|
LEE J. D. & SEE, K.A. (2006). Trust in automation :
Designing for appropriate reliance. Human Factors, 46
(1), 50-79. [PDF] |
|
LEE J.D. (2009). Can technology get your eyes back on the
road ? Science, 234, 344-346. |
|
|
|
Lee
Kang ( ) :
Psychologue cognitiviste
américain, d'origine chinoise, et spécialiste de l'étude du
mensonge. Collaborateur de
Fu, Xu et Talwar.
|
LEE, K. & CAMERON, C.A., XU, F., FU, G. & BOARD,
J. (1997). Chinese and Canadian children's evaluations of
lying and truth-telling: Similarities and differences in
the context of pro-and antisocial behaviours. Child
Development, 68, 924-934. [PDF] |
|
LEE, K. & ROSS, H.J. (1997). The concept of lying in
adolescents and young adults : Testing Sweetser's
folkioristic model. Merrill-Palmer Quarterly/Journal
of Developmental Psychology, 43, 255-270. [PDF] |
|
LEE, K., OLSON, D. & TORRANCE, N. (1999). Chinese
children's understanding of false beliefs : The role of
language. Journal of Child Language, 26, 1-21. [PDF] |
|
LEE, K. & CAMERON, C.A. (2000). Extracting truthful
information from lies : Emergence of the
expression-representation distinction. Merrill Palmer
Quarterly-Journal of Developmental Psychology, 46,
1-20. [PDF] |
|
LEE, K., XU, F., FU, G., CAMERON, C.A. & CHEN, S.
(2001). Taiwan and mainland Chinese and Canadian
children's categorization and evaluation of lie- and
truth-telling : A modesty effect. British Journal of
Developmental Psychology, 19, 525-542.
[PDF] |
|
|
|
Lee
Kibeom ( ) : Psychologue
organisationel
canadien d'origine coréenne, spécialisé dans l'étude des traits de
personnalité. Avec
Ashton, il a développé une théorie des
traits qui réduit la personnalité à six
traits centraux. Collaborateur de Ashton.
|
LEE, K. CARSWELL J.J. & ALLEN, N.J. (2000). A
meta-analytic review of occupational commitment :
Relations with person and work-related variables. Journal
of Applied Psychology, 85, 799-811. |
|
LEE, K. & ASHTON, M.C. (2003). A new six-dimensional
model of personality structure : Implications for
industrial and organizational psychology. Korean
Journal of Industrial & Organizational Psychology,
16, 89-105. |
|
LEE, K. & ASHTON, M.C. (2004). Psychometric properties
of the HEXACO personality inventory. Multivariate
Behavioral Research, 39, 329-358. |
|
LEE, K. & ASHTON, M.C. (2005). Psychopathy,
machiavellianism, and narcissism in the Five-Factor model
and the HEXACO model of personality structure. Personality
& Individual Differences, 38, 1571-1582. [PDF] |
|
LEE, K. & ASHTON, M.C. (2008). The HEXACO personality
factors in the indigenous personality lexicons of English
and 11 other languages. Journal of
Personality, 76, 1001-1053. |
|
|
|
Lee
Vicky L. ( ) : Épistémologue
et psychologue béhavioriste
australienne. Elle s'intéresse notamment à la latence.
|
LEE, V.L. (1981). Terminological and conceptual revision
in the experimental analysis of language development :
Why. Behaviorism, 9, 25-53.
|
|
LEE, V.L. (1986). Behavior as a constituent of conduct. Behaviorism,
11 (2), 199-224. |
|
LEE, V.L. & SANDERSON, G.M. (1987). Some contingencies
of spelling. The Analysis of Verbal Behavior, 5, 1-13.
[PDF] |
|
LEE, V.L. (1996). Variability of human latencies with and
without a criterion for reinforcement. Psychological
Record, 46 (3), 519-538. |
|
LEE, V.L. (2001). Shifting differentiation and its
implications for the response concept. International
Journal of Psychology & Psychological Therapy, 1 (1),
47-66. [PDF] |
|
|
MOORE, J.C. (1989). Review of beyond behaviorism by V.L.
Lee. Psychological Record, 39, 601–602.
|
|
|
|
Leekam
Susan R. ( ) :
Psychologue anglaise et spécialiste de l'autisme.
Collaboratrice de Gillberg
et Wing.
|
LEEKAM, S.R., HUNNISKETT, E. & MOORE, C. (1998).
Targets and cues : Gaze following in children with autism.
Journal of Child Psychology & Psychiatry, 39
(7), 951-962. |
|
LEEKAM, S.R., LOPEZ, B. & MOORE, C. (2000). Attention
and joint attention in preschool children with autism. Developmental
Psychology, 36 (2), 261-273. |
|
LEEKAM, S.R., LIBBY, S., WING, L., GOULD, J. &
GILLBERG, C. (2000). Comparison of ICD-10 and Gillberg
criteria for Asperger syndrome. Autism, 4 (1),
11-28. |
|
LEEKAM, S.R., NIETO, C., LIBBY, S.J., WING, L. &
GOULD, J. (2007). Describing the sensory abnormalities of
children and adults with autism. Journal of Autism
& Developmental Disorders, 37 (5), 894-910. |
|
LEEKAM, S.R., PRIOR, M.R. & UJAREVIC, M. (2011).
Restricted and repetitive behaviors in autism spectrum
disorders : A review of research in the last decade. Psychological
Bulletin, 137 (4), 562-593. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Leeuwenhoek
Antoni van (Delft 1632-1723 Delft) :
Biologiste avant la lettre
d'origine néerlandaise. Il a perfectionné le microscope
et mis en évidence l'existence de nombreux phénomènes
microscopiques, notamment les fibres
nerveuses (1675), les globules rouges, les gamètes et les
bactéries. Grâce au microscope, l'un de ses assistants, Ham, a
découvert les gamètes.
 |
|
|
|
PORTER, J.R. (1976). Antony van Leeuwenhoek : tercentenary
of his discovery of bacteria. Bacteriological
Reviews, 40 (2), 260-269. |
|
RUESTOW, E.G. (1983). Images and ideas: Leeuwenhoek's
perception of the spermatozoa, Journal of the History
of Biology, 16 (2), 185-224. |
|
RUESTOW, E.G. (1984). Leeuwenhoek and the campaign against
spontaneous generation. Journal of the History of
Biology, 17 (2), 225-248. |
|
FORD, B.J. ( 1991). The Leeuwenhoeck legacy.
Farrand Press, |
|
BOUTIBONNES, P. (1999). L'oeil de Leeuwenhoek et
l'invention de la microscopie. Alliage, 39 : 58-66.
|
|
|
|
Lefcourt
Herbert M. (1936-2011) : Psychologue
américain d'origine américaine et spécialiste de l'étude du stress,
de l'humour et du
lieu de contrôle. Professeur de Martin.
|
LEFCOURT, H.M. (1966). Internal versus external control of
reinforcement : A review. Psychological Bulletin, 65,
206-220. |
|
LEFCOURT, H.M., MARTIN, R.A. & EBERS, K. (1981).
Coping with stress : A model for clinical psychology.
Academic Psychology Bulletin, 3, 355-364. |
|
LEFCOURT, H.M., MARTIN, R.A. & SALEH, W.E. (1984).
Locus of control and social support : Interactive
moderators of stress. Journal of Personality &
Social Psychology, 47, 378-389. |
|
LEFCOURT, H.M., MARTIN, R.A. & WARE, E.E. (1984).
Locus of control, causal attributions, and affects in
achievement-related contexts. Canadian Journal of
Behavioral Science, 16, 57-64. |
|
LEFCOURT, H.M., MARTIN, R.A., FICK, C.M. & SALEH, W.E.
(1985). Locus of control for affiliation and behavior in
social interactions. Journal of Personality &
Social Psychology, 48, 755-759. |
|
|
MARTIN, R.A. & STEFFY, R.A. (2012). Herbert M.
Lefcourt (1936-2011). American Psychologist, 67, 494. |
|
|
|
|
|
Lefebvre
Louis ( ) : Biologiste,
écologiste et éthologiste
québécois, spécialisé dans l'étude des oiseaux.
Il enseigne à l'Université
Mcgill. Collaborateur de Aplin,
Morand-Ferron et Giraldeau.
 |
LEFEBVRE, L. (1995). Culturally-transmitted feeding
behavior in primates : evidence for accelerating learning
rates. Primates 36, 227-239. [PDF] |
|
LEFEBVRE, L. (1995). The opening of milk bottles by birds
: evidence for accelerating learning rates, but against
the wave-of-advance model of cultural transmission. Behavioral
Processes, 34, 43-54. |
|
LEFEBVRE, L., WHITTLE, P., LASCARIS, E. & FINKELSTEIN,
A. (1997). Feeding innovations and forebrain size in
birds. Animal Behaviour, 53, 549-560. |
|
LEFEBVRE, L., READER, S.M. & SOL, D. (2004). Brains,
innovations and evolution in birds and primates. Brain,
Behavior & Evolution, 63, 233-246. [PDF] |
|
LEFEBVRE, L. (2023). Têtes de linotte. Montréal :
Boréal. |
|
|
|
|
|
Lefevre
Jo-Anne ( ) : Psychologue
cognitiviste
américaine d'origine canadienne et spécialiste de l'étude du
calcul mental et des habiletés
mathématiques. Collaboratrice de Imbo.
|
LEFEVRE, J.A., SMITH-CHANT, B.L., FAST, L., SKWARCHUK, S.,
SARGLA, E., ARNUP, J.S., PENNER-WILGER, M., BISANZ, J.
& KAMAWAR, D. (2006). What counts as knowing ? The
development of conceptual and procedural knowledge of
counting from kindergarten through Grade 2. Journal
of Experimental Child Psychology, 93, 285-303. |
|
LEFEVRE, J.A., SKWARCHUK, S., SMITH-CHANT, B.L., FAST, L.,
KAMAWAR, D. & BISANZ, J. (2009). Home numeracy
experiences and children's math performance in the early
school years. (2009). Canadian Journal of Behavioural
Science, 41 (2), 55-66. [PDF] |
|
LEFEVRE, J.A., FAST, L., SKWARCHUK, S., SMITH-CHANT, B.L.,
BISANZ, J., KAMAWAR, D. & PENNER-WILGER, M. (2010).
Pathways to arithmetic : Longitudinal predictors of
performance. Child Development, 81, 1753-1767. |
|
LEFEVRE, J.A., BERRIGAN, L., VENDETTI., C., KAMAWAR, D.,
BISANZ, J., SKWARCHUK, S. & SMITH-CHANT, B.L. (2013).
The role of executive attention in the acquisition of
mathematical skills for children in grades two through
four. Journal of Experimental Child Psychology, 114,
243-261. |
|
LEFEVRE, J.A., JIMÉNEZ-LIRA, C., SOWINSKI, C., CANYAKA,
O., KAMAWAR, D. & SKWARCHUK, S.L. (2013). Charting the
role of the number line in mathematical development.
Frontiers in Psychology, 4, 1-9. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Legal
& Criminological Psychology : Revue
scientifique de psychologie
qui consacre ses pages à l'étude de la criminalité.
Éditeur : The British Psychological Society.
HOPE, L., GABBERT, F. & FISHER, R. (2011). From
laboratory to the street : Capturing witness memory
using the Self-Administered Interview. Legal &
Criminological Psychology, 16, 211-226.
|
| |
|
|
Légalité : Légal
: Qui est conforme
aux règlements et lois en vigueur dans une société.
|
Légende
urbaine : Croyance
collective en un récit qui, avec
le temps et les modes de communication moderne, se transforme en mythe.
Bien que faux, ce récit contient suffisamment d'éléments crédibles
- vrais ou logiques - pour persuader
autrui. Légende, mythe
et rumeur.
Urban legend, contemporary legend.
| |
|
|
BRUNVAND, J.H. (1981). The vanishing hitchhiker :
American urban legends and his meaning. W.W.
Norton & Company. |
HEATH, C., BELL, C. & STERNBERG, E. (2001). Emotional
selection in memes : The case of urban legends.
Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 81,
1028-1041 . |
| |
NOYMER, A. (2001). The transmission and persistence of
urban legends : Sociological application of age-structured
epidemic models. Journal of Mathematical Sociology, 25
(3), 299-323. |
| |
DONAVAN, T.D., MOWEN J.C. & CHAKRABORTY, G. (2001).
Urban legends : diffusion processes and the exchange of
resources. Journal of Consumer Marketing, 18 (6),
521-533. |
|
CAMPION-VINCENT, V. (1992). Des fauves dans nos
campagnes. Légendes, rumeurs et apparitions. Paris
: Imago. |
CAMPION-VINCENT, V. (2002). Légendes urbaines, rumeurs
d'aujourd'hui. Paris : Payot/Petite Bibliothèque. |
|
LAPAKKO, D. (2007). Communication is 93% nonverbal : An
urban legend proliferates. Communication and Theater
Association of Minnesota Journal, 34, 7-19. [PDF] |
FERNBACK, J. (2003). Legends on the net : an examination
of computer-mediated communication as a locus of oral
culture. New Media Society, 5 (1), 29-45.[PDF] |
|
WYCKOFF, D. (1993). Why a legend ? Contemporary legends as
community ritual. Contemporary Legend, 3, 1-36. |
BRUNVAND, J.H. (2004). The vanishing "urban legend".
Midwestern Folklore, 30 (2), 5-20. |
|
LLEWLLYN, J.T. (1996/1997). Understanding urban legends :
A peculiar public relations challenge. Public
Relations Quarterly 41 (4), 17-22. |
DUNN, H.B. & ALLEN, C.A. (2005). Rumors, urban legends
and internet hoaxes. Proceedings of the Annual
Meeting of the Association of Collegiate Marketing
Educators, 85-91. [PDF] |
|
CAMPION-VINCENT, V. (1997). La légende des vols
d'organes. Paris : Les Belles Lettres. |
MARPEAU, E. (2006). Des crocodiles dans les égouts.
Et autres légendes urbaines. Paris : J'ai lu. |
| |
DIFONZO, N.N. & BORDIA, P. (2007). Rumor, gossip and
urban legends. Diogenes, 54 (1), 19-35. |
|
GOODWIN, S.C. (1998). Bringing urban legends into the
classroom. Journal of School Health, 68 (3),
114-115. |
JACK, A. (2007). Des mygales dans le yucca. Rumeurs.
Légendes et mythes d'aujourd'hui. Paris :
Hachette. |
| |
LEWANDOWSKY, S. & OBERAUER, K. (2013). NASA Faked the
moon Landing, therefore (climate) science is a hoax. Psychological
Science, 24 (5), 622-633. |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Croyance,
Mythe, Persuasion,
Fraude
scientifique et Rumeur |
|
|
|
|
|
Légitimité : Légitime
: Caractéristique ou propropriété d'un groupe ou d'une personne à qui l'on reconaît le
pouvoir d'agir, de prendre des décisions, généralement dans l'intérêt commun.
Legitimacy.
| |
|
|
RASINSKI, K., TYLER, T.R. & FRIDKIN, K. (1985).
Legitimacy and leadership endorsement. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 49, 386-394. |
|
TYLER, T.R. & MITCHELL, G. (1994). Legitimacy and the
empowerment of discretionary legal authority: The United
States Supreme Court and abortion rights. Duke Law
Journal, 43, 703- 814. |
|
TYLER, T.R. (1997). The psychology of legitimacy.
Personality and Social Psychology Review, 1,
323-344. |
|
TYLER, T.R. (2002). A national survey for monitoring
police legitimacy. Justice research and policy, 4, 71-86. |
|
LEVI, M., SACKS, A. & TYLER, T.R. (2009).
Conceptualizing legitimacy : Measuring legitimating
beliefs. American Behavioral Scientist, 53,
354-375. |
|
TYLER, T.R. (2009). Legitimacy and criminal justice: The
benefits of self-regulation. Ohio State Journal of
Criminal Law, 7, 307-359. |
|
|
|
|
|
Legros
Clark Wilfrid A. (Hemel Hempstead 1895-1971) :
Anatomiste, paleontologue
et primatologue
anglais. Il a contribué à révéler une fraude
scientifique célèbre, l'homme
du Piltdown.
 |
LEGROS CLARK, W.E. (1928). Rhodesian man. Man, 28,
206-207. |
|
LEGROS CLARK, W.E. (1932). The structure and connections
of the thalamus. Brain, 55, 406-470. |
|
LEGROS CLARK, W.E. (1935). Man's place among the primates.
Man, 35, 1-6. |
|
LEGROS CLARK, W.E. (1946). Significance of the
Australopithecinae. Nature, 157, 863-865. |
|
LEGROS CLARK, W.E. & MEYER, M. (1950). Anatomical
relationships between the cerebral cortex and the
hypothalamus. British Medical Bulletin, 6,
341-344. |
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Lehmann
Erich Leo (1917-2009) :
Mathématicien et
statisticien américain, spécialisé dans l'étude des tests
nonparamétriques. Étudiant de Neyman.
Collaborateur de Hodges, Scheffé
et Shaffer.
|
LEHMANN, E.L. & SCHEFFÉ, H. (1950). Completeness,
similar regions, and unbiased estimation. I. Sankhyâ
: the Indian Journal of Statistics, 10 (4),
305-340. |
|
LEHMANN, E.L. & SCHEFFÉ, H. (1955). Completeness,
similar regions, and unbiased estimation. II. Sankhyâ:
the Indian Journal of Statistics, 15 (3), 219-236.
|
|
LEHMANN, E.L. (1957). A theory of some multiple decision
problems, Part I.The Annals of Mathematical
Statistics, 28, 1-25. |
|
LEHMANN, E.L. (1957). A theory of some multiple decision
problems, Part II. The Annals of Mathematical
Statistics, 28, 547-572. |
|
LEHMANN, E.L. & SHAFFER, J.P. (1979). Optimum
significance levels for multistage comparison procedures.
Annals of Statistics 7, 27-45. |
|
|
BRILLINGER, D.R. (2010). "Erich Leo Lehmann, 1917-2009". Journal
of the Royal Statistical Society : Series A, 173
(3), 683-686. |
|
ROJO, E.L. (2011). Erich Leo Lehmann — A glimpse into his
life and work. The Annals of Statistics, 39 (5),
2244–2265. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Lehrman
Daniel Sanford (Santa Fe 1919-1972) : Psychologue
américain, éthologiste
et spécialiste de la psychologie
comparée. Il s'intéresse notamment à la
tourterelle.
|
LEHRMAN, D.S. (1953). A critique of Konrad Lorenz's theory
of instinctive behavior. Quarterly Review of Biology,
28, 337-363. |
|
LEHRMAN, D.S. (1955). The physiological basis of parental
feeding behavior in the ring dove (Streptopelia risoria).
Behaviour, 7, 241-286. |
|
LEHRMAN, D.S. (1958). Induction of broodiness by
participation in courtship and nest-building in the rign
dove. Journal of Comparative & Physiological
Psychology, 51, 32-36. |
|
LEHRMAN, D.S. & WORTIS, D.S. (1960). Previous breeding
experience and hormone-induced incubation behavior in the
ring dove. Science, 132, 1667-1668. |
|
LEHRMAN, D.S. (1974). Can psychiatrists use ethology ? In
N.F. White (Ed.), Ethology and psychiatry (pp.187-196).
Toronto : McMaster University Press. |
|
|
BEER, C.G. (1975). Was professor Lehrman an ethologist ? Animal
Behaviour, 23, 957-964. |
|
|
|
Leibnitz
Gottfried Wilhelm von (Leipzig 1646-1716 Hanovre)
: Philosophe
et mathématicien
allemand. Il a développé le calcul infinitésimal (découverte
partagée avec Newton). On lui doit également les concepts
mathématiques de fonction et de coordonnées.
Professeur de Wolff.
|
LEIBNITZ, G.W. (1864). Calcul différentiel. |
|
LEIBNITZ, G.W. (1865). Discours de métaphysique. |
|
LEIBNITZ, G.W. (1704). Nouveaux essais sur
l'entendement humain. |
|
LEIBNITZ, G.W. (1710). Essais de Théodicée. |
|
LEIBNITZ, G.W. (1714). La monadologie. |
|
|
RESCHER, N. (1954). Contingence in the philosophy of
Leibniz. The Philosophical Review, 61, 26-39. |
|
RESCHER, N. (1954). Leibniz's interpretation of his
logical calculi. The Journal of Symbolic Logic, 18,
1-13. |
|
RESCHER, N. (1955). Leibniz's conception of
quantity,number, and infinity. The Philosophical Review,
64, 108-114. |
|
RESCHER, N. (1967). The philosophy of Leibniz.
Englewood Cliffs : Prentice Hall. |
|
HACKING, I. (1975). A Leibnizian space. Dialogue, 14,
89-100. |
|
RESCHER, N. (1978). Leibniz and the plurality of
space-time frameworks. Rice University Studies 63,
97-106. |
|
RESCHER, N. (1978). Leibniz : An Introduction to his
philosophy. Oxford : Basil Blackwell. |
|
HACKING, I. (1988). Locke, Leibniz and Hans Aarsleff on
language. Synthèse, 75, 135-153. |
|
|
|
Leichsenring Falk ( ) : Psychologue
et psychanalyste
allemand, spécialiste de l'évaluation
des thérapies, notamment de la thérapie psychodynamique. Collaborateur de Luyten,Munder, Pincus et Wampold.
|
LEICHSENRING, F. (2001). Comparative effects of short-
term psychodynamic psychotherapy and cognitive-behavioral
therapy in depression : A meta-analytic approach. Clinical
Psychology Review, 21, 401-419. |
|
LEICHSENRING, F. & LEIBLING, E. (2003). The
effectiveness of psychodynamic therapy and cognitive
behavior therapy in the treatment of personality disorders
: A meta-analysis. American Journal of Psychiatry,
160, 1223-1232. |
|
LEICHSENRING, F. (2005). Are psychodynamic and
psychoanalytic therapies effective ? : A review of
empirical data. The International Journal of
Psychoanalysis, 86 (3), 841-868. |
|
LEICHSENRING, F. & LEIBLING, E. (2007). Psychodynamic
psychotherapy : a systematic review of techniques,
indications and empirical evidence. Psychological
Psychotherapy, 80 (2), 217-228. |
|
LEICHSENRING, F. & RABUNG, S. (2008). Effectiveness of
long-term psychodynamic psychotherapy : a meta-analysis.
Journal of American Medical Association, 300 (13),
1551-1565. |
|
|
|
Leighton
Jacqueline P. ( ) : Psychologue
cognitiviste européenne
d'origine canadienne, spécialisée en éducation,
plus précisément dans l'étude du raisonnement.
Collaboratrice de Sternberg.
|
LEIGHTON, J.P. & DAWSON, M.R.W. (2001). A parallel
distributed processing model of Wason's selection task. Journal
of Cognitive Systems Research, 2, 207-231. [PDF] |
|
LEIGHTON, J.P. (2005). Teaching and assessing deductive
reasoning skills. Journal of Experimental Education,
74, 109-136. |
|
LEIGHTON, J.P. & GOKIERT, R.J. (2008). Identifying
test item misalignment using verbal reports of item
misinterpretation and uncertainty. Educational
Assessment, 13 (4), 215-242. |
|
LEIGHTON, J.P. & GIERL, M.J. (2007). Defining and
evaluating models of cognition used in educational
measurement to make inferences about students' thinking
processes. Educational Measurement : Issues &
Practice, 26, 3-17. |
|
LEIGHTON, J.P. & GIERL, M.J. (Eds.) (2007). Cognitive
diagnostic assessment for education : Theories and
applications. Cambridge, MA : Cambridge University
Press. |
|
|
|
Leigland
Sam ( ) : Psychologue
et philosophe béhavioriste
américain.
Collaborateur de Lacey.
|
LEIGLAND, S. (1985). On "setting events" and related
concepts.The Behavior Analyst, 7, 41-45. [PDF] |
|
LEIGLAND S. (1993). The case against physicalism in the
analysis of behavior. The Behavior Analyst, 16,
351-355. [PDF] |
|
LEIGLAND, S. (1997). Is a new definition of verbal
behavior necessary in light of derived relational
responding ? The Behavior Analyst, 20, 3-10. [PDF] |
|
LEIGLAND S. & LACEY, H. (1998). Intentional
explanations and radical behaviorism : A reply to Lacey. Behavior
& Philosophy, 26 (1-2), 63-71. [PDF] |
|
LEIGLAND, S. (2010). Functions of research in radical
behaviorism for the further. Behavior Analyst, 33
(2), 207-222. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Leiserowitz
Anthony A. ( ) : Spécialiste de
l'étude de la communication, concernant notamment le
réchauffement climatique, et de la perception du
risque. Il
s'intéresse aussi au consensus
scientifique. Étudiant de Slovic.
Collaborateur de Maibach
et Van der Linden.
|
LEISEROWITZ, A.A. (2004). Before and after The Day After
Tomorrow : A U.S. study of climate change risk perception.
Environment, 46 (9), 22-37. |
|
LEISEROWITZ, A.A., KATES, R. & PARRIS, T. (2006).
Sustainability values, attitudes and behaviors: A review
of multi-national and global trends. Annual Review of
Environment & Resources, 31 (1), 413-444.
|
|
LEISEROWITZ, A.A. (2006). Climate change risk perception
and policy preferences : The role of affect, imagery, and
values. Climatic Change, 77, 45-72.
|
|
LEISEROWITZ, A.A. & FERNANDEZ, L. (2008). Toward
a new consciousness : Values to sustain human and natural
communities. Environment, 50 (5), 62-69.
|
|
LEISEROWITZ, A.A., MAILBACH, E., ROSER-TRNOUF, C., SMITH,
N. & DAWSON, E. (2013). Climategate, public opinion,
and the loss of trust. American Behavioral Scientist,
57 (6), 818-837.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Leitenberg
Harold ( ) : Psychologue
cognitivo-béhavioriste
américain, spécialisé dans l'étude de la boulimie
Collaborateur de Agras Barlow,
Mulick et Rosen.
|
LEITENBERG, H. (1968). Conditioned acceleration and
conditioned suppression in pigeons. Journal of
the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 9,
205-212. |
|
LEITENBERG, H., AGRAS, S, BUTZ R, & WINCZE, J. (1971).
Relationship between heart rate and behavioral change
during the treatment of phobias. Journal of Abnormal
Psychology, 8, 59-68. |
|
LEITENBERG, H., RAWSON, R.A. & MULICK, J.A. (1975).
Extinction and reinforcement of alternative behavior. Journal
of Comparative & Physiological Psychology, 88,
640-652. |
|
LEITENBERG, H. ROSEN, J.C. (1988). Cognitive-behavioral
treatment of bulimia nervosa. Progress in Behavior
Modification, 23, 11-35. |
|
LEITENBERG, H. ROSEN, J.C., WOLF, J., VARA, L.S., DETZER,
M.J. & SREBNIK, D. (1994). Comparison of
cognitive-behavior therapy and desipramine in the
treatment of bulimia nervosa. Behaviour Research &
Therapy, 32, 37-45. |
|
|
|
Leiter
Michael P. ( ) : Psychologue
organisationnel
américaine et et spécialiste de l'étude de l'épuisement
professionnel. Collaborateur de Bakker,
Maslach et Schaufeli.
|
LEITER, M. & MASLACH, C. (1988). The impact of
interpersonal environment on burnout and organizational
commitment. Journal of Organizational Behavior, 9,
297-308. |
|
LEITER, M. & MASLACH, C. (1992). Burnout as a crisis
in self-efficacy : conceptual and practical implications.
Work and Stress 6, 107-115. |
|
LEITER, M. & DURUP, J. (1994). The discriminant
validity of burnout and depression : a confirmatory factor
analytic study. Anxiety, Stress & Coping, 7,
357-373. [PDF] |
|
LEITER, M. & MASLACH, C. (2009). Nurse turnover : The
mediating role of burnout. Journal of Nursing
Management, 17, 331-339. |
|
LEITER, M., LASHINGER, H. & OORE, D.G. (2011). The
impact of civility interventions on employee social
behavior, distress, and attitudes. Journal of Applied
Psychology, 96, 1258-1274. |
|
|
|
Lejoyeux
Michel ( ) :
Psychiatre français et spécialiste de l'étude des comportements
de consommation et du trouble
de consommation compulsive. Collaborateur de
Weinstein.
|
LEJOYEUX, M. & ADÈS, J. (1994). Les achats
pathologiques : une addiction comporte-mentale.
Neuro-Psy, 9, 25-32. |
|
LEJOYEUX, M., HABERMAN, N., SOLOMON, J. & ADÈS, J.
(1999). Comparison of buying behavior in depressed
patients presenting with or without compulsive buying.
Comprehensive Psychiatry, 40 (1), 51-56. |
|
LEJOYEUX, M. ABARETAZ, M., McLOUGHLIN, M. & ADÈS, J.
(2002). Impulse control disorders and depression. Journal
of Nervous & Mental Diseases, 190 (5),
310-314. |
|
LEJOYEUX, M., BAILLY, F., MOULA, H., LOI, S. & ADES,
J. (2005). Study of compulsive buying in patients
presenting obssessive-compulsive disorder. Comprehensive
Psychiatry, 46, 105-110. |
|
LEJOYEUX, M. MATHIEU, K., EMBOUZZA, H., HUET, F. &
LEQUEN, V. (2007). Prevalence of compulsive buying among
customers of a Parisian general store. Comprehensive
Psychiatry, 48, 42-46. |
|
|
|
|
|
Le
Maner-Idrissi Gaïd ( ) : Psychologue
cognitiviste européen
d'origine française, spécialisée dans l'étude du développement
et de l'identité
sexuelle.
|
LE MANNER-IDRISSI, G. (1997). L'identité sexuelle.
Paris : Dunod. |
|
LE MANER-IDRISSI, G. et BARCENILLA, J. (2000).
Catégorisation et genre à 24 mois. Psychologie
Française, 45 (2), 155-164. |
|
BARBU, S. & LE MANER-IDRISSI, G. (2001). The emergence
of gender segregation : towards an integrative
perspective. Currents Psychology Letters, 3,
7-18. |
|
LE MANER-IDRISSI, G. (2001). Adhésion aux rôles sexués à
24 mois. Revue Internationale de Psychologie Sociale,
14 (2), 57-74. |
|
LE MANNER-IDRISSI, G., LEVÊQUE, A. et MASSA, J. (2002).
Manifestations précoces de l'identité sexuée. Orientation
Scolaire et Professionnelle, 21 (4), 507-522. |
|
|
|
Leman
Patrick ( )
: Psychologue
britannique, spécialisée dans l'étude du raisonnement
et des théories
du complot
|
LEMAN, P.J. & DUVEEN, G. (1996). Developmental
differences in children's understanding of epistemic
authority. European Journal of Social Psychology, 26 (5),
683-702
|
LEMAN, P.J. & DUVEEN, G. (1999). Representations of
authority and children's moral reasoning. European
Journal of Social Psychology, 29 (5-6), 557-575.
|
|
LEMAN, P. (2007). The born conspiracy. New Scientist,
195, 35–37. |
|
LEMAN, P.J & CINNIRELLA, M. (2007). A major event has
a major cause : evidence for the role of heuristics in
reasoning about conspiracy theories. Social
Psychological Review, 9 (2), 18-28. [PDF] |
|
LEMAN, P.J. & CINNIRELLA, M. (2013). Beliefs in
conspiracy theories and the need for cognitive closure. Frontiers
in Psychology, 4, [378], 1-10. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Lemieux
Thomas (1956-) : Économiste
canadien et spécialiste de l'étude du travail,
notamment du salaire et
des inégalité. Collaborateur
de Card
|
LEMIEUX, T. (1998). Estimating the effects of unions on
wage inequality in a panel data model with comparative
advantage and non-random selection. Journal of Labor
Economics 16, 261-291. |
|
LEMIEUX, T. (2006). The changing nature of wage
inequality. Journal of Population Economics, 21
(1), 21-48. |
|
LEMIEUX, T. (2006). Increasing residual wage inequality :
Composition effects, noisy data, or rising demand for
skill ? American Economic Review 96 (3), 461-498. |
|
LEMIEUX, T. (2008). L'évolution des inégalités dans les
pays industrialisés : le point sur la situation. Actualité
Économique, 84 (3), 1-23. |
|
LEMIEUX, T. (2011). Wage inequality : A comparative
perspective. Australian Bulletin of Labour 37
(1), 2011, 2-32. |
|
|
|
Lemke
Jay L. (Chicago 1946-) : Physicien et
sémiologue post-moderniste
américain, spécialisé en éducation
et en analyse de
contenu.
 |
LEMKE, J.L. (1993). Intertextuality and educational
research. Linguistics & Education 4,
257-268. |
|
LEMKE, J.L. (1994). Discourse, dynamics, and social
change. Cultural dynamics, 6, 243-275. |
|
LEMKE, J.L. (1994). Semiotics and the deconstruction of
conceptual learning. Journal of Accelerative Learning
& Teaching, 19 (1), 67-110. |
|
LEMKE, J.L. (1995). Textual politics : Discourse and
social dynamics. London : Taylor & Francis. |
|
LEMKE, J.L. (1997). Cognition, context, and learning : A
social semiotic perspective. In D. Kirshner & J.A.
Whitson (Eds.), Situated cognition : Social,
semiotic, and psychological perspectives (pp.
37-56). Mahwah, NJ : Erlbaum. |
|
|
|
Lemming (Lemmus sibiricus) : Petit mammifère
rongeur. =
Garde-manger de la toundra.
Lemming.
| |
|
|
RODGERS, A.R. & LEWIS, M.C. (1985). Diet selection in
Arctic lemmings (Lemmus sibiricus and Dicrostonyx
groenlandicus) : food preferences. Canadian Journal of
Zoology, 63, 1161-1173. |
|
|
REID, D.G., KREBS, C.J. & KENNEY, A.J. (1995).
Limitation of collared lemming population growth at low
densities by predation mortality. Oikos, 73,
387-398. |
|
|
REID, D.G. & KREBS, C.J. (1996). Limitations to
collared lemming population growth in winter. Canadian
Journal of Zoology, 74, 1284-1291. |
|
|
DUCHESNE, D., GAUTHIER, G. & BERTEAUX, D. (2011).
Habitat selection, reproduction and predation of wintering
lemmings in the Arctic. Oecologia, 167 (4),
967-980. |
BILODEAU, F., KENNEY, A.J., GILBERT, S.B., HOFER, E.,
GAUTHIER, G., REID, D.G., BERTEAUX, D. & KREBS, C.J.
(2013). Evaluation of a technique to trap lemmings under
the snow. Arctic, 66 (1), 32-36. |
|
DUCHESNE, D., GAUTHIER, G. & BERTEAUX, D. (2011).
Evaluation of a method to determine the breeding activity
of lemmings in their winter nests. Journal of
Mammalogy, 92 (3), 511-516. |
BILODEAU, F., GAUTHIER, G. & BERTEAUX, D. (2013). The
effect of snow cover on lemming population cycles in the
Canadian High Arctic. Oecologia, 172 (4),
1007-1016. |
|
KREBS, C.J., BILODEAU, F., REID, D., GAUTHIER, G., KENNEY,
A.J., GILBERT, S., DUCHESNE, D. & WILSON, D.J. (2012).
Are lemming winter nest counts a good index of population
density ? Journal of Mammalogy, 93 (1), 87-92. |
BILODEAU, F., GAUTHIER, G. & BERTEAUX, D. (2013).
Effect of snow cover on the vulnerability of lemmings to
mammalian predators in the Canadian Arctic. Journal
of Mammalogy, 94 (4), 813-819 |
|
REID, D.G., BILODEAU, F., KREBS, C.J., GAUTHIER, G.,
KENNEY, A.J., GILBERT, S.B., LEUNG, M.C.Y., DUCHESNE, D.
& HOFER, E. (2012). Lemming winter habitat choice : a
snow-fencing experiment. Oecologia, 168 (4),
935-946. |
BILODEAU, F., GAUTHIER, G., FAUTEUX, D. & BERTEAUX, D.
(2014). Does lemming winter grazing impact vegetation in
the Canadian arctic ? Polar Biology, 37 (6),
845-857. |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Mammifère
et Animal |
|
|
|
Lemur : Petit
singe.
=
Lemur catta, Lemur fulvus rufus.
Lemming.
| |
|
|
GREGORY, W.K. (1915). On the classification and phylogeny
of the Lemuroidea. Geological Society of America
Bulletin, 26, 426-446. |
GOULD, L. (1992). Alloparental care in free- ranging Lemur
catta at Berenty Reserve, Madagascar. Folia
Primatology, 58, 72-83. |
|
JOLLY, A. (1966). Lemur social behavior and primate
intelligence. Science, 153, 501-506. |
SUSSMAN, R.W. (1992). Male life history and intergroup
mobility among ringtailed lemurs (Lemur catta). International
Journal of Primatology, 13, 395-413. |
|
JOLLY, A. (1966). Lemur behavior : A Madagascar field
study. Chicago : University of Chicago Press. |
HOOD, L.C. (1994). Infanticide among ringtailed lemurs
(Lemur catta) at Berenty Reserve, Madagascar. American
Journal of Primatology, 33, 65-69. |
|
MACEDONIA, J.M. (1990). What is communicated in the
antipredator calls of lemurs : evidence from playback
experiments with ringtailed and ruffed lemurs. Ethology,
86, 177-190. |
NAKAMICHI, M., KOYAMA, N. & JOLLY, A. (1996). Mater-
nal responses to dead and dying infants in wild troops of
ringtailed lemurs at the Berenty Reserve, Madagascar. International
Journal of Primatology, 17, 505-523. |
|
PEREIRA, M.E. & MACEDONIA, J.M. (1990). Ringtailed
lemur anti-predator calls denote predator class, not
response urgency. Animal Behavior, 41, 543-544. |
PERAIRA, M.E. & McGLYNN, C.A. (1997). Special
rela-tionships instead of female dominance for red-fronted
lemurs, Eulemur fulvus fulvus. American Journal of
Primatology, 43, 239-258. |
|
SAUTHER, M., SUSSMAN, R.W. & GOULD, L. (1999). The
socioecology of the ringtailed lemur : Thirty-five years
of research. Evolutionary Anthropology, 8 (4),
120-132. [PDF] |
GOULD, L. (1997). Intermale affiliative behavior in
ringtailed lemurs (Lemur catta) at the Beza Mahfaly
Reserve, Madagascar. Primates, 38, 15-30. |
| |
SAUTHER, M., SUSSMAN, R.W. & GOULD, L. (1999). The
socioecology of the ringtailed lemur : Thirty-five years
of research. Evolutionary Anthropology, 8 (4),
120-132. [PDF] |
|
JOLLY, A. (1972). Troop continuity and troop spacing in
Propithecus verreauxi and Lemur catta at Berenty
(Madagascar). Folia Primatology, 17, 335-362. |
SAUTHER, M.L., GOULD, L., CUOZZO, F.P. & O'MARA, M.T.
(2015). Ring-tailed lemurs - A species reimagined special
topic Issue. Folia Primatologica, 86 (1-2),
5-13. |
|
|
| |
Voir aussi Mammifère
et Singe |
|
|
|
Lenneberg Eric Heinz (Düsseldorf 1921-1975 White Plains)
: Linguiste et neurologue
américain. Il s'est intéressé à l'acquisition du langage.
On Collaborateur de Brown.
 |
LENNEBERG, E. (1964). The capacity for language
acquisition. in J.A. Fodor (Ed.), The structure of
language. Prentice-Hall, Inc. |
|
LENNEBERG, E.H., NICHOLS, I.A. & ROSENBERGER, E.F.
(1964). Primitive stages of language development in
mongolism. In Disorders of communication (Vol,
62). Baltimore : Williams & Wilkins. |
|
LENNEBERG, E.H. (1967). Biological foundations of
language. New York : Wiley. |
|
LENNEBERG, E.H. (1972). On explaining language. In M.E.P.
Seligman & J.L. Hager (Eds.), Biological
boundaries of learning (pp. 379-396). New York :
Appleton-Century- Crofts |
|
|
BROWN, R. (1976). Reference : in memorial tribute to Eric
Lenneberg. Cognition, 4, 125-154. |
|
|
|
Le
Ny Jean-François (Faouët 1924-2006 Massy) : Psychologue
cognitiviste
américain, d'origine français, spécialisé dans l'étude du langage.
Professeur de
Tiberghien. Collaborateur de Denis
et Kintsch.
|
LE NY, J.-F. (1956). Le temps de réaction motrice simple
considéré comme un indicateur psychologique. La
Raison, 14, 47-74. |
|
LE NY, J.F. (1968-1969). La psychologie expérimentale et
les activités centrales. Bulletin de Psychologie, 22
(S), 546-554. |
|
LE NY, J.F., DENHIERE, G. & LE TAILLANTER, D. (1972).
Regulation of study-time and interstimulus similarity in
self-paced learning conditions. Acta Psychologica, 36
(4), 280-289. |
|
LE NY, J.-F. (1987). Mémoire, langage et intelligence
artificielle. Journal des Psychologues, 50,
16-22. |
|
LE NY, J.F. (1988-1989). Plonger la psychologie du langage
dans la science cognitive. Bulletin de Psychologie,
42 (S), 524-526. |
|
|
DENIS, M. (20008). Jean-François Le Ny : un parcours
cognitif . L'Année psychologique, 108 (1),
169-183. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Leo
Jonathan ( ) : Biologiste
anglais et spécialiste de l'étude des déterminants
neurogénétiques de la maladie mentale. Il s'intéresse
notamment au trouble du déficit
de l'attention avec/sans hyperactivité. Il s'intéresse
également aux auteurs
anonymes en science. Collaborateur de
Cohen, Double, Joseph,
Lacasse Moncrieff
et Timimi.
|
LEO, J. & COHEN, D. (2003). Broken brains or flawed
studies? A critical review of ADHD neuroimaging studies. The
Journal of Mind & Behavior, 24 (1), 29-56. |
|
LEO, J. & COHEN, D. (2009). A critical review of ADHD
neuroimaging research. In S. Timimi & J. Leo (Éds), Rethinking
ADHD : From brain to culture (pp. 92-129). London :
Palgrave MacMillan. |
|
LEO, J., LACASSE, J.R. & CIMINO, A.N. (2011). Why does
academic medicine allow ghostwriting ? A prescription for
reform. Society, 48 (5), 371-375. |
|
LEO, J. & LACASSE, J.R. (2009). The manipulation of
data and attitudes about ADHD : A study of consumer
advertisements. In S. Tamimi & J. Leo (Eds.), Rethinking
ADD : From brain to culture (pp. 287-312). New
York : Palgrave Macmillan |
|
LEO, J. & LACASSE, J.R., (2012). Medical ghostwriting
: A university-sanctioned academic sleight of hand ? Society,
49, 310-312. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Léopard
: Mammifère
de la famille des félins.
Leopard.
| |
|
|
BUSSE, C.D. (1980). Leopard and lion predation upon chacma
baboons living in the Moremi Wildlife Reserve. Botswana
Notes & Records, 12, 15-21. |
|
BOESCH, C. (1991). The effect of leopard predation on
grouping patterns in forest chimpanzees. Behaviour,
117, 220-242. |
|
D'AMOUR, D., HOHMANN, G. & FRUTH, B. (2006). Evidence
of leopard predation on bonobos (Pan paniscus). Folia
Primatologia, 77, 212-217. |
|
KISSUI, B.M. (2008). Livestock predation by lions,
leopards, spotted hyenas, and their vulnerability to
retaliatory killing in the Maasai steppe, Tanzania.
Animal Conservation, 11 (5), 422-432. [PDF] |
|
|
Voir aussi Animal |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Lepage
Martin ( ) : Neuropsychologue
québécois, spécialisé dans l'étude de la
schizophrénie. Étudiant de Richer.
Collaborateur de Habib, Nyberg,
Tuss, et Tulving.
|
LEPAGE, M., STUSS D.T. & RICHER, F. (1999). Attention
and the frontal lobes: A comparison between normal aging
and lesion effects. Brain & Cognition, 39,
63-66.
|
|
LEPAGE, M., GHAFFAR, O., NYBERG, L. & TULVING, E.
(2000). Prefrontal cortex and episodic memory retrieval
mode. Proceedings of the National Academy of
Sciences, 97 (1), 506-511. [PDF]
|
LEPAGE, M., SERGERIE, K., PELLETIER, M. &
HARVEY, P.-O. (2007). Episodic memory bias and the
symptoms of schizophrenia. Canadian Journal of
Psychiatry, 52 (11), 702-709.
|
LEPAGE, M., BODNAR, M. & BOWIE, C. (2014).
Neurocognition: Clinical and Functional Outcomes in
Schizophrenia. Canadian Journal of Psychiatry, 59, 5-12.
|
|
LEPAGE, M., HAWCO, C. & BODNAR, M. (2015). Relational
memory as a possible neurocognitive marker of
schizophrenia. JAMA Psychiatry, 72 (9), 946-947. |
|
|
|
Lepine
Jeffery A. ( ) : Spécialiste
américain de l'étude de la
prise de décision au sein des équipes,
notamment les équipes
de travail. Collaborateur de Kowzloski,
Ilgen et Hollenbeck.
|
LEPINE, J.A., HOLLENBECK, J.R., ILGEN, D.R. & HEDLUND,
J. (1997). Effects of individual differences on the
performance of hierarchical decision-making teams : Much
more than g. Journal of Applied Psychology, 82, 803-811.
|
|
LEPINE, J.A. & VAN DYNE, L. (1998). Predicting voice
behavior in work groups. Journal of Applied
Psychology, 83, 853-868. |
|
LEPINE, J.A., HOLLENBECK, J.R., ILGEN, D.R., COLQUITT,
J.A. & ELLIS, A. (2000). Gender composition,
situational strength, and team decision-making accuracy :
a criterion decomposition approach. Organizational
Behavior & Human Decision Processes, 88, 445-475. |
|
LEPINE, J.A. (2005). Adaptation of teams in response to
unforeseen change : Effects of goal difficulty and team
composition in terms of cognitive ability and goal
orientation. Journal of Applied Psychology, 90, 1153-1167. |
|
LEPINE, J.A. CRAWFORD, E.R., METHOT, J.R. & BUCKMAN,
B. (2011). A review of research on personality in teams :
Accounting for pathways spanning levels of theory and
analysis. Human Resource Management Review, 21,
311-330. |
|
|
|
Lepore
Franco ( ) : Neuropsychologue
québécois et professeur à l'Université
de Montréal. Professeur de
Ellemberg. Collaborateur Cohen,
Gosselin,
Jolicoeur, Lassonde,
Peretz, Ptito, Rouleau,
Segalowitz et West.
 |
LESSARD, N., PARÉ, M., LEPORE, F. & LASSONDE, M.
(1998). Early-blind humain subjects localize sound sources
better than sighted subjects. Nature, 395, 278-280. |
|
LEPORE, F. (2000). Brain functional reorganization in
early blind revealed by auditory event-related potentials.
NeuroReport, 11 (3), 545-550. |
|
LESSARD, N., LEPORE, F., VILLEMAGNE, J. & LASSONDE, M.
(2002). Sound localization in callosal agenesis and early
callosomotomy subjects : Brain reorganization and/or
compensatory strategies. Brain, 1039-1053. |
|
LEPORE, F. & GUILLEMOT, J.-P. (2003). Longer VEP
latencies and slower reaction times to the onset of second
order motion than to the onset of first order motion. Vision
Research, 43, 651-658. |
|
GOUGOUX, F., LEPORE, F., LASSONDE, M., VOSS, P., ZATTORE,
R. & BELIN, P. (2004). Neuropsychology : pitch
discrimination in the early blind. Nature, 430,
309. |
|
|
|
Leppänen
Paavo H.T. ( ) : Psychologue
finlandais et spécialiste de l'étude de la dyslexie.
Collaboraeur de Laasko, Lyytinen,
Lyytinen et Torppa.
|
LEPPÄNEN, P.H.T. & LYYTINEN, H. (1997). Auditory
event-related potentials in the study of developmental
language related disorders. Audiology &
Neuro-Otology, 2, 308-340. |
|
LEPPÄNEN, P.H.T., PIHKO, E., EKLUND, K.M. & LYYTINEN,
H. (1999). Cortical responses of infants with and without
a genetic risk for dyslexia : II. Group effects.
NeuroReport, 10, 901-905. |
|
LEPPÄNEN, P.H.T., RICHARDSON, U., PIHKO, E., EKLUND, K.M.,
GUTTORM, T. K., ARO, M. & LYYTINEN, H. (2002). Brain
responses to changes in speech sound durations differ
between infants with and without familial risk for
dyslexia. Developmental Neuropsychology, 22 (1),
407-422. |
|
LEPPÄNEN, P.H.T. (2009). Associations of atypical auditory
and speech processing with dyslexia. Dyslexia, 14 (2),
8-14. |
|
LEPPÄNEN, P.H.T., HÄMÄLÄINEN, J., SALMINEN, H. K., EKLUND,
K., GUTTORM, T., LOHVANSUU, K. & LYYTINEN, H. (2010).
Brain event-related potentials reveal atypical processing
of sound frequency in newborns at-risk for familial
dyslexia and associations to reading and related skills.
Cortex, 46, 1362-1376. |
|
|
|
Lepper
Mark R. (1944-) : Psychosociologue
américain, spécialisé dans l'étude de la dissonance
cognitive et de la motivation,
notamment de la motivation
intrinsèque. Avec Greene, il a découvert
l'effet de surjustification. Étudiant
d'Abelson. Professeur
d'Amabile. Collaborateur de Gilovich,
Greene, Nisbett,
Patterson,
Ross et Zanna.
 |
LEPPER, M.R., ZANNA, M.P. & ABELSON, R. P. (1970).
Cognitive irreversibility in a dissonance reduction
situation. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 16, 191-198. |
|
LEPPER, M.R., GREENE, D. & NISBETT, R.E. (1973).
Undermining children's intrinsic interest with extrinsic
reward : A test of the "overjustification" hypothesis. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 28 (1),
129-137. [PDF] |
|
LEPPER, M.R. & GREENE, D. (1975). Turning play into
work : Effects of adult surveillance and extrinsic rewards
on children's intrinsic motivation. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 31 (3),
479-486. |
|
LEPPER, M.R. (1997). Motivational considerations in the
study of instruction. Cognition & Instruction, 5,
289-309. |
|
LEPPER, M.R., HENDERLONG, J. & GINGRAS, I. (1999).
Understanding the effects of extrinsic rewards on
intrinsic motivation : Uses and abuses of meta-analysis.
Psychological Bulletin, 125, 669-676. |
|
|
|
|
|
Lerman Dorothea C. ( ) : Psychologue
béhavioriste
américaine et spécialiste de l'étude et du traitement de l'autisme.
Collaboratrice de Borrero,
Deleon, Dorsey,
Iwata, Kodak,
Neef, Pace, Roane,
Shore, Smith, Sulzer-Azaroff,
Vollmer, Vorndran,
Wacker et Zarcone.
 |
LERMAN, D.C. & IWATA, B.A. (1993). Descriptive and
experimental analyses of variables maintaining
self-injurious behavior. Journal of Applied Behavioral
Analysis, 26 (3), 293-319. [PDF] |
|
LERMAN, D.C. & IWATA, B.A. (1996). Developing a
technology for the use of operant extinction in clinical
settings : An examination of basic and applied research. Journal
of Applied Behavior Analysis, 29, 345-382. [PDF] |
|
LERMAN, D.C. & VORNDRAN, C.M. (2002). On the status of
knowledge for using punishment : Implications for treating
behavior disorders. Journal of Applied Behavior
Analysis, 35 (4), 431-464.
[PDF] |
|
LERMAN, D.C., VORNDRAN, C.M., ADDISON, L. & KUHN, S.C.
(2004). A rapid assessment of skills in young children
with autism. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 37
(1), 11-26. [PDF] |
|
LERMAN, D.C., PARTEN, M., ADDISON, L., VORNDRAN, C.,
VOLKERT, V. & KODAK, T. (2005). A methodology for
assessing the functions of emerging speech in children
with developmental disabilities. Journal of Applied
Behavior Analysis, 38 (3), 303-316. [PDF] |
|
|
VOLLMER, T.R. (2002). Punishment happens : Some comments
on Lerman and Vorndran's review. Journal of Applied
Behavior Analysis, 35 (4), 469-455. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Lerner
Melvin J. (1929-) :
Psychosociologue américain, spécialisé dans l'étude de la justice
et de la compassion. Il a développé la
théorie du monde juste. Collaborateur de Miller.
|
LERNER, M.J. & SIMMONS, C.H. (1966). Observer's
reaction to the innocent victim : Compassion or rejection
? Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 4 (2),
203-210. [PDF] |
|
LERNER, M.J. (1974). Social psychology of justice and
interpersonal attraction. In J. Houston (Ed.), Foundations
of interpersonal attraction. New York : Academic
Press. |
|
LERNER, M.J. (1977). The justice motive : Some hypotheses
as to its origins and forms. Journal of Personality,
45, 1-52. |
|
LERNER, M.J. & MILLER, D.T. (1978). Just world
research and the attribution process : Looking back and
ahead. Psychological Bulletin, 85, 1030-1051. |
|
LERNER, M.J. (2003). The justice motive : Where
psychologists found it, how they lost it, and why they may
not find it again. Personality & Social
Psychology Review, 7, 388-399. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
|
| LE
- LESBIENNE
- LÉSION - LEVENSON
- LEVINE - LEVINSON
- LEVI-STRAUSS - LEVY
- LEWIN - LEWIS
- LEXIQUE - LEYENS -
LGBTQ - LI |
Lesbianisme : Désigne tout à la fois le mouvement
social et politique qui promeut et défend les droits des lesbiennes,
ainsi que l'ensemble de leurs pratiques sexuelles (voir lesbienne).
( ): Journal
of Lesbianism Studies.
Lesbianism.
| |
|
|
KITZINGER, C. (1987). The social construction of
lesbianism. London : Sage. |
MORGAN, K.S. & BROWN, L.S. (1991). Lesbian career
development, work behavior, and vocational counseling. Counseling
Psychologist, 19, 273-291. |
|
ROTHBLUM, E.D. (1988). Lesbianism as a model of a positive
lifestyle for women. Women & Therapy, 8
(1/2), 1-12. |
WOLFE, S.J. & PENELOPE, J. (Dirs) (1993). Sexual
practice, textual theory : lesbian cultural criticism.
Cambridge : Blackwell. |
|
NICHOLS, M. (1990). Lesbian relationships : implications
for the study of sexuality and gender. In D. McWhirter, S.
Sanders & J. Reinisch (Eds.), Homosexuality/heterosexuality
: concepts of sexual orientation (pp. 351-363).
London : Oxford University Press. |
KITZINGER, C. & WILKINSON, S. (1995). Transitions from
heterosexuality to lesbianism : the discursive production
of lesbian identities. Developmental Psychology, 31
(1), 95-104. |
|
FRANKLIN, S. et STACEY, J. (1991). Le point de vue lesbien
dans les études féministes. Nouvelles Questions
Féministes, 16-17-18, 119-136. |
CHAMBERLAND, L. (1996). Mémoires lesbiennes.
Montréal : Éditions du Remue-Ménage. |
| |
DIAMOND, L.M. (2003). Was it a phase? Young women's
relinquishment of lesbian/bisexual identities over a
5-year period. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 84, 352-364.
[PDF] |
|
DIAMOND, L.M. (2005). A new view of lesbian subtypes :
Stable vs. fluid identity trajectories over an 8-year
period. Psychology of Women Quarterly, 29, 119-128. |
|
|
| |
Voir aussi Lesbienne |
|
|
Lesbienne
: Toute femme qui
se considère et s'affiche comme homosexuel.
À l'instar des femmes hétérosexuelles, les lesbiennes sont des
femmes qui assument leur condition dans toutes les sphères
d'activités de la vie privée et publique. Lesbienne,
lesbianisme et gai.
Lesbian.
| |
|
|
PEPLAU, L.A., COCHRAN, S., ROOK, K. & PADESKY, C.
(1978). Loving women : Attachment and autonomy in lesbian
relationships. Journal of Social Issues, 34 (3),
7-27. |
AMERICAN PSYCHOLOGICAL ASSOCIATION (2000). Guidelines for
psychotherapy with lesbian, gay, and bisexual clients.
American Psychologist, 55, 1440-1451. |
|
RICH, A. (1981). La contrainte à l'hétérosexualité et
l'existence lesbienne. Nouvelles Questions
Féministes, 1, 15-43. |
CLARKE, V. (2000). Stereotype, attack and stigmatize those
who disagree : Employing scientific rhetoric in debates
about lesbian and gay parenting. Feminism &
Psychology, 10, 152-159. |
| |
CLARKE, V. (2001). What about the children ? Arguments
against lesbian and gay parenting. Women's Studies
International Forum, 24, 555-570. |
| |
TIGERT, L.M. (2001). The power of shame: Lesbian battering
as a manifestation of homophobia. Women & Therapy,
Special Issue : Domestic Violence in Lesbian
Relationships, 23 (3), 73-85. |
|
BERTRAND, L. (1984). Le rapport Bertrand sur le vécu
de 1000 femmes lesbiennes. Montréal : Les Éditions
Primeur. |
LEVY-SOUSSAN, P. et TARRAGANO, O. (2002). Grandir
dans une famille lesbienne : Quels effets sur le
développement de l'enfant ? Issy-les-Mouneaux : ESF
éditeur. |
|
DWORKIN, S.H. (1988). Not in man's image : lesbians and
the cultural oppression of body image. Women &
Therapy, 8 (1/2), 27-39. |
ELLIS, S., KITZINGER, C. & WILKINSON, S. (2002).
Attitudes towards lesbians and gay men and support for
lesbian and gay human rights among psychology students. Journal
of Homosexuality, 44 (1), 121-138. [PDF] |
| |
ROSE, S.M. & ZAND, D. (2000). Lesbian dating and
courtship from young adulthood to midlife. Journal of
Gay and Lesbian Social Services, 11 (2-3), 77-104.
[PDF] |
|
BURCH, B. (1982). Psychological merger in lesbian couples
: a joint ego psychological and systems approach. Family
Therapy, 9, 201-208. |
ROTHBLUM, E.D. (2002). Boston Marriage" among Lesbian. In
M. Yalom, L. Carstrnsen, E. Freedman & B. Gulpi
(Eds.), Inside the american couple : New thinking/new
challenges. Berkeley CA : University of California
Press. [PDF] |
|
BIRT, C.M. & DION, K.L. (1987). Relative deprivation
theory and responses to discrimination in a gay and
lesbian sample. The British Journal of Social
Psychology, 26, 139-145. |
ASENZA, S. (2002). Beyond 'lesbian bed death' : the
passion and play in lesbian relationships. Journal of
Lesbian Studies, 6 (1), 111-120. |
|
HEREK, G.M. (1988). Heterosexuals' attitudes toward
lesbians and gay men : Correlates and gender differences.
Journal of Sex Research, 25, 451-477. |
MATTHEWS, A., TARTARO, J. & HUGHES, T. (2003). A
comparative study of lesbian and heterosexual women in
committed relationships. Journal of Lesbian Studies,
7 (1), 101-114. |
|
STEVENS, P.E. & HALL, H. (1988). Stigma, health
beliefs and experiences with health care in lesbian women.
Image: Journal of Nursing Scholarship, 20 (2),
69-73. |
DIAMOND, L.M. (2003). Was it a phase ? Young women's
relinquishment of lesbian/bisexual identities over a
5-year period. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 84, 352-364. |
|
NICHOLS, M. (1989). Sex therapy with lesbians, gay men,
and bisexuals. In S.R. Leiblum & R.C. Rosen (Eds.), Principles
and practice of sex therapy (pp. 269-297). New York
: Guilford. |
ROSE, S.M. (2003). Community interventions concerning
homophobic violence and partner violence against lesbians.
Journal of Lesbian Studies, 7, 125-139. [PDF] |
|
HEREK, G.M. (1991). Stigma, prejudice, and violence
against lesbians and gay men. In J. Gonsiorek & J.
Weinrich (Eds.), Homosexuality : Research
implications for public policy (pp. 60-80). Newbury
Park, CA: Sage. |
CLARKE, V., KITZINGER, C. & POTTER, J. (2004). Kids
are just cruel anyway : Lesbian and gay parents' talk
about homophobic bullying. British Journal of Social
Psychology, 43 (4), 531-550. [PDF] |
| |
BOS, H., VAN BALEN, F. & VAN DEN BOOM, D. (2004).
Experience of parenthood, couple relationship, social
support, and child-rearing goals in planned lesbian mother
families. Journal of Child Psychology &
Psychiatry, 45 (4), 755–764. |
|
| |
PERLESZ, A. & McNAIR, R. (2004). Lesbian parenting :
Insiders' voices. Australian & New Zealand Journal
of Family Therapy, 25 (2), 129-140. |
|
COMSTOCK, G. (1991). Violence against lesbians and
gay men. New York : Columbia University Press. |
MARTELL, C.R., SAFREN, S.A. & PRINCE, S.E. (2004).
Cognitive-behavioral therapies with lesbian, gay, and
bisexual clients. New York : Guilford. |
|
GARNETS, L.D. & KIMMEL, D.C. (Dirs.) (1993).
Psychological perspectives on lesbian and gay male
experiences. New York : Columbia University Press.
|
WILKONSON, W.W. & ROYS, A.C. (2005). The components of
sexual orientation, religiosity, and heterosexual's
impression of gay men and lesbians. The Journal of
Social Psychology, 145 (1), 65-83. |
|
D'AUGELLI, A.R. (1994). Identity development and sexual
orientation : Toward a model of lesbian, gay, and bisexual
development. In E.J. Trickett, R.J. Watts & D. Birman
(Eds.), Human diversity : Perspectives on people in
context (pp. 312-333). San Francisco : Jossey-Bass. |
DIAMOND, L.M. (2005). A new view of lesbian subtypes :
Stable vs. fluid identity trajectories over an 8-year
period. Psychology of Women Quarterly, 29,
119-128. |
|
GUILLEMAUT, F. (1994). Images invisibles : les lesbiennes.
Dans D. Welzer-Lang, P. Dutey et M. Dorais (Dirs), La
peur de l'autre en soi : du sexisme à l'homophobie
(p. 225-237). Montréal : VLB éditeur. |
FINGERHUT, A.W., PEPLAU, L.A. & GHAVAMI, N. (2005). A
dual-identity framework for understanding lesbian
experience. Psychology of Women Quarterly, 29, 129-139. |
|
KLINKENBERG, D. & ROSE, S.M. (1994). Dating scripts of lesbians
and gay men. Journal of Homosexuality, 26 (4),
23-35. [PDF] |
CLARKE, V. & TURNER, K. (2007). Clothes maketh the
queer ? Dress, appearance and the construction of gay,
lesbian and bisexual identities. Feminism &
Psychology, 17 (2), 267-276. |
|
HEISKANEN, M. (2007). Violence at work in finland; trends, contents, and prevention. Journal of Scandinavian Studies in Criminology & Crime Prevention, 8(1), 22-40. [PDF] |
|
GREENE, B. & HEREK, G.M. (Eds.) (1994). Lesbian
and gay psychology : Theory, research, and clinical
applications. Thousand Oaks, CA : Sage
Publications. |
PEPLAU, L.A. & FINGERHUT, A.W. (2007). The close
relationships of lesbians and gay men. Annual Review
of Psychology, 58, 101-120. [PDF] |
|
PROCTOR, G. (1994). Lesbian clients’ experiences of
clinical psychology : a listener’s guide. Changes,
12, 290-298. |
BEALS, K.P. & PEPLAU, L.A. (2006). Disclosure patterns
within the social networks of gay men and lesbians.
Journal of Homosexuality, 51 (2), 101-120. |
|
NICHOLS, M. (1995). Sexual desire disorder in a lesbian
couple : the intersection of therapy and politics. In R.
Rosen & S. Leiblum (Eds.), Case studies in sex
therapy (pp. 16-175). New York : Guilford Press. |
McNAIR, R., BROWN, R., PERLESZ, A, LINDSAY, J, DE VAUS, D.
& PITTS, M. (2008). Lesbian parents negotiating the
health care system in Australia. Health Care for Women
International, 29 (2), 91-114. |
|
DESCOUTURES, V. (2010). Les mères lesbiennes.
Paris : presses Universitaires de France. |
|
FERFOLJA, T. (2010). Lesbian teachers, harassment and the workplace. Teaching & Teacher Education, 26 (3), 408-414. |
|
KITZINGER, C., COYLE, A., WILKINSON, S. & MILTON, M.
(1998). Towards lesbian and gay psychology. The
Psychologist, 11 (11), 529-533. |
FARR, R.H., FORSSELL, S.L. & PATTERSON, C.J. (2010).
Lesbian, gay, and heterosexual adoptive parents: Couple
and relationship issues. Journal of GLBT Family
Studies, 6, 199-213. |
|
HEREK, G.M. (1998). Stigma and sexual orientation :
Understanding prejudice against lesbians, gay men, and
bisexuals. Thousand Oaks, CA : Sage Publications. |
ROSE, S.M. & EATON, A.A. (2012). Lesbian love, sex,
and relationships. In D. Castaneda & M. Paludi (Eds.),
An Essential Handbook of women's sexuality :
Diversity, health and violence. New York : Praeger. [PDF] |
| |
CLARKE, V., HAYFIELD, N. & HUXLEY, C. (2012). Lesbian,
gay, bisexual and trans appearance and embodiment : A
critical review of the psychological literature. Psychology
of Sexualities Section Review, 3 (1) 51-70. |
| |
KATZ-WISE, S. & HYDE, J.S. (2012). Victimization
experiences of lesbian, gay, and bisexual individuals : A
meta-analysis. Journal of Sex Research, 49,
142-167. |
|
HEREK, G.M. & CAPITANIO, J.P. (1999). Sex differences
in how heterosexuals think about lesbians and gay men :
Evidence from survey context effects. The Journal of
Sex Research, 36 (4), 348-360. [PDF] |
CROUCH, S.R., WATERS, E., McNAIR, R., POWER, J. &
DAVIS, E. (2012). ACHESS : The Australian study of child
health in same-sex families: background research, design
and methodology. BMC Public Health, 12 (646),
1-9. [PDF] |
| |
PATTERSON, C.J. (2013). Family lives of lesbian and gay
adults. In G.W. Peterson & K.R. Bush (Eds.),
Handbook of marriage and family (pp. 659–681). New
York, NY : Springer. |
| |
VAN WAGENEN, A., DRISKELL, J. & BRADFORD, J. (2013).
"I'm still raring to go" : Successful aging among lesbian,
gay, bisexual, and transgender older adults. Journal
of Aging Studies, 27, 1-14. [PDF] |
| |
ROSE, S.M. & HOSPITAL, M.M. (2014). Lesbians over 60 :
Newer every day. In V. Muhlbauer, J.C. Chrisler & F.L.
Denmark (Eds.), Women and aging : An international,
intersectional power perspective (pp. 117-146). New
York : Springer. [PDF] |
| |
PATTERSON, C.J. & GOLDBERG, A.E. (2016). Lesbian and
gay parents and their children. Policy Brief, 1
(1), 1-4. [PDF] |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Famille
homosexuelle, Parent
homosexuel, Homosexuel,
Gai et
Bisexuel |
| |
|
|
Le
Scanff Christine (1960-) : Psychologue
française et spécialiste de l'étude du
sport, notamment de la prise
de risque et de l'effet du stresssur la performance.
|
LE SCANFF, C. et BERTSCH, J. (1995). Apprentissages
moteurs et conditions d'apprentissages. Paris :
Presses Universitaires de France. |
|
LE SCANFF, C. (2005). Les bases de l'entraînement mental.
Bulletin de Psychologie, 58 (1), 101-105 |
|
LE SCANFF, C., STEPHAN, Y., ARLETTAZ, A., PORTIER, H.
et COLLOMP, K. (2007). Effets psychologiques d'une
administration de courte durée de Prednisolone.
Sciences du Sport, 23 (2), 91-93. |
|
CASTANIER, C., LE SCANFF, C. & WOODMAN, T. (2010). Who
takes risks inhigh-risk sports ? A typological
personalityapproach. Research Quarterly for Exercise
& Sport, 81 (4), 478–484. [PDF] |
|
CASTANIER, C., LE SCANFF, C. & WOODMAN, T. (2010).
Beyond sensation seeking : Affect regulation as a
framework for predicting risk-taking behaviors in
high-risk sport. Journal of Sport & Exercise
Psychology, 32, 731-738. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Lésé
: Lésée : Qualifie une personne qui subit un préjudice.
|
Lesgold
Alan M. ( ) : Psychologue
cognitiviste
américain et spécialiste de l'éducation.
Étudiant de Bower.
Collaborateur de Glaser, Pelligrino
et Perfetti.
|
LESGOLD, A.M. & BOWER, G.H. (1970). Inefficiency of
serial knowledge for associative responding. Journal
of Verbal Learning & Verbal Behavior, 9, 456-466. |
|
LESGOLD, A.M. (1974). Variability in children's
comprehension of syntactic structures. Journal of
Educational Psychology, 66, 333-338. |
|
LESGOLD, A.M. (1982). Computer games for the teaching of
reading. Behavior Research Methods &
Instrumentation, 14, 224-226. |
|
LESGOLD, A.M. (1991). Research methodology in the
postinformatic age. Behavior Research Methods,
Instruments, & Computers, 23, 109-111. |
|
LESGOLD, A.M. (2004). Contextual requirements for
constructivist learning. International Journal of
Educational Research, 41, 495-502. |
|
|
|
Lesieur Henry L. ( ) : Psychologue
américain et spécialiste du
jeu pathologique.
|
LESIEUR, H.R. & KLEIN, R. (1987). Pathological
gambling among high school students. Addictive
Behaviors, 12, 129-135. |
|
LESIEUR, H.R., CROSS, J., FRANK, M., WELCH, M., WHITE,
C.M., RUBENSTEIN, G., MOSELEY, K. & MARK, M. (1991).
Gambling and pathological gambling among university
students. Addictive Behaviors, 16, 517-527. |
|
LESIEUR, H.R. & ROSENTHAL, R.J. (1991). Pathological
gambling : a review of the literature. Journal of
Gambling Studies, 7 (1), 5-39. |
|
LESIEUR, H.R. & BLUME, S.B. (1993). Pathological
gambling, eating disorders, and the psychoactive substance
use disorders. Journal of Addictive Diseases, 12,
89-102. |
|
LESIEUR, H.R. (2002). Epidemiological surveys of
pathological gamblers : Critique and suggestions for
modification. In J.J. Marotta, J.A. Cornelius & W.R.
Eadington (Eds.), The downside : Problem &
pathological gambling (pp. 325-338). Reno, NV :
Institute for the Study of Gambling & Commercial
Gamning. |
|
|
|
Lésion cérébrale : Tout dommage au tissu cérébral (destruction totale ou partielle de neurones)
subi accidentellement (des suites d'un choc, d'une maladie
génétique, d'une infection, d'un accident
vasculocérébral) ou délibérément afin d'en étudier les
effets sur les comportements ou les fonctions cognitives des
animaux. Lésion cérébrale, cerveau
et amnésie.
Brain lesion, lesion, brain-damage, brain injury.
| |
|
|
FRANZ, S.I. (1915). Symptomatological differences
associated with similar cerebral lesions in the insane. Psychological Monographs, 19 (81), 1-79. |
TURKHEIMER, E., YEO, R.A., JONES, C.L. & BIGLER, E.D.
(1990). Quantitative assessment of covariation between
neuropsychological function and location of naturally
occurring lesions in humans. Journal of Clinical &
Experimental Neuropsychology, 12, 549-565. |
|
BLAU, A. (1936). Mental changes following head trauma in
children. Archives of Neurology & Psychiatry, 35,
722-769. |
BREGGIN, P.R. (1990). Brain damage, dementia and
persistent cognitive dysfunction associated with
neuroleptics : Evidence, etiology, implications. Journal
of Mind Behavior, 11, 425-464.
[PDF] |
|
KLÜVER, H. (1937). Certain effects of lesions of the
occipital lobes in monkeys. Journal of Psychology, 4,
383-401. |
GRAFMAN, J., JONES, B. & SALAZAR, A. (1990). Wisconsin
Card Sorting Test performance based on location and size
of neuroanatomical lesion in Vietnam veterans with
penetrating head injury. Perceptual & Motor
Skills, 71, 1120-1122. |
|
LASHLEY, K.S. (1938). Factors limiting recovery after
central nervous lesions. Journal of Nervous and Mental
Disease 88, 733–755 |
STUSS, D.T. & GOW, C.A. (1992). "Frontal dysfunction"
after traumatic brain injury. Neuropsychiatry,
Neuropsychology, & Behavioral Neurology, 5, 272-282. |
|
MILLER, N.E., BAILEY, C.J. & STEVENSON, J.A.F. (1950).
Decreased "hunger" but increased food intake from
hypothalamic lesions. Science, 112, 256-259. |
ALVAREZ-ROYO, P., CLOWER, R.P., ZOLA-MORGAN, S. &
SQUIRE, L.R. (1992). Stereotaxic lesions of the
hippocampus in monkeys : determination of surgical
coordinates and analysis of lesions using magnetic
resonance imaging. Journal of Neuroscience Methods, 38
(2-3), 223-232. |
|
VAN DER HORST, L. (1950). The effect of lesions of the
brain on the "intelligence" of rats. Acta
Psychologica, 7, 247-255. |
DAGENDACH, D. & McCLOSKEY, M. (1992). The organization
of arithmetical facts in memory : Evidence from a
brain-damage patient. Brain & Cognition, 20, 345-366. |
| |
VARGHA-KHADEM, F., ISAACS, E. & MUTER, V. (1994). A
review of cognitive outcome after unilateral lesions
sustained during childhood. Journal of Child
Neurology, 9 (S), 2S67-2S73. |
|
TEITELBAUM, P. & STELLAR, E. (1954). Recovery from the
failure to eat produced by hypothalamic lesions.
Science, 120, 894-895. |
JACKSON-SMITH, P., KESNER, R.P. & AMANN, K. (1994).
Effects of hippocampal and medial prefrontal lesions on
discrimination of duration in rats. Society for
Neuroscience Abstracts, 20, 1210. |
|
SCOVILLE, W.B. & MILNER, B. (1957). Loss of recent
memory after bilateral hippocampal lesions. Journal
of Neurology & Neurosurgery Psychiatry, 20,
11-21. |
FUJII, D.E. & AHMED, I. (1996). Psychosis secondary to traumatic brain injury. Neuropsychiatry,
Neuropsychology, & Behavioral Neurology, 9, 133-138. |
|
WEISKRANTZ, L. & MISHKIN, M. (1958). Effects of
temporal and frontal cortical lesions on auditory
discrimination in monkeys. Brain, 81, 406-414. |
BURGESS, P. & SHALLICE, T. (1996). Bizarre responses,
rule detection and frontal lobe lesions. Cortex, 32 (2),
41-260. |
| |
MURRAY, E.A. & MISHKIN, M. (1998). Object recognition
and location memory in monkeys with excitotoxic lesions of
the amygdala and hippocampus. The Journal of
Neuroscience, 18 (16), 6568-6582. [PDF] |
|
WEISKRANTZ, L. (1960). Effects of medial temporal lesions
on taste preference in the monkey. Nature, 187, 879-880. |
PERETZ, I., GAGNON, L. & BOUCHARD, B. (1998). Music
and emotion : Perceptual determinants, immediacy, and
isolation after brain damage. Cognition, 68,
111-141. |
| |
RICHER, F., BÉDARD S., LEPAGE, M. & CHOUINARD, M.J.
(1998). Frontal lesions produce a dual task deficit in
simple rapid choices. Brain & Cognition, 37,
173-175. |
| |
RICHER, F. & BOULET, C. (1999). Frontal lesions and
fluctuations in response preparation. Brain &
Cognition, 40, 234-238. |
|
SPERRY, R.W. (1961). Some developments in brain lesion
studies of learning. Federation proceedings, 20,
609-616. |
BEASON-HELD, L.L., ROSENE, D.L., KILLIANY, R.J. &
MOSS, M.B. (1999). Hippocampal formation lesions produce
memory impairment in the rhesus monkey. Hippocampus,
9, 562-574. |
|
| |
BÉDARD, S. & RICHER, F. (1999). Is there really a
task-shifting deficit after frontal lesions ? Brain
& Cognition, 40, 41-44. |
| |
RICHER, F., CHOUINARD, M.J. & ROULEAU, I. (1999).
Frontal lesions impair the attentional control of
movements during motor learning. Neuropsychologia,
37, 1427-1435. |
|
MILNER, B. (1963). Effects of different brain lesions on
card sorting. Archives of Neurology, 9, 90-100. |
FABBRO, F., SKAP, M. & AGLIOTI S. (2000). Pathological
switching between languages after frontal lesions in a
bilingual patient. Journal of Neurology, Neurosurgery
& Psychiatry, 68 (5), 650-652. |
|
BIRCH, H.G. (1964). Brain damage in children : The
bio- logical and social aspects. Baltimore :
Williams & Wilkins. |
FROHARDT, R.J., GUARRACI, F.A. & BOUTON, M.E. (2000).
The effects of neurotoxic hippocampal lesions on two
effects of context after fear extinction. Behavioral
Neuroscience, 114, 227-240. |
| |
LENGFELDER, A. & GOLLWITZER, P.M. (2001). Reflective
and reflexive action control in patients with frontal lobe
lesions. Neuropsychology, 1, (1), 80-100. [PDF] |
|
DOUGLAS, R.J. & ISAACSON, R.L. (1964). Hippocampal
lesions and activity. Psychonomic Science, 1,
187-188. |
COLVIN, M.K., DUNBAR, K. & GRAFMAN, J. (2001). The
effects of frontal lobe lesions on goal achievement in the
water jug task. Cognitive Neuroscience, 13,
1129-1147. [PDF] |
|
THOMAS, R.K. & PEACOCK, L.J. (1965). A method for
measuring brain lesions. Psychonomic Science, 3, 184. |
ANDERSON, A.K. & PHELPS, E.A. (2001). Lesions of the
human amygdala impair enhanced perception of emotionally
salient events. Nature, 411, 305-309. [PDF] |
|
ZANGWILL, O.L. (1966). Psychologcial deficits with frontal
lobe lesions, International Journal of Neurology, 5,
395-402. |
BALDO, J.V., SHIMAMURA, A.P., DELIS, D.C., KRAMER, J.
& KAPLAN, E. (2001). Verbal and design fluency in
patients with frontal lobe lesions. Journal of the
International Neuropsychological Society, 7, 586-596. |
|
LAWRENCE, D.G. & KUYPERS, H.G.J.M. (1968). The
functional organization of the motor system in the monkey.
11. The effects of lesions of the descending brain-stem
pathways. Brain, 91, 15-36. |
FUJII, D.E. & AHMED, I. (2002). Characteristics of
psychotic disorder due to traumatic brain injury : an
analysis of case studies in the literature. Journal of
Neuropsychiatry & Clinical Neurosciences, 14 (2),
130-140. |
|
LAWRENCE, D.G. & KUYPERS, H.G.J.M. (1968). The
functional organization of the motor system in the monkey.
I. The effects of bilateral pyramidal lesions. Brain,
91 (1), 1-14. |
RICHER, F., BOULET, C. MAHEU, G., ACHIM, A. &
CHOUINARD, S. (2002). Frontal and striatal brain lesions
increase susceptibility to masking in perceptual
decisions. Brain & Cognition, 50 (1), 90-94. |
|
REGESTEIN, Q.R. (1968). Some monocular emotional effects
of unilateral hypothalamic lesion in Goldfish. In D. Ingle
(Ed.), The central nervous system and fish behavior (pp.
139-144). Chicago : University of Chicago Press. |
STEMMER, B. & COHEN, H. (2002). Neuropragmatique et
lésions de l'hémisphère droit. Psychologie de
l'Interaction, 13-14, 15-46. |
| |
FUJII, D.E. & AHMED, I. (2002). Psychotic disorder
following traumatic brain injury : a conceptual framework.
Cognitive Neuropsychiatry, 7, 41-62. |
|
BUTTER, C.M., SNYDER, D.R. & McDONALD, J.A. (1970).
Effects of orbitalfrontal lesions on aversive and
aggressive behaviors in rhesus monkeys. Journal of
Comparative & Physiological Psychology, 72,
132-144. |
BAYLEY, P.J., HOPKINS R.P. & SQUIRE, L.R. (2003).
Successful recollection of remote autobiographical
memories by amnesiac patients with medial temporal lobe
lesions. Neuron, 38, 135-144. |
| |
DEMAKIS, G.J. (2003). A meta-analytic review of the
sensitivity of the Wisconsin Card Sorting Test to frontal
and lateralized frontal brain damage. Neuropsychology,
17, 255-264. |
| |
ARCINIEGA, D.B., HARRIS, S.N. & BROUSSEAU, K.M.
(2003). Psychosis following traumatic brain injury.
International Review of Psychiatry, 15 (4),
328-340. |
|
MITCHAM, J.C. & THOMAS, R.K. (1971). Comparisons
of substantia nigra and caudate nucleus lesions on three
learning measures in rats. Washington, DC :
Society for Neuroscience. |
SAVAGE, L.M., BUZETTI, R.A. & RAMIREZ, D.R. (2004).
The effects of hippocampal lesions on learning, memory,
and reward expectancies. Neurobiology of Learning
& Memory, 82, 109-119. [PDF] |
|
GAINOTTI, G. (1972). Emotional behavior and hemispheric
side of the lesion. Cortex, 8 (1), 41-55. |
CURTIS, C.E. & D'ESPOSITIO, M. (2004). The effects of
prefrontal lesions on working memory performance and
theory. Cognitive, Affective, & Behavioral
Neuroscience, 4 (4), 528-539. [PDF] |
|
CORKIN, S., MILNER, B. & TAYLOR, L. (1973). Bilateral
sensory loss after unilateral cerebral lesion in man. Transactions
of the American Neurological Association, 98,
118-22. |
LEE, T. & KIM, J.J. (2004). Differential effects of
cerebellar, amygdalar, and hippocampal lesions on
classical eyeblink conditioning in rats. The Journal
of Neuroscience, 24 (13), 3242-3250. [PDF] |
|
FUJII, D.E., AHMED, I. & HISHUNUMA, E. (2004). A
neuropsychological comparison of psychotic disorder
following traumatic brain injury, traumatic brain injury
without psychotic disorder, and schizophrenia. The
Journal of Neuropsychiatry & Clinical Neurosciences,
16, 295-305. |
|
|
DAVIS, M. & SHEARD, M.H. (1974). Habituation and
sensitization of the rat startle response : Effects of
raphe lesions. Physiology & Behavior, 12,
425-431. |
SCHNYER D.M., VERFAELLIE, M., ALEXANDER, M.P., LAFLECHE,
G., NICHOLLS, L. & KASZNIAK, A.W. (2004). A role for
right medial prefrontal cortex in accurate
feeling-of-knowing judgments : evidence from patients with
lesions to frontal cortex. Neuropsychologia, 42,
957-966. [PDF] |
|
RUTTER, M. (1977). Brain damage syndromes in childhood :
Concepts and findings. Journal of Child Psychology
& Psychiatry, 8, 1-21. |
BRAUN, C.M.J., DUMONT, M., DUVAL, J. & HAMEL, I.
(2004). Speech rate as a sticky switch : A multiple lesion
case analysis of mutism and hyperlalia. Brain &
Language, 89, 243-252. |
|
WINOCUR, G. (1979). Effects of interference on
discrimination learning and recall by rats with
hippocampal lesions. Physiology & Behavior, 22, 339-345.
|
BUDSON, A.E., DODSON, C.S., VATNER, J.M., BLACK, P.M.
& SCHACTER, D.L. (2005). Metacognition and false
recognition in patients with frontal lobe lesions : The
distinctiveness heuristic. Neuropsychologia, 43,
860-871. |
|
KAPP, B.S., FRYSINGER, R.C., GALLAGHER, M. & HASELTON,
J.B. (1979). Amygdala central nucleus lesions : Effect on
heart rate conditioning in the rabbit. Physiology
& Behavior, 23, 1109-1117. |
POWELL, D.A., CHURCHWELL, J. & BURRISS, L. (2005).
Medial prefrontal lesions and pavlovian eyeblink and heart
rate conditioning : Effects of partial reinforcement on
delay and trace conditioning in rabbits (Oryctolagus
cuniculus). Behavioral Neuroscience in the Public
Domain, 19 (1), 180-189. [PDF] |
|
ROYET, J.P. & PAGER, J. (1982). Lesions of the
olfactory pathways affecting neophobia and learned
aversion differentially. Behavioural Brain Research,
4, 251-262 |
ALEXANDER M.P., STUSS, D.T., SHALLICE, T., PICTON, T.W.
& GILLINGHAM, S. (2005). Impaired concentration due to
frontal lobe damage from two distinct lesion sites. Neurology,
65 (4), 572-579. |
|
FINGER, S. & STEIN, D.G. (1982). Brain damage and
recovery of function : Research and clinical
implications. New York : Academic Press. |
YEO, R.A., PHILLIPS, J.P., JUNG, R.E., BROWN,. A.J.,
CAMPBELL, R.C. & BROOKS, W.M. (2006). Magnetic
resonance spectroscopy detects brain injury and predicts
cognitive functioning in children with brain injuries. Journal
of Neurotrauma, 23, 1427-1435. [PDF] |
|
WOODRUFF, M.L. & KANTOR, H.M. (1983). Fornix
lesions, plasma ACTH levels, and shuttle box avoidance in
rats. Behavioral Neuroscience, 97 (6), 897-907. |
BAYLEY, P.J., O'REILLY, R.C., CURRAN, T. & SQUIRE,
L.R. (2008). New semantic learning in patients with large
medial temporal lobe lesions. Hippocampus, 18,
575- 583. |
|
CRANNEY, J. & POWERS, A.S. (1983). The effects of core
nucleus and cortical lesions in turtles on reversal and
dimensional shifting. Physiological Psychology, 11, 103-111.
[PDF]
|
SCHEFFT, B.K., DULAY, M.F. & FARGO, J.D. (2008). The
use of a self-generation memory encoding strategy to
improve verbal memory and learning in patients with
traumatic brain injury. Applied Neuropsychology, 15 (1),
61-68. |
|
BATES, E., HAMBY, S. & ZURIF, E. (1983). The effects
of focal brain damage on pragmatic expression. Canadian
Journal of Psychology, 37 (1), 59-83. |
SAVAGE, L.M., HALL, J. & VETRENO, R.P. (2011).
Anterior thalamic lesion alter hippocampal dependent
behavior and hippocampal acetylcholine release. Learning
& Memory, 18, 751-758. |
|
LHERMITTE, F. (1983). "Utilization behaviour" and its
relation to lesions of the frontal lobes. Brain 106,
237-255. |
ENSIGN, K.A., YIAMOUYIANNIS, A., WHITE, K.M. &
RIDPATH, D. (2011). Athletic trainers' attitudes toward
lesbian, gay, and bisexual national collegiate athletic
association student-athletes. Journal of Athletic
Training, 46 (1), 69-75. [PDF] |
|
ARAM, D.M. & EKELMAN, B. ROSE, D. & WHITAKER, H.
(1985). Verbal and cognitive sequelae following unilateral
lesions acquired in early childhood. Journal of
Clinical and Experimental Neuropsychology, 7,
55-78. |
|
|
BIHRLE, A., BROWNELL, H., POWELSON, J. & GARDNER, H.
(1986). Comprehension of humorous and nonhumorous
materials by left and right brain-damaged patients.
Brain & Cognition, 5, 399-411. |
YEO, R.A., GASPAROVIC, C., MERIDETH, F., RUHL, D.,
DOEZEMA, D. & MAYER, A.R. (2011). A longitudinal
proton magnetic resonance spectroscopy study of mild
traumatic brain injury. Journal of Neurotrauma, 28,
1-11. [PDF] |
|
ZOLA-MORGAN, S. & SQUIRE, L.R. (1986). Memory
impairment in monkeys following lesions limited to the
hippocampus. Behavioral Neuroscience, 100 (2),
155-160. |
SAVAGE, L.M., HALL, J.M. & VETRENO, R.P. (2011).
Anterior thalamic lesions alter both hippocampal-dependent
behavior and hippocampal acetylcholine release in the rat.
Learning & Memory, 18, 751-758. [PDF] |
|
ARAM, D.M. & EKELMAN, B. (1987). Scholastic aptitude
and achievement among children with unilateral brain
lesions. Pediatric Research, 178, (1987 |
|
|
WILKINS, A.J., SHALLICE, T. & McCARTHY, R. (1987).
Frontal lesions and sustained attention. Neuropsychologia,
25, 359-365. |
WINOCUR, G., SEKERES, M.J., BINNS, M.A. & MOSCOVITCH,
M. (2013). Hippocampal lesions produce both nongraded and
temporally graded retrograde amnesia in the same rat. Hippocampus,
23, 330-241. |
|
ARAM, D.M. (1988). Language sequelae of unilateral brain
lesions in children. In F. Plum (Ed.), Language,
communication, and the brain (pp. 171- 197). New
York : Raven Press. |
WINOCUR, G., MOSCOVITCH, M. & SEKERES, M.J. (2013).
Factors affecting graded and ungraded memory loss
following hippocampal lesions. Neurobiology of
Learning & Memory, 106, 351-364. |
|
ARAM, D.M. & EKELMAN, B. (1988). Scholastic aptitude
and achievement among children with unilateral brain
lesions. Neuropsychologia, 26 (6), 903-916. |
FUJII, D.E. & AHMED, I. (2014). Psychotic disorder
caused by traumatic brain injury. Psychiatric Clinics
of North America, 37 (1), 113-124. |
|
|
|
|
Voir aussi Cortex,
Cerveau, Neurones,
Lobe et Amnésie |
| |
|
|
|
|
Leslie
Alan M. ( ) : Psychologue
cognitiviste
américain, d'origine écossaise, spécialisé dans l'étude du développement
des enfants et de l'autisme.
Collaborateur de
Baron-Cohen, Frith
et Knobe.
 |
LESLIE, A.M. & KEEBLE, S. (1987). Do six-month-old
infants perceive causality ? Cognition, 25,
265-288. |
|
LESLIE, A.M. & FRITH, U. (1988). Autistic children's
understanding of seeing, knowing and believing.
British Journal of Developmental Psychology, 6,
315-324. |
|
LESLIE, A.M. (1999). The innate capacity to acquire a
theory of mind : synchronic or diachronic modularity ? Mind
& Language, 17, 141-155. |
|
LESLIE, A.M. (1999). Competence and performance in false
belief understanding : A comparison of autistic and
three-year-old children. British Journal of
Developmental Psychology, 14, 131-153. |
|
LESLIE, A.M. KNOBE, J. & COHEN, A. (2006). Acting
intentionally and the side-effect effect : Theory of mind
and moral judgment. Psychological Science, 17
(5), 421-427. |
|
|
|
Lessard
Claude ( ) : Sociologue
québécois, spécialisé en pédagogie.
Il enseigne à l'Université de
Montréal. Il est aussi président du Conseil
Supérieur de l'Éducation. Collaborateur de Meirieu,
Perrenoud et Tardif.
|
TARDIF, M. et LESSARD, C. (2000). L'école change, la
classe reste. Revue Sciences Humaines, 111,
13-18. |
|
LESSARD, C. (2003). Les écoles publiques de Montréal et
les communautés qu'elles desservent : s'adapter ou
résister ? Possibles, 27 (1-2), 89-114. |
|
LESSARD, C. (2003). L'école, communauté de sens ou produit
de consommation. Télescope, l'Observatoire de
l'Administration Publique, ENAP, 10 (2), 12-17. |
|
LESSARD, C. et MEIRIEU, P. (2004). L'obligation de
résultats en éducation. Québec : PUL/ Paris : De
Boeck. |
|
LESSARD, C., ALTET, M., PAQUAY, L. et PERRENOUD, P.
(2004). La place des sciences humaines et sociales
dans l'expertise et les savoirs professionnels des
enseignants. Paris : De Boeck. coll. Perspectives
en éducation. |
|
|
|
Letendre
Robert (1946-2017) : Psychologue,
psychanalyste
québécois et professeur de l'Université
du Québec à Montréal. Professeur de Picotte.
|
LETENDRE, R., MONAST, D. et PICOTTE, F. (1992).
L'expérience hospitalière psychiatrique : le point de vue
des usagers : les déterminants du parcours. Revue
Québécoise de Psychologie, 13 (2), 2-28. |
|
DRAPEAU, A. et LETENDRE, R. (2001). Quelques
propositions inspirées de la psychanalyse pour augmenter
la rigueur en recherche qualitative. Recherches
Qualitative, 22, 73-92.
[PDF] |
|
LETENDRE, R. (2006). Quelques mots sur la rigueur en lien
avec le dispositif d'hospitalité et la fonction tierce. Recherches
Qualitatives, 3, 384-396. |
|
LETENDRE, R. et MARCHAND, D. (2007). Rectitude sociale
et psychanalyse : aléa ou alibi à la fonction de penser. Conjonctures,
44, 109-123. |
|
LETENDRE, R. et MARCHAND, D. (Dirs.) (2010). Adolescence
et affiliation : Les risques de devenir soi.
Montréal : Presses de l'Université du Québec. [LIRE] |
|
|
|
|
|
Lettre : Plus petite unité non-sgnificative des
mots. Les lettres, qui sont des voyelles
ou des consonnes, forment
les syllabes. L'ensemble
des lettres d'une famille de langues forme l'alphabet. Lettre, écrire
et dysortographie.
= alphabet.
Letter, font.
| |
|
|
LE NY, J.-F. (1959). Similitude conditionnelle et illusion
auditive après une association sons-lettres. L'Année
Psychologique, 59, 47-60. |
|
|
MUEHL, S. (1962). The effects of letter-name knowledge on
learning to read a word list in kindergarten children. Journal
of Educational Psychology, 53, 181-186. |
MÜSSELER, J., KORIAT, A. & NIBLEIN, M. (2000).
Letter-detection pattern in German : A window to the early
extraction of sentential structure during reading.
Memory & Cognition, 28 (6), 993-1003. |
|
BISHOP, C.H. (1964). Transfer effects of word and letter
training in reading. Journal of Verbal Learning &
Verbal Behavior, 3 (3), 215-222. |
ADAMS, M. (2001). Alphabetic anxiety and explicit,
systematic phonics instruction : A cognitive science
perspective. In S. Neuman & D. Dickinson (Eds.), Handbook
of early literacy research (vol. 1, pp. 66-80).
Guilford. |
|
BRYANT, P.E. & WEIGHTMAN, J. (1969) Discrimination
learning and the learning of letters by young children. Journal
of Mental Deficiency Research, 13, 221-234. |
BOWMAN, M. & TREIMAN, R. (2002). Relating print and
speech : The effects of letter names and word position on
reading and spelling performance. Journal of
Experimental Child Psychology, 82, 305-340. |
|
MACKAY, D.G. (1969). The repeated letter effect in the
misspellings of dysgraphics and normals. Perception
& Psychophysics, 5, 102-106. |
ROBERTS, T. (2003). Effects of alphabet letter instruction
on young children's word recognition. Journal of
Educational Psychology, 95, 41-51. |
|
MULLER, D.G. (1970). The transfer of letter training to a
word reading task. Journal of Psychology, 76, 97-107. |
PEREA, M. CARREIRAS, M. & GRAINGER, J. (2004).
Blocking by word frequency and neighborhood density in
visual word recognition : A task-specific response
criteria account. Memory & Cognition, 32,
1090-1102. |
|
BOUMA, H. (1970). Interaction effects in parafoveal letter
recognition. Nature, 226, 177-178. |
WOLF, M.M., O'BRIEN, B., GOTTWALD, S. & CHRISTODOULOU,
J. (2005). Letters, neurons, and Pascal : A triptych of
the reading brain's evolution, development, pathology, and
intervention. In K. Fischer & A. Battro (Eds.),
Mind, brain, and education (pp. 181-197).
Cambridge, UK : Cambridge University Press. |
|
MULLER, D.G. (1972-73). Phonic blending and transfer of
letter training to word reading in children. Journal
of Literacy Research, 5 (3), 212-217. [PDF] |
JAMES, K.H., JAMES, T.W., JOBARD, G., WONG, C.-N. &
GAUTHIER, I. (2005). Letter processing in the visual
system : Different activation patterns for single letters
and strings. Cognitive, Affective & Behavioral
Neuroscience, 5 (4), 452-466. [PDF]
+ [PDF] |
|
ERIKSEN, B.A. & ERIKSEN, C.W. (1974). Effects of noise
letters upon the identification of a target letter in a
nonsearch task. Perception & Psychophysics, 16,
143-149. [PDF] |
ARDITI, A. & CHO, J. (2005). Serifs and font
legibility. Vision Research, 45, 2926-2933. |
|
CARNINE, D.W. (1976). Similar sound separation and
cumulative introduction in learning letter-sound
correspondences. Journal of Educational Research, 69,
368-372. |
WOODS, R.J., DAVIS K. & SCHARFF, L.F V. (2005).
Effects of typeface and font size on legibility for
children. American Journal of Psychological Research,
1, 86-102. |
|
CARNINE, D.W. (1980). Two-letter discrimination sequences
: High- confusion alternatives first versus low-confusion
alternatives first. Journal of Reading Behavior, 12
(1), 41-47. |
JAMES, K.H. & GAUTHIER, I. (2006). Letter processing
automatically recruits a sensory-motor brain network. Neuropsychologia,
44, 2937-2949. [PDF] |
|
McCLELLAND, J.L. & RUMELHART, D.E. (1981). An
interactive activation model of context effects in letter
perception : Part 1. An account of basic findings. Psychological
Review, 88 (5), 375-407. [PDF] |
TAI, Y.-C., SHEEDY, J. & HAYES, J. (2006). Effect of
letter spacing on legibility, eye movements, and reading
speed. Journal of Vision, 6, 994. |
|
LABERGE, D. (1983). Spatial extent of attention to letters
and words. Journal of Experimental Psychology : Human
Perception & Performance 9, 371-379. |
ACHA, J. & PEREA, M. (2008). The effects of length and
transposed-letter similarity in lexical decision : Evi-
dence with beginning, intermediate, and adult readers.
British Journal of Psychology, 99, 245-264. |
|
|
BRADLEY-JOHNSON, S., JOHNSON, C. & SUNDERMAN, P.
(1983). Comparison of delayed prompting and fading for
teaching preschoolers easily confused letters and nombers.
Journnal of School Psychology, 21, 327-335. |
GOMEZ, P., RATCLIFF, R. & PEREA, M. (2008). The
overlap model : A model of letter position coding. Psychological
Review, 115, 577-601.
[PDF] |
|
GROFF, P. (1987). Preventing reading failure : An
examination of the myths of reading instruction. Washington,
DC. : National Instute of Education. [PDF] |
JAMES, K.H. & ATWOOD, T.P. (2009). The role of
sensorimotor learning in the perception of letter-like
forms : Tracking the causes of neural specialization for
letters. Cognitive Neuropsychology, 26 (1),
91-100. [PDF] |
|
KORIAT, A. & NORMAN, J. (1989). Why is word
recognition impaired by disorientation while the
identification of single letters is not ? Journal of
Experimental Psychology : Human Perception &
Performance, 15, 153-163. |
GRAINGER, J., TYDGAT, I. & ISSELÉ, J. (2010). Crowding
affects letters and symbols differently. Journal of
Experimental Psychology : Human Perception &
Performance, 36 (3), 673-688.
[PDF] |
|
GRAINGER, J. & JACOBS, A.M. (1991). Masked constituent
letter priming in an alphabetic decision task. European
Journal of Cognitive Psychology, 3, 413-434.
(pdf) |
HILLAIRET, A., COLÉ, P. et GENTAZ, E. (2010). Connaissance
du nom et du son des lettres, habiletés métaphonémiques et
capacités de décodage au cours de la grande section. Psychologie
Française, 55, 91-111. |
|
BJAALID, I.K., HOIEN, T. & LUNDBERG, I. (1993). Letter
identification and lateral masking in dyslex- ics and
normal readers.Scandinavian Journal of Educational
Research, 37, 151-161. |
JOLLY, C., HURON, C., ALBARET, J.-M. et GENTAZ, E. (2010).
Analyse comparative des tracés de lettres cursives d'une
enfant atteinte d'un trouble d'acquisition de la
coordination et scolarisée en CP avec ceux d'enfants
ordinaires de GM et de CP. Psychologie Française, 55,
145-170. |
|
VAN DOORN, R.R.A. & KEUSS, P.J.G. (1993). Does the
production of letter strokes in handwriting benefit from
vision ? Acta Psychologica, 82 (1-3), 275-290. |
BARA, F. et GENTAZ, E. (2010). Apprendre à tracer des
lettres : une revue de question. Psychologie
Française, 55, 129-144. |
|
ZEGARRA-MORAN, O. & GEIGER, G. (1993). Visual
recognition in the peripheral field : letters vs. symbols
and adults vs. children. Perception, 22, 77-90. |
MORET-TATAY, C. & PEREA, M. (2011). Do serifs provide
an advantage in the recognition of written words ? Journal
of Cognitive Psychology, 23 (5), 619-624. [PDF] |
| |
FERNANDES, T., VALE, A.P., MARTINS, B., MORAIS, J. &
KOLINSKY, R. (2014). The deficit of letter processing in
developmental dyslexia : Combining evidence from
dyslexics, typical readers and illiterate adults. Developmental
Science, 17 (1), 125-141. [PDF] |
|
CASSAR, M. & TREIMAN, R. (1997). The beginnings of
orthographic knowledge : Children's knowledge of double
letters in words. Journal of Educational Psychology,
89, 631-644. |
STARRFELT, R. & SHALLICE, T. (2014). From word
superiority to word inferiority : Visual processing of
letters and words in pure alexia. Cognitive
Neuropsychology, 31 (5-6), 367-377. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
Voir aussi Écrire
et Lire |
|
|
Lettre de recommandation : Lettre rédigée dans le but de
proposer une personne (le candidat)
à un comité de
sélection. En principe, cette lettre doit souligner les
forces et les faiblesses du candidat,
ainsi que ses faits d'armes. Lettre de recommandation, CV
et Entrevue
d'embauche.
Letter of recommendation,
letters of reference.
| |
|
|
LUNNEBORG, P.W. & LILLIE, C. (1973). Sexism in
graduate admissions : The letter of recommendation. American
Psychologist, 28, 187-189. |
JONES, D.W. (1990). College letters of recommendation : A
staff development opportunity. School Counselor, 38,
153-155. |
|
ZIMBARDO, P.G. (1976). Reducing the agony of writing
letters of recommendation. Teaching of Psychology, 3
(4), 187-188. |
TOMPKINS, E.J. (1990). Letters of recommendation : sharing
responsibility. The English Journal, 79 (5),
34-35. |
|
RIM, Y. (1976). How reliable are letters of recommendation
? Journal of Higher Education, 47 (4), 437-445. |
BELL, S., COLE, C.S. & FLOGE, L. (1992). Letters of
recommendation in academe : Do women and men write
different languages ? The American Sociologist, Fall,
7-22. |
|
KRYGER, B.R. & SHIKIAR, R. (1978). Sexual
discrimination in use of letters of recommendation : A
case of reverse discrimination. Journal of Applied
Psychology, 63 (3), 309-314. |
O'HALLORAN, B.A., ALTMAIER, E., SMITH, W. & FRANKEN,
E. (1993). Evaluation of resident applicants by letters of
recommendation : A comparison of traditional and
behavior-based formats. Investigative Radiology, 28,
274-277. |
| |
KNOUSE, S.B. (1994). Improving the letter of
recommendation. Journal of Employment Counseling, 31 (3),
105-109. |
|
CLEAR, D.K. (1978). Negative statements in letters of
recommendation : From defamation to defense. NASSP
Bulletin, 62 (422), 34-43. |
GREENBURG, A.G., DOYLE, J. & McCLURE, D.K. (1994).
Letters of recommendation for surgical residencies : What
they say and what they mean. Journal of Surgical
Research, 56 (2), 192-198. |
|
GUILLEMIN, J., HOLMSTROM, L.L. & GARVIN, M. (1979).
Judging competence : Letters of recommendation for men and
women faculties. School Review, 87 (2), 157-170. |
PETERS, T.C. & BEDOYA R. (1995). Gender and letters of
reference in education. Teacher Education Quarterly,
22 (2), 117-128. |
|
STANTON, B.C., BURNSTEIN, A.G., KOBOS, J.C. & LOUCKS,
S. (1979). The deans letter of recommendation and resident
performance. Journal of Medical Education, 54 (10),
812-813. |
BOUTON, L.F. (1995). A cross-cultural Analysis of the
structure and content of letters of reference. Studies
in Second Language Acquisition, 17, 122-144. |
|
HENDERSON, J., BRIERE, J. & HARTSOUGH, R. (1980).
Sexism and sex roles in letters of recommendation to
graduate training in psychology. Canadian
Psychology/Psychologie Canadienne, 2 (2), 75-80. [PDF] |
TOMMASI, G.W., WILLIAMS, K.B. & NORDSTROM, C.R.
(1998). Letters of recommendation : What information
captures HR professionals' attention ? Journal of
Business & Psychology, 13, 5-18. |
|
LEICHNER, P., EUSEBIO-TORRES, E. & HARPER, D. (1981).
The validity of reference letters in predicting resident
performance. Journal of Medical Education, 56
(12), 1019-1021. |
PRECHT, K. (1998). A cross-cultural comparison of letters
of recommendation. English for Special Purposes, 17 (3),
241-265. |
|
KNOUSE, S.B. (1983). The letter of recommendation:
Specificity and favorability of information. Personnel
Psychology, 36 (2), 331-341. |
SCHNEIDER, A. (2000). Why you can't trust letters of
recommendation. Chronicle of Higher Education, 46
(43), 14-16. |
|
COWAN, G. & KASEN, J.H. (1984). Form of rteference :
Sex differences in letters of Recommendation. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 46 (3),
636-645. |
McCARTHY, J.M. & GOFFIN, R.D. (2001). Improving the
validity of letters of recommendation : An investigation
of three standardized reference forms. Military
Psychology, 13, 199-222. |
|
|
CECI, S.J. & PETERS, D. (1984). Letters of reference :
A naturalistic study of the effects of confidentiality.
American Psychologist, 39, 29-31. |
McCLOSKEY, D. (2002). Others things equal : the insanity
of letters of recommandation. Eastern Economic
Journal, 28 (1), 137-140. |
|
TIDWELL, J.A. (1986). Educators' liability for negative
letters of recommendation. Journal of Law &
Education, 15 (4), 479-483. |
McCLOSKEY, D. (2002). The random insanity of letters of
recommendation. Chronicle of Higher Education, 48 (25). |
|
MOORE, S. & SMITH J.M. (1986). Writing recommendation
letters forstudents. Clearing House, 59, 375-376. |
TRIX, F. & PSENKA, C. (2003). Exploring the color of
glass : Letters of recommendation for female and male
medical faculty. Discourse & Society, 14,
191-220. [PDF] |
| |
WONG, A.C.N., GAUTHIER, I., WOROCH, B., DEBUSE, C. &
CURRAN, T. (2005). An early electrophysiological response
associated with expertise in letter perception. Cognitive
Affective & Behavioral Neuroscience, 5 (3),
306-318. |
|
WATSON, C. (1987). Sex-linked differences in letters of
recommendation. Women & Language, 10, 26-28. |
LANDRUM, R.E. (2006). Writing letters of recommendation.
In W. Buskist & S.F. Davis (Eds.), Handbook of
the teaching of psychology (pp. 319-323). Malden,
MA : Blackwell Publishing. |
|
TIDWELL, J.A. (1987). Principals' liability for negative
letters of recommendation. NASSP Bulletin, 71
(503), 61-65. |
SCHMADER, T., WHITEHEAD, J. & WYSOCKI, V.H. (2007). A
linguistic comparison of letters of eecommendation for
male and female chemistry and biochemistry job applicants.
Sex Roles, 57, 509-514. [PDF] |
|
DAVIS, T.E., SHERMAN, N.E. & BRYANT, B.S. (1987).
Writing letters of recommendation : The struggle
continues. Teacher Education, 22 (4), 27-30. |
BIERNAT, M. & EIDELMAN, S. (2007). Translating
subjective language in letters of recommendation : The
case of the sexist professor. European Journal of
Social Psychology, 37, 1149-1175. |
|
SEIPEL, M.O. (1988). Recommendation letters : Whose voices
do they represent.Journal of Social Work Education, 24
(2), 154-164. |
MADERA, J.M., HEBL, M.R. & MARTIN, R.C. (2009). Gender
and letters of recommendation for academia : Agentic and
communal differences. Journal of Applied Psychology,
94 (6), 1591-1599. [PDF] |
|
TIDWELL, J.A. & ABRAMS, L. (1989). Letters of
recommendation : Is silence golden ? Business &
Economic Review, 35 (4), 30-33. |
|
|
|
|
|
Voir aussi Candidat,
CV, Demande
d'emploi, Sexime
et Entrevue
d'embauche |
|
|
|
Lettre grecque : En science,
les lettres de l'alphabet grec sont souvent
utilisés pour désigner des concepts
ou des opérations mathématiques ou logiques.
|
Lettre ouverte : Lettre publiée dans une revue
scientifique et dont le but est de critiquer un aspect de la
recherche scientifique ou d'attirer l'attention sur un problème
spécifique.
Letters to the editor.
| |
DOUBLE, D.B. (1997). Prescribing antidepressants in
general practice. People may become psychologically
dependent on antidepressants [Letter].
British Medical Journal, 314, 829.
|
| |
|
Lettre perdue (Technique) :
Technique de recherche développée par Milgram,
et qui consiste à "égarer volontairement" une lettre afin
d'observer qui se donnera la peine de la retourner au destinataire
(aide).
| |
|
|
MILGRAM, S., MANN, L. & HARTER, S. (1965). The
lost-letter technique : a tool of social research. Public
Opinion Quarterly, 29 (3), 437-438. |
|
STERN, S.E. & FABER, J.E. (1997). The lost e-mail
rnethod : Milgrams lost-letter technique in the age of the
Internet. Behavior Research Methods, Instruments
& Computers, 29, 260-263. |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Comportement
d'aide |
|
|
Lettvin Ysrael Jerome (Chicago 1920-2011) : Ingénieur
et cognitiviste
américain, spécialisé dans l'étude la vision
et de la perception.
notamment chez la grenouille.
Collaborateur de Geiger,
McCulloch,
Pitts et Wall.
|
LETTVIN, J. & PITTS, W. (1943). A mathematical theory
of the affective psychoses. Bulletin of Mathematical
Biophysics, 5, 139-148. |
|
LETTVIN, J., MATURANA, H., McCULLOCH, W.S. & PITTS, W.
(1959). What the frog's eye tells the frog's brain. Proceedings
of the Institute of Radio Engineers, 47 (1),
1940-1951.
[PDF] |
|
MATURANA, H., LETTVIN, J., McCULLOCH, W.S. & PITTS, W.
(1960). Anatomy and physiology of vision in the frog (Rana
pipiens). The Journal of General Physiology, 43
(6), 129-175.
[PDF] |
|
GESTELAND, R., LETTVIN, J. & PITTS, W. (1965).
Chemical transmission in the nose of the frog. Journal
of Physiology, 181, 525-529. |
|
LETTVIN, J. (1977). The gorgon's eye. Technology
Review, 80 (2), 74-83. |
|
|
|
Leucht Stefan ( ) :
Psychiatre allemand et spécialiste de l'étude des neuroleptiques.
Collaborateur de Komossa.
|
LEUCHT, S. WAHLBECK, K., HAMANN, J. & KISSLING, W.
(2003). New generation antipsychotics versus low-potency
conventional antipsychotics: a systematic review and
meta-analysis. Lancet, 361, 1581-189. |
|
LEUCHT, S. & KOMOSSA, K. (2006). Methodology and
critical interpretation of psychopharmacological studies
in schizophrenia. Psychopharmakotherapie-Stuttgart, 13
(6), 231-240. |
|
LEUCHT, S., BUSCH, R., KISSLING, W. & KANE, J.M.
(2007). Early prediction of antipsychotic nonresponse
among patients with schizophrenia. Journal of
Clinical Psychiatry, 68, 352-360. |
|
LEUCHT, S., CORVES, C., ARBTNER, D., ENGEL, R.R. &
DAVIS, J.M. (2009). Second-generation versus
first-generation antipsychotic drugs for schizophrenia : a
meta-analysis. Lancet, 373, 31-41. |
|
LEUCHT, S.A., CIPRIANI, L., SPINELI, D., MAVRIDIS, D.,
ÖREY, F., RICHTER, M., SAMARA, M., BARBUI, C., ENGEL,
R.R., GEDDES, J.R., KISSLING, W., STAPF, M.P., LASSIG, B.,
SALANTI, G. & DAVIS, J.M. (2013). Comparative efficacy
and tolerability of 15 antipsychotic drugs in
schizophrenia : a multiple-treatments meta-analysis. Lancet,
382 (9896), 951-962. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Leung Seung-ming Alvin ( ) : Psychologue
chinois spécialisé dans le counseiling
et l'étude des choix
de carrière. Étudiant de
Triandis.
|
LEUNG, S.A. (1993). Circumscription and compromise : A
replication with Asian Americans. Journal of
Counseling Psychology, 40, 188-193. |
|
LEUNG, S.A., CONOLEY, C.W. & SCHEEL, M. (1994).
Factors affecting the vocational aspirations of gifted
students. Journal of Counseling & Development,
72, 298-303. |
|
LEUNG, S.A. (1998). Vocational identity and career choice
congruence of gifted and talented high school students. Counselling
Psychology Quarterly, 11, 325-335. |
|
LEUNG, S.A., WONG, M.M., LAM, K.W. & LEE, S.Y. (2002),
Career and life planning : Career development and
counseling for youths. Journal of Youth Studies, 5,
38-49. |
|
LEUNG, S.A. & CHEN, P.W. (2009). Developing counseling
psychology in Chinese communities in Asia: Indigenous,
multicultural, and cross-cultural considerations. The
Counseling Psychologist, 37, 944-966. |
|
|
|
Leurre : En éthologie,
désigne un artifice expérimental qui consiste à utiliser une
représentation simplifiée d'un animal dont on désire isoler les
effets de certaines caractéristiques (couleur, taille, mouvement,
etc.), caractéristiques susceptibles d'induire chez le sujet
étudié un comportement bien précis (exploratoire, sexuel ou
agressif). Ce procédé a été popularisé dans les années 30 par Tinbergen.
|
|
|
|
|
Levenson Robert W. ( ) : Psychologue
américain, spécialisé dans l'étude des émotions.
Professeur de Fredrickson.
Collaborateur de Ekman, Friesen,
Gross, Hull,
Sher et
Tsai.
|
LEVENSON, R.W., EKMAN, P. & FRIESEN, W.V. (1990).
Voluntary facial action generates emotion-specific
autonomic nervous system activity. Psychophysiology,
27, 363-384. [PDF] |
|
LEVENSON, R.W., CARSTENSEN, L.L., FRIESEN, W.V. &
EKMAN, P. (1991). Emotion, physiology, and expression in
old age. Psychology & Aging, 6, 28-35. [PDF] |
|
LEVENSON, R.W. & RUEF, A.M. (1992). Empathy : A
physiological substrate. Journal of Personality &
Social Psychology, 63, 234-246. |
|
LEVENSON, R.W., EKMAN, P., HEIDER, K. & FRIESEN, W.V.
(1992). Emotion and autonomic nervous system activity in
the Minangkabau of West Sumatra. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 62, 972-988. |
|
LEVENSON, R.W. (1999). The intrapersonal functions of
emotion. Cognition & Emotion, 13, 481-504. [PDF] |
|
|
TRACY, J.L. & RANDLES, D. (2011). Four models of basic
emotions : A review of Ekman and Cordaro, Izard, Levenson,
and Panksepp and Watt. Emotion Review, 3 (4),
397-405. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Leventhal Howard (Brooklyn 1931-) : Psychosociologue
américain. Il s'intéresse notamment aux émotions,
aux attitudes, à la communication
et à la psychologie
de la santé. Collaborateur de
Dabbs et Janis.
|
LEVENTHAL, H. (1956). The effects of perceptual training
on The Rorschach W and Z scores. Journal of Consulting
Psychology, 20, 93-98. |
|
LEVENTHAL, H. & FISCHER, K. (1970). What reinforces in
a social reinforcement situation-words or expressions ? Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 14, 83-94. |
|
LEVENTHAL, H. & SCHERER, K.R. (1987). The relationship
of emotion to cognition : A functional approach to
semantic controversy. Cognition & Emotion, 1, 3-28. |
|
LEVENTHAL, H. & COLMAN, S. (1997). Quality of life : A
process view. Psychology and Health : The
International Review of Health Psychology, 12,
753-767. |
|
LEVENTHAL, H., WEINMAN, J., LEVENTHAL, E.A. &
PHILLIPS, L.A. (2008). Health psychology : The search for
pathways between behavior and health. Annual Review
of Psychology, 59, 477-505. |
|
|
|
|
|
Levin Shana ( ) : Psychosociologue
américaine, spécialisée dans l'étude du racisme.
Étudiante de Pratto et Sidanius.
|
LEVIN, S., SIDANIUS, J., RABOOWITZ, J.L. & FEDERICO,
C. (1998). Ethnic identity, legitimizing ideologies, and
social status : A matter of ideological asymmetry. Political
Psychology, 19, 373-404. |
|
LEVIN, S. (2000). Undergraduate education in political
psychology. Political Psychology, 21, 603-620. |
|
LEVIN, S. (2003). Social psychological evidence on race
and racism. In M.J. Chang, D. Witt, J. Jones & K.
Hakuta (Eds.), Compelling interest : Examining the
evidence on racialdynamics in colleges and universities
(pp. 97-125). Stanford University Press. [PDF] |
|
LEVIN, S., VAN LAAR, C. & FOOTE, W. (2006). Ethnic
segregation and perceived discrimination in college :
Mutual influences and effects on social and academic life.
Journal of Applied Social Psychology, 36,
1471-1501. |
|
LEVIN, S., MATTHEWS, M., GUIMOND, S., SIDANIUS J., PRATTO,
F., KTEILY, N., PIPITAN, E.V. & DOVER, T. (2012).
Assimilation, multiculturalism, and colorblindness :
Mediated and moderated relationships between social
dominance orientation and prejudice. Journal of
Experimental Social Psychology, 48, 207-212. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Levinas Emmanuel (Kovno Lituanie 1906-1995) :
Philosophe phénoménologiste
français d'origine lituanienne.
 |
LEVINAS, E. (1931). Méditations cartésiennes.
Introduction à la phénoménologie par Edmond Husserl.
Paris : Armand Colin. |
|
LEVINAS, E. (1932). Martin Heidegger et l'ontologie. Revue
Philosophique de la France et de l'Étranger, 113, 395-431. |
|
LEVINAS, E. (1954). Le Moi et la totalité. Revue
Métaphysique et de Morale, 59, 353-373. |
|
LEVINAS, E. (1968). Humanisme et anarchie. Revue
Internationale de Philosophie, 85/86, 323-337. |
|
LEVINAS, E. (1974). Autrement qu'être ou au-delà de
l'essence. La Haye : Martinus Nijhoff. |
|
|
|
|
|
Levine
Edward L. ( ) : Psychologue
organisationel américain et spécialiste de l'étude de la tâche
et des milieux de
travail. Collaborateur de Sistrunk.
|
LEVINE, E.L. & WEITZ, J. (1968). Job satisfaction
among graduate students : Intrinsic versus extrinsic
variables. Journal of Applied Psychology, 52,
263-271. |
|
LEVINE, E.L., ASH, R.A. & BENNETT, N. (1980).
Exploratory comparative study of four job analysis
methods. Journal of Applied Psychology, 65,
524-535. |
|
LEVINE, E.L., SISTRUNK, F., McNUTT, K.J & GAEL, S.
(1988). Exemplary job analysis systems in selected
organizations : A description of process and outcomes. Journal
of Business & Psychology, 3, 3-21. |
|
LEVINE, E.L. & SANCHEZ, J.I. (2007). Evaluating work
analysis in the 21st century. Ergometrika, 4, 1-11. |
|
LEVINE, E.L. (2010). Emotion and power (as social
influence) : Their impact on organizational citizenship
and counterproductive individual and organizational
behavior. Human Resources Management Review, 20,
4-17. |
|
|
|
Levine
John M. ( ) : Psychosociologue
américain et spécialiste de l'étude des groupes.
Collaborateur de Higgins,
Moreland, Sayette,
Tindale et Zentall.
 |
ALLEN, V.L. & LEVINE, J.M. (1966). Consensus and
conformity. Journal of Experimental Social
Psychology, 5, 389-399. |
|
LEVINE, J.M. & MORELAND, R.L. (1987). Social
comparison and outcome evaluation in group contexts. In
J.C. Masters & W.P. Smith (Eds.), Social
comparison, social justice, and relative deprivation :
Theoretical, empirical, and policy perspectives
(pp. 105-127). Hillsdale, NJ : Erlbaum. |
|
LEVINE, J.M. & MORELAND, R.L. (1990). Progress in
small group research. Annual Review of Psychology,
41, 585-634. |
|
LEVINE, J.M. & KAARBO, J. (2001). Minority influence
in political decision-making groups. In C.K.W. De Dreu
& N.K. De Vries (Eds.), Group consensus and
minority influence : Implications for innovation (pp.
229-257). Oxford : Blackwell Publishers. |
|
LEVINE, J.M., ALEXANDER, K.M., WRIGHT, A.G.C. &
HIGGINS, E.T. (2016). Group brainstorming : When
regulatory nonfit enhances performance. Group
Processes & Intergroup Relations, 19, 257-271. |
|
|
|
Levine
Robert V. ( ) :
Psychosociologue américain, spécialisé dans l'étude du comportement
d'aide et les différences
culturelles. Collaborateur de Norenzayan.
|
LEVINE, R.V., MARTINEZ, T., BRASE, G. & SORENSON, K.
(1994). Helping in 36 U.S. cities. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 67, 69-82. |
|
LEVINE, R.V. & NORENZAYAN, A. (1999). The pace of life
in 31 countries. Journal of Cross-cultural
Psychology, 30 (2), 178-205.
[PDF] |
|
LEVINE, R.V., NORENZAYAN, A. & PHILBRICK, K. (2001).
Cross-cultural differences in helping strangers.
Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 32 (5),
543-560.
[PDF] |
|
LEVINE, R.V. (2003). The power of persuasion : How
we're bought and sold. New York : John Wiley &
Sons. |
|
LEVINE, R.V. (2003). The kindness of strangers. American
Scientific, 91, 226-233.
[PDF] |
|
|
|
Levinger
George (Berlin 1927-2017 Ahmerst) :
Psychosociologue américain, d'origine allemande, spécialisé
dans l'étude des relations
intimes, de l'attraction
interpersonnelle et du
mariage. Collaborateur de Rubin.
 |
LEVINGER, G. (1964). Task and social behavior in marriage.
Sociometry, 27, 433-448. |
|
LEVINGER, G. & SENN, D.J. (1967). Disclosure of
feelings in marriage. Merrill-Palmer Quarterly, 13, 237-249.
[PDF] |
|
LEVINGER, G. (1980). Toward the analysis of close
relationships. Journal of Experimental Social
Psychology, 16, 510-544. |
|
LEVINGER, G. & RUBIN, J.Z. (1994). Bridges and
barriers to a more general theory of conflict. Negotiation
Journal, 10, 201-215. |
|
LEVINGER, G. (2005). Five obstacles facing military
ethics. Peace and Conflict : The Journal of Peace
Psychology, 11 (1), 41-46. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Levinson
Daniel Jacob (New York 1920-1994) :
Psychologue américain et spécialiste de l'étude du développement
de l'adulte. Collaborateur
de Adorno.
|
ADORNO, T.W., FRENKEL, B.E., SANFORD, R.N. & LEVINSON,
D.J. (1950). The authoritarian personality. New
York : Harper & Bros. |
|
LEVINSON, D.J. (1959). Role, personality, and social
structure. Journal of Abnormal & Social
Psychology, 58, 170-180. |
|
LEVINSON, D.J. (1964). Patienthood in the mental
hospital. |
|
LEVINSON, D.J. (1978). The seasons of a man's life. |
| |
|
|
GERSICK, K. & NEWTON, P.M. (1996). Obituary : Daniel
J. Levinson (1920-1994). American Psychologist, 51 (3),
262. |
|
|
|
|
|
Levi-Strauss Claude (Bruxelles 1908-2009) : Ethnologue
français et chef de file du structuralisme.
Élu à l'Académie en 1973 (fauteuil 29). Professeur de Godelier.
 |
LEVI-STRAUSS, C. (1949/67). Les structures
élémentaires de la parenté. Paris : Presses
Universitaires de France/La Haye-Paris : Mouton et Cie. |
|
LEVI-STRAUSS, C. (1962). Le totémisme
aujourd'hui. Paris : Presses Universitaires de
France. |
|
LEVI-STRAUSS, C. (1962). La pensée sauvage.
Paris : Plon. |
|
LEVI-STRAUSS, C. (1964). Mythologiques : Le cru
et le cuit. Paris : Plon. |
|
LEVI-STRAUSS, C. (1973). Anthropologie
structurale. Paris : Plon. |
|
|
CLARKE, S. (1977). Lévi-Strauss's structural analysis of
myth. Sociological Review, 25, 743-774. |
|
CLARKE, S. (1978). The origins of Lévi-Strauss's
structuralism. Sociology, 12 (3), 405-439. |
|
WILCKREN, P. (2010). Claude Lévi-Strauss. The Poet in
the Laboratory. New York : The Penguin. Press. |
|
|
|
Levitt
Steven D. (Nouvelle-Orléans 1967-) : Économiste
américain. Collaborateur de List.
|
LEVITT, S.D. (2004). Why are gambling markets organized so
differently from financial markets ? Economic
Journal, 114 (495), 223-246. |
|
LEVITT, S. (2005). Testing theories of discrimination :
Evidence from the weakest link. Journal of Law &
Economics, 47 (2), 431-452. |
|
LEVITT, S.D. & LIST, J.A. (2007). What do laboratory
experiments measuring social preferences reveal about the
real world ? Journal of Economic Perspectives, 21
(2), 153-174. [PDF]
+ [PDF] |
|
LEVITT, S.D. & LIST, J.A. (2009). Field experiments in
economics : The past, the present, and the future.
European Economic Review, 53, 1-18. [PDF] |
|
LEVITT, S.D. & LIST, J.A. (2011). Was there really a
Hawthorne effect at the Hawthorne plant ? An Analysis of
the original illumination experiments. American
Economic Journal : Applied Economics, 3, 224-238.
[PDF] |
|
|
|
|
|
Lèvre
: Partie du visage.
Lèvre, maquillage et apparence.
Lip, Lipstick.
| |
|
|
STEPHEN, I.D. & McKEEGAN, A.M. (2010). Lip color
affects perceived sex typicality and attractiveness of
human faces. Perception, 39, 1104-1110. |
|
GUÉGUEN, N. (2012). Does red lipstick really attract men ?
An evaluation in a bar. International Journal of
Psychological Studies, 4 (2), 206. [PDF] |
| GUÉGUEN, N. & JACOB, C. (2012). Lipstick and tipping
behavior : When red lipstick enhance waitresses tips. International
Journal of Hospitality Management, 31 (4),
1333-1335. |
|
KOBAYASHI, Y., MATSUSHITA, S. & MORIKAWA, K. (2017).
Effects of lip color on perceived lightness of human
facial skin. i-Perception, 1-10. [PDF] |
|
|
Voir aussi Apparence,
Visage et Beauté |
|
|
|
|
|
Levy
Joseph Josy ( ) : Anthropologue
québécois et professeur de sexologie
à l'Université du Québec à
Montréal. Collaborateur de Baruffaldi,
Cohen, Labelle
et Otis.
|
COHEN, H. & LEVY, J.J. (1988). Les états modifiés
de conscience. Montréal : Méridien. |
|
LEVY, J.J. et NOUSS, A. (1994). Sida-fiction : Essai
d'anthropologie romanesque. Presses Universitaires
de Lyon. |
|
OTIS, J., LEVY, J.J. & DROUIN, M.J. (1998). Putting
theory into action : Prevention programs in Canada. In B.
Rowe & B. Ryan (Eds.), Social work and HIV : the
Canadian experience (pp. 24-59). Oxford University
Press. |
|
LEVY, J.J., DROUIN, M.-J., OTIS, J. et CAPPON, P. (1999).
Les conduites à risque face au sida chez les adolescents
en difficulté. In E. Habimana, L.S. Ethier, D. Petot et M.
Tousignant (Dirs.), Psychopathologie de l'enfant et
de l'adolescent. Approche intégrative. Montréal :
Éditions Gaétan Morin. |
|
OTIS, J., MÉDICO, D. et LEVY J.J. (2000). La prévention
des maladies transmissibles sexuellement. Dans F. Vittaro
et C. Gagnon (Dirs), Prévention des problèmes
d'adaptation chez les jeunes. (p. 491-555).
Sainte-Foy : Presses de l'Université du Québec. |
|
|
|
Levy
Kenneth N. ( ) : Psychologue
et psychanalyste
américain, spécialiste de l'étude du narcissisme
et de la personnalité
limite. Collaborateur de Blatt,
Clarkin, Kernberg,
Pincus, Shaver
et Yeomans.
|
LEVY, K.N., BLATT, S.J. & SHAVER, P.R. (1998).
Attachment styles and parental representations. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 74, 407-419.
[PDF] |
|
LEVY, K.N. & BLATT, S.J. (1999). Attachment theory and
psychoanalysis : Further differentiation within insecure
attachment patterns. Psychoanalytic Inquiry, 19, 541-575. |
|
LEVY, K.N. (2005). The implications of attachment theory
and research for understanding borderline personality
disorder. Development & Psychopathology, 17,
959-986. [PDF] |
|
LEVY, K.N., CLARKIN, J.F., YEOMANS, F., SCOTT, L.N.,
WASSERMAN, R.H. & KERNBERG, O.F. (2006). The
mechanisms of change in the treatment of borderline
personality disorder with transference focused
psychotherapy. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 62 (4),
481-501. [PDF] |
|
LEVY, K.N., YEOMANS, F.E. & DIAMOND, D. (2007).
Psychodynamic treatment of self-injury. Journal of
Clinical Psychology, 63 (112), 1165-1120. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Levy
Sheri R. ( ) : Psychosociologue
américaine, spécialisé dans l'étude des groupes
et des préjugés.
Collaboratrice de Dweck et Salovey.
|
LEVY, S.R., STROESSNER, S.J. & DWECK, C.S. (1998).
Stereotype formation and endorsement : The role of
implicit theories. Journal of Personality &
Social Psychology, 74, 1421-1436. [PDF] |
|
LEVY, S.R. (1999). Reducing prejudice : Lessons from
social-cognitive factors underlying perceiver differences
in prejudice. Journal of Social Issues, 55, 745-766.
[PDF] |
|
LEVY, S.R., FREITAS, A.L. & SALOVEY, P. (2002).
Construing action abstractly and blurring social
distinctions: Implications for perceiving homogeneity
among, but also empathizing with and helping, others. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 83,
1224-1238. [PDF] |
| LEVY, S.R., WEST, T., BIGLER, R., KARAFANTIS, D., RAMIREZ,
L. & VELILA, E. (2005). Messages about the uniqueness
and similarities of people : Impact on U.S. Black and
Latino youth. Journal of Applied Developmental
Psychology, 26, 713-733. [PDF] |
|
LEVY, S.R. & CHIU, C.Y. & HONG, Y.Y. (2006). Lay
theories and intergroup relations. Group Processes
& Intergroup Relations, 9 (1), 5-24. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
|
Lévy-Brühl Lucien (1857-1939) : Anthropologue
et ethnologue français,
spécialiste de l'étude des mentalités primitives. Professeur de Jousse.
|
LEVY-BRUHL, L. (1900). La philosophie d'Auguste Comte.
Paris : Alcan. |
|
LEVY-BRÜHL, L. (1918). Fonctions mentales dans les
sociétés inférieures. Paris : Alcan. |
|
LEVY-BRÜHL, L. (1922). Mentalité primitive.
Paris : Alcan. |
|
LEVY-BRÜHL, L. (1927). La morale et la science des
moeurs. Paris : Alcan. |
|
LEVY-BRÜHL, L. (1935). La mythologie primitive. Le
mode mythique des Australiens et des Papous. Paris
: Alcan. |
|
|
MASSON-OURSEL, P. (1939). Lucien LÉvy-Bruhl (1857-1939).
Revue de Synthèse, 4 (1), 113-115. |
|
MAUSS, M. (1939). Lucien Lévy-Bruhl (1857-1939).
Annales de l'Université de Paris, 14, 408-411. |
|
LENOIR, R. (1939). Obituary : Lucien Levy-Bruhl,
1857-1939. The American Journal of Sociology, 44
(6), 980. |
|
CAZENEUVE, J. (1963). Lucien Lévy-Bruhl. Sa vie, son
oeuvre, avec un exposé de sa philosophie.Paris :
Prresses Universitaire de France. |
|
CAZENEUVE, J. (1972). Lucien Lévy-Bruhl. New
York : Harper & Row. |
|
FIMIANI, M. (2000). Lévy-Bruhl. La différence et
l'archaïque. Paris : L'Harmattan. |
|
DEPREZ, S. (2010). Lévy-Bruhl et la rationalisation du
monde. Rennes ; Presses Universitaires de Rennes. |
|
|
|
Lewandowsky Stephan ( ) : Psychologue
cognitiviste américain d'origine australienne, spécialisé
dans l'étude de la décision,
de l'antiscience
et les théories
conspirationistes. Étudiant de Murdock.
Collaborateur de Hornsey
et Oberauer.
|
LEWANDOWSKY, S., STRITZKE, WERNER, G.K., OBERAUER, K.
& MORALES, M. (2005). Memory for fact, fiction, and
misinformation. Psychological Science, 16 (3),
190-195. |
|
LEWANDOWSKY, S., ECKER, U.K.H., SEIFERT, C.M., SCHWARZ, N.
& COOK, J. (2012). Misinformation and its correction :
Continued influence and successful debiasing. Psychological
Science in the Public Interest, 13 (3), 106-131. |
|
LEWANDOWSKY, S. & GIGNANC, G.E. (2013). The pivotal
role of perceived scientific consensus in acceptance of
science. Nature Climate Change, 3 (4), 399-404. |
|
LEWANDOWSKY, S., GIGNAC, G.E. & OBERAUER, K. (2013).
The role of conspiracist ideation and worldviews in
predicting rejection of science. PLOS One, 8 [10],
1-11. [PDF] |
|
LEWANDOWSKY, S., COOK, J., OBERAUER, K., BROPHY, S.,
LLOYD, E.A. & MARRIOTT, M. (2015). Recurrent fury :
Conspiratorial discourse in the blogosphere triggered by
research on the role of conspiracist ideation in climate
denial. Journal of Social & Political Psychology,
3 (1), 142-178. |
|
|
|
|
|
Lewin Bertram D. (Texas 1896-1971) : Psychanalyste
américain et membre de l'Institut
de Psychanalyse de New York. Analysé par Alexander.
|
LEWIN, B.D. (1933). The body as phallus. Psychoanalytic
Quarterly, 2, 24-47. |
|
LEWIN, B.D. (1948). Inferences from the dream screen. International
Journal of Psycho-Analysis, 29, 224-231. |
|
LEWIN, B.D. (1935). Claustrophobia. Psychoanalytic
Quarterly, 4, 227-233. |
|
LEWIN, B.D. (1949). Mania and sleep. Psychoanalytic
Quarterly, 18, 419-433. |
|
LEWIN, B.D. (1955). Dream psychology and the analytic
situation. Psychoanalytic Quarterly, 24,
169-199. |
|
|
|
Lewin Kurt A. (Mogilno Prusse 1890-1947 Newtonville
Massachusetts) : Psychosociologue
américain d'origine allemande, chef de file du gestaltisme
et membre de l'École de
Frankfort. Il a développé une théorie de l'apprentissage
qui repose sur le concept de champs.
Étudiant de Stumpf et
professeur de Festinger et
Lippitt. Collaborateur de Barker.
|
|
LEWIN, K. (1938). The conceptual representation and the
measurement of psychological forces. Contributions to
Psychological Theory, 1 (4), 11-70. |
|
LEWIN, K. (1938). A dynamic theory of personality. New
York : McGraw-Hill. |
|
BARKER, R., DEMBO, T. & LEWIN, K. (1941). Frustration
and aggression : An experiment with young children. Studies
in Child Welfare, 18, 1-314. |
|
LEWIN, K. (1948). Resolving social conflicts.
New York : Harper. |
|
LEWIN, K. (1951). Field theory in social science. In D.
Cartwright (Ed.), Selected theoretical papers.
New York : Harper & Row. |
|
|
|
GOLLWITZER, P.M., WICKLUND, R.A. & HILTON, J.L.
(1982). Admission of failure and symbolic self-completion
: Extending Lewinian theory. Journal of Personality
& Social Psychology, 43 (2), 358-371. [PDF] |
|
COGHLAN, D. & JACOBS, C. (2005). Kurt Lewin on
reeducation : Foundations for action research. Journal
of Applied Behavioral Science, 41, 444-457. |
|
BURNES, B. (2007). Kurt Lewin and the Harwood studies :
The foundations of OD. Journal of Applied Behavioral
Science, 43 (2), 213-231. |
|
CROCETTI, E. & PLAMONARI, A. (2008). Adolescence and
emerging adulthood : The relevance of Lewin's thought. Gestalt
Theory, 30 (1), 503-508. |
|
RAINIO, K. (2009). Kurt Lewin's dynamical psychology
revisited and revised. Dynamical Psychology, 1-17. [PDF] |
|
COSTANZO, P., HOYLE, R.H. & LEARY, R.M. (2011).
Personality, social psychology, and psychopathology :
Reflections on a Lewinian vision. In K. Deaux & M.
Snyder (Eds.), The Oxford handbook of personality and
social psychology. New York : Oxford University
Press. |
|
|
|
Lewinsohn Peter M. ( ) : Psychologue
cognitivo-béhavioriste américain,
spécialisé dans l'étude de la dépression.
Professeur de Eyberb.
Collaborateur d'Antonuccio,
Brooks-Gunn,
Finchman, Gotlib,
Joiner, Martell, Roozen
et Zinbarg.
|
LEWINSOHN, P.M. & TALKINGTON, J. (1979). Studies on
the measurement of unpleasant events and relations with
depression. Applied Psychological Measurement, 3
(1), 83-101. |
|
LEWINSOHN, P.M., SULLIVAN, J.M. & GROSSCUP, S.J.
(1980). Changing reinforcing events : An approach to the
treatment of depression. Psychotherapy : Theory,
Research & Practice, 47, 322-334. |
|
LEWINSOHN, P.M., HOBERMAN, H.M., TERI, L. &
HAUTZINGER, M. (1985). An integrated theory of depression.
In S. Reiss & R. Bootzin (Eds.), Theoretical
issues in behavior therapy (pp. 331-359). New York
: Academic Press. |
|
LEWINSOHN, P.M., CLARKE, G.N., HOPS, H. & ANDREWS, J.
(1990). Cognitive-behavioral treatment for depressed
adolescents. Behavior Therapy, 21, 385-401. |
|
LEWINSOHN, P.M. ROHDE, P., SEELEY, J.R., KLEIN, D.N. &
GOTLIB, I.H. (2003). Psychosocial functioning of young
adults who have experienced and recovered from major
depressive disorder during adolescence. Journal of
Abnormal Psychology, 112, 353-363. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Lewis Bradley ( ) : Philosophe
américain. Il s'intéresse notamment à la perception de la psychiatrie.
|
LEWIS, B. (2000). Psychiatry and postmodern theory. Journal
of Medical Humanities, 21 (2), 71-84.
[PDF] |
|
LEWIS, B. (2006). A mad fight : Psychiatry and disability
activism. In L.J. Davis (Ed.), The disability studies
reader (pp. 3-16). New York : Routledge. |
|
LEWIS, B. (2011). Narrative and psychiatry. Current
Opinion in Psychiatry, 24, 489-494. [PDF] |
|
LEWIS, B. (2011). Moving beyond Prozac, DSM, and the
new psychiatry : The birth of postpsychiatry. Ann
Arbor : University of Michican Press. |
|
LEWIS, B. (2014). The art of medicine : Taking a narrative
turn in psychiatry. Lancet, 383, 22-23. |
|
|
|
Lewis Clarence Irving (Stoneham 1883-1964 Menlo Park) :
Philosophe et logicien
américain. Étudiant de Royce.
Professeur de Chisholm et
Firth.
 |
LEWIS, C.I. (1923). A pragmatic conception of the a
priori. The Journal of Philosophy, 20, 169-177.
|
|
LEWIS, C.I. (1932). Alternative systems of logic. The
Monist, 42, 481-507.
|
|
LEWIS, C.I. (1934). Experience and meaning. The
Philosophical Review, 43, 125-146. |
LEWIS, C.I. (1941). Some logical considerations concerning
the mental. The Journal of Philosophy, 38,
225-233.
|
LEWIS, C.I. (1955). Realism or phenomenalism. The
Philosophical Review, 64, 233-247.
|
|
|
|
BROWN, S.M. (1950). C.I. Lewis' aesthetic. The Journal
of Philosophy, 47, 141-150. |
MURPHEY, M.G. (2005). C.I. Lewis : The last great
pragmatist. Albany : State University of New York
Press. |
|
FIRTH, R. (1950). Lewis on the Given. In P.A. Schilpp
(Ed.), The philosophy of C.I. Lewis (pp.
329-350). Lasalle, Illinois : Open Court. |
ROSENTHAL, S.B. (2007). C.I. Lewis in focus. Bloomington
: Indiana University Press. |
|
GARVIN, L. (1957). Relativism in professor Lewis' theory
of aesthetic value. The Journal of Philosophy, 46, 169-176. |
BALDWIN, T. (2007). C.I. Lewis : Pragmatism and analysis.
In M. Beaney (Ed.), The analytic turn : analysis in
early analytic-philosophy and phenomenology (pp.
178-195.). London : Routledge. |
|
BAYLIS, C.A. (1964). C.I. Lewis' theory of value and
ethics. The Journal of Philosophy, 61, 559-567. |
FRANCO, P.L. (2020). Hans Reichenbach’s and C.I. Lewis’s
Kantian Philosophies of Science.” Studies In History
and Philosophy of Science Part A 80, 62–71. |
|
FRANKENA, W. (1964). Three comments on Lewis' views on the
Right and the Good : Comments. The Journal of
Philosophy, 61, 567-570. |
|
|
|
|
|
Lewis David Kellog (Oberlin États-Unis 1941-2001) :
Philosophe et
logicien américain. Figure de proue de la philosophie
analytique et pionnier du développement de la logique
modale.
 |
LEWIS, D. (1966). An argument for the identity theory. Journal
of Philosophy, 63 17-25. |
|
LEWIS, D. (1973). Causation. Journal of Philosophy,
70, 556-567. |
|
LEWIS, D. (1973). Counterfactuals. Oxford :
Basil Blackwell. |
|
LEWIS, D. (1980). Mad pain and martian pain. In N. Block
(Ed.), Readings in philosophy of psychology (Vol.
1). Harvard U.P. |
|
LEWIS, D. (1981). Causal decision theory. Australasian
Journal of Philosophy, 59, 5-30. |
|
|
|
Lewis Edward B. (Wilkes-Barre États-Unis 1918-2004) :
Biologiste et généticien
américain, spécialiste de l'étude de la génétique des populations,
notamment chez la
drosophile. Lauréat du prix
Nobel de physiologie et de médecine en 1995.
|
LEWIS, E.B. (1950). The phenomenon of position effect.
Advances in Genetics, 3, 73-115. |
|
LEWIS, E.B. (1964). Genetic control and regulation of
developmental pathways. In M. Locke (Ed.), Role of
chromosomes in development (pp. 231-252). New York
: Adacemic Press. |
|
LEWIS, E.B. (1978). A gene complex controlling
segmentation in drosophila. Nature, 276,
565-570. |
|
LEWIS, E.B. (1986). Regulation of the genes of the
bithorax complex in drosophila. Cold Spring Harbor
Symposia on Quantitative Biology, 50, 155-164. |
|
LEWIS, E.B. (1991). Clusters of master control genes
regulate the development of higher organisms. Journal
of American Medical Association, 267, 524-1531. |
|
|
|
Lewis Melissa A. ( ) : Psychosociologue américaine, spécialisée dans l'étude des normes
sociales, notamment en matière de consommation d'alcool. Collaboratrice de Neighbors.
|
LEWIS, M.A. & NEIGHBORS, C. (2004).
Gender-specific misperceptions of college student drinking
norms. Psychology of Addictive Behaviors, 18
(4), 334-339. [PDF] |
|
LEWIS, M.A. & NEIGHBORS, C. (2005). Self-determination
and the use of self-presentation strategies. The
Journal of Social Psychology, 145 (4), 469-490. [PDF] |
|
LEWIS, M.A. & NEIGHBORS, C. (2006). Social norms
approaches using descriptive drinking norms education: A
review of the research on personalized normative feedback.
Journal of American College Health, 4, 213-218. [PDF] |
|
LEWIS, M.A. & NEIGHBORS, C. (2007). Optimizing
personalized normative feedback : The use of
gender-specific referents. Journal of Studies on
Alcohol & Drugs, 68, 228-237. |
|
LEWIS, M.A., LINDGREN, K.P., FOSSOS, N., NEIGHBORS, C.
& OSTER-AALAND, L. (2009). Examining the relationship
between typical drinking behavior and 21st birthday
drinking behavior among college students : implications
for event-specific prevention. Addiction, 104
(5), 760-767. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Lewis Michael ( ) : Psychologue
américaine et spécialiste du
développement, notamment de l'attention.
Collaborateur de Brooks-Gunn,
Cairns et Kagan.
|
LEWIS, M. (1964). The effect of effort on value : An
exploratory study of children. Child Development, 35,
1337-1342. |
|
LEWIS, M., KAGAN, J., KALAFAT, J. & CAMPBELL, H.
(1966). The cardiac response as a correlate of attention
in infants. Child Development, 37, 63-71. |
|
LEWIS, M. & BROOKS-GUNN, J. (1981). Attention and
intelligence. Intelligence, 5, 231-238. |
|
LEWIS, M. & JASKIR, J. (1983). Infant intelligence and
its relationship to birth order and birth spacing. Infant
Behavior & Development, 6, 117-120. |
|
LEWIS, M. & WOROBEY, J. (2011). Mothers and toddlers
lunch together : The relation between observed and
reported behavior. Appetite, 56, 732-736. |
|
|
|
Lewkowicz David ( ) : Psychologue
cognitiviste américain et
spécialiste de l'étude de la perception. Il s'intéresse également à l'intégration
multisensorielle. Collaborateur de
Lickliter.
|
LEWKOVICZ, D.J. (1986). Developmental changes in infants'
bisensory response to synchronous durations. Infant
Behavior & Development, 9 (3), 335-353. |
|
LEWKOWICZ, D.J. (1996). Perception of auditory-visual
temporal synchrony in human infants. Journal of
Experimental Psychology : Human Perception &
Performance, 22 (5), 1094-1106. |
|
LEWKOWICZ, D.J. (2000). The development of intersensory
temporal perception : An epigenetic systems/limitations
view. Psychological Bulletin, 126 (2), 281-308.
|
|
LEWKOWICZ, D.J. & GHAZANFAR, A.A. (2006). The decline
of cross- species intersensory perception in human
infants. Proceedings of the National Academy of
Sciences, 103, 6771-6774. |
|
LEWKOWICZ, D.J. & GHAZANFAR, A.A. (2009). The
emergence of multisensory systems through perceptual
narrowing. Trends in Cognitive Sciences, 13
(11), 470-478. [PDF]
+ [PDF] |
|
|
|
Lewontin Richard Charles (1929-2021) : Biologiste,
évolutionniste et généticien
américain. Avec Gould, il critique l'usage du concept de race
en montrant qu'il existe plus de variation génétique entre les
individus d'un même groupe humain, que l'on nomme "race", qu'entre
les groupes. Collaborateur de Godfrey-Smith,
Gould, Kamin
et Rose.
 |
LEWONTIN, R.C. (1974). The genetic basis of
evolutionary change. New York : Columbia University
Press. |
|
LEWONTIN, R.C. (1978). Adaptation. Scientific
American, 239, 157-169. |
|
LEWONTIN, R.C. (1979). Sociobiology as an
adaptationist program. Behavioral Science, 2,
5-14. |
|
LEWONTIN, R.C. (1983). Elementary errors about
evolution. The Behavioral & Brain Sciences, 3,
367-368. |
|
LEWONTIN, R.C. (1990). The evolution of cognition. In
D.N. Osherson & E.E. Smith (Eds.), An invitation
to cognitive science : Thinking (pp. 229-246).
Cambridge, MA : The MIT Press. |
|
|
|
Lexique : Le mot a deux acceptions : a)
Ensemble des mots en usage
dans une langue ou un secteur spécialisé de
cette langue, présenté sous forme de livre ou de site
internet.
= dictionnaire,
glossaire.
*lexique
mental.
Lexicon. b)
En psychologie cognitive, le terme renvoie à l'ensemble des mots
contenu dans la mémoire
sémantique. Mental lexicon, lexical
storage.
| |
|
| a |
|
VERPLANCK, W.S. (1957). A glossary of some terms used in
the objective science of behavior. Psychological
Review, 64, 1-42. |
|
KRIEGER, N. (2001). Glossary for social epidemiology. Journal
of Epidemiology & Community Health, 55,
693-700.
[PDF] |
| b |
|
TAFT, M. & FORSTER, K.I. (1975). Lexical storage and
retrieval of prefix words. Journal of Verbal Learning
& Verbal Behavior, 14, 638-647.
[PDF] |
|
|
Voir aussi Lexique mental |
|
|
|
|
|
Lexique de psychologie : Lexique et dictionnaire
de psychologie. = glossaire,
terminologie.
Glossary, vocabulary.
| |
|
|
CATANIA, A.C. (1969). On the vocabulary and the grammar of
behavior. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of
Behavior, 12, 845-846. [PDF] |
MALCUIT, G., POMERLEAU, A. et MAURICE, P. (1995). Psychologie
de l'apprentissage : termes et concepts. St-Hyacinthe
: Edisem. |
|
WHITE, O.R. (1971). Glossary of behavioral
terminology. Champaign, IL : Research Press. |
NARODETSKY, J.F., STUTE-CADIOT, J. et WIEDER, C. (1997). Lexique
trilingue des termes psychanalytiques : français,
anglais, allemand. Paris : Masson. |
|
MALCUIT, G. et POMERLEAU, A. (1979/1986). Terminologie
en conditionnement et apprentissage. Montréal :
Presses Universitaires du Québec. |
VANIER, A. (1998). Lexique de psychanalyse. Paris
: Armand Colin. |
| |
HOUDÉ, O., KAYSER, D., KOENIG, O., PROUST, J. et RASTIER,
F. (1998). Vocabulaire de sciences cognitives.
Paris : Presses Universitaires de France. |
|
LEGENDRE-BERGERON, M.F. (1980). Lexique de la
psychologie du développement de Jean Piaget.
Montréal : Gaëtan Morin. |
SARRAZIN, G. (2000). Lexique de psychométrie et de
méthodes quantitatives. Ottawa : Université
d'Ottawa. |
|
GOULET, C. (2003). Lexique de psychologie et sciences connexes. Montréal : WHC.CA.
[LIRE] |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Définition,
Dictionnaire
et Psychologie |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Lexique mental : Ensemble des connaissances orthographiques,
phonologiques, sémantiques et syntaxiques sur les mots
que possède un sujet en
mémoire sémantique. L'accès à ce lexique peut être réduit à
la suite d'une aphasie.
Lexique mental, langage et
vocabulaire. Mental
lexicon, lexical storage.
| |
|
|
OLDFIELD, R.C. (1966). Things, words, and the brain. Quarterly
Journal of Experimental Psychology, 18, 340-353. |
STORKEL, H.L. (2002). Restructuring similarity
neighborhoods in the developing mental lexicon.
Journal of Child Language, 29, 251-274. [PDF] |
|
FORSTER, K.I. & CHAMBERS, S.M. (1973). Lexical access
and naming time. Journal of Verbal Learning &
Verbal Behavior, 12, 627-635. |
STORKEL, H.L. & MORRISETTE, M.L. (2002). The Lexicon
and phonology : Interactions in language acquisition.
Language, Speech & Hearing Services in Schools, 33,
24-37. [PDF] |
|
TAFT, M. & FORSTER, K.I. (1975). Lexical storage and
retrieval of prefix words. Journal of Vebal Learning
& Verbal Behavior, 14, 638-647.
[PDF] |
McDONOUGH, L., CHOI, S. & MANDLER, J.M. (2003).
Understanding spatial relations : Flexible infants,
lexical adults. Cognitive Psychology, 46,
229-259.
[PDF] |
|
JOHNSON-LAIRD, P.N. (1975). Meaning and the mental
lexicon. In R.A. Kennedy & A.L. Wilkes (Eds.), Studies
in long term memory (pp. 123-142). London : Wiley.
|
ELMAN, J.L. (2004). An alternative view of the mental
lexicon. Trends in Cognitive Science, 8,
301-306. [PDF] |
|
GORDON, P. (1985). Level-ordering in lexical development.
Cognition, 21, 73-93. |
HALL, N.E. (2004). Lexical development and retrieval in
treating children who stutter. Language, Speech, &
Hearing Services in Schools, 35, 57-69. |
|
CARAMAZZA, A., MICELI, G., SILVERI, M.C. & LAUDANA, A.
(1985). Reading mechanisms and the organization of the
lexicon : Evidence from acquired dyslexia. Cognitive
Neuropsychology, 2, 81-114. |
STORKEL, H.L. (2004). Do children acquire dense
neighborhoods ? An investigation of similarity
neighborhoods in lexical acquisition. Applied
Psycholinguistics, 25, 201-221. [PDF] |
|
LE NY, J.F. (1989). Accès au lexique et compréhension du
langage : La ligne de démarcation sémantique. Lexique,
8, 65-85. |
PERFETTI, C.A., LIU, Y. & TAN, L.H. (2005). The
lexical constituency model : Some implications of research
on chinese for general theories of reading. Psychological
Review, 112 (1), 43-59.
[PDF] |
|
STEMMER, N. (1989). Theacquisitionoftheostensive lexicon:
The superiority of empiricist over cognitive theories. Behaviorism,
17, 41-61. |
|
|
FROST, R., FELDMAN, L.B. & KATZ, L. (1990).
Phonological ambiguity and lexical ambiguity : Effects on
visual and auditory word recognition. Learning,
Memory, & Cognition, Journal of Experimental
Psychology, 16 (4) 569-580. [PDF] |
FROST, R., KUGLER, T., DEUTSCH, A. & FORSTER, K.I.
(2005). Orthographic structure versus morphological
structure : Principles of lexical organization in a griven
language Journal of Experimental Psychology :
Learning, Memory & Cognition, 31 (6),
1293-1326. [PDF] |
|
THAL, D., MARCHMAN, V., STILES, J., ARAM, D., TRAUNER, D.,
NASS, R. & BATES, E. (1991). Early lexical development
in children with focal brain injury. Brain &
Language, 40 (4), 491-527. |
MIRMAN, D., McCLELLAND, J.L. & HOLT, L.L. (2006). An
interactive Hebbian account of lexically guided tuning of
speech perception. Psychonomic Bulletin & Review,
13 (6), 958-965. [PDF] |
|
RICE, M.L. & BODE, J. (1993). GAPS in the verb
lexicons of children with specific language impairment. First
Language, 13, 113–131. |
YODER, P. (2006). Predicting lexical diversity growth rate
in young children with autism spectrum disorders.
American Journal of Speech-Language Pathology, 15, 378–388. |
|
GRANBOULAN, V., CHAUVIN, D., BASQUIN, M., PELTIER, C.
& LE NY, J.F. (1995). Le lexique de l'adolescent :
Étude chez des adolescents normaux des variations
lexicales selon l'interlocuteur. La Psychiatrie de
l'Enfant, 38, 655- 691. |
LE NY, J.F. (2007). Le langage ; le lexique mental; la
compréhension du langage; l'organisation des connaissances
; connaissances et croyances ; la typicalité. In J.-Y.
Baudouin & G. Tiberghien (Dirs.), Psychologie
cognitive. Vol. 1: L'adulte. Rosny-sous-Bois :
Boréal. |
|
McKOON, G. & RATCLIFF, R. (1995). Conceptual
combinations and relational contexts in free association
and in priming in lexical decision. Psychonomic
Bulletin & Review, 2, 527-533. [PDF] |
JONES, M.N. & MEWHORT, D.J.K. (2007). Representing
word meaning and order information in a composite
holographic lexicon. Psychological Review, 114 (1),
1-37. [PDF] |
|
GOLDFINGER, S.D. (1998). Echoes of echoes ? An episodic
theory of lexical access. Psychological Review, 105,
251-279. |
ADELMAN, J.S. & BROWN, G.D.A. (2008). Modeling lexical
decision : The form of frequency and diversity effects. Psychological
Review, 115 (1), 214-227. [PDF] |
| |
TUZZI, A. (2009). Grammar and lexicon in individuals with
autism : Quantitative analysis of a large Italian corpus.
Intellectual & Developmental Disabilities, 47, 373-385. |
|
|
|
|
Voir aussi Vocabulaire,
Verbe, Nom,
Mot et Mémoire
sémantique |
| |
|
|
Leyens
Jacques-Philippe (1942-2017) : Psychosociologue
belge. Il s'est notamment intéressé aux théories
implicites de la personnalité. Collaborateur de Berkowitz,
Bourhis,
Castano, Fiske, Tajfel
et Yzerbyt.
 |
LEYENS J.-P., CAMINO L., PARLE, R. & BERKOWITZ, L.
(1975). Effects of movie violence on aggression in a field
setting as a function of group dominance and cohesion. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 32,
346-360. |
|
LEYENS, J.P. (1982). Sommes-nous tous des
psychologues? : approche psychosociale des théories
implicites de la personnalité. Liège : Mardaga. |
|
LEYENS, J.P. (1991). Théories implicites de personnalité.
In H. Bloch, R. Chemama, A. Gallo, P. Leconte, J.F. Le NY,
J. Postel, S. Moscovici, M. Reuchlin et E. Vurpillot
(Dirs.), Grand dictionnaire de la psychologie.
Paris : Larousse. |
|
LEYENS, J.P., YZERBYT, V.Y. & SCHADRON, G. (1994). Stereotypes
and social cognition. London : Sage. |
|
LEYENS, J.P., PALADINO, P.M., RODRIGUEZ-TORRES, R., VAES,
J., DEMOULIN, S., RODRIGUEZ-PEREZ, A., VAES, J., DEMOULIN,
S., RODRIGUEZ-PEREZ, A. & GUNT, R. (2000). The
emotional side of prejudice : The attribution of secondary
emotions to ingroups and outgroups. Personality &
Social Psychology Review, 4, 186-197. |
|
|
|
Lézard
: Petit reptile.
Lizard.
| |
|
|
DELBOEUF, J. (1891). La psychologie des lézards (I). Revue
Scientifique, 47 (7), 210-212. |
KNAPP, R. & MOORE, M.C. (1996). Male morphs in tree
lizards, Urosaurus ornatus, have different delayed
hormonal responses to aggressive encounters. Animal
Behaviour, 52, 1045-1055. |
|
DELBOEUF, J. (1891). La psychologie des lézards (II). Revue
Scientifique, 48 (14), 437-439. |
|
|
DELBOEUF, J. (1893). La psychologie des lézards (III). Revue
Scientifique, 51 (12), 494-498.
[LIRE] |
|
|
DELBOEUF, J. (1894). La psychologie des lézards (IV). Revue
Scientifique, 53 (22), 698-699. [LIRE] |
YANG, E.J. & WILCZYNSK, W. (2003). Interaction effects
of corticosterone and experience on aggressive behaviour
in the green anole lizard. Hormones & Behavior,
44, 281-292. |
|
DELBOEUF, J. (1895). Quelques réflexions générales à
propos de la psychologie des lézards. Revue
Scientifique, 56 (23), 805-810.
[LIRE] |
|
| |
|
BURNIE, D. (Dir.) (2001). Animal. Londres :
Dorling Kindersley / Le règne animal.
Saint-Laurent : Erpi. |
Voir aussi Reptile
et Animal |
|
|
|
|
| LES - LIBÉRALISME
- LIBERTÉ - LIBIDO
- LIBRE ARBITRE -
LIEU - LIKERT -
LILIENFELD - LINCOLN - LINDSLEY
- LINGUISTIQUE
- LINNÉ - LIP |
Liaison
(Groupe) : Lien entre les
individus d'un groupe,
les éléments d'un ensemble.
Link, bond.
| |
|
|
LUCE, D. (1950). Connectivity and generalized cliques in
sociometric group structure. Psychometrika, 15,
169-190. |
|
|
|
Liban
: Pays.
Lebanon.
| |
|
|
ZA'VOUR, G.I. (1972). Superstitions among certain groups
of Lebanese Arab students in Beirut. Journal of
Cross-Cultural Psychology, 3, 273–282. |
|
ZAHR, L. (1985). Physical attractiveness and Lebanese
children's school performance. Psychological Reports,
56, 191-192. |
|
LEVIN, S., HENRY, P.J., PRATTO, F. & SIDANIUS, J.
(2003). Social dominance and social identity in Lebanon :
Implications for terrorism and counterterrorism support. Group
Processes & Intergroup Relations, 6, 353-368. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Pays |
|
|
Libellé
: Formulation d'une question,
d'une loi, d'un règlement.
En recherche, le libellé doit correspondre sur le plan
sémantique à l'objectif
de connaissance que s'est fixé le chercheur
(et, en droit, sur le plan légal, à l'intention du législateur).
Sur le plan syntaxique, la formulation d'une question doit
permettre au répondant
de bien comprendre le sens de la question et au chercheur d'évaluer/ mesurer
avec précsion sa réponse. Une question bien libellé est claire,
simple, précise et cohérente avec les objectifs du chercheur.
| |
|
Objectif
|
Connaître l'opinion des
répondants relativement à la personne qui, parmi les
candidates en lice lors des prochaines élections, serait
la plus en mesure d'occuper le poste de première ministre
du Québec. |
| |
|
|
Mauvais libellé
|
Selon ce que vous pensez,
de toutes celles qui veulent devenir première ministre
lors de nos prochaines élections, quelle serait la
meilleure personne pour occuper les fonctions de ce
prestigieux poste ? |
| |
|
| Bon Libellé
|
Selon vous, parmi les cinq candidates à l'élection du 8
octobre prochain, qui serait la meilleure première
ministre du Québec ?
|
|
Libéralisme
: Doctrine, idéologie
et théorie politique. /conservatisme.
Liberalism.
| |
|
|
WRIGHT, J.H. & HICKS, J.M. (1966). Construction and
validation of a Thurstone scale liberalism-conservatism. Journal
Psychology, 50, 9-12. |
DELPHY, C. & SALESSE, Y. (2002). Pour sortir du
libéralisme. Paris : Syllepse. |
|
LOWI, T. (1967). The public philosophy : Interest-group
liberalism. American Political Science Review, 61
(1), 5-24. |
BEAUVOIS, J.-L. (2004). Quelques limites psychologiques du
libéralisme et des démocraties libérales. Dans A. Dorna
et P. Georget (Eds.), La démocratie peut-elle survivre
au XXIe siècle ? Paris : In Press. |
| |
BEAUVOIS, J.-L. (2005). Les illusions libérales,
individualisme et pouvoir social. Petit traité des
grandes illusions. Grenoble : Presses
Universitaires de Grenoble. |
| |
SORENSEN, G. (2006). Liberalism of restraint and
liberalism of imposition : Liberal values and world order
in the new millennium. International Relations, 20
(3), 251–272. |
|
SISTRUNK, F. & HALCOMB, C.G. (1971). Liberals,
conservatives, and conformity. Psychonomic Science,
17 (6), 349-350. [PDF] |
AMODIO, D.M., JOST, J.T., MASTER, S.L. & YEE, C.M.
(2007). Neurocognitive correlates of liberalism and
conservatism. Nature Neuroscience, 10, 1246-1247.
[PDF] |
|
EISENBERG-BERG, N. & MUSSEN, P. (1980). Personality
correlates of sociopolitical liberalism and conservatism
in adolescents. Journal of Genetic Psychology, 137,
165-177. |
WALKER, T.C. (2008). Two faces of liberalism : Kant,
Paine, and the question of intervention. International
Studies Quarterly, 52 (3), 449-468. |
|
LEPAGE, H. (1980). Demain le libéralisme. Paris
: Édition Hachette. |
CARNEY, D.R., JOST, J.T., GOSLING, S.D. & POTTER, J.
(2009). The secret lives of liberals and conservatives :
Personality profiles, interaction styles, and the things
they leave behind. Political Psychology, 29 (6),
807-840. |
|
KERLINGER, F.N. (1984). Liberalism and conservatism :
The nature and structure of social attitudes. Hillsdale,
NJ : Erlbaum. |
GRAHAM, J., HAIDT, J. & NOSEK, B. (2009). Liberals and
Conservatives rely on different sets of moral foundations.
Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 96
(5), 1029-1946. [PDF]. |
|
RAWLS, J. (1993). Political liberalism. New York
: Columbia University Press. |
THORISDOTTIR, H. & JOST, J.T. (2011). Motivated
closed-mindedness mediates the effect of threat on
political conservatism. Political Psychology, 32, 785-811. |
|
| |
Voir aussi Idéologie
et Libéralisme |
|
|
|
|
|
Libéralisme
paternaliste : Théorie proposée par Thaler.
Neoliberalism.
| |
|
|
THALER, R.H. & SUNSTEIN, C.R. (2003). Libertarian
paternalism. The American Economic Review, 93
(2), 175-179 |
|
THALER, R.H. & SUNSTEIN, C.R. (2009). Nudge :
Improving decisions about health, wealth, and happiness.
New York, NY : Penguin Books. |
|
DESAI, A.C. (2011). Libertarian paternalism,
externalities, and the "spirit of liberty" : How Thaler
and Sunstein are nudging us toward an "overlapping
consensus". Law & Social Inquiry, 36 (1),
263-295. [PDF] |
|
SUNSTEIN, C.R. (2014). Why nudge ? : The politics of
libertarian paternalism. Yale University Press. |
|
GIGERENZER, G. 2015). On the supposed evidence for
libertarian paternalism. Review of Philosophy &
Psychology, 6 (3), 361-383. |
|
|
Voir aussi Thaler |
|
|
|
|
|
Liberman Alvin M. (St-Joseph 1917-2000 Mansfield) :
Linguiste américain et
spécialiste de la perception
et de la production de la parole.
Collaborateur de Cooper,
Delattre,
Liberman, Mattingly
et Studdert-Kennedy.
|
LIBERMAN, A.M. (1951). A comparison of transfer effects
during acquisition and extinction of two instrumental
responses. Journal of Experimental Psychology, 41,
192-198.
|
|
LIBERMAN, A.M., DELATTRE, P.C. & COOPER, F.S. (1952).
The role of selected stimulus variables in the perception
of the unvoiced-stop consonants. American Journal of
Psychology, 65, 497-516. |
|
LIBERMAN, A.M., DELATTRE, P.C. & COOPER, F.S. (1954).
The role of consonant-vowel transitions in the perception
of the stop and nasal consonants. Psychological
Monographs, 68 (8), 1-10. [PDF] |
|
LIBERMAN, A.M., COOPER, F.S., SHANKWEILER, D.P. &
STUDDERT-KENNEDY, M. (1967). Perception of the speech
code. Psychological Review, 74 (6), 431-461. [PDF] |
|
LIBERMAN, A.M. & MATTINGLY, I.G. (1985). The motor
theory of speech perception revised. Cognition, 21
(1) 1-36. |
|
|
|
Liberman Isabelle Yoffe (1918-1990) : Psychologue
américaine et spécialiste de la
lecture et de la dyslexie.
Collaboratrice de Bentin,
Katz, Katz,
Liberman, Mattingly
et Shankweiler.
|
|
LIBERMAN, I.Y. (1973). Segmentation of the spoken word and
reading acquisition. Bulletin of the Orton Society,
23, 65-77. |
|
LIBERMAN, I.Y., SHANKWEILER, D., FISCHER, F.W. &
CARTER, B.J. (1974). Explicit syllable and phoneme
segmentation in the young child. Journal of
Experimental Child Psychology, 18 (2), 201-212. |
|
LIBERMAN, I.Y., LIBERMAN, A.M., MATTINGLY, I. &
SHANKWEILER, D. (1980). Orthography and the Beginning
Reader. In J.F. Kavanagh & R.L. Venezky (Eds.) Orthography,
reading, and dyslexia. (pp. 137–153). University
Park Press : Baltimore. |
|
LIBERMAN, I.Y. & SHANKWEILER, D. (1985). Phonology and
the problems of learning to read and write. Memory and
learning disabilities. Advances in Learning &
Behavioral Disabilities, 2 (S), 203-224.
Remedial and Special Education, 6 (6),
[PDF] |
|
LIBERMAN, I.Y. & LIBERMAN, A.M. (1990). Whole word vs.
code emphasis : Underlying assumptions and their
implications for reading instruction. Bulletin of the
Orton Society, 40, 51-76. |
|
|
|
Liberté : Concept générique dont la définition
varie selon les perspectives.
Pour certains auteurs humanistes,
la liberté est la faculté de faire des choix,
le plus éclairés possible, et d'agir selon notre volonté,
sans influence d'autrui (la liberté implique l'absence de déterminisme,
du moins en ce qui concerne certaines activités humaines
essentielles, comme la liberté de choix, de conscience, etc); pour
d'autres, la liberté est la prise de conscience que tous nos comportements
sont déterminés; par notre milieu selon les béhavioristes
ou notre inconscient
selon les psychanalystes.
Pour les uns, la liberté est une illusion, tandis que pour les
autres, elle est un idéal vers lequel il faut individuellement et
collectivement tendre. ( ): Voir
tableau ci-dessous. Freedom.
| |
|
|
BRIDGMAN, P.W. (1940). Freedom and the individual. In R.N.
Anshan (Ed.), Freedom : Its meaning. New York :
Harcourt Brace. |
ROY, R. (1980). Human needs and freedom : Liberal, Marxist
and Ghandian perspectives. In K. Lederer (Ed.), Human
needs (pp. 191-212). Cambridge, MA : Oelgsschlager,
Gunn & Hain. |
|
GURVITCH, G. (1955). Déterminisme sociaux et liberté
humaine. Paris : Presses Univesitaires de France. |
|
|
SKINNER, B.F. (1955). Freedom and the control of men. American
Scholar, 25, 47-65. |
EDNEY, J.J. & BELL. P.A. (1987). Freedom and equality
in a simulated commons. Political Psychology, 8,
229-243. |
FRIEDMAN, M. (1962). Capitalism and freedom.
Chicago :
University of Chicago Press. |
BAUMAN, Z. (1988). Freedom. Philadelphia : Open
University Press. |
|
LEHRER, K. (1966). Freedom and determinism.
Random House. |
SYMINGTON, N. (1990). The possibility of human freedom and
its transmission (with particular reference to the thought
of Bion). International Journal of Psycho-Analysis,
71, 95-106. |
|
SKINNER, B.F. (1971). Beyond freedom and dignity.
New York : Alfred A. Knopf. |
ZAGZEBSKI, L. (1991). The dilemma of freedom and
foreknowledge. Oxford : Oxford University Press. |
|
AJZEN, I. (1971). Attribution of dispositions to an actor
: Effects of perceived decision freedom and behavioral
utilities. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 18 (2), 144-156. |
PETTIT, P. & SMITH, M. (1996). Freedom in belief and
desire. Journal of Philosophy, 93 (9), 429–449. |
|
BREHM, J.W. (1972). Responses to loss offreedom : A
theory of psychological reactance. Morristown, NJ :
General Learning Press. |
JORDAN, E.A. (1996). Freedom and the control of children :
the Skinners' approach to parenting. In L.D. Smith and
W.R. Woodward (Eds.), B.F. Skinner and behaviorism in
American culture (pp. 199-214). Cranbury, NJ :
Associated University Presses. |
|
LEFCOURT, H.M. (1973). The function of the ilusions of
control and freedom. American Psychologist, 28,
417- 425. |
PETTIT. P. (1997). Freedom with Honor : A Republican
Ideal. Social Research, 64, 52-76.
[PDF] |
|
BUGENTAL, J.F.T. (1973). Psychologie et libération de
l'homme. Verviers, Belgique : André Gérard. |
SCHWARTZ, S.H. (2000). Self-determination : The tyranny of
freedom. American Psychologist, 55, 79-88. |
|
SKINNER, B.F. (1973). Are we free to have a future ? Impact,
3 (1), 5-12. |
SCHWARTZ, S.H. (2001). Freedom and tyranny : Descriptions and prescriptions. American Psychologist, 56, 80-81. |
| |
DENNETT, D.C. (2004). Une théorie évolutionniste de
la liberté. Paris : Odile Jacob. |
|
BARGH, J.A. (2008). Free will is un-natural. In J. Baer,
J.C. Kaufman & R.F. Baumeister (Eds.), Are we
free ? Psychology and free will ? Oxford : Oxford
University Press. |
|
HEILMAN, M.E. & TOFLER, B.L. (1976). Reacting to
reactance : An interpersonal interpretation of the need
for freedom. Journal of Experimental Social
Psychology, 12, 519-529. |
BAUMEISTER, R.F., MASICAMPO, E.J. & DE WALL, C.N.
(2009). Prosocial benefits of feeling free : Disbelief in
free will increases aggression and reduces helpfulness. Personality
& Social Psychology Bulletin, 35, 260-268. |
|
PETTIT, P. (2014). Just freedom : A moral compass for
a complex world. New York : W.W. Norton &
Company. |
|
HAYEK, F.V. (1976). The constitution of liberty.
Routledge. |
PETTIT, P. (2015). Freedom, psychological, ethical
and political : Critical review of international.
Social & Political Philosophy, 18, 375-389. [PDF] |
|
PETTIT, P. (2016) . A brief history of liberty — And its
lessons. Journal of Human Development &
Capability, 17, 5-21. [PDF] |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Humaniste |
|
|
Liberté (Illusion) : Le déterminisme
est la doctrine
philosophique qui postule que la liberté
n'existe pas, que tous les comportements, incluant ceux des
humains, sont déterminés par un ensemble de causes.
En conséquence, ceux qui croient tout de même en cette liberté
sont victimes d'une illusion car ils sous-estiment ou ignorent
l'existence du déterminisme.
Illusion of liberty.
|
Liberté
civique : Civil liberties.
| |
|
|
HELWIG, C.C. (1995). Adolescents' and young adults'
conceptions of civil liberties : Freedom of speech and
religion. Child Development, 66, 152-166. |
|
|
|
Liberté d'expression :
Free speech.
| |
|
|
SUNSTEIN, C.R. (1995). Democracy and the problem of
free speech. The Free Press. |
|
DHOQUOIS, G. (2004). Les thèses négationnistes et
la liberté d'expression en France. Ethnologue
Française, 36 (1), 27-33. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Liberté de conscience : Principe qui stipule que les individus
sont libres de penser ce qu'ils veulent (incluant, en principe, la
liberté de ne croire en aucun dieu, force ou puissance divine).
Aucune idée ou idéologie
n'est alors imposée par l'état, l'église, le syndicat ou
l'entreprise. L'individu est libre de choisir ses valeurs;
la dissidence est donc acceptée. La liberté de conscience repose
donc sur la séparation légale ou de fait de l'église et de l'état.
En ce sens, la liberté de conscience absolue est donc
indissobiable de la laïcité.
= liberté de penser.
|
Liberté de croyance : Principe qui stipule que les individus
sont libres de croire ce qu'ils veulent. Aucune idée ou idéologie
n'est alors imposée par l'état, l'église, le syndicat ou
l'entreprise. La dissidence est donc acceptée.
|
|
|
Liberté
professionnelle : Marge de manoeuvre que l'institution
confère au professionnel dans le choix des connaissances qu'il
transmet, des opinions et des commentaires qu'il émet et des
pratiques qu'il adopte dans le cadre de son travail. EX:
Les professeurs ont la liberté d'exprimer leur point de vue dans
leur domaine d'expertise car il jouissent d'une liberté
professionnelle. NDLR : En français, le mot
académique ne signifie ni scolaire ni universitaire.
=
liberté académique, autonomie professionnelle.
Academic
freedom.
| |
|
|
SOKAL, M.M. (2009). James McKeen Cattell, Nicholas Murray
Butler, and academic freedom at Columbia Univesity,
1902-1923. History of Psychology, 12 (2),
87-122. [PDF] |
|
GOTTFREDSON, L.S. (2010). Lessons in academic freedom as
lived experience. Personality & Individual
Differences, 49 (4), 272–280. |
|
|
|
Libertus
Klaus ( ) : Psychologue
américain et cognitiviste
européen, spécialisée dans l'étude des enfants.
Étudiant de Needham.
|
LIBERTUS, K. & NEEDHAM, A. (2010). Teach to reach :
The effects of active versus passive reaching experiences
on action and perception. Vision Research, 50
(24), 2750-2757.
|
LIBERTUS, K., GIBSON, J.N., HIDAYATALLAH, N.Z., HIRTLE,
J.A.T., ADCOCK, R.A. & NEEDHAM, A. (2013). Size
matters : How age and reaching experiences shape infants'
preference for different sized objects. Infant
Behavior & Development, 36, 189-198.
|
LIBERTUS, K. & NEEDHAM, A. (2014). Experience is
nothing without control: Factors influencing the
development of reaching and face preference. Journal
of Motor Learning & Development, 2, 16-27.
|
LIBERTUS, K., LIBERTUS, M., EINSPIELER, C. & MARSCHIK,
P. (2017). “What” matters more than “Why” – Neonatal
behaviors initiate social responses. Behavioral &
Brain Sciences, 40.
|
|
LIBERTUS, K., REIF, M.L., NEEDHAM, A. &
PELPHREY, K.A. (2016). Infants’ observation of tool-use
events over the first year of life. Journal of
Experimental Child Psychology, 152, 123-135. |
|
|
|
Libet
Benjamin (Chicago 1916-2007 Davis) : Biologiste
et physiologiste
américain, spécialisé dans l'étude de la conscience.
|
LIBET, B. (1981). The experimental evidence for subjective
referral of a sensory experience backwards in time : Reply
to P.S. Churchland. Philosophy of Science, 48,
181-197. |
|
LIBET, B., GLEASON, C.A., WRIGHT, E.W. & PEARL, D.K.
(1983). Time of conscious intention to act in relation to
onset of cerebral activity (readiness-potential). The
unconscious initiation of a freely voluntary act. Brain,
106, 623-642. |
|
LIBET, B. (1985). Unconscious cerebral initiative and the
role of conscious will in voluntary action. Behavioral
& Brain Sciences, 8, 529-566. |
|
LIBET, B. (2003). Can conscious experience affect brain
activity ? Journal of Consciousness Studies, 10, (12),
24-28.
[PDF] |
|
LIBET, B. (2006). Reflections on the interaction of the
mind and brain. Progress in Neurobiology, 78, 322-326.
[PDF] |
|
|
|
Libido
: Dans la théorie de Freud,
terme désignant l'énergie psychique qui alimente les pulsions
sexuelles. = énergie psychique ou
énergie. Libido.
| |
|
|
ABRAHAM, K. (1924). A short study of the development of
the libido, viewed in the light of mental disorders. In Selected
Papers of Karl Abraham. London : Hogarth. |
| SEARLE, N.M. (1930). The role of ego and libido in
development. International Journal of
Psycho-Analysis, 11, 125-149. |
|
FREUD, S. (1932). Libidinal types. Psychoanalytic
Quarterly, 1, 3-6. |
|
SEGRAVES, T. (1988). Hormones and libido. In S.R. Leiblum
& R.C. Rosen (Eds), Sexual desire disorders (pp.
271-312). New York, : The Guilford Press. |
|
ALEXANDER, B. (1993). Disorders of sexual desire :
diagnosis and treatment of decreased libido. American
Family Physician, 47, 832–838. |
|
GUAY, A.T. (2001). Decreased testosterone in regularly
menstruating women with decreased libido: a clinical
observation. Journal of Sex & Marital Therapy,
27, 513-519. |
| TRAVISON, T.G., MORLEY, J.E., ARAUJO, A.B., O'ODNNELL,
A.B. & McKINLAY, J.B. (2006). The relationship between
libido and testosterone levels in aging men. The
Journal of Clinical Endocrinology & Metabolism, 91
(7), 2509-2513.
[PDF] |
|
PFAFF, D., MARTIN, E.M. & KOW, L.-M. (2007).
Generalized brain arousal mechanisms contributing to
libido. Neuropsychoanalysis, 9, 173–181. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Désir
sexuel |
|
|
Libido
(Organisationn) : Pour Freud,
la libido est plastique,
malléable, c'est-à dire qu'elle n'est pas fixée à un ou des objets
en particulier. Entre les indiividus, il existe donc des
variations importantes dans la manière
d'investir les objets, d'organiser sa libido.
| |
|
|
SUGARMAN, A. (2006). Mentalization, insightfulness, and
therapeutic action : The importance of mental
organization. International Journal of
Psychoanalysis, 87, 965-87. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Libman
Eva ( ) : Sur RDV qubcoise,
spécialisé dans la thérapie
de couple. Elle
s'intéresse également aux troubles
sexuelles et au sommeil.
|
LIBMAN, E., FICHTEN, C.S., BRENDER, W., BURSTEIN, R.,
COHEN, J. & BINIK, Y. (1984). A comparison of three
therapeutic formats in the treatment of secondary orgasmic
dysfunction. Journal of Sex & Marital Therapy, 10,
147-159. [PDF] |
|
LIBMAN, E., FICHTEN, C.S. & BRENDER, W. (1985). The
role of therapeutic format in the treatment of sexual
dysfunction : A review. Clinical Psychology Review,
5, 103-117. [PDF] |
|
LIBMAN, E., FICHTEN, C.S., CRETI, L., WEINSTEIN, N.,
AMSEL, R. & BRENDER, W. (1989). Sleeping and waking
state measurement of erectile function in an aging male
population. Psychological Assessment : A Journal of
Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 1 (4),
284-291. |
|
LIBMAN, E. & FICHTEN, C.S. (1987). Prostatectomy and sexual
function : A review. Urology, 29, 467-478. |
|
LIBMAN, E. (1989). Socioculturai and cognitive factors in
aging sexual expression: Conceptual and research issues. Canadian
Psychology, 30 (3), 560-567. |
|
|
|
|
|
Libre
arbitre : Principe
philosophique selon lequel certains phénomènes, comme la conscience
et la volonté, échappent
au déterminisme ou
du moins à une explication
en terme de cause à effet. = volonté,
absence de cause, liberté individuelle. *liberté
politique ou de démocratie. Free will,
conscious will.
| |
|
|
WESTCOTT, M.R. (1977). Free will : An exercise in
metaphysical truth or psychological consequences. Canadian
Psychological Review, 18 (8), 249-263. |
SLIFE, B.D. & FISCHER, A.M. (2000). Modern and
postmodern approaches to the free will/determinism dilemma
in psychotherapy. Journal of Humanistic Psychology, 40
(1), 80-107. [PDF] |
|
RYCHLAK, J.F. (1979). Discovering free will and
personal responsibility. New York : Oxford
University Press. |
FERGUSON, C.J. (2000). Free will : An automatic response.
American Psychologist, 55 (7), 762-763. [PDF] |
|
SPERRY, R.W. (1979). Consciousness, freewill and personal
identity. In D.A. Oakley & H.C. Plotkin (Eds.), Brain,
behavior and evolution (pp. 219-228). London :
Methuen and Co., Ltd. |
WEGNER, D. (2002). The illusion of conscious will. Cambridge,
MA : MIT Press. |
|
MOSER, P.K. (1984). Natural evil and the free will
defense. The International Journal for Philosophy of
Religion, 15 (1), 49-56. |
NAHMIAS, E., MORRIS, S., NADELHOFFER, T. & TURNER, J.
(2004). The phenomenology of free will. Journal of
Consciousness Studies, 11 (7-8), 162-179. |
|
DENNETT, D.C. (1984). Elbow room : The varieties of
free will worth wanting. Cambridge, Mass.: MIT
Press |
MANDLER, G. (2005). The consciousness continuum : From
"qualia" to "free will". Psychological Research, 56,
330-337. [PDF] |
|
VAN INWAGEN, P. (1986). An essay on free will. New
York : Oxford University Press. |
BAUMEISTER, R.F., SPARKS, E.A., STILLMAN, T.F. & VOHS,
K.D. (2008). Free will in consumer behavior :
Self-control, ego depletion, and choice. Journal of
Consumer Psychology, 18 (1), 4-13. [PDF] |
|
SAPPINGTON, A.A. (1990). Recent psychological approaches
to the free will versus determinism issue.
Psychological Bulletin, 108, 19-29. |
BAUMEISTER, R.F. (2008). Free will in scientific
psychology. Perspectives on Psychological Science, 3
(1), 14-19. [PDF] |
|
STRAWSON, G. (1991). Consciousness, free will, and the
unimportance of determinism. Inquiry, 32,
3-27. |
BAER, J., KAUFMAN, J.C. & BAUMEISTER, R.F. (2008).
Are we free : Psychology and free will. Oxford
University Press. |
|
RYCHLAK, J.F. (1992). Free will : "Doing otherwise all
circumstances remaining the same." In B. Slife & J.
Rubinstein (Eds.), Taking sides : Clashing views on
controversial psychological issues (pp. 65-71).
Guilford, Connecticut : Dushkin Publishing Group. |
VOHS, K.D. & SCHOOLER, J.W. (2008). The value of
believing in free will : Encouraging a belief in
determinism increases cheating. Psychological
Science, 19 (1), 49-54. [PDF] |
|
HOWARD, G.S. (1994). Some varieties of free will worth
practicing. Journal of Theoretical &
Philosophical Psychology, 14 (1), 50-61. |
BARGH, J.A. (2008). Free will is un-natural. In J. Baer,
J.C. Kaufman & R.F. Baumeister (Eds.), Are we
free : Psychology and free will. (pp. 128-154).
Oxford University Press. [PDF] |
|
VINEY, D.W. & CROSBY, D.A. (1994). Free will in
process perspective. New Ideas in Psychology, 12, 129-141. |
BANDURA, A. (2008). The reconstrual of "free will" from
the agentic perspective of social cognitive theory. In J.
Baer, J.C. Kaufman & R.F. Baumeister (Eds.), Are
we free ? Psychology and free will (pp. 86-127).
Oxford : Oxford University Press. |
|
O’LEARY-HAWTHORNE, J. & PETTIT, P. (1995). Strategies
for free-will compatibilists. Analysis, 56 (4),
191–201. |
|
|
KANE, R. (1996). The significance of free will. Oxford,
England : Oxford University Press. |
MILES, J.B. (2011). Irresponsible and a disservice : The
integrity of social psychology turns on the free will
dilemma. British Journal of Social Psychology, 52
(2), 205-218. [PDF] |
|
LIBET, B. (1999). Do we have free will ? Journal of
Consciousness Studies, 6, 47-57. |
|
|
|
|
|
Voir aussi Causalité
et Déterminisme |
|
|
Libre-échange
: Free trade.
| |
|
|
ALDRICH, J.H., DEFRANCESCO, SOTOE, V. & PETROW, D
(20009). The human face of economic globalization :
Mexican migrants and their support for free trade. Journal
of Latino-Latin American Studie, 3 (2), 26-46. [PDF] |
|
|
Voir aussi
Mondialisation |
|
|
Lichtenstein
Edward ( ) : Psychologie
américain et spécialiste de l'étude du comportement
de fumer. Collaborateur de
Cohen.
|
LICHTENSTEIN, E. (1982). The smoking problem : A
behavioral perspective. Journal of Consulting &
Clinical Psychology, 50, 804-819. |
|
COHEN, S. & LICHTENSTEIN, E. (1990). Partner behaviors
that support quitting smoking. Journal of Consulting
& Clinical Psychology, 58, 304-309. [PDF] |
|
LICHTENSTEIN, E. & GLASGOW, R.E. (1992). Smoking
cessation : What have we learned over the past decade. Journal
of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 60 (4),
518-527. |
|
LICHTENSTEIN, E., GLASGOW, R.E., LANDO, H.A., OSSIP-KLEIN,
D.J. & BOLES, S.M. (1996). Telephone counseling for
smoking cessation : Rationales and meta-analytic review of
evidence. Health Education Research, 11, 243-257.
[PDF] |
|
LICHTENSTEIN, E. THOMPSON, B., NETTEKOVEN, L. &
CORBETT, K. (1997). Durability of tobacco control
activities in eleven North American communities : Life
after the community intervention trial for smoking
cessation (COMMIT). Health Education Research, 11,
527-534. |
|
|
|
Lickliter
Robert ( ) : Psychologue
écologiste et
et éthologiste
américain, spécialisé dans l'étude du comportement du canard
et de la chèvre.
Collaborateur de Bahrick, Gottlieb
et Lewkowicz.
|
LICKLITER, R. & HERON, J.R. (1984). Recognition of
mother by newborn goats. Applied Animal Behavior
Science, 12, 187-193. |
|
LICKLITER, R. & GOTTLIEB, G. (1986). Training
ducklings in broods interferes with maternal imprinting. Developmental
Psychobiology, 19, 555-566. |
|
LICKLITER, R. (2000). An ecological approach to behavioral
development : Insights from comparative psychology. Ecological
Psychology, 12, 319-334.
[PDF] |
|
LICKLITER, R. & BAHRICK L.E. (2001). The salience of
multimodal sensory stimulation in early development :
Implications for the issue of ecological validity.
Infancy, 2, 451-467.
[PDF] |
|
LICKLITER, R. (2008). The growth of developmental thought
: Implications for a new evolutionary psychology. New
Ideas in Psychology, 26 (3), 353-369. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Liddle
Peter F. ( ) : Neurobiologiste
allemand et spécialiste de la
schizophrénie. Collaborateur de
Carpenter, Moritz et
Woodward.
|
LIDDLE, P.F. (1987). The symptoms of chronic schizophrenia
: a re-examination of the positive-negative dichotomy. British
Journal of Psychiatry, 151, 145-151. |
|
LIDDLE, P.F. & MORRIS, D.L. (1991). Schizophrenic
syndromes and frontal lobe performance. British
Journal of Psychiatry, 158, 340-345. |
|
LIDDLE, P.F., FRISTON, K.J., FRITH, C.D., HIRSCH, S.R.,
JONES, T. & FRACK-OWIAK, R.S. (1992). Patterns of
cerebral blood flow in schizophrenia. British Journal
of Psychiatry, 160, 179-186. |
|
LIDDLE, P.F. CARPENTER, W.T. & CROW, T. (1994).
Syndromes of schizophrenia. Classic literature. British
Journal of Psychiatry, 165, 721-727. |
|
LIDDLE, P.F., NGAN, E.T.N., DUFFIELD, G., KHO, K. &
WARREN, A.J. (2002). The signs and symptoms of psychotic
illness : a rating scale. British Journal of
Psychiatry, 180, 45-50. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Lieberman
Jeffrey A. ( ) : Psychiatre
américain spécialisé dans l'étude de la
schizophrénie et dans l'évaluation des traitements
pharmacologiques et des
thérapies médicamenteuses. Collaborateur de Torrey
et Yolken.
|
LIEBERMAN, J.A., KANE, J.M., SARANTAKOS, S., GADALETA, D.,
WOERNER, M., ALVIR, J. & RAMOS-LORENZI, J. (1987).
Prediction of relapse in schizophrenia. Archives of
General Psychiatry, 44, 597-603. |
|
LIEBERMAN, J.A., MATTHEWS, S.M. & KIRSH, D.G. (1992).
First- episode psychosis : Part II. Editor's introduction.
Schizophrenia Bulletin, 18 (3), 349-350. |
|
LIEBERMAN, J.A., JODY, D., ALVIR, J., ASHTARI, M., LEVY,
D.L., BOGERTS, B., DEGREEF, G., MAYERHOFF, D.I. &
COOPER, T. (1993). Brain morphology, dopamine, and
eye-tracking in first-episode schizophrenia. Archives
of General Psychiatry, 50, 357-367. |
|
LIEBERMAN, J.A. (2003). History of the use of
antidepressants in primary care. Journal of Clinical
Psychiatry, 5 (S7), 6-10. [PDF] |
|
LIEBERMAN, J.A., STROUP, T.S., MCEVOY, J.P., SWARTZ, M.S.,
ROSENHECK, R.A., PERKINS, D.O., KEEFE, R.S., DAVIS, S.M.,
DAVIS, C.E., LEBOWITZ, B.D., SEVERE, J. & HSIAO, J.
(2005). Effectiveness of antipsychotic drugs in patients
with chronic schizophrenia. New England Journal of
Medicine, 353 (12), 1209-1223. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Lien
: Relation entre deux choses (objet ou individus) ou
plus.
|
Lien
de dépendance : Un lien de dépendance est un lien de
causalité présumé qui ne précise pas si A est la cause de B, ou
l'inverse. Lien de dépendance et Khi-carré.
|
|
|
|
|
Lieu
: Du grec topos et du latin locus. Espace
occupé. = territoire.
Place, spot.
|
|
|
Lieu
commun : Évidence
que l'on formule comme s'il s'agissait d'une découverte,
d'une nouveauté ou d'un
argument décisif, mais qui
n'ajoute rien à l'explication
d'un phénomène ou à la
démonstration d'un raisonnement,
d'une proposition.
|
|
| |
PERRON, P. & DANESI, M. (1994). De la nature
"subjective" des lieux communs. Protée : Théories et
Pratiques Sémiotiques, 22 (2), 29-34. [PDF] |
|
CEFAÎ, D. (1994). Petite phénomènologie du lieu commun :
Construction de l'attitude naturelle, production du sens
commun, stratégie d'identité sociale. Protée :
Théories et Pratiques Sémiotiques, 22 (2), 35-38.
[PDF] |
|
|
|
|
|
Lieu
de l'édition : Dans la notice
d'un livre ou d'un chapitre de livre, cette expression désigne la
ville (parfois la province, l'état ou la région) où a été publié
l'ouvrage concerné. Dans le modèle de référence de l'American Psychological Association, cette information est
placée entre le titre du
livre et l'éditeur, dans
le cas d'un livre (1), et
entre les pages du chapitre et
l'éditeur, dans le cas d'un
chapitre de livre (2). Cette information
est de moins en moins disponible. Dans la plus récente révision de
ses règles de citation, l'APA
suggère de ne plus fournir cette information au lecteur.
| |
| (1) |
SKINNER, B.F. (1971). L'analyse expérimentale du
comportement. Paris :
Seuil.
|
| (2) |
BEAUGRAND, J. (1988). Démarche scientifique et cycle de
la recherche. Dans M. Robert (Dir.), Fondements et
étapes de la recherche scientifique en psychologie
(p. 1-34). St-Hyacinthe :
Édisem.
|
| |
|
Lieu
de travail : Voir Travail. Workplace, workspace.
|
Life
Science : Revue
scientifique multidisciplinaire. Éditeur : Elsevier.
WANG, G.J., VOLKOW, N.D., FOWLER, J.S., FERRIERI, R.,
SCHYLER, D.J., ALEXOF, D., PAPPAS, N., LIEBERMAN, J.,
ING, P. & WARNER, D. (1994). Methylphenidate
decreases regional cerebral blood flow in normal human
subjects. Life Science, 54 (9), 143-146.
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ligne-K
: Concept proposé par Minsky
pour désigner le jeu d'instructions en mémoire
à court terme (ou lignes de code), qui gère les connaissances
(K pour knowledge) qui servent à résoudre
des problèmes, à produire de nouvelles idées. Ligne-K, nome
et nème.
| |
|
|
MINSKY, M. (1980). L-lines : A theory of memory.
Cognitive Science, 4, 117-133. [PDF] |
|
MINSKY, M. (1986). The society of mind. New York
: Simon & Schuster. |
|
|
|
Ligon
Ernest Mayfield (Texas 1897-1984 New York) :
Psychologue américain.
|
LIGON, E.M. (1929). A comparative study of certain
incentives in the learning of the white rat.
Comparative psychology monographs, 6, 1-95. |
|
LIGON, E.M. (1932). A genetic study of color naming
and word reading. American Journal of Psychology, 44
(1), 103-122. [PDF] |
|
LIGON, E.M. (1948). A greater generation.
Macmillan. |
|
LIGON, E.M. (1956). Dimensions of character. New
York : MacMillan. |
|
LIGON, E.M. (1957). The psychology of Christian
personality. New York : MacMillan. |
| |
|
|
STROOP, J.R. (1935). The basis of Ligon's theory. American
Journal of Psychology, 47, 499-504. |
|
|
|
Likert
Rensis (1903-1981) : Psychologue
organisationnelle
américain. Il a développé une échelle
de mesure des attitudes.
Étudiant de Murphy.
Collaborateur de Krech.
 |
LIKERT, R. (1932). A technique for the measurement of
attitudes. Archives of Psychology, 140, 1-55. |
|
LIKERT, R. & MURPHY, G. (1938). Public opinion
and the individual. Harper and Row. |
|
LIKERT, R. (1961). New patterns of management.
New York : McGraw-Hill. |
|
LIKERT, R. (1967). The human organization : its
management and value. New York : McGraw-Hill. |
|
LIKERT, R. & LIKERT, J.G. (1976). New ways
of managing conflict. New York : McGraw-Hill. |
|
|
SEASHORE, S.E. & KATZ, D. (1982). Obituary : Rensis
Likert (1903-1981). American Psychologist, 37
(7), 851-853. |
|
|
|
Lilienfeld Scott O. (New York 1960-2020 Atlanta) : Psychologue
américain. Il s'intéresse notamment aux fondements scientifiques
et à l'efficacité
des thérapies, aux
pseudothérapies et à l'enseignement des cours d'initiation
à la psychologie. Il est membre du Comittee
for the Scientific Investigation of Claims of the Paranormal.
Collaborateur de Beyerstein,
Herbert, Howe,
Israël, Lohr,
Miller, O'Donohue,
Otgaar,
Kirsch, Loftus, Lynn,
Mazzoni,
Rosen Tolin et
Waldman.
 |
LILIENFELD, S.O. (1998). Pseudoscience in contemporary
clinical psychology : What it is and what we can do about
it. The Clinical Psychologist, 51, 3-9. [PDF] |
|
LILIENFELD, S.O., LOHR, M. & MORIER, D. (2001). The
teaching of courses in the science and pseudoscience of
psychology. Teaching of Psychology, 28, 182-191.
[PDF] |
|
LILIENFELD, S.O. (2005). The 10 commandments of helping
students distinguish science from pseudoscience in
psychology. APS Observer, 18, 39-40, 49-51.
[PDF] |
|
LILIENFELD, S.O. (2010). Can psychology become a science ?
Personality & Individual Differences, 49,
281-288. [PDF] |
|
LILIENFELD, S.O. (2012). Public skepticism of psychology :
Why many people perceive the study of human behavior as
unscientific. American Psychologist, 67 (2),
111-129.
[PDF] |
|
| LYNN, S.J., LATZMAN, R.D., GOODMAN, S.H., BRENNAN, P.A., SATEL, S. (2021). (2012). Scott Lilienfield (1960-2020). American Psychologist, 76 (3),
565. |
|
|
|
Limite
: Début et fin d'une chose, physique ou conceptuel ,
qui en définit le contenu, la nature, l'étendu. =
frontière. Limit, boudary.
| |
|
|
MARTIN, J.L. (2001). On the limits of sociological theory.
Philosophy of the Social Sciences, 31 (2),
187-220. |
|
|
|
Limite
cognitive : Cognitive limite.
|
Limite
de l'apprentissage : Voir
Apprentissage. Misbehavior, biological boundaries of learning, constraints on conditionning.
|
Linacre
John Michael ( ) : Psychométricien
anglais et spécialiste de la mesure,
et notamment du
modèle de Rasch. Collaborateur de Engelhard
et Wright.
|
LINACRE, J.M. (1989). Rasch model estimation : further
topics. Journal of Applied Measurement, 5 (1),
95-110. |
|
LINACRE, J.M. (2000). New approaches to determining
reliability and validity. Research quarterly for
exercise and sport, 71 (S2), 129-316. |
|
LINACRE, J.M. (2004). Rasch model estimation : Further
topics. Journal of applied measurement, 5 (1),
95-110. [PDF] |
|
LINACRE, J.M. (2006). Rasch analysis of rank-ordered data.
Journal of Applied Measurement, 7 (1),
129-139. |
|
LINACRE, J.M. (2010). Two perspectives on the application
of Rasch models. European Journal of Physical and
Rehabilitation Medicine, 46 (2), 309-310. |
|
|
|
Lincoln
Yvonna S. ( ) : Méthodologiste
américaine, spécialisée en éducation et en méthode
qualitative. Collaboratrice de Denzin
et Guba.
 |
GUBA, E. & LINCOLN, Y.S. (1981). Effective
evaluation. Washington : Jossey-Bass. |
|
LINCOLN, Y.S. & GUBA, E. (1985). Naturalistic
inquiry. Newbury Park : Sage. |
|
GUBA, E. & LINCOLN, Y.S. (1988). Do inquiry paradigms
imply inquiry methodologies ? In D. Fetterman (Ed.), Qualitative
approaches to evaluation in education. New York :
Praeger. Collaborateur de Lincoln. |
|
LINCOLN, Y. & DENZIN, N.K. (1994). The fifth moment.
In N.K. Denzin & Y.S. Lincoln (Eds.), Handbook of
qualitative research. Thousand Oaks, CA : Sage
Publications. [PDF] |
|
LINCOLN, Y.S. (1995). Emerging criteria for quality in
qualitative and interpretive research. Qualitative
Inquiry, 1 (1), 275-289. |
|
|
|
Lindauer
Steven E. ( ) :
Psychologue béhavioriste
américain, spécialisé dans l'étude du développement
pathologique. Collaborateur de Fisher,
Piazza et Zarcone.
|
ZARCONE J.R., LINDAUER, S.E., MORSE, P.S., CROSLAND, K.A,
VALDOVINOS, M.G., McKERCHAR, T.L., REESE, R.M., HELLINGS,
J.A. & SCHROEDER, S.R. (2004). Effects of Risperidone
on destructive behavior of persons with developmental
disabilities : IV. Functional analysis. American
Journal on Mental Retardation, 109, 310-321. |
|
CROSLAND K.A., ZARCONE, J.R, LINDAUER, S.E., ALDOVINOS,
M.G., ZARCONE, T.J., HELLINGS, J.A. & SCHROEDER, S.R.
(2004). Use of functional analysis methodology in the
evaluation of medication effects. Journal of Autism
& Developmental Disorders, 33, 271-279. |
|
RICHMAN, D.M. & LINDAUER, S.E. (2002). Identifying
operant functions for tics in children with mental
retardation. Behavioral Interventions, 17,
179-190. |
|
LINDAUER, S.E., ZARCONE J.R., RICHMAN, D.M. &
SCHROEDER, S.R. (2002). A comparison of multiple
reinforcer assessments to identify the function of
maladaptive behavior. Journal of Applied Behavior
Analysis, 35 (3), 299-303. [PDF] |
|
PEYTON, R., LINDAUER, S.E. & RICHMAN, D.M. (2005). The
effects of nondirective prompting on disruptive verbal
behaviors. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 38 (2),
251-255. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Lindeman
Marjaana ( ) :
Psychologue finlandaise et spécialiste de l'étude des croyances,
notamment des croyances
ésotériques et religeuses.
Collaboratrice de Saariluoma
et Shutlman.
|
LINDEMAN, M. (1998). Motivation, cognition, and
pseudoscience. Scandinavian Journal of Psychology,
39, 257-265. |
|
LINDEMAN, M., KESKIVAARA, P. & ROSCHIER, M. (2000).
Assessment of magical beliefs about food and health.
Journal of Health Psychology, 5 (2), 195-209. [PDF] |
|
LINDEMAN, M. & AARNIO, K. (2007). Superstitious,
magical, and paranormal beliefs : An integrative model.
Journal of Research in Personality, 41, 731-744. [PDF] |
|
LINDEMAN, M. (2011). Biases in intuitive reasoning and
belief in complementary and alternative medicine.
Psychology & Health, 26, 371-382. [PDF] |
|
LINDEMAN, M., SVEDHOLM-HAKKINEN, A.M. & LIPSANEN, J.
(2015). Ontological confusions but not mentalizing
abilities predict religious belief, paranormal beliefs,
and belief in supernatural purpose. Cognition, 134, 63-76. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Lindley
Dennis Victor (1923-2013) : Statisticien
anglais et spécialiste de la statistique
bayesienne. Étudiant de Barnard.
|
LINDLEY, D.V. (1957). A statistical paradox. Biometrika,
44 (1), 187-192. |
|
LINDLEY, D.V. & SMITH, A.F. (1972). Bayes estimates
for the linear mode. Journal of the Royal Statistical
Society. Series B, 34 (1), 1-41. [PDF] |
|
LINDLEY, D.V. (1978). The Bayesian approach (with
discussion). Scandinavian Journal of Statistics, 5,
1-26. |
|
LINDLEY, D.V. (1982). The use of randomization in
inference. Philosophy of Science Association, 2,
431-436. |
|
LINDLEY, D.V. (2000). The philosophy of statistics. Journal
of the Royal Statistical Society. Series D (The
Statistician), 49 (3), 293-337. [PDF] |
|
|
FREEMAN, P.R. (Dir.) (1994). Aspects of uncertainty :
A tribute to D.V. Lindley. Wiley, John & Son. |
|
|
|
Lindsay James A. (1979-) : Mathématicien
américain. Avec deux de ses collègues, Pluckrose et Boghossian,
il est à l'origine de
l'affaire Sokal au carré (grievance studiess affair). =
Jamie Lindsay, James Stephen Lindsay.
|
PEARCE, J. & LINDSAY, J. (2012/21). The problem with
"God" : Classical theism under the spotlight. |
|
LINDSAY, J. (2013). Dot, Dot, Dot : Infinity plus God
equals folly. Onus Books. |
|
LINDSAY, J. (2015). Life in light of death.
Pitchstone Publishing. |
|
BOGHOSSIAN, P. & LINDSAY, J. (2019). How to have
impossible conversations : A very practical guide.
Da Capo Lifelong Books. |
|
PLUCKROSE, H. & LINDSAY, J. (2020). Cynical
theories. Pitchstone Publishing. |
|
|
LAGERSPETZ, M. (2020). "The grievance studiess affair
project" : Reconstructing and assessing the experimental
design. Science, Technology, & Human Values, 46
(2), 402-424. |
|
|
|
Lindsley
Ogden R. (Providence États-Unis 1922-2004) : Psychologue
béhavioriste
américain, spécialisé dans l'étude du conditionnement
opérant et des méthodes d'évaluation et d'enseignement (precision
teaching). On lui doit le concept de fluidité
comportementale (fluency), notamment des comportements
verbaux. Étudiant de Skinner.
Professeur de Calkin et Carr.
Collaborateur d'Azrin,
Barrett, Cohen et Pennypacker.
 |
LINDSLEY, O.R. & SKINNER, B.F. (1954). A method for
the experimental analysis of the behavior of psychotic
patients. American Psychologist, 9, 419-420. |
|
LINDSLEY, O.R. (1990). Precision teaching : By teachers
for children. Teaching Exceptional Children, 22 (3),
10-15. [PDF] |
|
LINDSLEY, O.R. (1992). Why aren't effective teaching tools
widely adopted ? Journal of Applied Behavior
Analysis, 25 (1), 21-26. [PDF] |
|
LINDSLEY, O.R. (1992). Precision teaching : Discoveries
and effects. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 25
(1), 51-57. [PDF] |
|
LINDSLEY, O.R. (1995). Ten products of fluency. Journal
of Precision Teaching, 13 (1), 2-11. [PDF] |
|
|
HUMPRHEY, J. (1982). Ogden Lindsley on education : An
Interview with Ogden Lindsley. The Behavioral
Educator, 3 (3), 1-5. [PDF] |
|
PENNYPACKER, H.S. & BINDER, C.V. (2006). Ogden R.
Lindsley Jr. (1922-2004) : Obituary. American
Psychologist, 61 (1), 72. |
|
|
|
Lindzey Gardner (Wilmington 1920-2008 Palo Alto) :
Psychosociologue
et historien
américain. Président de l'APA en
1967. Professeur de Tellegen.
Collaborateur d'allport, Aronson,
Fiske Loehlin,
Lykken, Hall, Vernon.
 |
LINDZEY, G. (1957). A history of psychology in
autobiography. Stanford : Stanford University
Press. |
|
ALLPORT, G.W., LINDZEY, G. & VERNON, P.E. (1960). Manuel,
study of values. Cambridge : Houghton Mifflin. |
|
LINDZEY, G. LYKKEN, D.T. & WINSTON, H. (1960).
Infantile trauma, genetic factors, and adult temperament.
Journal of Abnormal & Social Psychology, 61,
7-14. |
|
LOEHLIN, J.C., LINDZEY, G. & SPUHLER, J.N. (1975). Race
differences in intelligence. San Francisco :
Freeman. |
|
LINDZEY, G. & ARONSON, E. (Eds.) (1985). The
handbook of social psychology. New York : Random
House. |
|
|
RUNYAN, W.M. (2009). Gardner Lindzey (1920-2008) :
Obituary. American Psychologist, 64 (7),
615-616. |
|
|
|
Linéarité
: Le terme a au moins trois acceptions voisines :
a) En psychologie
cognitive, la linéarité renvoie au traitement
séquentiel de l'information
(une information à la fois), par opposition au traitement
en parallèle (deux ou plusieurs informations simultanées).
b) En mathématique,
propriété des phénomènes
dont les grandeurs varient de manière proportionnelle. EX:
5, 10, 15, 20 est une progression linéaire, alors que 3, 9, 27, 81
est exponentielle.
C-EX: 5, 10, 20, 40 est une progression
non-linéaire. Linéarité et Fonction
exponentielle. /non linéaire. c)
En éthologie,
il s'agit d'une propriétés de certaines hiérarchies
linéaires où A > B > C. Linear
hierarchy.
| |
|
| a |
|
GOLDBERG, L.R. (1971). Five models of clinical judgment :
An empirical comparison between linear and nonlinear
representations of the human inference process.
Organizational Behavior & Human Performance, 6, 458-479. |
RAAIJMAKERS, J.G.W. DE WEERT, Ch.M.M. (1975). Linear and
nonlinear opponent color coding. Perception &
Psychophysics, 18, 474-480. [PDF] |
| b |
|
BLAKEMA, J.N. (1905). On tests for linearity of regression
in frequency distributions. Biometrika, 4, 332.
|
RAUDENBUSH, S.W. & BRYK, A.S. (2002). Hierarchical
linear models : Applications and data analysis methods.
Thousands Oaks, CA : Sage. |
|
APPLEBY, M.C. (1983). The probability of linearity in
hierarchies. Animal Behaviour, 31 (2), 600-608. |
ADAMS, E.S. (2005). Bayesian analysis of linear dominance
hierarchies. Animal Behaviour, 69, 1191-1201. |
|
KENNY, D.A. & JUDD, C.M. (1984). Estimating the
nonlinear and interactive effects of latent variables.
Psychological Bulletin, 96, 201-210. |
MIZE, T.D. (2019). Best practices for estimating,
interpreting, and presenting nonlinear interaction
effects. Sociological Science, 6, 81–117 |
|
MCCULLAG, P. & NELDER, J.A. (1989). Generalized
linear models. London, United kingdom : Chapman
& Hall. |
McCABE, C., HALVORSON M.A., KING, K., CAO, X. & KIM,
D. (2020). Estimating and interpreting interaction effects
in generalized linear models of binary and count data. |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Fonction
exponentielle et
Statistique non-linéaire |
| c |
|
DE VRIES H. (1995). An improved test of linearity in
dominance hierarchies containing unknown or tied
relationships. Animal Behaviour, 50, 1375-1389. |
DE VRIES, H. (1998). Finding a dominance order most
consistent with a linear hierarchy : A new procedure and
review. Animal Behaviour, 55, 827-843. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Hiérarchie
linéaire |
|
|
Linehan Marsha M. (Tulsa 1943-) : Psychologue
cognitivo-béhavioriste
américaine, spécialisée dans l'étude et le traitement des personnalité
limites, du suicide et
du parasuisicde. Elle
a développé une thérapie
qui s'inspire autant des principes cognitivo-béhaviorale que du bouddhisme
(Thérapie béhavioriale dialectique). Elle s'est également
intéressé aux comportements
d'affirmation de soi. Collaboratrice de Goldfried,
Strosahl et
Zanarini.
|
LINEHAN, M.M. (1971). Towards a theory of sex differences
in suicidal behavior. Crisis Intervention, 3,
93-101. |
|
LINEHAN, M.M. (1987). Dialectical behavior therapy : A
cognitive behavioral approach to parasuicide. Journal
of Personality Disorders, 1, 328-333. |
|
LINEHAN, M.M. (1987). Dialectical behavior therapy for
borderline personality disorder : Theory and method. Bulletin
of the Menninger Clinic, 51, 261-276. |
|
LINEHAN, M.M. (2000). The empirical basis of dialectical
behavior therapy : Development of new treatments vs.
evaluation of existing treatments. Clinical
Psychology : Science & Practice, 7, 113-119. |
|
LINEHAN, M.M. COMTOIS, K.A., MURRAY, A.M., BROWN, M. Z.,
GALLOP, R.J., HEARD, H.L., KORSLUND, K.E., TUREK, D.A.,
REYNOLDS, S.K. & LINDENBOIM, N. (2006). Two-year
randomized controlled trial and follow-up of dialectical
behavior therapy vs therapy by experts for suicidal
behaviors and borderline personality disorder.
Archives of General Psychiatry, 63 (7), 757-766. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Lingua
: Revue scientifique
qui consacre ses pages à l'apprentissage d'une langue
et du bilinguisme.
Éditeur : Elsevier.
IONIN, T., ZUBIZARETTA, M.L. & MALDANOS, S.B.
(2008). Sources of linguistic knowledge in the second
language acquisition of english articles. Lingua,
118, 554-576. [PDF]
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Linguistique : Linguiste
: Science
dont l'objet d'étude est le langage (oral
et écrit) et les langues naturelles. La linguistique s'intéresse
autant aux règles universelles et acquises propres au langage et
aux langues, qu'aux conditions sociales qui permettent au locuteur
d'acquérir une langue, et de la pratiquer. Le spécialiste de la
linguistique se nomme linguiste. Linguiste et psycholinguiste.
( ): Andresen,
Attardo, Baxter,
Benveniste, Bloomfield,
Bühler,
Chomsky, Cooper, Delattre,
Ducrot, Elman, Fauconnier,
Gagné,
Goodman, Grice,
Guillaume, Hagège,
Harris, Hjelmslev,
Jackendoff,
Jakobson, Irigaray,
Kay, Krashen,
Labov,
Lakoff, Lenneberg,
Liberman, Liberman,
Luria, Mattingly,
Michael, Osgood, Piattelli-Palmarini,
Sapir, Saussure, Sebeok,
Shankweiler, Skinner,
Slobin, Sperber,
Titze Togeby, Troubetskoï, Turner
Valin,
Whorf, Winograd, Young.
Linguistic.
| |
|
|
KANTOR, J.R. (1928). Can psychology contribute to the
study of linguistics ? Monist, 38, 630-648. |
ANDRESEN, J. (1990). Linguistics in America :
1/769=1924 : A critical history. London : Routledge.
|
|
WHORF, B.L. (1940). Science and linguistics.Technology
Review, 42, 229-231, 247-248. |
CALVET, L.-J. (1993). La sociolinguistique .
Paris : Presse Universitaire de France. |
|
JAKOBSON, R. (1963). Essais de linguistique générale.
Paris : Minuit. |
ROBINS, R.H. (1997). A short history of linguistics.
London : Longman. |
|
SEBEOK, T.A. (1966). Portraits of linguists : a
bibliographical source book for the history of western
linguistics, 1746-1963. Cambridge : Greenwood
Press, Heffers Booksellers. |
LABOV, W. (2001). Principles of linguistic change :
Social factors. Cambridge, UK : Blackwell. |
|
LABOV, W. (1972). Some principles of linguistic
methodology. Language in Society, 1, 97-120. |
CATANIA, A.C. (2003). Why behavior should matter to
linguists. Behavioral & Brain Sciences 26
(6), 670-672. |
|
DUCROT, O. (1973). Le structuralisme en linguistique.
Paris : Seuil. |
MICHAEL, J. & MALOTT, R.W. (2003). Michael and
Malott's dialog on linguistic productivity. The
Analysis of Verbal Behavior, 19, 115-118. [PDF] |
|
LEPSCHY, G.C. (1982). A survey of structural
linguistics. London : Andre Deutsch. |
FITCH, W.T. (2007). Linguistics : an invisible hand.
Nature, 449 (7163), 665-667. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Parole,
Comportement verbal et Langage |
|
|
|
|
Linguistique
(Extra) : Qui existe en dehors de
toute référence.
EX: Une cheminée ou un renne sont des objets
extralinguistique (il existe, hors de notre cerveau, qu'il y ait
ou non un mot pour les désigner), mais pas le père Noël ou ses
lutins.
| |
|
| DUBOIS,
J., GIACOMO, M., GUESPIN, L., MARCELLESI, C., MARCELLESI,
J.-P. et MÉVEL, J.-P. (1999). Dictionnaire
linguistique et des sciences du langage. Paris :
Larousse. |
|
|
Linguistique
(Meta) :
|
|
|
Linné Carl von (Rashult 1707-1778 Uppsala) : Naturaliste
de l'école fixiste et
médecin suédois. Il est l'inventeur de la nomenclature
binominale, toujours en vigueur aujourd'hui, dans laquelle
chaque espèce est désignée
par deux noms, un nom générique commun à plusieurs espèces
voisines (le genre) et un nom spécifique différent pour chaque
espèce du groupe. EX: Homo
sapiens, Xiphophorus
helleri.
 |
LINNÉ, VON C. (1735). Systema naturae. L.
Salivus. |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
|
|
|
Linnenbrink-Garcia
Lisa ( ) : Psychologue
cognitivo-béhavioriste
américaine et spécialiste de l'éducation,
notamment de l'étude des émotions
et de la motivation
à l'école. = Elizabeth A.
Linnenbrink. Collaboratrice de
Pintrich.
|
LINNENBRINK, E.A., RYAN A.M. & PINTRICH, P.R. (1999).
The role of goals and affect in working memory
functioning. Learning & Individual Differences,
11, 213-230. |
|
LINNENBRINK, E.A. & PINTRICH, P.R. (2002). Motivation
as an enabler for academic success. School Psychology
Review, 31, 313-327. |
|
LINNENBRINK, E.A. (2006). Emotion research in education :
Theoretical and methodological perspectives on the
integration of affect, motivation, and cognition.
Educational Psychology Review, 18, 307-314. |
|
LINNENBRINK-GARCIA, L. & PEKRUN, R. (2011). Students'
emotions and academic engagement : Introduction to the
special issue. Contemporary Educational Psychology,
36, 1-3. |
|
LINNENBRINK-GARCIA, L., PUGH, K., KOSKEY, K.L.K. &
STEWART, V. (2012). Developing conceptual understanding of
natural selection : The role of interest, efficacy, and
basic prior knowledge. The Journal of Experimental
Education, 80, 45-68. |
|
|
|
Linscheid Thomas R. ( ) : Psychologue
béhavioriste américain
et spécialiste de l'étude et du traitement du refus
de manger et de l'automutilation.
Collaborateur de Iwata et Mulick.
|
LINSCHEID, T.R., COPELAND, A.P., JACOBSTEIN, D.M. &
SMITH, J.L. (1981). Overcorrection treatment for nighttime
self-injurious behavior in two normal children. Journal
of Pediatric Psychology, 6 (1), 29-35. |
|
LINSCHEID, T.R., IWATA, B., RICKETTS, R., WILLIAMS, D.
& GRIFEN, J. (1990). Clinical evaluation of the
self-injurious behavior inhibiting system (SIBIS). Journal
of Applied Behavior Analysis, 23 (1), 53-78. [PDF] |
|
LINSCHEID, T., HARTEL, F. & COOLEY, N. (1993). Are
aversives durable ? A five year follow-up of three
individuals treated with contingent electric shock. Child
& Adolescent Mental Health Care, 3 (2), 67-76. |
|
LINSCHEID, T.R. & REICHENBACH, H. (2002). Multiple
factors in the long-term effectiveness of contingent
electric shock treatment for self-injurious behavior : a
case example. Research in Developmental Disabilities,
23, 161-177. |
|
LINSCHEID, T.R. (2006). Behavioral treatments for
pediatric feeding disorders. Behavior Modification,
30 (1), 6-23. |
|
|
|
|
|
Linteau
Paul-André (1946-) : Historien
québécois et spécialiste de l'étude de l'urbanisation
(Montréal).
|
DUROCHER, R. et LINTEAU, P.A. (1971). Le retard du
Québec et l'infériorité économique des Canadiens
français. Montréal : Boréal. |
|
LINTEAU, P.A. (1981). Maisonneuve ou comment des
promoteurs fabriquent une ville, 1883-1918. Montréal
: Boréal. |
|
LINTEAU, P.A., DUROCHER, R. et ROBERT, J.-C. (1989). Histoire
du Québec contemporain - Volume 1; De la Confédération à
la crise (1867-1929). Montréal : Boréal. |
|
LINTEAU, P.A. (2007). Brève histoire de Montréal.
Montréal : Boréal. |
|
LINTEAU, P.A. (2010). La rue St-Catherine. Montréal
: Les Éditions de l'Homme. |
|
|
|
|
|
Linville
Patricia W. ( ) : Psychosociologue
américaine. Elle s'intéresse à la complexité
dans la perception de soi. Étudiante de Jones
et collaboratrice de Fischoff,
Fiske, Salovey
et Wilson.
|
LINVILLE, P.W. & JONES, E.E. (1980). Polarized
appraisals of outgroup members. Journal of Personality
& Social Psychology, 38, 689-703. |
|
LINVILLE, P.W. (1982). The complexity-extremity effect and
age-based stereotyping. Journal of Personality &
Social Psychology, 42 (2), 193-211. |
|
LINVILLE, P.W. (1985). Self-complexity and affective
extremity : Don't put all your eggs in one cognitive
basket. Social Cognition, 3, 94-120. |
|
LINVILLE, P.W., FISCHER, G.W. & SALOVEY, P. (1989).
Perceived distributions of the characteristics of in-group
and out-group members : Empirical evidence and a computer
simulation. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 57, 165-188. |
|
LINVILLE, P.W., FISCHER, G.W. & YOON, C. (1996).
Perceptions of covariation among the features of ingroup
and outgroup members : An outgroup covariation effect. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 70, 421-436.
[PDF]
|
|
|
|
Linz
Daniel ( ) : Psychologue
et sociologue américain, spécialisé dans l'étude de la pornographie.
Collaborateur de Anderson,
Berkowitz, Donnerstein,
Huesmannet Malamuth.
|
LINZ, D., DONNERSTEIN, E. & PENROD, S. (1984). The
effects of long term exposure to violence against women.
Journal of Communication, 34, 130-147.
|
|
LINZ, D., DONNERSTEIN, E. & PENROD, S. (1987). The
findings and recommendations of the Attorney General's
Commission on Pornography : Do the psychological "facts"
fit the political fury ? American Psychologist, 42, 946-953.
|
|
LINZ, D., DONNERSTEIN, E. & PENROD, S. (1988). Effects
of long-term exposure to violent and sexually degrading
depictions of women. Journal of Personality &
Social Psychology, 55, 758-768. |
|
LINZ, D. (1989). Exposure to sexualy explicit materials
and atitudes toward rape : A comparison of study results.
Journal gf Sex Research, 26, 50-84. |
LINZ, D., PAUL, B. & YAO, M.Z. (2006). Peep show
establishments, police activity, public place and time : A
study of secondary effects in San Diego, California.
Journal of Sex Research, 43 (2), 182-193.
|
|
|
|
Lion (Panthera leo) :Mammifère
carnassier de la famille des
félins. = roi des animaux, roi
des paresseux (mâle).
= Roi de la jungle, la paresse sur quatre pattes.
Lion.
| |
|
|
HORNOCKER, M.G. (1969). Winter territoriality in mountain
lions. Journal of Wildlife Management, 33,
457-464. |
|
|
SCHALLER, G.B. (1922). The SerengetilLion : A study of
predator-prey relations. Chicago : Chicago
University Press. |
|
|
CARACO, T. & WOLF, L.L. (1975). Ecological
determinants of group sizes of foraging lion. The
American Naturalist, 109 (967), 343-352. |
PACKER, C., PUSEY, A.E. & EBERLY, L.E. (2001).
Egalitarianism in female African lions. Science, 293,
690-693.
[PDF] |
|
BUSSE, C.D. (1980). Leopard and lion predation upon chacma
baboons living in the Moremi Wildlife Reserve. Botswana
Notes & Records, 12, 15-21. |
BAUER, H., VAN DER MERWE, S. (2004). Inventory of
free-ranging lions Panthera Leo in Africa. Oryx, 38,
26-31. |
|
PACKER, C. & PUSEY, A.E. (1983). Adaptations of female
lions to infanticide by incoming males. The American
Naturalist, 121 (5), 716-728. [PDF] |
PATTERSON, B.D., KASIKI S.M., SELEMPO, E. & KAYS, R.W.
(2004). Livestock predation by lions (Panthera leo) and
other carnivores on ranches neighbouring Tsavo National
Parks, Kenya. Biological Conservation, 119,
507-516. |
|
GIRALDEAU, L.-A. & GILLIS, D. (1988). Do lions hunt in
group sizes that maximize hunters' daily food returns ? Animal
Behaviour, 36, 611-613. |
KISSUI, B.M. & PACKER, C. (2004). Top-down population
regulation of a top predator : lions in the Ngorogoro
Crater. Proceedings of the Royal Society of London B,
271, 1867-1874. [PDF] |
|
PACKER, C., SCHEEL, D. & PUSEY, A.E. (1990). Why lions
form groups : food is not enough. The American
Naturalist, 136 (1), 1-19. [PDF] |
PACKER, C., IKANDA, B., KISSUI, B.M. & KUSHNIR, H.
(2005). Lions attacks on humans in Tanzania. Nature,
436 (7053), 927-928. [PDF] |
|
PACKER, C., GILBERT, D, PUSEY, A. & O'BRIEN, S.
(1991). A molecular genetic analysis of kinship and
cooperation in African lions. Nature, 351,
562-565. [PDF] |
GOLD, A. (2006). Cranial evidence for sexual dimorphism
and group living in the extinct American lion (Panthera
leo atrox). UCI Journal of Undergraduate Research in
the Biological Sciences, 36, 764-775. [PDF] |
|
SUKAHARA, T. (1993). Lions eat chimpanzees : the first
evidence of predation by lions on wild chimpanzees. American
Journal of Primatology, 29, 1-11. |
KISSUI, B.M. (2008). Livestock predation by lions,
leopards, spotted hyenas, and their vulnerability to
retaliatory killing in the Maasai steppe, Tanzania.
Animal Conservation, 11 (5), 422-432. [PDF] |
|
GRINNELL, J., PACKER, C. & PUSEY, A. (1995).
Cooperation in male lions : kinship, reciprocity or
mutualism ? Animal Behaviour, 49, 95-105. [PDF] |
MOSSER, A. & PACKER, C. (2009). Group territoriality
and the benefits of sociality in the African lion,
Panthera leo. Animal Behaviour, 78, 359-370. [PDF] |
|
HEINSOHN, R. & PACKER. C. (1995). Complex cooperative
strategies in group-territorial African lions. Science,
269, 1260-1262. [PDF] |
MacLENNAN, S.D., GROOM, R.J., MacDONALD, D.W. & FRANK,
L.G. (2009). Evaluation of a compensation scheme to bring
about pastoralist tolerance of lions. Biological
Conservation, 142, 2419-2427. [PDF] |
| |
|
HEINSOHN, R. (1997). Group territoriality in two
populations of African lions. Animal Behaviour, 53, 1143-1147.
[PDF] |
Voir aussi Félin, Antilope
et Animal |
|
|
|
Lion de mer : Mammifère marin.
California sea lion.
| |
|
|
SCHUSTERMAN, R.J. (1976). California sea lion underwater
auditory detection and variation of reinforcement
schedules. Journal of the Acoustical Society of
America, 59 (4), 997-1000. |
|
SCHUSTERMAN, R.J. & KASTAK, D. (1993). A California
sea lion (Zalophus californianus) is capable of forming
equivalence relations. The Psychological Record, 43,
823-839. |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Mammifère
marin |
|
|
| LI
- LIPOVETSKY
- LIPPA - LIPPITT -
LIPPMAN - LIPS - LIRE/LECTURE
- LISREL - LITHIUM -
LITTÉRATIE - LITTLE -
LIVRE - LO |
Lipietz
Alain (Charenton-le-Pont 1947-) : Économiste
marxiste, écologiste
et ingénieur français. = Alain Guy
Lipiec.
 Crédit
: Carlotta Forsberg |
LIPIETZ, A. (1980). Conflits de répartition et changement
technique dans la théorie marxiste. Économie
Appliquée, 2, 511-537. [PDF] |
|
LIPIETZ, A. (1982). Towards global fordism ? New Left
Review, 132, 33-47. [PDF] |
|
LIPIETZ, A. (1986). Behind the crisis : the Exhaustion of
a regime of accumulation. A "regulation school
perspective" on Some french empirical works. Review
of Radical Political Economy, 18 (1-2), 13-32. [PDF] |
|
LIPIETZ, A. (2007). Écologie politique et mondialisation.
L'Economie Politique, 34, 1-8. [PDF] |
|
LIPIETZ, A. (2012). Qu'est-ce que l'écologie poltique
? La grande transformation du XXIe siècle.
Paris : Les Petits Matins. |
|
|
|
|
|
Lippa
Richard A. ( ) : Psychosociologue
américain et spécialiste de l'étude de la masculinité
et de la feminité. Il
s'intéresse également aux déterminants de l'orientation
sexeuelle. Collaborateur de
Blanchard, Loehlin et
Rahman.
|
LIPPA, R.A. (1977). Androgyny, sex-typing, and the
perception of masculinity-femininity in handwritings. Journal
of Research in Personality, 44, 541-559. |
|
LIPPA, R.A. (2000). Gender-related traits in gay men,
women, and heterosexual men and women. Journal of
Personality, 68, 899-926. |
|
LIPPA, R.A. (2001). On deconstructing and reconstructing
masculinity-femininity. Journal of Research in
Personality, 35, 168-207. |
|
LIPPA, R.A. (2005). Sexual orientation and personality. Annual
Review Sex Research, 16, 119-153. |
|
LIPPA, R.A. (2007). The preferred traits of mates in a
cross-national study of heterosexual and homosexual men
and women : An examination of biological and cultural
influences. Archives of Sexual Behavior, 36, 193-208. |
|
|
|
Lippitt Ronald O. (1914-1986) : Psychosociologue
américain. Il a étudié le fonctionnement des groupes
et le leadership en milieu
naturel. Il s'intéresse également au pouvoir.
Étudiant de Lewin. Professeur
de Deutsch.
|
LIPPITT, R. (1939). Field theory and expereiment in scial
psychology : Autocratic amd democratic group atmospheres.
American Journal of Sociology, 45, 26- |
|
LIPPITT, R. & WHITE, R.K. (1943). The "social climate"
of children groups. In R.G. Barker, J.S. Kounin & H.F.
Wright (Eds.), Child behavior and development : A
course of representaitve studies. New York : McGraw
Hill. |
|
LIPPITT, R., POLANSKY, N. & ROSEN, S. (1952). The
dynamics of power. Human Relations, 5, 37-64. |
| |
|
|
GOLD, M. (1988). Ronald O. Lippitt (1914-1986).
American Psychologist, 43 (5), 398. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Lips Hilary Margaret ( ) : Psychosociologue
féministe canadienne,
spécialisée dans l'étude du pouvoir,
de l'impuissance,
des genres et des différences
sexuelles.
|
LIPS, H.M. (1991). Women, men and power. Mountain
View, CA : Mayfield. |
|
LIPS, H.M. (2000). College students' visions of power and
possibility as mediated by gender. Psychology of
Women Quarterly, 24, 37-41. |
|
LIPS, H.M. (2006). A newpsychology of women : Gender,
culture and ethnicity. Boston : McGraw-Hill. |
|
LIPS, H.M. (1988/2007). Sex and gender : An
introduction. Boston : McGraw-Hill. |
|
LIPS, H.M. & KEENER, E. (2007). Effects of gender and
dominance on leadership emergence : Incentives make a
difference. Sex Roles, 56 (9/10), 563-572. |
|
|
|
|
|
Lipset Seymour Martin (New York 1922-2006) :
Sociologue et politologue
américain. Collaborateur de
Lazarsfeld.
|
LIPSET, S.M. (1959). Some social requisites of democracy :
Economic development and political legitimacy. The
American Political Science Review, 53 (1), 69-105.
[PDF]
+ [PDF] |
|
LIPSET, S.M. (1960). Political man : The social basis
of politics. London : Heinemann. [PDF] |
|
LIPSET, S.M. & ROKKAN, S. (1970). Party systems
and voter alignments. Cross-national perspectives.
New York : The Free Press. |
|
LIPSET, S.M., SEONG, K.R. & TORRES, J.C. (1993). A
comparative analysis of the social requisites of
democracy. International Social Science Journal, 45,
155-175. |
|
LIPSET, S.M. (1994). The Social Requisites of Democracy
Revisited : 1993 Presidential Address. American
Sociological Review, 59 (1), 1-22. [PDF]
+ [PDF] |
|
|
|
Lipsey Mark W. ( ) : Psychologue
américain et spécialiste de la méta-analyse.
|
LIPSEY, M.W. & HURLEY, S.M. (1989). Design sensitivity
: Statistical power for applied experimental research. In
M.W. Lipsey (Ed.), Design sensitivity : Statistical
power for Experimental Research (pp. 44-76). Sage
Publications.
[PDF] |
|
LIPSEY, M.W. & WILSON, D.B. (1993). The efficacy of
psychological, educational, and behavioral treatment :
Confirmation from meta-analysis. American
Psychologist, 48, 1181-1209. [PDF] |
|
LIPSEY, M.W. (2002). Meta-analysis and program outcome
evaluation. Socialvetenskaplig Tidskrift, 9
(2-3), 194-208.
[PDF] |
|
LIPSEY, M.W. (2007). Unjustified inferences about
meta-analysis. Journal of Experimental Criminology,
3, 271-279. |
|
LIPSEY, M.W. (2007). Theory as method : Small theories of
treatments. New Directions for Evaluation, 114, 30-62.
[PDF] |
|
|
|
Lipsitt Lewis P. (New Bedford 1929-2021) : Psychologue
cognitivo-béhavioriste
américain, spécialisé dans le developpement
des enfants et le suicide.
Collaborateur de Reese et Rovee-Collier.
 |
LIPSITT, L.P. (1986). Hedonic processes underlying early
learning and development. In D. Tamir, T.B. Brazelton
& A. Russell (Eds), Stimulation and intervention
in early development. London : Freund Publishing. |
|
LIPSITT, L.P. (1988). Stress in infancy : Toward
understanding the origins of coping behavior. In N.
Garmezy & M. Rutter (Eds), Stress, coping, and
development in children. Baltimore : Johns Hopkins
University Press. |
|
LIPSITT, L.P. (1989). Development of self-regulatory
behavior in infancy : Toward understanding the origins of
behavioral misadventures. In S. Doxiadis (Ed.), Early
influences shaping the individual. New York and
London : Pergamon Press. |
|
LIPSITT, L.P. (2003). Behavioral aspects of crib death :
The rise and fall of alternative hypotheses. Current
Directions in Psychological Science. |
|
LIPSITT, L.P. & ROVEE-COLLIER, C.K. (2008). Prenatal
and infant development. In N.J. Smelser and P.B. Baltes
(Eds.), International encyclopedia of the social and
behavioral sciences. London : Elsevier. |
|
|
|
 Lire
(sur ce site)
: Pour comprendre les idées d'un scientifique, il faut
lire ses écrits. Dans ce lexique, ce symbole
indique donc des livres/chapitres de livre/articles qui résument
bien l'oeuvre et la carrière scientifique d'un auteur. Il s'agit
tantôt de première oeuvre ou de classique (articles souvents
citées), tantôt de succès d'estime ou de librairie, tantôt de mes
coups de coeur/tête. Le symbole [PDF] indique que cette source est
disponible en format PDF; cliquez sur [PDF] pour l'obtenir. Comme
vous le savez sans doute, les adresses sur Internet chanent
souvent, donc s un PDF n'est pas disponible, entrez le titre de
l'oeuvre + la mention PDF dans un moteur de recherche (Google,
Bing, etc) et vous trouverez sans doute cette source sous une
nouvelle adresse http/https : n'entrez que le titre + PDF.
NDLR : Le format de référence des sources
suggérées dans ce lexique est celui de
l'American Psychological Association, adapté au contexte
québécois (Par exemple, en français on laisse un espace de par et
d'autre du : pour séparer le lieu l'édition de l'éditeur, etc.).
Exemple de [PDF] et de
|
|
|
Lisrel
( LInear Structural RELations)
: En statistique, test qui repose sur les
principes de l'analyse
factorielle et de la régression.
Lisrel.
| |
|
|
HAYDUCK, L.A. (1987). Structural equation modeling
with LISREL : Essentials and advances. Baltimore :
The Johns Hopkins University Press. |
|
HEATH, A.C., NEALE, M.C., HEWITT, J.K., EAVES, L.J. &
FULKER, D.W. (1989). Testing structural equation models
for twin data using LISREL. Behavior Genetics, 19, 9-35. |
|
CARDON, L.R., FULKER, D.W. & JÖRESKOG, K.G. (1991). A
LISREL 8 model with constrained parameters for twin and
adoptive families. Behavior Genetics, 21, 327-350.
|
|
JORESKOG, K.G. & SORBOM, D. (1993). LISREL8:
User's reference guide. Chicago : Scientific
Software International Inc. |
|
HOX, J.J. (1995). Covariance structure modeling in Windows
: a multitrait-multimethod analysis using Amos, Eqs and
Lisrel. Bulletin de Méthodologie Sociologique, 46, 71-87. |
|
HULL, J.G. (2007). LISREL. R.F. Baumeister and K.D. Vohs
(Eds.), Encyclopedia of social psychology (pp.
529-530.). Sage Publications |
|
|
|
Lissek Shmuel ( ) : Neuropsychologue
américain, spécialisé dans l'étude de l'apprentissage.de
la peur. Collaborateur de Phelps.
|
LISSEK, S., POWERS, A.S, McCLURE, E.B., PHELPS, E.A,
WOLDEHAWARIAT, G, GRILLON, C. & PINE, D.S.
(2005). Classical fear conditioning in the anxiety
disorders : a meta-analysis. Behaviour Research
& Therapy, 43, 1391–1424.
|
|
LISSEK, S., RABIN, S., HELLER, R.E., LUKENBAUGH, D.,
GERACI, M., PINE, D.S. & GRILLON, C. (2010).
Overgeneralization of conditioned fear as a
pathogenicmarker of panic disorder. American Journal
of Psychiatry, 167, 47–55. |
|
LISSEK, S., BIGGS, A.L., RABIN, S.J., CORNWELL B.R.,
ALVAREZ, R.P., PINE, D.S. & GRILLON, C. (2008).
Generalization of conditioned fear-potentiated startle
in humans : experimental validation and clinical
relevance. Behaviour Research & Therapy, 46,
678–687. |
|
LISSEK, S. (2012). Toward an account of clinical
anxiety predicated on basic, neurally mapped mechanisms
of Pavlovian fear-learning : the case for conditioned
overgeneralization. Depress Anxiety 29, 257–263.
|
LISSEK, S., BRADFORD, D.E., ALVAREZ, R.P., BURTON, P,
ESPENSEN-STURGES, T., REYNOLDS, R.C. & GRILLON, C.
(2014). Neural substrates of classically condi- tioned
fear generalization in humans: a parametric fMRI study.
Social Cognitive & Affective Neuroscience, 9,
1134–1142
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
List John A. ( ) :
Économiste
américain et spécialiste de l'économie
comportementale et exprérimentale. Il s'intéresse
notamment à la charité.
Collaborateur de Cherry
et Levitt.
|
LIST, J.A. (2001). Do explicit warnings eliminate the
hypothetical bias in elicitation procedures ? Evidence
from field auctions for sportscards list. American
Economic Review, 91 (5), 1498-1507. |
|
LIST, J.A. (2001). Examining the role of social isolation
on stated preferences. American Economic Review, 94 (3),
741-752. [PDF] |
|
LIST, J.A. (2008). Field experiments : A bridge between
lab and naturally occurring data. Journal of Economic
Analysis & Policy, 6 (2), 1-45. [PDF] |
|
LIST, J.A. (2008). Homo experimentalis evolves. Science,
321 (5886), 207-208. [PDF] |
|
LIST, J.A. & METCALFE, R. (2015). Field experiments in
the developed world : An introduction. Oxford Review
of Economic Policy, 30 (4), 585-596. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Liste
: Ensemble d'objet sélectionnés.
|
|
|
|
|
| Liste
de pointage : Voir Question
avec liste de pointage. Checklist. |
Liste
de vérification : En thérapie, liste que le
client/patient doit faut vérifier avant d'agir, qui afin de
diminuer son anxiété ou améliorer sa performance. =
ce qu'il faut faire, aide-mémoire. Behavior
Checklist, checklist, checklist rating.
| |
|
|
THOMPSON, R.J., CURRY, J.F. & YANCY, W.S. (1979). The
utility of parents' behavior checklist ratings with
developmentally disabled children. Journal of
Pediatric Psychology, 4, 19-28. |
|
CURRY, J.F. & THOMPSON, R.J. (1979). The utility of
behavior checklist ratings in differentiating
developmentally disabled from psychiatrically referred
children. Journal of Pediatric Psychology, 4, 345-352. |
|
LATTIMORE, J., STEPHENS, T.E., FAVELL, J.E. & RISLEY,
T.R. (1984). Increasing direct care staff compliance to
individualized physical therapy body positioning
prescriptions : prescriptive checklists. Mental
Retardation, 22 (2), 79-84. |
|
FOMBONNE, E., CHEHDAN, F., CARADEC, A.M., ACHARD, S.,
NAVARRO, N. & REIS, S. (1988). Le "Child Behavior
Checklist" : un instrument pour la recherche en
psychiatrie de l'enfant. Psychiatrie &
Psychobiologie, 3 (6), 409-418. |
|
ACHENBACH, T.M. & RUFFLE, T.M. (2000). The Child
Behavior Checklist and related forms for assessing
behavioral/emotional problems and competencies. Pediatrics
in Review, 21 (1), 265-271. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
|
Lithium
: Sel naturellement produit par le cerveau
et utilisé comme régulateur
de l'humeur dans le traitement biochimique de la maniaco-dépression
(trouble
bipolaire). Lithium.
| |
|
|
CADE, J.F.J. (1949). Lithium salts in the treatment of
psychotic excitement. Medical Journal of Australia,
14, 349-352. |
GOLDBERG, J.F., HARROW, M. & SANDS, J.R. (1996).
Lithium and the longitudinal course of bipolar illness. Psychiatric
Annals, 26 (10), 651-658. |
|
ANGST, J., WEIS, P., GROF, P., BAASTRUP, P.C. & SCHOU,
M. (1970). Lithium prophylaxis in recurrent affective
disorders. British Journal of Psychiatry, 116, 604-614. |
GOLDBERG, J.F., HARROW, M. & LEON, A.C. (1996).
Lithium treatment of bipolar affective disorders under
naturalistic follow-up conditions. Psychopharmacology
Bulletin, 32 (1), 47-54. |
|
SHEARD, M.H. (1971). Effect of lithium on human
aggression. Nature, 230, 113-114. |
GELLER, B., COOPER, T.B., SUN, K., ZIMERMAN, B., FRAZIER,
J., WILLIAMS, M. & HEATH, J. (1998). Double-blind and
placebo-controlled study of lithium for adolescent bipolar
disorders with secondary substance dependency. Journal
of the American Academy of Child & Adolescent, 37
(2), 171-178. |
|
RIFKIN, A., QUILIKIN, F. & CARILLO, C. (1972). Lithium
carbonate in emotionally unstable character disorders. Archives
of General Psychiatry, 27, 519-523. |
GELLER, B., COOPER, T.B., ZIMERMAN, B., FRAZIER, J.,
WILLIAMS, M., HEATH, J. & WARNER, K. (1998).
Lithium for prepubertal depressed children with family
history predictors of future bipolarity : a double-blind,
placebo-controlled study. Journal of Affective
Disorders, 51 (2), 165-175. |
|
AZAR, B. (1998). Lithium's mood-stabilizing effect is
explained. American Psychological Association
Monitor, 30, 8. |
|
KOUKOPOULOS, A. & REGINALDI, D. (1973).
Does lithium prevent depressions by suppressing manias ? International
Pharmacopsychiatry, 8 (3), 152–158. |
TONDO, L., BALDESSARINI, R.J., HENNEN J. & FlLORIS, G.
(1998). Lithium maintenance treatment of depression and
mania in bipolar I and bipolar II disorders. American
Journal of Psychiatry, 155 (5), 638-645. |
|
|
RUSH, A.J. & MENDELS, J. (1975). Effects of lithium
chloride on muricidal behavior in rats. Pharmacology,
Biochemistry & Behavior, 3, 795-797. |
DIXON, J.F. & HOKIN, L.E. (1998). Lithium acutely
inhibits and chronically up-regulates and stabilizes
glutamate uptake by presynaptic nerve endings in mouse
cerebral cortex. Proceedings of the National Academy
of Sciences, 95, 8363-8368. [PDF] |
|
LAURIN, C. (1975). L'utilisation du lithium en
psychiatrie. L'Union Médicale du Canada, 104
(11), 1694-1697. |
ALDA, M. (1999). Pharmacogenetics of lithium response in
bipolar disorder. Journal of Psychiatry &
Neuroscience, 24, 154-158. |
|
SHEARD, M.H., MARINI, J.L. & BRIDGES, C.I. (1976). The
effect of lithium on unipolar aggressive behaviour in men.
American Journal of Psychiatry, 133, 1409-1413. |
JOHNSON, G. & GESHON, S. (1999). Early North American
research on lithium. Australian & New Zealand
journal of Psychiatry, 33 (S), 48-53. |
|
DOMJAN, M., GEMBERLIMG. G.A. & GILLAN, D.J. (1977).
Aftereffects of lithium-conditioned stimuli on
consummatory behavior.Journal of Experimental
Psychology : Animal Behavior Processes, 3, 322-334. |
BALDESSARINI, R.J., TONDO, L. & VIGUERA, A.C. (1999).
Discontinuing lithium maintenance treatment in bipolar
disorders : risks and implications. Bipolar
Disorders, 1 (1), 17-24. |
|
DOMJAN, M., GEMBERLIMG. G.A. & GILLAN, D.J. (1980).
Increased drinking stimulated by exposure to
lithium-conditioned taste cues: Effects of conditioning
trials and drug dose. Pharmacology, Biochemistry,
& Behavior, 12, 789-795. |
GOLDBERG, J.F., HARROW, M. & LEON, A.C. (1996).
Lithium treatment of bipolar affective disorders under
naturalistic follow-up conditions. Psychopharmacology
Bulletin, 32 (1), 47-54. |
|
DE MONTIGNY, C., GRUNBERG, F., MAYER, A. & DESCHENES,
J.P. (1981). Lithium induces rapid relief of depression in
tricyclic antidepressant drug non-responders. British
of Journal Psychiatry, 138, 252-256. |
POOLSUP, N., LI WAM, P.O.A. & DE OLIVIERA, I.R.
(2000). Systematic overview of lithium treatment in acute
mania. Journal of Clinical Pharmacology Therapy, 25,
139-156. |
|
GLEN, A.I.M., JOHNSON, A.L. & SHEPERD, M. (1984).
Continuation therapy with lithium and amitriptyline in
unipolar depressive illness : a randomized, double-blind,
controlled trial. Psychological Medicine, 14
(1), 37-50. |
CAVANAGH, J., SMYTH, R, GOODWIN, G.M. (2004). Relapse into
mania or depression following lithium discontinuation : a
7-year follow-up. Acta Psychiatrica Scandinavica, 109
(2), 91–95.
|
| |
BOWEN, R., McILWRICK, J., MARILYN, B. & ZHANG, X.
(2005). Lithium and marijuana withdrawal. Canadian
Journal of Psychiatry, 50, 240-241. |
|
NUNES, P.V., FORLENZA, O.V., GATTAZ, W.F. (2007). Lithium
and risk for Alzheimer's disease in elderly patients with
bipolar disorder. British Journal of Psychiatry, 90, 359–360.
|
|
BALON, R., YERAGANI, V.K., POHL, R.B. & GERSHON, S.
(1988). Lithium discontinuation : withdrawal or relapse ?
Comprehensive Psychiatry, 29 (3), 330-334. |
ANGST, J. GANMMA, A, GERBER-WERDER, R, ZARATE, A.
& MANJI, H.K. (2007). Does long-term medication
with lithium, clozapine or antidepressants prevent or
attenuate dementia in bipolar and depressed patients ?
International Journal of Psychiatry in Clinical
Practice, 11, 2–8. |
|
SUPPES, T., BALDESSARINI, R.J., FAEDDA, G.L. & TOHEN,
M. (1991). Risk of recurrence following discontinuation of
lithium treatment in bipolar disorder. Archives of
General Psychiatry, 48 (12), 1082-1088. |
CIPRIANI, A., HAWTON, K., STOCKTON, S. & GEDDES, J.R.
(2013). Lithium in the prevention of suicide in mood
disorders : updated systematic review and meta-analysis. British
Medical Journal, 46 (2), 322-335.
[PDF] |
|
|
|
|
Voir aussi Régulateur
de l'humeur et Trouble
bipolaire |
|
|
|
|
Littératie : Aptitude à comprendre
et à utiliser l'information
dans la vie courante. EX : Lire les instructions
d'un plat surgelé, la posologie d'un médicament, rédiger une carte
de souhait. Cette compréhension
varie d'un individu à l'autre, même chez des individus qui ont le
même niveau d'habiletés
ou de compétence. EX
: Deux finissants de cégep (= compétence), maîtrisant
l'accord du participe passé (= habileté) feront plus ou mons de
fautes en rédigeant un courriel. Cette compétence/habileté varie
selon 4 niveaux. = littéracie.
| |
| Niveaux
de littératie |
| Niveau |
Compétence/Habileté |
| 1 |
- Les individus du niveau 1 éprouvent des difficultés
à lire un texte et à repérer un élément d'information
précis pour répondre à une question
- Ils ne tolèrent aucune distraction (incapable de
lire dans une salle bruyante)
- Ils ont besoin d'un tier pour les aider à comprendre
un texte
|
| 2 |
- Les individus du niveau 2 préférent des textes
clairs, simples et directs
- Ils ont des lectures peu variées
- Ils exécutent une tâche à la fois
- Ils peuvent faire des déductions simples et
comparer des renseignements tirés d'un texte incluant
certains éléments de distraction (EX: lire à
l'ordinateur)
- Ils se fient aux autres personnes pour les aider à
comprendre le sens d'un texte
|
|
3 |
- Les individus du niveau 3 lisent bien; ils sont
fonctionnels dans tous les contextes, sauf lorsqu'il
s'agit de texte + technique/complexe (scientifique,
juridique, etc.)
- Ils peuvent repérer plusieurs éléments et faire des
déductions simples
|
| 4 |
- Les individus du niveau 4 ont un éventail varié de
capacités et d'intérêt de lecture
- Ils peuvent exécuter des tâches multiples
- Ils peuvent facilement traiter des textes au contenu
complexe (scientifique, juridique, etc.)
|
| 5 |
- Les individus du niveau 5 sont capables de faire des
synthèses entre plusieurs textes
- Ils peuvent également relever des erreurs de logique
dans un texte et le critiquer
|
|
| |
|
|
Littératie
(langagière) : Aptitude à lire,
à comprendre et à utiliser l'information écrite dans la vie
courante. EX : Lire les instructions d'un plat
surgelé, la posologie d'un médicament, les instructions d'une minuterie, etc. Cette compréhension
varie d'un individu à l'autre, même chez des individus qui ont le
même niveau d'habiletés
ou de compétence. EX
: Deux finissants de cégep (= compétence), maîtrisant
l'accord du participe passé (= habileté) feront plus ou mons de
fautes en rédigeant un courriel. Littéracie, lecture
et dyslexie. =
littéracie, aptitude à comprendre les écrits du quotidien,
application au jour le jour de ses habiltés/compétences,
littérisme. /analphabétisme
fonctionnel, illettrisme. Literacy.
| |
|
|
CARROLL, J.B. & CHALL, J.S. (1975). Toward a
literate socitety. NewYork : McGraw-Hill. |
COMBER, B. & HILL, S. (2000). Socio-economic
disadvantage, literacy and social justice : Learning from
longitudinal case study research. Australian
Educational Researcher, 27 (3), 79-97. |
|
GOODMAN, K. (1976). Manifesto for a reading revolution. In
F.V. Gollasch (Ed. 1986), Language and literacy : The
selected writings of K.S. Goodman (pp. 231-241).
London : Routledge & Kegan Paul. |
LONIGAN, C.J., BURGESS, S.R. & ANTHONY, J.L. (2000).
Development of emergent literacy and early reading skills
in preschool children : Evidence from a latent-variable
longitudinal study. Developmental Psychology, 36 (5),
596-613. |
| |
OKOLO, C.M., CAVALIER, A.R., FERRETTI, R.P. &
MacARTHUR, C.A. (2000). Technology, literacy, and
disabilities : A review of the research. In R. Gersten, E.
Schiller and S. Vaughn (Eds.), Contemporary special
education research : Syntheses of the knowledge base on
critical instructional issues (pp. 179-250).
Mahwah, NJ : Erlbaum. |
|
RESNICK, D. & RESNICK, L. (1977). The nature of
literacy : An historical exploration. Harvard
Educational Review, 43, 370-385. |
SMITH, J.A. (2000). Singing and songwriting support early
literacy instruction. Reading Teacher, 53,
646-649. |
|
BORMUTH, J.R. (1978).The value and volume of literacy.
Visible Language, 12, 118-161. |
PELLEGRINI, A.D. & GALDA, L. (2000). Children's
pretend play and literacy. In D. Strickland & L.
Morrow (Eds.), Beginning reading and writing
(pp. 58-65). New York, NY : Teachers College Press. |
|
CLAY, M.M. (1979). An observation survey of early
literacy achievement. Portsmouth, NH : Heinemann. |
MacARTHUR, C.A., FERRETTI, R., OKOLO, C. & CAVALIER, A. (2001). Technology applications for students with
literacy problems : A critical review. The Elementary
School Journal, 101, 273-378. |
|
GOODMAN, K. (1982). Language, literacy and learning.
London : Routledge Kagan Paul. |
ARTELT, C., SCHIEFELE, U. & SCHNEIDER, W. (2001).
Predictors of reading literacy. European Journal of
Psychology of Education, 16, 363-383. |
|
FERREIRO, E. & TEBEROSKY, A. (1982). Literacy
before schooling. Exeter, NH : Heineman. |
SÉNÉCHAL, M., LEFEVRE, J.-A., SMITH-CHANT, B.L. &
COLTON, K.V. (2001). On refining theoretical models of
emergent literacy : The role of empirical evidence. Journal
of School Psychology, 39, 439-460. |
|
BLAZER, B. (1986). "I want to talk to you about writing":
5-year old children speak. In B.B. Schieffelin & P.
Gilmore (Eds.), The acquisition of literacy : Ethnographic
perspectives (pp. 75-109). Norwood, NJ : Ablex. |
DE JONG, P.F. & LESEMAN, P.P.M. (2001). Lasting
effects of home literacy on reading achievement in school.
Journal of School Psychology, 39 (5), 389-414. |
|
JUEL, C., GRIFFITH, P.L. & GOUGH, P.B. (1986).
Acquisition of literacy : A longitudinal study of children
in first and second grade. Journal of Educational
Psychology, 78, 243-255. |
GROUX, H. (2001). Literacy, ideology, and the
politics of schooling. Theory and resistance ineducation
: Towards a pedagogy for the opposition. Westport
: Bergin & Garvey. |
|
SMITH, F. (1986). Essays into literacy. Exeter,
NH : Heinemann. |
BISHOP, D.V.M. (2001). Genetic influences on language
impairment and literacy problems in children : Same or
different ? Journal of Child Psychology &
Psychiatry, 42, 189-198. |
|
STEDMAN, L.C. & KAESTLE, C.E. (1987). Literacy and
reading performance in the United States from 1880 to the
present. Reading Research Quarterly, 22, 8-46. [PDF] |
SÉNÉCHAL, M. & LEFEVRE, J.-A., SMITH-CHANT, B.L. &
COLTON, K. (2001). On refining theoretical models of
emergent literacy : The role of empirical evidence.
Journal of School Psychology, 39, 439-460. |
|
SMITH, F. (1988). Joining the literacy club.
Portsmouth, NH : Heinemann. |
BURGESS, S.R., HECHT, S.A. & LONIGAN, C.J. (2002).
Relations of the home literacy environment (HLE) to the
development of reading-related abilities : A one-year
longitudinal study. Reading Research Quarterly, 37,
408-426. |
|
PELLEGRINI, A.D. & GALDA, L. (1991). Children's play,
language and early literacy. Topics in Language Disorders,
10 (3), 76-88. |
ALVERMANN, D.E. (2002). Effective literacy instruction for
adolescents. Journal of Literacy Research, 34,
189-208. |
|
DYSON, A.H. (1990). Research currents : Diversity, social
responsibility, and the story of literacy development. Language
Arts, 61, 192-205. |
SEGERS, L. & VERHOEVEN, L. (2002). Multimedia support
of early literacy learning. Computers &
Education, 39, 207-221. [PDF] |
|
MORROW, L., O'CONNOR, E. & SMITH, J.K. (1990). Effects
of a story reading program on the literacy development of
at-risk kindergarten children. Journal of Reading
Behavior, 22, 255-273. |
CLAY, M.M. (2002). Change over time in children's
literacy development. Auckland : Heinemann
Education. |
|
|
PELLEGRINI, A.D. & GALDA, L. (1991). A developmental
approach to literacy. Canadian Children, 16,
31-34. |
|
|
SNOW, C.E., BARNES, W.S., CHANDLER, J., GOODMAN, I.F.
& HEMPHILL, L. (1991). Unfulfilled expectations :
Home and school influences on literacy. Cambridge,
MA : Harvard University Press. |
Al OTAIBA, S. & FUCHS, D. (2002). Characteristics of
children who are unresponsive to early literacy
intervention : A review of the literature. Remedial
& Special Education, 23, 300-316. [PDF] |
|
NEEDLMAN, R., FRIED, L.E., MORLEY, D.S., TAYLOR, S. &
ZUCKERMAN, B. (1991). Clinic-based intervention to promote
literacy. A pilot study. American Journal of Diseases
of Children, 145, 881-884. [PDF] |
BALAJTHY, E. (2002). Information technology and literacy
assessment. Reading & Writing Quarterly, 18,
369-373. |
|
ELLEY, W.B. (1991). Acquiring literacy in a second
language : The effect of book-based programs. Language
Learning, 41 (3), 375-411. |
BARRE-DE-MINIAC C., BRISSAUD C. & RISPAIL, M. (Dirs.)
(2004). La littéracie. Conceptions théoriques et
pratiques d'enseignement de la lecture-écriture.
L'Harmattan. |
|
CLAY, M.M. (1991). Becoming literate : The
construction of inner control. Portsmouth, NH :
Heinemann. |
WOOD, C. (2002). Parent-child preschool activities can
affect the development of literacy skills. Journal of
Research in Reading, 25 (3), 241-258. |
|
STANOVICH, K.E. & CUNNINGHAM, A.E. (1992). Studying
the consequences of literacy within a literate society :
The cognitive correlates of print exposure. Memory
& Cognition, 20, 51-68. |
RASINSKI, T.V. & HOFFMANN, J.V. (2003). Theory and
research into practice : Oral reading in the school
literacy curriculum. Reading Research Quarterly, 38,
510- 522. |
| SWEENEY, W.J., OMNESS, C.K., JANUSZ, K.L. & COOPER,
J.O. (1992). Adult literacy and precision teaching :
Repeated readings and see/cover/write practice to improve
reading and spelling. Journal of Precision Teaching,
9 (1), 6-19. |
WILLMS, J.D. (2003). Literacy proficiency of youth :
Evidence of converging socioeconomic gradients. International
Journal of Educational Research, 39, 247-252. |
| MORROW, L. (1992). The impact of a literature-based
program on literacy achievement, use of literature, and
attitudes of children from minority backgrounds.
Reading Research Quarterly, 27 (3), 250-275. |
DICKINSON, D.K., MCCABE, A., ANASTASOPOULOS, L.,
PEISNER-FEINBERG, E.S. & POE, M.D. (2003). The
comprehensive language approach to early literacy : The
interrelationships among vocabulary, phonological
sensitivity, and print knowledge among preschool-aged
children. Journal of Educational Psychology, 95, 465-481. |
|
STANOVICH, K.E. (1993). Does reading make you smarter ?
Literacy and the development of "verbal Intelligence". In
H-l. Reese (Ed.), Advances in child development and
behavior San Diego : Academic Press. |
DESJARDINS, R. (2003). Determinants of literacy
proficiency : a lifelong-lifewide learning perspective. International Journal of Educational Research, 39, 205-245. |
|
BAYDAR, N., BROOKS-GUNN, J. & FURSTENBERG, F.F.
(1993). Early warning signs of functional illiteracy :
Predictors in childhood and adolescence. Child
Development, 64, 815-829. |
XUE, Y. & MEISELS, S.J. (2004). Early literacy
instruction and learning in kindergarten : Evidence from
the Early Childhood Longitudinal Study-Kindergarten Class
of 1998-1999. American Educational Research Journal,
41, 191-229. |
|
BEALS, D.E. & DE-TEMPLE, J.M. (1993). Home
contributions to early language and literacy development.
National Reading Yearbook, 42, 207-215. |
HUNTER, J. (2004). Working life and literacies at the
urban hotel. In M.E. Belfiore (Ed.), Reading work.
Literacies in the new workplace (pp. 101-150).
Londres : Lauwrence Erlbaum Associates. |
|
CHANEY, C. (1994). Language development, metalinguistic
awareness, and emergent literacy skills of 3-year-old
children in relation to social class. Applied
Psycholinguistics, 15, 371-394. |
SWANSON, H.L., SAEZ, L., GERBER, M. & LEFSTEAD, J.
(2004). Literacy and cognitive functioning in bilingual
and nonbilingual children at or not at risk for reading
disabilities. Journal of Educational Psychology, 96 (1),
3-18. |
|
TURNER, M. (1994). Cognitive science and literary theory.
Stanford Humanities Review, 4 (1), 110-112. |
CUNNINGHAM, A.E., PERRY, K.E., STANOVICH, K.E. &
STANOVICH, P. (2004). Disciplinary knowledge of K-3
teachers and their knowledge calibration in the domain of
early literacy. Annals of Dyslexia, 51, 139-168.
[PDF] |
|
BUS, A.G., VAN IJZENDOORN, M.H. & PELLEGRINI, A.D.
(1995). Joint book reading makes for success in learning
to read : A meta-analysis on intergenerational
transmission of literacy. Review of Educational
Research, 65 (1), 1-21. |
TIVNAN, T. & HEMPHILL, L. (2005). Comparing four
literacy reform models in high-poverty schools : Patterns
of first-grade achievement. The Elementary School
Journal, 105 (5), 419-441. |
|
TURNER, J. & PARIS, S.G. (1995). How literacy tasks
influence children's motivation for literacy. The
Reading Teacher, 48 (8), 662-673. |
|
| GRAHAM, S., MacARTHUR, C. & HARRIS. R. (1995). An
introduction to the special issue : Research on writing
and literacy. Learning Disabilities Quarterly, 18
(4), 250-252. |
|
|
TURNER, J.C. (1995). The influence of classroom contexts
on young children’s motivation for literacy. Reading
Research Quarterly, 30 (3), 410-441. |
|
|
CRAWFORD, P.A. (1995). Early literacy : Emerging
perspectives. Journal of Research in Childhood
Education, 10 (1), 71-86. |
ARAM, D. & LEVIN, I. (2005). Mother-child joint
writing in low SES : Sociocultural factors, maternal
mediation, and emergent literacy. Cognitive
Development, 16, 831-852. |
|
GIASSON, J. & SAINT-LAURENT, L. (1996). Preschoolers'
awareness of the functions of literacy: Relationship to
socio-economic status. Applying Research to the
Classroom, 14 (2), 20-25. |
PEARSON, P.D., TAYLOR, B.M. & TAM, A. (2005). Epilogue
: Effective professional development for improving
literacy instruction. In R. Indrisano & J.R. Paratore
(Eds.), Learning to write, writing to learn : Theory
and research in practice (pp. 221-234). Newark, DE
: International Reading Association. |
|
|
ECHOLS, L.D., WEST, R.F., STANOVICH, K.E. & ZEHR, K.
(1996). Using children's literacy activities to predict
growth in verbal cognitive skills : A longitudinal
investigation. Journal of Educational Psychology, 88
(2), 296-304. [PDF] |
CLAY, M.M. (2005). Literacy lessons designed for
individuals : Parts one and two. Auckland :
Heinemann Education. |
|
TURNER, M. (1996). The literary mind : The origins of
thought and language. Oxford University Press. |
COULOMBE, S., TREMBLAY, J. et MARCHAND, S. (2005).
Performance enlittératie, capital humain et croissance
dans quatorze pays de l'OCDE. Ottawa : Statistique
Canada et Ressources humaines et Développement des
compétences Canada. |
|
JUEL, C. (1996). What makes literacy tutoring effective? Reading
Research Quarterly, 31, 268-289. |
PRESSLEY, M. (2005). Metacognition in literacy learning :
Then, now, and in the future. In S.E. Israel, C.
Collins-Block, K.L. Bausermann & K. Kinnucan-Welsh
(Eds.), Metacognition in literacy learning (pp.
391-411). Mahwah, NJ : Erlbaum. |
|
CHRISTIE, F. & FOLEY, J. (Eds.) (1996). Some
contemporary themes in literacy research. New York
: Waxman. |
ARAM, D. (2005). Continuity in children's literacy
achievements : A longitudinal perspective from
kindergarten to school. First Language, 25 (3),
259-289. [PDF] |
|
KAMINSKI, R.A. & GOOD, R.H. (1996). Toward a
technology for assessing basic early literacy skills.
School Psychology Review, 25, 215-227. |
HATCHER, P.J., GOETZ, K., SNOWLING, M.J., HULME, C.,
GIBBS, S. & SMITH, G. (2006). Evidence for the
effectiveness of the early literacy support programme.
British Journal of Educational Psychology, 76,
351-367. |
| |
VRIGNAUD, P. (2006). La mesure de la littéracie dans PISA
: la méthodologie est la réponse, mais quelle était la
question ? Revue Française de Pédagogie, 157, 27-41. |
|
STANOVICH, K.E., CUNNINGHAM, A.E. & WEST, R.F. (1998).
Literacy experiences and the shaping of cognition. In S.
Paris & H. Wellman (Eds.), Global prospects for
education : Development, culture, and schooling
(pp. 253-288). Washington, DC: American Psychological
Association. [PDF] |
VERHOEVEN, L. & VERMEER, A. (2006). Literacy
achievement of children with intellectual disabilities and
differing linguistic backgrounds. Journal of
Intellectual Disability Research, 50 (10), 725-738.
[PDF] |
|
RAUDENBUSH, S.W. & KASIM, R. (1998). Cognitive skill
and economic inequality : Findings from the National Adult
Literacy Survey. Harvard Educational Review, 68
(1), 33-79. |
SWANSON, H.L., SAEZ, L. & GERBER, M. (2006). Growth in
literacy and cognition in bilingual children at risk or
not at risk for reading disabilities. Journal of
Educational Psychology, 98 (2), 247-264. [PDF] |
|
PERFETTI, C.A. & MARRON, M.A. (1998). Learning to read
: Literacy acquisition by children and adults. In D.A.
Wagner (Ed.), Advances in adult literacy research and
development. Hampton Press. [PDF] |
WILLMS, J.D. et MURRAY, T.S. (2007). Acquisition et
perte de compétences en littératie au cours de la vie.
Ottawa : Statistique Canada. |
| |
MacARTHUR, C.A. & LEMBO, L. (2009). Strategy
instruction in writing for adult literacy learners. Reading
and Writing, 22, 1021-1032. |
| |
VERHOEVEN, L. (2009). Literacy outside the mainstream. International
Journal of the Sociology of Language, 119 (1),
1-12. |
| |
WOOD, C., PILLINGER, C. & JACKSON, E. (2010).
Understanding the nature and impact of young readers'
literacy interactions with talking books and during adult
reading support. Computers & Education, 54
(1), 190-198. |
| |
SLOAT, E.A. & BESWICK, J.F. (2010). Using data to
monitor early literacy development. In Aboriginal
policy research series (Vol. 6). Thompson
Educational Publishing, Inc.
[PDF] |
| |
TORPPA, M., LYYTINEN, P., ERSKINE, J., EKLUND, K. &
LYYTINEN, H. (2010). Language development, literacy
skills, and predictive connections to reading in Finnish
children with and without familial risk for dyslexia. Journal
of Learning Disabilities, 43, 308-321. |
| |
MARKS, D.F. (2010). IQ variations across time, race, and
nationality: An artifact of differences in literacy
skills. Psychological Reports, 106 (3), 643-664. |
| |
WOHLEND, K. (2010). A is for avatar: Young children in
literacy 2.0 worlds and literacy 1.0 schools. Language
Arts, 88 (2), 144-152. |
|
PRESTON, J.L., FROST, S.J., MENCL, W., LANDI, N.E.,
FULBRIGHT, R.K., GRIGORENKO, E.L. JACOBSEN, L. &
PUGH, K.R. (2010). Early and late talkers : school-age
language, literacy and neurolinguistic differences.
Brain, 133 (8), 2185-2195. [PDF] |
|
|
WHITEHURST, G.J., ZEVENBERGEN, A.A., CRONE, D.A., SCHULTZ,
M.D., VELTING, O.N. & FISCHEL, J.E. (1999). Outcomes
of an emergent literacy intervention from Head Start
through second grade. Journal of Educational
Psychology, 91, 261-272. |
TORPPA, M., EKLUND, K., VAN BERGEN, E. & LYYTINEN, P.
(2011). Parental literacy predicts children's literacy : a
longitudinal family-risk study. Dyslexia, 17, 339-355.
[PDF] |
|
HILL, P.W. & CREVOLA, C.A. (1999). Key features of a
whole-school, design approach to literacy teaching in
schools. Australian Journal of Learning Disabilities,
4 (3), 5-11. |
KUHL, P.K. (2011). Early language learning and literacy :
Neuroscience implications for education. Mind, Brain
& Education, 5 (3), 128-142. [PDF] |
|
REESE, E. & COX, A. (1999). Quality of adult book
reading affects children's emergent literacy. Developmental
Psychology, 35 (1), 20-28. [PDF] |
VAN BERGEN, E., DE JONG, P.F., PLAKAS, A., MAASSEN, B.
& VAN DER LEIJ, A. (2012). Child and parental literacy
levels within families with a history of dyslexia. Journal
of Child Psychology & Psychiatry, 53 (1),
28-36. |
| |
MacARTHUR, C.A. (2013). Technology applications for
improving literacy : A review of research. In H. L.
Swanson, K. Harris and S. Graham (Eds.), Handbook of
learning disabilities (pp. 565-590). New York :
Guilford. |
|
SHAHAN, C. & SHAHAN, T. (2014). Does disciplinary
literacy have a place in elementary school ? The
Reading Teacher, 67 (8), 636-639. |
|
CHRISITIE, J.F. & STONE, S.J. (1999). Collaborative
literacy activity in print-enriched play centers : The
influence of same-age and multi-age grouping. Journal
of Literacy Research, 32 (2), 109-131. |
VAN BERGEN, E., DE JONG, P.F., MAASSEN, B. & VAN DER
LEIJ, A.J. (2014). The effect of parents' literacy skills
and children's preliteracy skills on the risk of dyslexia.
Journal of Abnormal Child Psychology, 42 (7),
187-200. [PDF] |
|
ALLINGTON, R.L. & WOODSIDE-JIRON, H. (1999). The
politics of literacy teaching : How "research" shaped
educational policy. Educational Researcher, 28
(8), 4-13. |
ROBERTS, L.D., HERITAGE, B. & GASSON, N. (2015). The
measurement of psychological literacy : A first
approximation. Frontiers in Psychology, 6,
[105], 1-12. [PDF] |
| |
WOLF, M. & GOTTWALD, S. (2016). Tales of Literacy
in the 21st Century. Oxford : Oxford University
Press. |
| |
WOLF, M., GOTTWALD, S., BREAZEAL, C., GALYEAN, T. &
MORRIS, R. (2016). "I hold your foot": Lessons from the
reading brain for addressing the challenge of global
literacy. In A. Battro, M.P. Lena, M. Sanchez-Sorondo
& J. von Braun (Eds), Children and sustainable
development (pp. 225-238). Springer Verlag. |
| |
HAMILTON, L.G., HAYIOU-THOMAS, M.E., HULME, C. &
SNOWLING, M.J. (2016). The Home Literacy Environment as a
predictor of the early literacy development of children at
family-risk of dyslexia. Scientific Studies of
Reading, 20 (5), 401-419. [PDF] |
| |
GOTTWALD, S., MORRIS, R., WOLF, M. & GALYEAN, T.,
(2017). Bringing the bottom billion into basic literacy :
How we can and why we must. New Directions for Child
and Adolescent Development, 158, 93-104. |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Fluidité
verbale, Lecture
et Dyslexie |
|
|
Littératie
(Mesures/Évaluations) : Ensemble
des critères de
diagnostic, des tests
et des outils de collecte de
données qui permettent
d'évaluer et de mesurer
la littératie. Measurement
of literacyy, literacy assessment.
| |
|
|
KAMINSKI, R.A. & GOOD, R.H. (1996). Toward a
technology for assessing basic early literacy skills.
School Psychology Review, 25, 215-227. |
|
BALAJTHY, E. (2002). Information technology and literacy
assessment. Reading & Writing Quarterly, 18,
369-373. |
|
ROUSE, H.L. & FANTUZZO, J.W. (2006). Validity of the
dynamic indicators for Basic Early Literacy Skills as an
indicator of early literacy for urban kindergarten
children. School Psychology Review, 35 (3),
341-355. |
|
WEIGEL, D.L., MARTIN, S.S. & BENNETT, K.K. (2006).
Contributions of the home literacy environment to
preschool-aged children's emerging literacy and language
skills. Early Child Development & Care, 176 (3-4),
357-378. |
|
ROBERTS, L.D., HERITAGE, B. & GASSON, N. (2015). The
measurement of psychological literacy : A first
approximation. Frontiers in Psychology, 6,
[105], 1-12. [PDF] |
|
HAMILTON, L.G., HAYIOU-THOMAS, M.E., HULME, C. &
SNOWLING, M.J. (2016). The Home Literacy Environment as a
predictor of the early literacy development of children at
family-risk of dyslexia. Scientific Studies of
Reading, 20 (5), 401-419. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Littératie
(Méta-) : Forme de littératiequi
consiste à trouver et à utiliser de l'information pour comprendre
une langue, les mathématiques, la finance, etc. =
méta-littéracie. Metaliteracy.
| |
|
|
MACKEY, T. & JOHNSON, T. (2013). Reframing information
literacy as a metaliteracy. College & Research
Libraries, 72 (1), 62-78. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Littératie
culturelle : Concept proposé par Hirsch
selon lequel tous les membres d'une culture
doivent posséder un corps de connaissances, corps que l'on
acqiuert dès la petite école.
= littéracie culturelle, savoirs de base, connaissances
élémentaires, culture commune. Culturel
literacy.
| |
|
|
HIRSH, E.D. (1987). Cultural literacy, what every
american needs to know. Boston, MA. Houghton
Mifflin Company. |
|
CHRISTENBURY, L. (1989). Cultural literacy : A terrible
idea whose time has come. The English Journal, 78
(1), 14-17. |
|
|
|
Voir aussi littératie et Culture |
|
|
Littératie
financière : Forme de littératie
qui consiste à gérer ses affaires et à investir de manière
judicieuse. EX : épargner pour son REER, achter
des titres en bourse. Littéracie financière et mathématiques.
= littéracie financière.
/dsycalculie.
Financial literacy
| |
|
|
KLONTZ, B.T., PACIFICI, C., WHITE, L. & NELSON, C.
(2011). The effectiveness of an interactive multimedia
approach to improving financial literacy in at-risk youth
: A pilot study. Journal of Financial Therapy, 2 (2),
41-67. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Calcul
et Littéracie
mathématique, |
|
|
Littératie
mathématique : Forme de littératie
qui consiste à user de ses habiletés
mathématiques dans la vie quotidienne : compter, jongler
avec les nombres. EX
: Calculer
les mensualités de son hypothèque, rédiger sa déclaration de
revenus. = littéracie mathématique. /dsycalculie.
Quantitative literacy.
|
Littératie
psychologique : Forme de littératie
qui consiste à jongler avec les
théorie de la psychologie. EX : Conditionner
sa fille en lui souriant chaque fois qu'elle émet un «bon
comportement». = littéracie
psychologique. Psychological literacy.
| |
|
|
O'HARA, M. (2007). Psychological literacy for an emerging
global society: another look at Rogers' "persons of
tomorrow" as a model. Person-Centered &
Experiential Psychotherapies, 6 (1), 45-60. |
MAIR C., TAYLOR, J. & HULME, J. (2013). An
introductory guide to psychological literacy and
psychologically literate citizenship. York : Higher
Education Academy Psychology Network. |
| |
CRANNEY, J., MORRIS, S.U.E., KROCHMALIK, A. & BOTWOOD,
L. (2013). Assessing psychological literacy. In D.S. Dunn,
S.C. Baker, C.M. Mehrotra, R.E. Landrum & M.A.
McCarthy, (Eds.), Assessing teaching and learning in
psychology : Current and future perspectives (pp.
94–106). Belmont, CA : Wadsworth Cengage Learning. |
|
TAKOOSHIAN, H. & LANDI, G. (2011). Psychological
literacy : An alumni perspective. In J. Cranney & D.S.
Dunn (Eds.), The psychologically literate citizen :
Foundations and global perspectives (pp.
306-321). New York : Oxford University Press. |
CRANNEY, J. (2013). Towards psychological literacy : A
snapshot of evidence-based learning and teaching. Australian
Journal of Psychology, 65, 1-4. [PDF] |
|
CRANNEY, J., MORRIS, S.U.E., KROCHMALIK, A. & BOTWOOD,
L. (2011). Assessing psychological literacy. In D.S. Dunn,
C.M. Baker, C.M. Mehrotra, R.E. Landrum & M.A.
McCarthy (Eds.), Assessing teaching and learning in
psychology : Current and future perspectives (pp.
95-106). Belmont, CA : Cengage. |
CRANNEY, J., MORRIS, S.U.E. & BOTWOOD, L. (2015).
Psychological literacy in undergraduate psychology
education. In D.S. Dunn (Ed.), The Oxford Handbook of
Undergraduate Psychology Education (pp. 863-872).
New York : Oxford University Press. |
| |
TURNER, M. & DAVILA-ROSS, M. (2015). Using oral exams
to assess psychological literacy : The final year research
project interview. Psychology Teaching Review, 21
(2), 48-68. [PDF] |
|
MORRIS, S., CRANNEY, J., JEONG, J.M. & MELLISH, L.
(2013). Developing psychological literacy : Student
perceptions of graduate attributes. Australian
Journal of Psychology, 65, 54-62. [PDF] |
ROBERTS, L.D., HERITAGE, B. & GASSON, N. (2015). The
measurement of psychological literacy : A first
approximation. Frontiers in Psychology, 6 [105],
1-12. [PDF] |
| |
|
|
Voir aussi Littéracie et Enseignement
de la psychologie |
|
|
Littératie scientifique : Compétence/ habileté à comprendre la réalité au moyen de la science
et de sa méthode
scientifique. EX : Lire un article scientifique.
= littéracie scientifique, connaissance scientifique, culture scientifique.
Scientific literacy.
| |
|
|
BOWYER, J.B. & LINN, M.C. (1978). Effectiveness of the
science curriculum improvement study in teaching
scientific literacy. Journal of Research in Science
Teaching, 15, 209-219. |
HOBSON, A. (2003). Physics literacy, energy and the
environment. Physics Education, 38 (2),
109-114. [PDF] |
| SHORTLAND, M. (1988). Advocating science: literacy and public understanding. Impact of Science on Society 38, (4), 305-316. |
|
|
GOODSTEIN, D. (1992). The science literacy gap : A Karplus lecture Journal of Science Education & Technology, 1 149-155. |
FANG, Z. (2005). Scientific literacy : A systematic
functional linguistics perspective. Science
Education, 89, (2), 335–347. |
|
SHAMOS, M.H. (1995). The myth of scientific literacy.
New Brunswick : Rutgers University Press. |
|
|
FOUREZ, G. (1997). Scientific and technological literacy
as a social practice. Social Studies of Science, 27 (6),
903-936. |
|
|
PAISLEY, W.J. (1998). Scientific literacy and the
competition for public attention and understanding. Science
Communication 20 (1), 70–80. |
HAZEN, R.M. & TREFIL, J. (2009). Science matters
: Achieving scientific literacy. Anchor. |
|
HOBSON, A. (2000). Teaching relevant science for
scientific literacy. Journal of College Science
Teaching, 30, 238-243. [PDF] |
PEARSON, P.D., MOJE, E.B. & GREENLEAF, C. (2010).
Literacy and science : Each in the service of the other. Science,
328 (5977), 459-463. |
|
MILLER, J. (2002). Civic scientific literacy : a necessity
in the 21st century. Federation of American Scientists
Public Interest Report, 55 (1), 3-6. |
IMPEY, C. (2013). Science literacy of undergraduates in
the United States. Organisations, People &
Strategies in Astronomy, 2, 353-364. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Littéracie, Croyance
ésotérique,
Pseudoscienc, Méthode
scientifique et Enseignement
de la science |
|
|
|
Little Anthony C. ( ) : Psychologue
évolutionniste écossais et spécialiste de l'étude du visage,
notamment en lien avec la beauté
et l'attirance physique. Collaborateur
de Debruine, Jones,
Penke,
Penton-voak et
Perrett.
|
LITTLE, A.C., BURT, D.M., PENTON-VOAK, I.S. & PERRETT,
D.I. (2001). Self-perceived attractiveness influences
human female preferences for sexual dimorphism and
symmetry in male faces. Proceedings of the Royal
Society of London, Series B : Biological Sciences, 268,
39-44. |
|
LITTLE, A.C., BURT, D.M. & PERRETT, D.I. (2006). What
is good is beautiful : Face preference reflects desired
personality. Personality & Individual
Differences, 41 (6), 1107-1118. [PDF] |
|
LITTLE, A.C., BURRISS, R.P., JONES, B.C. & ROBERTS,
S.C. (2007). Facial appearance affects voting decisions. Evolution
& Human Behavior, 28, 18-27.
[PDF] |
|
LITTLE, A.C., JONES, B.C. & DeBRUINE, L.M. (2011).
Facial attractiveness : evolutionary based research. Philosophical
Transactions of the Royal Society, B, 366,
1638-1659.
[PDF] |
|
LITTLE, A.C. (2014). Facial appearance and leader choice
in different contexts : Evidence for task contingent
selection based on implicit and learned face-behaviour or
face-ability associations. The Leadership Quarterly,
25 (5), 865-874. |
|
|
|
Livre : Objet, composé de pages, en voie de disparition.
Book.
| |
|
|
BRUSS, D. (2001). Book ! Book ! Book ! New York
: Arthur A. Levine Books. |
|
BEDEIAN, A.G. & WREN, D.A. (2001). Most influential
management books of the 20th century. Organizational
Dynamics, 29 (3), 221-225.
[PDF] |
|
CHAMPAGNE-POIRIER, O. (2018). Les domaines du livre et des
bib- liothe` ques dans la presse écrite [The fields of
books and libraries in the print media]. Les Cahiers
du Journalisme, 2 (2), 143-157. |
|
|
|
Livre (scientifique) : Ouvrage
scientifique dont tous les chapitres
ont été rédigés par le ou les mêmes auteurs.
Même s'il est en perte de vitesse, le livre demeure avec l'article
scientifique les deux principales sources
d'information scientifique.
= monographie.
Book.
| |
SKINNER, B.F. (1971). L'analyse expérimentale du
comportement. Paris : Seuil.
|
| |
NOM,
INITIALE DE SON PRÉNOM (Année de l'édition). Titre
du livre. Lieu de l'édition : Éditeur.
|
| |
| |
BRUSS, D. (2001). Book ! Book ! Book ! New York :
Arthur A. Levine Books. |
|
BEDEIAN, A.G. & WREN, D.A. (2001). Most influential
management books of the 20th century. Organizational
Dynamics, 29 (3), 221-225.
[PDF] |
|
|
|
Livre
blanc/Livre vert :
Rapport émanant de l'exécutif d'un gouvernement
qui propose des solutions à un problème social et prépare un
domaine ou un secteur d'acitivité de la société
à des changements en
profondeur (réforme). = white paper.
|
|
| |
DOERR, A.D. (1971). The role of white papers : The
structure of policy-making in Canada. Toronto :
MacMillan. |
| |
|
|
|
|
|
Livre
électronique : Livre dont le
contenu est disponible sur un ordinateur.
Electronic
book, E-book.
| |
|
|
DILLON, A. (1992). Reading from paper versus screens : a
critical review of the empirical literature. Ergonomics,
35 (10), 1297-1326. |
BERG, S., HOFFMANN, K. & DAWSON, D. (2010). Not on the
same page : Undergraduates' information retrieval in
electronic and print books. The Journal of Academic
Librarianship, 36 (6), 518-525. |
|
McFALL, R. (2005). Electronic textbooks that transform how
textbooks are used. The Electronic Library, 23 (1),
72-81. |
WOODY, W., DANIEL, D. & BAKER, C. (2010). E-books or
textbooks : Students prefer textbooks. Computers
& Education, 55, 945-948. |
|
MORINEAU, T., BLANCHE, C., TOBIN, L. & GUÉGUEN, N.
(2005). The emergence of the contextual role of the e-book
in cognitive processes through an ecological and
functional analysis. International Journal of
Human-Computer Studies, 62, 329-348. |
JAMALI, H.R., NICHOLAS, D. & ROWLANDS, I. (2010).
Scholarly e-books : the views of 16,000 academics. New
Information Perspectives, 61 (1), 33-47. |
|
BUZZETTO-MORE, N.A., SWEAT-GUY, R. & ELELOBAID, M.
(2007). Reading in a digital age : E-books are students
ready for this learning object ? Interdisciplinary
Journal of Knowledge & Learning Objects, 3, 239-
250. [PDF] |
FOASBERG, N.M. (2011). Adoption of e-book readers among
college students : a survey. Information Technology
& Libraries, 30 (3), 108-128. |
|
THOMAS, S. (2007). Another side of the e-book puzzle. Indiana
Libraries, 26 (1), 39-45. |
TAPLIN, R.H., LOW, L.H. & BROWN, A.M. (2011).
Students' satisfaction and valuation of web-based lec-
ture recording technologies. Australasian Journal of
Educational Technology, 27 (2), 175-191. |
|
CLARK, D.T., GOODWIN, S.P., SAMUELSON, T. & COKER, C.
(2008). A qualitative assessment of the Kindle e-Book
reader : results from initial focus groups. Performance
Measurement & Metrics, 9 (2), 118-129. |
WILLIAMS, A., BIRCH, E. & HANCOCK, P. (2012). The
impact of online lecture recordings on student
performance. Australasian Journal of Educational
Technology, 28 (2), 199-213. |
|
VASSILLIOU, M. & ROWLEY, J. (2008). Progressing the
definition of "e-book". Library Hi Tech, 26 (3),
355-368. [PDF] |
|
|
SHEPPERD, J., GRACE, J. & KOCH, E. (2008). Evaluating
the electronic textbook : Is it time to dispense with text
? Teaching of Psychology, 35, 2-5. |
CONNELL, C., BALIS, L. & FARMER, W. (2012). Effects of
e-book readers and tablets computers on reading
comprehension. International Journal of Instructional
Media, 39 (2), 131-140. |
|
KANG, Y., WANG, M. & LIN, R. (2009). Usability
evaluation of e-books. Displays, 30 (2), 49-52. |
HOSETH, A. & McLURE, M. (2012). Perspectives on
e-books from instructors and students in the social
sciences. Reference & User Services Quarterly,
51 (3), 278-288. |
|
YOUNG, J. (2009). 6 lessons one campus learned about
e-textbooks. The Chronicle of Higher Education, 55 (39),
A18. |
PHILIP, G.C. & MOON, S.-Y. (2013). An Investigation of
Student Expectation, Perceived Performance and
Satisfaction of E-textbooks. Journal of Information
Technology Education, 12, 287-298. [PDF] |
|
VON KONSKY, B.R., IVINS, J. & GRIBBLE, S.J. (2009).
Lecture attendance and web based lecture technologies : A
comparison of student perceptions and usage patterns. Australasian Journal of Educational Technology, 25 (4),
581-595. |
ROCKINSON-SZAPKIW, A., COURDUFF, J., CARTER, K. &
BENNET, D. (2013). Electronic versus traditional print
textbooks : A comparison study on the influence of
university students' learning. Computers &
Education, 63, 259-266.
[PDF] |
|
|
|
|
Voir aussi Lire |
|
|
Livre par chapitres (scientifique) : Ouvrage scientifique dont les chapitres
sont rédigés par des auteurs
différents sous la supervision d'un directeur
(parfois plusieurs directeurs). En anglais, directeur =
editor. Au pluriel, il faut écrire (Dirs.). =
monographie, collectif. Handbook.
| |
ROBERT, M. (Dir.) (1988). Fondements et étapes de
la recherche scientifique en psychologie.
St-Hyacinthe :
Édisem.
|
| |
NOM
DU DIRECTEUR, INITIALE DE SON PRÉNOM (Dir.) (Année de
l'édition). Titre du livre.Lieu de l'édition :
Éditeur.
|
| |
|
| LIP
- LOBE
- LOBECTOMIE - LOBOTOMIE
- LOCALISER -
LOCKE - LOCOMOTION - LOCUS
- LOEB - LOEHLIN - LOFTUS
- LOGAN - LOGIQUE -
LOI |
Lobby
: Groupe de
pression qui exerce une influence
(privée mais légitime)
sur la classe
politique, et plus particulièrement sur les gouvernements.
Lobby.
| |
|
|
TULLOCK, G. (1981). Lobbying and welfare : A comment. Journal
of Public Economics, 16, 391-394. |
|
ARCHIBALD, C. (1997). Assistés sociaux inc, lobby et
démocratie libérale. Hull : Vents d'Ouest. |
|
MEARSHEIMER, J.J. & WALT, S.M. (2006). The
Israel lobby and U.S. foreign policy. New York :
Farrar, Straus and Giroux. /Le lobby pro-israélien et
la politique étrangère américaine. Paris : La
Découverte. |
|
MEARSHEIMER, J.J. & WALT, S.M. (2008). The Israel
Lobby in the United States. Jordan Journal of
International Affairs, 1 (3), 35-44. |
|
MEARSHEIMER, J.J. & WALT, S.M. (2009). Is it Love or
the Lobby ? Explaining Americ's special relationship with
Israel. Security Studies, 18 (1), 58-78. [PDF] |
|
MEARSHEIMER, J.J. & WALT, S.M. (2009). The blind man
and the elephant in the room : Robert Lieberman and the
Israel lobby. Perspectives on Politics, 7 (2),
259-273. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Lobby, Complot
et Contre-pouvoir |
|
|
|
|
Lobe frontal : L'un des quatre lobes du
cerveau. Frontal
lobe, frontal lobe function.
| |
|
 |
|
|
FRANZ, S.I. (1902). On the functions of the cerebrum : 1.
The frontal lobes in relation to the production and
retention of simple sensory-motor habits. American
Journal of Physiology, 1, 3-18. |
DUNCAN, J. (1996). Attention, intelligence and the frontal
lobes. In M. Gazzaniga (Ed.), The cognitive
neurosciences (pp. 721–733). Cambridge, MA : MIT
Press. |
| |
HORNAK, J., ROLLS, E.T. & WADE, D. (1996). Face and
voice expression identification in patients with emotional
and behavioral changes following ventral frontal lobe
damage. Neuropsychologia, 34, 247-261. |
| |
WHEELER, M., STUSS, D.T. & TULVING, E. (1997). Frontal
lobe damage produces episodic memory impairment. Journal
of the International Neuropsychological Society, 1,
525-536. [PDF] |
|
FRANZ, S.I. & LASHLEY, K.S. (1917). The retention of
habits by the rat after destruction of the frontal portion
of the cerebrum. Psychobiology, 1, 3-18. |
RABBIT, P. (1997). Methodology of frontal and
executive function. Hove : Psychological Press |
|
HEBB, D.O. & PENFIELD, W. (1940). Human behaviour
after extensive bilateral removal from the frontal lobes.
Archives of Neurology & Psychiatry, 44,
421-436. |
KETSESZ, A., DAVIDSON, W. & FOX, H. (1997). Frontal
lobe behavioural inventory : Diagnostic criteria for
frontal lobe dementia. Canadian Journal Neurological
Sciences, 24, 29-36. |
|
ZANGWILL, O.L. (1966). Psychologcial deficits with frontal
lobe lesions. International Journal of Neurology, 5,
395-402. |
FUSTER, J.M. (1997). The prefrontal cortex : Anatomy,
physiology, and neurophysiology of the frontal lobe.
Philadelphia : Lippincott-Raven. |
|
PRIBRAM, K.H. & LURIA, A.R. (Eds.) (1973). Psychophysiology
of the frontal lobes. New York : Academic Press. |
WHEELER, M., STUSS, D.T. & TULVING, E. (1997). Toward
a theory of episodic memory : The frontal lobes and
autonoetic consciousness. Psychological Bulletin,
121, 331-354. [PDF] |
| |
WHEELER, M. (1998). Frontal lobe injury impairs episodic
remembering. Journal of Cognitive Neuroscience, 10, 48-48. |
|
PONTIUS, A.A. (1973). Dysfunction patterns analogous to
frontal lobe system and caudate nucleus syndromes in some
groups of minimal brain dysfunction. Journal of the
American Medical Women's Association, 26, 285-292. |
STONE, V.E., BARON-COHEN, S. & KNIGHT, R.T. (1998).
Frontal lobe contributions to theory of mind. Journal
of Cognitive Neuroscience, 10, 640-656. |
|
NELSON, H.E. (1976). A modified card sorting task
sensitive to frontal lobe defects. Neuropsychologia,
12, 313-234. |
SMITH, E.E. & JONIDES, J. (1999). Storage and
executive processes in the frontal lobes. Science,
283, 1657-1661. |
|
SHALLICE, T. & EVANS, M.E. (1978). The involvement of
the frontal lobes in cognitive estimations. Cortex, 14
(2), 294-303. |
MILLER, B.L. & CUMMINGS, J.L. (1999). The human
frontal lobes. New York : The Guilford Press. |
|
LHERMITTE, F. (1983). "Utilization behaviour" and its
relation to lesions of the frontal lobes. Brain, 106,
237-255. |
SEMENDEFERI, K. (1999). The frontal lobes of the great
apes with a focus on the gorilla and the orangutan. In
R.M.H.M.S. Parker (Ed.), The mentalities of gorillas
and orangutans (pp. 70-95). Cambridge : Cambridge
University Press. |
|
STUSS, D.T. & BENSON, D.F. (1984). The frontal
lobes. New York : Raven Press |
WEST, R.L. (2000). In defense of the frontal lobe
hypothesis of cognitive aging. Journal of the
International Neuropsychological Society, 6,
727–729. |
|
GUITTON D., BUCHTEL, H.A. & DOUGLAS, R.M. (1985).
Frontal lobe lesions in man cause difficulties in
suppressing reflexive glances and in generating
goal-directed saccades. Experimental Brain Research,
58, 455-472. |
PRABHAKARAN, V., NARAYANAN, K., ZHAO, Z. & GABRIELI,
J.D. (2000). Integration of diverse information in working
memory within the frontal lobe. Nature Neuroscience,
3, 85-90. |
|
|
MILNER, B., PETRIDES M. & SMITH, M.L. (1985). Frontal
lobes and the temporal organization of memory. Human
Neurobiology, 4, 137-142. |
COOLIDGE, F.L. & WYNN, T. (2001). Executive functions
of the frontal lobes and the evolutionary ascendancy of
Homo sapiens. Cambridge Archaeological Journal, 11,
255-260. [PDF]
|
|
BROWN, J.W. (1985). Frontal lobes and the microgenesis of
action. Journal of Neurolinguistics, 1 (1),
31-77. |
MANN. D.M.A., McDONAGH, A.M., PICKERING, S., KOWA, H.
& IWATSUBO, T. (2001). Amyloid protein deposition in
patients with frontotemporal lobar degeneration :
relationship to age and apolipoprotein E genotype. Neuroscience
Letters, 304, 161-164. |
|
DUNCAN, J. (1986). Disorganization of behaviour after
frontal lobe damage. Cognitive Neuropsychology, 3,
271-290. |
COLVIN, M.K., DUNBAR, K. & GRAFMAN, J. (2001). The
effects of frontal lobe lesions on goal achievement in the
water jug task. Cognitive Neuroscience, 13,
1129-1147. [PDF] |
|
CHELUNE, G.J., FERGUSON, W., KOON, R. & DICKEY, T.O.
(1986). Frontal lobe disinhibition in attention deficit
disorder. Child Psychiatry & Human Development,
16, 221-234. |
STUSS, D.T., GALLUP, G.G. & ALEXANDER, M.P. (2001).
The frontal lobes are necessary for "theory of mind". Brain,
124, 279-286.
[PDF] |
|
STUSS, D.T. & BENSON, D.F. (1986). The frontal
lobes. New York : Raven Press. |
FLETCHER, P.C. & HENSON, R.N.A. (2001). Frontal lobes
and human memory : Insights from functional neuroimaging.
Brain, 124, 849-881. |
|
DUNCAN, J. (1986). Disorganization of behaviour after
frontal-lobe damage. Cognitive Neuropsychology, 3, 271-290. |
ALLEN, D.N., GOLDSTEIN, G. & WEINER C. (2001).
Differential neuropsychological patterns of frontal- and
temporal-lobe dysfunction in patients with schizophrenia.
Schizophrenia Research, 48, 7-15. |
|
BOUCUGNANI, L.L. & JONES, R.W. (1989). Behaviors
analogous to frontal lobe dysfunction in children with
attention deficit hyperactivity disorder. Archives of
Clinical Neuropsychology, 4, 161-173. |
AIKINS, D. & RAY, W.J. (2001). Frontal lobe
contributions to hypnotic susceptibility : A
neuropsychological screening of executive functioning. International
Journal of Clinical & Experimental Hypnosis, 49 (4),
320-329. |
|
OWEN, A.M., DOWNES, J.D., SAHAKIAN, B.J., POLKEY, C.E.
& ROBBINS, T.W. (1990). Planning and spatial working
memory following frontal lobe lesions in man. Neuropsychologia,
28 (10), 1021-1034. [PDF] |
LENGFELDER, A. & GOLLWITZER, P.M. (2001). Reflective
and reflexive action control in patients with frontal lobe
lesions. Neuropsychology, 15 (1), 80-100. [PDF] |
|
REITAN, R.M. & WOLFSON, D. (1990). A selective and
critical review of neuropsychological deficits and the
frontal lobes. Neuropsychology Review, 4 (3),
161-198. |
STUSS, D.T. & KNIGHT, R.T. (Eds.) (2002).
Principles of frontal lobe function. New York :
Oxford University Press. |
|
DENNIS, M. (1991). Frontal lobe function in childhood and
adolescence : A heuristic for assessing attention
regulation, executive control, and the intentional states
important for social discourse. Special Issue:
Developmental consequences of early frontal lobe damage.
Developmental Neuropsychology, 7, 327–358. |
RICHER, F. et BOULET, C. (2002). Les lobes frontaux et le
contrôle cognitif. Revue Québécoise de Psychologie,
23 (2), 1-16. [PDF] |
|
|
ACUNA, B.D., ELIASSEN, J.C., DONOGHUE, J.P. & SANES,
J.N. (2002). Frontal and parietal lobe activation during
transitive inference in humans. Cerebral Cortex, 12, 1312–1321. |
|
SHALLICE, T. & BURGESS, P. (1991). Deficits in
strategy application following frontal lobe damage in man.
Brain, 114, 727-741. |
GODBERG, E. (2002). The executive brain : Frontal
lobes and the civilized mind. New York : Oxford
University Press. |
|
LEVIN, H.S., EISENBERG, H.M. & BENTON, A.L. (1991). Frontal
lobe function and dysfunction. New York : Oxford
University Press. |
BUNGE, S.A., DUDUKOVIC, N.M., THOMASON, M.E., VAIDYA, C.J.
& GABRIELI, J.D.E. (2002). Immature frontal lobe
contributions to cognitive control in children: Evidence
from fMRI. Neuron, 33, 301–311 |
|
STUSS, D.T. & GOW, C.A. (1992). "Frontal dysfunction"
after traumatic brain injury. Neuropsychiatry,
Neuropsychology, & Behavioral Neurology, 5, 272-282. |
|
|
CASE, R., (1992). The role of the frontal lobes in the
regulation of cognitive development. Brain &
Cognition, 20, 51-73. |
JUNG, R.E. & HAIER, R.J. (2007). The parieto-frontal
integration theory (P-FIT) of intelligence : converging
neuroimaging evidence. Journal of Behavioral &
Brain Science 30, 135-187. [PDF] |
|
BARKLEY, R.A., GRODZINSY, G. & DUPAUL, G.J. (1992).
Frontal lobe functions in attention deficit disorder with
and without hyperactivity : A review and research report.
Journal of Abnormal Child Psychology, 20, 163-188. |
YAMADA, M., HIRAO, K., NAMIKII, C., HANAKAWA, T.,
FUKUYAMA, H., HAYASHI, T. & MURAI, T. (2007). Social
cognition and frontal lobe pathology in schizophrenia : A
voxel-based morphometric study. NeuroImage, 35, 292-298. |
|
OWEN, A.M., ROBERTS, A.C., HODGES, J.R., SUMMERS, B.A.,
POLKEY, C.E. & ROBBINS, T.W. (1993). Contrasting
mechanisms of impaired attentional set-shifting in
patients with frontal lobe damage or Parkinson's disease.
Brain, 116, 1159-1179. |
MANN, D.M.A. (2007). Frontotemporal lobar degeneration - a
coming of age. Acta Neuropathologica, 114, 1-4. |
|
MANN. D.M.A., SOUTH, P.W., SNOWDEN, J.S. & NEARY, D.
(1993). Dementia of frontal lobe type; neuropathology and
immunohisto-chemistry. Journal of Neurology,
Neurosurgery, & Psychiatry, 56, 605-614. [PDF] |
|
|
AKBARIAN, S., BUNNEY, W.E., POTKIN, S.G., WIGAL, S.B.,
HAGMAN, J.O., SANDMAN, C.A. & JONES, E.G. (1993).
Altered distribution of nicotinamide-adenine dinucleotide
phosphate-diaphorase cells in frontal lobe of
schizophrenics implies disturbances of cortical
development. Archives of General Psychiatry, 50, 169-177. |
CHIAVARINO, C., APPERLY, I.A. & HUMPHREYS, G.W.
(2010). Distinguishing intentions from desires :
Contributions of the frontal and parietal lobes. Cognition,
117, 203-216. [PDF] |
|
ABELES, M., BERGMAN, H., MARGALIT, E. & VAADIA, E.
(1993). Spatiotemporal firing patterns in the frontal
cortex of behaving monkeys. Journal of
Neurophysiology, 70, 1629-1638. |
BARTZOKIS, G., BECKSON, M., LU, P.H., NUECHTERLAIN, K.H.,
EDWARDS, N. & MINTZ, J. (2011). Age-related changes in
frontal and temporal lobe volumes in men. Archives of
General Psychiatry, 58, 461-465. |
|
DUNBAR, K. & SUSSMAN, D. (1995). Toward a cognitive
account of frontal lobe function : Simulating frontal lobe
deficits in normal subjects. Annals of the New York
Academy of Sciences, 769, 289-304.
[PDF] |
STUSS, D.T. (2011). Traumatic brain injury : relation to
executive dysfunction and the frontal lobes. Current
Opinion in Neurology, 24, 584-589. |
|
ANDERSON, C.V., BIGLER, E.D. & BLATTER, D.D. (1995).
Frontal lobe lesions, diffuse damage, and
neuropsychological functioning in traumatic brain-injured
patients. Journal of Clinical & Experimental
Neuropsychology, 17, 900-908. |
STUSS, D.T. (2011). Functions of the frontal lobes :
Relation to executive functions. Journal of the
International Neuropsychological Society, 17, 759-765.
[PDF] |
|
|
|
| CARPENTER,
M.B. & SUTIN, J. (1983). Human neuroanatomy.
Londres : Williams & Wilkins. |
Voir aussi Lobe, Cortex
frontal et Cerveau |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Lobe pariétal : L'un des quatre lobes
du cerveau. Parietal
lobe, parietal cortex.
| |
|
|
|
|
ESTERMAN, M., VERSTYNEN, T., IVRY, R.B. & ROBERTSON,
L.C. (2006). Coming unbound : disrupting automatic
integration of synesthetic color and graphemes by
transcranial magnetic stimulation of the right parietal
lobe. Journal of Cognitive Neuroscience, 18, 1570-1576.
[PDF] |
|
CRITCHLEY, M. (1953). The parietal lobes. London
: Edward Arnold. |
GRABNER, R.H., ANSARI D., REISHOFER G., STERN, E., EBNER,
F. & NEUPER, C. (2007). Individual differences in
mathematical competence predict parietal brain activation
during mental calculation. NeuroImage, 38 (2),
346-356. |
|
O'REILLY, R.C., KOSSLYN, S.M., MARSOLEK, C.J. &
CHABRIS, C.F. (1990). Receptive field characteristics that
allow parietal lobe neurons to encode spatial properties
of visual input : a computational analysis. Journal
of Cognitive Neuroscience, 2, 141-155. [PDF]
+ [PDF] |
JUNG, R.E. & HAIER, R.J. (2007). The parieto-frontal
integration theory (P-FIT) of intelligence : converging
neuroimaging evidence. Journal of Behavioral &
Brain Science 30, 135-187. [PDF] |
|
LONG, J.M. & KESNER, R.P. (1994). The effects of
parietal cortex and hippocampal lesions on memory for
allocentric distance, egocentric distance, and spatial
location in rats. Society for Neuroscience Abstracts,
20, 1210. |
BERRYHILL, M.E. & OLSON, I.R. (2008). Is the posterior
parietal lobe involved in working memory retrieval ?
Evidence from patients with bilateral parietal lobe
damage. Neuropsychologia, 46 (7), 1775-1786. [PDF] |
|
RAMACHADRAN, V.S. (1995). Anosognosia in parietal lobe
syndrome. Consciousness & Cognition, 4,
22-51. |
GOLDENBERG, G. (2009). Apraxia and the parietal lobes. Neuropsychologia,
47 (6), 1449-1459. |
ACUNA, B.D., ELIASSEN, J.C., DONOGHUE, J.P. & SANES,
J.N. (2002). Frontal and parietal lobe activation during
transitive inference in humans. Cerebral Cortex, 12, 1312–1321.
|
CHIAVARINO, C., APPERLY, I.A. & HUMPHREYS, G.W.
(2010). Distinguishing intentions from desires :
Contributions of the frontal and parietal lobes. Cognition,
117, 203-216. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Lobe, Syndrome
de Balint,
Cortex pariétal et Cerveau |
|
CARPENTER, M.B. & SUTIN, J. (1983). Human
neuroanatomy. Londres : Williams & Wilkins. |
|
|
Lobe
temporal : L'un des quatre lobes
du cerveau. Temporal
cortex.
| |
|
|
|
|
IVERSEN, S.D. & WEISKRANTZ, L. (1964). Temporal lobe
lesions and memory in the monkey. Nature, 201,
740-742. |
|
|
MILNER, B. (1966). Amnesia following operation on the
temporal lobes. In C.W.M. Whitty & O.L. Zangwill
(Eds), Amnesia. London : Butterworth. |
|
|
STEINMETZ, H., VOLKMAN J., JANCKE, L. & FREUND, H-J.
(1991). Anatomical left-right asymmetry of
language-related temporal cortex is different in left-and
right-handers. Annals of Neurology, 29, 315-319. |
HUNG, C.P., KREIMAN, G., POGGIO, T. & DICARLO, J.J.
(2005). Fast readout of object identity from macaque
inferior temporal cortex. Science, 31, 863-866. |
|
GLOOR, P. (1992). Amygdala and temporal lobe epilepsy. In
J.P. Aggleton (Ed.), The amygdala : Neurobiological
aspects of emotion, memory and mental dysfunction.
New York : Wiley-Liss. |
|
|
GAFFAN, D. (1994). Interaction of temporal lobe and
frontal lobe in memory. In A.M. Thierry, J. Glowinski,
P.S. Goldman-Rakic & Y. Christen (Eds.), Motor
and cognitive functions of the prefrontal cortex
(pp. 129-138). Berlin : Springer. |
|
|
ZOLA-MORGAN, S.M., SQUIRE, L.R. & RAMUS, S.J. (1994).
Severity of memory impairment in monkeys as a function of
locus and extent of damage within the medial temporal lobe
memory system. Hippocampus 4, 483-494. |
|
|
ALVAREZ, P. & SQUIRE, L.R. (1994). Memory
consolidationand the medial temporal lobe : A simple
network model. Proceedings of the National Academy of
Sciences, 91, (5), 7041-7045. [PDF] |
BELL, B.D. (2006). WMS-III Logical Memory performance
after atwo-week delay in temporal lobe epilepsy and
control groups. Journal of Clinical & Experimental
Neuropsychology, 28 (8),1435-1443. |
|
BACHEVALIER, J. & LOVELAND, K. (1994). Medial temporal
lobe structures and autism : A review of clinical and
experimental findings. Neuropsychologia, 32, 627-648. |
BARTO, A.G. (2007). Temporal difference learning.
Scholarpedia, 2 (11), 1604. |
|
|
BARR, W.B. (1997). Examining the right temporal lobe’s
role in nonverbal memory. Brain & Cognition, 35 (1). |
|
|
RANGANATH, C. & D'ESPOSITO, M. (2001). Medial temporal
lobe activity associated with active maintenance of novel
information. Neuron, 31, 865–873. |
BAYLEY, P.J., O'REILLY, R.C., CURRAN, T. & SQUIRE,
L.R. (2008). New semantic learning in patients with large
medial temporal lobe lesions. Hippocampus, 18,
575-583. [PDF] |
|
ALLEN, D.N., GOLDSTEIN, G. & WEINER C. (2001).
Differential neuropsychological patterns of frontal- and
temporal-lobe dysfunction in patients with schizophrenia.
Schizophrenia Research, 48, 7-15. |
HUGDAHL, K., LOBERG, E.M. & NYGARD, M. (2009). Left
temporal lobe structural and functional abnormality
underlying auditory hallucinations in schizophrenia.
Frontiers in Neuroscience, 3, 34-45. [PDF] |
|
SAMSON, S., ZATORRE, R.J. & RAMSAY, J.O. (2002).
Deficits of musical timbre perception after unilateral
temporal-lobe lesion revealed with multidimensional
scaling. Brain, 125, 511-523. [PDF] |
SHIMAMURA, A.P. & WICHKENS, T.D. (2009). Superadditive
memory strength for item and source recognition : The role
of hierarchical relational binding in the medial temporal
lobe. Psychological Review, 116 (1), 1-19. |
|
BELIN, P., ZATORRE, R.J. & AHAD, P. (2002). Human
temporal-lobe response to vocal sounds. Cognitive
Brain Research, 13, 17-26. [PDF] |
BARTZOKIS, G., BECKSON, M., LU, P.H., NUECHTERLAIN, K.H.,
EDWARDS, N. & MINTZ, J. (2011). Age-related changes in
frontal and temporal lobe volumes in men. Archives of
General Psychiatry, 58, 461-465. |
|
YONELINAS, A.P., KROLL, N.E., QUAMME, J.R., LAZZARA, M.
M., SAUVÉ, M.-J., WIDAMAN, K.F. & KNIGHT, R.T. (2002).
Effects of extensive temporal lobe damage or mild hypoxia
on recollection and familiarity. Nature Neuroscience,
5, 1236-1241. |
NAYA Y. & SUZUKI, W.A. (2011). Integrating what and
when across the primate medial temporal lobe. Science,
333, 773-776. |
|
BELL, B.D. (2012). Route learning impairment in temporal lobe epilepsy.Epilepsy & Behavior, 25 (2), 256–262. [PDF] |
|
OKUDA, J., FUJII, T., OHTAKE, H., TSUKIURA, T., TANJI, K.,
SUZUKI, K. & YAMADORI, A. (2003). Thinking of the
future and past : The roles of the frontal pole and the
medial temporal lobes. NeuroImage, 19,
1369-1380. |
SNOWDEN, J.S., THOMPSON, J.C. & NEARY, D. (2012).
Famous people knowledge and the right and left temporal
lobes. Behavioural Neurology, 25 (1), 35-44. |
|
DASELAAR S.M., VELTMAN, D.J., ROMBOUTS, S.A.R.B.,
RAAIJMAKERS, J.G.W. & JONKER, C. (2003). Deep
processing activates the medial temporal lobe in young but not in old adults. Neurobiology of Aging, 24, 1005-1011.
[PDF] |
BONELLI, S.B., THOMPSON, PJ., YOGARAJAH, M. POWELL,
R.H.W., SAMSON, R.S., McEVOY, A.W., SYMMS, M.R., KOEPP,
M.J. & DUNCAN, J.S. (2013). Memory reorganization
following anterior temporal lobe resection : a
longitudinal functional MRI study. Brain, 136,
1889-1900. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
Voir aussi Oubli, Amnésie,
Lobe et Cerveau |
| CARPENTER, M.B. & SUTIN, J. (1983). Human neuroanatomy. Londres : Williams & Wilkins. |
|
|
Lobe
temporal médian : Ensemble de structures biologiques
du lobe temporal jouant un rôle
important dans le fonctionnement de certains types ou aspects de
la mémoire. Ces structures
sont l'amygdale, le
cortex entorhinal, le cortex parahippocampal, le cortex périrhinal
et l'hippocampe.
Medial temporal lobe.
| |
|
|
VOLPE, B.T. & PETITO, C.K. (1985). Dementia with
bilateral medial temporal lobe ischemia. Neurology,
35 (12), 1793-1797. |
OKUDA, J., FUJII, T., OHTAKE, H., TSUKIURA, T., TANJI, K.,
SUZUKI, K. & YAMADORI, A. (2003). Thinking of the
future and past : The roles of the frontal pole and the
medial temporal lobes. NeuroImage, 19,
1369-1380. |
|
ZOLA-MORGAN, S. & SQUIRE, L.R. (1985). Medial temporal
lesions on monkeys impair memoryin a variety of tasks sen-
sitive to humanamnesia. Behavioral Neuroscience, 99,
22-34. |
BAYLEY, P.J., HOPKINS R.P. & SQUIRE, L.R. (2003).
Successful recollection of remote autobiographical
memories by amnesiac patients with medial temporal lobe
lesions. Neuron, 38, 135-144. |
| |
SQUIRE, L.R., STARK, C.E.L. & CLARK, R.E. (2004). The
medial temporal lobe. Annual Reviews of Neuroscience,
27, 279-306. [PDF] |
|
SQUIRE, L.R. & ZOLA-MORGAN, S. (1991). The medial
temporal lobe memorysystem. Science, 253,
1380-1386. [PDF] |
PRESTON, A.R., SHRAGER, Y., DUDUKOVIC, N.M. &
GABRIELI, J.D.E. (2004). Hippocampal contribution to the
novel use of relational information in declarative memory.
Hippocampus, 14 (2), 148-152. [PDF] |
| |
BAYLEY, P.J., HOPKINS R.P. & SQUIRE, L.R. (2005).
Robust habit learning in the absence of awareness and
independent of the medial temporal lobe. Nature, 436,
550-553. |
|
BACHEVALIER, J. & LOVELAND, K. (1994). Medial temporal
lobe structures and autism : A review of clinical and
experimental findings. Neuropsychologia, 32, 627-648. |
EICHENBAUM, H., YONELINAS, A.R. & RANGARATH, C.
(2007). The medial temporal Lobe and recognition memory. Annual
Reviews of Neuroscience, 30, 123-152. [PDF] |
|
HAXBY, J.V. (1996). Medial temporal lobe imaging. Nature,
380, 669-670. |
DIANA, R. A., YONELINAS, A.P. & RANGANATH, C. (2007).
Imaging recollection and familiarity in the medial
temporal lobe : A three - component model. Trends in
Cognitive Sciences, 11, 379-386. |
|
SCHACTER, D.L. & WAGNER, A.D. (1999). Medial temporal
lobe activations in fMRI and PET studies of episodic
encoding and retrieval. Hippcampus, 9, 7-24. |
ÖZTEKIN, I., CURTIS, C. & McElREE, B. (2008). The
medial temporal lobe and the left inferior prefrontal
cortex jointly support interference resolution in verbal
working memory. Journal of Cognitive Neuroscience,
21, 1967–1979. |
|
HAXBY, J.V., ISHAI, A., CHAO, L.L., UNGERLEIDER L.G. &
MARTIN, A. (2000). Object form topology in the ventral
temporal lobe. Trends in Cognitive Sciences, 4,
3-4. |
FRANKO, E., INSAUSTI, A.M., ARTACHO-PERULA, E., INSAUSTI,
R. & CHAVOIX, C. (2014). Identification of the human
medial temporal lobe regions on magnetic resonance images.
Human Brain Mapping, 35, 248-256. |
|
STARK, C.E.L. & SQUIRE, L.R. (2000). fMRI activity in
the medial temporal lobe during recognition memory as a
func- tion of study-test interval. Hippocampus 10,
329-337. |
SCHAPIRO, A.C., GREGORY, E., LANDAU, B., MCCLOSKEY, M.
& TURK-BROWNE, N.B. (2014). The necessity of the
medial temporal lobe for statistical learning. Journal
of Cognitive Neuroscience, 26, 1736-1747 |
|
BREWER, J.B. & MOGHEKAR, A. (2002). Imaging the medial
temporal lobe : Exploring new directions. Trends in
Cognitive Sciences, 6, 217-223. |
SQUIRE, L.R. (2017). Memory for relations in the short
term and long term after medial temporal lobe damage. Hippocampus,
27, 608-612. [PDF] |
|
|
|
| CARPENTER,
M.B. & SUTIN, J. (1983). Human neuroanatomy.
Londres : Williams & Wilkins. |
Voir aussi Lobe et Cerveau |
|
|
Lobectomie
: Intervention
chirurgicale qui consiste à faire
l'ablation d'un lobe cérébral. En neuropsychologie,
on utilise cette technique pour mettre en évidence les déficits
produit sur le plan cognitif et comportemental par cette ablation.
EX : syndrome
de Klüver-Bucy.
Lobectomy.
| |
|
|
KLÜVER, H. & BUCY, PC. (1937). "Psychic blindness" and
other symptoms following bilateral temporal lobectomy in
rhesus monkeys. American Psysiology, 119,
352-353. |
|
|
HARLOW, H. (1939). Recovery of pattern discrimination in
monkeys following unilateral occipital lobectomy. Journal
of Comparative & Physiological Psychology, 27,
476-489. |
OWEN, A.M., SAHAKIAN, B.J., SEMPLE, J., POLKEY, C.E. &
ROBBINS, T.W. (1995). Visuo-spatial learning after
temporal lobe excisions, frontal lobe excisions or
amygdalo-hippocampectomy in man. Neuropsychologia, 33
(1), 1-24. [PDF] |
|
SUOMI, S.J., HARLOW, H.F. & LEWIS, J.K. (1970). Effect
of bilateral frontal lobectomy on social preferences of
rhesus monkeys. Journal of Comparative &
Physiological Psychology, 70, 448-453. |
SMITH, M.L. (1996). Recall of frequency of occurrence of
self-generated and examiner-provided words after frontal
or temporal lobectomy. Neuropsychologia, 34,
553-563. |
|
ALIVASTOS, B. & MILNER, B. (1989). Effects of frontal
or temporal lobectomy on the use of advance information in
a choice reaction time task. Neuropsychologia, 27,
495-503. |
BELL, B.D., DAVIES, K.G., HERMANN, B.P. & WALTERS, G.
(2000). Confrontation naming after anterior temporal
lobectomy is related to age of acquisition of the object
names. Neuropsychologia, 38, 83–92. |
|
BARR, W.B., GOLDBERG, E., WASSERSTEIN, J. & NOVELLY,
R.A. (1990). Retrograde amnesia following unilateral
temporal lobectomy. Neuropsychologia, 28 (3),
243-255. |
FUNAYAMA, E.S., GRILLON, C.G., DAVIS, M. & PHELPS,
E.A. (2001). A double dissociation in the affective
modulation of startle in humans : Effects of unilateral
temporal lobectomy. Journal of Cognitive
Neuroscience, 13, 1-10. [PDF] |
|
ANSON, J.A. & KUHLMAN, D.T. (1993). Post-ictal
Klüver-Bucy syndrome after temporal lobectomy. Journal
of Neurology, Neurosurgery, & Psychiatry, 56
(3), 311-313. [PDF] |
|
|
BRAUN, C.M.J., DENAULT, C., COHEN, H. & ROULEAU, I.
(1994). Face perception and perseveration in right and
left, frontal and temporal lobectomy patients. Brain
& Cognition, 24, 198-212. |
KOKKINOS, V., GARGANIS, K., KONTOGIANNIS, K. &
ZOUNTSAS, B. (2011). Hemispherectomy or lobectomy ? The
role of presurgical neuroimaging in a young case of a
large porencephalic cyst with intractable epilepsy.
Pediatric Neurosurgy, 47 (3), 204-209. |
|
|
|
|
ROSENZWEIG, M. et LEIMAN, A.L. (1991).
Psychophysiologie. Ville Mont Royal : Décarie. |
Voir aussi Chirurgie
de l'esprit, Lobe et Ablation |
|
|
Lobotomie
: Intervention
chirurgicale controversée qui consiste à sectionner les
connexions entre le lobe frontal et le
système limbique. Aux
États-Unis, la dernière lobotomie a eu lieu en 1967. Loboctomy.
| |
|
|
BURGHARDT, G. (1886). About cortical excision, as a
contribution to surgical treatment of psychosis. Allgemeine
Zeitschift für Psychiatrie, 47 463–548. |
BREGGIN, P.R. (1972). Lobotomies : an alert. American
Journal of Psychiatry, 129, 98-99. |
|
MONIZ, E. (1936). Essai d’un traitement chirurgical de
certaines psychoses. Bulletin de l’Académie de
Médecine (Paris) 115, 385–392. |
VERTOSICK, F.T. (1997). Lobotomy's back. Discover,
66-72. |
|
MONIZ, E. (1936). Tentatives opératoires dans le
traitement de certaines psychoses. Paris : Masson. |
DIEFENBACH, G.J., DIEFENBACH. D., BAUMEISTER, A.
& WEST, M. (1999). : Portrayal of lobotomy in
the popular press : 1935–1960. Journal of History of
Neurosciencess, 8, 60–-69. |
|
FREEMAN, W. & WATTS, J.W. (1937).
Prefrontal lobotomy in the treatment of mental disorders.
Southern Medical Journal, 30, 23–30. |
EL-HAI, J. (2005). The lobotomist : A maverick
medical genius and his tragic quest to rid the world of
mental illness. Hoboken : Wiley. |
|
WATTS, J.W. & FREEMAN, W. (1948). Prefrontal lobotomy;
complications and their treatment. Journal of
International College Surgeons, 9, 343-350. |
KOPELL, B.H., MACHADO, A.G. & REZAI, A.R. (2005). Not your
father's lobotomy : Psychiatric surgery revisited. Clinical
Neurosurgery, 52, 315–330. |
|
FULTON, J.F. (1949). Functional localization in
relation to frontal lobotomy. New York : Oxford
University Press. |
NIJENSOHN, D.E., SAVASTANO, L.E., KAPLAN, A.D. & LAWS,
E.R. (2012). New evidence of prefrontal lobotomy in the
last months of the illness of Eva Perón. World
Neurosurgery, 77, 583–590. |
|
ROSVOLD, H.E. & MISHKIN, M. (1950). Evaluation of the
effects of prefrontal lobotomy on intelligence. Canadian
Journal of Psychology, 3, 122-127. |
NIJENSOHN, D.E. (2015). Prefrontal lobotomy on Evita was
done for behavior/personality modification, not just for
pain control. Neurosurgury Focus, 39 (1), |
|
FREEMAN, W. (1957). Frontal lobotomy 1936-1956 : a
follow-up study of 3000 patients from one to twenty years.
American Journal of Psychiatry, 113, 877-886. |
CARUSO, J.P. & SHEEHAN, J.P. (2017). Psychosurgery,
ethics, and media : a history of Walter Freeman and the
lobotomy. Neurosurgical Focus, 43 (3), 1-8. [PDF] |
MILLER, A. (1967). The lobotomy patient—a decade later : a
follow-up study of a research project started in 1948. Canadian
Medical Association Journal, 96, 1095–1103.
|
ARTS, M., MICHIELSEN, P., PETRYKIV, S. & DE JONGE, L.
(2017). The legacy of Walter Jackson Freeman II
(1896–1972) : The lobotomist. European Psychiatry, 41
(S), 5767. |
|
TERRIER, L.-M., LÉVÊQUE, M. & AMELOT, A. (2019). Brain
lobotomy : A historical and moral dilemma with no
alternative ? World Neurosurgery, 132, 211–218.
|
|
|
|
|
ROSENZWEIG, M. et LEIMAN, A.L. (1991).
Psychophysiologie. Ville Mont Royal : Décarie. |
Voir aussi Chirurgie de l'esprit, Lobe et Ablation |
|
|
|
|
Localiser : Localisation
(Fonctions cérébrales) : Programme
de recherche visant à situer les fonctions
cognitives, notamment le langage,
la mémoire et le le raisonnement,
dans certaines zones du cerveau.
= théorie de la localisation.
Localization.
| |
|
|
BROCA, P. (1861). Sur le principe des localisations
cérébrales. Bulletin de la Société d'Anthropologie, 2,
190-204. |
BRETT, M., JOHNSRUDE, I.S. & OWEN, A.M. (2002). The
problem of functional localization in the human brain. Nature
Reviews Neuroscience, 3, 243-249. [PDF] |
|
AUBURTIN, E. (1863). Considérations sur les
localisations cérébrales et en particulier sur
le siège de la faculté du language articulé. Paris
: Masson.
|
|
|
NOTHNAGEL, H. (1885). Traité clinique et diagnostic
des maladies de l'encéphale basé sur l'étude des
localisations. Delahaye et Lecrosnier. [PDF] |
|
CAMPBELL, A.W. (1905). Histological studies on the
localisation of cerebral function. Cambridge
University Press.
|
|
|
STRATTON, G.M. (1933). Brain localization, by Albertus
Magnus and some earlier writers. American Journal of
Psychology, 43, 128-131. |
|
|
NIELSON, J.M. (1946). Agnosia, apraxia, aphasia :
Their value in cerebral localization. New York :
Hoeber. |
|
|
GREGORY, R.L. (1958). Models and the localization of
function in the central nervous system. In National
Physical Laboratory (Ed.), Mechanization of thought
processes (Vol 2, pp. 566-583). |
BAXENDALE, S. & THOMPSON, N.P. (2010). Beyond
localization : therole of traditional neuropsychological
tests in an age of imaging. Epilepsia, 51 (11). |
|
JASPER, H.H. (1960). Evolution of conceptions of cerebral
localization since Hughlings Jackson. World
Neurolology, 1, 97-112. |
|
|
MILNER, B. (1971). Interhemispheric differences in the
localization of psychological processes in man. British
Medical Bulletin, 27, 272-277. |
|
|
HÉCAEN, H. & LANTÉRI-LAURA, G. (1977). Évolution
des connaissances et des doctrines sur les localisations
cérébrales. Paris : Desdée de Bronwer. |
|
|
BACH-Y-RITA, P. (1990). Paul Broca : Aphasia and cerebral
localization. Current Contents, Life Sciences, 33,
18. |
|
|
BECHTEL, W. & RICHARDSON, R.C. (1993). Discovering
complexity : Decomposition and localization as
strategies in scientific research. Princeton, NJ :
Princeton University Press. |
|
|
COHEN, M.S. & BOOKHEIMER, S.Y. (1994). Localization of
brain function using magnetic resonance imaging. Trends
in Neuroscience, 17 (7), 268-277. |
|
|
SALTHOUSE, T.A., FRISTOE N. & RHEE, S.H. (1996). How
localized are age-related effects on neuropsychological
measures ? Neuropsychology, 10, 272-285. [PDF] |
LORCH, M.P. (2019). The long view of language
localization. Frontiers of Neuroanatomy, 13 [52],
1-12. [PDF]
|
|
WHITAKER, H.A., STEMMER, B. & JOANETTE, Y. (1996). A
psychosurgical chapter in the history of cerebral
localization : the six cases of Gottlieb Burkhardt. In C.
Code, C.-W. Wallesch, Y. Joanette & A. Roch
(Eds.), Classic cases in neuropsychology (pp.
275–304). Hove : Psychology Press. |
|
|
WHALEN, J., McCLOSKEY, M., LESSER, R.P. & GORDON, B.
(1997). Localizing arithmetic processes in the brain :
Evidence from a transient deficit during cortical
stimulation. Journal of Cognitive Neuroscience, 9 (3),
409-417. [PDF] |
|
|
BATES, E. (1999). Plasticity, localization and language
development. In S.H. Broman & J.M. Fletcher (Eds.), The
changing nervous system : Neurobehavioral consequences
of early brain disorders (pp. 214-253). New York :
Oxford University Press. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
|
Voir aussi Imagerie par
résonance magnétique fonctionnelle |
| |
|
|
Locher
Miriam A. ( ) : Linguiste
suisse et spécialiste de l'étude de la
politesse et de ses codes.
|
LOCHER, M. & WATSS, R.J. (2005). Politeness theory and
relational work. Journal of Politeness Research, 1 (1),
9-33. [PDF] |
|
LOCHER, M. (2006). Polite behaviour within relational work
: The discursive approach to politeness. Multilingua,
25 (3), 249-267. |
|
LOCHER, M. (2006). The discursive approach to polite
behaviour. Language in Society, 35 (5),
733-735. |
|
LOCHER, M. (2008). Relational work, politeness and
identity construction. In G. Antos, E. Ventola & T.
Weber (Eds.), Handbooks of applied linguistics
(pp. 509–540). Berlin/New York : Mouton de Gruyter. [PDF] |
|
LOCHER, M. (2010). Introduction : Politeness and
impoliteness in computer-mediated communication. Journal
of Politeness Research, 6, 1-5. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
|
Locke
Edwin A. (1938-) : Psychologue
organisationnel américain, spécialisé dans l'étude de la motivation
au travail. Il a proposé une
théorie de la motivation fondée sur la
fixation des objectifs/buts (Goal setting theory).
Collaborateur de Latham.
|
LOCKE, E.A. (1968). Toward a theory of task motivation and
incentives. Organizational Behavior & Human
Performance, 3 (2), 157-189. |
|
LOCKE, E.A. (1991). The motivation sequence, the
motivation hub and the motivation core. Organizational
Behavior and Human Decision Processes, 50, 288-299. |
|
LOCKE, E.A. & LATHAM, G.P. (2002). Building a
practically useful theory of goal setting and task
motivation : A 35-year odyssey. American
Psychologist, 57 (9), 705-717. [PDF] |
|
LOCKE, E.A. & LATHAM, G. (2004). What should we do
about motivation theory ? Six recommendations for the
twenty-first century. Academy of Management Review,
29, 388-403. |
|
LOCKE, E.A. & LATHAM, G.P. (2009). Has goal setting
gone wild, or have its attackers abandoned good
scholarship ? Academy of Management Perspectives, 23,
17-23. |
|
|
LATHAM, G.P. & BALDES J. (1975). The "practical
significance" of Locke's theory of goal setting. Journal
of Applied Psychology, 60, 122-124. |
|
LUNENBERG, F.C. (2011). Goal-setting theory of motivation.
International Journal of Management, Business, &
Administration, 15 (1), 1-6. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Locke
John (Wrington Somerset 1632-1704 Oates Essex) :
Philosophe empiriste
anglais. Il s'agit du premier représentant de l'École
empiriste anglo-saxonne. Entre autres idées, il refuse
l'existence des idées innées
et propose plutôt le
principe de la tabula rasa.
 |
LOCKE, J. (1689). Deux traités sur le gouvernement.
|
|
LOCKE, J. (1689). Lettre sur la tolérance. |
|
LOCKE, J. (1690). Essai sur l'entendement humain. |
|
LOCKE, J. (1690). De l'éducation des enfants. |
|
LOCKE, J. (1695). Le christianisme raisonnable. |
|
|
AARON R.I. (1955). John Locke. Oxford.
Clarendon Press. |
|
HACKING, I. (1988). Locke, Leibniz and Hans Aarsleff on
language. Synthèse, 75, 135-153. |
|
AYERS, M. (1991). Locke. London : Routledge and
Kegan Paul. |
|
BERMUDEZ, J.L. (1996). Locke, property dualism and
metaphysical dualism. British Journal of the History
of Philosophy, 4, 223-245. |
| BRYCKMAN, G. (2001). Locke : Idées, langage et
connaissance. Paris: Ellipse. |
| PAUL, E.F., MILER, F.D. & PAUL, J. (Eds) (2005). Natural rights liberalism from Locke to Nozick. New York : Cambridge University Press.
|
|
|
|
Lockhart
Robert S. ( ) : Psychologue
cognitiviste américain
d'origine australienne, spécialisé dans l'étude du traitement
de l'information et de la mémoire
implicite. Collaborateur de Craik
et Jacoby.
|
LOCKHART, R.S., CRAIK, F.I.M. & JACOBY, L.L. (1976).
Depth of processing, recognition and recall : Some aspects
of a general memory system. In J. Brown (Ed.), Recall
and recognition. London : Wiley.
[PDF] |
|
LOCKHART, R.S., CRAIK, F.I.M. & JACOBY, L.L. (1978).
Levels of processing : A reply to Eysenk. British
Journal of Psychology, 69, 171-175. |
|
LOCKHART, R.S. (1989). The role of theory in understanding
implicit memory. In S. Lewandowsky, J.C. Dunn & K.
Kirsner (Eds.), Implicit memory : Theoretical issues.
Hillsdale, N.J. Erlbaum. |
|
LOCKHART, R.S. & CRAIK, F.I.M. (1990). Levels of
processing : A retrospective commentary on a framework for
memory research. Canadian Journal of Psychology, 44 (1),
87-112. |
|
LOCKHART, R.S. & CRAIK, F.I.M. (2002). Levels of
processing, transfer-appropriate processing, and the
concpet of robust encoding. Memory, 10 (5/6),
397-403. [PDF] |
|
|
BADDELEY, A.D. (1978). The trouble with "Levels" : A
re-examination of Craik and Lockhart's framework for
memory research. Psychological Review, 85 (3),
139-152. |
|
|
|
Locke
Edwin A. (1938-) : Psychologue
organisationnel américain, spécialisé dans l'étude de la motivation
au travail. Il a proposé une
théorie de la motivation fondée sur la
fixation des objectifs/buts (Goal setting theory).
Collaborateur de Latham.
|
LOCKE, E.A. (1968). Toward a theory of task motivation and
incentives. Organizational Behavior & Human
Performance, 3 (2), 157-189. |
|
LOCKE, E.A. (1991). The motivation sequence, the
motivation hub and the motivation core. Organizational
Behavior & Human Decision Processes, 50,
288-299. |
|
LOCKE, E.A. & LATHAM, G.P. (2002). Building a
practically useful theory of goal setting and task
motivation : A 35-year odyssey. American
Psychologist, 57 (9), 705-717. [PDF] |
|
LOCKE, E.A. & LATHAM, G. (2004). What should we do
about motivation theory ? Six recommendations for the
twenty-first century. Academy of Management Review,
29, 388-403. |
|
LOCKE, E.A. & LATHAM, G.P. (2009). Has goal setting
gone wild, or have its attackers abandoned good
scholarship ? Academy of Management Perspectives, 23,
17-23. |
|
|
LATHAM, G.P. & BALDES J. (1975). The "practical
significance" of Locke's theory of goal setting. Journal
of Applied Psychology, 60, 122-124. |
|
|
|
Lockwood
Penelope ( ) : Psychosociologue
canadienne et spécialiste de l'étude de la comparaison
sociale et des modèles
sociaux.
|
LOCKWOOD, P. & KUNDA, K. (1997). Superstars and me:
Predicting the impact of role models on the self.
Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 73,
91-103. |
|
LOCKWOOD, P. & KUNDA, K. (1999). Salience of best
selves undermines inspiration by outstanding role models.
Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 76,
214-228. |
|
LOCKWOOD, P., JORDAN, C.H. & KUNDA, K. (2002).
Motivation by positive or negative role models :
Regulatory focus determines who will best inspire us. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 83 (4),
854-864. [PDF] |
|
LOCKWOOD, P., MARSHALL, T.C. & SADLER, P. (2005).
Promoting success or preventing failure : Social
comparisons across cultures. Personality & Social
Psychology Bulletin, 31, 379-394. |
|
LOCKWOOD, P., SHAUGNESSY, S., FORTUNE, J. & TONG, M.
(2012). Social comparisons in novel situations : Finding
inspiration during life transitions. Personality
& Social Psychology Bulletin, 38, 985-996. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Locomotion : Habileté
à se mouvoir et à se
déplacer au moyen de ses muscles.
( ): marcher,
ramper, courir, sauter.
Mobility, locomotion.
| |
|
|
GIBSON, E.J. & SCHMUCKLER, M.A. (1989). Going
somewhere : An ecological and experimental approach to
development of mobility. Ecological Psychology, 1,
3-25. |
ADOLPH, K.E. & AVOLIO, A.M. (2000). Walking infants
adapt locomotion to changing body dimensions. Journal
of Experimental Psychology : Human Perception &
Performance, 26, 1148-1166. |
|
GIBSON, E.J. & SCHMUCKLER, M.A. (1989). Going
somewhere : An ecological and experimental approach to
development of mobility. Ecological Psychology, 1,
3-25. |
ADOLPH, K.E. & AVOLIO, A.M. (2000). Walking infants
adapt locomotion to changing body dimensions. Journal
of Experimental Psychology : Human Perception &
Performance, 26, (3), 1148-1166. [PDF] |
|
BAI, D.L. & BERTHENTAL, B.I. (1992). Locomotor status
and the development of spatial search skills. Child
Development, 63 (1), 215–226. |
BERGER, S.E. & ADOLPH, K.E. (2003). Infants use
handrails as tools in a locomotor task. Developmental
Psychology, 39, 594-605. |
|
HIGGINS, C., CAMPOS, J. & KERMOIAN, R. (1996). Effects
of self-produced locomotion on infant postural
compensation to optic flow. Developmental
Psychology, 32, 836-841. |
FRANCHACK, J.M. & ADOLPH, K.E. (2010). Visually guided
locomotion : Head-mounted eye-tracking of natural
locomotion in children and adults. Vision Research,
50, 2766-2774. [PDF] |
|
STERGIOU, C.S., ADOLPH, K.E. ALIBALI, M.W., AVOLIO, A.M.
& CENEDELLA, C. (1997). Social expressions in infant
locomotion : Vocalizations and gestures on slopes. In M.A.
Schmuckler & J.M. Kennedy (Eds.), Studies in
Perception and Action IV (pp. 215-219). Mahwah, NJ
: Erlbaum. |
|
|
ADOLPH, K.E. (1997). Learning in the development of infant
locomotion. Monographs of the Society for Research in
Child Development, 62 (3). |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Développement
moteur et Habileté
motrice |
|
|
|
Locurto Charles M. ( ) : Psychologue
et primatologue cognitivo-béhavioriste
américain. Collaborateur de Gibbon
et Terrace.
|
LOCURTO, C.M., TERRACE, H.S. & GIBBON, J. (1976).
Autoshaping, random control, and omission training in the
rat. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of
Behavior, 26 (3), 451-462. [PDF] |
|
LOCURTO, C.M., TIERNY, J. & FITZGERALD, S. (1981).
Omission training and positive conditioned suppression in
the rat. Animal Learning & Behavior, 9, 261-268. [PDF] |
|
LOCURTO, C.M. & FREEMAN, M. (1994). Radical
behaviorism, behavior genetics, and the problem of
non-shared development. Behavior & Philosophy,
22, 1-22. |
|
LOCURTO, C.M., (1997). On the comparative generality of g.
In W. Tomic & J. Kingma (Eds.), Advances in
cognition and education (pp. 79-100). Greenwich :
JAI Press. |
|
LOCURTO, C.M. & SCANLON, C. (1998). Individual
differences and a spatial learning factor in two strains
of mice. Journal of Comparative Psychology, 112
(4), 344-352. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
|
Locus
: Emplacement occupé par un gène
(et donc par ses divers allèles)
sur un chromosome. Locus,
trait locus.
| |
|
|
CARDON, L.R., SMITH, S.D., FULKER, D.W. KIMBERLING, W.J.,
PENNINGTON, B.F. & DEFRIES, J.C. (1994). Quantitative
trait locus for reading disability on chromosome 6. Science,
266, 276-279. |
|
BRUTOWICZ, L.M., HODGKINSON, K.A., CHOW, E.W., HORNER,
W.G. & BASSETT, S. (2000). Location of a major
susceptibility locus for familial schizophrenia on
chromosome 1q21-q22. Science, 288, 678-682. |
|
BARTLETT, C.W., FLAX, J.F., LOGUE, M.W., VIELAND, V.J.,
BASSETT, A.S., TALLAL, P. & BRZUSTOWICZ, L.M. (2002).
A major susceptibility locus for specific language
impairment is located on 13q21. American Journal of
Human Genetics, 71, 45-55. |
|
FISHER, S.E., FRANKS, C., McCRACKEN, J.T., McGOUGH, J.J.,
MARLOW, A.J., MacPHIE, I.L., NEWBURY, D.F., PLAMER,
C.G.S., WOODWARD, J.A., DE L'HOMME, M., CANTWELL, D.P.,
NELSON, S.F., MONACO, A.P. & SMALLEY, S.L. (2002). A
genome-wide scan for loci involved in attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder (ADHD). American Journal of Human Genetic, 70, 1183-1196. |
|
BARTLETT, C.W., FLAX, J.F., LOGUE, M.W., SMITH, B.J.,
VIELAND, V.J., TALLAL, P. & BRZUSTOWICZ, L.M. (2004).
Examination of potential overlap in autism and language
loci on chromosomes 2, 7, and 13 in two independent
samples ascertained for specific language impairment. Human
Heredity, 57, 10-20. |
|
LUCIANO, M., WRIGHT, M.J., DUFFY, D.L., WAINWRIGHT, M.A.,
ZHU, G., EVANS, D.M., GEFFEN, G.M., MONTGOMERY, G.W. &
MARTIN, N.G. (2006). Genome-wide scan of IQ finds
significant linkage to a quantitative trait locus on 2q. Behavior
Genetics, 36 (1), 45-55. [PDF] |
|
ABERCROMBIE, M., HICKMAN, C.J. & JOHNSON, M.L. (1980).
Dictionary of biology. Londres : Penguin. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Locuteur
: Celui qui produit des sons, construit des phrases et
communique. =
émetteur, celui qui parle.
|
|
| DUBOIS,
J., GIACOMO, M., GUESPIN, L., MARCELLESI, C., MARCELLESI,
J.-P. et MÉVEL, J.-P. (1999). Dictionnaire
linguistique et des sciences du langage. Paris :
Larousse. |
|
|
Loeb
Jacques (Mayen Prusse 1859-1924 Hamilton Bermuda)
: Biologiste
et médecin allemand. Il s'est intéressé à la psychologie
animale, plus précisément aux tropismes
et à l'instinct.
Professeur de Crozier et
Watson.
 |
LOEB, J. (1900). Comparative physiology of the brain
and comparative psychology. London : John Murray. |
|
LOEB, J. & BANCROFT, F.W. (1911). Some experiments on
the production of mutants in drosophila. Science, 33
(855), 781-783. |
|
LOEB, J. (1912/64). The mechanistic conception of
life. Chicago : University of Chicago Press. |
|
LOEB, J. (1912). Heredity in heterogeneous hybrids. Journal
of Morphology, 23 (1), 1-15. |
|
LOEB, J. (1918/73). Forced movements, tropisms, and
animal conduct. Philadelphia : Lippincott/Dover
edition. |
|
|
BUDDENBROCK, W.V. (1916). A criticism of the tropism
theory of Jacques Loeb. Journal of Animal Behavior, 6
(5), 341-366. |
|
FLEXNER, S. (1927). Jacques Loeb and his period. Science,
66, 333-337. |
|
PAULY, P.J. (1987). Controlling life. Jacques Loeb
and the engineering ideal in biology. New York :
Oxford University Press. |
|
HACKENBERG, T.D. (1995). Jacques Loeb, B.F. Skinner, and
the legacy of prediction and control. The Behavior
Analyst, 18, 225-236. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Loehlin John C. (1926-2020 Austin) : Psychométricien
américain, spécialisé dans l'étude de l'intelligence.
Il est un des signataires du Groupe
des 52. Étudiant de MacKinnon.
Professeur de
Turkheimer. Collaborateur de Bouchard,
Ceci, Costa,
John, Halpern,
Horn,
Lindzey, Lippa,
McCrae, Neisser, Perloff,
Rahman, Sternberg,
Urbina. et Willerman.
 |
LOEHLIN, J.C., VANDERBERG, S.G. & OSBORNE, R.T.
(1973). Blood group genes and Negro-White ability
differences. Behavior Genetics, 3, 263 270. |
|
LOEHLIN, J.C., LINDZEY, G. & SPUHLER, J.N. (1975). Race
differences in intelligence. San Francisco :
Freeman. |
|
LOEHLIN, J.C. (1989). Partitioning environmental and
genetic contributions to behavioral development. American
Psychologist, 10, 1285 1292. |
|
LOEHLIN, J.C., HORN. J.M. & WILLERMAN,. L. (1989).
Modeling IQ change: Evidence from the Texas Adoption
Project. Child Development, 60, 993-1004. |
|
LOEHLIN, J.C., McCRAE, R.R., COSTA, P.T. & JOHN, O.P.
(1998). Heritabilities of common and measure-specific
components of the Big Five personality factors. Journal
of Research in Personality, 32, 431-453.
[PDF] |
|
|
|
Loewenstein
Rudolph (Lodz Pologne 1898-1976 New York) : Médecin
et psychanalyste
polonais. Chef de file de l'école
de la psychologie du moi. Il s'est notamment intéressé au masochisme.
Analysé par Sachs et
analyste de Lacan, Lagache,
Nacht et Saussure.
Collaborateur de Hartmann
et Kris.
 |
LOEWENSTEIN, R.M. (1938). L'origine du masochisme et la
théorie des pulsions. Revue Française de
Psychoanalyse, 10, 293-321 |
|
LOEWENSTEIN, R. (1957). A contribution to the
psychoanalytic theory of masochism. Journal of the
American Psychoanalytic Association, 5, 197-234. |
|
LOEWENSTEIN, R. (1961). The silent patient-Introduction.
Journal of the American Psychoanalytic Association, 9, 2-6.
|
|
LOEWENSTEIN, R. (1982). Practice and precept in
psychoanalytic technique : Selected papers of Rudolph M.
Loewenstein. Yale University Press. |
|
LOEWENSTEIN, R. (2001). Psychanalyse de
l'antisémitisme. Paris : Presses Universitaire de
France. |
|
|
|
|
|
Loftus
Elisabeth F. (Los Angeles 1944-) : Psychologue
cognitiviste américaine, spécialisée dans l'étude des faux
souvenirs et de la pseudo-mémoire. En collaboration avec
Collins et Quillian, elle a développé l'un des tout premiers
modèles de mémoire
sémnatique. Professeur de Banaji.
Collaboratrice de Ceci, Christianson,
Collins, Fenn,
Hoffman, Howe,
Hunter, Kohlenberg, Lilienfeld,
Loftus,
Lynn, Mazzoni, Monahan,
Quillian, Rosen,
Wade, Wells, Williams
et Wright.
No
58 |
LOFTUS, E.F., FREEDMAN, J.L. & LOFTUS, G.R. (1970).
Retrieval of words from subordinate and superordinate
categories in semantic hierarchies. Psychonomic
Science, 21, 235-236. |
|
LOFTUS, E.F. & HOFFMAN, H.G. (1992). Misinformation
and memory : The creation of new memories. Journal of
Experimental Psychology : General, 118 (1),
100-104. [PDF] |
|
LOFTUS, E.F. (1993). The reality of repressed memories. American
Psychologist, 48, 518-537. [PDF] |
|
LOFTUS, E.F. (1997). Creating false memories. Scientific
American, 277 (3), 70-75. [PDF] |
|
LOFTUS, E.F. & DAVIS, D. (2006). Recovered memories. Annual
Review of Clinical Psychology, 2, 469-498. [PDF] |
|
|
GARRY, M. & HAYNE, H. (Eds.) (2006). Do justice
and let the sky fall : Elizabeth F. Loftus and her
contributions to science, law, and academic freedom.
Hillsdale, NJ : Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. |
|
LOFTUS, G.R. (2006). Elizabeth F. Loftus : The early
years. In M. Garry & H. Hayne (Eds), Do justice
and let the sky fall : Elizabeth Loftus and her
contributions to science, law, and academic freedom.
Hillsdale NJ : Erlbaum. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Loftus
Geoffrey Russel (Syracuse 1945-) : Psychologue
cognitiviste
américain, spécialisée dans l'étude de la mémoire
et de l'informaton
visuelle. Étudiant d'Atkinson
et Sperling.
Collaborateur de Hoffman,
Loftus, Meltzoff,
Nolen-Hoeksema et
Shimamura.
 |
LOFTUS, G.R. & WICKENS, T.D. (1970). Effect of
incentive on storage and retrieval processes. Journal
of Experimental Psychology, 85, 141-147. [PDF] |
|
LOFTUS, G.R. & SHIMAMURA, A.P. (1985). How much is an
icon worth ? Journal of Experimental Psychology :
Human Perception & Performance, 11 (1), 1-13. [PDF] |
|
LOFTUS, G.R. (1988). A research framework for
investigating information acquisition and loss.
Canadian Psychology, 29, 379-380. [PDF] |
|
LOFTUS, G.R. & MASSON, J. (1996). Using confidence
intervals in within-subject designs. Psychonomic
Bulletin & Review, 1 (4), 476-490. [PDF] |
|
LOFTUS, G.R. & HARLEY, E.M. (2005). Why is it easier
to recognize someone close than far away ? Psychonomic
Bulletin & Review, 12, 43-65. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
|
Logan
Frank Anderson (Palatka États-Unis 1924-2004
Albuquerque) : Psychologue
béhavioriste
américain, spécialisé dans l'étude de l'apprentissage,
notamment de la punition.
Collaborateur de Fantino
et Wagner.
 |
LOGAN, F.A. & WAGNER, A.R. (1962). Supplementary
report : Direction of change in CS in eyelid conditioning.
Journal of Experimental Psychology, 64, 325-326. |
|
LOGAN, F.A. (1965). Reward and punishment. New
York : Allyn & Bacon. |
|
LOGAN, F.A. (1973). Self-control as habit, drive, and
incentive. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 81,
127-136. |
|
LOGAN, F.A. (1979). Hybrid theory of operant conditioning.
Psychological Review, 86, 507-541. |
|
LOGAN, F.A. (1980). Preference for punishment of the
instrumental or the consummatory response. Animal
Learning & Behavior, 8, 116-119. |
|
|
ELLIS, H.C. (2005). Frank A. Logan (1924-2004) : Obituary.
American Psychologist, 60 (7), 728. |
|
|
|
Logan Gordon D. ( ) :
Psychologue cognitiviste américain, d'origine canadienne,
spécialisé dans l'étude de la recherche
visuelle, de
l'attention et du traitement
automatique de l'information. Professeur de Schneider.
Collaborateur de Bundesen, Schachar, Strayer
et Tannock.
|
LOGAN, G.D. (1975). On the independence of naming and
locating masked targets in visual search. Canadian
Journal of Psychology, 29, 51-58. [PDF] |
|
LOGAN, G.D. (1988). Toward an instance theory of
automatization. Psychological Review, 95,
492-527. [PDF] |
|
LOGAN, G.D. (2002). An instance theory of attention and
memory. Psychological Review, 109, 376-400. [PDF] |
|
LOGAN, G.D. (2005). The time it takes to switch attention.
Psychonomic Bulletin & Review, 12, 647-653.
[PDF] |
|
LOGAN, G.D. & CRUMP, M.J.C. (2010). Cognitive
illusions of authoship reveal hierarchical error detection
in skiled typists. Science, 330, 683-686. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
|
Logiciel : Le mot a deux sens très voisins : a)
Dans la théorie cognitive
du traitement de
l'information, ensemble des informations
et des règles de
transformation (algorithme,
heuristique, script)
contenues dans le
cerveau virtuel. Logiciel et matériel.
= règle, instruction. Software,
program. b) Le
terme renvoie également à un ensemble à un programme
qui établit une relation entre un
ordinateur et ses usagers en vue d'accomplir une tâche
particulière (compter, écrire,
lire, communiquer,
jouer, acheter,
etc). Logiciel et matériel.
= programme, programme informatique. (
): Voir tableau ci-dessous. Software,
computer software.
| |
|
| a |
|
SEARLE, J.R. (1990). Minds, brains and programs. Behavioral
& Brain Sciences, 3, 349-356. [PDF] |
|
DUBE, W.V. (1991). Computer software for stimulus control
research with Macintosh computers. Experimental
Analysis of Human Behavior Bulletin, 9, 28-30. |
|
HAUGLAND, S.W. (1992). The effect of computer software on
preschool children's developmental gains. Journal of
Computing in Childhood Education 3, 15-30. |
|
SIEGELE, D. & FOSTER, T. (2001). Laptop computers and
multimedia and presentation software : their effects on
student achievement in anatomy and physiology. Journal
of Research on Technology in Education, 34, 29-37.
[PDF] |
|
KERAWALLA, L. & CROOK, C. (2005). From promises to
practices : The fate of educational software in the home.
Technology, Pedagogy & Education, 14 (1),
107-125. |
|
BAZELEY, P. (2006). The contribution of computer software
to integrating qualitative and quantitative data analyses.
Research in the Schools, 13 (1), 64-74. [PDF] |
|
|
Voir aussi
TIC et Apprentissage
à distance |
| b |
| |
|
Voir aussi
Utilisibilité, Programme,
Interface et Ordinateur |
|
|
|
|
|
Logiciel éducatif : Logiciel qui
permet de faire des apprentissages
scolaires au moyen d'un
ordinateur. Logiciel, TIC
et vidéo
éducatif. = logiciel
pédagogique, didacticiel.
Educational software.
| |
|
|
BANGERT-DROWNS, R.L. (1993). The word processor as an
instructional tool : A meta-analysis of word processing in
writing instruction. Review of Educational Research,
63, 69-93. |
|
DANIELS, L. (1999). Introducing Technology in the
classroom : PowerPoint as a First Step. Journal of
Computing in Higher Education, 10, 42-56. |
|
KERAWALLA, L. & CROOK, C. (2005). From promises to
practices : The fate of educational software in the home.
Technology, Pedagogy & Education, 14 (1),
107-125. |
|
BAZELEY, P.A. (2006). The contribution of computer
software to integrating qualitative and quantitative data
analyses. Research in the Schools, 13 (1),
64-74. |
|
SUSSKIND, J.E. (2008). Limits of PowerPoint's power :
Enhancing students' self-efficacy and attitudes but not
their behavior. Computers & Education, 50, 1228-1239.
[PDF] |
|
RAVENSCROFT, A. (2009). Social software, Web 2.0 and
learning : status and implications of an evolving
paradigm. Journal of Computer Assisted Learning, 25
(1), 1-5. |
|
|
Voir aussi Enseignement
assisté par ordinateur, TIC,
Utilisibilité et Apprentissage
à distance |
|
|
|
Logico-mathématique
: Qualifie toute chose qui est décrite en termes
mathématiques ou logiques, ou les deux,
par opposition à une description en langage
naturel (prose, mots, qualificatifs). EX: Ag a >
Ag b. C-EX: Le rat A est plus agressif
que le rat B. Logico-mathématique, raisonnement
et théorie.
Mathematico-deductive
theory.
| |
|
|
HULL, C. et al. (1940). Mathematico-deductive theory
of rote learning. New Haven, NJ : Yale University
Press. |
|
|
|
Logie
: Du grec logos, qui signifie "discours ou science".
|
|
| |
STEIN, P.G., MATEY, J.R. & PITTS, K. (1997). A review
of statistical software for the Apple Macintosh. The
American Statistician, 51 (1), 67–82. |
|
|
|
Logie
Robert H. ( ) : Cognitiviste américain d'origine anglaise et spécialiste de l'étude de la
mémoire de travail. Il s'intéresse également aux effets
psychologiques de l'alzheimer.
Collaborateur de Baddeley,
Conway,
D'esposito, Engle, Hitch
et Naveh- Benjamin.
|
LOGIE, R.H. (1986). Visuo-spatial processing in working
memory. Quarterly Journal of Experimental Psychology,
38A, 229-247. |
|
LOGIE, R.H., GILHOOLY, K.J. & WYNN, V. (1994).
Counting on working memory in arithmetic problem solving.
Memory & Cognition, 22, 395-410. |
|
LOGIE, R.H., DELLA, SALA, S., WYNN, V. & BADDELY, A.D.
(2000). Visual similarity effects in immediate serial
recall. Quarterly Journal of Experimental Psychology,
53A (3), 626-646. |
|
LOGIE, R.H. (2003). Spatial and visual working memory : A
mental workspace. Psychology of Learning &
Motivation, 42, 37-78. |
|
LOGIE, R.H., COCCHINI, S., DELLA, SALA, S. & BADDELEY,
A. (2004). Is there a specific capacity for dual task
co-ordination ? Evidence from Alzheimer's disease. Neuropsychology,
18 (3), 504-513. |
|
|
|
Logique : Logicien : Le mot a trois acceptions voisines : a) Il désigne la branche de la philosophie
moderne qui a pour objet d'étude la structure et la cohérence
des langages (langage
naturel, scientifique, axiomatique, informatique, etc.). b)
Qualifie également une pensée,
une théorie ou un
raisonnement cohérent et systématique, exempt de
contradictions. = cohérent, correct. c)
En psychologie, on l'utilise également comme substantif et pour
désigner la capacité de raisonnement d'un individu. =
raisonnement, pensée
cohérente. ( ): Agassi
Apostel, Ayer,
Batens,
Boole, Buridan, Dummett,
Frege, Jaynes,
Goodman, Greco,
Hacking,
Hilbert, Hyslop,
Jevons, Kneale, Kneale,
Kripke, Lewis,
Lewis Linsky, Meinong,
Pap, Peano,
Peirce, Putnam,
Reichenbach, Russel,
Tarski, Whitehead.
Logic, formal logic, deductive logic,
mathematical logic.
| |
|
| a |
|
BOOLE, G. (1847). The mathematical analysis of logic. |
HODGES, W. (1977). Logic. London : Penguin. |
|
STRATTON, G.M. (1896). The relation between psychology and
logic. Psychological Review, 3, 313-320. |
McGONIGLE,B.O. & CHALMERS, M. (1977). Are monkeys
logical ? Nature, 267, 694-696. |
|
DEWEY, J. (1938). Logic : The theory of inquiry.
New York : Henry Holt. |
HAACK, S. (1978). Philosophy of logics.
Cambridge : Cambridge University Press. |
|
HAILPERIN, T. (1944). A set of axioms for logic. The
Journal of Symbolic Logic, 9 (1), 1-19. |
HACKING, I. (1979). What is logic ? Journal of
Philosophy, 86 285-319. |
|
KANTOR, J.R. (1945). Psychology and logic. Chicago
: Principia Press. |
SMULLYAN, R. (1981). What is the name of this book. London
: Penguin. |
|
REICHENBACH, H. (1947). Elements of symbolic logic. New
York : Macmillan Co. |
BLAIS, M.J. (1985). La logique : une introduction.
Montréal : PUM. |
|
QUINE, W.V.O. (1950/72). Methods of logic. New
York : Holt. |
GUTTENPLAN, S. (1986). The languages of logic. Oxford : Blackwell. |
|
QUINE, W.V.O. (1951). Mathematical logic.
Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press. |
TELLER, P.A. (1989). Modern formal logic primer.
New Jersey : Prentice Hall. |
|
STRAWSON, P.F. (1952). Introduction to logical theory.
London : Methuen. |
GRAYLING, A. (1997). An introduction to philosophical
logic. Oxford : Blackwell. |
|
QUINE, W.V.O. (1953/80). From a logical point of
view. Cambridge, MA : Harvard University Press. |
TOMASSI, P. (1999). Logic. London : Routledge. |
|
RESCHER, N. & OPPENHEIM, P. (1955). Logical analysis
of gestalt concepts. British Journal for the
Philosophy of Science, 6 (22), 89-106. |
BOGHOSSIAN, P. (2000). Knowledge of logic. In P.
Boghossian and C. Peacoke (Eds.), New essays on the a
priori. Oxford Scholarship Online.
|
| |
PRIEST, G. (2000). Logic : A very short introduction.
Oxford : Oxford University Press.
BOGHOSSIAN, P. (2000). Knowledge of logic. In P.
Boghossian and C. Peacoke (Eds.), New essays on the a
priori. Oxford Scholarship Online. |
|
BERGMANN, G. (1957). Logic and reality. Madison :
University of Wisconsin Press. |
SAINSBURY, R.M. (1991/2000). Logical forms.
Oxford : Blackwell. |
|
SUPPES, P. (1957). Introduction to logic. New
York : Van Nostrand Reinhold Company. [PDF] |
NOVECK, I.A. (2001). When children are more logical than
adults : experimental investigation of scalar
implicatures. Cognition, 78, 165-188. [PDF] |
|
KNEALE, W. & KNEALE, M. (1962/88). The
development of logic. London : Oxford Clarendon
Press. |
HACKING, I. (2001). Introduction to probability and
inductive logic. Cambridge : Cambridge University
Press. |
|
VAN HEIJENHOORT, J. (1967). Logic as calculus and logic as
language. Synthese, 17, 324-330. |
ATTARDO, S., HEMPELMANN, C.F. & DI MAIO, S. (2002).
Script oppositions and logical mechanisms : Modeling
incongruities and their resolutions. Humor :
International Journal of Humor Research, 15 (1),
3-46. |
|
SMEDLUND, J. (1970). Circular relation between
understanding and logic. Scandinavian Journal of
Psychology 11, 217-219. |
SMITH, P. (2003/09). An introduction to formal logic. Cambridge : Cambridge University. |
|
PUTNAM, H. (1971/72). Philosophy of logic. New
York/London : Harper and Row/George Allen and Unwin. |
GOLDFARB, W. (2003). Deductive logic.
Indianapolis, IN : Hacket. |
| |
BATENS, D. (2008). The role of logic in philosophy of
science. In S. Psillos & M. Curd (Eds.), The
Routledge Companion to Philosophy of Science (pp.
47-57). London and New York : Routledge.
[PDF] |
|
HANDLEY, S.J., NEWSTEAD, S.E. & TRIPPAS, D. (2016).
Logic, beliefs, and instruction : A test of the default
interventionist account of belief biais. Journal of
Experimental Psychology : Learning Memory &
Cognition, 37 (1), 28-43. |
|
TRIPPAS, D., HANDLEY S.J., VERDE, M.F. & MORSANYI, K. (2016). Logic brightens my day : Evidence for implicit sensitivity to logical validity. Journal of Experimental Psychology : Learning, Memory & Cognition, 42 (9), 1448-1457.
|
| |
PRIEST, G. (2017). Logic : A very short introduction.
OUP Oxford. |
|
TRIPPAS, D., THOMPSON, V.A. & HANDLEY, S.J. (2017).
When fast logic meets slow belief : Evidence
for a parallel-processing model of belief bias. Memory
& Cognition, 45 (4), 539–552. |
|
GELMAN, R.S. (1972). Logical capacity of very young
children: Number invariance rules. Child Development,
43, 75-90. [PDF] |
MARSONET, M. (2018). Logic and its pragma aspects. Academicus
Internatonal Scientific Journal, 17, 46-53. |
| |
HOWARTH, S., HANDLEY, S.J.,, & POLITO, V. (2022).
Uncontrolled logic: Intuitive sensitivity to logical
structure in random responding. Thinking &
Reasoning, 28 (1), 61–96. |
 |
| b |
| |
| c |
|
OVERTON, W.F. & BRODZINSKY, D. (1972). Perceptual and
logical factors in he development of multiplicative
classification. Developmental Psychology, 6,
104-109. |
NOVECK, I.A. (2001). When children are more logical than
adults : experimental investigation of scalar
implicatures. Cognition, 78, 165-188. |
|
|
| KNEALE,
W. & KNEALE, M. (1962/88). The development of
logic. London : Oxford Clarendon Press. |
Voir aussi Logique et
Raisonnement |
|
| |
|
|
Logique booléenne : = calcul
booléen, algèbre boléeen. Logique,
opérateur booléen et Boole.
= Algèbre de Boole.
Boole's
logic, Boolean algebra.
| |
|
|
BOOLE, G. (1847). The mathematical analysis of logic. |
|
TRAILL, R.R. (1970). Boolean operators : a critique of
their conceptual usefulness in modelling adaptable neural
nets. Progress of Cybernetics, 2, 861-871. |
|
HAILPERIN, T. (1986). Boole's logic and probability :
a critical exposition from the standpoint of
contemporary algebra, logic, and probability theory.
Elsevier. |
|
STANKOVIC, R.S. & ASTOLA, J. (2011). From Boolean
logic to switching circuits and automata : Towards
modern information Technology. Springer. |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Logique et Code binaire |
|
|
Logique classique :
Plain logic.
| |
|
|
GABBAY, D.M. (1994). Classical vs non-classical logic. In
D.M. Gabbay, C.J. Hogger and J.A. Robinson (Eds),
Handbook of logic in artificial intelligence and logic
programming (Vol. 2). Oxford University Press. |
|
SHAPIRO, S. (2000). Classical logic. In Stanford
Encyclopedia of Philosophy. Stanford : The
Metaphysics Research Lab. |
|
BATENS, D. (2012). It might have been classical logic. Logique
et Analyse, 218, 241-279. |
|
VERDÉE, P. & BATENS, D. (2016). Nice embedding in
classical logic. Studia Logica, 104, 47-78. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Logique |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Logique
dialectique : Voir Dialectique.
Dialectic, dialectical logic.
|
Logique
enfantine :
| |
|
|
PIAGET, J. (1924). Les traits principaux de la logique de
l'enfant. Journal de Psychologie Normale et
Pathologique, 21 (1-3-), 48-101. |
|
NOVECK, I.A. (2001). When children are more logical than
adults : experimental investigation of scalar
implicatures. Cognition, 78, 165-188. |
|
|
|
Logique
floue :
Fuzzy logic.
| |
|
|
ZADEH, L.A. (1975). Fuzzy logic and approximate reasoning.
Synthese, 30, 407-428. |
|
KILLEEN, P.R. (2007). Fuzzy logic. Behavior &
Philosophy, 35, 93-100. |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Logique |
|
|
Logique formelle :
Formal logic, formal
symbolic language.
|
|
| |
JEFFREY, R. (1981). Formal logic : Its scope and
limits. NewYork : McGraw-Hill. |
|
MECHNER, F. (2011). Why behavior analysis needs a formal
symbolic language for codifying behavioral contingencies.
reinforcement in stimulus control. European Journal of
Behavior Analysis, 12 (1), 93-104. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Logique |
|
|
Logique modale : Logique élaborée par Aristote, puis développée par Lewis
et Kripke.
| |
|
|
RESCHER, N. (1958). A contribution to modal logic. The
Review o f Metaphysics, 12, 186-199. |
|
HUGHES, G.E. & CRESSWELLL, M.J. (1968). An
introduction to modal logic. London : Methuen. |
|
PAULY, M. (2002). A modal logic for coalitional power in
games. Journal of Logic & Computation, 12
(1), 149-166. |
|
VAN DER KOEK, W. & PAULY, M. (2007). Modal logic for
games and information. In Blackburn, P., van Benthem, J.
& F. Wolter (Eds.), Handbook of modal logic (pp.
1077-1146). Elsevier. |
|
VAN BENTHEM, J., GIRARD, P. & ROY, O. (2009).
Everything else being equal : A modal logic for ceteris
paribus preferences. Journal of Philosophical Logic,
38, 83-125. |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Logique |
|
|
Logique
naturelle :
| |
|
|
INHELDER, B. et PIAGET, J. (1970). De la logique de
l'enfant à la logique de l'adolescent : essai sur la
construction des structures opératoires formelles.
Paris : Presses Universitaires de France. |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Logique |
|
|
Logique
propositionnelle : Logique
élaborée par Frege, puis
développée par Russel et Whitehead.
Cette logique s'appuie sur le calcul
des propositions, le modus ponens (régle d'inférence),
l'utilisation de deux valeurs de vérité (vrai ou faux) et
d'opérateurs logique (négation, disjonction, conjonction,
implication, bi-implication ou équivalence logique). =
calcul propositionnel, calcul des propositions, logique classique.
|
|
|
Logo
: a) Représentation stylisée et donc facilement
reconnaissable d'une marque,
d'un produit. b) Désigne également un langage de
programmation développé dans les années 70 pour développer des
logiciels éducatifs. Logo.
| |
|
| a |
|
KLEIN, N. (2000/02). No logo : La tyrannie des
marques. Paris : Actes Sud. |
| b |
|
PAPERT, S. (1973). Uses of technology to enhance
education. Logo Memo 8. Cambridge : Artificial
Intelligence Laboratory : Massachusetts Institute of
Technology . |
|
TESSIER, B. (1979). Parallèles de l'évolution dans les
activités scolaires et para-scolaires chez un enfant
utilisant le programme d'ordinateur Logo. La Revue
Canadienne de Psycho-Éducation, 8 (1), 21-30. |
|
DEGELMAN, D. FREE, J.U., SCARLATO, M., BLACKBURN, J.M.
& GOLDEN, T. (1986). Concept learning in preschool
children : Effects of a short-term LOGO experience. Journal
of Educational Computing Research, 2, 199-205. |
|
CRAHAY, M. (1987). Logo, un environnement propice à la
pensée procédurale. Revue Française de Pédagogie, 80,
37-56. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Logue
Alexandra W. : Psychologue
béhavioriste américaine, spécialiste du
contrôle de soi, de l'impulsivité
et des comportements
alimentaires, notamment les aversions.
Collaboratrice de De
Villiers et Mazur.
|
LOGUE, A.W. OPHIR I. & STRAUSS, K.E. (1981). The
acquisition of taste aversions in humans. Behaviour
Research & Therapy, 19, 319-333. |
|
LOGUE, A.W., PENIA-CORREL, T.E., RODRIGUEZ, M.L. &
KABELA, E. (1986). Self-control in adult humans :
Variation in positive reinforcer amount and delay. Journal
of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 46 (2),
159-173. [PDF] |
|
LOGUE, A.W. & CHAVARRO, A. (1992). Self-control and
impulsiveness in preschool children. Psychological
Record, 42, 189-204. |
|
LOGUE A.W., FORZANO, L.B. & TOBIN, H. (1992).
Independence of reinforcer amount and delay : The
generalized matching law and self-control in humans. Learning
& Motivation, 23, 326-342. |
|
LOGUE, A.W. (2002). The living legacy of the harvard
pigeon lab : quantitative analysis in the wide world.
Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 77 (3),
357-366. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Lohman David F. ( ) :
Psychologue
américain, spécialisé en éducation.
Il s'intéresse notamment à l'intelligence
et à la douance.
Collaborateur de Cronbach
et Snow.
 |
LOHMAN, D.F. (1989). Human intelligence : An introduction
to advances in theory and research. Review of
Educational Research, 59 (4), 333-373. [PDF] |
|
LOHMAN, D.F. (2005). An aptitude perspective on talent
identification : Implications for identification of
academically gifted minority students. Journal for the
Education of the Gifted, 28, 333-360. [PDF] |
|
LOHMAN, D.F. (2006). Beliefs about differences between
ability and accomplishment : From folk theories to
cognitive science. Roeper Review, 29, 32-40. [PDF] |
|
LOHMAN, D.F., GAMBRELL, J. & LAKIN, J. (2008). The
commonality of extreme discrepancies in the ability
profiles of academically gifted students. Psychology
Science Quarterly, 50 (2), 269-282. [PDF] |
|
LOHMAN, D.F. & LAKIN, J. (2009). Consistencies in sex
differences on the Cognitive Abilities Test across
countries (US and UK), grades (3-11), and cohorts (1984,
1992, and 2000). British Journal of Educational
Psychology, 379 (2), 89-407. [PDF] |
|
|
HENSHON, S.E. (2014). A big-picture thinker illuminates
identification and ability : An interview with David F.
Lohman. Roeper Review, 36 (1), 3-10. |
|
|
|
Lohr
Jeffrey M. ( ) : Psychologue
cognitivo-béhavioriste,
spécialisé dans l'étude des pseudotechnologies,
de la peur et du dégoût.
Collaborateur de Abramovitz,
Herbert,
Lilienfeld, Rosen
et Tolin.
|
LOHR, J., KLEINKNECHT, R., TOLIN, D. & BARRETT, R.
(1995). The empirical status of the clinical application
of eye movement desensitization and reprocessing. Journal
of Behavior Therapy & Experimental Psychiatry, 26,
285-302. |
|
LILIENFELD, S.O., LOHR, J.M. & MORIER, D. (2001). The
teaching of science and pseudoscience in psychology :
Useful resources. Teaching of Psychology, 28,
182-191. |
|
LOHR, J.M., MEUNIER, S.A., PARKER, L.M. & KLINE, J.P.
(2001). Neurotherapy does not qualify as an empirically
supported behavioral treatment for psychological
disorders. The Behavior Therapist, 24, 97-104. |
|
LOHR, J.M., FOWLER, K.A. & LILIENFELD, S.O. (2002).
The dissemination and promotion of pseudoscience in
clinical psychology : The challenge to legitimate clinical
science. The Clinical Psychologist, 55, 4-10. |
|
LOHR, J.M. (2011). What is (and what is not) the meaning
of evidence-based psychosocial interventions ? Clinincal
Psychology : Science & Practice, 18, 100-104. |
|
|
|
| LOB
- LOLORDO - LOMBROSO - LOPICOLLO
- LORCH - LORENZ - LOS HORCONES -
LOUP - LOVAAS -
LOWEN - LOYAUTÉ - LSD
- LU |
Loi : Le terme renvoie à trois concepts distincts mais
voisins. a) D'abord, au sens juridique, la loi est
une prescription (ce que l'on doit faire) ou une proscription (ce qu'on ne doit pas faire) formulée de manière explicite et
codifiée (projet de loi, règlements, code, charte, etc) par un gouvernement dans le but a href="definitionso.htm#organiser">organiser les rapports entre les citoyens d'une société. En ce sens, respecter la loi consiste à agir en vertu de la loi.
Law, social law.
b)
En science,
la loi désigne soit une régularité
empirique entre
deux phénomènes naturels
ou entre les propriétés
d'un même phénomène.
Scientific law.
c)
En statistique, les lois décrivent les régularités et les variations du hasard.
Law of chance, law of fate.
|
a |
|
ANTHONY D. & ROBBINS, T. (1992). Law, social science
and the "brainwashing" exception to the First Amendment. Behavioral Sciences & the Law, 10, 5-29. |
| b
|
|
LEBON, G. (1895). Lois psychologiques de l'évolution
des peuples. Paris : Édition Félix Alcan. |
|
| c |
| |
|
Voir aussi Distribution |
|
|
|
Loi
(Société) : Au sens juridique,
la loi est une prescription/proscription formulée de manière
explicite et codifiée par un gouvernement
au nom d'une société. Montaigne
a dit à ce sujet : «Les femmes ont raison de se rebeller contre
les lois parce que nous les avons faites sans elles». Les lois
sont conçus et voté par le pouvoir
législatif (parlement), promulguée (mise en application)
par le pouvoir
exécutif et contrôler et sanctionner (non-reespcet) par le
pouvoir judiciaire. =
prescription formelle, règle formelle, code. Law.
| |
|
|
DWORKIN, R. (1996). Freedom's law : The moral reading
of the American constitution. Cambridge : Harvard
UP. |
|
OGLOFF, J.R.P. & FINKELMAN, D. (1999). Law and
psychology : An overview. In R. Roesch, S.D. Hart and
J.R.P. Ogloff (Eds.), Psychology & law : The
state of the discipline (pp. 1-20). New York :
Kluwer Academic/Plenum Publishers. |
|
ANTHONY D. & ROBBINS, T. (1992). Law, social science
and the "brainwashing" exception to the First Amendment. Behavioral
Sciences & the Law, 10, 5-29. |
DARLEY, J., FULERO, S., HANEY, C. & TYLER, T. (2002).
Taking psychology and law into the twenty-first century.
In J.R.P. Ogloff (Eds.), Psychological
jurispurdence (pp. 35-59). New York, NY : Kluwer
Academic, Plenum Publishers. |
|
DWORKIN, R. (1994). Law's empire. Cambridge :
Harvard UP. / L'empire du droit. Paris : Presses
Universitaires de France. |
BILZ, K. & NADLER, J. (2009). Law, psychology, and
morality. Psychology of Learning & Motivation,
50, 102-124. [PDF] |
| |
MATHIAS, C.W., MARSH-RICHARD, D.M. & DOUGHERTHY, D.M.
(2008). Behavioral measures of impulsivity and the law. Behavioral
Sciences & the Law, 26 (6), 691-707. [PDF] |
| |
|
Voir aussi Pouvoir
lesgislatif, Parlement,
Constitution et Droit |
|
|
|
Loi
(Nature/Psychologique) : En
science, la loi décrit
une régularité
empirique
entre deux phénomènes
naturels ou entre les propriétés
d'un même phénomène. EX: Lois de
l'apprentissage, de la perception. Cette description peut prendre
la forme d'un énoncé en langage
naturel, d'une proposition logique ou logico-mathématique (équation,
formule, etc). Par extension, on utilise le mot pour désigner le
comportement d'une variable
aléatoire. EX : Les lois du hasard.
= régularité empirique. Scientific
law.
| |
|
|
LEBON, G. (1895). Lois psychologiques de l'évolution
des peuples. Paris : Édition Félix Alcan. |
POLITZER, G. (1986). Laws of language use and formal
logic. Journal of Psycholinguistic Research, 15,
47-92. |
|
SPILLMAN, W.J. (1902). Exceptions to Mendel's law.
Science, 16 (411), 794-986. |
NILSSON, L.-G., LAW, J. & TULVING, E. (1988).
Recognition failure of recallable unique names : Evidence
for an empirical law of memory and learning. Journal
of Experimental Psychology, 14 (2), 266-277. [PDF] |
| |
MACNAMARA, J., GOVITRIKAR, V.P. & DOAN, B. (1988).
Actions, laws, and scientific psychology. Cognition,
29, 1-27. |
|
YULE, G.U. (1902). Mendel's Laws and their probable
relations to intra-racial heredity. The New
Phytologist, 1, 193-207/ 222-237. [PDF] |
VAN FRAASSEN, B.C. (1989/1995). Laws and symmetry.Oxford
: Oxford University Press. / Lois et symétrie.
Paris : Vrin. |
|
CASTLE, W.E. (1903). Mendel's laws of heredity. Science,
25 (456), 396-406. |
SHEPARD, R.N. (1987). Toward a universal law of
generalization for psychological science. Science,
237, 1317-1323. |
|
CASTLE, W.E. (1903). The laws of heredity of Galton and
Mendel, and some laws governing race improvement by
selection. Proceedings of the American Academy of
Arts & Sciences, 39 (8), 223-242. [PDF] |
PLACE, U.T. (1987). Causal laws, dispositional properties
and causal explanations. Synthesis Philosophica, 2
(3), 149-160. |
|
THURSTONE, L.L. (1927). A law of comparative judgement. Psychological
Review, 34, 278-286. |
SORENSEN, R. (1992). Thought experiments and the
epistemology of laws. Canadian Journal of Philosophy,
22, 15-44. |
|
OGLOFF, J.R.P. (Ed.) (1992). Law and psychology : The
broadening of the discipline. Durham, NC : Carolina
Academic Press. |
|
|
BOUTROUX, E. (1929). De la contingence des lois de la
nature. Paris : Félix Alcan. |
KIM, J. (1993). Can supervenience and "non-strict laws"
save anomalous monism ? In J. Heil & A. Mele (Eds.), Mental
causation. Oxford : Clarendon Press. |
|
STEVENS, S.S. (1957). On the psychophysical law. Psychological
Review, 64 (3), 153-181. |
DAVIDSON, D. (1995). Laws and cause. Dialectica, 49,
263-279. |
|
ROSNOW, R. (1966). Whatever happened to the "Law of
Primacy". Journal of Communication, 16, 10-31. |
KAUFFMAN, S. (1996). At home in the universe : The
search for laws of self-organization and complexity.
Oxford University Press. |
|
FEYNMAN, R.P. (1967). The character of physical law.
Cambridge, MA : The MIT Press. |
CARTWRIGHT, N. (1997). Where do laws of nature come from ?
Dialectica, 51, 65-78. |
|
SCHUSTER, R. & RACHLIN, H. (1968). Indifference
between punishment and free shock : Evidence for the
negative law of effect. Journal of the Experimental
Analysis of Behavior, 11 (6), 777-786. [PDF] |
CARRIER, M. (1998). In defense of psychological laws. International
Studies in the Philosophy of Science, 12, 217-232. |
| |
GIERE, R. (1999). Science without laws. Chicago
: The University of Chicago Press. |
|
KRANTZ, D.H. (1972). Measurement structures and
psychological laws. Science, 175, 1427-1435. |
TURKHEIMER, E. (2000). Three laws of behavior genetics and
what they mean. Current Directions in Psychological
Science, 9, 160-164. [PDF] |
| |
SHEPARD, R.N. (2001). On the possibility of universal
mental laws : A reply to my critics. Behavioral &
Brain Sciences, 24, 712-748. |
| |
CARTWRIGHT, N. (2001). Ceteris paribus laws and
socio-economic machines. In U. Mäki (Ed.), The
economic world view : studies in the ontology of
economics (pp. 275-292). Cambridge : Cambridge
University Press. |
|
BAUM, W.M. (1973). The correlation-based law of effect. Journal
of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 20, 137-153.
[PDF] |
BIRD, A. (2002). On whether some laws are necessary. Analysis,
62, 257-270. |
|
TAPP, L. (1976). Psychology and the law : An overture. In
M.R. Rosenzweig and L.J. Porter (Eds.), Annual review
of psychology (Vol. 27). Palo Alto : Annual
Reviews, Inc. |
CHATER, N. & VITANYI, M.B. (2003). The generalized
universal law of generalization. Journal of
Mathematical Psychology, 47, 346-369. |
|
DE VILLIERS, P.A. & HERRNSTEIN, R.J. (1976). Toward a
law of response strength. Psychological Bulletin, 83,
1131-1153. |
TOOBY, J., COSMIDES, L. & BARRETT, H.C. (2003). The
second law of thermodynamics is the first law of
psychology : Evolutionary developmental psychology and the
theory of tandem, coordinated inheritances : Comment on
Lickliter and Honeycutt. Psychological Bulletin, 129 (6), 858-865. [PDF] |
|
TOOLEY, M. (1977). The nature of laws. Canadian
Journal of Philosophy, 74, 667-698. |
SHEPARD, R.N. (2003). How a cognitive psychologist came to seek universal laws. Psychonomic Bulletin &
Review, 11, 1-23. |
|
DRETSKE, F. (1977). Laws of nature. Philosophy of
Science, 44, 248-268. |
BIRD, A. (2004). The dispositionalist conception of laws.
Foundations of Science, 152, 1-18. |
|
ROBERTS, J. (2004). There are no laws of the social
sciences. In C. Hitchcock (Ed.), Contemporary debates
in philosophy of science (pp. 151-167). Oxford :
Blackwell. |
|
GAVIGAN, S.A.M. (1981). Marxist theories of law : A
survey, with some thoughts on women and law. Canadian
Criminology Forum, 4 (1), 1-12.
[PDF] |
LANGE, M. (2005). Laws and their stability. Synthese,
144 (3), 415-432. |
|
TURVEY, M.T., SHAW, R.E., REED, E.S. & MACE, W.M.
(1981). Ecological laws of perceiving an dacting : In
reply to Fodor and Pylyshyn (1981). Cognition, 9,
237-304. |
KIM, J. (2005). Laws, causation, and explanation in the
special Sciences. History & Philosophy of the
Life Sciences, 27, 325-338. |
|
CARTWHRIGT, N. (1983). How the laws of physics lie.
Oxford University Press. |
BUSEY, T.A. & LOFTUS, G.R. (2007). Cognitive science
and the law. Trends in Cognitive Sciences, 11 (3),
111-117. |
|
ARMSTRONG, D.M. (1983). What is a law of nature ?
Cambridge : Cambridge University Press. |
DODDS, W.K. (2009). Laws, theories, and patterns in
ecology. San Francisco : University of California
Press. |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Effet, Biais,
Ceteris Paribus
et Loi |
|
|
|
|
Loi binomiale : Loi des
probabilités, formalisée par Bernoulli,
qui décrit une variable
aléatoire qui possède seulement deux états (Oui/Non,
Faux/vrai, Échec/Succès). Loi et distribution
binomiale. = Loi de Bernoulli.
Binomial Law.
| |
|
|
COCHRAN, W.G. (1940). The analysis of variance when
experimental errors follow the Poisson or binomial laws. Annals
of Mathematical Statistics, 11, 335-347. |
|
GRIDGEMAN, N.T. (1968). Probability and sex. The
American Statistician, 29. |
|
|
Loi
d'Emmert : Loi de la
perception qui stipule que taille perçue d'une image ayant
un angle visuel donné est directement proportionnelle à sa
distance perçue.
Emmert's Law.
| |
|
|
EMMERT, E. (1881). Grössenverhältnisse der Nachbilder. Klinische
Monatsblätter für Augenheilkunde, 19, 443-450. |
WEINTRAUB, D.J. & GARDNER, G.T. (1970). Emmert' laws:
Size constancy vs optical geometry. American Journal
of Psychology, 83, 40-54. |
|
YOUNG, F.A. (1951). Concerning Emmert's law.American
Journal of Psychology, 64, 124-128. |
LOCKHEAD, G.R. & EVANS, N.J. (1979). Emmert's imaginal
law. Bulletin of the Psychonomic Society, 13
(2), 114-116. [PDF] |
|
EDWARDS, W. & BORING, E.G. (1951). What is Emmert's
law ? American Journal of Psychology, 64,
416-422. |
DWYER, J., ASHTON, R. & BROERSE, J. (1990). Emmert's
law in the Ames room. Perception, 9, 35-41. [PDF] |
|
HASTORF, A.H. & KENNEDY, J.C. (1957). Emmert's Law and
size-constancy. American Journal of Psychology, 70,
114-116 |
LOU, L. (2007). Apparent afterimage size, Emmert's law,
and oculomotor adjustment. Perception, 36, 1214-1228. |
|
STANLEY, G. & FUREDY, J.J. (1966). Size constancy and
Emmert's Law of apparent sizes. Australian Journal of
Psychology, 18, 266-270. |
GREGORY, R.L. (2008). Emmert's Law and the moon illusion.
Spatial Vision, 21, 407-420. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Lois |
|
|
|
|
Loi
de Fechner : Cette loi
psychophysiologique stipule que l'intensité de la sensation varie
proportionnellement selon le logarithme
de l'intensité du stimulus.
Fechner's law.
| |
|
|
FULLERTON, G.S. & CATTEL, J.M. (1892). On the
perception of small differences. Philadelphia :
Publicaton of University of Philadelphia. |
|
THURSTONE, L.L. (1927). Three psychophysical laws.
Psychological Review, 34, 424-432. [LIRE] |
JONES, L.V. & GEWIRTZ, J.L. (1955). Fechner's Law and
central tendency as determinants of response gradients. American
Psvcholoqist, 10, 483.
|
|
DEHAENE, S. (2003). The neural basis of the Weber-Fechner
law : a logarithmic mental number line. Trends in
Cognitive Sciences, 7, 145-147. |
|
LAMING, D. (2010). Fechner's law : Where does the log
transform come from ? Seeing Perceiving, 23 (2),
155-171. |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Lois |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loi
de Hebb :
| |
|
|
PULVERMULLER, F. (1996). Hebb's concept of cell assemblies
and the psychophysiology of word processing. Psychophysiology,
33, 317-333. |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Lois |
|
|
Loi
de Hick : Loi formulée par Hicks
pour décrire la relation logarithmique
entre le nombre d'options (ou de choix) et le temps
nécessaire pour choisir l'une de ces options. Le temps de décion
augmente également en fonction de la complexité des options.
= Loi de Hick-Hyman. Hick's
law, Hick paradigm, Hick-Hyman's law, Hick's effect.
| |
|
|
HICK, W.E. (1952). On the rate of gain of information. Quarterly
Journal of Experimental Psychology, 4 (1), 11–26. [PDF] |
NEUBAUER, A.C. (1990). Speed of information processing in
the Hick paradigm and response latencies in a psychometric
intelligence test. Personality & Individual
Differences, 11, 147-152. |
|
HYMAN, R. (1953). Stimulus information as a determinant of
reaction-time. Journal of Experimental Psychology, 45
(3), 188-196. [PDF] |
BEAUDUCEL, A. & BROCKE, B. (1993). Intelligence and
speed of information processing: Further results and
questions on Hick's paradigm and beyond. Personality
& Individual Differences, 15, 627-636. |
|
VICKERY, C. & NEURINGER, A. (2000). Pigeon
reaction time, Hick’s law, and intelligence. Psychonomic
Bulletin & Review, 7 (2), 284–291. [PDF] |
|
KVALSETH, T.O. (1980). An alternative to the Hick-Hyman' s
and Sternberg's laws. Perceptual & Motor Skills,
50, 1281-1282. |
KVERAGA, K., BOUCHER, L. & HUGHES, H.C. (2002).
Saccades operate in violation of Hick’s law.
Experimental Brain Research, 146, 307–314. |
|
LONGSTRETH, L.E., EL-ZAHAR, N. & ALCORN, M.B. (1985).
Exceptions to Hick’s law : Explorations with a response
duration measure. Journal of Experimental Psychology :
GeneraL, 114, 417–434. |
SHER, M., OLAMI, Z. & McCLELLAND, J.L. (2002). Hick’s
law in a stochastic race model with speed accuracy
tradeoff. Journal of Mathematical Psychology,
46, 704–715. |
|
LONGSTRETH, L.E. & ALCORN, M.B. (1987). Hick’s law
versus a power law : Reply to Welford. Journal of
Experimental Psychology : General, 116, 315–316. |
LAWRENCE, B.M., ST-JOHN, A., ABRAMS, A. & SNYDER, L.H.
(2008). An anti-Hick’s effect in monkey and human saccade
reaction times. Journal of Vision, 8 (3), 1–7. [PDF] |
|
WELFORD, A.T. (1987). Comment on "Exceptions to Hick's law
: Explorations with a response duration measure." Journal
of Experimental Psychology : General, 116, 312-314. |
SCHNEIDER, D.W. & ANDERSON, J.R. (2011). A
memory-based model of Hick’s Law. Cognitive
Psychology, 62 (3), 193–222. [PDF] |
|
LONGSTRETH, L.E. (1988). Hick's law : Its limit is 3 bits.
Bulletin of the Psychonomic Society, 26 (1), 8-10. |
|
|
HICK, W.E. (1952). On the rate of gain of information. Quarterly
Journal of Experimental Psychology, 4 (1), 11–26. [PDF]
|
|
|
JENSEN, A.R. (1987). Individual differences in the Hick
paradigm. In P.A. Vernon (Ed.), Speed of
information-processing and intelligence (pp.
101–175). Norwood, NJ : Ablex. |
PROCTOR, R.W. & SCHNEIDER, D.W. (2018). Hick’s law for
choice reaction time: A review. Quarterly Journal of
Experimmental Psychology, 7 (6), 1281-1299. [PDF]
|
|
WIDAMAN, K.E. & CARLSON, 1.S. (1989). Procedural
effects on performance
on the Hick paradigm : Bias in reaction time and movement
time parameters. Intelligence, 13, 63-85. |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Lois |
|
|
Loi
de Jost : Loi formulée par Jost.
Jost's law.
| |
|
|
BRITT, J.H. & BUNCH, M.E. (1932). Jost's law and
retroactive inhibition : The relative susceptibility of
association of the same functional strength but of
different age to retroactive inhibition. Washington
: University of Washington. |
|
BRITT, J.H. & BUNCH, M.E. (1934). Jost's law and
retroactive inhibition. The American Journal of
Psychology, 46, 299-308. |
|
YOUTZ, A.C. (1941). An experimental evaluation of Jost's
laws. Psychological Monographs, 53, (No. 1,
Whole No. 238). |
|
SIMON, H.A. (1966). A note on Jost's law and exponential
forgetting. Psychometrika, 31 (4), 505-506. |
|
ALIN, L.H. (1997). The memory laws of Jost. Göteborg
Psychological Reports, 27 (1), 1-21. [PDF] |
|
WIXTED, J.T. (2004). On common ground : Jost's (1897) law
of forgetting and Ribot's (1881) law of retrograde
amnesia. Psychological Review, 111, 864-879. [PDF]
|
|
|
|
Voir aussi Lois |
|
|
Loi
de l'appariement : Formulée par
Herrnstein, cette loi de
l'apprentissage stipule que, dans une situation
d'apprentissage, la fréquence d'un comportement
(B pour behavior) observée chez un organisme est proportionnelle
au taux relatif de renforcements
obtenus (R pour renforcement) par cet organisme. Autrement
dit, si deux fois plus de renforcements sont disponibles pour B1
que pour B2, l'organisme qui les a effectivement obtenus émettra
deux fois plus de comportement B1 que B2. On dira que l'organisme
«choisit» plus souvent l'option B1 que l'option B2. Chaque choix
dépend des autres; si la proportion de BI augmente, celle de BI
diminue. Pour prédire le comportement de cet organisme, il faut
donc connaître la nature des programmes
de renforcement qui conditionnent chacune des réponses
possibles (options B1 et B2). = loi
de l'équivalence.
Matching law, matching
theory, operant matching, matching relation.
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
HERRNSTEIN, R.J. (1970). On the law of effect. Journal
of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 13,
243-266. [PDF] |
MARTENS, B.K., HALPERIN, S., RUMMEL, J. & KILPATRICK,
D. (1990). Matching theory applied to contin- gent teacher
attention. Behavioral Assessment, 12, 139-155. |
|
RACHLIN, H.C. (1971). On the tautology of the matching
law. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of
Behavior, 15, 249-251. [PDF] |
MICHAEL, R.L. & BERNSTEIN, D.J. (1991). Transient
effects of acquisition history on generalization in a
matching-to-sample task. Journal of Experimental
Analysis of Behavior, 56 (1), 155-166. [PDF] |
|
KILLEEN, P.R. (1972). The matching law. Journal of the
Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 17 (3), 489-495.
[PDF] |
MARTENS, B.K., LOCHNER, D.G. & KELLY, S.Q. (1992). The
effects of variable-interval reinforcement on academic
engagement: a demonstration of matching theory.Journal
of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 25 (1),
143-151.
[PDF] |
|
BAUM, W.M. (1974a). Choice in free-ranging wild pigeons. Science,
185, 78-79. |
NEEF, N.A., MACE, F.C., SHEA, M.C. & SHADE, D. (1992).
Effects of reinforcer rate and reinforcer quality on time
allocation : Extensions of matching theory to educational
settings. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of
Behavior, 25 (3), 691-699. [PDF] |
|
BAUM, W.M. (1974). On two types of deviation from the
matching law : Bias and undermatching. Journal of the
Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 22 (1), 231-242.
[PDF] |
POLING, A. & FORSTER, T.M. (1993). The matching law
and organizational behavior management Revisited. Journal
of Organizational Behavior Management, 14 (1),
83-97. |
|
HERRNSTEIN, R.J. (1974). Formal properties of the matching
law. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior
76, 49-69.
[PDF] |
MACE, F.C., NEEF, N.A., SHADE, D. & MAURO, B.C.
(1994). Limited matching on concurrent-schedule
reinforcement of academic behavior. Journal of
Applied Behavioral Analysis, 27 (4), 585-596. [PDF] |
|
HERRNSTEIN, R.J. & LOVELAND, D.H. (1975). Maximizing
and matching on concurrent ratio schedules. Journal of
Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 24 (1), 107-116.
[PDF] |
HEYMAN, G.M. & MONAGHAN, M.M. (1994). Reinforcer
magnitude (sucrose concentration) and the matching law
theory of response strength. Journal of the
Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 61, 505-516. |
|
COHEN, S.L. (1975). Concurrent second-order schedules of
reinforcement. Journal of Experimental Analysis of
Behavior, 24 (3), 333-341. [PDF] |
BELKE, T.W. & NEUBAUER, J.A. (1997). Matching law
analysis of the effect of amphetamine on responding
reinforced by the opportunity to run. Psychological
Record, 47, 483-498. |
|
PLISKOFF, S.S. & BROWN, T.G. (1976). Matching with a
trio of concurrent variable-interval schedules of
reinforcement. Journal of the Experimental Analysis
of Behavior, 25 (1), 69-73. [PDF] |
PETRY, N.M. & HEYMAN, G.M. (1997). Rat toys,
reinforcers, and response strength : An examination of the
R(e) parameter in Herrnstein's equation. Behavioural
Processes, 39 (1), 39-52. [PDF] |
|
HERRNSTEIN, R.J. & LOVELAND, D.H. (1976). Matching in
a network. Journal of Experimental Analysis of
Behavior, 26 (2), 143-153. [PDF] |
HERRNSTEIN, R.J. (1997). The matching law: papers in
psychology and economics, Cambridge (MA): Har-
vard University Press. |
|
TIMBERLAKE, W. (1977). The application of the matching law
to simple ratio schedules. Journal of the
Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 25 (1), 215-217.
[PDF] |
BELKE, T.W. (1998). Qualitatively different reinforcers
and parameters of Herrnstein's (1970) response-strength
equation. Animal Learning & Behavior, 26, 235-242.
|
|
MYERS, W.L. & MYERS, L.E. (1977). Undermatching : Are-
appraisal of performance on concurrent variable-interval
schedules of reinforcement. Journal of the
Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 25, 203-214. [PDF] |
McDOWELL, J.J. & DALLERY, J. (1999). Falsification of
matching theory : Changes in the asymptote of Herrnstein's
hyperbola as a function of water deprivation. Journal
of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 72 (2),
251-268. [PDF] |
|
GRAFT, D.A., LEA, S.E.G. & WHITWORTH, T.L. (1977). The
matching law in and within groups of rats. Journal of
the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 27 (1),
183-194. [PDF] |
|
|
LOGUE, A.W. (1978). Escape from noise and undermatching. Psychological
Record, 28, 273-280. |
|
|
BAUM, W.M. ( (1979). Matching, undermatching, and
overmatching in studies of choice. Journal of the
Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 32 (2), 269-281.[PDF]
|
BOURRET, J. & VOLLMER, T.R. (2000). An application of
the matching law to evaluate the allocation of two- and
three-point shots by college basketball players. Journal
of Applied Behavior Analysis, 33 (2), 137-150.
[PDF] |
|
DAVISON, M.C. & TUSTIN, R.D. (1978). The relation
between the generalized matching law and signal-detection
theory. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of
Behavior, 29, 331-336. [PDF] |
BELKE, T.W. (2000). Studies of wheel-running
reinforcement: Parameters of Herrnstein's (1970)
response-strength equation vary with schedule order. Journal
of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 73 (3),
319-331. [PDF] |
|
LOGUE, A.W. & De VILLIERS, P.A. (1978). Matching in
concurrent variable-interval avoidance schedules.
Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 29,
61-67. [PDF] |
ANDERSON, K.G. & WOOLVERTON, W.L. (2000). Concurrent
variable-interval drug self-administration and the
generalized matching law : A drug-class comparison. Behavioural
Pharmacology, 11, 413-420. |
|
HEYMAN, G.M. & LUCE, R.D. (1979). Operant matching is
not a logical consequence of maximizing reinforcement
rate. Animal Learning & Behavior, 7,
133-140.
[PDF] |
STRAND, P.S. (2000). A modern behavioral perspective on
child conduct disorder: Integrating behavioral momentum
and matching theory. Clinical Psychology Review, 20,
593–615. |
|
|
HERRNSTEIN, R.J. (1979). Derivatives of matching.
Psychological Review, 86, 486-495. |
DALLERY, J., McDOWELL, J.J. & LANCASTER, J.S. (2000).
Falsification of matching theory's account of
single-alternative responding : Herrnstein's k varies with
sucrose concentration. Journal of the Experimental
Analysis of Behavior, 73 (1), 23-43. [PDF] |
|
McDOWELL, J.J. (1980). An analytic comparison of
Herrnstein's equations and a multivariate rate equation. Journal
of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 33 (3),
397-408. [PDF] |
NEVIN, J.A. & GRACE, R.C. (2000). Behavioral momentum
and the Law of Effect. Behavioral & Brain
Sciences, 23, 73-130. |
|
BAUM, W.M. (1981). Optimization and the matching law as
accounts of instrumental behavior. Journal of the
Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 36 (3),
387-403. [PDF] |
STRAND, P.S. (2001). Momentum, matching, and meaning :
Toward a fuller exploitation of operant principles.
The Behavior Analyst Today, 2 (3), 170-184. [PDF] |
|
VAUGHAN, W. (1981). Melioration, matching, and
maximization. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of
Behavior, 36 (2), 141-149. [PDF] |
BELKE, T.W. & BELLIVEAU, J. (2001). The general
matching law describes choice on concurrent
variable-interval schedules of wheel-running
reinforcement. Journal of the Experimental Analysis
of Behavior, 75 (3), 103-120. [PDF] |
|
LOGUE, A.W. & De VILLIERS, P.A. (1981). Matching of
behavior maintained by concurrent shock avoidance and food
reinforcement. Behaviour Analysis Letters, 1,
247-258. |
|
|
McDOWELL, J.J. (1981). On the validity and utility of
Herrnstein's hyperbola in applied behavior analysis. In
C.M. Bradshaw, E. Szabadi & C.F. Lowe (Eds.), Quantification
of steady-state operant behaviour (pp. 95-109).
North Holland : Elsevier. |
FORGET, J., DONAIS, N. et GIROUX, N. (2001). La loi de
l'appariement et ses applications en psychologie clinique
et en éducation. Revue Canadienne de Psycho-Education,
30, 311-327. |
|
WEARDEN, J.H. & BURGESS, I.S. (1982). Matching since
Baum (1979). Journal of the Experimental Analysis of
Behavior, 38, 339-348. |
|
|
PRELEC, D. (1982). Matching, maximizing, and the
hyperbolic reinforcement feedback function. Psychological
Review, 89, 189-230. |
|
|
TIMBERLAKE, W. (1982). The emperor's clothes : assumption
of the matching theory. Dans M.L. Commons, R.J. Herrnstein
& H. Rachlin (Dir.), Quantitative analyses of
behavior : Matching and maximizing accounts (Vol.
II, pp. 549-568). Cambridge : Ballinger. |
ANDERSON, K.G., VELKEY, A.J. & WOOLVERTON, W.L.
(2002). The generalized matching law as a predictor of
choice between cocaine and food in rhesus monkeys. Psychopharmacology,
163, 319-326. |
|
SUNAHARA, D. & PIERCE, W.D. (1982). The matching law
and bias in a social exchange involving choice between
alternatives. Canadian Journal of Sociology, 7, 145-166. |
BORRERO, J.C. & VOLLMER, T. R. (2002). An application
of the matching law to severe problem behavior. Journal
of Applied Behavior Analysis, 35 (1), 13-27. [PDF] |
|
PIERCE, W.D. & EPLING, W.F. (1983). Choice matching
and human behavior : A review of the literature. The
Behavior Analyst, 6, 57-76. [PDF] |
BILLINGTON, E.J. & DiTOMMASO, N.M. (2003).
Demonstrations and applications of the matching law in
education. Journal of Behavioral Education, 12, 91-104. |
|
TRYON, W.W. (1983). Further implications of Herrnstein's
law of effect. American Psychologist, 38,
613-614. |
BOURRET, J. & VOLLMER, T.R. (2003). Basketball and the
matching law. Behavioral Technology Today, 3,
2-6. [PDF] |
|
LOGUE, A.W. (1983). Signal detection and matching:
Analyzing choice on concurrent variable-interval
schedules. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of
Behavior, 39, 107-127. |
|
|
BAUM, W.M. (1983). Matching, statistics, and common sense.
Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 39,
(3), 499-501. [PDF] |
ECOTT, C.L. & CRITCHFIELD, T.S. (2004). Noncontingent
reinforcement, alternative reinforcement, and the matching
law : A laboratory demonstration. Journal of Applied
Behavior Analysis, 37 (3), 249-265. [PDF] |
|
|
MYERSON, J. & HALE, S. (1984). Practical implications
of the matching law. Journal of Applied Behavior
Analysis, 17 (3), 367-380. [PDF] |
DALLERY, J., SOTO, P. L. & McDOWELL, J.J. (2005). A
test of the formal and modern theories of matching.
Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 84
(2), 129-145.[PDF] |
|
PRELEC, D. (1984). The assumptions underlying the
generalized matching law. Journal of the Experimental
Analysis of Behaviour, 41 (1), 1-7. [PDF] |
McDOWELL, J.J. (2005). On the classic and modern theories
of matching. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of
Behavior, 84 (1), 111-127. [PDF] |
|
TIMBERLAKE, W. (1984). The theoretical basis of the
matching law : The bare-bones model is a better buy. Contemporary
Psychology, 29, 678-679. |
McDOWELL, J.J. & ANSARI, Z. (2005). The quantitative
law of effect is a robust emergent emergent property of an
evolutionary algorithm for reinforcement learning. Dans M.
Capcarrere, A. Freitas, P. Bentley, C. Johnson & J.
Timmis (Dir.), Advances in articial life : ECAL 2005,
LNAI 3630. (pp. 413-422). Berlin : Springer-Verlag. |
|
REDMON, W.K. & LOCKWOOD, K. (1986). The matching
lawandoccupationalbehavior. Journal of Organizational
Behavior Management, 8 (1), 57-72. |
ST. PETER, C.C., VOLLMER, T R., BOURRET, J.C., BORRERO,
C.S.W., SLOMAN, K.N. & RAPP, J.T. (2005). On the role
of attention in naturally occurring matching relations. Journal
of Applied Behavior Analysis, 38 (4), 429-443. [PDF] |
|
McDOWELL, J.J. (1986). On the falsifiability of matching
theory. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of
Behavior, 45 (1), 63-74.
[PDF] |
SCHNEIDER, S.M. & DAVISON, M. (2005). Demarcated
response sequences and the generalised matching law. Behavioural
Processes, 70 (1), 51-61. |
|
HEYMAN, G.M. & MONAGHAN, M.M. (1987). Effects of
changes in response requirement and deprivation on the
parameters of the matching law equation: New data and
review. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Animal
Behavior Processes, 13, 384-394. |
REED, D.D., CRITCHFIELD, T.S. & MARTENS, B.K. (2006).
The generalized matching law in elite sport competition :
Football play calling as operant choice. Journal of
Applied Behavior Analysis, 39 (3), 281-297. [PDF] |
|
RODRIGUEZ, M.L. & LOGUE, A.W. (1986). Independence of
the amount and delay ratios in the generalized matching
law. Animal Learning & Behavior, 14, 29-37. |
GALLISTEL, C.R., KING, A.P., GOTTLIEB, D., BALCI, F.,
PAPACHRISTOS, E.B., SZALECKI, M. & CARBONE, K.S.
(2007). Is matching innate ? Journal of the
Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 87, 161-199. [PDF] |
|
McDOWELL, J.J. (1988). Matching theory in natural human
environments. The Behavior Analyst, 11, 95-109.
[PDF] |
BORRERO, J.C., CRISOLO, S.S., TU, Q., RIELAND, W.A., ROSS,
N.A., FRANCISCO, M.T. & YAMAMOTO, K.Y. (2007). An
application of the matching law to social dynamics.
Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 40 (4),
589-601.
[PDF] |
|
DAVISON, M. & McCARTHY, D. (1988). The matching
law : A research review. Hillsdale, NJ : Lawrence
Erlbaum Associates, Inc. |
KOFFARNUS, M.N. & WOODS, J.H. (2008). Quantification
of Drug choice with the generalized matching law in rhesus
monkeys. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of
Behavior, 89 (2), 209-224. [PDF] |
|
RACHLIN, H., GREEN, L. & TORMEY, B. (1988). Is there a
decisive test between matching and maximizing ? Journal
of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 50 (2),
113-123. [PDF] |
ALFERINK, L.A., CRITCHFIELD, T.S., HITT, J.L. &
HIGGINS, W.J. (2009). Generality of the matching law as a
descriptor of shot selection in basketball. Journal
of Applied Behavior Analysis, 42 (3), 595-608. [PDF] |
|
McDOWELL, J.J. (1989). Two modern developments in matching
theory. The Behavior Analyst, 11 (2), 153-166.
[PDF] |
SCHNEIDER, S.M. & LICKLITER, R. (2010). Choice in the
quail neonate : The origins of generalized matching. Journal
of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 94 (3),
315-326. [PDF] |
|
MARTENS, B.K. & HOUK, J.L. (1989). The application of
Herrnstein's law of effect to disruptive and on-task
behavior of a retarded adolescent girl. Journal of
the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 51 (1),
17-27. [PDF] |
BORRERO, C.S.W., VOLLMER, T.R., BORRERO, J.C., BOURRET,
J.C., SLOMAN, K.N., SAMAHA, A.L. & DALLERY, J. (2010).
Concurrent reinforcement schedules for problem behavior
and appropriate behavior : Experimental applications of
the matching law. Journal of the Experimental
Analysis of Behavior, 93 (3), 455-469. [PDF] |
| |
CARON, P.-O. (2013). On applying the matching law to
between-subject data. Animal Behaviour, 85, 857-860. |
|
D'AMATO, M.R. & COLOMBO, M. (1989). On the limits of
the matching concept in monkeys (Cebus apella). Journal
of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 52 (3),
225-236. [PDF] |
McDOWELL, J.J. (2013). On the theoretical and empirical
status of the matching law and matching theory. Psychological
Bulletin, 139, 1000-1028. |
| |
CARON, P.-O. (2013). On the empirical status of the
matching law: Comment on McDowell (2013). Psychological
Bulletin, 139 (5), 1029-1031. |
| |
CARON, P.-O. (2014). La loi généralisée de l'appariement :
une simulation de Monte-Carlo. Acta Comportamentalia,
22 (2), 169-179. [PDF] |
|
HETH, C.D., PIERCE, W.D., BELKE, T.W. & HENSCH, S.A.
(1989). The Effect of logarithmic transformation on
estimating the parameters of the generalized matching law.
Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 52
(1), 65-76. [PDF] |
RIVARD, M., FORGET, J., KERR, K. & BÉGIN, J. (2014).
Matching law and sensitivity to therapist's attention in
children with autism spectrum disorders. The
Psychological Record, 65, 79-88. |
| |
CARON, P.-O. (2015). Matching without learning.
Adaptive Behavior, 23, 227-233. |
| |
CARON, P.-O. (2017). Sur la loi de l'appariement Psychologie
Française, 62 (1), 29-55. |
| |
CARON, P.-O. (2019). Multilevel analysis of matching
behavior. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of
Behavior, 111 (2), 183-191. [PDF] |
| |
BAUM, W.M. & GRACE, R.C. (2020). Matching theory and
induction explain operant performance. Journal of the
Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 113 (2),
390-418. |
| |
BAUM, W.M. (2020). Matching, induction, and covariance
with mixed response-contingent food and noncontingent
food. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of
Behavior, 116 (1), 21-43. |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Programme
de renforcement concomitant et Lois |
| MALCUIT,
G., POMERLEAU, A. et MAURICE, P. (1995). Psychologie
de l'apprentissage : termes et concepts.
St-Hyacinthe : Edisem. |
|
|
|
Loi
de l'apprentissage : Ensemble de lois
qui décrivent le fonctionnement de l'apprentissage
des comportements.
Learning law. Behavioral law.
| |
|
|
HAGGERTY, M.R. (1913). The laws of learning. Psychological
Review, 20, 411- 422. |
CHURCH, R.M. (1973). Laws of learning. Review of R.F.
Brush (Ed.), Aversive conditioning and learning. Contemporary
Psychology, 18, 871-874.
|
|
GROSSBERG, S. (1998). Birth of a learning law. Neural
Networks Newsletter, 21, 1-4. |
|
MILLER, R.R. & ESCOBAR, M.E. (2002). Learning : Laws
and models of basic conditioning. In C.R. Gallistel (Ed.),
Learning, motivation, and emotion (Vol. 3, pp.
47-102). New York : John Wiley & Sons. |
|
SUNSTEIN, C.R. (2000). Behavioral law and economics.
Cambridge : Cambridge University Press. |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Lois |
|
|
Loi
de l'effet : Loi de
l'apprentissage formulée par Thorndike
pour rendre compte de l'apprentissage
par essais et erreurs. Cette loi
stipule que parmi les nombreuses réponses engendrées par une
situation, celles qui sont accompagnées ou suivies de près par un
état satisfaisant ou agréable pour l'organisme
seront plus fermement liées à cette situation, de sorte que,
l'organisme étant de nouveau confronté à la même situation, ces
réponses auront plus tendance à se reproduire que les autres. Law
of effect, Thorndike effect.
| |
|
|
THORNDIKE, E.L. (1927). The law of effect. American
Journal of Psychology, 39, 212- 222. |
GREENWALD, A.G. (1966). Nuttin's neglected critique of the
law of effect. Psychological Bulletin, 65,
199-205. |
|
STEPHENS, J.M. (1929). A mechanical explanation of the law
of effect. American Journal of Psychology, 41,
422- 431. |
SUBOSKI, M.D., GREENER, R.T. & PAPPAS, P. (1967). The
law of effect and the origin of the classically
conditioned response. Canadian Journal of Psychology,
21, 409-415. |
|
TOLMAN, E.C., HALL, C.S. & BRET-NALL, E.P.A. (1932).
Disproof of the law of effect and a substitution of the
laws of emphasis, motivation, and disruption. Journal
of Experimental Psychology, 15 (6), 601-614. |
SCHUSTER, R. & RACHLIN, H. (1968). Indifference
between punishment and free shock : Evidence for the
negative law of effect. Journal of the Experimental
Analysis of Behavior, 11 (6), 777-786. [PDF] |
|
THORNDIKE, E.L. (1933). A proof of the law of effect. Science,
77, 173-175. |
HERRNSTEIN, R.J. (1970). On the law of effect. Journal
of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 13 (2),
243-266. [PDF] |
|
GOODENOUGH, F. (1933). A note on Tolman's 'disproof of
Thorndike's law of effect. Journal of Experimental
Psychology, 16, 459-462. |
GORMEZANO, I. & COLEMAN, S.R. (1973). The law of
effect and CR contingent modification of the UCS. Conditional
Reflex, 8, 41-56. |
|
WATERS, R.H. (1934). The law of effect as a principle of
learning. Psychological Bulletin, 31, 408-425. |
BAUM, W.M. (1973). The correlation-based law of effect. Journal
of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 20 (1),
137-153.
[PDF] |
|
STEPHENS, J.M. (1934). A change in the interpretation of
the law of effect. British Journal of Psychology, 24,
266-275. |
DENNETT, D. (1975). Why the law of effect won't go away.Journal
of The Theory of Social Behavior, 5, 169-187. |
|
BROWN, W. (1935). On the law of effect. Psychogical
Bulletin, 32, 528. |
|
|
REED, H.B. (1935). An experiment on the law of effect in
learning the maze by human subjects. Journal of
Educational Psychology, 26, 695-700. |
|
|
GILLILAND, A.R. (1937).The law of effect in learning. Journal
of Comparative Psychology, 24 (3), 495-504. |
BOUZAS, A. (1978). The relative law of effect : Effects of
shock intensity on response strength in multiple
schedules. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of
Behavior, 30 (3), 307-314. [PDF] |
|
WAITS, J.V. (1937). The law of effect in the retained
situation. Archives of Psychology, 30, (208). |
KIMMEL, H.D. (1978). Notes from "Pavlov's Wednesdays" :
Pavlov's law of effect. American Journal of
Psychology, 89, 553-556. |
|
SCHLOSBERG, H. (1937). The relationship between success
and the laws of conditioning. Psychological Review,
44, 379-394. |
|
|
|
CARR, H.A. (1938). The law of effect : a round table
discussion : I. Psychological Review, 45, 191-199. |
|
|
CULLER, E.A. (1938). The law of effect : a round table
discussion : IV . Psychological Review, 45, 206-211. |
|
|
TOLMAN, E.C. (1938). The law of effect : a round table
discussion : II. Psychological Review, 45,
200-203. |
|
|
DASHIELL, J.F. (1938). The law of effect : a round table
discussion. Psychological Review, 45, 212-214. |
|
|
MUENZINGER, K.F. (1938). The law of effect : a round table
discussion. VI. Psychological Review, 45,
215-218. |
COLEMAN, S.R. & GORMEZANO, I. (1979). Classical
conditioning and the "law of effect" : Historical and
empirical assessment. Behaviorism, 7 (2), 1-3. |
|
THORNDIKE, E.L. (1938). The law of effect : a round table
discussion : III. Psychological Review, 45, 204-205. |
HOUSE, B.J., HANLEY, M.J. & MAGID, D.F. (1979). A
limitation on the law of effect. American Journal of
Mental Deficiency, 84, 132-136. |
|
RAZRAN, G.H.S. (1939). The law of effect or the law of
qualitative conditioning. Psychological Review, 46,
445-463. |
THOMAS, G.V. (1981). Contiguity, reinforcement and the law
of effect. Quarterly Journal of Experimental
Psychology, 33, 33-43. |
|
GUTHRIE, E.R. (1940). Association and the law of effect. Psychological
Review, 47, 127-149. |
ARMSTRONG, D.M. (1983). What is a law of nature ? Cambridge,
UK : Cambridge UP. |
|
WALLACH, H. & HENLE, M. (1941). An experimental
analysis of the law of effect. Journal of
Experimental Psychology, 28, 340-349. |
MARTENS, B.K., LOCHNER, D.G. & KELLY, S.Q. (1992). The
effects of variable-interval reinforcement on academic
engagement : A demonstration of matching theory.
Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 25 (1),
143-151. [PDF] |
|
RICE, P.B. (1946). The ego and the law of effect. Psychological
Review, 53, 307-320. |
HARPER, D.N. & McLEAN, A.P. (1992). Resistance to
change and the law of effect. Journal of the
Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 57 (3), 317–337.
[PDF] |
|
MOWRER, O.H. (1946). The law of effect and ego psychology.
Psychological Review, 53, 321-334. |
SILVERBERG, A. (1996). Psychological laws and
non-monotonic logic. Erkenntnis, 44 (2),
199-224. |
|
ZIRKLE, G.A. (1946).Success and failure in serial
learning. effect. Journal of Experimental Psychology,
36, 230-236. |
NEVIN, J.A. & GRACE, R.C. (2000). Behavioral momentum
and the law of effect. Behavioral & Brain
Sciences, 23, 73-90. |
|
ZIRKLE, G.A. (1946). Success and failure in serial
learning, II, Isolation and the Thorndike effect. Journal
of Experimental Psychology, 36, 302-315. |
GALLISTEL, C.R., MARK, T.A., KING, A.P. & LATHAM, P.
(2001). The rat approximates an ideal detector of changes
in rates of reward : Implications for the law of effect.
Journal of Experimental Psychology : Animal Behavior
Processes, 27 (4), 354-372. [PDF] |
|
POSTMAN, L. (1947). The history and present status of the
law of effect. Psychological Bulletin, 44 (6),
489-563. [PDF] |
McDOWELL J.J. & ANASARI, Z. (2005). The quantitative
law of effect is a robust emergent property of an
evolutionary algorithm for reinforcement learning. In M.
Capcarrere, A. Freitas, P. Bentley, C. Johnson & J.
Timmis (Eds.), Advances in artificial life : ECAL,
LNAI 3630 (pp. 413-422). Berlin : Springer-Verlag.
[PDF] |
|
MEEHL, P.E. (1950). On the circularity of the law of
effect. Psychological Bulletin, 47, 52-75. 331. |
MALONE, J.C. (2006). Response-contingent reinforcement :
Notes on the law of effect. European Journal of
Behavior Analysis, 7 (2), 103-106. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
Voir aussi Régularité
empirique et Lois |
|
|
|
|
|
Loi
de l'invariance perceptuelle : Principe de la perception
qui stipule que les objets conservent leur signification ( =
invariance) en dépit des modifications de positions, de couleur,
de brillance qu'ils peuvent subir.
|
Loi de l'offre et de la demande : Demand
| |
|
|
LEA, S.E. (1978). The psychology and economics of demand.
Psychological Bulletin, 85 (3), 441-466. |
|
|
|
Loi
de la continuité (du mouvement) : Loi
de la perception qui stipule que notre cerveau
regroupe des objets différents en fonction de leur direction. Law
of continuity.
|
Loi
de la familiarité : Loi de la
perception qui postule que notre
cerveau à tendance à compléter des groupes d'éléments (ici
des lignes) pour former des objets familiers, que l'on conanait. Law
of familiarity.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loi
de la perception : Ensemble de lois
qui décrivent le fonctionnement de la perception.
=
loi de la gestalt. (
): loi de la continuité,
loi de la fermeture, loi de la similarité, loi de la
symétrie, loi figure-fond.
Law of perception.
| |
|
|
THURSTONE, L.L. (1927). Psychophysical analysis.
American Journal of Psychology 38, 368-389. [LIRE] |
| COHEN, J. (1998). L'écran efficace. Trois lois
fondamentales de la perception visuelle. Documentaliste,
7 (3-4), 192-198. |
|
KUBOVY, M. & GEPSHTEIN, S. (2000). Gestalt : From
phenomena to laws. In K. Boyer & S. Sarkar (Eds.), Perceptual
organization for for artificial vision systems (pp.
41-72). Dordrecht, the Netherlands : Kluwer Academic
Publishers. |
|
OYAMA, T. & MIYANO, H. (2008). Quantification of
gestalt laws and proposal of a perceptual state-space
model. Gestalt Theory, 30 (1), 29-38. |
|
WAGEMANS, J., ELDER, J.H., KUBOVY, M., PALMER, S.E.,
PETERSON, M.A., SINGH, M. & VON DER HEYDT, R. (2012).
A century of gestalt psychology in visual perception : I.
Perceptual grouping and figure-ground organization.
Psychological Bulletin, 138 (6), 1172–1217. [PDF]
+ [PDF] |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Lois |
|
|
Loi
de la proximité (des objets) : Loi
de la perception qui stipule que l'on regroupe des éléments
similaires ou équivalents selon leur distance (ici on regroupe les
éléments lignes de cercles en un tout); plus les éléments sont
près, plus on a tendance à les regrouper.
Law
of proximity.
| |
|
 |
| |
|
OYAMA, T. (1960). Perceptual grouping as a function of
proximity. Perceptual and Motor Skills, 13,
305-306. |
|
ROCK, I. & BROSGOLE, L. (1964). Grouping based on
phenomenal proximity. Journal of Experimental
Psychology, 67, 531-538. |
|
KUBOVY, M. & WAGEMANS, J. (1995). Grouping by
proximity and multistability in dot lattices : A
quantitative Gestalt theory. Psychological science, 6
(4), 225-234. [PDF] |
|
VAN LIER, R. & WAGEMANS, J. (1997). Perceptual
grouping measured by color assimilation : Regularity
versus proximity. Acta Psychologica, 97 (1),
37-70. |
|
KUBOVY, M., HOLCOMBE, A.O. & WAGEMANS, J. (1998). On
the lawfulness of grouping by proximity. Cognitive
Psychology, 35, 71-98. |
|
OVERLIET K., KRAMPE, R. & WAGEMANS, J. (2012).
Perceptual grouping in haptic search : The influence of
proximity, similarity, and good continuation. Journal
of Experimental Psychology : Human Peception &
Performance, 38 (4), 817-821. |
|
Voir aussi Loi de la perception
et Lois |
|
|
Loi de la similarité : Loi de la
perception qui stipule que les éléments similaires ou
équivalents (ici des cercles noirs ou blancs) sont regoupés pour
formeer un tout (des lignes horizontales), même s'ils sont
éloignées les uns des autres.
Law of similarity.
| |
|
 |
| |
|
CLAESSENS, P. & WAGEMANS, J. (2008). A Bayesian
framework for cue integration in multistable grouping :
Proximity, collinearity, and orientation priors in zigzag
lattices. Journal of vision, 8 (7), 1-23. [PDF] |
|
CASCO, C., CAMPANA, G., HAN, S. & GUZZON, D. (2009).
Psychophysical and electrophysiological evidence of
independent facilitation by collinearity and similarity in
texture grouping and segmentation. Vision Research,
49,583-593. [PDF] |
|
OVERLIET, K., KRAMPE, R. & WAGEMANS, J. (2012).
Perceptual grouping in haptic search: The influence of
proximity, similarity, and good continuation. Journal
of Experimental Psychology : Human Peception &
Performance, 38 (4), 817-821. |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Loi de la perception
et Lois |
|
|
|
|
Loi
de Mendel : Il s'agit de trois lois formulées par
Mendel pour expliquer l'hérédité
des caractères. Précisons qu'à l'époque de Mendel,
on ne sait rien formellement des gènes
ni des chromosomes, même
si ces deux derniers concepts existent à l'état embryonnaire chez
Mendel. Ces trois lois sont : 1) Loi de l'uniformité des hybrides
de première génération (Dominance); 2) Loi de la ségrégation des
caractères (allèles); 3) Loi de l'indépendance des couples de
caractères (gènes). Tombées rapidemment dans l'oubli après leur
formulation, ces lois seront redécouvertes par trois au début du
20 e siècle par trois botanistes, De
Vries, Correns et
Tschermak-Seysenegg. Mendel's law.
| |
|
|
MENDEL, G. (1865/1907). Versuche über
pflanzenhybriden. Vereins in Brunn, 4, 3-47.
Experiments in plant hybridization/Recherches sur les
hybrides végétaux. Bulletin Scientifique de la France
et de la Belgique. [PDF] |
|
|
LEBON, G. (1895). Lois psychologiques de l'évolution
des peuples. Paris : Édition Félix Alcan. |
MORGAN, T.H. (1909). What are "factors" in mendelian
explanations ? American Breeders Association Reports,
5 (1), 365-368. [PDF]. |
|
CORRENS, C. ( 1900). G. Mendel's Regel über das Verhalten
der Nachkommenschaft der Rassenbastarde". Berichte
der Deutschen Botanischen Gesellschaft, 18, 158-168. |
|
|
De VRIES , H. (1900). Sur la loi de disjonction des
hybrides. Comptes Rendus de l'Académie des Sciences,
130, 845-847. |
CASTLE, W.E. (1913). Simplification of Mendelian formulæ.
The American Naturalist, 47 (555), 170-182 |
|
SPILLMAN, W.J. (1902). Exceptions to Mendel's law.
Science, 16 (411), 794-986. |
MORGAN, T.H., STURTEVANT, A.H., MULLER, H.J. &
BRIDGES, C.B. (1915). The mechanism of mendelian
heredity. New York : Henry Holt and Co. [LIRE] |
|
BATESON, W. (1902). Mendel's principles of heredity :
A defence. Cambridge : Cambridge University Press. |
CORCOS, A.F. & MONAGHAN, F.V. (1984). Mendel had no
"true" monohybrids. The Journal of heredity, 75
(6), 499–500. |
|
YULE, G.U. (1902). Mendel's Laws and their probable
relations to intra-racial heredity. The New
Phytologist, 1, 193-207/ 222-237. [PDF] |
MONAGHAN, F.V. & CORCOS, A.F. (1984). On the origins
of the Mendelian laws. Journal of Heredity, 75
(1), 67-69. |
|
WELDON, W.F.R. (1902). Mendel's laws of alternative
inheritance in peas. Biometrika, 1, 228-254. |
MONAGHAN, F.V. & CORCOS, A.F. (1987). Tschermak : a
non-discoverer of mendelism. II. A critique. Journal
of Heredity, 78 (3), 208-210. |
|
CASTLE, W.E. (1903). Mendel's laws of heredity. Science,
25 (456), 396-406. |
MONAGHAN, F.V. & CORCOS, A.F. (1990). The real
objective of Mendel's. Biology & Philosophy, 5 (3),
267-292. |
|
CASTLE, W.E. (1903). The laws of heredity of Galton and
Mendel, and some laws governing race improvement by
selection. Proceedings of the American Academy of
Arts & Sciences, 39 (8), 223-242. [PDF]
+ [PDF] |
HARWOOD, J. (2000). The rediscovery of Mendelism in
agricultural context: Erich von Tschermak as
plant-breeder. Comptes rendus de l'Academie des
sciences. Serie III, Sciences de la Vie, 323
(12), 1061–1067. |
|
|
|
|
Voir aussi Hérédité
et Mendel |
|
|
Loi
de Pfitz :
|
Loi
de Poisson : Loi et distribution
de Poisson proposées par Poisson.
Poisson' law.
| |
|
|
COCHRAN, W.G. (1940). The analysis of variance when
experimental errors follow the Poisson or binomial laws. Annals
of Mathematical Statistics, 11, 335-347. |
|
COX, D.R. (1953). Some simple approximate tests for
Poisson variates. Biometrika, 40, 354-360. |
|
GRIDGEMAN, N.T. (1968). Probability and sex. The
American Statistician, 29. |
|
MULLET, G.M. (1977). Simæ on Poisson and the National
Hockey League. The American Statistician, 8-12. |
|
FROME E.L. & CHECKOWAY, H. (1985). Use of Poisson
regression models in estimating incidence rates and
ratios. American Journal of Epidemiology, 121,
309-323. |
|
|
Voir aussi Poisson
et Loi des probabilités |
|
|
|
Loi
de Prägnanz : Terme proposé par Kohler
pour désigner les lois de la perception
qui ont en commun la tendance à ramener des groupes d'éléments
(complexe) à des formes simples.
=
loi de la bonne forme, loi de la clarté.
Law
of Prägnanz.
|
Loi
de Say :
|
Loi
de Spearman : Spearman's law.
| |
|
|
REYNOLDS, M., HAJOVSKY, D.B., NIILIKSELA, C. & KEITH,
T.Z. (2011). Spearman's law of diminishing returns and the
DAS-II : Do g effects on subtest scores depend on the
level of g ? School Psychology Quarterly, 26,
275-289. |
|
REYNOLDS, M., KEITH, T.Z. & BERETVAS, S.N. (2010). Use
of factor mixture modeling to capture Spearman's law of
diminishing returns. Intelligence, 38, 231-241. |
|
REYNOLDS, M. & KEITH, T.Z. (2007). Spearman's law of
diminishing returns in hierarchical models of intelligence
for children and adolescents. Intelligence, 35,
267-281. |
|
|
|
Voir aussi
Intelligence générale, Spearman
et Lois |
|
|
Loi
de Stevens : Loi de la
psychophysique formulée par
Stevens. Cette loi établit une relation entre la grandeur
physique d'un stimulus et
l'intensité perçue.
Stevens'
power law.
| |
|
|
STEVENS, S.S. (1957). On the psychophysical law. Psychological
Review, 64 (3), 153-181. |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Lois |
|
|
|
|
Loi
de Weber : Loi de la
perception (détections des écarts entre les stimuli).
Weber's
law.
| |
(ΔI)
= K |
| ---------- |
| I |
|
|
FULLERTON, G.S. & CATTEL, J.M. (1892). On the
perception of small differences. Philadelphia :
Publicaton of University of Philadelphia. |
|
|
THURSTONE, L.L. (1927). Three psychophysical laws.
Psychological Review, 34, 424-432. [LIRE] |
|
|
BLUMENFELD, W. (1951/52). The precision of the "black
thread method" and Weber's law. Acta psychologica,
8, 201-218. |
JORDAN, K. & BRANNON, E.M. (2006). A common
representational system governed by Weber's Law :
Nonverbal numerical similarity judgments in six-year-old
children and rhesus macaques. Journal of Experimental
Child Psychology 95, 215-229. |
|
GIBBON, J. (1977). Scalar expectancy theory and Weber's
law in animal timing. Psychological Review, 84,
279-325. |
JORDAN, K. & BRANNON, E.M. (2006). The influence of
Weber's law on the numerical representations of rhesus
macaques (Macaca mulatta). Animal Cognition, 9 (3),
159-172. |
|
ASHBY, F.G. (1987). Counting and timing models in
psychophysics and the conjoint Weber's law. Journal
of Mathematical Psychology, 31, 419-428. [PDF] |
BRANNON, E.M., LIBERTUS, M., MECK, W.H. & WOLDORFF, M.
(2008). Electrophysiological measures of time processing
in infant and adult brains : Weber's law holds. Journal
of Cognitive Neuroscience, 20, 193-203. [PDF] |
|
LOWE, C.F. & WEARDEN, J.H. (1981). Weber's law and the
fixed-interval post-reinforcement pause. Behaviour
Analysis Letters, 1, 27-32. |
|
|
|
|
Voir aussi Loi de la perception
et Lois |
|
|
Loi
des grands nombres : Synonyme de loi
des probabilités. Si on lance un très grand nombre de fois
une pièce de monnaie, on obtient presque autant de piles que de
faces. En statistiques,
cette régularité se nomme la loi des grands nombres.
Cette loi stipule que, lorsque les lancers sont indépendants les
uns des autres, la fréquence
observée d'un événement x (obtenir pile) va tendre vers
la probabilité
d'apparition de cet événement (soit une fois sur deux). Law
of large numbers.
| |
|
|
REVESZ, P. (1968). The laws of large numbers. Academic
Press. |
|
TVERSKY, A. & KAHNEMAN, D. (1971). Belief in the law
of small numbers. Psychological Bulletin, 76
(2), 105-110. [LIRE] |
|
HOFFMAN-JORGENSEN, J. & PISIER, G. (1976). The law of
large numbers and the central limit theorem in Banach
spaces. Annals of Probability, 4, 587-599. |
|
SENETA, E. (2013). A tricentenary history of the law of
large numbers.Bernoull, 19 (4), 1088-1121. |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Loi des probabilités |
|
|
|
|
Loi
du hasard : Voir Lois
(Probabilités/Hasard). Probability
distribution.
|
Loi
des trajectoires communes : Loi
de la perception qui stipule que les éléments en mouvement
ayant la même trajectoire sont perçues comme faisant partie d'un
tout, de la même forme.
|
|
|
|
|
Loi
du tout ou rien : La stimulation en un point de la
membrane de l'axone d'un neurone
peut produire une dépolarisation membranaire suffisante (valeur
seuil) pour entraîner l'apparition d'un potentiel
d'action. Ce phénomène électrique est une inversion brutale
et transitoire du potentiel de la membrane, qui obéit à la loi
du tout ou rien, et se propage de proche en proche, sans
atténuation, tout au long de la membrane de ce neurone. Autrement
dit, si la stimulation est insuffisante, on n'enregistre rien; si
elle est suffisante (valeur seuil), on enregistre un potentiel
d'action et l'influx "saute" le long de l'axone. On doit la
formulation de cette loi à Eccles
et Adrian Loi du tout ou
rien et potentiel
d'action. = seuil d'activation,
seuil d'excitabilité.
All-or-none law.
| |
STÄMPEL, R. (1954). Saltatory conduction in nerve. Physiological Reviews, 34, 101-112. |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Lois |
|
|
Loi
figure-fond : Loi de la
perception, qui nous permet, par constraste, de distinguer
des objets différents selon que l'on se concentre sur le fond (ici
un vase) ou sur la figure (deux profils humains).
Law
of figure and ground, figure-ground organization, figure-ground
perception.
| |
|
 |
| |
|
ROCK, I. (1950). A re-examination of the effect of
monetary reward and punishment on figure-ground
perception. Journal of Experimental Psychology, 40
(6), 766-776.
[PDF] |
SKIERA, G., PETERSEN, D., SKALEJ, M. & FAHLE, M.
(2000). Correlates of figure-ground segregation in fMRI.
Vision Research, 40, 2047-2056. |
| |
VECERA, S.V. & O'REILLY, R.C. (2000). Graded effects
in hierarchical figure-ground organization : Reply to
Peterson. Journal of Experimental Psychology : Human
Perception & Performance, 26, 1221-1230. [PDF] |
| |
MINGUS, B., KRIETE, T., HERD, S., WYATTE, D., LATIMER, K.
& O'REILLY, R.C. (2011). Generalization of figure-
ground segmentation from monocular to binocular vision in
an embodied biological brain model. In J. Schmidhuber,
K.R. Thorisson & M. Looks (Eds.), Artificial
General Intelligence (pp. 351-356). International
Conference on Artificial General Intelligence. |
|
KIENKER, P.K., SEJNOWSKI, T.J., HINTON, G.E. &
SCHUMACHER, L.E. (1986). Separating figure from ground
with a parallel network. Perception, 15, 197-216.
[PDF] |
WAGEMANS, J., ELDER, J.H., KUBOVY, M., PALMER, S E.,
PETERSON, M A., SINGH, M. & VON DER HEYDT, R. (2012).
A century of gestalt psychology in visual perception :
Perceptual grouping and figure-ground organization.
Psychological Bulletin, doi: 10.1037/a0029333 [PDF] |
|
GROSSBERG, S. (1993). Boundary, brightness, and depth
interactions during preattentive representation and
attentive recognition of figure and ground. Italian
Journal of Psychology, 20, 771-804. |
PIND, J.L. (2012). Figure and ground at 100. The
Psychologist, 25 (1), 90-91. [PDF] |
|
LAMME, V.A. (1995). The neurophysiology of figure-ground
segregation in primary visual cortex. Journal of
Neuroscience, 15, 1605-1615. |
FISCHER, S.L. (2012). The gestalt research tradition:
Figure and ground. Gestalt Review, 16 (1), 3-6,
[PDF] |
|
VECERA, S.V. & O'REILLY, R.C. (1998). Figure-ground
organization and object recognition processes : An
interactive account. Journal of Experimental
Psychology : Human Perception & Performance, 24, 441-462.
[PDF] |
PIND, J.L. (2013). Edgar Rubin and psychology in
Denmark : Figure and ground. New York : Springer. |
|
|
Voir aussi Lois |
|
|
Loi
normale : Loi des probabilités
formulée quasi simultanément et de façon indépendante par Laplace
et Gauss. =
Loi de Laplace-Gauss, courbe en cloche. Laplace-Gauss
law.
|
Loisir
: Ensemble d'activités
qui permettent de se détendre, de se distraire ou de s'amuser
= temps libre, passe-temps. ( ):
Échec, jeu
de hasard, jeu vidéo.
Leisure, outdoor recreation.
| |
|
|
BURCH, W.R. (1969). The social circles of leisure :
Competing explanations. Journal of Leisure Research,
1 (2), 125-147. |
EDGINGTON, C., JORDAN, D., DEGRAAF, D. & EDGINTON, S.
(1998). Leisure and life satisfaction : Foundational
perspectives. Boston : McGraw-Hill. |
|
ORTHNER, D.K. & MANCINI, J.A. (1990). Leisure impacts
on family interaction and cohesion. Journal of Leisure
Research, 22 (2), 125-137. |
PHILIPP, S.F. (1999). Are we welcome ? African-American
racial acceptance in leisure activities and the importance
given to children's leisure. Journal of Leisure
Research, 31 (4), 385-403. |
|
WYER, J.F. & HUTCHISON, R. (1990). Outdoor recreation
participation and preferences by black and white Chicago
households. In J. Vining (Ed.), Social science and
natural resource recreation management (pp.
49-67). Boulder, CO : Westview Press. |
|
|
SCHOR, J. (1993). Overworked American : The
unexpected decline of leisure. New York : Basic. |
HIBBLER, D.K. & SHINEW, K.J. (2002). Interracial
couples' experience of leisure : A social network approach.
Journal of Leisure Research, 34 (2), 135-156. [PDF] |
|
PHILIPP, S.F. (1995). Race and leisure constraints.
Leisure Sciences, 17, 109-120. |
WILKINSON, T. & HANSEN, J-I.C. (2006). The
relationship among leisure interests, personality traits,
affect, and mood. Measurement & Evaluation in
Counseling & Development, 39, 31-41. |
|
PELLETIER, L.G., VALLERAND, R.J., GREEN-DEMMERS, I.,
BRIÈRE, N.M. & BLAIS, M.R. (1995). Loisirs et santé
mentale : Les relations entre la motivation pour la
pratique des loisirs et le bien-être psychologique. Canadian
Journal of Behavioural Sciences, 27, 140-156. [PDF] |
HANSEN, J-I.C., DIK, B. & ZHOU, C. (2008). An
examination of the structure of leisure interests of
college students, working age adults, and retirees. Journal
of Counseling Psychology, 55, 133-145. |
|
|
|
Lolordo
Vincent M. ( ) : Psychologue
cognitivo-béhaviorisme
canadien et spécialiste de l'étude du conditonnement
répondant. Collaborateur de
Berridge, Bitterman,
Church, Delamater,
Overmier, Rashotte,
Rescorla et Solomon.
|
RESCORLA, R.A. & LOLORDO, V.M. (1965). Inhibition of
avoidance behavior. Journal of Comparative &
Physiological Psychology, 59, 406-412. |
|
BITTERMAN, M.E., LOLORDO, V.M., OVERMIER, J.B. &
RASHOTTE, M.E. (1979/82). Animal learning : Survey
and analysis. New York : Plenum Press /
L'apprentissage chez l'animal : faits et theories.
Paris : Plenum Press. |
|
LOLORDO, V.M. & DROUNGAS, A. (1989). Selective
associations and adaptive specializations : Taste
aversions and phobias. In S. Klein & P. Mowrer (Eds),
Contemporary learning theories : Instrumental
conditioning theory and the impact of biological
constraints on learning. Hillsdale, N.J. :
Erlbaum. |
|
LOLORDO, V.M. (2000). Classical conditioning. In A. Kazdin
(Ed.), Encyclopedia of psychology. Washington,
D.C. : American Psychological Associationand Oxford
University Press. |
|
LOLORDO, V.M. (2001). Learned helplessness and depression.
In M.E. Carroll & J.B. Overmier (Eds.), Animal
research and human health. Washington, D.C. :
American Psychological Association. |
|
|
|
|
|
Longeot
François (1956-) : Psychologue
cogntiviste européen,
d'origine française, et spécialiste du developpement
cognitif, notamment des stades
opératoires. Étudiant de
Reuchlin. Collaborateur de Larivée.
|
LONGEOT, F. (1968). La filiation des opérations
intellectuelles lors du passage du stade préformel au
stade opératoire formel. Enfance, 21 (5),
367-378. [PDF] |
| LONGEOT, F. (1968). La pédagogie des mathématiques et le développement des opérations formelles dans le second
cycle de l'enseignement secondaire. Enfance, 21 (5),
379-389. [PDF] |
|
LONGEOT, F. (1969). Psychologie différentielle et
théorie opératoire de l'intelligence. Paris :
Dunod. |
|
LONGEOT, F. (1978). Les stades opératoires de Piaget
et les facteurs de l'intelligence. Grenoble :
Presses Universitaires de Grenoble. |
| LONGEOT, F., LEMOINE, M. et THOMAS, L. (1988).
L'entraînement aux opérations formelles chez les
adolescents situés au niveau opératoire concret et le
problème des stades. Archives de Psychologie, 56,
171-135. |
|
|
|
Longévité
: Durée de la vie.
= espérance de vie. Longevity.
| |
|
|
|
FRIEDMAN, H.S., TUCKER, J.S., TOMLINSON-KEASEY, C.,
SCHWARTZ, J. WINGARD, D. & CRIQUI, M.H. (1993). Does
childhood personality predict longevity ? Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 65, 176-185. |
MARTIN, L.R., FRIEDMAN, H.S., CLARK, K.M. & TUCKER,
J.S. (2005). Longevity following the experience of
parental divorce. Social Science & Medicine, 61,
2177-2189. |
|
TERRACCIANO, A., LÖCKENHOFF, C.E., ZONDERMAN, A.B.,
FERRUCCI, L. & COSTA, P.T. (2008). Personality
predictors of longevity: Activity, emotional stability,
and conscientiousness. Psychosomatic Medicine, 70,
621–627. |
|
WINGARD, D.L., CRIQUI, K.H., EDELSTEIN, S., TUCKER, J.,
TOMLINSON-KEASEY, C., SCHWARTZ, J.E. & FRIEDMAN, H.S.
(1994). Is breastfeeding in infancy associated with adult
longevity ? American Journal of Public Health, 84, 1458-1462. |
KERN, M.L. & FRIEDMAN, H.S. (2009). Early educational
milestones as predictors of lifelong academic achievement,
midlife adjustment, and longevity. Journal of Applied
Developmental Psychology, 30, 419-430. |
|
TUCKER, J.S., FRIEDMAN, H.S., TSAI, C.M. & MARTIN,
L.R. (1995). Playing with pets and longevity among the
elderly. Psychology & Aging, 10, 3-7. |
KERN, M.L., FRIEDMAN, H.S., MARTIN, L.R., REYNOLDS,
C.A. & LUONG, G. (2009). Conscientiousness, career
success, and longevity : A lifespan analysis. Annals
of Behavioral Medicine, 37, 154-163. |
|
TUCKER, J.S., FRIEDMAN, H.S., WINGARD, D.L. &
SCHWARTZ, J.E. (1996). Marital history at mid-life as a
predictor of longevity : Alternative explanations to the
protective effect of marriage. Health Psychology, 15,
94-101. |
DIENER, E. & CHAN, M.Y. (2011). Happy people live
longer : Subjective well-being contributes to health and
longevity. Applied Psychology : Health &
Well-Being, 3, 1-43. [PDF] |
|
GOTTFREDSON, L. & DEARY, I.J. (2004). Intelligence
predicts health and longevity, but why ? Current
Directions in Psychological Science, 13 (1), 1-4.
[PDF] |
FRIEDMAN, H.S., KERN, M.L. & REYNOLDS, C. A. (2010).
Personality and health, subjective well-being, and
longevity. Journal of Personality, 78, 179-215. |
|
KERN, M.L., DELLA PORTA, S.S. & FRIEDMAN, H.S. (2014).
Lifelong pathways to longevity : Personality,
relationships, flourishing, and health. Journal of
Personality, 82, 472-484. |
|
|
|
|
Longstreth
Langdon E. ( ) : Psychologue
cognitiviste
américain. Il s'intéresse notamment à la
frustration, à l'extinction
et à la loi de Hick.
|
LONGSTRETH, L.E. (1964).
Partial reinforcement effect and extinction as a function
of frustration and interfering responses. Journal
of Experimental Psychology, 67,581-586. |
|
LONGSTRETH, L.E. (1966). Frustration and secondary
reinforcement concepts as applied to human instrumental
conditioning and extinction. Psychological Monographs
: General & Applied, 80 (11), 1–29. |
|
LONGSTRETH, L.E., EL-ZAHAR, N. & ALCORN, M.B. (1985).
Exceptions to Hick’s law : Explorations with a response
duration measure. Journal of Experimental Psychology :
Genera, 114, 417–434. |
|
LONGSTRETH, L.E. & ALCORN, M.B. (1987). Hick’s law
versus a power law : Reply to Welford. Journal of
Experimental Psychology : General,
116, 315–316. |
|
LONGSTRETH, L.E. (1988). Hick's law : Its limit is 3 bits.
Bulletin of the Psychonomic Society, 26 (1), 8-10. |
|
|
| KVÂLSETH, T.O. (1989). Longstreth et al.'s reaction time
model : Some comments. Bulletin of the Psychonomic
Society, 27 (4), 358-360. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
|
Loomes Graham (1950-) : Économiste
britannique et spécialiste de la
théorie des jeux. Il s'intéresse également aux
risques. Collaborateur de
Sugden.
|
LOOMES, G. & SUGDEN, R. (1982). Regret theory : An
alternative theory of rational choice under uncertainty. The
Economic Journa, 93 (368), 805-824. |
|
LOOMES, G., ORR, S. & SUGDEN, R. (2009). Taste
uncertainty and status quo effects in consumer choice. Journal
of Risk & Uncertainty, 3 (2), 113-135. |
|
LOOMES, G., STARMER, C. & SUGDEN, R. (2010).
Preference reversals and disparities between willingness
to pay and willingness to accept in repeated markets.
Journal of Economic Psychology, 31 (3), 374-387. |
|
LOOMES, G. & POGREBNA, G. (2014). Testing for
independence while allowing for probabilistic choice.
Journal of Risk & Uncertainty, 49, (3),
189-211. |
|
LOOMES, G. (2014). Quantitative tests of the perceived
relative argument model : reply to Guo and Regenwetter
(2014). Psychological Review, 121 (4), 706-710. |
|
|
|
Loonis Éric ( ) : Médecin français et
spécialiste du traitement et de l'étude de la dépendance.
|
LOONIS, E. (1997). Notre cerveau est un drogué, vers
une théorie générale des addictions. Toulouse :
Presses Universitaires du Mirail. |
|
LOONIS, E. (1998). Vers une écologie de l'action. Psychotropes, 4 (1), 33-48. |
|
LOONIS, E. et SZTULMAN, H. (1998), Le fonctionnement de
notre cerveau serait-il de nature addictive ? L'Encéphale, 24, 26-32. |
|
LOONIS, E., APTER, M.J. (2000). Addictions et système
d'actions. L'Encéphale, 26 (2), 63-69. |
|
LOONIS, E., APTER, M.J. & SZTULMAN, H. (2000).
Addiction as a function of action system properties.
Addictive Behaviors, 25 (3), 477-481. |
|
|
|
Lopicollo Joseph (Los Angeles 1943-2019 Columbia) :
Psychologue et sexologue
américain, spécialiste des dysfonctions
sexuelles, notamment des dysfonctions
érectiles, et des thérapies visant à aider les victimes d'agression
sexuelle. Collaborateur de
Blatt.
 |
LOPICOLLO, J. & LOPICOLLO, L. (Eds.) (1978). Handbook
of sex therapy. New York : Plenum Press. |
|
LOPICOLLO, J. (1985). Diagnosis and treatment of male
sexual dysfunction. Journal of Sex & Marital
Therapy, 11 (4), 215-232. |
|
LOPICOLLO, J. & STOCK, W.E. (1986). Treatment of
sexual dysfunction. Journal of Consulting &
Clinical Psychology, 54 (2), 158-167. |
|
LOPICOLLO, J. (1992). Postmodern sex therapy for erectile
failure. In R.C. Rosen & S.R. Leiblum (Eds.), Erectile disorders : Assessment and treatment (pp. 171-197). New York : Guilford Press. |
|
LOPICOLLO, J. (1999). Psychological evaluation of erectile failure. In C.C. Carson, R.S. Kirby & I. Goldstein
(Eds.), Textbook of male erectile dysfunction. Oxford, England : Isis Media Ltd. |
|
|
|
Lorand Sandor (1892-1987) :
Psychanalyste hongrois. Avec Brill,
il a fondé l'Institut de
Psychanalyse de New York. Analysé par Ferenczi.
 |
LORAND, S. (1928). A narcissistic neurosis with
hypochondriac symptoms. Psychoanalytic Review, 15,
261-277. |
|
LORAND, S. (1933). The psychology of nudism. Psychoanalytic
Review, 20, 197-207. |
|
LORAND, S. (1939). Contribution to the problem of vaginal orgasm. International Journal of Psycho-Analysis, 20,
432-438. |
|
LORAND, S. & FEELDMAN, S. (1955). The symbolism of
teeth in dreams. International Journal of
Psycho-Analysis, 36, 145-160. |
|
LORAND, S. (1967). Adolescent depression. International Journal of Psycho-Analysis, 48, 53-60. |
|
|
|
|
|
Lorch Elisabeth Pugzles ( ) : Psychologue
cognitivisme
américaine et spécialiste de l'étude de l'étude de
l'attention, notamment chez les enfants qui regardent la télévision
ont qui ont un trouble du déficit
de l'attention avec hyperactivié. Collaboratrice de Anderson
et Lorch.
|
LORCH, E.P., ANDERSON, D.R. & LEVIN, S.R. (1979). The relationship of visual attention and children's comprehension of television. Child Development, 26, 126-135. |
|
LORCH, E.P. & HORN, D.G. (1986). Habituation of
attention to irrelevant stimuli in elementary school
children. Journal of Experimental Child Psychology,
41, 184-197. |
|
LORCH, E.P. & CASTLE, V.J. (1997). Preschool
children's attention to television : Visual attention and
probe response times. Journal of Experimental Child
Psychology, 66, 111-127. |
|
LORCH, E.P., MILICH, R. & BERTHIAUME, K.S. (2004). Why don't children with ADHD understand why ? The ADHD
Report, 12, 1-5. |
|
LORCH, E.P., MILICH, R. ASTRIN, C.C. & BERTHIAUME, K.S. (2006). Cognitive engagement and story comprehension in typically developing children and children with ADHD from preschool through elementary school. Developmental Psychology, 42, 1206-1219. |
|
|
|
Lorch
Marjorie Perlman ( ) :
Neuropsychologue et historienne des sciences britannique, spécialisée dans l'étude de l'organisation cérébrale du
|
LORCH, M.P. (2008). The merest logomachy : The 1868
Norwich discussion of aphasia by Hughlings Jackson and
Broca. Brain, 131 (6), 1658–1670. |
|
LORCH, M.P. & HELLAL, P. (2010). Darwin's “Natural
science of babies”. Journal of the History of the
Neurosciences, 19, 140-157. |
|
LORCH, M.P. (2011). Re-examining Paul Broca’s
initial presentation of M. Leborgne : understanding the
impetus for brain and language research. Cortex, 47, 1228–1235.
|
LORCH, M.P. (2013). Examining language functions : a
reassessement of Henry Charlton Bastian’s contribution to
aphasia assessment. Brain, 136, 2629–2637.
|
|
LORCH, M.P. (2019). The long view of language
localization. Frontiers of Neuroanatomy, 13 [52],
1-12. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Lorch Robert F. ( ) : Psychologue
cognitivisme
américain et spécialiste de l'étude de la rédaction
et de la lecture.
Collaborateur de Lorch.
|
LORCH, R.F. (1978). The role of two types of semantic
information in the processing of false sentences. Journal of Verbal Learning & Verbal Behavior, 17, 523-537. |
|
LORCH, R.F. & LORCH, E.P. (1985). Topic structure
representation and text recall. Journal of Educational
Psychology, 77, 137-148. |
|
LORCH, R.F., BLATO, D.A. & STAMM, E.G. (1986). Locus
of inhibition effects in the priming of lexical decisions : pre- or postlexical access ? Memory & Cognition, 14 (2), 95-103. |
|
LORCH, R.F., LORCH, E.P. & KLUSEWITZ, M.A. (1995).
Effects of typographical cues on reading and recall of
text. Contemporary Educational Psychology, 20,
51-64. |
|
LORCH, R.F., LORCH, E.P., RITCHEY, K., McGOVERN, L. &
COLEMAN, D. (2001). Effects of headings on text
summarization. Contemporary Educational Psychology,
26, 171-191. |
|
|
|
|
|
Lord Cathrine ( ) :
Psychologue anglaise et spécialiste de l'étude de l'autisme. Collaboratrice de Pickles, Rutter, Sigman
et Volkmar.
|
LORD, C., RUTTER, M., GOODE, S., HEEMSBERGEN, J., JORDAN,
H., MAWHOOD, L. & SCHOPLER, E. (1989). Autism
diagnostic observation schedule : a standardised
observation of communicative and social behaviour. Journal
of Autism & Developmental Disorders, 21,185-212. |
|
LORD, C., MULLOY, C, WENDELBOE, M. & SCHOPLER, E.
(1991). Pre- and perinatal factors in high-functioning
females and males with autism. Journal of Autism &
Developmental Disorders, 21, 197-209. |
|
LORD, C., WAGNER, A., ROGERS, S.J., SZATMARI, P., AMAN,
M., CHARMAN, T., DAWSON, G., DURAND, V.M., GROSSMAN, L.,
GUTHRIE, D., HARRIS, S., KASARI, C., MARCUS, L., MURPHY,
S., ODOM, S., PICKLES, A., SCAHILL, L., SHAW, E., SIEGEL,
E., SIGMAN, M., STONE, W., SMITH, T. & YODER, P.
(2005). Challenges in evaluating interventions for autism
spectrum disorders. Journal of Autism &
Developmental Disorders, 35 (6), 95-708. |
|
LORD, C., RISI, S., DILAVORE, P.S., SHULMAN, C., THURM, A.
& PICKELS, A. (2006). Autism from 2 to 9 years of age.
Archives of General Psychiatry, 63 (6), 694-701. |
|
LORD, C., ELSABBAGH, M., BAIRD, G. &
VEENSTRA-VANDERWEELE, J. (2018). Autism spectrum disorder.
Lancet, 11 (392), 508-520. |
|
|
|
Lord Frederic Mather (Hanover 1912-2000 Naples) :
Psychométricien
américain, spécialisé dans la mesure.
Il a contribué au développement de la théorie
de la réponse (parallèlement avec Lazersfeld
et Rash).
|
LORD, F.M. (1953). The relation of test score to the trait
underlying the test. Educational & Psychological
Measurement, 13, 517-549. |
|
LORD, F.M. & NOVICK, M.R. (1968). Statistical
theories of mental test scores. Reading :
Addison-Wesley. |
|
LORD, F.M. (1980). Applications of item response theory to
practical testing problem. Hillsdale: Erlbaum. |
|
LORD, F.M. (1983). Maximum likelihood estimation of item
response parameters when some responses are omitted.
Psychometrika, 48, 477-482. |
|
LORD, F.M. (1986). Maximum likelihood and Bayesian
parameter estimation in item response theory. Journal
of Educational Measurement, 23, 157=162. |
|
|
|
Lorenz Konrad Zacharias (Vienne 1903-1989 Altenberg) : Éthologiste autrichien.
Père le l'éthologie
classique et comparative et chef de file de l'étude du
comportement animal et de l'instinct
(notamment de l'empreinte).
Lauréat du prix Nobel de
physiologie et de médecine en 1973 avec Frisch
et Tinbergen. Il aurait
dit : «Je crois avoir trouvé le lien manquant entre le chimpanzé
et l'homme civilisé. C'est nous !». Professeur d'Eibl-Eibesfeldtet
Geist.
|
|
|
LEHRMAN, D.S. (1953). A critique of Konrad Lorenz's theory
of instinctive behavior. Quarterly Review of Biology,
28, 337-363. |
BATESON, P. (1990). Obituary : Konrad Lorenz (1903-1989).
American Psychologist, 45 (1), 65-66. |
|
RICHARDS, R.J. (1974). The innate and the learned : The
evolution of Konrad Lorenz's theory of instinct. Philosophy
of the Social Sciences, 4, 111-133. |
GADAGKAR, R. (1996). Konrad Lorenz - father to ethology
and mother to ducks, geese, jackdaws, salamanders, fish
and many more! Resonance - Journal of Science
Education, 1 (6), 2-3. |
|
KALIKOW, T.J. (1975). History of Konrad Lorenz's
ethological theory, 1927-1939. Studies in the History
& Philosophy of Science 6 (4), 331-341. |
GRIFFITHS, P.E. (2004). Instinct in the '50s : the British
reception of Konrad Lorenz's theory of instinctive
behavior. Biology & Philosophy, 19, 609-631.
[PDF] |
|
FULLARD, W. & REILING, A.M. (1976). An investigation
of Lorenz's "babyness". Child Development, 47, 1191-1193. |
BRIGANDT, I. (2005). The instinct concept of the early
Konrad Lorenz. Journal of the History of Biology, 38
(3), 571-608. [PDF] |
|
BISCHOF, N. (1980). Remarks on Lorenz and Piaget : How can
«working hypotheses» be «necessary» ? In M.
Piattelli-Palmarini (Ed.), Language & Learning.
The Debate between Jean Piaget and Noam Chomsky (pp.
233-241). Cambridge : Harvard University Press. |
BJORKLUND, D.F. HERNÀNDEZ-BLESSI, C. & PERISS, V.
(2010). Lorenz revisited : The adaptive nature of
children's supernatural thinking. Human Nature, 21,
371-392. |
|
|
|
Los Horcones (Village) : Village
mexicain, fondé en 1973, dont l'organisation sociale se fonde sur
les principes du conditionnement
opérant de Skinner. Los
Horocones et Walden
II. = Comunidad Los Horcones
experimental communities, laboratoire culturel.
| |
|
|
SKINNER, B.F. (1968). The design of experimental
communities. In International encyclopedia of the
social sciences (Vol. 16, pp. 271-275). New York :
Macmillan. |
LOS HORCONES, C. (1991). Walden Two in real life :
Behavior analysis in the design of a culture. In W. Ishaq
(Ed.), Human behavior in today's world. New York
: Praeger. |
|
LOS HORCONES, C. (1982). Pilot Walden Two experiments :
Beginnings of a planned society. Behaviorists for
Social Action Journal, 3, 25-29. |
LOS HORCONES, C. (1992). Natural reinforcement : A way to
improve education. Journal of Applied Behavior
Analysis, 25 (1), 71-75. [PDF] |
|
LOS HORCONES, C. (1983). Natural reinforcement in a Walden
Two community. Revista Mexicana de Analisis de la
Conducta, 9, 131-143. |
|
|
LOS HORCONES, C. (1984). Walden Two and social change:
Applications of the science of the experimental analysis
of behavior to cultural design. Revista Latino
Americana de Psicologia, 16, 93-114. |
|
|
LOS HORCONES, C. (1986). Behaviorology : An integrative
denomination. The Behavior Analyst, 9 (2),
227-228. [PDF] |
LOS HORCONES, C. (2002). Western cultural influences in
behavior analysis as seen from a Walden Two. Behavior
& Social Issues, 11, 204-212. [PDF] |
|
LOS HORCONES, C. (1986). News from Now-Here, 1986: A
response to "News from Nowhere, 1984. The Behavior
Analyst, 9 (2), 129-132. [PDF] |
KUHLMANN H. (2005). Living Walden Two : B.F.
Skinner's behaviorist utopia and experimental
communities. University of Illinois Press. |
|
LOS HORCONES, C. (1987). The concept of consequences in
the analysis of behavior. The Behavior Analyst, 10,
291-294. [PDF] |
RAKOS, R.F. (2006). Review of living Walden Two : B.F.
Skinner's behaviorist utopia and experimental communities.
The Behavior Analyst, 29 (1), 153-157. [PDF] |
|
LOS HORCONES, C. (1989). Personalized government : A
governemental system based on behavior analysis.
Behavior Analysis & Social Action, 7, 42-47. |
|
|
|
|
Voir aussi Skinner et
Walden II |
|
|
Loterie : Jeu de hasard
où le tirage au sort
désigne les numéros du billet gagnant, tandis que les numéros des
billets, eux, sont générés au hasard ou choisi par le joueur.
Lotterie, hasard et
chance.
Lottery.
| |
|
| LEONNET, J. (1963). Les lotteries d'état en France
aux XVIIIe et XIXe siècle. Paris : Imprimerie
Natioanle. |
RAPOPORT, A. SEALE, D.A. & OORDONEZ, L. (2002). Tacit
coordination in choice between certain outcomes in
endogenously determined lotteries. Journal of Risk
& Uncertainty, 25, 21- 45. |
|
LANDAU, M. (1968). Manual on lotteries. Massada
Publushing |
PORTER, S.R. & WHITCOMB, M.E. (2003). The impact of
lottery incentives on student survey response rates. Research
in Higher Education, 44, 389-407. |
|
BRICKMAN, P., COATES, D. & JANOFF-BULMAN, R. (1978).
Lottery winners and accident victims : Is happiness
relative ? Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 36, 917-927 |
BAKER, F., JOHNSON, M.W. & BICKEL, W.K. (2003).
Decision-making in state lotteries : Half now or all of it
later ? Psychonomic Bulletin & Review, 10
(4), 965-970. |
|
RACHLIN, H., SIEGEL, E. & CROSS, D. (1994). Lotteries
and the time horizon. Psychological Science, 5
(6), 390 -393. |
LANGE, A., LIST, J.A. & PRICE, M.K. (2007). Using
lotteries to finance public goods : Theory and
experimental evidence. International Economic Review,
48 (3), 901-927. [PDF] |
| |
DEJARNETTE, P., DILLENBERGER, D., GOTTLIEB, D. &
ORTOLEVA, P. (2020). Time lotteries and stochastic
impatience. Econometrica, 88 (2), 619-656. |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Chance
et Jeu
de hasard |
|
|
|
|
Lott Albert J. ( ) : Psychosociologue
américain, spécialisé dans l'étude des groupes,
notamment de leur cohésion. Collaborateur
de Lott.
|
LOTT, A.J. & LOTT, B.E. (1961). Group cohesiveness,
communication level, and conformity. The Journal of
Abnormal & Social Psychology, 62 (2), 408-412. |
|
LOTT, A.J. & LOTT, B.E. (1965). Group cohesiveness as
interpersonal attraction : A review of relationships with
antecedent and consequent variables. Psychological
Bulletin, 64 (4), 259-309. |
|
LOTT, A.J., LOTT, B.E. & MATTHEWS, J.M. (1969).
Interpersonal attraction among children as a function of
vicarious reward. Journal of Educational Psychology,
60 (4), 274-283. |
| LOTT, A.J. & LOTT, B.E. (1969). Liked and disliked persons
as reinforcing stimuli. Journal of Personality &
Social Psychology, 11 (2), 129-137. |
|
LOTT, A.J., LOTT, B.E. & WALSH, M.L. (1970). Learning
of paired associates relevant to differentially liked
persons. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 16 (2), 274-283. |
|
|
|
Lott Bernice E. (Brooklyn 1930-2022) : Psychosociologue
et féministe américaine,
spécialisée dans l'étude du sexisme.
Collaboratrice de Lott.
 |
LOTT, B.E. (1961). Attitude formation: The development of
a color preference response through mediated
generalization. Journal of Abnormal & Social
Psychology, 50, 321-325. |
|
LOTT, B.E. (1961). Who wants the children ? : Some
relationships among attitudes toward children, parents,
and the liberation of women. American Psychologist, 28
(7), 573-582. |
|
LOTT, B. (1979). Sex role ideology and children's drawings
: Does the Jack-o-lantern smile or scare ? Sex Roles,
5, 93-98. |
|
LOTT, B. (1996). Politics or science? The question of
gender sameness/difference. American Psychologist,
51, 155-156. |
|
LOTT, B. (2002). Cognitive and behavioral distancing from
the poor. American Psychologist, 57, 100-110. |
|
|
APA (2012). Bernice Lott : Award for distinguished seinior
career contribution topsychology in the public interest.
American Psychologist, 67 (8), 648-650. |
|
|
|
|
|
Loup (Canis lupus/Canis rufus) : Mammifère
carnassier de la famille des canidés.
Loup et meute.
= Meilleur ennemi de l'homme/femme, grand méchant.
Wolf.
| |
|
|
YOUNG, S.P. & GOLDMAN E.A. (1944). The wolves of
North America : part 1. Toronto : General
Publishing Company, Ltd. |
BERGERUD, A.T. & ELLIOT, J.P. (1986). Dynamics of
caribou and wolves in northern British Columbia.
Canadian Journal of Zoology, 64, 1515-1529. |
|
MECH, L.D. (1966). Hunting behavior of timber wolves in
Minnesota. Journal of Mammalogy, 47, 347-348. |
RYON, J., FENTRESS, J.C., HARRINGTON, F.H. & BRAGDON,
S. (1986). Scent rubbing in wolves (Canis lupus) : The
effect of novelty. Canadian Journal of Zoology, 64, 573-577. |
|
WOOLPY, J.H. & GINSBURG, E. (1967). Wolf socialization
: a study of temperament in a wild social species.
American Zoologist, 7, 357-363. |
FRANK, H., HASSELBACH, L.M. & LITTLETON, D.M. (1986).
Socialized and unsocialized wolves in experimental
research. In Fox & Mickley (Eds.), Advances in
animal welfare science (1986/87). Humane Society of
the United States, 33-49. |
|
SCOTT, J.P. (1967). The evolution of social behavior in
dogs and wolves. American Zoologist, 7 (2),
37-381. |
FENTRESS, J.C., RYON, J., McLEOD, P.J. & HAVKIN, G.Z.
(1986). A multidimensional approach to agonistic behavior
in wolves. In H. Frank (Ed.), Man and wolf :
Advances, issues, and problems in Captive Wolf Research.
Dordrecht : The Netherlands. |
|
RABB, G.B., WOOLPY, J.H. & GINSBURG, E. (1967). Social
relationships in a group of captive wolves. American
Zoologist, 7, 305-311. |
FRANK, H. (Ed) (1987). Man and wolf : Advances,
issues, and problems in captive wolf research.
Springer Dordrecht.
|
|
FENTRESS, J.C. (1967). Observation on the behavioral
development of hand reared male timber wolf. American
Zoologist, 7, 339-357. |
MECH, L.D., SEAL, U.S. & DELGIUDICE, G.D. (1987). Use
of urine in the snow to indicate condition of wolves. Journal
of Wildlife Management, 51, 10-13. |
|
THEBERGE, J.R. & FALLS, J.B. (1967). Howling as a
means of communication in timber wolves. American
Zoologist, 7, 331-338. |
HARRINGTON, F.H. (1987). Aggressive howling in wolves. Animal
Behavior, 35, 7-12. |
|
SCHENKEL, R. (1967). Submission : Its features and
function in wolf and dog. American Zoologist, 7,
319-329. |
FRANK, H.W. (Ed.) (1987). Man and wolf.
Dordrecht, Netherlands : Junk Publishers. |
|
WOOLPY, J.H. (1968). The social organization of wolves. Natural
History, 77, 46-55. |
FULLER T.K. & SAMPSON, B.A. (1988). Evaluation of a
simulated howling survey for Wolves. Journal
of Wildlife Management, 52, 60-63. |
|
MECH, L.D. (1970). The wolf : the ecology and
behavior of an endangered species. New York :
Doubleday Publishing Co. |
SCHNEIDER, S.M. (1990). Wasps' nests and wolf packs : A
note on extending behavior setting theory to nonhuman
social groups. Journal of Environmental Psychology,
10, 371-376. |
|
FOX, M.W. (1972). Behavior of wolves, dogs, and
related canids. New York : Harper and Row. |
ASA, C.S., MECH, L.D., SEAL, U.S. & PLOTKA, E.D.
(1990). The influence of social and endocrine factors on
urine-marking by captive wolves (Canis lupus). Hormones
& Behavior, 24, 497-509. |
|
|
ZIMEN, E. (1975). Social dynamics of the wolf pack. In
M.W. Fox (Ed.), The wild canids : their systematics,
behavioral ecology and evolution (pp. 336-368).
Van Nostrand Reinhold Co., New York. |
PAQUET, P.C. (1991). Scent-marking behavior of sympatric
wolves (Canis lupus) and coyotes (C. latrans) in Riding
Mountain National Park. Canadian Journal of Zoology,
69, 1721-1727. |
| |
PACKARD, J.M., MECH, L.D. & REAM, R.R. (1992). Weaning
in an arctic wolf pack : Behavioral mechanisms. Canadian
Journal of Zoology, 70, 1269-1275. |
| |
HEARD, D.C. & WILLIAMS, T.M. (1992). Distribution of
wolf dens on migratory caribou ranges in the Northwest
Territories, Canada. Canadian Journal of Zoology, 70,
1504-1510. |
|
RYON, C.J. (1977). Den digging and related behaviour in a
captive timber wolf pack. Journal of Mammalogy, 58, 87-89. |
DERIX, R., VANHOOFF, J., DeVRIES, H. & WENSING, J.
(1993). Male and female mating competition in wolves :
female suppression vs. male intervention. Behavior,
127 (1-2), 141-174. |
|
McCARLEY, H. (1978). Vocalizations of red wolves (Canis
rufus). Journal of Mammalogy, 59, 27-35. |
MECH, L.D. (1993). Details of a confrontation between two
wild wolves. Canadian Journal of Zoology, 71,
1900-1903. |
|
HARRINGTON, F.H. (1978). Ravens attracted to wolfe to wolf
howling. Condor, 80, 236-237. [PDF] |
MECH, L.D. (1994). Regular and homeward travel speeds of
Arctic wolves. Journal of Mammalogy, 75, 741-742. |
|
HARRINGTON, F.H. & MECH, L.D. (1979). Wolf howling and
its role in territory maintenance. Behaviour, 68, 207-249. |
DERIX, R. & VANHOOFF, J. (1995). Male and female
partner preferences in a captive wolf pack : specificity
vs. spread of sexual attention. Behavior, 129,
132-149. |
|
FENTRESS, J.C. (1979). Behavior mechanisms and preparing
wolves for life in the wild. In E. Klinghammer (Ed.), The
behavior and ecology of wolves (pp. 307-315). New
York : Garland Press. |
HEARD, D.C., WILLIAMS, T.M. & MELTON, D.A. (1996). The
relationship between food intake and predation risk in
migratory caribou and implication to caribou and wolf
population dynamics. Rangifer Special Issue, 2,
37-44. |
|
ROTHMAN, R.J. & MECH, L.D. (1979). Scent-marking in
lone wolves and newly formed pairs. Animal Behaviour,
27, 750-760. |
McLEOD, P.J., MOGER, W.H., RYON, C.J., GADBOIS, S. &
FENTRESS, J.C. (1996). The relation between urinary
cortisol levels and social behaviour in captive timber
wolves. Canadian Journal of Zoology, 74,
209-216. |
|
MORAN, G. & FENTRESS, J.C. (1979). A search for order
in wolf social behavior. In E. Klinghammer (Ed.), The
behavior and ecology of wolves (pp. 245-283). New
York : Garland Press. |
MOGER, W.H., FERNS, L.E., WRIGHT, J.R., GADBOIS, S. &
MCLEOD, P.C. (1998). Elevated urinary cortisol in a timber
wolf (Canis lupus) : a result of social behaviour or
adrenal pathology ? Canadian Journal of Zoology, 76
(10), 1957-1959. |
|
RYON, C.J. (1979). Aspects of dominance behavior in groups
of sibling coyote/red wolf hybrids. Behavioral &
Neural Biology, 25, 69-78. |
VILÀ, C. & WAYNE, R.K. (1999). Hybridization between
wolves and dogs. Conservation Biology, 13 (1),
195-198. [PDF] |
|
ZIMEN, E. (1981). The wolf : A species in danger.
New York : Delacorte Press. |
MECH, L.D. (1999). Alpha status, dominance, and division
of labor in wolf packs. Canadian Journal of Zoology,
77 (8), 1196-1203. |
|
McDONALD, K.B. & GINSBURG, G.E. (1981). Induction of
normal behavior in wolves with restricted rearing. Behavioral
& Neural Biology, 33, 133-162. [PDF] |
MECH, L.D., WOLF, P.C. & PACKARD, J.M. (1999).
Regurgitative food transfer among wild wolves.
Canadian Journal of Zoology, 77, 1192-1195. |
|
FRITTS, S.H. & MECH, L.D. (1981). Dynamics, movements,
and feeding ecology of a newly protected wolf population
in northwestern Minnesota. Wildlife Monographs 80, 1-79. |
MECH, L.D. (2000). Leadership in wolf, Canis lupus, packs.
Canadian Field-Naturalist, 114 (2), 259-263. |
|
| |
WALTON, L.R., CLUFF, H.D., PAQUET, P.C. & RAMSAY, M.A.
(2001). Movement patterns of barren-ground wolves in the
central Canadian Arctic. Journal of Mammalogy, 82, 867-876. |
| |
McNAY, M.E. (2002). Wolf-human interactions in Alaska and
Canada : review of the case history. Wildlife Society
Bulletin 30 (3), 831-843. |
|
HARRINGTON, F.H. (1981). Urine-marking and caching
behavior in the wolf. Behaviour, 76, 280-288. |
MIKLOSI, A., KUBINYI, E., TOPAL, J., VIRANYI, Z. &
CSANYI, V. (2003). A simple reason for a big difference :
wolves do not look back at humans, but dogs do. Current
Biology, 13 (9), 763-766. [PDF] |
| |
SILLERO-ZUBIRI, C., HOFFMANN, M. & MACDONALD, D.W.
(Eds.). (2004). Canids : Foxes, wolves, jackals and
dogs. Status Survey and Conservation Action Plan.
IUCN. |
|
HARRINGTON, F.H., MECH, L.D. & FRITTS, S.H. (1983).
Pack size and wolf pup survival : Their relationship under
varying ecological conditions. Behavioral Ecology
& Sociobiology, 13,19-26. |
FRAME, P.F., HIK, D.S., CLUFF, D. & PAQUET, P.C.
(2004). Long foraging movement of a denning tundra wolf. Artic,
57 (2), 196-203. [PDF] |
|
HARRINGTON, F.H. & MECH, L.D. (1983). Wolf pack
spacing : howling as a territory-independent spacing
mechanism in a territorial population. Behavior,
Ecology & Sociobiology, 13, 19-26. |
GASCI, M., GYORI, B., MIKLOSI, A., VIRANYI, Z, KUBINYI,
E.E., TOPAL, J.C. & SANYI, V. (2005). Species-specific
differences and similarities in the behavior of
hand-raised dog and wolf pups in social situations with
humans. Developmental Psychobiology, 47,
111-122. |
|
MANWELL, C. & BAKER, C.M.A. (1983). Origin of the dog:
From wolf or wild Canis familiaris ? Speculations in
Science & Technology 6 (3), 213-224. |
TOPAL, J., GASCI, M., MIKLOSI, A., VIRANYI, Z., KUBINYI,
E. & CSANYI, V. (2005). Attachment to humans : a
comparative study on hand-reared wolves and differently
socialized dog puppies. Animal Behaviour, 70,
1367-1375. |
| |
UDELL, M.A.R., DOREY, N.R. & WYNNE, C.D.L. (2008).
Wolves outperform dogs in following human social cues. Animal
Behaviour, 76, 1767-1773.
[PDF] |
| |
TOPAL, J., GERGELY, G., ERDOHEGYI, A., CSIBRA, G. MIKLOSI,
A. (2009). Differential sensitivity to human communication
in dogs, wolves, and human infants. Science, 325,
1269-1272. |
|
FRANK, H. & FRANK, M.G. (1983). Inhibition training in
wolves and dogs ? Behavioural Processes, 8, 363-377.
[PDF] |
TOPAL, J., MIKLOSI, A., SUMEGI, Z. & KIS, A. (2010).
Response to comments on "Differential sensitivity to human
communication in dogs, wolves and human infants. Science,
325 (5945), 1269-1272. |
|
HAVKIN, G.Z. & FENTRESS, J.C. (1985). The form of
combative strategy in interactions among wolf pups (Canis
lupus). Zeitschrift für Tiërpsychologie, 68,
177-200. |
FRANK, H. (2011). Wolves, dogs, rearing and reinforcement
: Complex interactions underlying species differences in
training and problem-solving. Behavioral Genetics, 41
(6), 830-839. |
|
MESSIER, F. (1985). Solitary living and extraterritorial
movements of wolves in relation to social status and prey
abundance. Canadian Journal of Zoology, 63, 239. |
UDELL, M.A.R., SPENCER, J.M., DOREY, N.R. & WYNNE,
C.D.L. (2012). Human-socialized wolves follow diverse
human gestures... and they may not be alone. International
Journal of Comparative Psychology, 25, 97-117. [PDF] |
| |
GASCI, M., VAS, J., TOPAL, J. & MIKLOSI, À. (2013).
Wolves do not join the dance : Sophisticated aggression
control by adjusting to human social signals in dogs. Applied
Animal Behaviour Science, 145, 109-122. |
|
|
|
| BURNIE, D. (Dir.) (2001). Animal. Londres : Dorling
Kindersley. / Le règne animal. Saint-Laurent :
Erpi. |
Voir aussi Chien et
Animal |
|
|
Loup solitaire :
Lone wolf terrorism.
| |
|
|
SPAAIJ, R. (2010). The enigma of lone wolf terrorism : an
assessment. Studies in Conflict Terrorism, 33,
(9), 854–870. |
|
BAKKER, E. & DE GRAAF, B. (2010). Lone wolves : How to
prevent this phenomenon ? Terrorism &
Counterterrorism Studies, 1 (2), 1-7. |
SPAAIJ, R. (2012). Understanding lone wolf terprosm :
Global pstterns, motivations and prevention.
Dordrecht : Springer. |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Arme et Terrorisme |
|
|
|
Lourenço Orlando ( ) : Psychologue
cognitiviste européen d'origine portugaise et exégète des travaux
de Piaget. Collaborateur de Machado.
|
LOURENÇO, O. (1990). From cost-perception to
gain-construction : Toward a Piagetian explanation of the
development of altruism in children. International
Journal of Behavioral Development, 13, 119-132. |
|
LOURENÇO, O. (1993). Toward a Piagetian explanation of the
development of prosocial behavior in children : The force
of negational thinking. British Journal of
Developmental Psychology, 11, 91-106. [PDF] |
|
LOURENÇO, O. & MACHADO, A. (1996). In defense of
Piaget's theory : A reply to 10 common criticisms. Psychological
Review, 103 (1), 143-164. [PDF] |
|
LOURENÇO, O. (2012). Piaget and Vygotsky : Many
resemblances, and a crucial difference. New Ideas in
Psychology, 30, 281-295. [PDF] |
|
LOURENÇO, O. (2016). Developmental stages, Piagetian
stages in particular: A criticalreview. New Ideas in
Psychology, 40, 123-137. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Lovaas Ivar Ole (Lier 1927-2010 Lancaster) :
Psychologue béhavioriste
d'origine norvégienne et fondateur de la revue Journal
Apply Behavior analysis (JABA). Il s'est notamment
intéressé à l'autisme, à
l'automutilation, à
la schizophrénie et
aux méthodes de
rééducation. Il a développé une technique
d'analyse fonctionnelle pour modifier les comportements des
autistes (Lovaas-style ABA-EIBI ou Early
Intensive Behavioral Intervention). Professeur de Bailey,
Eikeseth, Foxx
et Schreibman. Collaborateur
de Axelrod, Azrin,
Carr, Dorsey, Favell, Iwata,
Koegel, Rincover,
Risley, Smith
et Van Houten.
 |
LOVAAS, O.I., SCHAEFFER, B. & SIMMONS, J.Q. (1965).
Building social behavior in autistic children by use of
electric shock. Journal of Experimental Research in
Personality, 1, 99-109. [PDF] |
|
LOVAAS, O.I. & SIMMONS, J.Q. (1969). Manipulation of
self-destruction in three retarded children. Journal
of Applied Behavior Analysis, 2 (3), 143-157. [PDF] |
|
LOVAAS, O.I., KOEGEL, R., SIMMONS, J.Q. & LONG, J.S.
(1973). Some generalization and follow-up measures on
autistic children in behavior therapy. Journal of
Applied Behavior Analysis, 6 (1), 131-166. [PDF] |
|
LOVAAS, O.I. (1987). Behavioral treatment and normal
educational and intellectual functioning in young autistic
children. Journal of Consulting & Clinical
Psychology, 55, 3-9. |
|
LOVAAS, O.I. (1993). The development of a
treatment-research project for developmentally disabled
and autistic children. Journal of Applied Behavior
Analysis, 26 (4), 617-630. [PDF] |
|
|
JOHNSON, C. (1994). Interview with Ivar Lovaas. The
Autism Advocate, 26,19-23. |
|
SENÉCHAL, C., FORGET, J. et GIROUX, N. (2003). Les
programmes de type Lovaas et la réadaptation en autisme
infantile. Revue de Psychoéducation, 32 (1),
123-148. |
|
SMITH, T. & EIKESETH, S. (2011). Ivar Lovaas : Pioneer
of applied behavior analysis and intervention for children
with autism. Journal of Autism Development Disorders,
41, 375-378. |
|
KOEGEL, R. (2011). O. Ivar Lovaas (1927-2010) : Obituary.
American Psychologist, 66 (3), 227-228. |
|
|
|
Loveland Katherine Anne ( ) : Neuropsychologue
américaine et spécialiste de l'étude de l'autisme
et du syndrome de
Down. Collaboratrice de
Bachevalier, Fletcher
et Pascalis.
|
LOVELAND, K.A. & LANDRY, (1986). Joint attention and
communication in autism and language delay. Journal
of Autism & Developmental Disorders, 16, 335-349. |
|
LOVELAND, K.A. (1991). Social affordances and interaction
: Autism and the affordances of the human environment.
Ecological Psychology, 3, 99-119. |
|
LOVELAND, K.A. (1994). Self-perception and
self-conception. Psychological Inquiry, 3, 125-127.
|
|
LOVELAND, K.A., TUNALI-KOTOSKI, B., PEARSON, D.,
BRELSFORD, K., ORTEGON, J. & CHEN, R. (1994). Imitation
and expression of facial affect in autism. Development
& Psychopathology, 6, 433-444. |
|
LOVELAND, K.A., BACHEVALIER, J., PEARSON, D. & LANE,
D.M. (2008). Fronto-limbic functioning in children and
adolescents with and without autism. Neuropsychologia,
46 (1), 49-62. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Lovell-Badge Robin ( ) : Biologiste
et généticien anglais et
spécialiste de l'étude de la détermination
du sexe, notamment chez les mammifères.
On lui doit la découverte du gène
SRY sur le chromosome
Y. Collaborateur de Goodfellow
et Sinclair.
|
SINCLAIR, A., BERTA, P., PALMER, M.S., HAWKINS, J.R.,
GRIFFITHS, B.L., SMITH, M.J., FOSTER, J.W., FRISCHAUF,
A.M., LOVELL-BADGE, R. & GOODFELLOW, P.N. (1990). A
gene from the human sex-determining region encodes a
protein with homology to a conserved DNA-binding motif. Nature,
346 (6281), 240-244. |
|
GOODFELLOW, P.N. & LOVELL-BADGE, R. (1993). SRY and
sex determination in mammals. Annual Review of
Genetics, 27, 71-92. |
|
SWAIM, A. & LOVELL-BADGE, R. (1999). Mammalian sex
determination : a molecular drama. Genes Development,
13, 755-767. [PDF] |
|
LOVELL-BADGE, R. (2010). The early history of the Sox
genes. International Journal of Biochemistry &
Cell Biology, 42 (3), 4378-380. |
|
SEKIDO, R. & LOVELL-BADGE, R. (2013). Genetic control
of testis development. Sexual Development, 7 (1-3),
21-32. |
|
|
|
Lovett Maureen W. ( ) : Psychologue
canadienne et spécialiste de l'étude de la lecture
et de la dyslexie.
|
LOVETT, M.W., BORDEN, S.L., LACRENZA, L., BENSON, N.J.
& BRACKATONE, D. (1994). Treating the core deficits of
developmental dyslexia : Evidence of transfer of learning
after phonologically-and strategy-based reading training
programs. Journal of Educational Psychology, 30, 805-822. |
|
LOVETT, M.W. & STEINBACH, K.A. (1997). The
effectiveness of remedial programs for reading disabled
children of different ages : Does the benefit decrease for
older children ? Learning Disability Quarterly, 20, 189-210. |
|
LOVETT, M.W., LACRENZA, L. & BORDEN, S.L. (2000).
Putting struggling readers on the PHAST track : A program
to integrate phonological and strategy-based remedial
reading instruction and maximizing outcomes. Journal
of Learning Disabilities, 33, 458-476. |
|
LOVETT, M.W., LACRENZA, L., BORDEN, S.L., FRIJTERS, J.C.,
STEINBACH, K.A. & DEPALMA, M. (2000). Components of
effective remediation for developmental reading
disabilities : Combining phonological and strategy-based
instruction to improve outcomes. Journal of Educational Psychology, 92, 263-283. |
|
LOVETT, M.W. & BARRON R.W. (2003). Developmental
reading disorders. In T.E. Feinberg & M.J. Farah
(Eds.), Behavioral neurology and neuropsychology
(pp. 801-819). New York : The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. |
|
|
|
Lowe Fergus C. (1946-2014) :
Psychologue béhavioriste
brittanique, sécialiste de
l'apprentissage et du comportement
verbal chez les enfants.
Collaborateur de Bentall, Catania,
Harzem et Horne.
 |
LOWE, C.F. & HARZEM, P. (1983). Species differences in
temporal control of behavior. Journal of the
Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 28 (3),
189-201.
[PDF] |
|
LOWE, C.F., BEASTY, A. & BENTALL, R.P. (1983). The
role of verbal behavior in human learning infant
performance on fixed-interval schedules. Journal of
the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 39 (1),
157-164. [PDF] |
|
LOWE, C.F., HORNE, P.J., HARRIS, F.D.A. & RANDLE,
V.R.L. (2002). Naming and categorization in young children
: Vocal tact training. Journal of the Experimental
Analysis of Behavior, 78 (3), 527-549. [PDF] |
|
LOWE, C.F., HORNE, P.J., TAPPER, K., BOWDERY, M. &
EGERTON, C. (2004). Effects of a peer modelling and
rewards-based intervention to increase fruit and vegetable
consumption in children. European Journal of Clinical
Nutrition, 58, 510-522. [PDF] |
|
LOWE, C.F., HORNE, P.J. & HUGHES, J.C. (2005). Naming
and categorization in young children : III. Vocal tact
training and transfer of function. Journal of the
Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 83 (1), 47-65.
[PDF] |
|
|
|
ERJAVEC, M., HORNE, P., HUGHES, C. & SHARP, C. (2014).
In memoriam : C. Fergus Lowe 1946-2014. Journal of the
Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 104 (2), 93-95. [LIRE] |
|
|
|
|
|
Lowenkron Barry ( ) :
Psychologue béhavioriste
américain et spécialiste de l'étude du comportement
verbal. On lui doit le concept de contrôle
conjoint.
|
LOWENKRON, B. (1969). Nonoutcome trial behavior : A
predictory of solution shift performance and the effects
of overtraining. Journal of Experimental Psychology,
81 (3), 484-488. |
|
LOWENKRON, B. (1989). Instructional control of generalized
relational matching to sample in children. Journal of
the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 52 (3),
293-309. [PDF] |
|
LOWENKRON, B. (1991). Joint control and the generalization
of selection-based verbal behavior. The Analysis of
Verbal Behavior, 9, 121-126. [PDF] |
|
LOWENKRON, B. (1998). Some logical functions of joint
control. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of
Behavior, 69 (3), 327-354. [PDF] |
|
LOWENKRON, B. (2006). An introduction to joint control. The
Analysis of Verbal Behavior, 22 (1), 123-127. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Loyauté :
Loyalty.
| |
|
|
DICK, A.S. & BASU, K. (1994). Customer loyalty :
Toward an integrated conceptual framework. Journal of
the Academy of Marketing Science, 22, 99-113. |
REICHHELD, F.F., MARKEY, R.G. & HOPTON, C. (2000).
E-customer loyalty-applying the traditional rules of
business for online success. European Business
Journal, 12, 173-179. |
| |
PARASURAMAN, A. & GREWAL, D. (2000). The impact of
technology on the quality-value-loyalty chain : A research
agenda. Journal of Academic of Marketing Science, 28,
168-174. |
|
DOWLING, G.R. & UNCLES, M. (1997). Customer loyalty :
Toward an integrated conceptual framework. Journal of
the Academy of Marketing Sciences, 22, 99-113. |
REICHHELD, F.F. & SCHEFTER, P. (2000). E-loyalty :
Your secret weapon on the Web. Havard Business Review,
78, 105-113. |
|
OLIVER, R.L. (1999). Whence consumer loyalty ? Journal
of Marketing, 63 (S), 33-44. [PDF] |
SIRDESHMUKH, D., SINGH, J. & SABOL, B. (2002).
Consumer trust, value, and loyalty in relational
exchanges. Journal of Marketing, 66, 15-37. |
|
MORELAND, R.L. & McMINN, J.G. (1999). Gone, but not
forgotten : Loyalty and betrayal among ex-members of small
groups. Personality & Social Psychology Bulletin,
25, 1484-1494. |
VAN VUGT, M. & HART, C.M. (2004). Social identity as
social glue : The origins of group loyalty. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 86,
583-598. [PDF]
|
| |
YANG, Z. & PETERSON, R.T. (2006). Customer perceived
value, satisfaction, and loyalty : The role of switching
costs. Psychology & Marketing, 21 (10),
799-822.
[PDF] |
|
|
|
LSD : Drogue de la
famille des psychotropes.
LSD, hallucination et
Leary.
=diéthylamide de l'acide lysergique.
LSD.
| |
|
|
LEARY, T., METZNER, R. & ALPERT, R. (1964). The
psychedelic experience : A manual based on the Tibetan
book of the dead. New York, N.Y. : Citadel. |
|
LUDWIG, A.M. & LEVINE, J.A. (1965). Controlled
comparison of five brief treatment techniques employing
LSD, hypnosis and psychotherapy. American Journal of
Psychotherapy, 19, 417-435. |
|
ABRAHAM, H.D. (1983). Visual phenomenology of the LSD
flashback. Archives of General Psychiatry, 40, 884-889. |
|
APPEL J.B., WEST, W.B. & BUGGY, J. (2004). LSD,
Serotonin (5 HT) and the evolution of a behavioral assay.
Neuroscience & Biobehavioral Reviews, 27, 693
701. |
|
|
|
| LOI
- LUBIE - LUBINSKI - LUCE
- LUHMANN - LUMIÈRE
- LUNDH - LUPIEN -
LURIA - LUSSIER -
LWOFF - LYKKEN -
LYNN - LYON - Fin |
Lu Luo ( ) : Psychosociologue
taiwanaise spécialisée dans l'étude du bonheur.
Étudiante de Argyle.
 |
LU, L. & ARGYLE, M. (1991). Happiness and cooperation.
Personality & Individual Differences, 12
(10), 1019-1030. |
|
LU, L. & SHIH, J.B. (1997). Personality and happiness
: Is mental health a mediator ? Personality and Individual
Differences, 22 (2), 249-256 |
|
LU, L. & R. GILMOUR, R. & KAO., S.F. (2001).
Culture values and happiness : An East-Wet dialogue.
Journal of Social Psychology, 141, 477-493. |
|
LU, L. & GILMOUR, R. (2004). Culture and conceptions
of happiness : Individual oriented and social oriented
SWB. Journal of Happiness Studies, 5 (3),
269-291. |
|
LU, L. & HU, C.-H. (2005). Personality, leisure
experiences and happiness. Journal of Happiness
Studies, 6, 325-342. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Lubart Todd I. ( ) : Psychologue
cognitif européen
d'origine américaine, spécialisé dans l'étude de la
créativité. Collaborateur de Sternberg.
 |
LUBART, T.I. (1990). Creativity and cross-cultural
variation. International Journal of Psychology, 25,
39-59. |
|
LUBART, T.I. & STERNBERG, R.J. (1995). An investment
approach to creativity : Theory and data. In S.M. Smith,
T.B. Ward & R.A. Finke (Eds.), The creative
cognition approach (pp. 271-302). Cambridge, MA :
MIT Press. |
|
LUBART, T.I. & GETZ, I. (1997). Emotion, metaphor, and
the creative process. Creativity Research Journal, 10
(4), 285-301. |
|
LUBART, T.I. & STERNBERG, R.J. (1998). Creativity
across time and place : Lifespan and cross-cultural
perspectives. High Ability Studies, 9 (1),
59-74. |
|
LUBART, T.I., MOUCHIROUD, C., TORDJMAN, S. & ZENASNI,
F. (2003). Psychologie de la créativité.Paris :
Armand Colin. |
|
|
|
Lubie : Idée
déraisonnable ou saugrenue.
Whim.
|
Lubinski David J. ( ) : Psychologue
béhavioriste
américain, spécialisé dans l'étude de l'intelligence
et des différences
individuelles. Il est un des signataires du Groupe
des 52. Étudiant d'Humphreys.
Collaborateur de Benbow, Butcher, Dawis
et Tellegen.
 |
LUBINSKI, D., TELLEGEN, A. & BUTCHER, J.N. (1983).
Masculinity, feminity, and androgyny viewed and assessed
as distinct concepts. Journal of Personality &
Social Psychology, 44 (2), 428-439. [PDF] |
|
LUBINSKI, D. & HUMPHREYS, L.G. (1996). Seeing the
forest from the trees : When predicting the behavior or
status of groups, correlate means. Psychology, Public
Policy & Law, 2, 363-376. [PDF] |
|
LUBINSKI, D. (1996). Applied individual differences
research and its quantitative methods. Psychology,
Public Policy & Law, 2, 187-203. [PDF] |
|
LUBINSKI, D. (2000). Scientific and social significance of
assessing individual differences : "Sinking shafts at a
few critical points." Annual Review of Psychology,
51, 405-444. [PDF] |
|
LUBINSKI, D. & BENBOW, C.P. (2001). Choosing
excellence. American Psychologist, 56, 76-77. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Luborsky Lester Bernard (Philadelphie 1920-2009) :
Psychologue américain
d'origine islandaise et spécialiste de l'évaluation
des thérapies et de leur efficacité.
Collaborateur de Cattell, Cohen,
Crits-Christoph et Rosenthal.
 |
LUBORSKY, L.B. & CATTELL, R.B. (1947). Validation of
personality factors in humor. Journal of Personality,
15 (4), 283-291. |
|
LUBORSKY, L., SINGER, B. & LUBORSKY, L. (1975).
Comparative studies of psychotherapies : Is it true that
"Everyone has won and all must have prizes"? Archives
of General Psychiatry, 32, 995-1008. |
|
LUBORSKY, L., BARBER, J.P. & DIGUER, L. (1992). The
meanings of the narratives told during psychotherapy : The
fruits of a new observational unit. Psychotherapy
Research, 2, 277-290. |
|
LUBORSKY, L., DIGUER, L., SELIGMAN, D.A., ROSENTHAL, R.,
JOHNSON, S., HALPERIN, G., BISHOP, M. & SCHWEIZER, E.
(1999). The researcher's own therapeutic allegiances - A
"wild card" in comparisons of treatment efficacy. Clinical
Psychology : Science & Practice, 6, 95-132. |
|
LUBORSKY, L., ROSENTHAL, R., DIGUER, L., ANDRUSYNA, T.P.,
BERMAN, J.S., LEVITT, J.T., SELIGMAN, D.A. & KRAUSE,
E.D. (2002). The Dodo bird verdict is alive and well and
mostly. Clinical Psychology : Science & Practice,
9 (1), 2-12. [PDF]
|
|
|
BARBER, J.P., CRITS-CHRISTOPH, P., GRENYER, B.F.S.,
DIGUER, L. (2010). Lester Bernard Luborsky (1920-2009) :
Obituary. American Psychologist, 65, 293. |
|
|
|
Lubow Robert E. (Bronx 1932-) : Psychologue
cognitiviste
américain et spécialiste de l'étude de l'attention.
On lui doit le concept d'inhibition
latente.
 |
LUBOW, R.E. & MOORE, E.U. (1959). Latent Inhibition :
The effect of nonreinforced pre-exposure to the
coonditional stimulus. Journal of Comparative &
Physiological Psychology, 52 (4), 415-419. |
|
LUBOW, R.E. (1973). Latent inhibition. Psychological
Bulletin, 79, 398-407. |
|
LUBOW, R.E. & GEWIRTZ, J.C. (1995). Latent inhibition
in humans : Data, theory, and implications for
schizophrenia. Psychological Bulletin, 117,
87-103. |
|
LUBOW, R.E. & DE LA CASA, L.G. (2005). There is a time
and a place for everything : Bi-directional modulations of
latent inhibition by time-induced context differentiation.
Psychonomic Bulletin & Review, 12, 806-821. |
|
LUBOW, R.E. (2005). The construct validity of the
animal-latent inhibition model of selective attention
deficits in schizophrenia. Schizophrenia Bulletin,
31, 139-153. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Luce Duncan R. (Scranton 1925-2012 Irvine) :
Mathématicien
américain spécialisé en sciences cognitives. Professeur de a href="definitionsn.htm#norman">Norman. Collaborateur de Galanter, Heyman, Krantz,
Marley, Nosofsky,
Suppes, Tukey et Tversky.
 |
LUCE, D. & RAIFFA, H. (1957/89). Games and
decisions : Introduction and critical survey. New
York : Wiley. |
|
LUCE, D. & TUKEY, J.W. (1964). Simultaneous conjoint
measurement : A new type of fundamental measurement. Journal
of Mathematical Psychology, 1, 1-27. |
|
LUCE, D., NOSOFSKY, R.M., GREEN, D.M. & SMITH, A.F.
(1982). The bow and sequential effects in absolute
identification. Perception & Psychophysics, 32
(5), 397-408. |
|
LUCE, D. (1999). Where is mathematical modeling in
psychology headed ? Theory & Psychology, 9,
723-737. |
|
LUCE, D. (2010). Behavioral assumptions for a class of
utility theories : A program of experiments. Journal
of Risk & Uncertainty, 41, 19-27. [PDF] |
|
|
GALE, D. (1958). Review : Games and decisions:
Introduction and critical survey by R. Duncan Luce and
Howard Raiffa. Bulletin of the American Mathematical
Society, 64 (1), 108-111. [PDF] |
|
NOSOFSKY, R.M. (1985). Luce's choice model and Thurstone's
categorical judgment model compared : Kornbrot's data
revisited. Perception & Psychophysics, 37 (1),
89-91. [PDF] |
|
ASHBY, F.G. (1989). Review of "response times", by R.
Duncan Luce. Psychometrika, 54, 542-545. [PDF] |
|
SUPPES, P. (1997). Duncan Luce as a measurement theorist.
In A.J.J. Marley (Ed.), Choice, decision and
measurement (pp. 103-109). Lawrence Erlbaum
Associates. [LIRE] |
|
GALLISTEL, C.R. (2013). R. Duncan Luce (1925-2012). The
American Journal of Psychology, 126 (4), 493. |
|
|
|
|
|
Luchins Abraham S. (Brooklyn 1914-2005 Albany) : Psychologue
gestaltiste américain et spécialiste de la thérapie
de groupe. On lui doit la découverte de
l'effet Einstellung. Étudiant de Wertheimier.
Collaborateur de Luchins.
|
LUCHINS, A.S. (1942). Mechanization in problem solving :
The effect of Einstellung. Psychological Monographs,
54 (6), 1-95. |
|
LUCHINS, A.S. (1946). Classroom experiments on mental set.
American Journal of Psychology, 59, 295-298. |
|
LUCHINS, A.S. & LUCHINS, E.H. (1950). New experimental
attempts at preventing mechanization in problem solving. The
Journal of General Psychology, 42, 279-297. |
|
LUCHINS, A.S. & LUCHINS, E.H. (1987). Einstellung
effects. Science, 238 (4827), 598. |
|
LUCHINS, A.S. & LUCHINS, E.H. (1999). Isomorphism in
gestalt theory : Comparison of Wertheimer's and Köhler's
concepts. Gestalt Theory, 21 (3), 208-234. [PDF] |
|
|
STEMBERGER, G. (2007). Abraham S. Luchins (1914-2005). American
Psychologist, 62 (2), 143. |
|
|
|
Luchins Edith Hirsch (Brzeziny 1921-2002 New York) : Mathématicienne et gestaltiste
américaine d'origine polonaise. Étudiante et collaboratrice de
Luchins.
|
LUCHINS, A.S. & LUCHINS, E.H. (1945). Social
influences on perception of complex drawing. Journal
of Social Psychology, 21, 257-273. |
|
LUCHINS, A.S. & LUCHINS, E.H. (1950). New experimental
attempts at preventing mechanization in problem solving. The
Journal of General Psychology, 42, 279-297. |
|
LUCHINS, A.S. & LUCHINS, E.H. (1955). Previous
experience with ambigous and non-ambigous perceptual
stimuli under various social influences. Journal of
Social Psychology, 42, 249-270. |
|
LUCHINS, A.S. & LUCHINS, E.H. (1955). On conformity
with true and false communications. Journal of
Social Psychology, 42, 283-3003. |
|
LUCHINS, A.S. & LUCHINS, E.H. (1961). On conformity
with judgements of a majoirty or an authority. Journal
of Social Psychology, 53, 303-316. |
|
|
|
|
|
Luck Steven J. ( ) : Psychologue
cognitiviste
américain et spécialiste de l'étude
l'attention et de la mémoire
de travail. Collaborateur de Vogel.
|
LUCK, S.J. & VOGEL, E.K. & SHAPIRO, K.L. (1996).
Word meanings can be accessed but not reported during the
attentional blink. Nature, 383, 616-618. [PDF] |
|
LUCK, S.J. & VOGEL, E.K. (1997). The capacity of
visual working memory for features and conjunctions. Nature,
390, 279-281. [PDF] |
|
LUCK, S.J. & VOGEL, E.K. (1998). Visual and auditory
working memory capacity : Response from Luck and Vogel. Trends
in Cognitive Sciences |
|
LUCK, S.J. & VOGEL, E.K. (2013). Visual working memory
capacity : From psychophysics and neurobiology to
individual differences in cognitive ability. Trends
in Cognitive Sciences, 17 (8), 391-399.
[PDF] |
|
LUCK, S.J., MCCLENON, C., BECK, V.M., HOLLINGWORTH, A.,
LEONARD, C.J., HAHN, B., ROBINSON, B.M. & GOLD, J.M.
(2014). Hyperfocusing in schizophrenia : Evidence from
interactions between working memory and eye movements.
Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 123, 783-795. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
|
Lucratif : Toute activité ou entreprise qui procure des bénéfices tangibles (financiers ou matériels), par opposition à
des bénéfices sociaux ou moraux.
= rémunérateur.
|
|
|
Lüders Eileen ( ) : Neurobiologiste
allemande et spécialiste des
différences sexuelles. Elle s'intéresse notamment à la taille
du cerveau et au rôle de la subtance
grise (grey matter).
|
LÜDERS, E., STEINMETZ, H. & JÄNCKE, L., (2002). Brain
size and grey matter volume in the healthy human brain. Neuroreport, 13 (17), 2371–2374. |
|
LÜDERS, E., NARR, K.L., THOMPSON, P.M., REX, D.E., JANCKE,
L., STEINMETZ, H. & TOGA, A.W. (2004). Gender
differences in cortical complexity. Nature
Neuroscience, 7, 799-800. |
|
LÜDERS, E., TOGA, A.W., LEPORE, N. & GASER, C. (2009).
The underlying anatomical correlates of long-term
meditation : Larger hippocampal and frontal volumes of
gray matter. NeuroImage, 45 (3), 672-678. [PDF] |
|
LÜDERS, E., TOGA, A.W. & THOMPSON, P.M. (2014). Why
size matters : differences in brain volume account for
apparent sex differences in callosal anatomy : the sexual
dimorphism of the corpus callosum. NeuroImage, 84, 820-824.
[PDF] |
|
LÜDERS, E., CHERBUIN, N. & GASER, C. (2016).
Estimating brain age using high-resolution pattern
recognition : Younger brains in long-term meditation
practitioners. NeuroImage, 134, 508-513. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
|
Ludwig Arnold M. ( ) : Psychiatre
américain, spécialisé dans l'étude de la
schizophrénie et des dépendances,
notamment aux drogues
et à l'alcool. Il
s'intéresse également aux effets thérapeutiques de l'hypnose
et du LSD. Collaborateur de
Wikler.
|
LUDWIG, A.M., WOOD, B.S. & DOWNS, M.P. (1962).
Auditory studies in schizophrenia. American. Journal
of Psychiatry, 119 (2), 122-127. |
|
LUDWIG, A.M. & LEVINE, J.A. (1965). Controlled
comparison of five brief treatment techniques employing
LSD, hypnosis and psychotherapy. American Journal of
Psychotherapy, 19, 417-435. |
|
LUDWIG, A.M., WIKLER, A. & STARK, LH. (1974). The
first drink : psychobiological aspects of craving. Archives
of General Psychiatry, 30, 539-547. |
|
LUDWIG, A.M. & WIKLER, A. (1974). Craving' and relapse
to drink. Journal of Studies on Alcohol & Drugs,
35, 108-130. |
|
LUDWIG, A.M. (1983). Schizophrenia : Artifact and
"essence". Schizophrenia Bulletin, 9 (3),
334-335. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Luhmann Niklas (Luneberg 1927-1998 Oerlinghausen) : Sociologue
fonctionnaliste
allemand, spécialisé dans l'étude de la bureaucratie
et de l'administration publique. Étudiant de Parsons.
 |
LUHMANN, N. (1990). Amour comme passion. De la
codification de l'intimité. Paris : Aubier. |
|
LUHMANN, N. (1999). Politique et complexité : les
contributions de la théorie générale des systèmes.
Paris : Cerf. |
|
LUHMANN, N. (2001). La légitimation par la procédure.
Paris : Cerf. |
|
LUHMANN, N. (2001). La confiance : un mécanisme de
réduction de la complexité sociale. Économica. |
|
LUHMANN, N. (2001). L'opinion publique. Politix, 55. |
|
| BOIVERT, D. (2007). Niklas Luhmann : La théori des systèmes sociaux ? Aspects Sociologiques, 137(1), 56-82. [PDF] |
|
ELDER- VASS, D. (2007). Luhmann and emergentism : Competing paradigms for social systems theory ? Philosophy of
the Social Sciences, 37 (4), 408-432. |
|
|
|
Luiselli James K. ( ) : Psychologue cognitivo-béhavioriste
et spécialiste de l'apprentissage,
notamment de la discipline
en classe, de la propreté
et de l'automutilation.
Collaborateur de Matson
et Singh.
|
LUISELLI, J.K. (1994). Toilet training children with
sensory impairments in a residential school setting. Behavioral Interventions, 9, 105-114. |
|
LUISELLI, J.K. (1996). A transfer of stimulus control
procedure applicable to toilet training programs for
children with developmental disabilities. Child &
Family Behavior Therapy, 18, 29-34. |
|
LUISELLI, J.K. (1997). Teaching toilet skills in a public
school setting to a child with pervasive developmental
disorder. Journal of Behavior Therapy &
Experimental Psychiatry, 28, 163-168. |
|
LUISELLI, J.K., PUTNAM, R.F. & HANDLER, M.W. (2001).
Improving discipline practices in public schools :
Description of a whole-school and district-wide model of
behavior analysis consultation. Behavior Analyst
Today, 2, 18-27. |
|
LUISELLI, J.K., PUTNAM, R.F., HANDLER, M.W. &
FEINBERG, A.B. (2005). Whole-school positive Behaviour.
Support : Effects on student discipline problems and
academic performance. Educational Psychology, 25
(2-3), 183-198. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
|
Lulibérine : Hormone
sexuelle.
= gonadolibérine. Gonadotropin-releasing hormone (GnRH).
| |
|
|
HAN, S., GOTTSCH, M.L., LEE, K., POPA, S.M., SMITH, J.T.,
JAKAWICH, S.K., CLIFTON, D.K., STEINER, R.A. &
HERBISON, A. (2005). Activation of gonadotropin-releasing
hormone (GnRH) neurons by kisspeptin as a neuroendocrine
switch for the onset of puberty. Journal of
Neuroscience, 25 (49), 11349-11356. [PDF] |
|
|
Voir aussi Hormone
sexuelle |
|
|
|
Luman Marjolein ( ) : Psychologue
cognitivo-béhavioriste
danoise, spécialisée dans l'étude et le traitement du troubles déficitaire de l'attention avec hyperactivité. Collaboratrice
de Sergeant et Tripp.
 |
LUMAN, M., OOSTERLAN, J. & SERGEANT, J.A. (2005). The impact of reinforcement contingencies on AD/HD : A review and theoretical appraisal. Clinical Psychology
Review, 25, 183-213. [PDF] |
|
LUMAN, M., VAN MEEL, S.C., OOSTERLAN, J., SERGEANT, J.A.
& GEURTS, H.M. (2009). Does reward frequency or
magnitude drives reinforcement learning in ADHD. Psychiatry
Research, 168, 222-229. [PDF] |
|
LUMAN, M., TRIPP, G. & SCHERES, A. (2010). Identifying
the neuropathology of altered reinforcement sensitivity in
ADHD : A review and research agenda. Neuroscience
& Biobehavioral Reviews, 34, 744-754.
[PDF] |
|
LUMAN, M., SERGEANT, J.A., KNOL, D.L. & OOSTERLAN, J.
(2010). Impaired decision-making in ODD related to altered
psychophysiological responses to reinforcement.
Biological Psychiatry, 68, 337-344. [PDF] |
|
LUMAN, M., VAN MEEL, C.S., OOSTERLAN, J. & GEURTS,
H.M. (2012). Reward and punishment sensitivity in vhildren
with ADHD : Validating the sensitivity to punishment and
Ssensitivity to reward Questionnaire for Children
(SPSRQ-C). Journal of Abnormal Child Psychology, 40
(1), 145-157.
[PDF] |
|
|
|
Lumière : La lumière - naturelle ou artificielle
- influence le cerveau de
multiples façons, notamment en stimulant la production de mélatonine
de l'épiphyse, ce qui
influence les rythmes
circadiens et la qualité du sommeil.
En conditionnement opérant,
la lumière peut aussi agir à titre de stimulus
discriminatif ou de renforcement
secondaire. Lumière, éclairage
et thérapie
par la lumière. Light, Lighting, indoor
lighting, full-spectrum fluorescent lighting.
| |
|
|
STONE, C.P. & MacGILIVRAY, M.E. (1931). The incentive
value of food and escape from water for albino rats
forming the light discrimination habit. Comparative
Psychology, 11, 319-24. |
KNEZ, I. & KERS, C. (2000). Effects of indoor
lighting, gender, and age on mood and cognitive
performance. Environment & Behavior, 32,
817-831. |
|
ROSENTHAL, J.S. (1932). Typology in the light of the
theory of conditioned reflexes. Journal of
Personality, 1 (1), 56-69. |
|
|
RUSHTON, W.A.H. (1952). Apparatus for analysing the light
reflected from the eye of the cat. Journal of
Physiology, 134 (4), 47-48. |
HYGGE, S. & KNEZ, I. (2001). Effects of noise, heat
and indoor lighting on cognitive performance and
self-reported affect. Journal of Environmental
Psychology, 21, 291-299. |
|
ARDEN, G.B. (1954). Light-sensitive pigment in the visual
cells of the frog. Journal of Physiology, 123 (2),
377-385. [PDF] |
VEICHT, J. & McCOLL, S. (2001). A critical examination
of perceptual and cognitive effects attributed to
full-spectrum fluorescent lighting. Ergonomics, 44, 255-279. |
|
MARX, M.H., HENDERSON, R.L. & ROBERTS, C.L. (1955).
Positive reinforcement of the bar-pressing response by a
light stimulus following dark operant pretests with no
after effect. Journal of Comparative Physiology &
Psychology, 48 (2), 73-76. |
KNEZ, I. (2001). Effects of colour of light on nonvisual
psychological processes. Journal of Environmental
Psychology, 21, 201-208. |
|
DAVIS, J.D. (1958). The reinforcing effect of weak-light
onset as a function of amount of food deprivation. Journal
of Comparative & Physiological Psychology, 51
(4), 496-498. |
|
|
DONNER, K.O. & RUSHTON, W.A.H. (1959). Retinal
stimulation by light substitution. Journal of
Physiology, 149, 288-302. |
EBY, D.W., FORDYCE, T.A. & VIVODA, J.M. (2002). A
comparison of safety belt use between commercial and
noncommercial light vehicle occupants. Accident
Analysis & Prevention, 34, 285-291. |
|
WURTMAN, R.J. & AXELROD, J. & PHILLIPS, L.S.
(1963). Melatonin synthesis in the pineal gland : Control
by light. Science, 142 (3595), 1071-1073. [PDF]
|
|
|
BERLYNE, D.E., SALAPATEK, P.H., GELMAN, R.S. & ZENER,
S.L. (1964). Is light increment really rewarding to the
rat ? Journal of Comparative & Physiological
Psychology, 58, 148-151. |
|
|
WURTMAN, R.J., AXELROD, J. & FISHER, J.E. (1964).
Melatonin synthesis in the pineal gland : Effect of light
mediated by the sympathic nervous system. Science,
143, 1328-1330. [PDF]
|
|
|
LAZLO, J. (1969). Observations on two new artificial
lights for reptile displays. International Zoo
Yearbook, 9, 12-13. |
|
|
ROBERTSON, L.S. (1975). Safety belt use in automobiles
with starter-interlock and buzzer-light reminder systems.
American Journal of Public Health, 65, 1319-1325. |
|
|
KNUTSON, J.F., HYNAN, M.T. & KANE, N.L. (1976). The
influence of home-cage lighting conditions on
shock-induced fighting. Journal of Comparative &
Physiological Psychology, 90, 877-888. |
BOMMEL, W.J.M. & BELD, J.G. (2004). Lighting for work
: a review of visual and biological effects. Lighting
Research & Technology, 36, 255-269. |
|
|
WEVER, R. (1985). Use of light to treat jet lag :
Differential effects of normal and bright artificial light
on human circadian rhythms. Annals of the New York
Academy of Sciences, 453, 282-304. |
JUSLÉN H. & TENNER, A. (2005). Mechanisms involved in
enhancing human performance by changing the lighting the
industrial workplace. International Journal of
Industrial Ergonomics, 35, 843-855. |
|
WURTMAN, R.J., BAUM, M.J. & POTTS, J.T. (1985). The
medical and biological effects of light. Annals of
the New York Academy of Sciences, 453, 1-408. |
ZWARTKRUIS-PELGRIM, P.H., HOONHOUT, H.C.M., LASHINA, T.,
ENGEL, J., IJSSELSTEIJN, W.A. & KORT, Y.A.W. DE
(2006). Creating atmospheres : the effects of ambient
scent and coloured lighting on environmental assessment.
In P.M.A. Desmet, J. van Erp & M. Karlsson (Eds.), Design
and emotion moves (pp. 282-297). Göteborg, Sweden :
Chalmers University of Technology. |
|
YEREVANIAN, B.I., ANDERSON, J.L., GROTA L.J. & BRAY,
M. (1986). Effects of bright incandescent light on
seasonal and nonseasonal major depressive disorder.
Psychiatry Research, 18, 355-364. |
HOFFMANN, G., GUFLER, V., GRIESMACHER, A., BARTENBACH, C.,
CANAZEI, M., STAGGL, S. & SCHOBERSBERGER, W. (2008).
Effects of variable lighting intensities and colour
temperatures on sulphatoxymelatonin and subjective mood in
an experimental office workplace. Applied Ergonomics, 39, 719-728. |
|
SINCLAIR, R. (1987). Moonlight and circadian rhythms.
Science, 235 (9), 145. |
|
|
GIFFORD, R. (1988). Light, décor, arousal, comfort, and
communication. Journal of Environmental Psychology 8,
177-189. |
QUARTIER, K. & VAN CLEEMPOEL, K. (2008). The influence
of lighting in the build environment : a study to analyse
human behaviour and perception as measured by mood and
observation. In A.J. Spink, M.R. Ballintijn, N.D. Bogers,
F. Grieco, L.W.S. Loijens, L.P.J.J. Noldus, G. Smit &
P.H. Zimmerman (Eds), Proceedings of measuring
behavior 2008: 6th International conference on methods
and techniques in behavioral research (pp.
367-369). Maastricht, The Netherlands : Noldus Information
Technology. [PDF] |
|
VEITCH, J.A., GIFFORD, R. & HINE, D.W. (1991). Demand
characteristics and full spectrum lighting effects on
performance and mood. Journal of Environmental
Psychology 11, 87-95. |
QUARTIER, K., CHRISTIAANS, H. & VAN CLEEMPOEL, K.
(2009). Retail design : lighting as an atmospheric tool,
creating experiences which influence consumers' mood and
behaviour in commercial spaces. In Undisciplined!
Design Research Society Conference 2008. Sheffield
Hallam University, Sheffield, UK. [PDF] |
|
STEWART, K.T., GADDY, J.R., BYRNE, B., MILLER, S. &
BRAINARD, G.C. (1991). Effects of green or white light for
treatment of seasonal depression. Psychiatry
Research, 38, 261-270. |
CUSTERS, P.J.M., KORT, Y.A.W. DE, IJSSELSTEIJN, W.A. &
KRUIFF, M.E. (2010). Lighting in retail environments :
atmosphere perception in the real world. Lighting
Research & Technology, 42 (3), 331-343. |
|
BARON, R.A., REA, M.S. & DANIELS, S.G. (1992). Effects
of indoor lighting (illuminance and spectral distribution)
on the performance of cognitive tasks and interpersonal
behaviors : the potential mediating role of positive
affect. Motivation & Emotion, 1, 1-33. |
HASAN, S.N., MUZAMMIL, M. & KAHN, A.A. (2011). Effect
of illumination, noise and text/ background colour on
spontaneous eye blink rate. Theoretical Issues in
Ergonomics Science, 12, 514-532. |
|
BROWN, G.M. (1994). Light, melatonin and the sleep-wake
cycle. Journal of Psychiatry & Neuroscience, 19
(5), 345-353. |
HAWES, B.K., BRUNYÉ, MAHONEY, C.R., SULLIVAN, J.M. &
AALL, C.D. (2012). Effects of four workplace lighting
technologies on perception, cognition and affective state.
International Journal of Industrial Ergonomics, 42, 122-128.
[PDF] |
|
DE VALOIS, R.L., DE VALOIS, K.K., SWITKES, E. & MAHON,
L. (1997). Hue scaling of isoluminant and cone-specific
lights. Vision Research, 37 (7), 885-897. |
KOBAYASHI, Y., MATSUSHITA, S. & MORIKAWA, K. (2017).
Effects of lip color on perceived lightness of human
facial skin. i-Perception, 1-10. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
Voir aussi Éclairage,
Rythme
circadien, Épiphyse
et Mélatonine |
|
|
|
|
|
Luminet Olivier (Ixelles 1969-) : Psychologue
cognitiviste
américain, d'origine belge, spécialisé dans l'étude de la mémoire,
notamment de la mémoire
événmentielle. Il s'intéresse également aux émotions
et à l'alexithymie.
Collaborateur de Bagby, Curci,
Rimé et Van
der Linden.
|
LUMINET, O., BAGBY, R.M. & TAYLOR, G.J. (2001). An
evaluation of the absolute and relative stability of
alexithymia in patients with major depression. Psychotherapy
& Psychosomatics, 70, 254-260. |
|
LUMINET, O., BAGBY, R.M., WAGNER, H.L., TAYLOR G.J. &
PARLKER, J.D.A. (1999). Relation between alexithymia and
the Five Factor Model of personality : A facet level
analysis. Journal of Personality Assessment, 73,
345-358. |
|
LUMINET, O. & CURCI, A., MARSH, E.J., WESSEL, I.,
CONSTANTIN, T., GENCOZ, F. & YOGO, M. (2004). The
cognitive, emotional, and social impacts of the September
11 attacks : group differences in memory for the reception
context and the determinants of flashbulb memory. The
Journal of General Psychology : Experimental,
Physiological, & Comparative Psychology, 131
(3), 197-224. |
|
LUMINET, O. & CURCI, A. (2009). The 9/11 attacks
inside and outside the US : testing four models of
flashbulb memory formation across groups and the specific
effects of social identity. Memory, 17 (7),
742-759. |
|
LUMINET, O. & SOIJKERMAN, R. (2017). 11 November 1918,
an exceptional day! : Flashbulb memories of the World War
I Armistice in Belgium from a psychological and a
historical perspective. Memory Studies, 10 (3),
347-362. |
|
|
|
Lundberg Ingvar (Stockholm 1934-2012) : Psychologue
cognitiviste suédois, spécialisé dans l'étude de la lecture
et de la dyslexie. Il
s'est notamment intéressé à la conscience
phonémique. Collaborateur de Foorman
et Tonnessen.
 |
LUNDBERG, I., OLOFFSSON, A. & WALL, S. (1980). Reading
and spelling skills in the first school years predicted
from phonemic awareness skills in kindergarten. Scandinavian
Journal of Psychology, 21 (1), 159-173. |
|
LUNDBERG, I., FROST, J. & PETERSEN, O. (1988). Effects
of an extensive program for stimulating phonological
awareness in preschool children. Reading Research
Quarterly, 23, 263-284. |
|
LUNDBERG, I. (1991). Cognitive aspects of reading. International
Journal of Applied Linguistics, 1, 151-163. |
|
LUNDBERG, I. (2002). Second language learning and reading
with the additional load dyslexia. Annals of
Dyslexia, 52, 165-187. |
|
LUNDBERG, I. (2002). The child´s route into reading and
what can go wrong. Dyslexia, 8, 1-13. |
|
|
|
Lundh Lars-Gunnar ( ) : Psychologue
cognitivo-béhavioriste
suédois, spécialisé dans l'étude de l'agoraphobie,
du perfectionnisme et
de l'insomnie.
Collaborateur de Öst.
|
LUNDH, L.G. (1979). Introspection, consciousness, and
human information processing. Scandinavian Journal of
Psychology, 20, 223-238. |
|
LUNDH, L.G. (2000). An integrative model for the analysis
and treatment of insomnia. Scandinavian Journal of
Behaviour Therapy, 29, 118-126. |
|
LUNDH, L.G. & CZYZKOW-CZARNOCKA, S. (2001). Priming of
the emotional Stroop effect by a schema questionnaire. An
experimental study of test order. Cognitive Therapy
& Research, 25, 281-289.
[PDF] |
|
LUNDH, L.G. (2004). Perfectionism and acceptance.
Journal of Rational-Emotive & Cognitive-Behavior
Therapy, 22 (4), 255-269. [PDF] |
|
LUNDH, L.G., WANGBY-LUNDH, M., PAASKE, M., INGESSON, S.
& BJÂREHED, J. (2011). Depressive symptoms and
deliberate self-harm in a community sample of adolescents
: A prospective study. Depression Research &
Treatment, 1-11. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Lupien Sonia J. ( ) :
Neuropsychologue québécoise et spécialiste de l'étude du stress. Elle s'intéresse notamment au rôle du cortisol.
Elle enseigne à l'Université
de Montréal. Collaboratrice de Brendgen,
Boivin, Tremblay
et Vitaro.
 |
|
LUPIEN, S.J., LECOURS, A.R., SCHARWTZ, N.P. & MEANEY,
M.J. (1994). Basal cortisol levels and cognitive deficits
in human aging. Journal of Neuroscience, 14,
2893-2903.
[PDF] |
|
LUPIEN, S.J., DE LEON, M., DE SANTI, S., CONVIT, A.,
TARSHISH, C., NAIR, N.P.V., THAKUR, M., MCEWEN, B.S.,
HAUGER, R.L. & MEANEY, M.J. (1998). Cortisol levels
during human aging predict hippocampal atrophy and memory
deficits. Nature Neuroscience, 1, 69-73. [PDF] |
|
LUPIEN, S.J., FIOCCO, A., WAN, N., MAHEU, F., LORD, C.,
SCHRAMEK, T. & TU, M.T. (2005). Stress hormones and
human memory function across the lifespan. Psychoneuroendocrinology,
30 (3), 225-242. [PDF] |
|
LUPIEN, S.J., MAHEU, F., TU, M., FIACCO, A. &
SCHRAMEK, T.E. (2007). The effects of stress and stress
hormones on human cognition : Implications for the field
of brain and cognition. Brain & Cognition, 65
(3), 209-237. [PDF] |
|
LUPIEN, S.J., PARENT, S., EVANS, A.C., TREMBLAY, R.E.,
ZELAZO, D., CORBO, V., PRUESSNER, J.C. & SEGUIN, J.R.
(2011). Larger amygdala but no change in hippocampal
volume in 10-year-old children exposed to maternal
depressive symptomatology since birth. Proceedings of
the National Academy of Sciences of the United States of
America, 108 (34), 14324-14329. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Lupyan Gary ( ) : Psychologue
américain et
spécialiste de l'étude du langage.
Collaborateur de
McClelland.
|
LUPYAN, G., RAKISON, D.H. & McCLELLAND J.L. (2007).
Language is not just for talking : Labels facilitate
learning of novel categories. Psychological Science,
18 (12), 1077-1082. [PDF]
|
|
LUPYAN, G. & SWINGLEY, D. (2012). Self-directed speech
affects visual search performance. Quarterly Journal
of Experimental Psychology, 65 (6), 1068-1085. [PDF]
|
|
LUPYAN, G. & THOMPSON-SCHILL, S.L. (2012). The
evocative power of words : Activation of concepts by
verbal and nonverbal means. Journal of Experimental
Psychology : General, 141 (1), 170-186. [PDF]
|
|
LUPYAN, G. & WARD, E.J. (2013). Language can boost
otherwise unseen objects into visual awareness. Proceedings
of the National Academy of Sciences, 110 (35),
14196-14201. [PDF]
|
|
LUPYAN, G. & BERGENM, B. (2015). How language programs
the mind. Topics in Cognitive Science, 8 (2),
1-17. [PDF]
|
|
|
|
Luria Alexander Romanovich (Kazan 1902-1977 Moscou) :
Linguiste et neuropsychologue
clinicien russe. Il a étudié la relation entre le langage
et le cerveau.
Collaborateur de Pribram
et Vygotsky. 
|
|
VYGOTSKY, L. & LURIA, A. (1930/1992). Ape,
primitive man and child : Essays in the history of
behavior. Orlando : Paul M. Deutsch. |
|
VYGOTSKY, L. & LURIA, A. (1930/1993). Studies on
the history of behavior : Ape, primitive, and child. Hillsdale
: LEA. |
|
LURIA, A. & YUDOVICH, F. (1956). Speech and the
development of the mental processes of the child.
USSR Penguin edition. |
|
LURIA, A. (1960). Memory and the structure of mental
processes. Problems of Psychology, 4, 81-94. |
|
LURIA, A. (1973). The working brain. An introduction
to neuropsychology. New York : Penguin. |
|
|
AKHUTINA T.V. & TSVETKOVA, L.S. (1983). Comments on a
standardized version of Luria's test. Brain &
Cognition, 2, 129-134. |
|
GLOZMAN, J. (1999). Quantitative and qualitative
integration of Luria procedures. Neuropsychology
Review, 9, 23-32. |
|
TRANEL, D. (2005). On the use of neuropsychology to
diagnose brain damage and study brain-behavior
relationships : A comment on Luria. Cortex, 41,
259-262. |
|
COLE, M. (2005). The essential ideas : Luria as cultural-
historical approach in psychology. In T. Akhutina et al.
(Eds.), A.R. Luria and contemporary psychology
(pp. 35-41). Nova Science Publishers, Inc. [PDF] |
|
COLE, M., LEVITIN, K. & LURIA, A.R. (2006).
Autobiography of Alexander Luria : A dialogue with the
making of mind. London : Routledge. |
|
KADZIETAWA, D. (2012). Professor Alexander R. Luria on the
110th anniversary of his birth : his input on the
development of neuropsychology in Poland. Acta
Neuropsychologica, 10 (4). |
|
|
|
|
Lussier André (Montréal 1922-2016) : Psychanalyste
québécois. Étudiant de Mailloux
et Freud.
 |
LUSSIER, A. (1992). Notre idéologue de formation.
Revue Française de Psychanalyse, 56 (2), 483-490. |
|
LUSSIER, A. (1997). Les visages de l'intolérance au
Québec. Montréal : Septentrion. |
|
LUSSIER, A. (2002). Le nationalisme québécois sur le
divan. St-Laurent : Fides. |
|
LUSSIER, A. (2006). La gloire et la faute : Essai
psychanalytique sur le conflit qui oppose narcissisme et
culpabilité. Montréal : Presses de l'Université du
Québec. |
|
LUSSIER, A. (2012). Un psychanalyste dans son
siècle. Del Busso. |
|
|
BIENVENUE, L. (2010). Le catholicisme québécois sur le
divan : Les essais du psychanalyste André Lussier dans
Cité Libre. Études d'Histoire Religieuse, 76,
111-128. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Lustig Cindy ( ) : Cognitiviste américaine, spécialisée dans l'étude de
l'interférence et du vieillisement.
Étudiante de Hasher. Collaboratrice
de Budson,
Johnson, Meck, Phelps
et Schacter.
|
LUSTIG, C. & HASHER, L. (2001). Implicit memory is
vulnerable to proactive interference. Psychological
Science, 12, 408-412. [PDF] |
|
LUSTIG, C. & HASHER, L. (2001). Implicit memory is not
immune to interference. Psychological Bulletin, 127
(5), 618-628. [PDF] |
|
LUSTIG, C., HASHER, L. & TONEV, S.T. (2001).
Inhibitory control over the present and past. European
Journal of Cognitive Psychology, 13, 107-122. [PDF] |
|
LUSTIG, C., MAY, C.P. & HASHER, L. (2001). Working
memory span and the role of proactive interference. Journal
of Experimental Psychology : General, 130 (2),
199-207. [PDF] |
|
LUSTIG, C. & BUCKNER, R.L. (2004). Preserved neural
correlates of priming in old age and dementia. Neuron,
40, 865-875. |
|
|
|
Luthans Fred ( ) : Psychologue
organisationel
américain et spécialiste de l'anayse
fonctionnelle du comportement, notamment au sein des entreprises.
Collaborateur de Bernstein, Avolio
et Youssef.
|
LUTHANS, F. (1988). Successful vs. effective real managers.
Academy of Management Executive, 2, 127-132. |
|
LUTHANS, F. (2002). The need for and meaning of positive
organizational behavior. Journal of Organizational
Behavior, 6, 695-706. |
|
LUTHANS, F. & YOUSSEF, C.M. (2007). Emerging positive
organizational behavior. Journal of Management, 33,
321-349. |
|
LUTHANS, F., AVOLIO, B.J., AVEY, J. & NORMAN, S.
(2007). Positive psychological capital : Measurement and
relationship with performance and satisfaction. Personnel
Psychology, 60, 541-572. [PDF] |
|
LUTHANS, F. & YOUSSEF-MORGAN, C.M. (2017).
Psychological capital : An evidence-based positive
approach. Annual Review of Organizational Psychology
& Organizational Behavior, 4 [17], 1-28. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Lutte : Sport.
Wrestler.
| |
|
|
HIGHLEN, P.S. & BENNETT, B.B. (1983). Elite divers and
wrestlers : A comparison between open- and closed-skill
athletes. Journal of Sport Psychology, 5,
390-409. |
|
GOULD, D., HORN, T. & SPREEMANN, J. (1983). Sources of
stress in junior elite wrestlers. Journal of Sport
Psychology, 5, 159-171. |
|
DUGGAN, M. & LEVITT, S.D. (2002). Winning isn't
everything : Corruption in Sumo wrestling. The
American Economic Review, 92 (5), 1594-1605. |
|
|
|
|
|
Lutte pour la survie : Expression forgée dans le cadre de la
théorie l'évolution
de Darwin pour désigner la
rivalité inter/intra spécifique entre les individus pour acquérir
les ressources
(alimentaire, sexuelle, etc.) qui leur permettront de survivre et
de se reproduire.
Struggle for life.
|
|
|
DARWIN, C. (1859). On the origin of species by means
of natural selection, or the preservation of
favoured races in the struggle for life. London :
Murray. |
|
|
|
Lutz Catherine ( ) :
Anthropologue et
sociocontructiviste américaine, spécialisée dans l'étude des
émotions. Elle s'intéresse aussi à la militarisation
et à la paix.
|
LUTZ, C. (1982). The domain of emotion words on Ifaluk.
American Ethnologist, 9 (1), 113-128. |
|
LUTZ, C. & WHITE, G.M.L. (1986). The anthropology of
emotions. Annual Review of Anthropology, 15,
405-436. [PDF] |
|
LUTZ, C. (1988). Unnatural emotions : Everyday
sentiments on a micronesian atoll and their challenge to
Western theory. Chicago : University of Chicago
Press. |
|
LUTZ, C. (1995). The gender of theory. In R. Behar &
D.A. Gordon (Eds), Women writing culture
(pp. 249-266). Berkeley : University of California Press. |
|
LUTZ, C. (2004). La dépression est-elle universelle
? Paris : Seuil. |
|
|
|
|
|
Luxe
: Ensemble des biens
(et parfois des services)
non nécessaires (et parfois parfaitement inutiles), mais que l'on
souhaite acquérir, si on en a les moyens, souvent parce que les
autres en ont déjà ou désirent visiblement en avoir (comparaison
sociale). Luxury.
| |
|
|
BEMARROSH-DAHAN, E. (1991). Le contexte lexicologique du
luxe. Revue Française du Marketing, 132-133 (2/3),
45. |
|
FLOCH, J-M., et ROUX, E. (1996). Gérer l'ingérable : la
contradiction interne de toute maison de luxe. Decisions
Marketing, 9, 15-23. |
|
GODEY, B. et LAGIER, J. (2002). Le rôle de l'expérience
esthétique dans la perception du produit de luxe et du
produit d'art. Association Française du Marketing,
Actes du Congrès, 499-518. |
|
KEMP, S. (2008). Perceiving luxury and necessity. Journal
of Economic Psychology, 19 (5), 591-606. |
|
SINGH, N. et MHATRE, G. (2016). The impact of visual
merchandising on consumer behavior in comparison with
luxury and retail brand. International Journal of
Business and Administration Research Review, 3 (1),
38-47. |
|
|
|
Luyckx Koen ( ) : Psychologue
belge spécialisé dans l'étude du développement
de l'identité.
Collaborateur de Duriez,
Schawrtz et Soenens.
|
LUYCKX, K., GOOSSENS, L., SOENENS, B., BEYERS, W. &
VANSTEENKISTE, M. (2005). Identity statuses based upon
four rather than two identity dimensions : Extending and
refining Marcia's paradigm. Journal of Youth &
Adolescence, 34, 605-618. |
|
LUYCKX, K., GOOSSENS, L. & SOENENS, B. (2006). A
developmental contextual perspective on identity
construction in emerging adulthood: Change dynamics in
commitment formation and commitment evaluation.
Developmental Psychology, 42, 366-380. |
|
LUYCKX, K., SCHWARTZ, S., BERZONSKY, M.D., SOENENS, B.,
VANSTEENKISTE, M., SMITS, L. & GOOSSENS, L. (2008).
Capturing ruminative exploration : Extending the four
dimensional model of identity formation in late
adolescence. Journal of Research in Personality, 42,
58-82. |
|
LUYCKX, K., KLIMSTRA, T., DURIEZ, B., SCHWARTZ, S. &
VANHALST, J. (2012). Identity processes and coping
strategies in college students : Short-term longitudinal
dynamics and the role of personality. Journal of Youth
& Adolescence, 41, 1226-1239. |
|
LUYCKX, K., SCHWARTZ, S., RASSART, J. & KLIMSTRA, T.
(2015). Intergenerational associations linking identity
styles and processes in adolescents and their parents. European
Journal of Developmental Psychology, 13 (1), 67-83. |
|
|
|
Luys Jules Bernard (Paris 1828-1897 Divonne-les-Bains) :
Neurologue,
psychiatre et anatomiste
français. On lui doit la découverte du noyau
sous-thalamique (1865).
 |
LUYS, J.B. (1865). Recherches sur la système nerveux
cerébrospinal : sa structure, ses functions, et ses
maladies. Paris : Germer-Baillière. |
|
LUYS, J.B. (1876). Le cerveau et ses fonctions.
Paris : Germer-Baillière. |
|
LUYS, J.B. (1881). Traité clinique et pratique des
maladies mentales. Paris : Delahaye et Lecrosnier. |
|
LUYS, J.B. (1887). Phénomènes produits par l'action des
médicaments à distance. L'Encéphale, 7, 74-81. |
|
LUYS, J.B. (1893). Le traitement de la folie.
Paris : Rueff. |
|
|
|
Luyten Patrick ( ) : Psychanalyste
belge. Collaborateur de Blatt, Duriez,
Fonagy,
Leichsenring, Munder,Soenens,
Vansteenkiste et Wampold.
|
LUYTEN, P., FONAGY, P., LOWYCK, B. & VERMOTE, R.
(2012). Assessment of mentalization. In A.W. Bateman
& P. Fonagy (Eds.), Handbook of mentalizing in
mental health practice (pp. 43-65). American
Psychiatric Publishing, Inc. |
|
LUYTEN, P., VAN HOUDENVOVE, B., LEMMA, A., TARGET, M.
& FONAGY, P. (2012). A mentalization-based approach to
the understanding and treatment of functional somatic
disorders. Psychoanalytic Psychology, 26 (2),
121-140. |
|
LUYTEN, P. & BLATT, S.J. (2013). Interpersonal
relatedness and self-definition in normal and disrupted
personality development : Retrospect and prospect. American
Psychologist, 68 (3), 172-183. |
|
LUYTEN, P., CAMPBELL, C. & FONAGY, P. (2020).
Borderline personality disorder, complex trauma, and
problems with self and identity : A social-communicative
approach. Self, Identity, & Psychopathology, 88 (1), 88-105. |
|
LUYTEN, P., CAMPBELL, C., ALLISON, E. & FONAGY, P.
(2020). The mentalizing spproach to psychopathology :
State of the art and futuredirections. Annual Review
of Clinical Psychology, 16, 297-325. |
|
|
|
|
|
| LU
- LYCAN
- LYCAON - LYELL -
LYYKEN - LYNN - LYNX
- LYONS - LYOTARD -
LYSSENKO - LYYTINEN
- Fin |
Lycan William G. (Milwaukee 1945-) : Philosophe
américain et spécialiste de l'étude de la conscience.
 |
LYCAN, W.G. (1969). On "intentionality" and the
psychological. American Philosophical Quarterly, 6, 305-311. |
|
LYCAN, W.G. (1974). Could propositions explain anything ?
Canadian Journal of Philosophy, 3, 427-434. |
|
LYCAN, W.G. (1987). Consciousness. Bradford
Books-MIT Press. |
|
LYCAN, W.G. (1994). Modality and meaning. Kluwer
Academic Publishing, Studies in Linguistics and Philosophy
series. |
|
LYCAN, W.G. (1994). A simple argument for a higher-order
representation theory of consciousness. Analysis, 61,
3-4. |
|
|
|
Lycaon < (Lycaon pictus)
<: Mammifère carnassier
de la famille des canidés.
= Hyène rieuse, boîteuse.
African wild dogs.
| |
|
|
CREEL, S. & CREEL, N.M. (1995). Communal hunting and
pack size in African wild dogs, Lycaon pictus. Animal
Behaviour 50, 1325-1339 |
|
CREEL, S. & CREEL, N.M. (1996). Rank and reproduction
in cooperatively breeding African wild dogs : behavioral
and endocrine correlates. Behavioral Ecology, 8,
298-306. |
|
ROBBINS, R.L. ( 2000). Vocal communication in free-ranging
African wild dogs (Lycaon pictus). Behaviour, 137,
1271-1298. |
|
McNUTT, J.W. & SILK, J.B. (2008). Pup production, sex
ratios, and survivorship in African wild dogs, Lycaon
pictus. Behavioral Ecology & Sociobiology, 62, 1061-1067. |
|
| BURNIE,
D. (Dir.) (2001). Animal/Le règne animal. Londres
: Dorling Kindersley /Saint-Laurent : Erpi. |
Voir aussi Animal |
|
|
|
|
Lykken
David T. (Minneapolis 1928-2006) : Psychologue
et psychophysiologiste
américain, spécialisé dans l'étude des jumeaux
et l'usage du détecteur
de mensonge. Il est un des signataires du Groupe
des 52. Collaborateur de
Bouchard, Iacono,
Lindzey, McGue,
Meehl et Tellegen.
 |
LYKKEN, D.T. (1968). Statistical significance in
psychological research. Psychological Bulletin, 70,
151-159. |
|
LYKKEN, D.T. (1981). A tremor in the blood : Uses and
abuses of the lie detector. New York : McGraw-Hill. |
|
LYKKEN, D.T. (1991). The lie detector controversy : An
alternative solution. In J.R. Jennings, P.K. Ackles &
M.G.H. Coles (Eds.), Advances in psychophysiology.
London : Jessica Kingsley Publishers. |
|
LYKKEN, D.T., BOUCHARD, T.J., McGUE, M. & TELLLEGEN,
A. (1993). Heritability of interests : A twin study. Journal
of Applied Psychology, 78 (4), 649-661. [PDF] |
|
LYKKEN, D.T. (1997). Incompetent parenting : Its causes
and cures. Child Psychiatry & Human Development,
27, 129-137. |
|
|
FOWLES, D.C. (1999). For
distinguished contributions to psychophysiology : David
Lykken. Psychophysiology, 36, 537-542. [PDF] |
|
IACANO, W.G. (2007). David T. Lykken (1928-2006) :
Obituary. American Psychologist, 62 (4), 319. |
|
|
|
Lynam
Donald R. ( ) :
Psychologue américain. Il s'intéresse à l'influence de la personnalité
sur le developpement des troubles mentaux. pathologies.
Collaborateur de Campbell et
Miller.
|
LYNAM, D.R. & MILLER, J.D., BOURNOVALOVA, M.A. &
LEJUEZ, C.W. (2011). Testing the relations between
impulsivity-related traits, suicidality and non-suicidal
self-injury : A test of the incremental validity of the
UPPS model. Personality Disorders : Theory, Research,
& Treatment, 2, 151-160. |
|
LYNAM, D.R., LOEHR, A., MILLER, J.D. & WIDIGER, T.A.
(2012). A five-factor measure of avoidant personality :
The FFAvA. Journal of Personality Assessment, 94,
466-474. |
|
LYNAM, D.R., SHERMAN, E., SAMUEL, D., MILLER, J.D., FEW,
L.R. & WIDIGER, T.A. (2013). Development of a short
form of the Elemental Psychopathy Assessment. Assessment,
20, 659-669. |
|
LYNAM, D.R. & MILLER, J.D. (2019). The basic trait of
antagonism : An unfortunately underappreciated construct.
Journal of Research in Personality, 81, 118-126. |
|
LYNAM, D.R., CROWE M.E., VIZE C. & MILLER, J.D.
(2020). Little evidence thatonesty-Humility lives outside
FFM Agreeableness. European Journal of Personality,
34, 530-531. |
|
|
|
|
|
Lynn
David Brandon (1925-) :
Psychologue australien et spécialiste de l'étude de l'identitfication
et du rôle du père dans ce
processus.
|
LYNN, D.-B. (1959). A note on sex differences in the
development of masculine and feminine identification. Psychological
Review, 66, 126-135. |
|
LYNN, D.-B. (1962). Sex-role and parental identification.
Child Development, 33, 555-564. |
|
LYNN, D.-B. (1966). The process of learning parental and
sex-role identification. Journal of Marriage &
the Family, 18, 466-470. |
|
LYNN, D.-B. (1969). Curvilinear relation between cognitive
functioning and distance of child from parent of the same
sex. Parent Preference of Preschool Children, 76
(2), 236-240. |
|
LYNN, D.-B. & DE PALMA-CROSS A. (1974). Parent
preference of preschool children. Journal of Marriage
& Family, 6 (3), 555-559. |
|
|
|
Lynn
Michael ( ) : Psychosociologue
américain et spécialiste de l'étude des comportements
de consommation, notamment de l'effet
de la rareté et du pourboire
en fonction des différences
raciales et religieuses.
Étudiant de Latané.
|
LYNN, M. & LATANE, B. (1984). The psychology of
restaurant tipping. Journal of Applied Social
Psychology, 14, 551-563. |
|
LYNN, M. & GRASSMAN, A. (1990). Restaurant tipping :
An examination of three "rational" explanations. Journal
of Economic Psychology, 11, 169-181. |
|
LYNN, M. (2000). National personality and tipping customs.
Personality & Individual Differences, 28,
95-404. [PDF] |
|
LYNN, M., PUGH, C.C. & WILLIAMS, J. (2012).
Black-White differences in tipping : Moderated by
socio-economic status. Cornell Hospitality Quarterly,
53 (4), 286-294. |
|
LYNN, M. (2017). Should U.S. restaurants abandon tipping ?
A review of the issues and evidence. Psychosociological
Issues in Human Resource Management, 5 (1),
120-159. |
|
|
|
Lynn
Richard (Hampstead 1930-2023) : Psychométricien
anglais, spécialisé dans l'étude de l'intelligence.
Il est un des signataires du Groupe
des 52. Collaborateur de Nyborg.
 |
LYNN, R. (1982). IQ in Japan and the United States shows a
growing disparity. Nature, 297, 222-223. |
|
LYNN, R. (1990). The role of nutrition in secular
increases in intelligence. Personality &
Individual Differences, 11, 273-285. |
|
LYNN, R. (1993). Oriental Americans : Their IQ,
educational attainment, and socio-economic status. Personality
& lndividual Differences, 15, 237-242. |
|
LYNN, R. (1994). Sex differences in intelligence and brain
size : A paradox resolved. Personality &
Individual Differences, 17, 257-271. |
|
LYNN, R., ALIK, J. & IRWING, P. (2004). Sex
differences on three factors identified in Raven's
Standard Progressive Matrices. Intelligence, 32,
411-424. [PDF] |
|
|
MACKINTOSH, N.J. (1998). Sex differences in IQ : A reply
to Lynn. Journal of Biosocial Sciences, 30,
533-539. |
|
|
|
Lynn
Steven Jay ( ) : Psychologue
américain et spécialiste de
l'hypnose. Collaborateur de
Kirsch, Lilienfield,
Loftus, Lohr, Mazzoni,
Nash, Otgaar
et Scoboria.
|
LYNN, S.J., WEEKES, J.R., NEUFELD, V. & ZIVNEY, O.
(1991). Interpersonal climate and hypnotizability level :
Effects on hypnotic performance, rapport, and archaic
involvement. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 60 (5), 739-743. |
|
LYNN, S.J., LOCK, T.G., MYERS, B. & PAYNE, D.G.
(1997). Recalling the unrecallable : Should hypnosis be
used to recover memories in psychotherapy ? Current
Directions in Psychological Science, 6, 79-83. |
|
LYNN, S.J., SCHINDLER, K. & MEYER, E. (2003). Hypnotic
suggestibility, psychopathology, and treatment outcome. Sleep
& Hypnosis, 5 (1), 17-25. |
|
LYNN, S.J. & CARDENA, E. (2007). Hypnosis and the
treatment of posttraumatic conditions : An evidence-based
approach. International Journal of Clinical &
Experimental Hypnosis, 55, 167-188. |
|
LYNN, S.J., LAURENCE, J.-R. & KIRSCH, I. (2015).
Hypnosis, suggestion, and suggestibility : An integrative
model. American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis, 57,
314-329. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Lynx (Lynx canadensis, Lynx Lynx, Lynx rufus, Lynx pardinus) : Mammifère carnassier
de la famille des félidés. = Loup-cervier, chat sauvage, fantôme de la forêt.
Lynx.
| |
|
|
ELTON, C. & NICHOLSON, M. (1942). The ten-year cycle
in numbers of the lynx in Canada. Journal of Animal
Ecology, 11, 215-244. |
KOEHLER, G.M. (1990). Population and habitat
characteristics of lynx and snowshoe hares in north
central Washington. Canadian Journal of Zoology, 68,
845-851. |
|
SAUNDERS, J.K. (1963). Food habits of the lynx in
Newfoundland. Journal of Wildlife Management, 27, 384-390. |
BREITENMOSER, U., KAVCZENSKY, P., DÖTTERER, M.,
BREITENMOSER-WURSTEN, C., BERNARHT, F. & LIBEREK, M.
(1993). Spatial organization and recruitment of lynx (Lynx
lynx) in a re-introduced population in the Swiss Jura
Mountains. Journal of Zoology, 231 (3), 449-464. |
|
NELLIS, C.H. & KEITH, L.B. (1968). Hunting activities
and success of lynx in Alberta. Journal of Wildife
Management, 32 (4), 718-722. |
POOLE, K.G. (1994). Characteristics of an unharvested lynx
population during a snowshoe hare decline. Journal of
Wildlife Management, 58, 608-618. |
|
NELLIS, C.H., WETMORE, S.P. & KEITH, L.B. (1972).
Lynx-prey interactions in central Alberta. Journal of
Wildife Management, 36 (2), 320-329. |
FERRERAS, P., BELTRÁN, J.F., ALDAMA, J.J. & DELIBES,
M. (1997). Spatial organization and land tenure system of
the endangered Iberian lynx (Lynx pardinus). Journal
of Zoology 243, 163-189. |
|
MECH, L.D. (1973). Canadian lynx invasion of Minnesota.
Biological Conservation, 5, 151-152. |
SLOUGH, B.G. & MOWAT, G. (1996). Lynx population
dynamics in an untrapped refugium. Journal of
Wildlife Management, 60 (4), 946-961. |
|
BERRIE, P.M. (1973). Ecology and status of lynx (Lynx
canadensis) in interior Alaska. In R. Eaton (Ed.), The
world's cats (pp. 4-41). Laguna Hills, California
: Lion Country Safari. |
LARIVIÈRE, S. & WALTON, L.R. (1997). Lynx rufus. Mammalian
Species, 563, 1-8. |
|
VAN ZYLL DE JONG, C.G. (1975). Differentiation of Canada
lynx, Felis (Lynx) Canadensis subsolana, in Newfoundland.
Canadian Journal of Zoology, 53, 699-705. |
O'DONOGHUE, M.E., BOUTIN, S., KREBS, C.J., MURRAY, D.L.
& HOFER, E.J. (1998). Behavioural responses of coyotes
and lynx to the snowshoe hare cycle. Oikos, 82,
169-183. |
|
BRAND, C.J. & KEITH, L.B. (1976). Lynx responses to
changing snowshoe hare densities in central Alberta.Journal
of Wildlife Management, 40 (3), 416- 428. |
SLOUGH, B.G. (1999). Caracteristics of Canada lynx, Lynx
canadensis, maternal dens and denning habitat. Canadian
Field-Naturalist, 113, 605-608. |
|
MECH, L.D. (1977). Record movement of a Canadian lynx.
Journal of Mammalogy, 58, 676-677. |
LAFOND, R. (1999). La gestion du lynx du Canada au Québec
: une histoire à suivre. Naturaliste Canadien, 123 (3),
26-31. |
|
BRAND, C.J. & KEITH, L.B. (1979). Lynx demography
during a snowshoe hare decline in Alberta. Journal of
Wildlife Management, 43 (4), 827-849. |
MOWAT, G., POOLE, K.G. & O'DONOGHUE, M. (2000).
Ecology of lynx in northern Canada and Alaska. In L.F.
Ruggiero, K.B. Aubry, S.W. Buskirk [Eds.), Ecology
and conservation of lynx in the United States (pp.
265-306). Boulder, Co : University Press of Colorado. |
|
MECH, L.D. (1980). Age, sex, reproduction, and spatial
organization of lynxes colonizing northeastern Minnesota.
Journal of Mammalogy, 61, 261-267. |
AUBRY, K.B., KOEHLER, B. & SQUIRES, J.C. (2000).
Ecology of Canada lynx in southern boreal forests. In L.F.
Ruggiero, K.B. Aubry & Buskirk, S.W. (Eds.), Ecology
and conservation of lynx in the United States (pp.
373-393). Boulder, Co : University Press of Colorado. |
|
PARKER, G.R., MAXWELL, J.W., MORTON, L.D. & SMITH,
G.E.J. (1983). The ecology of lynx (Lynx canadensis) on
Cape Breton Island. Canadian Journal of Zoology, 61,
770-786. |
SCHWARTZ, M.K., MILLS, L.S., MCKELVEY, K.S., RUGGIERO L.F.
& ALLENDORF, F.W. (2002. DNA reveals high dispersal
synchronization the population dynamics of Canada lynx. Nature,
415, 520-522. |
|
CARBYN, L.N. & PATRIQUIN, D. (1983). Observations on
home range sizes, movements, and social organization of
lynx, Lynx canadensis, in Riding Mountain National Park,
Manitoba. Canadian Field-Naturalist, 97, 262-267. |
HOVING, C.L., JOSEPH, R.A. & KROHN, W.B. (2003).
Recent and historical distributions of Canada lynx in
Maine and the Northeast. Northeastern Naturalist, 10,
363-382. |
|
WARD, R.M.P. & KREBS, C.J. (1985). Behavioural
responses of lynx to declining snowshoe hare abundance. Canadian
Journal of Zoology, 63, 2817-2824. |
SCHWARTZ, M.K., PILGRIM, K.L., MCKELVEY, K.S., LINDQUIST,
E.L. CLARR, J.J., LOCH, S. & RUGGERIO, L.F. (2004).
Hybridization between Canada lynx and bobcats: genetic
results and management. implications. Conservation
Genetics, 5, 349-355. |
|
TUMLISON, R. (1987). Felis lynx. Mammalian Species,
269, 1-8. |
BURDETT, C.L., MOEN, R.A., NIEMI, G.J. & MECH, D.L.
(2007). Defining space use and movements of canada lynx
with global positioning system telemetry. Journal of
Mammalogy, 88 (2), 457-467. [PDF] |
|
THIEL, R.P. (1987). The status of Canada lynx in Wisonsin,
1865-190. Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts and
Letters, 75, 90-96. [PDF] |
HOMYACK, J.A., VASHON, J.H., LIBBY, C., LINDQUIS, E.L.,
LOCH, S., MCALPINE, D.F., PILGRIM, K.L. & SCHWARTZ,
M.K. (2008). Canada lynx-bobcat (Lynx canadensis x L.
rufus) hybrids at the southern periphery of lynx range in
Maine, Minnesota and New Brunswick. American Midland
Naturalist, 159, 504-508. [PDF] |
|
|
|
| BURNIE,
D. (Dir.) (2001). Animal/Le règne animal. Londres
: Dorling Kindersley /Saint-Laurent : Erpi. |
Voir aussi Mammifère
et Animal |
|
|
|
|
Lyon
G. Reid (1949-) : Neuropsychologue
américain spécialisé dans l'étude du développement
et des troubles
d'apprrentissage, notamment de la dyslexie.
Collaborateur de Fletcher,
Pugh, Shaywitz,
Shaywiz, Sternberg
et Vellutino.
 |
LYON, G.R. (1976). Eliminating vomiting behavior in a
profoundly retarded individual. Research & the
Retarded, 3, 24-27. |
|
LYON, G.R. (1995). Towards a definition of dyslexia. Annals
of Dyslexia, 45, 3-27. |
|
LYON, G.R. & CHHABRA, V. (2004). The science of
reading research. Educational Leadership, 61, 12-17. |
|
LYON, G.R., SHAYWITZ, S.E. & SHAYWITZ, B.A. (2003). A
definition of dyslexia. Annals of Dyslexia, 53,
1-14. |
|
LYON, G.R. (2005). Why scientific evidence must guide
educational policy and instructional practices in learning
disabilities. Learning Disabilities Quarterly, 28
(2), 140-145. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Lyons
Charles A. ( ) : Psychologue
béhavioriste
américain, spécialisé dans l'étude de l'autisme
et du jeu de hasard.
Collaborateur Dixon et Ghezzi.
|
LYONS, C.A. & CHENEY, C.D. (1984). Time reallocation
in a multiresponse environment : Effects of restricting
response classes. Journal of Experimental Analysis
of Behavior, 41 (3), 279-289. [PDF] |
|
LYONS, C.A. & GHEZZI, P.M. (1995). Wagering on a large
scale : Relationships between public gambling and game
manipulations in two state lotteries. Journal of
Applied Behavior Analysis, 28 (2), 127-137. [PDF] |
|
LYONS, C.A. (2006). Studying grief in adults with learning
disabilities. British Journal of Psychiatry, 176,
297-298. [PDF] |
|
LYONS, C.A. (2006). Methodological issues in the
experimental analysis of gambling. In Ghezzi, P.M., Lyons,
C.A., Dixon, M.R. & G. Wilson (Eds.), Gambling :
Behavior theory, research, and application (pp.
91-104). Reno, NV : Context Press. |
|
LYONS, C.A. (2011). Gambling Behavior Theory,
Research, and Application. Context Press . |
|
|
|
|
|
Lysakowski
Richard Stanley (Warsaw 1923-2010 Warsaw) :
Spécialiste de l'éducation
américain d'origine polonaise. Collaborateur de Walberg.
|
|
LYSAKOWSKI, R.S. & WALBERG, H.J. (1980).
Classroom reinforcement. Evaluation in Education, 4, 115-116. |
|
LYSAKOWSKI, R.S. & WALBERG, H.J. (1981). Classroom
reinforcement and learning : A quantitative synthesis.
Journal of Educational Research, 75, 69-77. |
|
LYSAKOWSKI, R.S. & WALBERG, H.J. (1982).
Instructional effects of cues, participation, and
corrective feedback : A quantitative synthesis.
American Educational Research Journal, 19 (4),
559-578. |
|
|
|
|
|
Lyssenko
Trofim Denissovitch (Karlivka 1898-1976 Kiev) :
Ingénieur et agronome
russe. Il est un farouche opposant de la génétique mendélienne.
Voir l'affaire
Lyssenko.
 |
|
| |
|
|
| |
|
|
JORAVSKY, D. (1970). The Lysenko affair.
Cambridge, MA : Harvard University Press. |
|
DAVIS, B.D. (1983). Neo-Lysenkoism, IQ, and thepress. Public
Interest, 73, 41-59. |
|
ROLL-HANSEN, N. (1985). A new perspective on Lysenko ? Annals
of Science, 42, 261-278. |
|
|
|
Lyubomirsky
Sonja ( ) : Psychologue
américaine et chef de file de la psychologie
positive. Elle s'intéresse notamment à l'étude du bien-être
et du bonheur.
Collaboratrice de Diener, Nolen-Hoeksema
et Sheldon.
|
LYUBOMIRSKY, S., SHELDON, K.M. & SCHKADE, D. (2005).
Pursuing happiness : The architecture of sustainable
change. Review of General Psychology, 9,
111-131. [PDF] |
|
LYUBOMIRSKY, S., KING, L. & DIENER, E. (2005). The
benefits of frequent positive affect : does happiness lead
to success ? Psychological Bulletin, 131, 803-
855. [PDF] |
|
LYUBOMIRSKY, S., SOUSA, L. & DICKERHOOF, R. (2006).
The costs and benefits of writing, talking, and thinking
about life's triumphs and defeats. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 90, 692-708. [PDF] |
|
LYUBOMIRSKY, S., DICKERHOOF, R., BOEHM, J.K. & HELDON,
K M. (2011). Becoming happier takes both a will and a
proper way : An experimental longitudinal intervention to
boost well-being. Emotion, 11, 391-402. [PDF] |
|
LYUBOMIRSKY, S. & LAYOUS, K. (2013). How do simple
positive activities increase well-being ? Current
Directions in Psychological Science, 22, 57-62. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
|
Lyytinen Heikki ( ) : Psychologue
finlandais et spécialiste de l'étude de la dyslexie.
Professeur de Torppa.
Collaborateur de Laasko et
Lyytinen.
|
LYYTINEN, H., AHONEN, T., EKLUND, K., GUTTORM, T., LAAKSO,
M.-L., LEINONEN, S., LEPPÄNEN, P. & LYYTINEN, P.,
POIKKEUS, A.-M., PUOLAKANAHO, A., RICHARDSON, U. &
VIHOLAINEN, H. (2001). Developmental pathways of children
with and without familial risk for dyslexia during the
first years of life. Developmental Neuropsychology,
20 (2), 539-558. |
|
LYYTINEN, H., EKLUND, K., ERSKINE, J., GUTTORM, T.,
LAAKSO, M.-L., LEPPÄNEN, P. & TORPPA, M. (2004).
Development of children at familial risk for dyslexia
before school age. Enfance, 56 (3), 289-309. |
|
LYYTINEN, H., AHONEN, T., EKLUND, K., GUTTORM, T., KULJU,
P., LAAKSO, M.-L., LEIWO, M., LEPPÄNEN, P., LYYTINEN, P.,
POIKKEUS, A.-M., RICHARDSON, U., TORPPA, M. &
VIHOLAINEN, H. (2004). Early development of children at
familial risk for dyslexia - follow-up from birth to
school age. Dyslexia, 10 (3), 146-178. |
|
LYYTINEN, H., GUTTORM, T., HUTTUNEN, T., HÄMÄLÄINEN, J.,
LEPPÄNEN, P. & VESTERINEN, M. (2005). Psychophysiology
of developmental dyslexia : a review of findings including
studies of children at risk for dyslexia. Journal of
Neurolinguistics, 18 (2), 167-195. |
|
LYYTINEN, H., ERSKINE, J., TOLVANEN, A., TORPPA, M.,
POIKKEUS, A.-M. & LYYTINEN, P. (2006). Trajectories of
reading development : A follow-up from birth to school age
of children with and without risk for dyslexia. Merrill-Palmer
Quarterly, 52 (3), 514-546. |
|
|
|
Lyytinen Paula (1943-) : Psychologue
finlandaise et spécialiste de l'étude du jeu
chez les enfants, notamment du jeu
symbolique. Collaboratrice de Laasko,
Leppänen et Lyytinen.
|
LYYTINEN, P., RASKU-PUTTONEN, H., AHONEN, T., POIKKEUS,
A.-M., LAASKO, M.-L. (1995). Task-related variation in
communication between boys with learning disabilities and
their mothers. European Journal of Psychology of
Education, 10 (1), 1-12. |
|
LYYTINEN, P., POIKKEUS, A.-M. & LAASKO, M.-L. (1997).
Language and symbolic play in toddlers. International
Journal of Behavioral Development, 21, 289-302. |
|
LYYTINEN, P., LAASKO, M.-L., POIKKEUS, A.-M. & RITA,
N. (1999). The development and predictive relations of
play and language across the second year. Scandinavian
Journal of Psychology, 40, 177-186. |
|
LYYTINEN, P., POIKKEUS, A.-M., LAASKO, M.-L., EKLUND, K.
& LYYTINEN, H. (2001). Language development and
symbolic play in children with and without familial risk
for dyslexia. Journal of Speech, Language, &
Hearing Research, 44 (4), 873-885. [PDF] |
|
LYYTINEN, P., AHONEN, T., EKLUND, K., GUTTORM, T., KULJU,
P., LAAKSO, M-L., LEIWO, M., LEPPAÄNEN, P., LYYTINEN, P.,
POIKKEUS, A-M., RICHARDSON, U., TORPPA, M. &
VIHOLAINEN, H. (2004). Early development of children at
familial risk for dyslexia & Follow-up from birth to
school age. Dyslexia, 10, 146-178. |
|
|
|
| LABO
- LAC - LANGAGE -
LAP - LE -
LECTURE - LES - LEWIN
- LI - LIP - LO
- LOFTUS - LOI - LORENZ
- LOVAAS - LU -
LURIA - LY - Début |
|
|
|
Comment
citer ce site ?  |
|
Pl@nète
Psy©/Claude Goulet |
![[]](http://m3.moostik.net/img/?pseudo=gouc&cpt=definitionsl&option=invisible)
